UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): June 15, 2012

 

 

TRONOX LIMITED

(ACN 153 348 111)

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Western Australia, Australia

  1-35573   98-1026700

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)

 

(Commission

File Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

(Address of principal executive offices, including Zip Code)

(203) 705-3800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

3301 N.W. 150th Street

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73134

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 

 


Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

Shareholder’s Deed

In connection with completion of Tronox Limited’s acquisition of Exxaro Resources Limited’s mineral sands business (the “Transaction”), Tronox Limited and Exxaro Resources Limited (“Exxaro”) entered into a Shareholder’s Deed (the “Shareholder’s Deed”). The Shareholder’s Deed will govern the actions of Exxaro, Exxaro International BV, their subsidiaries and affiliates, and permitted transferees as holders of Class B Ordinary Shares of Tronox Limited (the “Class B Shares”). Following completion of the Transaction, Exxaro and Exxaro International BV collectively own 100% of the Class B Shares, representing approximately 38.5% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited and holders of Tronox Incorporated common stock immediately prior to completion of the Transaction collectively own 100% of the Class A Ordinary Shares of Tronox Limited (the “Class A Shares”), representing approximately 61.5% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. Exxaro will retain a 26.0% ownership interest in the South African operations of the acquired mineral sands business, which consists of Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited (“Exxaro Sands”) and Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited (“Exxaro TSA Sands”), in order to comply with ownership requirements of Black Economic Empowerment (“BEE”) legislation in South Africa. The retained ownership interest in the South African operations may be exchanged for Class B Shares under certain circumstances (see disclosure under the heading “Put/Call Option” below), resulting in Exxaro owning approximately 41.7% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited after such exchange (based on the total number of issued voting shares immediately after completion of the Transaction and assuming no subsequent issuances of new Tronox Limited shares).

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Shareholder’s Deed. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Shareholder’s Deed, which is included as an exhibit this Current Report on Form 8-K.

Exxaro’s Standstill Obligations

Under the Shareholder’s Deed, the holders of Class B Shares have agreed, for a period of three years beginning on the date of the Shareholder’s Deed (the “Standstill Period”), not to, and to cause their affiliates not to, with certain exceptions, (i) acquire beneficial ownership of shares in Tronox Limited if, after such acquisition, the holders of Class B Shares and their affiliates would have a voting interest in Tronox Limited of 45.0% or more, or (ii) publicly (or privately, if such private disclosure would reasonably be expected to require Tronox Limited to make a public disclosure) disclose any intention or plan to take actions which would result in the 45.0% voting interest threshold being reached or exceeded. In addition, during the Standstill Period, each holder of Class B Shares has agreed not to engage in any transaction or series of transactions that would result in a change of control of that holder of Class B Shares if, as a result of such transactions, a change of control of Tronox Limited would occur. The Shareholder’s Deed provides that after the Standstill Period, each holder of Class B Shares will not, and will cause each of its affiliates not to, acquire beneficial ownership of shares in Tronox Limited if, following such acquisition the holder of Class B Shares and its affiliates will have a voting interest in Tronox Limited of 50.0% or more, unless the holder of Class B Shares complies with certain procedures, including bringing any proposal to equal or exceed the 50.0% limit to the board of directors of Tronox Limited on a confidential basis and negotiating in good faith with a special committee of the board of directors for a specified period. If, after the specified period, the holders of Class B Shares and the special committee do not reach agreement on the proposal, the holders of Class B Shares are permitted to make a takeover offer for all the shares held by shareholders not affiliated with the holder of the Class B Shares making the takeover offer, subject to a non-waivable condition that binding acceptances be received from a majority of the shares held by shareholders not affiliated with the holder of Class B Shares making the takeover offer.

Preemptive Rights

Other than for certain permitted issuances of Class A Shares and for so long as the holders of Class B Shares hold a voting interest in Tronox Limited of at least 7.5%, the Shareholder’s Deed grants the holders of Class B Shares preemptive rights to subscribe for additional Class B Shares to maintain their relative voting interest in Tronox Limited should any additional Class A Shares be issued.

Transfer Restrictions

During the Standstill Period and subject to certain exceptions, the holders of Class B Shares agree not to transfer any shares in Tronox Limited unless such transfer is (i) to a controlled affiliate, nominee or broker, (ii) for at least 20.0% of the voting interest in Tronox Limited and is approved by the directors of Tronox Limited nominated by Class A Shareholders, or (iii) a pledge of the shares to a permitted financial institution to secure bona fide borrowings from such person. A transfer of Class B Shares following the Standstill Period will be exempt from the restrictions on acquisitions of voting interests of 20.0% or more in the Constitution if the transferee signs a deed of

 

2


accession to the Shareholder’s Deed, no person’s voting power (as defined in the Shareholder’s Deed) in Tronox Limited would be equal to or greater than 50.0% as a result of the transfer and the transfer has been approved by a resolution passed by a majority of votes attached to all Class A Shares and Class B Shares, other than shares held by the transferor, transferee or an associate of either.

Put/Call Option

Under the Shareholder’s Deed, at any time after the Empowerment Period (as that term is defined in the South African Shareholders’ Agreement, which is described below) and subject to certain restrictions and exceptions (including additional restrictions on the exercise of the put option during the Standstill Period if it would result in Exxaro acquiring a voting interest of 45.0% or more in Tronox Limited and after the Standstill Period if it would result in Exxaro acquiring a voting interest of 50.0% or more in Tronox Limited), Exxaro has an option to put all of its retained ownership interests in Exxaro Sands or Exxaro TSA Sands to Tronox Limited in exchange for issue of new Class B Shares, and Tronox Limited holds a similar option to call such shares in the South African subsidiary. If the put option or call option is exercised, Exxaro will also have the right, subject to certain restrictions and exceptions, to subscribe for such number of Class B Shares equal to the number of Class B Shares that Exxaro could have subscribed for pursuant to its preemptive rights if it had owned the new Class B Shares issued as a result of the put option or call option since the completion of the Transaction.

Governance Matters

The Shareholder’s Deed also addresses various governance matters, a number of which are also contained in the Constitution.

The Shareholder’s Deed requires the board of directors of Tronox Limited be set at nine members, at least six of whom will be elected by holders of Class A Shares (one of whom must ordinarily reside in Australia), and prescribes that the number of directors elected by holders of Class B Shares will be between zero and three based on the total voting interest in Tronox Limited represented by issued Class B Shares. The number of directors from each class is determined as follows: (i) when the voting interest of the Class B Shares is at or above 30.0%, the board will consist of six Class A Directors and three Class B Directors; (ii) when the voting interest of the Class B Shares is at or above 20.0% (but less than 30.0%), the board will consist of seven Class A Directors and two Class B Directors; (iii) when the voting interest of the Class B Shares is at or above 10.0% (but less than 20.0%), the board will consist of eight Class A Directors and one Class B Director; and (iv) when the voting interest of the Class B Shares is less than 10.0%, the board of directors will consist of Class A Directors only. Class B Directors will serve on committees of the board (other than the Special Committee or Nominating Committee) proportionally to their representation on the board of directors.

The Shareholder’s Deed also requires a supermajority of the board (being the affirmative vote of any six directors) to approve certain “extraordinary matters,” including the election or termination of the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer of Tronox Limited, certain delegations of board powers to a committee, any proposed amendment to the Constitution (other than technical amendments that do not involve any material change), the decision to pay dividends, the decision to adopt a dividend reinvestment plan, the settlement of certain environmental claims, the issuance of certain voting shares or securities convertible into voting shares in Tronox Limited where the amount to be issued when combined with any other issues in the preceding twelve months would exceed 12.0% of Tronox Limited’s then-issued voting shares, entering into certain material acquisitions, dispositions, obligations or agreements, and entering into a new business area.

Other Rights

For as long as the Class B voting interest is at least 7.5%, Tronox Limited may not adopt, approve or recommend to its shareholders a dividend reinvestment plan (or any plan with similar effect) without prior written approval from the holders of Class B Shares. Any proposed candidate to replace Tronox Limited’s chief executive officer requires prior approval (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) from the holders of Class B Shares.

Pursuant to the Shareholder’s Deed, beginning on the third anniversary of completion of the Transaction, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of Class B Shares will have the right to require Tronox Limited to register

 

3


for public resale some or all of the Class A Shares deliverable upon conversion of the Class B Shares. Holders of Class B Shares will have the right to demand up to three such registrations. In addition, subject to the transfer restrictions described above, holders of Class B Shares will be granted piggyback rights on any registration by Tronox Limited, subject to customary restrictions and pro rata reductions in the number of shares to be sold in an offering. Tronox Limited would be responsible for the expenses of any such registration. Registration of such shares under the Securities Act would, except for shares purchased by affiliates, result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.

In addition, under the Shareholder’s Deed, the Class B Shares hold certain matching rights and other rights.

Termination

The Shareholder’s Deed will terminate on the earliest of the date on which (i) Tronox Limited and the holders of Class B Shares (who are or have become a party to the Deed) agree in writing to the termination, (ii) the number of voting shares beneficially owned by holders of Class B Shares (who are or have become a party to the Deed) represents less than 5.0% of Tronox Limited’s total issued voting shares, and (iii) a holder of Class B Shares (who is or has become a party to the Deed) (x) pays the consideration to Tronox Limited shareholders in respect of a Unilateral Takeover Offer (as defined in the Shareholder’s Deed) made by it for all of the voting shares in Tronox Limited or (y) acquires under an Acquisition Proposal (as defined in the Shareholder’s Deed) voting shares representing at least 50.0% of the voting shares in Tronox Limited held by non-affiliated shareholders and, in the case of each of (x) and (y), where such transaction has occurred in compliance with the Shareholder’s Deed.

South Africa Shareholders’ Agreement

In connection with completion of the Transaction, on June 15, 2012, Tronox Limited, Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited (“Tronox Sands”), Exxaro, Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands entered into a Shareholders’ Agreement, which will regulate the relationship and rights of Tronox Limited and Exxaro with respect to Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands (the “South African Shareholders’ Agreement”). Following completion of the Transaction, Exxaro owns 26.0%, and Tronox Limited owns 74.0%, of the entire issued share capital of each of Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands (together the “South African Acquired Companies”).

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the South African Shareholders’ Agreement. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the South African Shareholders’ Agreement, which is included as an exhibit to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

The South African Shareholders’ Agreement provides that the board of each South African Acquired Company will have a maximum of five directors. Exxaro will be entitled to nominate a certain number of directors depending on its current shareholding as follows: (i) when Exxaro holds 10.0% or more but less than 26.0% of the issued share capital of a South African Acquired Company, it will be entitled to nominate one non-executive director to the board of such South African Acquired Company, and (ii) when Exxaro holds 26.0% or more but less than 40.0% of the issued share capital of a South African Acquired Company, it will be entitled to nominate two non-executive directors to the board of such South African Acquired Company, one of whom must be a historically disadvantaged South African. Tronox Sands will be entitled to nominate the remaining members of each respective board. If Exxaro holds more than 40.0% but less than a majority of the issued share capital of a South African Acquired Company, Exxaro and Tronox Sands will meet and agree upon how to reconstitute the board of that company.

For a period of either ten years following completion of the Transaction, or an earlier date if confirmed by the South Africa Department of Mineral Resources (the “DMR”) in writing as being the date from which “ownership” requirements are no longer relevant to the South African Acquired Companies and their subsidiaries and to the business and assets of each respective South African Acquired Company and its subsidiaries (“Empowerment Period”), (i) with certain limited exceptions, Exxaro agrees not to dispose of or encumber its shares or rights or interest in any South African Acquired Company, or enter into any option, derivative or other transaction, unless it does so to or in favor of an historically disadvantaged South African, and (ii) if a South African

 

4


Acquired Company ceases to qualify as an historically disadvantaged South African or ceases to comply with the BEE requirements under South African mining law, the parties will take certain prescribed remedial steps as described below. Where this occurs as a result of a change in law, these remedial steps include Tronox Sands and Exxaro jointly determining how best to remedy the position. Where this occurs for a different reason, these steps include Exxaro attempting to agree a remedial period with the DMR (“BEE Grace Period”), Exxaro preparing and submitting to Tronox Sands and the DMR a remedial plan setting out what steps need to be taken to remedy the position, and the parties then implementing such remedial plan once approved. If the DMR agrees to a BEE Grace Period during which the parties can rectify the position, in order to comply with the BEE requirements under South African mining law again, then Exxaro will be entitled to utilize three quarters of any such time period permitted by the DMR and to the extent that it has been unsuccessful during that period, Tronox Sands will have the balance available to it to facilitate compliance for and on behalf of the respective South African Acquired Company that fails to comply with the necessary BEE requirements under South African mining law. In the event that the DMR either does not agree to a remedial period or the attempted remedial action fails, the shares held by Exxaro will be warehoused in a trust for onward disposal to a suitably qualified historically disadvantaged South African approved by Tronox Sands. In the event that a remedial plan is agreed but then not implemented, Tronox Sands will be entitled to sell Exxaro’s shares in the affected South African Acquired Company to a suitably qualified historical disadvantaged South African approved by Tronox Sands.

The South African Shareholders’ Agreement provides Exxaro and Tronox Sands with certain pre-emptive rights relating to the issuance of equity by a South African Acquired Company and in relation to a disposal by the other of its shares in a South African Acquired Company.

Funding for the operations of the South African Acquired Companies will be procured, in the first instance, from third party financiers on an arm’s-length basis or, if not possible, from Tronox Sands on an arm’s-length basis. Tronox Sands is entitled to capitalize its loan funding so made available at any time after the Empowerment Period, or during the Empowerment Period if it will not negatively impact the empowerment status of the South African Acquired Company.

Each South African Acquired Company will, as soon as possible after the end of its financial year, declare and pay dividends to its shareholders. In order to comply with South African BEE requirements, these dividends will be such that Exxaro will receive a minimum “trickle dividend” of at least R260,000 ($32,138) per year, subject to certain limitations in our South African financing agreements.

Drag-along and tag-along rights apply in favor of Exxaro in the event that Tronox Sands makes an offer of its entire shareholding in a South African Acquired Company and, in either instance, Exxaro may at that time either purchase the shares held by Tronox Sands or may exercise the “Put Option” granted to it in the Shareholder’s Deed.

A shareholder is deemed to have offered its shares in the event that it (i) becomes subject to any provisional or final order for its sequestration, curatorship, liquidation, winding up, judicial management, business rescue or is made subject to any similar or equivalent disability in any other relevant jurisdiction or is deregistered (unless as a result of a bona fide corporate restructure), (ii) a shareholder compromises or offers to compromise with its creditors, or (iii) a shareholder breaches a material term of the South African Shareholders’ Agreement which is not capable of being remedied. The purchase price of the shares will be the fair value thereof.

In addition to the above provisions, the South African Shareholders’ Agreement contains a number of provisions which are typically found in an agreement of this nature, including confidentiality undertakings. Under the agreement, all disputes are to be resolved through arbitration, to be administered in South Africa through the rules of the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa.

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with completion of the Transaction, on June 15, 2012, Exxaro, Tronox Limited, Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands entered into a Transition Services Agreement (the “Transition Services Agreement”). The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Transition Services Agreement. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Transition Services Agreement, which is included as an exhibit to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

5


The Transition Services Agreement provides that, following completion of the Transaction, Exxaro or its affiliates will provide Tronox Limited, Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands with support services on an arm’s-length and independent contractor basis, including services relating to human resources, finance, supply chain management, safety, health, environment and community services, information management, technology, corporate affairs, service management, and other cross functional services. Exxaro will provide the services for a period of one to three years or longer, depending upon how long Tronox Limited requires the services. Exxaro or its affiliates will perform the services exercising at least the same degree of care, at the same general level and at the same general degree of accuracy and responsiveness, as it exercises in performing similar services for its own account.

In order to facilitate the proper and effective implementation of the Transition Services Agreement, each party will nominate a representative to act as the primary contact person for the provision of all the services. The parties will also establish a joint steering committee to provide oversight for the provision of services under the agreement. All intellectual property of Exxaro required to properly implement the services will remain the property of Exxaro but will be licensed to Tronox Limited on a perpetual, royalty-free basis to the extent it relates to any work product developed or generated in the course of Exxaro’s provision of services under the Transition Services Agreement. Any intellectual property that is created during the term of the Transition Services Agreement for and on behalf of Tronox Limited by Exxaro or its affiliates will vest with Tronox Limited. In consideration of each service provided during the term of the Transition Services Agreement, Tronox Limited will pay Exxaro, on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the service costs attributable to the services actually provided by Exxaro or its affiliates to Tronox Limited. The Transition Services Agreement contains standard provisions relating to cooperation and dispute resolution, audit rights, cross-indemnity obligations, and confidentiality undertakings. Tronox Limited may terminate the Transition Services Agreement with notice to Exxaro, and the parties may agree to extend the agreement.

General Services Agreement

On June 15, 2012, Tronox Limited, Exxaro, Exxaro TSA Sands and Exxaro Sands entered into a general services agreement (the “General Services Agreement”) requiring Exxaro to provide certain metallurgical services to certain subsidiaries of Tronox Limited for a period of three years following the completion of the Transaction exercising the same degree of care, at the same general level and at the same general degree of accuracy and responsiveness, in each case as it exercises in performing the same or similar services for its own account, with priority equal to that provided to its own businesses and subsidiaries where the services being provided are material to the Exxaro business.

Project Services Agreement

On June 15, 2012, Tronox Limited and Exxaro entered into a template project services agreement (the “Template Project Services Agreement”), which will be used to govern certain services Exxaro will continue to provide to Tronox Limited following completion of the Transaction, including The Fairbreeze Project, which is to provide ilmenite feed for the smelter operation located at KZN Sands central processing plant at Empangeni, producing titanium slag; and the co-generation of power at the Namakwa Sands operation, in terms of which furnace off-gas is combusted to produce electrical power; and any additional project the Parties agree from time to time as being subject to the template form of Agreement. Under the Template Project Services Agreement, Exxaro is required to perform services by exercising the same degree of care, at the same general level and at the same general degree of accuracy and responsiveness, as it exercises in performing the same or similar services for its own account, with priority equal to that provided to its own businesses where the services being provided are material to the Exxaro business.

New Warrant Agreement

On June 15, 2012, Tronox Limited, Tronox Incorporated, and Computershare, Inc., entered into an Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, pursuant to which the holders of Equity Interests (as defined in the New Warrant Agreement) are entitled to purchase one Class A Share and $12.50 in cash (the “Warrant Consideration”) at the initial exercise prices of $62.13 for each Series A Warrant and $68.56 for each Series B Warrant. As of June 14, 2012 there were 841,302 Warrants outstanding which will each be exercisable for a Class A Share and $12.50 in cash. The Warrants have a seven-year term from the date initially issued and will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on February 14, 2018. A holder may exercise the Warrants by paying the applicable exercise price in cash or on a cashless basis. The Warrants are freely transferable by the holder thereof.

UBS Revolver

On June 18, 2012, Tronox Incorporated and certain of it subsidiaries (“Tronox US”) and Tronox Limited and certain of its subsidiaries (“Tronox Australian” and, together with Tronox US, the “Tronox Loan Parties”) entered into a global senior secured asset-based revolving syndicated credit agreement with UBS AG, Stamford branch and certain of its affiliates (the “UBS Revolver”) with a maturity date of the fifth anniversary of the closing date. The UBS Revolver provides the Tronox Loan Parties and certain of their affiliates with a committed source of capital with a principal borrowing amount of up to $300.0 million, subject to a borrowing base, and also permits an expansion of up to $200.0 million. The borrowing base is related to certain eligible inventory and accounts receivable owned by the Tronox Loan Parties. As of closing date, the borrowing base was in excess of $285.0 million.

 

6


Obligations under the UBS Revolver are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the Tronox Loan Parties’ existing and future deposit accounts, inventory and receivables and certain related assets, and a second priority lien on all of the Tronox Loan Parties’ other assets, including capital stock which serve as security under the Term Facility (defined below).

The agent under the UBS Revolver and the agent under the Term Facility entered into an intercreditor agreement governing certain rights as between such parties.

The UBS Revolver bears interest at Tronox Limited’s option at either (i) the alternate base rate (defined to mean a rate that is the greatest of (a) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (b) the Federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month period plus 1.00%) or the adjusted LIBOR rate, in each case plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 1.50% to 2.00% for borrowings at the adjusted LIBOR rate, and from 0.50% to 1.00% for borrowings at the alternate base rate, based upon the average daily borrowing availability. For the first six months following the closing date, the applicable margins shall be deemed to be 1.75% for borrowings at the adjusted LIBOR rate and 0.75% for borrowings at the alternate base rate.

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

On June 15, 2012, Tronox Limited completed its previously announced acquisition of the mineral sands business of Exxaro. Under the terms of the Transaction Agreement, Exxaro received Class B Shares of Tronox Limited, representing approximately 38.5% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. Former stockholders of Tronox Incorporated received one Class A Share and $12.50 in cash for each share of Tronox Incorporated common stock owned by them immediately prior to the Transaction. The Class A Shares represent approximately 61.5% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. The rights of holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares are subject to Australian law and the Constitution of Tronox Limited, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1.

A copy of the press release of Tronox Limited announcing completion of the Transaction is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated by reference herein.

Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

As previously disclosed, on February 8, 2012, Tronox Incorporated entered into a new facility with Goldman Sachs Lending Partners comprised of a $550.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan and a $150.0 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan (together, the “Term Facility”). The Term Facility expressly permitted the Transaction and, together with existing cash, was expected to fund the cash needs of the combined business, including any cash needs arising from the Transaction.

 

7


On June 14, 2012, Tronox Incorporated exercised its right to borrow the Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan and consequently borrowed an additional $150.0 million subject to the terms of the Term Facility.

Item 3.03 Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.

The disclosure under Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the Shareholder’s Deed is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, the disclosure under item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the Constitution of Tronox Limited, attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1, is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(a) Financial statements of businesses acquired

The financial statements required to be included in this Current Report on Form 8-K with respect to Exxaro Mineral Sands appear immediately following the exhibit index to this Current Report on Form 8-K beginning on page F-1.

 

(b) Pro forma financial information

 

8


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro have entered into the Transaction Agreement, under which Exxaro Mineral Sands will be combined with the existing businesses of Tronox Incorporated under Tronox Limited, a new Australian holding company. The Transaction will join the world’s fifth largest producer and marketer of TiO 2 with the world’s third largest titanium feedstock supplier, providing Tronox Limited with a strategic competitive advantage in retaining existing customers and expanding its customer base. For a further detailed discussion of the terms of the Transaction, see “The Transaction.”

Tronox Limited’s unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2011, are presented as if the Transaction had been completed on January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2012, is presented as if the Transaction had been completed on March 31, 2012. The unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements presented below are derived from the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and historical combined financial information of Exxaro Mineral Sands. The historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands are presented in South African Rand and have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

As described in the accompanying notes, the unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements have been prepared using the acquisition method of accounting under GAAP and the regulations of the SEC. GAAP requires that one of the companies in the Transaction be designated as the accounting acquirer for the purposes of applying the acquisition method of accounting under ASC 805, Business Combinations. Tronox Incorporated is the accounting acquirer.

The historical financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements to give effect to pro forma events that are (i) directly attributable to the Transaction; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations exclude non-recurring items, that are directly related to the Transaction, including, but not limited to (i) a bargain purchase gain currently estimated to be realized on the Transaction; (ii) reorganization income associated with the emergence from bankruptcy; and (iii) Transaction related legal and advisory fees. Additionally, certain pro forma adjustments have been made to the historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert them to GAAP; (ii) conform their accounting and presentation policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present them in U.S. dollars. All material transactions between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro Mineral Sands have been eliminated.

Because the acquisition method of accounting is dependent upon certain valuations and other studies that must be prepared as of the completion date of the Transaction and because there are limitations on the type of information that can be exchanged between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro at this time, there currently is not sufficient information for a definitive measurement; therefore, the unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements are preliminary. Until the Transaction is complete, Tronox Incorporated will not have complete access to all relevant information. Differences between these preliminary estimates and the final acquisition accounting will occur and these differences could have a material impact on the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements and the combined future results of operations and financial position.

The unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements do not include any realization of cost savings from operating efficiencies, revenue synergies or restructuring costs expected to result from the Transaction and should be read in conjunction with the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and the separate historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands that are included elsewhere within this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma Combined Financial Statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent what the actual consolidated results of operations or the consolidated financial position of Tronox Limited would have been had the Transaction occurred on the dates assumed, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position.

 

9


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED

BALANCE SHEET

AS OF MARCH 31, 2012

 

     Tronox
Incorporated
     Exxaro
Mineral
Sands

(See
footnote 5)
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Note (See
footnote 6)
    Tronox
Limited

Pro  Forma
Combined
 
     (Amounts in millions, except share and per share data)  
ASSETS             

Current Assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 222.7       $ 200.8       $ (197.5     (a   $ 258.6   
         $ 150.0        (b  
         $ (117.4     (h  

Accounts receivable:

            

Third party, net

     348.4         106.9         —            455.3   

Related party

     1.7         72.6         (74.3     (c     —     

Inventories

     404.4         339.5         302.1        (d     1,033.0   
           (13.0     (c  

Prepaid and other assets

     18.0         0.2         —            18.2   

Deferred income taxes

     4.3         —           —            4.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     999.5         720.0         49.9          1,769.4   

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

     558.8         703.3         1,889.0        (d     3,151.1   

Intangible Assets, Net

     307.4         16.3         (16.3     (h     307.4   

Loans with Related Parties

     —           1,464.2         (1,464.2     (h     —     

Deferred Income Taxes

     —           105.6         (105.6     (h     —     

Other Long-Term Assets

     37.3         23.9         (2.4     (h     58.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Assets

     903.5         2,313.3         300.5          3,517.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 1,903.0       $ 3,033.3       $ 350.4        $ 5,286.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY             

Current Liabilities

            

Accounts payable:

            

Third party

   $ 134.3       $ 77.3       $ —          $ 211.6   

Related party

     72.6         1.7         (74.3     (c     —     

Accrued liabilities

     41.5         1.2         —            42.7   

Amounts due to related parties

     —           —           —            —     

Short-term debt

     —           86.5         (86.5     (h     —     

Long-term debt due within one year

     4.4         —           1.5        (b     5.9   

Income taxes payable

     42.6         —           —            42.6   

Deferred income taxes

     —           —           10.2        (e     10.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     295.4         166.7         (149.1       313.0   

Long-term debt

     551.9         268.2         (184.8     (h     783.8   
           148.5        (b  

Pension and postretirement benefits

     142.2         —           —            142.2   

Deferred income taxes

     18.4         34.0         (34.0     (h     172.9   
           154.5        (e  

Loans with Related Parties

     —           1,717.5         (1,717.5     (h     —     

Other non-current liabilities

     47.1         63.4         111.9        (d     222.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Liabilities

     759.6         2,083.1         (1,521.4       1,321.3   

Stockholders’ Equity

            

Tronox Stockholders’ Equity

     848.0         783.5         1,623.6        (g     3,255.1   

Noncontrolling interest

     —           —           397.3        (f     397.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     848.0         783.5         2,020.9          3,652.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 1,903.0       $ 3,033.3       $ 350.4        $ 5,286.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

10


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2012

 

    Tronox Incorporated                        
    Successor                        
    Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2012
    Exxaro
Mineral Sands
(See footnote 7)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Note
(See footnote 8)
  Tronox Limited
Pro Forma
Combined
 

Net Sales

  $ 433.6      $ 234.9      $ (60.5   (a)   $ 608.0   

Cost of goods sold

    (276.3     (135.7     (18.6   (b)     (384.8
        45.8      (a)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross Margin

    157.3        99.2        (33.3       223.2   
            —     

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (44.3     (4.0     9.0      (g)     (39.3
         

Litigation/arbitration settlement

    —          —          —            —     

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

    —          (0.3     —            (0.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

    113.0        94.9        (24.3       183.6   

Interest and debt expense

    (7.9     (4.8     2.1      (c)     (10.6

Other income (expense)

    (1.4     2.5        —            1.1   

Reorganization income (expense)

    —          —          —            —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Taxes

    103.7        92.6        (22.2       174.1   

Income tax provision

    (17.4     (20.3     6.8      (e)     (30.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

    86.3        72.3        (15.4       143.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations attributable to Noncontrolling interest

    —          —          11.4      (f)     11.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations attributable to Tronox Limited

  $ 86.3      $ 72.3      $ (26.8     $ 131.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income per Share, Basic and Diluted (see footnote 9):

         

Basic

  $ 5.72            $ 5.23   

Diluted

  $ 5.48            $ 5.11   

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding in thousands, (see footnote 9):

         

Basic

    15,078              25,189   

Diluted

    15,733              25,776   

 

11


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

     Tronox Incorporated                          
     Successor           Predecessor                          
     Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
          One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
    Exxaro
Mineral
Sands
(See
footnote 7)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Note (See
footnote 8)
    Tronox
Limited
Pro Forma
Combined
 
                 (Millions of dollars, except share and per share data)  

Net Sales

   $ 1,543.4          $ 107.6      $ 909.7      $ (254.9     (a   $ 2,305.8   

Cost of goods sold

     (1,104.5         (82.3     (634.8     (81.3     (b     (1,654.5
               248.4        (a  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     438.9            25.3        274.9        (87.8       651.3   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (151.7         (5.4     (12.8     25.1        (g     (144.8
                

Litigation/arbitration settlement

     9.8            —          —          —            9.8   

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

     4.5            —          —          —            4.5   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

     301.5            19.9        262.1        (62.7       520.8   

Interest and debt expense

     (30.0         (2.9     (33.6     24.0        (c     (42.5

Other income (expense)

     (9.8         1.6        9.5        —            1.3   

Reorganization income (expense)

     —              613.6        —          (613.6     (d     —     
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Taxes

     261.7            632.2        238.0        (652.3       479.6   

Income tax provision

     (20.2         (0.7     39.9        10.9        (e     29.9   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

     241.5            631.5        277.9        (641.4       509.5   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations attributable to Noncontrolling interest

     —              —          —          58.4        (f     58.4   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations attributable to Tronox Limited

   $ 241.5          $ 631.5      $ 277.9      $ (699.8     $ 451.1   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income per Share, Basic and Diluted (see footnote 9):

                

Basic

   $ 16.12          $ 15.29            $ 17.91   

Diluted

   $ 15.46          $ 15.25            $ 17.50   

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding in thousands, (see footnote 9):

                

Basic

     14,981            41,311              25,189   

Diluted

     15,619            41,399              25,776   

 

12


1. Description of Transaction

On September 25, 2011, Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro entered into the Transaction Agreement under which they agreed to combine the Exxaro Mineral Sands business with the existing business of Tronox Incorporated, under Tronox Limited, a new Australian holding company. The Transaction Agreement provides that each share of Tronox Incorporated common stock will be converted into, at the holder’s election, either (i) one Class A Share and an amount in cash equal to $12.50 without interest or (ii) one Exchangeable Share in Tronox Incorporated (subject to the limitations and the proration procedures described in this prospectus), each of which is exchangeable for one Class A Share and an amount in cash equal to $12.50 without interest. On exchange of all Exchangeable Shares, Tronox Incorporated will become an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Tronox Limited.

Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, in consideration for the sale of Exxaro Mineral Sands, Exxaro will receive 9,950,856 Class B Shares. The consideration for Exxaro Mineral Sands will be subject to adjustments for net working capital, net debt, environmental provisions and capital expenditures for certain specified projects, which adjustments will be made solely in cash and will not affect the number of Class B Shares to be issued to Exxaro.

Upon completion of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, assuming the exchange of all Exchangeable Shares, the former Tronox Incorporated stockholders will own all of the Class A Shares, representing approximately 61.5% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited, and Exxaro will own all of the Class B Shares, representing approximately 38.5% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. Exxaro will retain a 26.0% ownership interest in the South African operations that are part of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to comply with the Black Economic Empowerment legislation of South Africa. The ownership interest in the South African operations may be exchanged for Class B Shares, under certain circumstances, which could result in Exxaro owning approximately 41.7% of the voting shares of Tronox Limited after such exchange (based on the total number of issued voting shares immediately after completion of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement and assuming the exchange of all Exchangeable Shares and no other issuances of Tronox Limited shares).

 

2. Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2011, are presented as if the Transaction had been completed on January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2012, is presented as if the Transaction had been completed on March 31, 2012. The unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements are derived from the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and the historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands. The historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands are presented in South African Rand and have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

The unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements have been prepared using the acquisition method of accounting under GAAP and the regulations of the SEC. GAAP requires that one of the companies in the Transaction be designated as the accounting acquirer. Tronox Incorporated is the accounting acquirer.

The historical financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements to give effect to pro forma events that are (i) directly attributable to the Transaction; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations exclude non-recurring items, which are directly related to the Transaction. Additionally, certain pro forma adjustments have been made to the historical Combined Financial Statements of

 

13


Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert them to GAAP; (ii) conform their accounting policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present them in U.S. dollars. All material transactions between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro Mineral Sands have been eliminated.

Because the acquisition method of accounting is dependent upon certain valuations and other studies that must be prepared as of the completion date of the Transaction and because there are limitations on the type of information that can be exchanged between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro, at this time there currently is not sufficient information for a definitive measurement; therefore, the unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements are preliminary. Until the Transaction is complete, Tronox Incorporated will not have complete access to all relevant information. Differences between these preliminary estimates and the final acquisition accounting will occur and these differences could have a material impact on the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements and the combined future results of operations and financial position.

The unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements do not include any realization of cost savings from operating efficiencies, revenue synergies or restructuring costs expected to result from the Transaction and should be read in conjunction with the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and the historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands that are included elsewhere within this registration statement.

 

3. Estimate of Consideration Expected to be Transferred

The following is a preliminary estimate of the consideration expected to be transferred to affect the Transaction (thousands of dollars, except share and per share data):

 

Estimated purchase price:

      

Number of shares of Tronox Limited Class B Shares

     9,950,856   

Tronox Incorporated share price as of June 14, 2012(1)

   $ 162.00   
  

 

 

 

Total preliminary estimated consideration to be transferred(1)

   $ 1,612,039   
  

 

 

 

Notes:

 

  (1) The consideration transferred is reflected in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements. This does not reflect any future working capital adjustments.

 

14


4. Estimate of assets to be acquired and liabilities to be assumed

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total estimated purchase price is allocated to the tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the date of completion of the Transaction. For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet, the following is a preliminary estimate of the adjustments required to be made to the assets to be acquired and liabilities to be assumed by us in the Transaction. These amounts have been reconciled to the estimate of consideration expected to be transferred, as follows:

 

     Millions of dollars  

Book value of net assets of Exxaro Mineral Sands at March 31, 2012:

     $ 783.5   

Adjustments for assets and liabilities not acquired:

    

Less: cash

     (117.4  

Less: related party receivables

     (1,464.2  

Less: historical intangible assets

     (16.3  

Less: historical deferred tax assets

     (105.6  

Less: other long term assets not assumed

     (2.4  

Add: historical deferred tax liability

     34.0     

Add: related party payables:

    

short-term debt

     86.5     

long-term debt

     184.8     

non-current loans with related parties

     1,717.5     
  

 

 

   

Book value of net assets acquired

       1,100.4   
    

 

 

 

Fair value adjustments to:

    

Increase the value of inventory

     302.1     

Increase the value of fixed assets

     1,889.0     

Increase in non-current liabilities

     (111.9  

Record the non-controlling interest

     (283.2  
  

 

 

   

Total fair value adjustments

       1,796.0   

Gain on bargain purchase

       (1,284.4
    

 

 

 

Estimate of consideration expected to be transferred

     $ 1,612.0   
    

 

 

 

The allocation of the preliminary purchase price to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed includes pro forma adjustments to reflect the fair values of Exxaro Mineral Sands’s assets and liabilities at the time of completion of the Transaction. The final allocation of the purchase price could differ materially from the preliminary allocation used to prepare the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet. These differences will arise for various reasons, including changes in Tronox’s share price, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other valuation variables to be used at the time the Transaction is completed, when compared to the rates used to prepare these unaudited pro forma condensed Combined Financial Statements.

The $1,284.4 million gain arising from the bargain purchase has been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as an adjustment to retained earnings. However, the gain arising from the bargain purchase has not been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations as it is a non-recurring item that is directly related to the Transaction.

The noncontrolling interest in Exxaro Mineral Sands has been recorded at estimated fair value at March 31, 2012, and represents the 26.0% direct interest in the South African operations that are a part of Exxaro Mineral Sands, which Exxaro has retained in order to comply with the Black Economic Empowerment requirements in South Africa. Exxaro is entitled to exchange this interest for approximately 3.2% in additional shares in Tronox Limited under certain circumstances (i.e., the earlier of the termination of the Empowerment Period or the tenth anniversary of completion of the Transaction).

 

15


5. Presentation of Exxaro Mineral Sands Combined Balance Sheet

The Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands are presented in South African Rand and have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Accordingly, certain adjustments have been made to the Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert them to GAAP; (ii) conform their accounting and presentation policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present them in U.S. dollars.

The table provided below presents the adjustments made to present Exxaro Mineral Sands’s combined balance sheet on a GAAP basis and to conform its presentation to Tronox Incorporated’s accounting policies. The combined balance sheet of Exxaro Mineral Sands also has been translated from South African Rand to U.S. dollars based on a closing exchange rate at March 31, 2012, of 7.67 South African Rand to the U.S. dollar.

 

     Exxaro Mineral Sands  
     Combined
IFRS
     Conforming
Adjustments
    Note     Combined
GAAP
     Combined
GAAP
 
     R      R           R      $  
     (Millions)  

Current Assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,541.6         —            1,541.6         200.8   

Accounts receivable:

            

Third party, net

     820.7         —            820.7         106.9   

Related party

     557.4         —            557.4         72.6   

Inventories

     2,655.1         (48.5     (a     2,606.6         339.5   

Prepaid and other assets

     2.0         —            2.0         0.2   

Deferred income taxes

     —           —            —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     5,576.8         (48.5       5,528.3         720.0   

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

     6,278.8         (864.0     (b     5,399.5         703.3   
        (15.3     (c     

Intangible Assets, Net

     125.2         —            125.2         16.3   

Loans with Related Parties

     11,242.0         —            11,242.0         1,464.2   

Deferred Income Taxes

     570.0         241.9        (b     810.6         105.6   
        (1.3     (a     

Other Long-Term Assets

     167.2         16.0        (a     183.2         23.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Assets

     18,383.2         (622.7       17,760.5         2,313.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

     23,960.0         (671.2       23,288.8         3,033.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

            

Current Liabilities

            

Accounts Payable:

            

Third Party

     593.5         —            593.5         77.3   

Related Party

     13.3         —            13.3         1.7   

Accrued liabilities

     8.4         —            8.4         1.2   

Short-term debt

     663.9         —            663.9         86.5   

Long-term debt due within one year

     —           —            —           —     

Income taxes payable

     —           —            —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     1,279.1         —            1,279.1         166.7   

Long-term debt

     2,059.4         —            2,059.4         268.2   

Pension and postretirement benefits

     —           —            —           —     

Deferred income taxes

     243.5         17.8        (c     261.3         34.0   

Amounts due to related parties

     13,187.0         —            13,187.0         1,717.5   

Other non-current liabilities

     561.1         (74.5     (c     486.6         63.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Liabilities

     16,051.0         (56.7       15,994.3         2,083.1   

Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     6,629.9         (622.1     (b     6,015.4         783.5   
        (33.8     (a     
        41.4        (c     
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     23,960.0         (671.2       23,288.8         3,033.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

16


 

(a) Exxaro Mineral Sands utilizes the weighted average cost method of inventory costing. Tronox Incorporated utilizes the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method of inventory costing. This adjustment is to conform Exxaro Mineral Sands’s inventory costing policy and the related deferred tax impact to Tronox Incorporated’s accounting policy.
(b) Under IFRS, Exxaro Mineral Sands reverses an impairment loss taken in prior periods on long-lived assets (other than goodwill) when there is an indication that the basis for the previous impairment no longer exists. Under GAAP, reversal of a previously recorded impairment is prohibited. This adjustment has been made to reverse the impairment reversal recorded under IFRS, and to reflect the related deferred tax impact, in order to comply with GAAP.
(c) Under IFRS, Exxaro Mineral Sands recognizes an asset retirement obligation due to constructive obligations associated with its synthetic rutile and pigment plants. Under GAAP, Tronox Incorporated recognizes asset retirement obligations only when it has a legal obligation to perform asset retirement activities. This adjustment is to reverse the asset retirement obligations and the related deferred tax impact recorded by Exxaro Mineral Sands to conform to Tronox Incorporated’s accounting policy.

 

6. Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet—Pro Forma Adjustments

 

(a) To record the payment of $197.5 million to Tronox Incorporated shareholders. This adjustment represents the payment of the $12.50 per share cash consideration for the assumed 100% exchange of 15.8 million shares held by Tronox Incorporated shareholders for 15.8 million Class A Shares. The Transaction Agreement provides that up to 15.0% of Tronox Incorporated stockholders may elect to receive one Exchangeable Share, rather than one Class A Share and an amount of cash equal to $12.50. If 15.0% of Tronox Incorporated stockholders elected to receive Exchangeable Shares, this payment would be reduced by $29.6 million and a corresponding obligation recorded.
(b) To record the additional $150.0 million in proceeds expected to be received from the new lending facility.
(c) To record the elimination of transactions between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro Mineral Sands.
(d) To adjust the carrying values of the assets acquired to their estimated fair value. See footnote 4 for additional discussion related to the preliminary estimate of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
(e) To adjust the tax provision to reflect the effects of the pro forma adjustments.
(f) To record the 26.0% noncontrolling interest in the South African operations that are part of Exxaro Mineral Sands, which Exxaro has retained in order to comply with the BEE requirements in South Africa. The noncontrolling interest consists of the following as of March 31, 2012:

 

Noncontrolling interest share adjustment:

   (Millions of dollars)  

Fair value of noncontrolling interest (see footnote 4)

   $ 283.2   

Bargain purchase gain, net of taxes of $44.4 million attributed to noncontrolling interest(1)

     114.1   
  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest at March 31, 2012

   $ 397.3   
  

 

 

 

 

Notes:

 

  (1) The $114.1 million bargain purchase gain, net of taxes of $44.4 million, attributed to the noncontrolling interest consists of 26% of the $609.6 million gross bargain purchase gain that arose on the acquisition of the Exxaro Mineral Sands South African operations, net of tax at the South African statutory rate of 28%.

 

17


(g) Reflects adjustments to Tronox Limited stockholders’ equity following completion of the Transaction as follows:

 

     (Millions of dollars)  

Payments of cash consideration of $12.50 per share to Tronox Incorporated shareholders

   $ (197.5

Fair value of shares issued to Exxaro

     1,612.0   

Bargain purchase, net of taxes of $126.3 million(1)

     999.6   

Accelerated vesting of restricted shares and reclassification to equity

     6.0   

Elimination of Exxaro’s stockholders’ equity

     (783.5

Elimination of profit in inventory

     (13.0
  

 

 

 

Adjustment to stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,623.6   
  

 

 

 

 

Notes:

 

  (1) The bargain purchase gain attributed to Tronox Limited stockholders’ equity consists of the following:

 

     (Millions of dollars)  

74% of the $609.6 million bargain purchase gain arising from the acquisition of the Exxaro Mineral Sands South African operations

   $ 451.1   

Less: Taxes at the South African statutory rate of 28%

     (126.3
  

 

 

 

Net bargain purchase gain on the Exxaro Mineral Sands South African operations

     324.8   

Add: 100% of the $674.8 million bargain purchase gain arising from the acquisition of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Australian operations

     674.8   
  

 

 

 

Bargain purchase gain attributed to Tronox Limited stockholders’ equity

   $ 999.6   
  

 

 

 

 

(h) To eliminate certain assets and liabilities of Exxaro Mineral Sands which will not be acquired as part of the Transaction. See footnote 4 for additional discussion related to these items.

 

7. Presentation of Exxaro Mineral Sands Combined Statements of Operations

The Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands are presented in South African Rand and have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Accordingly, adjustments have been made to the combined statements of operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert them to GAAP; (ii) conform their accounting and presentation policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present them in U.S. dollars.

The tables provided below present the adjustments made to present Exxaro Mineral Sands’s combined statements of operations on a GAAP basis and to conform their presentation to conform to Tronox Incorporated’s accounting policies. The combined statements of operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands also have been translated from South African Rand to U.S. dollars at an average exchange rate of 7.74 Rand to the U.S. dollar for the three month period ended March 31, 2012, and 7.23 Rand to the U.S. dollar for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

18


STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2012

 

     Exxaro Mineral Sands  
     Combined
IFRS
    Conforming
Adjustments
    Note    Combined
GAAP
    Combined
GAAP
 
     R     R          R     $  
     (Millions)  

Net Sales

     1,819.2        (0.7   (a)      1,818.5        234.9   

Cost of goods sold

     (366.1     (709.0   (b)      (1,050.1     (135.7
       41.0      (c)     
       (3.2   (d)     
       (12.8   (e)     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     1,453.1        (684.7        768.4        99.2   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (740.0     709.0      (b)      (31.0     (4.0

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

     (2.4     —             (2.4     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from Operations

     710.7        24.3           735.0        94.9   

Interest and debt expense

     (40.1     3.2      (d)      (36.9     (4.8

Other income (expense)

     18.2        0.7      (a)      18.9        2.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

     688.8        28.2           717.0        92.6   

Income tax provision

     (148.2     3.6      (e)      (156.9     (20.3
       (12.3   (c)     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations

     540.6        19.5           560.1        72.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

19


STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

     Exxaro Mineral Sands  
     Combined
IFRS
    Conforming
Adjustments
    Note     Combined
GAAP
    Combined
GAAP
 
     R     R           R     $  
     (Millions)  

Net Sales

     6,585.9        (7.7     (a     6,578.2        909.7   

Cost of goods sold

     (1,488.0     (3,213.0     (b     (4,590.4     (634.8
       128.2        (c    
       (17.6     (d    
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     5,097.9        (3,110.1       1,987.8        274.9   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (3,305.2     3,213.0        (b     (92.2     (12.8

Reversal of impairment

     877.0        (877.0     (e     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from Operations

     2,669.7        (774.1       1,895.6        262.1   

Interest and debt expense

     (260.6     17.6        (d     (243.0     (33.6

Other income (expense)

     61.0        7.7        (a     68.7        9.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

     2,470.1        (748.8       1,721.3        238.0   

Income tax provision

     79.9        246.0        (e     288.7        39.9   
       (37.2     (c    
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations

     2,550.0        (540.0       2,010.0        277.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Under IFRS, Exxaro Mineral Sands includes interest income within its net sales on the statement of operations. This adjustment has been made to reclassify interest income from net sales to other income/expense in order to conform to GAAP.
(b) Exxaro Mineral Sands includes certain expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses which Tronox Incorporated includes in cost of goods sold. This adjustment is to conform the expense presentation in accordance with Tronox Incorporated’s presentation policy.
(c) Exxaro Mineral Sands utilizes the weighted average inventory costing method, while Tronox Incorporated utilizes the FIFO inventory costing method. This adjustment is to conform Exxaro Mineral Sands’s inventory costing method to Tronox Incorporated’s accounting policy and to record the corresponding income tax effect.
(d) Under IFRS, Exxaro Mineral Sands classifies accretion costs related to asset retirement obligations within finance charges (interest and debt expense). Under GAAP, accretion costs are classified as operating expenses. In 2011, after the application of fresh start accounting, Tronox Incorporated reported accretion costs as part of cost of goods sold. This adjustment has been made to reclassify the accretion costs.
(e) Under IFRS, Exxaro Mineral Sands reverses an impairment loss taken in prior periods on long-lived assets (other than goodwill) when there is an indication that the basis for the previous impairment no longer exists. Under GAAP, reversal of a previously recorded impairment is prohibited. For the three months ended March 31,2012, this adjustment has been made to reverse the incremental depreciation expense that has been recognized during the period related to the previously recognized impairment reversal, and reflect the related income tax effect, in order to comply with GAAP. For the year ended December 31, 2011, this adjustment has been made to reverse the impairment reversal recorded under IFRS, and reflect the related income tax effect, in order to comply with GAAP.

 

8. Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations—Pro Forma Adjustments

 

(a) To record the elimination of intercompany sales between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro Mineral Sands.
(b) To record the incremental depreciation expense as a result of allocating a portion of the preliminary purchase price to the property, plant and equipment of Exxaro Mineral Sands, based on straight-line depreciation over expected useful lives ranging from 1-25 years.

 

20


(c) For the three months ended March 31, 2012, this adjustment is to record the effect on interest expense of additional borrowings of $150.0 million on the new $700 million lending facility as well as the elimination of interest expense related to Exxaro Mineral Sands borrowings that are not being assumed. A one-eighth percentage change to the interest rate on the $150.0 million new lending facility would increase or decrease annual interest expense by $0.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, this adjustment is to record the effect on interest expense and amortized debt issuance costs of refinancing the $425.0 million Exit Financing Facility with a new lending facility of $700.0 million as well as the elimination of interest expense related to Exxaro Mineral Sands borrowings that are not being assumed. A one-eighth percentage change to the interest rate on the $700.0 million new lending facility would increase or decrease annual interest expense by $0.9 million.
(d) To record the elimination of reorganization income arising from Tronox Incorporated’s emergence from bankruptcy, which does not have a continuing impact and therefore, is not being reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(e) To record the tax effects associated with the pro forma adjustments, based on the statutory tax rates applicable for the respective jurisdictions which range from 20.0% to 35.0%.
(f) To record the income from continuing operations attributable to the 26.0% noncontrolling interest that Exxaro will retain in the South African operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands upon completion of the Transaction.
(g) To record the elimination of Transaction related advisory and legal expenses incurred, which do not have a continuing impact and therefore, are not being reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

9. Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

In conjunction with the Transaction, the existing Tronox Incorporated shares will be cancelled. Accordingly, the pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding has been computed by including the number of Class A Shares and Class B Shares which are expected to be issued upon completion of the Transaction.

 

     (in thousands)  

Pro Forma Combined Basic Weighted Average Shares

  

Shares issued to Tronox Incorporated Stockholders

     15,238   

Shares issued to Exxaro

     9,951   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma Combined Basic Weighted Average Shares

     25,189   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Combined Diluted Weighted Average Shares

  

Shares issued to Tronox Incorporated Stockholders

     15,238   

Shares issued to Exxaro

     9,951   

Incremental Tronox Incorporated dilutive securities

  

Class A & Class B warrants

     587   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma Combined Diluted Weighted Average Shares

     25,776   
  

 

 

 

 

21


(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit Number    Description
3.1    Constitution of Tronox Limited
10.1    Shareholder’s Deed, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Thomas Casey and Exxaro Resources Limited.
10.2    Shareholder’s Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Sands Holdings PTY Limited, Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited.
10.3    Transition Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited.
10.4    General Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited.
10.5    Template Project Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited and Exxaro Resources Limited.
10.6    Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Tronox Incorporated, and Computershare Inc.
10.7    Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated June 18, 2012, among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Guarntors named therein, Lenders named therein, UBS Securities LLC, as Arranger, Bookmanager, Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, UBS Loan Finance LLC, as Swingline Lender, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Australian Security Trustee.
99.1    Press Release of Tronox Incorporated, dated June 15, 2012

 

22


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

Date: June 20, 2012

 

TRONOX LIMITED
By:     /s/ Michael J. Foster
 

Michael J. Foster

Vice President - General Counsel and Secretary

 

23


Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit Number    Description
3.1    Constitution of Tronox Limited
10.1    Shareholder’s Deed, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Thomas Casey and Exxaro Resources Limited.
10.2    Shareholder’s Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Sands Holdings PTY Limited, Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited.
10.3    Transition Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited.
10.4    General Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited.
10.5    Template Project Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited and Exxaro Resources Limited.
10.6    Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Tronox Incorporated, and Computershare Inc.
10.7    Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated June 18, 2012, among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Guarntors named therein, Lenders named therein, UBS Securities LLC, as Arranger, Bookmanager, Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, UBS Loan Finance LLC, as Swingline Lender, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Australian Security Trustee.
99.1    Press Release of Tronox Incorporated, dated June 15, 2012

 

 

24


 

 

Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations

Combined Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

F-1


Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations

Combined Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors of Exxaro Resources Limited and Shareholder of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations:

In our opinion, the accompanying combined statements of financial position and the related combined statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of management of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.

Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa

March 15, 2012

 

F-2


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

 

    Notes      2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
    2009
R’000
 

REVENUE

       6,585,874        4,639,972        3,508,276   

Raw materials and consumables used

       (1,288,114     (1,078,851     (1,175,318

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work-in-progress

       123,077        (276,960     599,999   

Staff costs

       (1,033,251     (918,177     (824,533

Depreciation and amortization

       (547,529     (601,285     (479,078

Impairment reversal/(charge) of property, plant and equipment

       877,163        —          (1,435,000

Energy costs

       (679,119     (501,128     (433,969

Other operating expenses

       (1,368,367     (1,013,021     (1,165,457
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)

    5         2,669,734        250,550        (1,405,080

Interest income

    6         61,042        9,160        10,790   

Interest expense

    6         (260,596     (299,417     (369,119
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

       2,470,180        (39,707     (1,763,409

Income tax benefit/(expense)

    7         79,858        48,192        (307,734
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

       2,550,038        8,485        (2,071,143
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) attributable to Exxaro group of companies

       2,550,038        8,485        (2,071,143
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

       2,550,038        8,485        (2,071,143

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:

        

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

       475,691        24,207        38,749   

Cash flow hedges

       25,792        88,655        135,515   

Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

       2,431        (25,632     (38,511
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain recognised in other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    19         503,914        87,230        135,753   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

       3,053,952        95,715        (1,935,390
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Exxaro group of companies

       3,053,952        95,715        (1,935,390
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

     Notes      December 31,  
        2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
 

ASSETS

       

Non-current assets

       

Property, plant and equipment

     8         6,285,643        5,252,566   

Intangible assets

     9         131,160        72,799   

Deferred tax

     10         477,922        138,309   

Financial assets

     11         156,440        126,654   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        7,051,165        5,590,328   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

       

Inventories

     12         2,298,471        1,911,909   

Trade and other receivables

     13         1,880,218        1,157,649   

Derivatives

        8,980        84,991   

Amounts owing by related parties

     14         1,151,069        1,057,534   

Cash and cash equivalents

        2,998,263        418,879   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        8,337,001        4,630,962   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets classified as held for sale

     25         2,046     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

        15,390,212        10,221,290   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

       

Capital and reserves

       

Invested capital

        4,276,900        2,476,900   

Other reserves

        1,016,268        498,281   

Accumulated losses

        (1,601,487     (3,465,820
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment by Exxaro Resources Limited

        3,691,681        (490,639

Non-current liabilities

       

Interest-bearing borrowings

     15         549,286        652,641   

Amounts due to related parties

     14         1,925,805        2,346,568   

Post retirement medical obligation

     21         44,134        37,685   

Non-current provisions

     16         526,964        438,337   

Deferred tax

     10           19,181   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        3,046,189        3,494,412   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       

Trade and other payables

     17         789,367        715,293   

Interest-bearing borrowings

     15         275,412        270,658   

Amounts due to related parties

     14         7,475,156        6,215,285   

Current provisions

     16         10,159        12,051   

Derivatives

        102,248        4,230   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        8,652,342        7,217,517   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

        15,390,212        10,221,290   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-4


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31

 

     Notes      2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
    2009
R’000
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

         

Cash generated by/(utilised in) operations

     18.1         1,757,760        973,441        (110,546

Net financing costs

     18.2         (158,359     (270,538     (357,077
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,599,401        702,903        (467,623
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

         

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

        (664,529     (692,819     (825,807

Proceeds from Tronox buy-back arrangement (excluding interest income)

     18.3         427,151       

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        2,870        3,019        4,643   

Proceeds from disposal of investments

     25         4,487       

Increase in investments in other non-current assets

        (12,839     (34,818     (42,581

Increase in amounts owing by related parties

        (68,983     (266,316     (93,632

Acquisition of subsidiary

     18.4             (120,560
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (311,843     (990,934     (1,077,937
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

         

Interest-bearing borrowings raised

        53,947        348,012        230,948   

Interest-bearing borrowings repaid

        (322,793     (103,502     (65,985

Proceeds from related party borrowings

        361,575        189,340        923,143   

Dividend

     18.5         (685,705    

Proceeds from issue of share capital

     18.6         1,800,000       
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,207,024        433,850        1,088,106   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

        2,494,582        145,819        (457,454

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

        418,879        276,892        731,060   

Translation differences on cash and cash equivalents

        84,802        (3,832     3,286   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

        2,998,263        418,879        276,892   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-5


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY/(DEFICIT)

 

          Other reserves        
    Invested
capital
R’000
    Foreign
currency
translations
R’000
    Financial
instruments
revaluation
R’000
    Equity-
settled
reserve
R’000
    Accumulated
profit/(loss)
R’000
    Net
investment
by Exxaro
R’000
 

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2009

    2,476,900        220,647        (13,771     38,227        (1,403,162     1,318,841   

Loss for the year

            (2,071,143     (2,071,143

Other comprehensive income

      38,749        97,004            135,753   

Transactions with owners

           

—Share-based payments

          12,226          12,226   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009

    2,476,900        259,396        83,233        50,453        (3,474,305     (604,323

Profit for the year

            8,485        8,485   

Other comprehensive income

      24,207        63,023            87,230   

Transactions with owners

           

—Share-based payments

          17,969          17,969   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010

    2,476,900        283,603        146,256        68,422        (3,465,820     (490,639

Profit for the year

            2,550,038        2,550,038   

Other comprehensive income

      475,691        28,223            503,914   

Transactions with owners

           

—Share-based payments

          14,073          14,073   

—Proceeds from shares issued

    1,800,000                1,800,000   

—Dividends

            (685,705     (685,705
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

    4,276,900        759,294        174,479        82,495        (1,601,487     3,691,681   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign entities that are not integral to the operations of the group.

Financial instruments revaluation reserve

The financial instruments revaluation reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments where the hedged transaction has not yet occurred.

Equity-settled reserve

The equity-settled reserve represents the fair value of services received and settled by equity instruments granted.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-6


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BACKGROUND

On September 26, 2011, Exxaro Resources Limited (“Exxaro”) signed a Transaction Agreement to sell its mineral sands operations (the “Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations”) to Tronox Limited (the “Acquirer”).

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is comprised of the following wholly-owned subsidiaries of Exxaro in South Africa, Netherlands and Australia:

Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd, Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd, Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd, Exxaro Holdings Sands (Pty) Ltd, Exxaro Holdings (Aus) Pty Ltd, Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd, Ticor Finance (A.C.T) Pty Ltd, Ticor Resources Pty Ltd, Ticor Chemical Company Pty Ltd, Omacor SAC, TiO 2 Corporation Pty Ltd, Tific Pty Ltd, Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd, Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd, Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd, Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd and Exxaro Sands Holdings BV.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations conducts mining and smelting activities of titanium mineral ores to produce titanium slag and pig iron, in the Empangeni area of KwaZulu Natal, as well as the mining and smelting activities of mineral sands at Namakwa Sands in the Western Cape, of South Africa. The operations in Australia include a 50% interest in the Tiwest Joint Venture in Australia, which consists of the mining and concentration of titanium mineral ores, the operation of a synthetic rutile production facility as well as a titanium dioxide pigment plant operation (the “Tiwest Joint Venture”). The Tiwest Joint Venture is an unincorporated joint venture with Tronox and is proportionately consolidated.

The combined financial statements were authorised for issue by the board of directors of Exxaro on March 15, 2012.

The basis of preparation, combination and presentation of the combined financial statements of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is more fully described below.

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION

The accompanying financial statements represent the combined financial statements of the entities described in note 1 above, which are all wholly owned subsidiaries of Exxaro. Such entities comprise the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations for purposes of the Proposed Transaction and have historically been managed together, and have been under common control, during the reporting periods. The accompanying combined financial statements are prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”).

The combined financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value through profit and loss and, in all material respects, in accordance with IFRS.

The combined financial statements have been prepared for the purposes of presenting, as far as practical, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations on a standalone basis. The combined financial statements of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations reflect assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses directly attributable to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, including management fee allocations recognised on a historic basis in the accounting records of Exxaro on a legal entity basis. Although it is not possible to estimate the actual costs that would have been incurred if the services performed by Exxaro had been purchased from independent third parties, the allocations are considered to be reasonable by the directors of Exxaro and management of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. However, the financial position, results of

 

F-7


operations and cash flows of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations are not necessarily representative or indicative of those that would have been achieved had the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations operated autonomously or as an entity independent from Exxaro.

(a) Going Concern

As at December 31, 2010 and 2009 the liabilities of the Mineral Sands Operations exceeded its assets. Due to an increased investment in share capital and improved operating results in 2011, management have a reasonable expectation that the Exxaro Mineral Sands operations has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. As at December 31, 2011, the assets of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations exceeded its liabilities.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its combined financial statements.

(b) Management fees

Exxaro uses a cost recovery mechanism to recover certain central management and other similar costs it incurs at a corporate level. The management fees reflected in the combined financial statements are based on the amounts historically recorded in the accounts of the individual entities within the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations due to this cost recovery mechanism. An appropriate proportion of the remuneration of the senior management personnel for Exxaro is included in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. These management fees include their salaries and pension costs. These management fees have either been directly attributed to individual operations of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations or, for costs incurred centrally, allocated between the relevant Exxaro businesses and the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. Costs have principally been allocated on the basis of actual services delivered. A complete discussion of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ relationship with Exxaro and other Exxaro companies, including a description of the costs that have historically been charged to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, is included in Note 14 to these combined financial statements.

(c) Interest

The interest charge reflected in the combined financial statements is based on the interest charge historically incurred by the entities included in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations on specific external borrowings or financing provided by other Exxaro companies. Details of specific external borrowings and borrowings from other Exxaro companies are set out in notes 14 and 15.

(d) Taxation

The entities that comprise the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations have historically filed separate tax returns in South Africa, and a consolidated tax return in Australia.

Current and deferred income taxes for the Exxaro Mineral Sands South African operations are therefore based on the historical (separate) tax returns.

Current and deferred income taxes for the Exxaro Mineral Sands Australian operations are based on the consolidated tax return prepared for all Australian subsidiaries of Exxaro. The head entity within the tax-consolidated group for the Australian operations is Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd (which is a fellow-subsidiary of Exxaro engaged in Coal operations, and not part of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations). Entities within the tax-consolidated group have entered into a tax funding arrangement and a tax-sharing agreement with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding agreement, each of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations entities and each of the entities in the tax-consolidated group have agreed to pay a tax equivalent payment to or from the head entity, based on the current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity. Tax expense/income, deferred tax

 

F-8


liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the members of the tax-consolidated group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax-consolidated group using the ‘separate taxpayer within group’ approach. Current tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and tax credits of the members of the tax-consolidated group are recognised by Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd (as head entity in the tax-consolidated group). Such amounts are reflected in amounts receivable from, or payable to, related parties (see note 14). There is no difference between the tax expense recognised in each entity on a separate tax return basis to that recognised on a consolidated tax return basis.

The tax sharing agreement entered into between members of the tax-consolidated group provides for the determination of the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. No amounts have been recognised in the financial statements in respect of this agreement as payments of any amount under the tax sharing agreement are considered remote. Tax liabilities that may arise from any separation of the entities comprising the Exxaro Mineral Sands Australian operations from the tax consolidated group have not been reflected in the combined financial statements.

(e) Share-based payments

A number of Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations employees participate in Exxaro’s performance share schemes and management option plan. For purposes of these combined financial statements, transfers of Exxaro’s equity instruments to employees of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations have been reflected as equity settled share-based payment transactions. The share-based payment transactions have are classified as ‘equity-settled’ share-based payments on the basis that the responsibility for settling the awards reside with Exxaro, and not the entities comprising the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations.

(f) Net investment by other Exxaro companies

The net investment by other Exxaro companies in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations businesses is shown in lieu of shareholder’s equity in the combined balance sheets. Net investment by other Exxaro companies therefore includes aggregated combined share capital of the entities included within the combined financial statements, accumulated losses and other reserves (including share-based payment reserve, hedging reserve and cumulative translation adjustments).

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The principal accounting policies are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented.

(a) Basis of combination

The financial statements have been prepared by combining all individual subsidiaries into one reporting entity, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. The list of individual legal entities included within these combined financial statements, which together form the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations of Exxaro, is provided in note 1. All intra-Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations transactions, balances, income and expenses, including unrealised profits on such transactions, have been eliminated on combination. Unrealised losses have also been eliminated unless the transaction provided evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Subsidiaries are all entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations controls another entity.

 

F-9


A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations and one or more parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control. Joint ventures in which the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations participates with other parties are proportionately combined. In applying the proportionate combination method, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ percentage share of the statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income items are included in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ combined financial statements.

(b) Adoption of new and revised standards and interpretations

The effective date of each amendment is included in the list of the new and revised standards and interpretation list below.

The following amended and new Standards and Interpretations have been applied, where relevant, to the combined financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2011:

 

   

Amendment to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures —this amendment clarifies certain of the disclosures relating to credit risk.

 

   

Amendment to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements —this amendment clarifies disclosures required for each component of equity.

 

   

Amendment to IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting —this amendment provides further information on the significant events and transactions requiring discussion in interim financial reports.

 

   

Amendment to IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures —this amendment clarifies and simplifies the definition of a related party.

 

   

Amendment to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments Disclosures —This amendment provides additional disclosure requirements with respect to transfers of financial assets. This amendment is effective July 1, 2011.

These pronouncements had no material impact on the accounting of transactions or the disclosure thereof.

The adoption of the amended and revised standards did not have a significant impact on the measurement or disclosure and presentation of items included in the combined financial statements.

Exxaro Resources Limited will early adopt the new suite of consolidation standards on January 1, 2012.

 

   

IFRS 10 Consolidated financial statements —this standard clarifies the concept of control which is the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements.

Additional guidance is provided to assist in determining control where this is difficult to assess. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

 

   

IFRS 11 Joint arrangements —this standard provides guidance on the assessment of joint arrangements (as either joint ventures or joint arrangements) and the required accounting for these arrangements.

Proportionate consolidation is no longer permitted. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

 

   

IFRS 12 Disclosures of interests in other entities —this standard describes the disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

 

   

IAS 27 (revised 2011) Separate financial statements —this updated standard includes the provisions on separate financial statements which remain after the control provisions of IAS 27 have been included in the new IFRS 10. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

 

F-10


The following standards and amendments to standards are mandatory for the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2012, but the Exxaro Mineral Sands operations have not early adopted them.

 

   

Amendment to IAS 12 Income taxes —this amendment introduces a rebuttable presumption that deferred tax assets or liabilities arising on investment property measured at fair value should be recognised based on recovery by sale. The amendment is effective on January 1, 2012.

 

   

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments —this standard is part of the IASBs project to replace IAS 39. It addresses classification and measurement of financial assets and replaces the multiple classification and measurement models in IAS 39 with a single model that has only two classification categories: amortised cost and fair value. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

 

   

IAS 28 (revised 2011) Associates and joint ventures —this updated standard requires equity accounting for investments in associates and joint ventures. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

 

   

IFRS 13 Fair value measurement —this standard provides a precise definition of fair value and represents a single source of fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across IFRS.

The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

The directors believe that none of the other new or revised standards and interpretations will have an effect other than enhanced disclosure.

(c) Property, plant and equipment

Land and extensions under construction are stated at cost and are not depreciated. Buildings, including certain non-mining residential buildings and all other items of property, plant and equipment are reflected at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation is charged on a systematic basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets after taking into account the estimated residual value of the assets. Useful life is the period of time over which the asset is expected to be used or the number of production or similar units expected to be obtained from the use of the asset. The useful lives of mineral rights may change based on changes in geological assumptions.

Refractory furnace relines are depreciated based on the usage thereof.

Items of property, plant and equipment are capitalised in components where components have a different useful life to the main item of property, plant and equipment to which the component can be logically assigned.

The estimated useful lives of assets and their residual values, are re-assessed periodically with any changes in such accounting estimates being adjusted in the financial year of re-assessment and applied prospectively.

The estimated useful lives of items of property, plant and equipment are:

 

Buildings and infrastructure (including residential buildings)

   3 – 40 years

Mineral properties

   3 – 29 years

Fixed plant and equipment

   1 – 30 years

Mobile equipment, built-in process computers, underground mining equipment and reconditionable spares

   3 – 25 years

Loose tools and computer equipment

   3 – 10 years

Development costs

   10 –20 years

Refractory relines

   4 – 6 years

Site preparation, mining development and exploration

   3 – 29 years

 

F-11


Maintenance and repairs which neither materially add to the value of assets nor appreciably prolong their useful lives are taken to profit or loss.

Direct attributable expenses relating to mining and other major capital projects, site preparations and exploration are capitalised until the asset is brought to a working condition for its intended use. These costs include dismantling and site restoration costs to the extent that these are recognised as a provision.

Financing costs directly associated with the construction or acquisition of qualifying assets are capitalised relating to loans specifically raised for that purpose, or at the average borrowing rate where the general pool of combined company borrowings was utilised. Capitalisation of borrowing costs ceases when the asset is ready for its intended use.

Gains and losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment are taken to profit or loss.

(d) Leased assets

Leases involving plant and equipment whereby the lessor provides finance to the combined company with the asset as security and where the combined company obtains substantially all the benefits and risks of ownership, are classified as finance leases. Assets acquired in terms of finance leases are capitalised at the lower of fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception of the lease and depreciated over the useful life of the asset. The minimum lease payments exclude contingent rents. Contingent rents shall be charged as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred. The capital element of future obligations under the leases is included as a liability in the statement of financial position. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate on the finance balance outstanding. The interest element of the finance charge is charged against income over the lease period using the effective interest rate method.

For a sale and leaseback transaction that results in a finance lease, any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount is deferred and recognised on the straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Leases of assets to the combined company under which all the risks and benefits of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor, are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged against income on the straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Arrangements that contain the right to use an asset are evaluated for recognition, classification as a finance or operating lease, measured, and accounted for accordingly.

(e) Intangible assets

An intangible asset is recognised at cost if it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the enterprise and the cost can be reliably measured. Amortisation is charged on a systematic basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets.

Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is capitalised only if it increases the future benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The amortisation methods and estimated remaining useful lives are reviewed at least annually. The estimated maximum useful lives of intangible assets in respect of patents, licenses and franchises are 25 years.

The carrying amounts are reviewed at each financial year-end to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.

 

F-12


(f) Research, development and exploration costs

Research, development and exploration costs are charged against income until they result in projects that are evaluated as being technically or commercially feasible, the combined company has sufficient resources to complete development and can demonstrate how the asset will generate future economic benefits, in which event these costs are capitalised and amortised on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the project or asset. The carrying amounts are reviewed at each financial year-end to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.

(g) Impairment of assets

The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed at each financial year-end to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated as the higher of the fair value less cost to sell.

Assets that have an indefinite useful life—for example, goodwill or intangible assets not ready to use – are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment.

Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units).

Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

In assessing value in use, the expected future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount.

For an asset that does not generate cash inflows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.

A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount, however not to an amount higher than the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised in prior years.

(h) Financial Instruments

Recognition

A financial instrument is recognised when the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations becomes a party to a contract which entitles it to receive contractually agreed cash flows on the instrument. All acquisitions of financial assets that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention (regular-way purchases) are recognised at trade date, which is the date on which the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations commits to acquire the asset.

Derecognition

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial

 

F-13


asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial assets are transferred. Any interest in financial assets transferred that is created or retained by the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is recognised as a separate asset or liability.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations may enter into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its statement of financial position, but retains either all risks and rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all, or substantially all, risks and rewards are retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised from the statement of financial position.

The rights and obligations retained in the transfer of financial instruments are recognised separately as assets and liabilities as appropriate. In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, determined by the extent to which it is exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset.

Non-derivative financial instruments

Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity and debt instruments, trade and other payables, cash and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings and trade and other receivables.

Non-derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value plus, in the case where financial instruments are not at fair value through profit or loss, any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, non-derivative financial instruments are measured as described below.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand form an integral part of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ cash management system and are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for purposes of the cash flow statements. Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost.

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations designates financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss when either:

 

   

the assets or liabilities are managed, evaluated and reported internally on a fair value basis;

 

   

the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which would otherwise arise; or

 

   

the assets or liabilities contain an embedded derivative that significantly modifies the cash flows that would otherwise be required under the contract and has to be separately disclosed and fair-valued through profit or loss.

The Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Trust financial instrument is designated as at fair value through profit or loss as it is believed that the designation significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which would otherwise arise. Changes in the fair value of the Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Trust are recognised in profit of loss which is consistent with the recognition of changes in the related environmental rehabilitation provision (relating to interest cost). Subsequent to initial recognition, financial instruments designated or classified as at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

 

F-14


Financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss, and not available-for-sale

—Receivables

Long-term receivables and trade and other receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Effective interest rate method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or liability and allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. Amortised cost is the amount at which the long-term receivables and trade and other receivables are measured at initial recognition, minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest rate method of any difference between the initial amount recognised and the maturity amount, minus any reduction for impairment or uncollectibility.

—Loans and borrowings

Loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

—Payables

Trade and other payables are reported at amortised cost, namely original debt less principal repayments and any amortisation using the effective interest rate method.

—Investment in equity instruments

The fair value of investments is based on quoted bid prices for listed securities or valuations derived from discounted cash flow models for unlisted securities. Equity instruments for which fair values cannot be measured reliably are recognised at cost less impairment. When equity instruments classified as available-for-sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments are included in profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.

Derivative financial instruments (foreign exchange contracts)

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its foreign currency and interest rate exposures. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Derivative instruments are recognised initially at fair value; attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss when incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivative instruments are measured at fair value, and changes in fair value are accounted for as described below.

Fair value hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the change in fair value of a recognised asset or liability or a firm commitment, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognised immediately in profit or loss together with changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk.

If the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer meets the criteria for fair value hedge accounting, or the designation is revoked, hedge accounting is discontinued. Any adjustment up to that point, to a hedged item for which the effective interest rate method is used, is amortised to profit or loss as part of the recalculated effective interest rate of the item over its remaining life.

 

F-15


Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised directly in equity. The amount recognised in equity is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period as the hedged item’s cash flows affect profit or loss under the same income statement line item as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

If the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer meets the criteria for cash flow hedge accounting, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued and the amount recognised in equity remains in equity until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then hedge accounting is discontinued and the balance in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Economic hedges

Hedge accounting is not applied to derivative instruments that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in the fair value of such derivatives are recognised in profit or loss as part of foreign currency gains and losses.

Separable embedded derivatives

Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Impairment of financial assets

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset.

For loans and receivables category, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognised in profit or loss. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in the combined statement of comprehensive income.

Individually significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis. The remaining financial assets in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations which share similar credit risk character are assessed collectively.

Offset

Financial assets and liabilities are set off and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations has a legal right to set off the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

F-16


Determining fair values

The determination of fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities is based on quoted market prices or dealer price quotations for financial instruments traded in active markets. For all other financial instruments fair value is determined by using generally accepted valuation techniques. Valuation techniques include net present value techniques, the discounted cash flow method, comparison to similar instruments for which market observable prices exist, and valuation models. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations uses widely recognised valuation models for determining the fair value of common and more simple financial instruments like interest rate and currency swaps. For these financial instruments, inputs into models are available on the market.

The fair value of long and medium-term borrowings is calculated using quoted market prices, or where such prices are not available, discounted cash flow analysis using the applicable yield curve for the duration of the borrowing are used. The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid markets, is determined with reference to quoted market prices. The fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities (excluding derivative instruments) is determined in accordance with generally accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis using prices from widely available current market transactions. The fair value of derivative instruments is calculated using quoted prices. Where such prices are not available, use is made of discounted cash flow analyses for the duration of the instruments for non-optional derivatives, and option pricing models for optional derivatives.

Interest income

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested including available-for-sale financial assets and hedging instruments that are recognised in profit or loss. Interest income is recognised as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest rate method.

Interest expense

Finance expenses comprise interest expense on borrowings and agreements for the use of assets classified as finance leases in terms of IFRIC 4, “Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease,” unwinding of the discount on provisions, and dividends on preference shares classified as liabilities. All borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method.

Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis.

Fees and commission

Fees and commission income and expenses that are integral to the effective interest rate on a financial asset or financial liability are included in the measurement of the effective interest rate.

Other fees and commission expenses relate mainly to transaction and service fees and are expensed as the services are received.

(i) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined on the weighted average basis, and net realisable value. The cost of finished goods and work-in-progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and fixed production overheads, but excludes interest charges. Fixed production overheads are allocated on the basis of normal capacity. Write-downs to net realisable value and inventory losses are expensed in the period in which the write-downs or losses occur.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

 

F-17


(j) Foreign currencies

Transactions and balances

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the transaction date. Monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Gains or losses arising on translation are credited to or charged against income. These gains or losses may be deferred in other comprehensive income when the cash flow hedging criteria are met.

Foreign entities

The financial statements of foreign entities are translated into South African Rand as follows:

 

   

assets and liabilities at rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date.

 

   

income, expenditure and cash flow items at weighted average rates.

 

   

goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition at rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date.

All resulting exchange differences are reflected as part of shareholders’ equity. On disposal, such translation differences are recognised in the income statement as part of the cumulative gain or loss on disposal.

(k) Revenue recognition

Revenue, which excludes value added tax, represents the gross value of goods invoiced. Export revenues are recorded according to the relevant sales terms, when the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the buyer.

(l) Interest income

Interest is recognised on the time proportion basis, taking account of the principal outstanding and the effective rate over the period to maturity, when it is determined that such income will accrue to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations.

(m) Income tax expense

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years in determination of taxable profit (temporary differences), and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible (non-temporary differences). The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ liability for tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

(n) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method on all temporary differences between the carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes.

A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the associated unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences can be utilised. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

 

F-18


Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted at the reporting date. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in taxation rates is charged or credited to the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items previously charged or credited directly to equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations intends and has the ability to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

(o) Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the effect of discounting to present value is material, provisions are adjusted to reflect the time value of money, and where appropriate, the risk specific to the liability.

Decommissioning and environmental rehabilitation

Provision is made for environmental rehabilitation and decommissioning costs where either a legal or constructive obligation is recognised as a result of past events. Estimates are based upon costs that are regularly reviewed and adjusted as appropriate for new circumstances.

Where a provision is made for dismantling and site restoration costs, an asset of similar initial value is raised and amortised in accordance with the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ accounting policy for property, plant and equipment.

Annual contributions are made to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ Environmental Rehabilitation Fund, created in accordance with statutory requirements, to provide for the funding of the estimated cost of pollution control and rehabilitation during, and at the end of the life of mines.

Expenditure on plant and equipment for pollution control is capitalised and depreciated over the useful lives of the assets whilst the cost of ongoing current programmes to prevent and control pollution and to rehabilitate the environment is charged against profit or loss as incurred.

(p) Employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Defined contribution plan

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations provides defined contribution retirement funds for the benefit of employees, the assets of which are held in separate funds. These funds are funded by contributions from employees and the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, taking account of the recommendations of independent actuaries. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ contribution to the defined contribution fund is charged to the income statement in the year to which it relates.

Defined benefit obligation

A post-retirement medical contribution obligation exists for certain in-service and retired employees who are members of accredited medical aid funds. This benefit is no longer offered to new employees. The liability is determined using actuarial assumptions. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

 

F-19


Equity compensation benefits

Senior management, including executive directors, and eligible employees participated in the share appreciation right scheme (SARs), long-term incentive plan (LTIP), deferred bonus plan (DBP), share option scheme and the employee empowerment participation scheme (MPower).

SARs, LTIP, DBP, share options and MPower are treated as equity-settled share-based payment schemes with the fair value being expensed over the vesting period of the instrument with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value of these schemes are determined at grant date and subsequently reviewed at each reporting period only for changes in non-market performance conditions and employee attrition rates applicable to each scheme.

The vesting portion of long-term benefits is recognised and provided for at financial year-end, based on current total cost to company.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are payable whenever an employee’s employment is terminated before the normal retirement date or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations recognises termination benefits when it has demonstrated its commitment to either terminate the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or to provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. If the benefits fall due more than 12 months after the reporting date, they are discounted to present value.

(q) Dividend

Dividends paid are recognised by the company when the shareholder’s right to receive payment is established. These dividends are recorded and disclosed as dividends paid in the statement of changes in equity. Dividends proposed or declared subsequent to the year end are not recognised at the financial year-end, but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

4. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

4.1 Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are addressed below.

(a) Impairment of property, plant and equipment

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations reviews the carrying amount of its property, plant and equipment at least annually at the end of each reporting period to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated as set out in the accounting policy in 3(g).

The recoverable amounts of cash generating units are generally determined based on fair value less cost to sell calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates.

 

F-20


Should management’s estimate of the future not reflect actual events, further impairments may be identified.

Factors affecting the estimates include:

 

   

changes to estimates of mineral resources and ore reserves;

 

   

economical recovery of resources;

 

   

the grade of the ore reserves may vary significantly from time to time;

 

   

review of strategy;

 

   

unforeseen operational issues at operations;

 

   

differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions;

 

   

changes in the discount rates and foreign exchange rates; and

 

   

changes in capital, operating mining, processing and reclamation costs.

KZN Sands has been assessing the carrying values of its property, plant and equipment, as required, since commissioning.

During 2006 the carrying value of the assets of KZN Sands was reduced to its recoverable amount through recognition of a pre-taxation impairment loss of R784.4 million. During 2009, the carrying value of the assets of KZN Sands was further reduced to its recoverable amount through recognition of a pre-taxation impairment loss of R1,435 million. The impairment in 2009 resulted from a decision by Exxaro’s board of directors, as a result of depressed market conditions at the time, not to proceed with the planned development of the Fairbreeze mine. Instead, management began planning for Hillendale’s closure at KZN Sands and investigated feedstock alternatives to permit the continuation of KZN Sands’s operations following Hillendale’s closure.

During 2011, as a result of the improvement in global market conditions and increased demand for titanium feedstock and zircon and the consequential increases in their prices, Exxaro’s board of directors approved the development of the Fairbreeze mine as a replacement feedstock producer to the Hillendale mine at KZN Sands, subject to obtaining the required regulatory and environmental approvals.

During the period between the decommissioning of the Hillendale mine, which is expected to occur at the end of 2012, and the commencement of operations at the Fairbreeze mine, which is expected in 2014, KZN Sands has identified alternate supplies of ilmenite from Namakwa Sands, the Tiwest Joint Venture and other third party suppliers. The identification of alternate supplies of ilmenite have led to an increased recoverable amount assigned to the smelters at KZN Sands. As a result, management reversed the impairment previously recognised on smelter-specific property, plant and equipment, amounting to R877 million. The impairment reversal was restricted to increasing the carrying value of the relevant smelter assets to the carrying value that would have been recognised had the original impairment not occurred (that is, after taking account of normal depreciation that would have been charged had no impairment occurred).

The impairment relating to the Fairbreeze mine of R180 million has not been reversed as of December 31, 2011 as Exxaro continues to await the required regulatory and environmental approvals before it can proceed with further development of the mine.

Refer to note 8.1 for parameters and assumptions utilised by management in its assessment of the carrying value of the KZN Sands operations.

(b) Residual values and useful lives of plant, property and equipment

The charge in respect of periodic depreciation is derived after determining an estimate of an asset’s expected useful life and the expected residual value at the end of its life. Increasing an asset’s expected life or its residual value would result in a reduced depreciation charge in profit or loss.

 

F-21


The useful lives of the assets in the Exxaro Mineral Resources Operations are determined by management at the time the asset is acquired and reviewed annually for appropriateness. The lives are based on historical experience with similar assets as well as anticipation of future events, which may impact their life, such as changes in technology. Assessing the appropriateness of useful life and residual value estimates of the assets requires the Exxaro Mineral Resources Operations to consider a number of factors such as the physical condition of the asset, expected period of use of the asset, and expected disposal proceeds from the future sale of the asset.

(c) Provisions for environmental rehabilitation and decommissioning

Estimated long-term environmental rehabilitation and decommissioning obligations, are based on the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ environmental management plans in compliance with current technological, environmental and regulatory requirements.

Significant judgment is applied in estimating ultimate rehabilitation cost that will be required in future to rehabilitate the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ mines.

Management used the following assumptions in determining the environmental and decommissioning provisions:

 

     Exxaro Sands
(Pty) Ltd
KZN Mine
    Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd     Exxaro
Australia
Sands Pty Ltd
Australia
 
     KZN
Smelter
    Namakwa    

2011

        

—Inflation % per annum

     5     5     5     2.5

—Discount rate % per annum

     8.1     8.8     8.8     5.5

—Life of mine

     2        18        29        16-38   

2010

        

—Inflation % per annum

     5     5     5     2.5

—Discount rate % per annum

     10     10     10     5.5

—Life of mine

     3        19        30        16-39   

The ultimate cost may significantly differ from current estimates.

(d) Mineral reserves and resources

Mineral reserves and resources are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and legally extracted from the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ properties.

In order to calculate the mineral reserves and resources, estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, costs, commodity prices and exchange rates. Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves and resources requires the size, shape and depth of the ore bodies to be determined by analyzing geological data such as the logging and assaying of drill samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgments and calculations to interpret the data.

Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the mineral reserves and resources change from year to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the mineral reserves and resources may change from year to year. Changes in the reserves and resources may affect the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ financial results and financial position in a number of ways, including:

 

   

asset carrying values may be affected due to changes in estimated cash flows;

 

   

depreciation and amortization charged in the income statement may change as they are calculated on the units-of-production method; and

 

F-22


   

environmental provisions may change as the timing and/or cost of these activities may be affected by the change in mineral reserves and resources.

(e) Estimate of post-retirement obligations

For defined benefit schemes, management is required to make annual estimates and assumptions about future returns on classes of schemes assets, future remuneration changes, employee attrition rates, administration costs, changes in benefits, inflation rates, exchange rates, life expectancy and expected remaining periods of service of employees. In making these estimates and assumptions, management considers advice provided by external advisers, such as actuaries. Refer note 21.

(f) Fair value of derivatives

The fair value of derivatives that are not quoted in active markets is determined by using valuation techniques, which make use of observable market data. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations uses judgement to select a variety of methods and make assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period.

The total amount of the change in fair value of the derivatives, estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis, based on observable interest rate yield curves that was recognised in profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 was a loss of R281.9 million (2010: R236.7 million profit, 2009: R156.2 million profit ). Refer to note 20.

(g) Income taxes

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is subject to income taxes, principally in South Africa and Australia. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. Where the final tax outcome is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

4.2 Critical judgements in applying the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ accounting policies

(a) Contractual arrangements containing leases

IFRIC 4, Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease , requires the Mineral Sands Operations to evaluate contractual arrangements that do not take the legal form of a lease, but which convey the right to use an asset in return for a payment or series of payments, as finance or operating leases in accordance with the accounting policy described in 2(d). This determination requires significant judgement. In making this judgement, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations evaluates whether the arrangements involve the use of a specific asset, and if so, whether the arrangement conveys the right to use the asset based on the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ right to control the asset’s use. These arrangements involve the lease of bulk terminals, and other assets relating to water and electricity supply. Refer to note 15.

(b) Deferred tax assets

Management has to exercise judgment with regards to deferred tax assets. Where the possibility exists that no future taxable income may flow against which these assets can be offset, the deferred tax assets are not recognised. As of December 31, 2011, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations recognised deferred taxes relating to tax losses at its mining and smelter operations. Unrecognised tax losses amounting to R109 million (2010: R2 954 million) relate principally to KZN Sands non-smelter operations, included in Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd legal entity. Tax losses have no expiry dates. Refer to note 10.

 

F-23


5. OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)

 

           Year ended December 31,  
    Notes      2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
    2009
R’000
 

Operating profit/(loss) has been arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following gains and losses:

        

Staff costs

        

—salaries and wages

       978,620        872,047        788,414   

—share-based payments

       24,655        18,218        10,104   

—pension and medical costs

       29,930        27,912        26,015   

Currency exchange differences

        

—net realised (gains)/losses on currency exchange differences

       (348,130     128,971        334,091   

—net unrealised losses on currency exchange differences

       (53,771     (97,931     (138,539

Fair value (gains)/losses on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

        

—designated upon initial recognition

       (3,399     (2,745     (2,403

—held for trading

       281,873        (236,725     (156,203

Operating lease rentals expenses

       22,254        32,536        23,454   

Contingent rent expense in terms of finance leases

       13,501        12,917        11,581   

Inventories write down to net realisable value

       590        7,498        1,734   

Repairs and maintenance

       451,674        386,363        311,366   

Impairment (reversal)/charge of KZN Sands property, plant and equipment

    8.1         (877,163       1,435,000   

Insurance claim for KZN Sands Furnace 2

         (98,044     (23,317

Impairment charges and write-offs of trade and other receivables

       (210     42        (625

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

    8         543,675        597,825        475,689   

Amortisation of intangible assets

    9         3,855        3,460        3,389   

6. NET FINANCING COSTS

 

Interest income

      

Interest income on cash and cash equivalents

     (15,474     (4,271     (6,586

Interest income on Tronox buy-back (note 18.3)

     (41,512    

Interest income on financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     (4,056     (4,889     (4,204
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (61,042     (9,160     (10,790
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

      

Interest expense on interest-bearing borrowings (amortised cost)

     49,309        43,304        31,267   

Interest expense on obligations under finance leases (amortised cost)

     15,490        27,984        28,932   

Interest expense on non-current provisions

     41,195        19,719        1,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense on external liabilities

     105,994        91,007        61,451   

Interest expense on related party borrowings (amortised cost) (note 14)

     154,602        208,410        307,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     260,596        299,417        369,119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net financing costs

     199,554        290,257        358,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


7. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

Deferred tax (refer to Note 10)

     79,858           48,192           (307,734

—Current year origination and reversal of temporary differences

     71,912           48,646           (295,692

—Adjustment in respect of prior year

     7,946           (454        (12,042

Total tax benefit/(expense)

     79,858           48,192           (307,734
  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Reconciliation of tax rates %

     %           %           %   

Tax expense/benefit as a percentage of profit before tax

     (3.2        (121.4        17.5   

Tax effect of

            

—capital profits/(losses)

     (0.1             (0.8

—disallowable expenditure

     (1.3        (84.9        (0.7

—exempt income

     1.5           81.3           1.8   

—special tax allowances

          112.7        

—unrealised foreign exchange translation differences

          (1.1        (0.2

—prior year tax

     0.3           (1.1        (0.7

—derecognition of deferred tax asset

          (17.4        (45.0

—tax rate differences

     (0.6        3.9           0.1   

—re-instatement of deferred tax asset(1)

     31.3             

—share of joint ventures

     0.1             
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Standard tax rate

     28.0           (28.0        (28.0
  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1) As a result of increased profitability at KZN Sands smelter operations, deferred tax assets on the historical tax losses were recognised.

 

F-25


8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

    Land
R’000
    Mineral
Properties
R’000
    Residential
buildings
R’000
    Infra-
structure
R’000
    Machinery,
plant and
equipment
R’000
    Site
preparation,
mining
development,
exploration
and
rehabilita-
tion
R’000
    Extensions
under
construction
R’000
    Total
R’000
 

December 31, 2011

               

Gross carrying amount

               

At beginning of year

    146,418        744,227        54,847        1,655,973        7,504,305        672,320        300,894        11,078,984   

Additions

    466          1,621        15,708        558,219        691        98,576        675,281   

Changes in decommissioning assets

          1,669        (18,134     15,563        4,990        4,088   

Disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

          (11,347     (645,031         (656,378

Exchange differences on translation

    3,484        97,031          73,387        659,335        100,791        38,051        972,079   

Transfers between categories

          67,044        41,661        2,348        (111,053  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

    150,368        841,258        56,468        1,802,434        8,100,355        791,713        331,458        12,074,054   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

               

At beginning of year

    17,080        243,576        3,650        580,789        2,550,815        288,670          3,684,580   

Depreciation charges

    19,409        34,264        2,368        50,683        417,513        19,437          543,674   

Accumulated depreciation on disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

          133,595        291,660        5,977          431,232   

Exchange differences on translation

      45,105          52,786        331,005        54,321          483,217   

Transfers between categories

          181        (1,547     1,393       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

    36,489        322,945        6,018        818,034        3,589,419        369,798          5,142,703   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment of assets

               

At beginning of year

          653,922        1,346,200        141,716          2,141,839   

Impairment reversals

          (209,515     (658,917     (8,731       (877,163

Disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

          (139,159     (473,831     (5,977       (618,967
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

          305,248        213,452        127,008          645,709   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount at end of year

    113,878        518,313        50,450        679,152        4,297,484        294,907        331,458        6,285,643   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

               

Gross carrying amount

               

At beginning of year

    79,759        737,831        54,847        1,650,682        6,444,834        660,318        819,894        10,448,164   

Additions

    5,947            12,773        293,343        735        387,188        699,986   

Changes in decommissioning assets

          9,239        15,404        (3,077       21,566   

Disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

          (25,807     (127,423         (153,230

Exchange differences on translation

    230        6,396          4,848        34,652        6,644        9,722        62,492   

Transfers between categories

    60,482            4,238        843,496        7,700        (915,916  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

    146,418        744,227        54,847        1,655,973        7,504,305        672,320        300,894        11,078,984   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

               

At beginning of year

      203,674        597        507,220        2,136,569        266,343          3,114,403   

Depreciation charges

    17,080        37,200        2,915        76,610        447,203        16,817          597,825   

Accumulated depreciation on disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

          (6,284     (50,817         (57,101

Exchange differences on translation

      2,702          3,229        20,200        3,321          29,452   

Transfers between categories

        138        13        (2,340     2,189       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

    17,080        243,576        3,650        580,789        2,550,815        288,670          3,684,579   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment of assets

               

At beginning of year

          671,283        1,406,401        141,716          2,219,400   

Disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

          (17,361     (60,200         (77,561
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

          653,922        1,346,201        141,716          2,141,839   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount at end of year

    129,338        500,651        51,197        421,263        3,607,289        241,934        300,894        5,252,566   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


8.1 Impairment of property, plant and equipment

KZN Sands has been assessing the carrying values of its property, plant and equipment, as required, since commissioning.

During 2006 the carrying value of the assets of KZN Sands was reduced to its recoverable amount through recognition of a pre-taxation impairment loss of R784.4 million. During 2009, the carrying value of the assets of KZN Sands was further reduced to its recoverable amount through recognition of a pre-taxation impairment loss of R1,435 million. The impairment in 2009 resulted from a decision by Exxaro’s board of directors, as a result of depressed market conditions at the time, not to proceed with the planned development of the Fairbreeze mine. Instead, management began planning for Hillendale’s closure at KZN Sands and investigated feedstock alternatives to permit the continuation of KZN Sands’s operations following Hillendale’s closure.

During 2011, as a result of the improvement in global market conditions and increased demand for titanium feedstock and zircon and the consequential increases in their prices, Exxaro’s board of directors approved the development of the Fairbreeze mine as a replacement feedstock producer to the Hillendale mine at KZN Sands, subject to obtaining the required regulatory and environmental approvals.

During the period between the decommissioning of the Hillendale mine, which is expected to occur at the end of 2012, and the commencement of operations at the Fairbreeze mine, which is expected in 2014, KZN Sands has identified alternate supplies of ilmenite from Namakwa Sands, the Tiwest Joint Venture and other third party suppliers. The identification of alternate supplies of ilmenite have led to an increased recoverable amount assigned to the smelters at KZN Sands. As a result, management reversed the impairment previously recognised on smelter-specific property, plant and equipment, amounting to R877 million. The impairment reversal was restricted to increasing the carrying value of the relevant smelter assets to the carrying value that would have been recognised had the original impairment not occurred (that is, after taking account of normal depreciation that would have been charged had no impairment occurred).

As described in note 1, Exxaro signed a Transaction Agreement to sell the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations to Tronox. The reversal of impairment relating to the smelters at KZN Sands is supported by the fair values assigned to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations in connection with that transaction.

The following parameters and assumptions were used in management’s discounted cash flow assessment for purposes of impairment testing as at December 31, 2011:

 

   

A long-term inflation rate of 5.0% was used for rand based amounts and 2.0% for dollar based amounts;

 

   

Exxaro weighted average cost of capital rate of 13.0%;

 

   

Long term real product prices:

 

   

Chloride slag: $800/tonne

 

   

Slag fines: $655/tonne

 

   

Imported Chlorine Ilmenite: $190/tonne

 

   

Pig Iron: $340/tonne

 

   

2012 average Rand/USD exchange rate 7.08;

 

   

The latest approved smelter production plan numbers aligned with the available feedstock from Namakwa, Tiwest and other third party suppliers were incorporated in the assessment; and

 

   

The latest approved budget numbers were used in the impairment assessment.

 

F-27


9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011 R’000      2010 R’000  

Patents, licences and franchises

     

Gross carrying amount

     

At beginning of year

     119,533         117,708   

Additions

     44,076      

Exchange differences

     29,381         1,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At end of year

     192,990         119,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated amortisation

     

At beginning of year

     46,734         42,611   

Amortisation charge

     3,855         3,460   

Exchange differences

     11,241         664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At end of year

     61,830         46,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount at end of year

     131,160         72,799   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Exxaro Mineral Sands operations capitalised technology licence fees payable to its joint venture partner in the Tiwest Joint Venture, Tronox. These fees represent a payment for the production expertise, rights and patents held by Tronox. These fees will be fully amortised over 25 years. For the year 2011 an additional licence fee is payable due to the expansion of the Kwinana Pigment Plant.

The pigment technology licence fee relates to the high level watermark pigment production for 2011 exceeding prior years’ annual record production crystallizing a fee payable.

 

F-28


10. DEFERRED TAX

 

     December 31,
2011
R’000
         December 31,
2010
R’000
 

The movement on the deferred tax account is as follows:

       

At beginning of year

     119,128           109,478   

Foreign currency translation

     (15,490        6,039   

Charged/(credited) to equity

     2,430           (25,632

Losses transferred from/(to) the head entity under tax funding and tax sharing agreements in Australia

     291,996           (18,949

Income statement charge (refer note 7)

     79,858           48,192   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

—current

     71,912           48,646   

—prior

     7,946           (454

At end of year

     477,922           119,128   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Presented as folllows in the combined statements of financial position:

       

—Deferred tax asset

     477,922           138,309   

—Deferred tax liability

          (19,181
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     477,922           119,128   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Comprising:

       

Deferred tax balances

       

Taxation losses carried forward

     1,039,550           971,433   

Financial Instruments

     167,983           99,597   

Share based payments

     19,381           7,698   

Leave pay accrual

     4,892           3,939   

IFRIC 4: lease liability

     35,127           37,657   

Provisions

     130,470           100,570   

Other

          (195

Environmental rehabilitation

     (40,191        (28,625

Unrealised foreign exchange gains

     (71,275        (67,394

Derecognition of deferred tax assets 1

     (30,540        (796,126

Prepayments

     (24,995        (19,036

Property, plant and equipment

     (752,480        (190,390
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Per statement of financial position

     477,922           119,128   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

The total deferred tax assets with regards to assessed losses

     1,039,550           971,433   

The total deferred tax assets not recognised 2

     30,540           833,028   

 

1  

As a result of increased profitability at KZN Sands, the amount of deferred tax assets (relating to tax losses) previously not recognised has been reduced.

2  

Mainly relates to KZN non-smelter operations

Refer to note 19 which shows the amount of tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income.

 

F-29


11. FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

     December 31,
2011
R’000
     December 31,
2010
R’000
 

Environmental Rehabilitation Trust asset

     156,440         120,111   

Unlisted investment

        6,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     156,440         126,654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Environmental Rehabilitation Fund investment relates to funds invested in the Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Trust Fund, which have been designated at fair value through profit and loss. These funds are used to make financial provision for environmental obligation upon the ceasing of mining operations and obtaining closure certification for all mining operations within the Exxaro Mineral Sands operations.

Quarterly contributions are made to this fund in accordance with annually reviewed life of mine closure estimates.

The contributions determined are submitted to the Department of Minerals and Resources and the South African Revenue Services for notification. The unlisted investment relates to a 20% partnership interest held in Ndzalama Game Reserve. The carrying amount of the investment approximates fair value. In 2011 this asset has been classified as non-current assets held for sale (refer note 25). For further details refer to note 20 on financial instruments.

12. INVENTORIES

 

Finished products

     984,692         763,357   

Work-in-progress

     467,797         566,056   

Raw materials

     467,199         304,032   

Plant spares and stores

     378,783         278,464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,298,471         1,911,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories are carried at the lower cost and net realisable value.

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense during the year was R0.1 million (2010: R7.5 million).

No inventories were pledged as security for liabilities.

 

F-30


13. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

Trade receivables

     1,557,769        985,585   

Other receivables

     35,364        35,880   

Non-financial Instruments (e.g. VAT refundable, insurance prepayments, employee advances, etc.)

     287,085        136,394   

Specific allowances for impairment

       (210
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,880,218        1,157,649   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade receivables are stated after the following allowances for impairment:

    

Specific allowances for impairment

    

At beginning of year

     (210     (168

Impairment loss reversed/(recognised)

     210        (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

       (210
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which relates to:

    

Trade receivables

       (168

Other receivables

       (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
       (210
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For a detailed analyis of the trade and other receivables refer to note 20 on financial instruments

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the year the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, in the ordinary course of business, entered into various related party transactions.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
    2009
R’000
 

Transactions:

      

Exxaro Resources Limited—holding company

      

—Corporate fees for essential services rendered

     149,482        152,766        151,178   

—Interest paid

     154,602        208,410        307,668   

—Administration services

     33,633        3,855        17,241   
(Included in Corporate service fees are expenses for facilities management, human resources, information technology, supply chain management and logistics, safety and sustainable development, growth and technology and other general corporate services supplied by the corporate centre)       

Exxaro Coal (Pty) Ltd—fellow subsidiary

      

—Service Costs

     67        3        11   

Ferroland (Pty) Ltd—fellow subsidiary

      

—Service Costs

       175        175   

Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd—fellow subsidiary

      

General expenses/recharges

     (2,145     6,838        16,173   

Tax

     293,001        146,145        112,009   

Ireland Finance—fellow subsidiary

      

Foreign exchange losses/(gains)

     307        (24,140     2,146   

General expenses

       16     

Exxaro International BV—fellow subsidiary

      

Foreign exchange (gains)/losses

     286        (73,442     (169,986

General expenses

       63        164   

 

F-31


JOINT VENTURES

Details of investments in joint ventures and related income are disclosed in note 24.

There were no finance costs or expenses in respect of bad debts or doubtful debts incurred with regard to the joint venture during the financial years ended 31 December 2011, 2010 or 2009.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
 

Items of income and expense incurred during the year are as follows:

        

—Sales of goods/services to

        2,090         1,173   

—Purchase of goods/services from

     565         

The outstanding balances at year-end are as follows:

        

—included in trade and other receivables (refer note 13)

     381         1,692         351   

During the periods presented, there was no provision raised for doubtful debts related to the outstanding balances above.

AMOUNTS (DUE TO) / OWING BY RELATED PARTIES

 

          December 31,  
          2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
 

Balances at year end:

       

Amounts owing by related parties:

       

Current

       

Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd 1

   Fellow subsidiary      990,302        845,788   

Exxaro Resources Limited 1

   Holding company      160,767        211,743   

Exxaro Coal (Pty) Ltd 1

   Fellow subsidiary        3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,151,069        1,057,534   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts due to related parties:

       

Current

       

Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd 1

   Fellow subsidiary      (1,006,800     (694,172

Exxaro Resources Limited 1

   Holding company      (2,402,350     (2,308,505

Exxaro Coal (Pty) Ltd 1

   Fellow subsidiary      (163     (148

Ireland Finance 1

   Fellow subsidiary      (222,917     (180,731

Exxaro International BV 1

   Fellow subsidiary      (1,369,163     (557,966
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (5,001,393     (3,741,522

Shareholder’s loans

       

Exxaro Resources Limited 2

   Holding company      (2,473,763     (2,473,763
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amount due to related parties (current)

        (7,475,156     (6,215,285

Non-current

       

Exxaro Resources Limited 3

   Holding company      (1,925,805     (2,346,568
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amount due to related parties

        (9,400,962     (8,561,853
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The loans to or from group companies are unsecured, interest free and with no fixed terms of repayment.

 

F-32


(2) These loans are unsecured, bear no interest and have no fixed terms of repayment. Exxaro has confirmed its continued support of the Exxaro Mineral Sands operations with regard to commitments at the year end, as well as to operational support to ensure that the Exxaro Mineral Sands operations continues to trade in the foreseeable future without any disruption to its businesses.
(3) These are loans advanced by Exxaro (the holding company) on back-to-back terms with the external parties to finance the acquisition of Namakwa Sands. These loans are unsecured.

REPAYMENT TERMS OF BACK TO BACK LOANS WITH EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED

 

     Final
repayment
date
     Rate of interest      2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
 
      2011
Floating
%
     2010
Floating
%
       

FirstRand Bank Limited, acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division

     2013         6.83         6.81         150,000         150,000   

FirstRand Bank Limited, acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division

     2013         6.83         6.81         178,000         342,000   

FirstRand Bank Limited, acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division

     2013         6.83         6.81         270,000         405,000   

FirstRand Bank Limited, acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division

     2013         6.93         6.91         675,000         675,000   

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

     2013         6.83         6.81         50,000         75,000   

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

     2013         6.93         6.91         125,000         125,000   

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

     2013         6.83         6.81         89,600         134,400   

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

     2013         6.93         6.91         224,000         224,000   

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

     2013         6.83         6.81         24,112         36,168   

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

     2013         6.93         6.91         60,280         60,280   

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

     2013         6.83         6.81         79,813         119,720   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
              1,925,805         2,346,568   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

TAX

As discussed in Note 2(d), the Australian Mineral Sands operations and all its wholly-owned Australian resident entities are part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law. Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd is the head entity in the tax-consolidated group. Tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the members of the tax-consolidated group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax-consolidated group using the ‘separate taxpayer within group’ approach. Current tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and tax credits of the members of the tax-consolidated group are recognised by Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd (as head entity in the tax-consolidated group).

There is no difference between the tax expense recognised in each entity on a separate tax return basis to that recognised on a consolidated tax return basis. The amounts owing from Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd with respect to current tax liability or current tax asset of the related entity were R292 million at December 31, 2011 (2010: R18.9 million).

 

F-33


KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

For the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, for 2011, 2010 and 2009, the executive committee has been identified as being key management personnel.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
 

Short term employee benefits including other long term benefits

     20,646         14,403         10,762   

Share-based payments

     5,097         3,646         1,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation paid to key management personnel

     25,743         18,049         12,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

15. INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

 

     December 31,  
     2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
 

South Africa

    

Finance lease liabilities

     133,050        139,342   

Australia

    

ANZ Limited

       235,957   

US$ 60 million senior notes

     464,464        387,000   

Investec Limited

     173,769        161,000   

Finance lease liabilities

     53,415     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current borrowings

     824,698        923,299   

Current portion included in current liabilities

     (275,412     (270,658
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     549,286        652,641   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Details of interest rates payable on borrowings are shown below.

    

Included in the above interest-bearing borrowings are obligations relating to finance leases. Details are:

    

Minimum lease payments:

    

—less than one year

     45,926        33,971   

—more than one year and less than five years

     140,756        119,698   

—more than five years

     333,123        360,092   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     519,805        513,761   

Less: Future finance charges

     (333,339     (374,419
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

     186,466        139,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Representing lease liabilities:

    

—current

     19,874        4,152   

—non-current (more than one year and less than five years)

     51,669        9,950   

—non-current (more than five years)

     114,923        125,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     186,466        139,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exxaro Mineral Sands entered into numerous operating and finance lease arrangements. All major lease arrangements are renewable if there is mutual agreement between the parties to the arrangements with some

 

F-34


contracts specifying extension periods. Arrangements containing escalation clauses are usually based on CPI or PPI indexes. None of the lease arrangements contain restrictive clauses that are unusual to the particular type of lease.

There were no defaults or breaches in terms of interest-bearing borrowings during both reporting periods.

NON-CURRENT INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

 

            Rate of interest per year
(payable half-yearly)
               
     Final
repayment
date
     2011
%
     2010
%
     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
 

SOUTH AFRICA

              
            Fixed
%
     Fixed
%
               

SECURED LOANS

              

Mhlathuze Water 1

     2011         12.13         12.13         0         535   

Eskom 2

     2012         11.42         11.42         146         569   

Air Products 3

     2013         13.54         13.54         4,009         6,046   

Mhlathuze Water 4

     2025         8.33         8.33         21,951         22,791   

Eskom 5

     2026         10.71         10.71         11,901         12,218   

Kusasa Bulk Terminals 6

     2031         16.05         22.20         45,085         48,203   

Kusasa Bulk Terminals 7

     2032         22.15         20.54         49,958         48,980   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
              133,050         139,342   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
            Floating
%
     Floating
%
               

AUSTRALIA

              

UNSECURED LOANS (US$)

              

ANZ Limited 8

     2011            8.05            235,957   
            Fixed
%
     Fixed
%
               

US$60 million senior notes 9

     2016         7.55         7.55         464,464         387,000   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
              464,464         622,957   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
            Floating
%
     Floating
%
               

SECURED LOANS (US$)

              

Investec Limited 10

     2012         3.79         3.79         173,769         161,000   
            Fixed
%
                      

Verve Energy 11

     2016         6.40            53,415      
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
              227,184         161,000   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

              824,698         923,299   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance Leases recognised due to IFRIC4 (Determining whether an Agreement contains a Lease):

 

(1) Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd and Mhlathuze Water in respect of a plant with a book value of R0 million (2010: R0 million).
(2) Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd and Eskom in respect of buildings with a book value of R0 million (2010: R0 million).

 

F-35


(3) Finance lease agreement between Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd and Air Products in respect of a plant with a book value of R1 million (2010: R3 million).
(4) Finance lease agreement between Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd and Mhlathuze Water in respect of a plant with a book value of R13 million (2010: R13 million).
(5) Finance lease agreement between Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd and Eskom in respect of buildings with a book value of R8 million (2010: R9 million).
(6) Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd and Kusasa Bulk Terminals (Phase 1) in respect of a plant with a book value of R27 million (2010: R28 million).
(7) Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd and Kusasa Bulk Terminals (Phase 2) in respect of a plant with a book value of R30 million (2010: R31 million).
(8) A syndicated loan facility of US$45 million (variable interest rate), of which US$34 million was drawn on 31 December 2010.
(9) US$60 million senior notes (fixed interest rate) issued by Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd, an entity controlled by Exxaro Australia Sands (Pty) Ltd.
(10) A trade receivable facility from Investec Limited that is secured for the outstanding amount of US$21,250,000 and against pigment receivables for that amount.
(11) Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd and Verve Energy in respect of the Co-generation plant with a book value of R62 million (2010: R0 million).

16. PROVISIONS

 

     Environmental
rehabilitation
R’000
    Decommissioning
R’000
    Total
R’000
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

      

At beginning of year

     116,390        333,998        450,388   

Additional provision/(unused amounts reversed)

     6,601        (5,286     1,315   

Interest adjustment

     20,744        17,354        38,098   

Provisions capitalised to property, plant and equipment

       4,089        4,089   

Utilised during year

     (10,353       (10,353

Exchange differences

     15,880        37,706        53,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

     149,262        387,861        537,123   

Current portion included in current liabilities

     (10,159       (10,159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current provisions

     139,103        387,861        526,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

      

At beginning of year

     120,023        294,770        414,793   

Additional provision

     68          68   

Interest adjustment

     1,738        15,378        17,116   

Provisions capitalised to property, plant and equipment

       21,566        21,566   

Utilised during year

     (6,613       (6,613

Exchange differences

     1,174        2,284        3,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

     116,390        333,998        450,388   

Current portion included in current liabilities

     (12,051       (12,051
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current provisions

     104,339        333,998        438,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Environmental rehabilitation

Provision is made for environmental rehabilitation costs where either a legal or constructive obligation is recognised as a result of past events.

Estimates are based upon costs that are regularly reviewed and adjusted as appropriate for new circumstances.

The carrying amount of the environmental provision is based on discounted values.

The assumptions are set out in note 4.1 (c)

Decommissioning

The decommissioning provision relates to decommissioning of property, plant and equipment where either a legal or constructive obligation is recognised as a result of past events. Estimates are based upon costs that are regularly reviewed and adjusted as appropriate for new circumstances.

The carrying amount of the decommissioning provision is based on discounted values.

The assumptions are set out in note 4.1 (c)

Funding of environmental and decommissioning rehabilitation

Contributions towards the cost of the mine closure are also made to the Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Fund.

Of this amount R156 million (2010: R120 million) is included in financial assets (refer note11).

Cash flows will take place when the plants are decommissioned and the mines are rehabilitated.

17. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

     December 31,  
     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
 

Trade payables

     465,942         443,250   

Other payables

     104,256         75,605   

Non-financial instruments (e.g. Input VAT, Bonus accruals)

     112,294         110,845   

Leave pay accrual

     106,875         85,593   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     789,367         715,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


18. NOTES TO THE COMBINED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

18.1 CASH GENERATED BY/(UTILISED IN) OPERATIONS

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011
R’000
         2010
R’000
         2009
R’000
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

     2,470,180           (39,707        (1,763,409

Net financing costs (refer to note 6)

     199,554           290,257           358,329   

Interest income

     (61,042        (9,160        (10,790

Interest expense

     260,596           299,417           369,119   

Operating profit/(loss)

     2,669,734           250,550           (1,405,080

Adjusted for non-cash movements

            

—depreciation and amortisation

     547,529           601,285           479,078   

—impairment (reversal)/charges of non-current assets

     (877,163             1,435,000   

—impairment charges of trade and other receivables

     104           77           13   

—provisions

     4,666           6,094           2,187   

—foreign exchange revaluations and fair value adjustments

     121,413           (122,601        (101,541

—loss on disposal or scrapping of property, plant and equipment

     37,665           15,381           75,273   

—share-based payment expenses

     14,073           17,969           12,226   

—other

     (10,689        (13,961        (13,783
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
     2,507,332           754,794           483,373   

Working capital movements

            

—(increase)/decrease in inventories

     (205,717        185,933           (592,320

—increase in trade and other receivables

     (595,592        (57,021        (41,038

—increase in trade and other payables

     62,090           96,348           43,549   

—utilisation of provisions (refer note 16)

     (10,353        (6,613        (4,110
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Cash generated by/(utilised in) operations

     1,757,760           973,441           (110,546
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

18.2 NET FINANCING COSTS

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2011
R’000
         2010
R’000
         2009
R’000
 

Net financing costs (refer to note 6)

    (199,554        (290,257        (358,329

Financing costs not involving cash flow

    41,195           19,719           1,252   

—Decommissioning provision (refer to note 16)

    17,354           15,378           1,584   

—Environmental rehabilitation (refer to note 16)

    20,744           1,738           (2,067

—Post retirement medical obligation (refer to note 21)

    3,097           2,603           1,735   
    (158,359        (270,538        (357,077
 

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

18.3 TRONOX BUY-BACK ARRANGEMENT

During 2008 to 2010, the Tiwest Joint Venture partners, Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd (“TWA”) and Exxaro Australia Sands (“EAS”), expanded the Tiwest Kwinana titanium dioxide (TiO 2 ) pigment plant at a cost of R862.0 million (AUD 118 million). The aim of the expansion was to increase the capacity of the plant’s production of pigment from approximately 110ktpa to approximately 150ktpa.

 

F-38


TWA elected not to contribute to the expansion programme subsequent to the feasibility stage in accordance with its rights under the Development Agreement for the expansion of the plant. As a result, EAS funded the majority of the expansion (96.9%). The Development Agreement specified that rights to the pigment produced as a result of the expansion (“Expanded Capacity Production”) follow the levels of contribution for the expansion. At December 31, 2010, EAS was entitled to 96.9% of the Expanded Capacity Production.

The Development Agreement also included a clause that permitted TWA to reinstate its share of the Expanded Capacity Production to 50% by paying EAS an amount equal to 50% of the amounts expended for the expansion plus interest and a risk premium charge.

On May 31, 2011, TWA exercised its right to reinstate its share of the Expanded Capacity Production to 50%. The substance of this exercise, which became effective on June 30, 2011, is that EAS effectively sold 46.9% of the Expanded Capacity Production to TWA.

The results of the Tiwest Joint Venture are proportionally consolidated by EAS. The cash payment made by TWA to EAS totalling R467.5 million (AUD 64 million) had the following effect on the combined financial statements as at December 31, 2011 and for the period ended December 31, 2011:

 

     R ‘000  

Increase cash and cash equivalents 1

     468,663   

Decrease trade and other payables 1

     75,691   

Decrease interest-bearing borrowings

     9,360   

Risk premium income 2

     (59,760

Interest income 2

     (41,512

Decrease property, plant and equipment (net) 3

     (429,402

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 3

     (23,040

 

(1) Net cash paid by TWA to EAS represents the total consideration offset by the amount owing to TWA by EAS in relation to certain feedstock required to process the additional pigment as a result of the expansion.
(2) Calculated based on the terms of Development Agreement.
(3) Derecognition of 46.9% of the property, plant and equipment related to the expansion and recognition of a gain on disposal.

18.4 ACQUISITION OF SUBSIDIARY

On 1 October 2008, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations acquired the assets and liabilites of Namakwa Sands operations from Anglo American plc. The acquired business contributed R491 million in revenue and R155 million in operating profits to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations for the period from 1 October 2008 to 31 December 2008.

The deferred consideration of R120.6 million was paid in 2009.

18.5 DIVIDENDS PAID

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
   2009
R’000

Dividends declared and paid

     (685,705     

18.6 ISSUANCE OF SHARE CAPITAL

On December 20, 2011, Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd, an entity included in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, authorized the issue of an ordinary share to Exxaro for R1,800 million. The share issue was

 

F-39


completed on December 30, 2011. In connection with the Transaction Agreement with Tronox described in note 1, Tronox Limited will undertake a corporate rationalization plan to revise its organizational structure. This share issuance is part of this plan to ensure that Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries are appropriately capitalized following completion of the Transaction. Exxaro determined the R1,800 million amount after analyzing and determining an appropriate mix of debt and equity for the South African operations of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations.

19. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

    2011     2010     2009  
    Before-
tax
amount
R’000
    Tax
R’000
    Net-of-tax
amount
R’000
    Before-
tax
amount
R’000
    Tax
R’000
    Net-of-tax
amount
R’000
    Before-
tax
amount
R’000
    Tax
R’000
    Net-of-tax
amount
R’000
 

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

                 

Currency translation differences

    475,691          475,691        24,207          24,207        38,749          38,749   

Financial instruments fair value gains/(losses) recognised in equity on cash flow hedges:

    25,792        2,431        28,223        88,655        (25,632     63,023        135,515        (38,511     97,004   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    501,483        2,431        503,914        112,862        (25,632     87,230        174,264        (38,511     135,753   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

20. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

20.1 CARRYING AMOUNTS AND FAIR VALUE AMOUNTS OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The tables below set out the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, as well as their fair values.

 

    At fair value
through profit or
loss
    Loans and
receivables
at
amortised
cost
R’000
    Financial
liabilities
at
amortised
cost
R’000
    Non-current
asset
held for
sale
R’000
    Fair value
of financial
instruments
R’000
    Maximum
exposure
of
carrying
amount to
credit risk
R’000
 
    Held for
trading
R’000
    At fair
value
designated
R’000
           

December 31, 2011

             

Financial assets, consisting of:

             

—Rehabilitation Trust asset

      156,440              156,440        156,440   

—Ndzalama game reserve

            2,046        2,046        2,046   

Trade and other receivables

        1,593,134            1,593,134        1,593,134   

Amounts due from related parties

        1,151,069            1,151,069        1,151,069   

Derivative financial instruments

    8,980                8,980        8,980   

Cash and cash equivalents

        2,998,263            2,998,263        2,998,263   

Financial liabilities, consisting of:

             

Interest-bearing borrowings

          638,232          638,232     

Trade and other payables

          570,198          570,198     

Derivative financial instruments

    102,248                102,248     

Amounts due to related parties

          9,400,961          9,400,961     

 

F-40


     At fair value
through profit or loss
     Loans and
receivables
at
amortised
cost
R’000
     Financial
liabilities
at
amortised
cost
R’000
     Fair value
of financial
instruments
R’000
     Maximum
exposure
of
carrying
amount to
credit risk
R’000
 
     Held
for
trading
R’000
     At fair
value
designated
R’000
             

December 31, 2010

                 

Financial assets, consisting of:

                 

—Rehabilitation Trust asset

        120,111               120,111         120,111   

—Ndzalama game reserve

        6,543               6,543         6,543   

Trade and other receivables

           1,021,255            1,021,255         1,021,255   

Amounts due from related parties

           1,057,534            1,057,534         1,057,534   

Derivative financial instruments

     84,991                  84,991         84,991   

Cash and cash equivalents

           418,879            418,879         418,879   

Financial liabilities, consisting of:

                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

              783,957         783,957      

Trade and other payables

              518,855         518,855      

Derivative financial instruments

     4,230                  4,230      

Amounts due to related parties

              8,561,853         8,561,853      

FAIR VALUES

Fair value hierarchy level

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value have been categorised in the following hierarchy structure:

Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset/liability

Level 3—Inputs for the asset/liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

The following table presents the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value:

December 31, 2011

 

Description    Fair value
R’000
     Level 2
R’000
     Level 3
R’000
 

Financial assets held for trading at fair value through profit or loss

        

—Derivative financial instruments

     8,980         8,980      

Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss

        

—Rehabilitation Trust asset

     156,440         156,440      

Non-Current assets classified as held for sale

        

—Ndzalama game reserve

     2,046            2,046   

Financial liabilities held for trading at fair value through profit or loss

        

—Derivative financial instruments

     102,248         102,248      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     269,714         267,668         2,046   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


December 31, 2010

 

Description    Fair value
R’000
     Level 2
R’000
     Level 3
R’000
 

Financial assets held for trading at fair value through profit or loss

        

—Derivative financial instruments

     84,991         84,991      

Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss

        

—Rehabilitation Trust

     120,111         120,111      

—Ndzalama game reserve

     6,543            6,543   

Financial liabilities held for trading at fair value through profit or loss

        

—Derivative financial instruments

     4,230         4,230      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     215,875         209,332         6,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reconciliation of level 3 hierarchy Ndzalama game reserve

 

       2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
    2009
R’000
 

Opening balance

     6,543        6,568        6,434   

Movement during the year

      

Total gains or losses for the period recognised in profit or loss

     (10     (25     134   

Sales of investment

     (4,487    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

     2,046        6,543        6,568   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rehabilitation Trust asset

The EERF is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The EERF receives, holds and invests funds contributed by the Exxaro mining operations, which contributions are aimed at providing for sufficient funds at date of estimated closure of mining activities to address the rehabilitation and environmental impacts.

The funds are invested by Exxaro’s in-house treasury department on the JSE as well as with reputable financial institutions in accordance with a strict mandate to ensure capital preservation and real growth. R114 million (2010: R106 million) of the EERF was invested in a diverse portfolio of equities on the JSE and fair value of these investments was calculated based on the JSE Top 40 index as at December 31, 2011. At 31 December 2011, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate the fair value due to the short-term maturity of the asset.

Derivative financial instruments

Current derivative financial instruments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because the fair values are calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on observable interest rate yield curves.

Ndzalama game reserve

The Ndzalama game reserve is classified within Level 3 as there is no quoted market price or other observable price available for this investments. This unlisted investment is valued as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on unobservable inputs.

The investment was classified as held for sale during 2011.

20.2 RECLASSIFICATION OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

No reclassification of financial assets occurred during the period.

 

F-42


20.3 Statement of Changes in Equity

Included in the statement of “other comprehensive income” are the following pre-tax adjustments relating to financial instruments:

 

     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
 

Effective portion of change in fair value of cash flow hedge

     25,792         88,655         135,515   

The above amounts are all included in the financial instruments revaluation reserve.

20.4 Risk Management

20.4.1 Financial Risk Management

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ corporate treasury function (other than Exxaro Australia Sands (Pty) Limited which operates on a decentralised basis but within the approved group policies), provides financial risk management services to the business, co-ordinates access to domestic and international financial markets, and monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the group through internal risk reports which analyses exposures by degree and magnitude of risks. These risks include market risk (including foreign currency risk, interest rate risk, and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks are detailed below.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations seeks to minimise the effects of these risks by using derivative financial instruments to hedge these risk exposures. The use of derivative financial instruments is governed by the group’s policies approved by the board of directors, which provide written principles on foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, the use of financial derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments, and the investment of excess liquidity. Compliance with policies and exposure limits is reviewed by the internal auditors on a continuous basis and results are reported to the board audit committee.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operation enters into financial instruments to manage and reduce the possible adverse impact on earnings and cash flows of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. Compliance with policies and exposure limits is reviewed by the internal auditors annually, with the results being reported to the audit committee.

20.4.2 Market risk management

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices will affect the Exxaro Mineral Sands’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments.

The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, whilst optimising the return on risk.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates (see 20.4.2.1 below) and interest rates (see 20.4.2.2 below). The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate, foreign currency risks and commodity price risks, including:

 

   

forward foreign exchange contracts (FEC’s) and currency options to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on the export mineral sands products as well as imported capital expenditure;

 

F-43


   

forward interest rate contracts to manage interest rate risk;

 

   

interest rate swaps to manage the risk of rising interest rates;

20.4.2.1 Foreign currency risk management

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies, hence exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise.

The currency in which transactions are entered into is mainly denominated in US Dollars (USD) and Australian Dollars (AUD). Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters utilising FEC’s, currency options and currency swap agreements.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations maintains a fully covered exchange rate position in respect of foreign currency borrowings and imported capital equipment resulting in these exposures being fully converted to rand. Trade-related import exposures are managed through the use of economic hedges arising from export revenue as well as through FEC’s. Trade-related export exposures are hedged using FEC’s and options with specific focus on short-term receivables.

Uncovered foreign debtors at December 31, 2011 amount to US$86 million (2010: US$75 million) and AUD 4 million (2010: AUD nil million) , whereas uncovered cash and cash equivalents amount to US$52 million (2010: $48 million) and AUD$87 million (2010: AUD$11 million). There were no imports that were not fully hedged during both 2011 and 2010. Monetary items have been translated at the closing rate at the last day of the reporting period.

The FEC’s which are used to hedge foreign currency exposure mostly have a maturity of less than one year from the reporting date. When necessary, FEC’s are rolled over at maturity.

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

 

     Average
spot rate
     Average
achieved rate
     Closing
spot rate
 

2011

        

USD

     7.22         7.28         8.17   

Euro

     10.07         9.98         10.58   

Australian Dollar

     7.47         7.58         8.30   

2010

        

USD

     7.30         7.72         6.63   

Euro

     9.68         9.94         8.83   

Australian Dollar

     6.71         6.80         6.75   

2009

        

USD

     8.39         7.48         7.40   

Euro

     11.63         10.90         10.64   

Australian Dollar

     6.60         6.77         6.64   

 

F-44


Foreign currency

Material FEC’s and currency options, which relate to specific balance sheet items, that do not form part of a hedging relationship or for which hedge accounting was not applied at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, are summarised as follows:

 

     Market
related value
R’000
     Foreign
amount
R’000
     Contract
value
R’000
     Recognised
fair value
profits/(losses)
R’000
 

2011

           

Exports (Buy)

           

United States Dollar—FEC’s

     1,075,959         130,000         986,582         89,377   

Imports (Sell)

           

United States Dollar—FEC’s

     31,796         3,809         31,842         (46

Euro—FEC’s

     71,336         8,680         71,122         214   

Australian Dollar—FEC’s

     2,646            2,615         31   

2010

           

Exports (Buy)

           

United States Dollar—FEC’s

     670,796         95,000         647,508         46,410   

Imports (Sell)

           

United States Dollar—FEC’s

     7,761         1,167         8,196         (435

Euro—FEC’s

     5,490         622         5,852         (362

Fair value gains and losses on these FEC’s are recognised in “other operating expenses” on the face of the combined statement of comprehensive income.

Cash flow hedges—foreign currency risk

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations has entered into certain forward exchange contracts, which relate to specific foreign commitments not yet due and export earnings for which the proceeds are not yet receivable. Details of the contracts at 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010 were as follows:

 

     Foreign
currency
R’000
     Contract
value
R’000
     Recognised
fair value
in equity
R’000
 

2011

        

Exports (Buy)

        

United States Dollar–Note holders loan & Investec

        

Less than 3 months

     2,250         19,927         (1,528

3 Months

     2,000         17,713         (1,359

6 months

     27,000         264,398         (43,613

1 year

     20,000         252,960         (89,415

>3 year

     26,800         305,085         (85,936
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     78,050         860,083         (221,851
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note: In respect of a US$78 million (2010: US$83 million) loan liability of Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Limited, an economic hedge exists between US$ revenue and US$ borrowings. Accordingly, future sales proceeds to be applied to the repayment of US$ borrowings are recorded at the historical exchange rate effective at the date of loan draw down.

 

F-45


With respect to the above-mentioned cash flow hedges, the future expected cash flows are represented below:

 

     2012
R’000
    2013
R’000
     >2013
R’000
     Total
R’000
 

Expected future cash flows

          

— United States Dollar—Note holders loan & Investec

     302,038        252,960         305,085         860,083   

Expected gain/(loss) in profit or loss (at maturity)

          

— United States Dollar—Note holders loan

     (108,159           (108,159

— United States Dollar—Investec

     (47,137           (47,137

 

     Foreign
currency
R’000
     Contract
value
R’000
     Recognised
fair value
in equity
R’000
 

2010

        

Exports (Buy)

        

United States Dollar–Note holders loan & Investec

        

Less than 3 months

     750         5,393         (420

3 Months

     750         5,393         (420

6 months

     3,100         25,573         (5,021

1 year

     31,250         245,217         (38,037

>3 year

     46,800         453,062         (142,790
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     82,650         734,638         (186,690
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note: In respect of a US$83 million (2009: US$60 million) loan liability of Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Limited, an economic hedge exists between US$ revenue and US$ borrowings. Accordingly, future sales proceeds to be applied to the repayment of US$ borrowings are recorded at the historical exchange rate effective at the date of loan draw down.

With respect to the above-mentioned cash flow hedges, the future expected cash flows are represented below:

 

     2011
R’000
     2012
R’000
     >2012
R’000
    Total
R’000
 

Expected future cash flows

          

— United States Dollar—Note holders loan & Investec

     36,359         245,217         453,062        734,638   

Expected gain/(loss) in profit or loss (at maturity)

          

— United States Dollar—Note holders loan & Investec

           (111,379     (111,379

Foreign currency sensitivity

The following table summarises the impact a 10% increase in foreign currency rates would have on the combined financial statements relating to outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items (cash balances, trade receivables, trade payables and loans). A positive number represents again whilst a negative number represents a loss.

 

     Profit or (loss)      Equity  
     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
     2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
 

US$

     17,038         21,274         15,785         (40,615     (34,869

Euro

     1,322         2,425         286        

 

F-46


A 10% decrease in the rand against each foreign exchange rate would have an equal but opposite effect on the above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

For exports (US$), an increase/(decrease) in the exchange rate of the rand (ZAR) against the dollar (US$) (e.g. FEC taken out on exports at R7.94 : US$1, with actual rate coming out at R8.73 : US$1) represents a weakening/(strengthening) of the Rand against the US dollar, which results in a gain/(loss) incurred of R0,79.

The opposite applies for a decrease in the exchange rate.

For imports (Euro), an increase/(decrease) in the exchange rate of the Rand (ZAR) against the Euro (e.g., FEC taken out on exports at R10,00 : €1, with actual rate coming out at R11,00 : €1) represents a weakening/(strengthening) of the Rand against the Euro, which results in a loss/(gain) incurred of R1,00.

The opposite applies for a decrease in the exchange rate.

20.4.2.2 Interest rate risk management

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows and deposits funds at both fixed and floating interest rates on the money market. The risk is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings taking into account future interest rate expectations.

The financial institutions chosen are subject to compliance with the relevant regulatory bodies.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates result in exposure to cash flow interest rate risk which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates result in exposure to fair value interest rate risk.

The interest rate repricing profile is summarised below:

 

     1 -6
months
R’000
    7 -12
months
R’000
    Beyond
1 year
R’000
    Total
borrowings
R’000
 

At 31 December 2011:

        

Term borrowings (under the IFRS 7 scope)

         2,617,453        2,617,453   

% of total borrowings

         100     100
     R’000     R’000     R’000     R’000  

At 31 December 2010:

        

Term borrowings (under the IFRS 7 scope)

     117,979        117,979        2,894,568        3,130,525   

% of total borrowings

     4     4     92     100

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations makes use of interest rate derivatives to hedge specific exposures in the interest rate repricing profile of existing borrowings.

The value of borrowings hedged by interest rate derivatives, the instruments used and the respective rates applicable to these contracts are as follows:

 

     Borrowings
hedged
R’000
     Floating
interest
receivable %
     Fixed
interest
payable %
 

Local

        

Interest rate derivatives beyond 1 year:

        

— Interest rate swaps

     675         3m Jibar         11,1   

The interest rate swap ceased at the end of November 2010.

 

F-47


The following table reflects the potential impact on earnings, given a movement in interest rates of 50 basis points:

 

     Interest rate     Interest rate  
     2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
    2009
R’000
    2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
 

Profit/(loss)

     (4     (18     (18     4         18         18   

20.4.2.3 Price Risk

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is exposed to equity securities price risk because of investments held by the Exxaro Rehabilitation Trust. The investment in the Exxaro Rehabilitation Trust is designated at fair value through profit and loss on the combined statement of financial position.

20.4.3 Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ reputation.

The ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the board of directors, which has built an appropriate liquidity risk management framework for the management of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast cash flows in compliance with loan covenants and ensuring that adequate unutilised borrowing facilities are maintained. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations aims to cover at least its net debt requirements through long-term borrowing facilities.

Financial guarantee liabilities are initially recognised at their fair value, and the initial fair value is amortised over the life of the financial guarantee. The guarantee liability is subsequently carried at the higher of this amortised amount and the present value of any expected payment if a payment under the guarantee has become probable.

Financial guarantees are included within other liabilities.

All guarantees currently accounted for relates to operational guarantees.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ capital base, the borrowing powers of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations and the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations were set at 125% of shareholders’ funds for the 2011, 2010 and 2009 financial years.

Standard payment terms for the majority of trade payables is the end of the month following the month in which the goods are received or services are performed.

A number of trade payables do however have shorter contracted payment periods.

To avoid incurring interest on late payments, financial risk management policies and procedures are entrenched to ensure the timeous matching of orders placed with goods received notes or services acceptances and invoices.

 

F-48


Maturity profile of financial instruments

The following table details the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ contractual maturities of financial liabilities:

 

     Carrying
amount
R’000
     Contractual
cash flows
R’000
     Maturity  
           0-12 months
R’000
     1-2 years
R’000
     2-5 years
R’000
 

2011

              

Financial liabilities

              

Interest-bearing borrowings

     638,232         730,961         294,452         286,339         150,170   

Trade and other payables

     570,198         570,198         570,198         

Amounts due to related parties

     9,400,962         9,608,403         8,015,269         1,593,134      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,609,392         10,909,563         8,879,919         1,879,473         150,170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities (Included in the above)

              

Foreign exchange forward contracts used for hedging

              

–Sell (Rands inflow)

     986,582               

Other forward exchange contracts

              

–Buy (Rands outflow)

     105,796               

 

     Carrying
amount
R’000
     Contractual
cash flows
R’000
     Maturity  
           0-12
months
R’000
     1-2 years
R’000
     2-5 years
R’000
 

2010

              

Financial liabilities

              

Interest-bearing borrowings

     783,957         904,411         311,380         392,778         200,253   

Trade and other payables

     518,855         518,855         518,855         

Amounts due to related parties

     8,561,853         8,933,779         6,790,649         2,143,129      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,864,665         10,357,046         7,620,885         2,535,907         200,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities (Included in the above)

              

Foreign exchange forward contracts used for hedging

              

–Sell (Rands inflow)

     510,000               

Other forward exchange contracts

              

–Buy (Rands outflow)

     15,000               

20.4.4 Credit Risk Management

Credit risk relates to potential default by counterparties on cash and cash equivalents, investments, trade receivables and hedged positions. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations limits its counterparty exposure arising from money market and derivative instruments by only dealing with well-established financial institutions of high credit standing. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded are spread amongst approved counterparties. Credit exposure is controlled by counterparty limits that are reviewed and approved by the board annually.

Trade receivables consist of a number of customers with whom Exxaro has long-standing relationships. A high portion of term supply arrangements exists with such clients resulting in limited credit exposure which exposure, where dictated by customer credit worthiness or country risk assessment, is further mitigated through a combination of confirmed letters of credit and credit risk insurance.

 

F-49


Exxaro establishes an allowance for non-recoverability or impairment that represents its estimate of incurred losses in respect of trade and other receivables and investments. The main components of this allowance are a specific loss component that relates to individually significant exposures, and a collective loss component established for Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations of similar assets in respect of losses that have historical data of payment statistics for similar financial assets.

Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. None of the financial instruments below was held as collateral for any security provided.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at both reporting dates was equal to the carrying value of financial assets for the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations.

Detail of the trade receivables credit risk exposure:

 

     2011
%
     2010
%
 

By industry

     

Manufacturing (including structural metal and steel)

     27         29   

Merchants

     10         10   

Pigment, ceramics, chemicals

     60         60   

Other

     3         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     100         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

By geographical area

     

South Africa

     3         3   

Europe

     30         21   

Asia

     7         23   

USA

     6         9   

Australia

     42         42   

Other

     12         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     100         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations of counterparties having similar characteristics.

Financial guarantees are contracts that require the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument.

The carrying amount of the financial assets at reporting date was:

 

     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
 

Neither past due nor impaired

     4,758,862         1,651,778   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

—trade and other receivables

     1,593,133         1,021,255   

—other financial assets

     158,486         126,654   

—derivative financial instruments

     8,980         84,991   

—cash and cash equivalents

     2,998,263         418,879   

Past due or impaired

     

—trade and other receivables

        210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     4,758,862         1,651,989   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations strives to enter into sales contracts with clients which stipulate the required payment terms. It is expected of each customer that these payment terms are adhered to. Where trade receivables balances become past due, the normal recovery procedures are followed to recover the debt, where applicable new payment terms may be arranged to ensure that the debt is fully recovered. Therefore the credit quality of the above assets deemed to be neither past due nor impaired is considered to be within industry norm.

There were no financial assets with renegotiated terms during the 2011, 2010 or 2009 reporting periods.

Trade and other receivables age analysis

 

     2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
 

Past due and impaired

        

>180 days overdue

        210         168   
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying amount of financial instruments past due or impaired

        210         168   
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Before the financial instruments can be impaired, they are evaluated for the possibility of any recovery as well as the length of time at which the debt has been long outstanding.

Loans and receivables designated at fair value through profit or loss

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations had no loans and receivables designated as at fair value through profit or loss during the period.

Collateral

No collateral was held or pledged by the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations as security over its financial assets as of December 31, 2011 or 2010.

Guarantees

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations did not during the period obtain financial or non-financial assets by taking possession of collateral it holds as security or calling on guarantees.

There were no guarantees provided by banks to secure financing as of December 31, 2011 or 2010.

For all other guarantees, refer to note 22 on contingent liabilities.

Capital management

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ policy is to ensure that the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations maintains a robust capital structure with strong financial metrics which can withstand a significant downturn in commodity cycles. Growth opportunities, debt levels and dividend distributions to shareholders are considered against this backdrop.

The capital base consists of net investment by Exxaro companies as disclosed, as well as shareholder’s loans and interest bearing borrowings. The board of directors is ultimately responsible for monitoring debt levels, return on capital as well as compliance with contractually agreed loan covenants.

 

F-51


During the year under review the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations complied with all its contractually agreed loan covenants and there were no changes in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ approach to capital management during the year.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is not subject to externally imposed regulatory capital requirements.

21. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Retirement Funds

Independent funds provide retirement and other benefits for all permanent employees, retired employees, and their dependants. At the end of the financial year, the main defined contribution retirement funds to which Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations was a participating employer, were as follows:

 

   

Exxaro Selector Funds;

 

   

Chamber of Mines, operating as a defined contribution fund;

 

   

Namakwa Sands Employees Provident Fund;

 

   

Sentinel Mining Industry Retirement Fund.

Members pay a contribution of 7%, with the employer’s contribution of 10% to the above funds, being expensed as incurred.

All funds registered in the Republic of South Africa are governed by the South African Pension Funds Act of 1956 (the Act).

Defined contribution funds

Membership of each fund at 31 December 2011, 2010 and 2009 and employer contributions to each fund were as follows:

 

     Working
members
2011
Number
     Working
members
2010
Number
     Working
members
2009
Number
     Employers
Contributions
2011 R’m
     Employer
Contributions
2010 R’m
     Employer
Contributions
2009 R’m
 

—Exxaro Selector Funds;

     663         662         689         16         16         14   

—Chamber of Mines, operating as defined contribution fund;

     1         1         1            

—Namakwa Sands employees Provident Fund;

     918         986         893         15         14         12   

—Sentinel Mining Industry Retirement Fund.

     82         87         88         5         5         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,664         1,736         1,671         36         35         31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due to the nature of these funds the accrued liabilities by definition equate to the total assets under control of these funds.

Medical Funds

The combined company contributes to medical aid schemes for the benefit of permanent employees and their dependants who choose to belong to one of a number of employer accredited schemes. The contributions charged against income amounted to R12.1 million (2010: R11 million) and (2009:R10.1 million) .

 

F-52


Defined benefit fund

The combined mineral sands operations have defined benefit obligations for the provision of post retirement medical benefits.

As part of the business combination with Namakwa Sands on October 1, 2008 a post-retirement medical obligation was acquired.

The post-retirement liability is of a defined benefit nature, and consists of an implicit promise to pay a portion of members’ postretirement medical aid contributions. This liability is also generated in respect of dependants who are offered continued membership of the medical aid on the death of the primary member, either pre- or post- retirement. This benefit, which is no longer offered, applied to employees employed prior to 2001 by Namakwa Sands. Contributions, if any, will be offset against the liability.

No contribution was made for the period ended December 31, 2011 (2010: Rnil).

The obligation represents a present value amount, which is actuarially valued on an annual basis. Any surplus or deficit arising from the valuation is recognised in the income statement. The provision is expected to be utilised over the expected lives of the participants of scheme.

The most recent actuarial valuations of the present value of the defined benefit obligation were carried out in November 2011.

The present value of the defined obligation, and the related current service cost and past service cost, were measured using the projected unit credit method.

The principal assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows:

 

     2011
%
     2010
%
     2009
%
 

Discount rate

     9.00         8.25         9.00   

Inflation rate

     6.25         5.50         5.75   

Salary increase rate

     7.75         6.75         6.75   

Amounts recognised in profit or loss in respect of the defined benefit plan were as follows:

 

     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
 

Current service cost

     2,020         1,669         919   

Actuarial gains

     1,643         4,637         2,079   

Interest on obligation

     3,097         2,603         1,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,760         8,909         4,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The expense for the year is included in the employee benefits expense in the income statement.

Reconciliation of the opening and closing balances of the present value of the defined obligation:

 

     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
 

Defined benefit obligation at beginning of year

     37,685         29,056         24,543   

Acquisition Namakwa Sands

        

Plus current service cost

     2,020         1,669         919   

Plus interest cost

     3,097         2,603         1,735   

Plus actuarial gains or less actuarial losses

     1,643         4,637         2,079   

Less benefits paid

     311         280         220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

     44,134         37,685         29,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-53


Determination of estimated post-retirement expense for the next financial year:

 

     2012
R’000
     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
 

Interest cost

     3,955         3,095         1,669   

Unrecognised actual losses in the year

     2,687         2,350         2,883   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expense

     6,642         5,445         4,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity compensation benefits

The Exxaro Management Share Option Scheme has the following schemes included in the equity compensation benefits of its employees:

 

   

Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

 

   

Share Appreciation Right scheme (SARs)

 

   

Empowerment Participation scheme (MPower)

 

   

Deferred bonus plan

Awards made by Exxaro Company to its own employees are accounted for as equity-settled in the company’s individual financial statements as it is providing its own equity instruments as settlement of the schemes, as well as in the consolidated group financial statements.

In the subsidiary accounts such as the combined Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, the schemes are also accounted for as equity settled.

Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP)

DBP is to encourage directors and senior management to sacrifice a part of their bonuses for the purpose of acquiring shares in the company in exchange for an uplift in the number of shares received. Participants may sacrifice a percentage of their (post-tax) bonus in exchange for Exxaro shares at the ruling market price. The pledged shares are then held in trust for a three year period, thus until the vesting date of the matching award. At vesting date, the company will make an additional award of shares by matching the shareholding on a one-for-one basis (matching award). Participants will consequently become unconditionally entitled to both the original pledged shares as well as the matching award of shares.

A participant may at its election dispose of and withdraw the pledged shares from the scheme at any stage. However, if the pledged shares are withdrawn before the expiry of the pledge period, the participant forfeits the matching award.

The DBP is an equity settled scheme.

Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

A LTIP is a conditional award of Exxaro shares offered to qualifying senior employees of the group. The shares vest after three years subject to certain performance conditions being met. The extent to which the performance conditions are met governs the number of shares that vest. LTIP is an equity settled scheme.

There are two performance conditions that determine the number LTIPs that vest:

 

   

The Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) Condition This condition compares the TSR of Exxaro with the TSR of a peer group of companies. The peer group of companies is determined by the Nomination

 

F-54


 

Transformation, Remuneration, Human Resources Committee. TSR is defined to be the compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) on a portfolio of Exxaro/peer group shares purchased at the end of the group’s financial year in which the grant is made, holding the shares, and reinvesting the dividends received from the portfolio in the same shares for three years, and then selling the portfolio at the end of the three years.

 

   

The Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) Condition The ROCE measure is a Return on Capital Employed measure with a number of adjustments as determined by the rules of the scheme. Initial targets are set based on existing ROCE performance in the base year of an LTIP and planned ROCE performance in the performance year (“target year”). The audited results for the previous financial year, with relation to the year in which the grants are made, is the base year and the third year after the base year is the target year.

50% of the grant is subject to the TSR condition and 50% is subject to the ROCE condition. Awards vests linearly between 30% and 100% for performance between the minimum and the maximum targets

Share Appreciation Right Scheme (SARS)

Participants obtain the right, if performance conditions are met, to receive a number of Exxaro shares to the value of the difference between the exercise price and the grant price. The performance condition relates to Headline Earnings per Share of the group and is calculated for a minimum and maximum performance condition. Performance between these targets will result in proportional vesting which will be calculated using a linear sliding scale between the minimum and maximum performance conditions. Grants have a vesting period of three years at which time the performance conditions are calculated. The vested grants will lapse after seven years from the grant date.

The SARS scheme is an equity settled share base payment.

MPower

Exxaro created an Employee Empowerment Participation Scheme in November 2006 whereby certain employees are given the opportunity to share in the growth of the company. Exxaro issued approximately 10,7m shares which was held in trust to the benefit of selected Exxaro employee beneficiaries. Employees are awarded equal share units in the trust which entitles them to dividends on the Exxaro shares in trust in the five-year period that ended in November 2011. The total distribution to be made by the trust is independent of the number of units allocated to employees, therefore as more units are allocated the benefits to the trust are split between participating employees. As a result, all equity instruments of the scheme are effectively granted upon first issue of units to a participant. Given this operation, the value of the scheme determined at the grant date represents the final scheme value to be recognised under IFRS 2. By the end of the five-year period or capital appreciation period, the Exxaro shares that employee beneficiaries have a right to through the share units awarded to them in the Trust, will be sold. The capital distribution is the profit that is made on these shares after they are sold and the outstanding loan (used to buy the shares) to Exxaro is settled. The MPower scheme is an equity-settled share based payment.

 

F-55


Details of the schemes:

Long-term Incentive Plan

 

          2011     2010     2009  
          Number of
instruments
‘000
    Face value
range 1 R
    Number of
instruments
‘000
    Face value
range 1 R
    Number of
instruments
‘000
    Face value
range 1 R
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

      193        85.00-126.77        180        85.00-67.07        120        85.00-67.07   

Issued during the year

      47        163.95        55        126.77        85        67.07   

Transferred during the year

      13        85.00-126.77        (1     85.00-67.07        (25     85.00-67.07   

Exercised during the year

      (52     168.00-177.99        (36     113.50-131.90       

Lapsed/cancelled during the year

          (5     102.14       
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of the year

      201        67.07-163.95        193        85.00-126.77        180        85.00-67.07   
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
    Expiry
date
                                     

Terms of outstanding at end of the year

             
    2011            52        85.00-112.45        94        85.00-112.45   
    2012        92        67.07        86        67.07        86        67.07   
    2013        59        136.77        55        126.77       
    2014        50        163.95           
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
      201          193          180     
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Face value range for instruments exercised during the year (R)

             
        168.00-177.99          113.50-131.90       

Total value of shares outstanding (R million)

      33.8          26.3          18.7     

 

1 Face value is the volume weighted average price of the previous business day when the transaction is executed

 

F-56


Share Appreciation Right Scheme

 

          2011     2010     2009  
          Number of
instruments
‘000
    Grant price
range R
    Number of
instruments
‘000
    Grant price
range R
    Number of
instruments
‘000
    Grant price
range R
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

      963        59.42-89.33        694        59.42-89.33        371        59.42-139.24   

Issued during the year

      277        150.66-185.92        318        126.77        392        67.07-89.33   

Transferred during the year

      (18     59.42-89.33            (48     59.42-139.24   

Exercised during the year

      (149     59.42-112.45        (35     60.60-112.35       

Lapsed/cancelled during the year

      (10     60.60-126.77        (14     112.35        (21     112.35   
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of the year

      1,063        59.42-185.92        963        59.42-89.33        694        59.42-89.33   
   

 

 

     

 

 

       
    Expiry
date
                                     

Terms of outstanding at end of the year

             
    2014        51        59.42-67.46        74        59.42-67.46        124        59.42-67.46   
    2015        117        62.83-139.24        244        62.83-139.24        244        62.83-139.24   
    2016        425        63.45-89.33        408        63.45-89.33        326        63.45-89.33   
    2017        246        126.77        237        126.77       
    2018        224        150.66-185.92           
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
      1,063          963          694     
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Face value range for instruments exercised during the year (R)

        59.42-112.45          60.60-112.35       

Total value of shares outstanding (R million)

      178.6          131.3          71.9     
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Details of options vested but not sold during the year are as follows:

             

Number of shares

      228,539          74,280          —       

Share price range (R)

      60.60-185.92          60.60-67.46          —       

 

F-57


Deferred Bonus Plan

 

          2011     2010     2009  
          Number of
instruments
‘000
    Share price
range 2 R
    Number of
instruments
‘000
    Share price
range 2 R
    Number of
instruments
‘000
    Share price
range 2 R
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

      10        101.88-88.95        7        101.88-88.95        4        86.45-111.88   

Issued during the year

      3        147.01-179.21        3        66.38-125.41        13        65.85-91.08   

Transferred during the year

              (10     86.45-111.88   

Exercised during the year

      (2     149.50-178.25        (0     117.48       

Lapsed/cancelled during the year

             
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of the year

      11        66.39-179.21        10        101.88-88.95        7        101.88-88.95   
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
    Expiry
date
                                     

Terms of outstanding at end of the year

             
    2012        5        66.38-88.95        1        101.88-112.45        1       
 
101.88-
112.45
 
  
    2013        3        112.68-125.41        6        66.38-88.95        6        66.38-88.95   
    2014        3        147.01-179.21        3        88.95-125.41       
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
      11          10          7     
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Face value range for instruments exercised during the year (R)

        149.50-178.25          117.48       

Total value of shares outstanding (R million)

      1.9          1.3          0.7     
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

2 Price at which the shares were bought / sold

 

F-58


FAIR VALUE OF EQUITY-SETTLED SHARE-BASED PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS WITH EMPLOYEES

In determining the fair value of services received as consideration for equity instruments, measurement is referenced to the fair value of the equity instruments granted.

A modified binomial tree model is used for the valuation of the SARS and Phantom Option Scheme while a Monte Cario Simulation model for the LTIP. The conditional matching awards granted in terms of the DBP are the economic equivalent of granting an Exxaro share, without dividend rights for the period from grant date to vesting date. Therefore the value of the DBP is equal to the grant date share price at the vesting date, less the present value of future dividends expected to be granted over the term of the scheme, multiplied by the pledged shares in the trust and the matching award.

 

          2011      2010      2009  
          R      R      R  

Weighted average fair value for grants during the year:

        
  

SARS

     68.37         48.34         22.53   
  

LTIP

     59.04         106.36         54.35   
  

DBP

     144.87         113.71         57.43   

Inputs to the valuation models for:

        

SARS

  

Share price at valuation date (R)

     170.00         126.84         74.20   
  

Weighted average option life (years)

     7.00         7.00         7.00   
  

Exercise price (R)

     163.95         126.77         67.07   
  

Expected volatility (%)(1)

     42.20         42.39         43.22   
  

Dividend yield (%)

     3.42         3.80         9.02   
  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     8.30         8.17         0.08   
  

Employee forfeiture rate (%)

     5.73         4.14         9.97   

LTIP

  

Share price at valuation date (R)

     170.00         126.84         74.20   
  

Weight average option life (years)

     3.00         3.00         3.00   
  

Expected volatility of Exxaro share (%)(1)

     46.69         49.70         51.31   
  

Expected volatility of peer group share (average)(%)(1)

     60.15         63.07         60.83   
  

Dividend yield (%)

     3.22         1.94         6.41   
  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     7.32         7.29         7.82   
  

Employee forfeiture rate (%)

     2.97         2.90         10.29   

DBP

  

Share price at valuation date—February (R)

     152.45         114.00         67.07   
  

Share price at valuation date—March (R)

     165.56         125.90         69.24   
  

Share price at valuation date—August (R)

     n/a         114.44         92.40   
  

Weighted average option life (years)

     3.00         3.00         3.00   
  

Dividend yield—February (%)

     3.59         1.98         6.48   
  

Dividend yield—March (%)

     3.31         1.95         6.91   
  

Dividend yield—August (%)

     n/a         2.24         5.25   
  

Risk-free Interest rate—February (%)

     7.19         7.68         8.10   
  

Risk-free Interest rate—March (%)

     7.37         7.35         7.85   
  

Risk-free Interest rate—August (%)

     n/a         6.53         7.82   
  

Employee forfeiture rate (%)

     —           —           —     

 

(1) Volatility is measured as the annualized standard deviation of the continuously compounded daily returns of the underlying share(s) under the assumption that the share price is log-normally distributed. The historical period used to determine the log returns and hence volatility is equal in length to the period from valuation date up to and including the maturity date, starting from the valuation date.

 

F-59


22. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

     December 31,  
     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
 

Contingent liabilities

     

Contingent liabilities at balance sheet date, not otherwise provided for in these annual financial statements, arising from:

     

—guarantees in the normal course of business from which it is anticipated that no material liabilities will arise 1 :

     199,460         222,297   

—Other 2

     59,800      

 

1 The operational guarantees include the guarantees provided to the DMR with regards the operations’ ability to immediately rehabilitate the mining operations should the need arise. The increase in 2009 and 2010 is mainly attributable to guarantees to the Department of Mineral and Resources (DMR) in respect of environmental liabilities on immediate closure of mining operations.
2 Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd (EIPL) received an assessment from the Office of State Revenue (a State Government body), indicating that EIPL is liable for A$7.2 million of stamp duty in respect of the “land-rich” assets associated with the 2005 acquisition of Ticor Ltd. EIPL is required to pay the amount within one month after assessment to avoid paying substantial penalties. Management believe there are strong grounds to appeal this decision and, on this basis, have not recognized a liability for the amount.

The Combined Mineral Sands operations are jointly and severally exposed to its share of the joint venture contingent liabilities.

The timing and occurrence of any possible outflows are uncertain.

23. COMMITMENTS

 

     December 31,  
     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
 

Capital commitments

        

Capital expenditure contracted for plant and equipment

     341,654         203,604         221,646   

Capital expenditure authorised for plant and equipment but not contracted

     649,596         79,708         105,257   

The above includes the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ share of capital commitments of joint ventures

     17,833         14,323         86,758   

Capital expenditure will be financed from available cash resources, funds generated from operations and available borrowing capacity. The increase in 2011 is mainly due to capital expenditure commitments for Fairbreeze.

 

Operating lease commitments

        

The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

        

–less than one year

     20,590         21,487         23,096   

–more than one year and less than five years

     22,573         20,297         28,825   

–more than five years

        11      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     43,163         41,795         51,921   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating sublease receivable

        

Non-cancellable operating lease rentals are receivable as follows:

        

–less than one year

     2,602         1,732         1,086   

–more than one year and less than five years

     650         3,052         2,983   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,252         4,784         4,069   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-60


24. INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES

 

     2011
R’000
     2010
R’000
     2009
R’000
 

In Australia, the combined company’s interests are housed in Australia Sands, whose principle asset is the 50% Tiwest joint venture (with Tronox).

        

Aggregate post -acquisition reserves:

        

–joint ventures

     4,505,042         2,809,951         2,849,181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,505,042         2,809,951         2,849,181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES AND OTHER INVESTMENTS

 

    

Nature of
business

   Percentage holding  
          2011
%
     2010
%
     2009
%
 

JOINT VENTURES

           

Unincorporated

           

Tiwest

   Titanium minerals and pigment production      50.00         50.00         50.00   

 

F-61


The combined company’s effective share of statement of financial position, income statement and cash flow items in respect of the Tiwest joint venture is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
    2009
R’000
 

INCOME STATEMENTS

      

Revenue

     2,575,305        1,550,000        1,473,000   

Operating expenses

     (1,667,175     (1,376,000     (1,435,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET OPERATING PROFIT

     908,130        174,000        38,000   

Net financing costs

     36,589        (11,000     (5,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

     944,719        163,000        33,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax*

      

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

     944,719        163,000        33,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

     944,719        163,000        33,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     December 31,  
     2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
    2009
R’000
 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

      

Non-current assets

     2,571,523        2,505,000        2,237,000   

Current assets

     2,741,842        1,439,000        1,164,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     5,313,365        3,944,000        3,401,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

      

EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT

     4,505,042        2,810,000        2,849,000   

Non-current liabilities

      

Interest-bearing borrowings

     40,334        141,000     

Non-current provision

     265,485        225,000        218,000   

Deferred tax and other

     (12,840     408,000     

Current liabilities

      

Interest-bearing borrowings

     186,847        20,000     

Accounts payable & Provisions

     328,497        340,000        334,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

     5,313,365        3,944,000        3,401,001   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year ended December 31,  
     2011
R’000
    2010
R’000
    2009
R’000
 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

      

Net cash flows from operating activities

     757,734        118        282   

Net cash flows from Investing activities

     263,872        (423     (546

Net cash flows from financing activities

     (350,025     305        178   

Foreign currency translations

     102,245          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     773,826          (87
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Unincorporated joint venture

 

F-62


25. Non-Current Assets Classified As Held for Sale

The major classes of the assets classified as held for sale are as follows:

 

Financial assets

     2,046   

The investment in Ndzalama Game Reserve has been classified as held for sale during 2011. Completion of the sale transaction is expected to take place within 12 months. A partial disposal took place during the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, the proceeds of which were R4.5 million. Final divestment expected by end June 2012 with the sale to the Land Claims Commissioner.

26. Subsequent Events

Repayment of treasury loan

In January 2012 the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations repaid R1,800 million to Exxaro Resources Limited (included in current operating amounts due to related parties).

 

F-63

Exhibit 3.1

  

Constitution of Tronox Limited

ACN 153 348 111

  

 

 

 

  

LOGO

 

Level 26

181 William Street

Melbourne VIC 3000

Australia

T 61 3 9679 3000

F 61 3 9679 3111

 

Reference

MMCD KYL 03 2031 2954

 

© Ashurst Australia 2012


Contents

 

1.    PRELIMINARY      6   
   1.1    Replaceable rules      6   
   1.2    Definitions      6   
   1.3    Interpretation of this document      9   
2.    DIRECTORS      9   
   2.1    Number of Directors      9   
   2.2    Eligibility      10   
   2.3    Nominating Committee      10   
   2.4    Number of Class A and Class B Directors      10   
   2.5    Appointment by Directors      11   
   2.6    Election of directors      11   
   2.7    Election at general meeting      12   
   2.8    Retirement of Directors      14   
   2.9    Time of retirement      14   
   2.10    Cessation of Director’s appointment      14   
   2.11    Removal from office      15   
   2.12    Too few Directors      15   
3.    POWERS OF THE BOARD      15   
   3.1    Powers generally      15   
   3.2    Exercise of powers      15   
4.    EXECUTING NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS      16   
5.    CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER      16   
   5.1    Appointment and power of Chief Executive Officer      16   
   5.2    Retirement and removal of Chief Executive Officer      16   
   5.3    Termination of appointment of Chief Executive Officer      16   
6.    DELEGATION OF BOARD POWERS      16   
   6.1    Power to delegate      16   
   6.2    Power to revoke delegation      17   
   6.3    Terms of delegation      17   
   6.4    Committees      17   
   6.5    Audit committee      17   
7.    DIRECTORS’ DUTIES AND INTERESTS      17   
   7.1    Compliance with duties under the Act and general law      17   
   7.2    Director can hold other offices etc      17   
   7.3    Disclosure of interests      18   
   7.4    Director interested in a matter      18   
   7.5    Agreements with third parties      18   
   7.6    Obligation of secrecy      18   
   7.7    Directors acting in the best interests of a Holding Company      18   
8.    DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION      19   
   8.1    Remuneration of Executive Directors      19   

Constitution of Tronox Limited


  8.2    Remuneration of non-executive Directors      19   
  8.3    Additional Remuneration for extra services      19   
  8.4    Expenses of Directors      19   
  8.5    Directors’ retirement benefits      19   
9.   OFFICERS’ INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE      20   
  9.1    Indemnity      20   
  9.2    Insurance      20   
  9.3    Former officers      20   
  9.4    Deeds      20   
10.   BOARD MEETINGS      20   
  10.1    Convening Board meetings      20   
  10.2    Notice of Board meeting      21   
  10.3    Use of technology      21   
  10.4    Chairing Board meetings      21   
  10.5    Quorum      21   
  10.6    Board approval      22   
  10.7    Procedural rules      23   
  10.8    Written resolution      23   
  10.9    Additional provisions concerning written resolutions      23   
  10.10    Valid proceedings      23   
11.   CONTROL AND SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS      24   
  11.1    Member approval      24   
  11.2    Equal treatment reorganisations      24   
  11.3    Prohibited acquisitions      25   
  11.4    Action by the Board      25   
12.   PROPORTIONAL TAKEOVER APPROVAL      27   
  12.1    Special definitions      27   
  12.2    Limited life of rule      27   
  12.3    Restriction on registration of transfers      27   
  12.4    Approving Resolution      27   
  12.5    General meeting provisions apply      27   
  12.6    Notice of meeting outcome      28   
  12.7    Failure to propose resolution      28   
  12.8    Rejected resolution      28   
13.   MEETINGS OF MEMBERS      28   
  13.1    Action by meeting      28   
  13.2    Annual general meeting      28   
  13.3    Calling meetings of members      28   
  13.4    Notice of meeting      29   
  13.5    Short notice      29   
  13.6    Postponement or cancellation      29   
  13.7    Fresh notice      29   
  13.8    Notice to joint holders of shares      29   
  13.9    Location of meetings      29   
  13.10    Technology      30   
  13.11    Accidental omission      30   
  13.12    Class meetings      30   
14.   PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF MEMBERS      30   

Constitution of Tronox Limited


   14.1    Member present at meeting      30   
   14.2    Quorum      30   
   14.3    Quorum not present      30   
   14.4    Chairing meetings of members      30   
   14.5    Attendance at general meetings      31   
   14.6    Adjournment      31   
   14.7    Business at adjourned meetings      31   
15.    PROXIES, ATTORNEYS AND REPRESENTATIVES      31   
   15.1    Appointment of proxies      31   
   15.2    Member’s attorney      31   
   15.3    Deposit of proxy appointment forms, powers of attorney and proxy appointment authorities      31   
   15.4    Corporate representatives      32   
   15.5    Appointment for particular meeting, standing appointment and revocation      32   
   15.6    Position of proxy or attorney if member present      32   
   15.7    Priority of conflicting appointments of attorney or representative      32   
   15.8    Additional current proxy appointments      32   
   15.9    Continuing authority      32   
   15.10    Irrevocable proxy      33   
16.    ENTITLEMENT TO VOTE      33   
   16.1    Number of votes      33   
   16.2    Casting vote of chairman      33   
   16.3    Votes of joint holders      33   
   16.4    Votes of transmittees and guardians      33   
   16.5    Voting restrictions      34   
   16.6    Decision on right to vote      34   
17.    HOW VOTING IS CARRIED OUT      34   
   17.1    Method of voting      34   
   17.2    Demand for a poll      34   
   17.3    When and how polls must be taken      34   
   17.4    Direct votes      35   
   17.5    Voting by beneficial owners      35   
18.    SECRETARY      35   
   18.1    Appointment of Secretary      35   
   18.2    Terms and conditions of office      35   
   18.3    Cessation of Secretary’s appointment      36   
   18.4    Removal from office      36   
19.    MINUTES      36   
   19.1    Minutes must be kept      36   
   19.2    Minutes as evidence      36   
   19.3    Inspection of minute books      36   
20.    COMPANY SEALS      36   
   20.1    Common seal      36   
   20.2    Use of seals      37   
   20.3    Fixing seals to documents      37   
21.    FINANCIAL REPORTS AND AUDIT      37   

Constitution of Tronox Limited


     21.1       Company must keep financial records      37   
     21.2       Financial reporting      37   
     21.3       Financial year end      37   
     21.4       Audit      37   
     21.5       Conclusive reports      37   
     21.6       Inspection of financial records and books      38   
22.      SHARES      38   
     22.1       Class A Shares and Class B Shares      38   
     22.2       Issue at discretion of Board      38   
     22.3       Preference and redeemable preference shares      38   
     22.4       Brokerage and commissions      38   
     22.5       Surrender of shares      38   
23.      CERTIFICATES      39   
     23.1       Certificated shares      39   
     23.2       Multiple certificates and joint holders      39   
     23.3       Lost and worn out certificates      39   
24.      REGISTER      39   
     24.1       Joint holders      39   
     24.2       Non-beneficial holders      39   
25.      COMPANY LIENS      40   
     25.1       Existence of liens      40   
     25.2       Sale under lien      40   
     25.3       Indemnity for payments required to be made by the Company      40   
26.      DIVIDENDS      41   
     26.1       Accumulation of reserves      41   
     26.2       Payment of dividends      41   
     26.3       Amount of dividend      41   
     26.4       Dividends in kind      41   
     26.5       Payment of dividend by way of securities in another entity or corporation      41   
     26.6       Method of payment      42   
     26.7       Joint holders’ receipt      42   
     26.8       Retention of dividends by Company      42   
     26.9       No interest on dividends      42   
27.      SHARE PLANS      42   
     27.1       Implementing share plans      42   
     27.2       Board obligations and discretions      43   
28.      TRANSFER OF SHARES      43   
     28.1       Modes of transfer      43   
     28.2       Market obligations      43   
     28.3       Delivery of transfer and certificate      43   
     28.4       Refusal to register transfer      44   
     28.5       Transferor remains holder until transfer registered      44   
     28.6       Powers of attorney      44   
29.      TRANSFER AND CONVERSION OF CLASS B SHARES      44   

Constitution of Tronox Limited


    29.1       Special definitions      44   
    29.2       Conversion of Class B Shares      45   
    29.3       Powers of Board      45   
    29.4       Transfer procedure for Class B Shares      45   
30.     CONVERSION OF CLASS A SHARES      46   
31.     TRANSMISSION OF SHARES      46   
    31.1       Death of joint holder      46   
    31.2       Death of single holder      46   
    31.3       Transmission of shares on insolvency or mental incapacity      46   
    31.4       Refusal to register holder      46   
32.     SMALL SHARE PARCELS      47   
    32.1       Board power of sale      47   
    32.2       Notice of proposed sale      47   
    32.3       Terms of sale      47   
    32.4       Share transfers      47   
    32.5       Application of proceeds      47   
    32.6       Protections for transferee      47   
33.     ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL      48   
    33.1       Capitalisation of profits      48   
    33.2       Adjustment of capitalised amounts      48   
    33.3       Conversion of shares      48   
    33.4       Adjustments on conversion      48   
    33.5       Reduction of capital      48   
    33.6       Payments in kind      49   
    33.7       Payment in kind by way of securities in another corporation      49   
    33.8       Variation of rights      49   
34.     WINDING UP      49   
    34.1       Entitlement of members      49   
    34.2       Distribution of assets generally      49   
    34.3       No distribution of liabilities      50   
    34.4       Distribution not in accordance with legal rights      50   
35.     NOTICES      50   
    35.1       Notices by Company      50   
    35.2       Overseas members      50   
    35.3       When notice is given      50   
    35.4       Business days      51   
    35.5       Waiver of notice      51   
    35.6       Notice to joint holders      51   
    35.7       Counting days      51   
    35.8       Notices to “lost” members      51   
36.     UNCLAIMED MONEY      52   
37.     AMENDMENT TO CONSTITUTION      52   

SCHEDULE – TERMS OF ISSUE OF PREFERENCE SHARES

     53   

Constitution of Tronox Limited


Constitution of Tronox Limited

Tronox Limited

ACN 153 348 111

 

1. PRELIMINARY

 

 

 

1.1 Replaceable rules

The replaceable rules referred to in section 141 do not apply to the Company and are replaced by the rules set out in this document.

 

1.2 Definitions

The following definitions apply in this document.

Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

Affiliate has the meaning given as at 15 June 2012 under the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 (US), as amended.

Approved Fees for a Director (other than an Executive Director) means fees, salary, bonuses, fringe benefits and superannuation contributions provided by the Company, but does not include:

 

  (a) a payment made as compensation for loss of office or in connection with retirement from office (which includes resignation from office and death while in office);

 

  (b) an insurance premium paid by the Company or indemnity under rule 9; or

 

  (c) any issue or acquisition of securities.

Beneficial Ownership has the meaning given to the term “beneficial ownership” in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act without regard to the sixty day requirement in Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) and, in addition, the term “Beneficial Ownership” will also include any Voting Shares for which a disclosure obligation exists for the Voting Shares pursuant to Section 13d(1)(E) of the Exchange Act in respect of any derivative transaction or derivative securities and Beneficial Owner will have a corresponding meaning.

business day means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday in New York City, United States, Pretoria, South Africa or Perth, Australia.

Board means the Directors acting collectively under this document.

Chief Executive Officer means a Chief Executive Officer appointed under rule 5.1.

Class A Director means a director appointed or elected under rule 2.5(b), 2.5(c) or 2.5(d).

Class A Share means an ordinary share in the Company issued with all of the rights attaching to and provided for a “Class A Share” in this document.

Class B Director means a director appointed or elected under rule 2.5(a), 2.5(c) or 2.5(d).

Class B Share means a share in the Company issued with all of the rights attaching to and provided for a “Class B Share” in this document.

 

 

6


Class B Voting Interest means the quotient, expressed as a percentage, obtained by dividing the aggregate number of issued Class B Shares by the aggregate number of issued Class A Shares and Class B Shares.

Closing means the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

Company means the company named at the beginning of this document whatever its name is for the time being.

Conforming Nomination has the meaning given in rule 2.7(c).

Controlled Affiliate , with respect to a holder of Class B Shares, means any person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by that shareholder, and the shareholder shall be deemed to control another person if the shareholder possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such other person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Director means a person who is, for the time being, a director of the Company.

Effective Time means the effective time of the merger of Concordia Merger Corporation with and into Tronox Incorporated in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Executive Director means a Director who is an employee of the Company or a subsidiary or acts in an executive capacity for the Company or a subsidiary under a contract for services and includes a Chief Executive Officer.

Holding Company means a holding company of the Company within the meaning of section 9 of the Act.

Interest Rate means, in respect of each rule in which that term is used:

 

  (a) the rate for the time being prescribed by the Board in respect of that rule; or

 

  (b) if no rate is prescribed, 15% each year.

member means a person whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of a share.

Merger Consideration means the consideration payable to the shareholders of Tronox Incorporated following the merger of Concordia Acquisition Corporation with and into Tronox Incorporated in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law, including Class A Shares.

Nominating Committee means a nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board consisting only of Class A Directors who are Non-affiliated Directors.

Non-affiliated Director means a Director who is (a) not a Class B Director, (b) not an Executive Director, (c) not and, within three years of any reference date, has not been an employee, consultant or agent (in either case under a material engagement) or greater than 10% shareholder of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, (d) not a relative or family member of any person described in (a), (b) or (c), and (e) at the time of determination thereof, deemed to be independent by the Board within the meaning of the applicable rules and regulations of any stock exchange on which the Voting Shares are then listed.

ordinary resolution means a resolution passed at a meeting of members by a majority of the votes cast by members entitled to vote on the resolution.

 

 

7


Plurality means a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the relevant matter, within the meaning of DEL CODE ANN tit 8 s 216(3).

Public Disclosure means a disclosure made in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, The Associated Press or a comparable United States based national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Register means the register of members kept as required by sections 168 and 169.

Shareholders Deed means the deed between, amongst others, the Company, the person described in that deed as the “Additional Shareholder” and Exxaro Resources Limited dated on or about the date of Closing (as amended, novated or restated from time to time).

Secretary means, during the term of that appointment, a person appointed as a secretary of the Company in accordance with this document.

Section 13(d) Group means any person acting together with its Affiliates and any members of a “group”, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, of which it is a part, either through a formal agreement or an informal arrangement.

Small Parcel means a holding of 100 Voting Shares or less, to be adjusted as the Board considers appropriate in the event of a consolidation or subdivision of Voting Shares or issue of bonus Voting Shares or other change to capital structure of the Company.

Special Committee means a committee of the Board consisting only of Non-affiliated Directors, whose members are determined in the discretion of the Board, formed to address issues and matters relating to any transaction or matter between the holders of Class B Shares or any Affiliate of a holder of Class B Shares, on the one hand, and the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, on the other, including under this document, the Transaction Agreement or agreements contemplated by it, any takeover, scheme of arrangement or other change of control transaction proposed by a holder of Class B Shares, or any Affiliate of a holder of Class B Shares, in relation to the Company, and under any agreement or arrangement relating to the business and affairs of holders of Class B Shares or any Affiliate of a holder of Class B Shares on the one hand, and the Company or an Affiliate on the other hand.

Special Resolution means a resolution of which notice as set out in section 249L(1)(c) has been given and that has been passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by members entitled to vote on the resolution.

Transaction Agreement means the agreement between, amongst others, Tronox Incorporated, the Company, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Holding Sands (Proprietary) Limited and Exxaro International BV dated September 25, 2011 (as amended, restated or novated from time to time).

Voting Member in relation to a general meeting, or meeting of a class of members, means a member who has the right to be present and to vote on at least one item of business to be considered at the meeting.

Voting Power shall have the meaning specified in section 610 of the Act, except that any relevant interest or association arising by virtue of rights set out in this document is to be disregarded.

Voting Share means a Class A Share or a Class B Share and Voting Shares means Class A Shares and Class B Shares.

 

 

8


1.3 Interpretation of this document

Headings and marginal notes are for convenience only, and do not affect interpretation. The following rules also apply in interpreting this document, except where the context makes it clear that a rule is not intended to apply.

 

  (a) A reference to:

 

  (i) legislation (including subordinate legislation) is to that legislation as amended, modified in relation to the Company, re-enacted or replaced, and includes any subordinate legislation issued under it;

 

  (ii) a document or agreement, or a provision of a document or agreement, is to that document, agreement or provision as amended, supplemented, replaced or novated;

 

  (iii) a person includes any type of entity or body of persons, whether or not it is incorporated or has a separate legal identity, and any executor, administrator or successor in law of the person; and

 

  (iv) anything (including a right, obligation or concept) includes each part of it.

 

  (b) A singular word includes the plural, and vice versa.

 

  (c) A word which suggests one gender includes the other genders.

 

  (d) If a word is defined, another part of speech has a corresponding meaning.

 

  (e) If an example is given of anything (including a right, obligation or concept), such as by saying it includes something else, the example does not limit the scope of that thing.

 

  (f) A reference to US$ is to United States dollars.

 

  (g) The word agreement includes an undertaking or other binding arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing.

 

  (h) A power to do something includes a power, exercisable in the like circumstances, to revoke or undo it.

 

  (i) A reference to a power is also a reference to authority or discretion.

 

  (j) A reference to something being written or in writing includes that thing being represented or reproduced in any mode in a visible form.

 

  (k) A word (other than a word defined in rule 1.2) which is defined by the Act has the same meaning in this document where it relates to the same matters as the matters for which it is defined in the Act.

 

  (l) A reference to a Chapter, Part, Division, or section is a reference to a Chapter, Part, Division or section of the Act unless another statute is specified.

 

2. DIRECTORS

 

 

 

2.1 Number of Directors

 

  (a) Subject to rule 2.1(b), the Board may decide the number of Directors but that number must be at least three.

 

  (b) For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent, the number of Directors must be nine.

 

 

9


2.2 Eligibility

 

  (a) A Director need not be a member.

 

  (b) Neither the auditor of the Company for the time being nor any partner, director or employee of the auditor is eligible to act as a Director.

 

  (c) Subject to rules 2.3(b) and 2.7, a person cannot be appointed, elected or re-elected as a director unless the Nominating Committee has first nominated or approved such appointment, election or re-election.

 

  (d) A person cannot be appointed, elected or re-elected as:

 

  (i) a Class A Director unless, for so long as the Class B Voting Interest is:

 

  (A) at least ten percent, they or another Class A Director is ordinarily resident in Australia;

 

  (B) less than ten percent, they and another Class A Director are ordinarily resident in Australia or two other Class A Directors are ordinarily resident in Australia; or

 

  (ii) a Class B Director unless they or another Class B Director are ordinarily resident in Australia.

 

2.3 Nominating Committee

 

  (a) In determining whether to nominate or approve a person to be a director, the Nominating Committee must take into account relevant legal and stock exchange listing requirements and any reasonable and customary corporate governance standards adopted by the Company regarding service as a director of the Company.

 

  (b) Subject to rules 2.2(d), 2.3(a) and 2.4(a), the Nominating Committee shall nominate for appointment as a director the persons identified in a written nomination signed by the holders of a majority of the Class B Shares to be Class B Directors.

 

2.4 Number of Class A and Class B Directors

 

  (a) For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent, holders of Class A Shares shall be entitled to vote separately as a class to elect a number of Class A Directors to the Board, and holders of Class B Shares shall be entitled to vote separately as a class to elect a number of Class B Directors to the Board, in each case as set forth below:

 

  (i) if the Class B Voting Interest is at or above thirty percent, the Board shall consist of six Class A Directors and three Class B Directors;

 

  (ii) if the Class B Voting Interest is below thirty percent but at or above twenty percent, the Board shall consist of seven Class A Directors and two Class B Directors;

 

  (iii) if the Class B Voting Interest is below twenty percent but at or above ten percent, the Board shall consist of eight Class A Directors and one Class B Director; and

 

  (iv) if the Class B Voting Interest is less than ten percent, the Board shall consist of Class A Directors only.

 

  (b) When the number of Class B Directors is reduced:

 

 

10


  (i) as a result of the Class B Voting Interest being below a designated threshold in rule 2.4(a)(i) to (iii) on the day that is 120 days prior to the Company’s annual general meeting; or

 

  (ii) as a result of the Class B Voting Interest falling below ten percent at any time,

(each a Class B Triggering Event ), then the number of Class B Directors shall be reduced accordingly and the number of Class B Directors necessary to achieve such reduction shall resign from the Board (such resigning Class B Director(s) to be selected by the holders of a majority of the Class B Shares within ten (10) days after the occurrence of the Class B Triggering Event).

 

  (c) If the number of Class B Directors has not reduced in accordance with rule 2.4(b) by the tenth day after the date on which the Class B Triggering Event occurs, the number of Class B Directors shall be reduced automatically to the number set forth in rule 2.4(a), with the Class B Director(s) whose last name(s) is alphabetically closest to the letters “ZZZZ” being designated the person(s) no longer eligible to serve on the Board and who automatically ceases to be a Director pursuant to rule 2.10(e). Such cessation does not prevent the person being eligible for election or appointment as a director in the future.

 

2.5 Appointment by Directors

Subject to this document, a person may be appointed a Director as follows at any time (except during a general meeting):

 

  (a) if the number of Class B Directors is less than the number of Class B Directors required by rule 2.4(a), Class B Directors may, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Class B Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board, appoint a person to be a Class B Director;

 

  (b) if the number of Class A Directors is less than the number of Class A Directors required by rule 2.4(a), Class A Directors may, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Class A Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board, appoint a person to be a Class A Director;

 

  (c) if the Class B Voting Interest is less than ten percent and the number of Directors for the time being fixed under rule 2.1 will not be exceeded, the Board may, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Class A Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board, appoint a person to be a Director; and

 

  (d) before Closing, the Board may appoint a person nominated by a party to the Transaction Agreement to hold office from Closing as a Class A Director or a Class B Director.

 

2.6 Election of directors

The Company must:

 

  (a) elect Class A Directors by a Plurality of the votes of the Class A Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote; and

 

  (b) for so long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent, elect Class B Directors by a Plurality of the votes of the Class B Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote,

and may do so subject to this document, section 201E and to the number of Directors for the time being fixed under rule 2.1 not being exceeded.

 

 

11


2.7 Election at general meeting

 

  (a) A person can only be validly elected as a Director by the Company in general meeting at the annual general meeting of the Company.

 

  (b) The Company in general meeting cannot validly elect a person as a Director unless:

 

  (i) the person is nominated by the Nominating Committee in accordance with rules 2.2 and 2.3; or

 

  (ii) a Conforming Nomination is:

 

  (A) given to the Company by proposing member(s) who hold or Beneficially Own at least 5% of the Voting Shares of the Company and have held such Voting Shares since Closing or for at least three years; and

 

  (B) received by the Company;

 

  (I) in the case of the first annual general meeting, not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual general meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual general meeting or the tenth day following the date on which Public Disclosure of the date of such annual general meeting is first made by the Company; and

 

  (II) in any other case, not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that such annual meeting is to be held on a day which is more than 30 days preceding the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting or more than 70 days after the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, a Conforming Nomination must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the date on which Public Disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made by the Company.

In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of a meeting commence a new notice time period (or extend any notice time period) for the giving of a Conforming Nomination as described above.

 

  (c) For the purposes of this rule, a Conforming Nomination must include each of the following:

 

  (i) a nomination of the person ( nominee ) by a member (other than the nominee) setting out:

 

  (A) the name, age, business address and residential address of the nominee;

 

  (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee;

 

 

12


  (C) the number of shares in the Company which are held by and Beneficially Owned by the nominee (if any); and

 

  (D) such other information concerning the nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed, under the rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, regardless of whether the Company is subject to such rules or not;

 

  (ii) in respect of the member and the Beneficial Owner, if any, proposing the nominee, a statement containing:

 

  (A) the name and address of the member as it appears on the Register, and of the Beneficial Owner of the relevant shares, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made;

 

  (B) the class and number of shares in the Company which are held by the member (including any shares Beneficially Owned) and by the Beneficial Owner of the relevant shares, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, as at the date of the Conforming Nomination;

 

  (C) a representation by the member that it will notify the Company in writing of the class and number of shares held by it (including any shares Beneficial Owned) as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the record date;

 

  (D) the identity of any control person and any information that would be required in Items 2, 3 and 4 of Schedule 13D of the Exchange Act, regardless of whether such Schedule 13D is required to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or not;

 

  (E) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to such nomination between or among the proposing member and any Affiliate of the member, and any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, including the nominee, and a representation that the proposing member will notify the Company in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed;

 

  (F) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Conforming Nomination by, or on behalf of, the proposing member or any Affiliate of the member, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in underlying shares of the Company, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of the proposing member or any Affiliate of this member with respect to shares of the Company, and a representation that the proposing member will notify the Company in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed;

 

 

13


  (G) a representation that the proposing member is a registered holder of shares of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to support the nomination of the nominee as a director;

 

  (H) a representation whether the proposing member or the Beneficial Owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends:

 

  (I) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Company’s issued shares required to approve the nomination; and/or

 

  (II) otherwise to solicit proxies from members in support of the nomination;

 

  (I) any other information relating to such proposing member and Beneficial Owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not the Company is subject to such rules; and

 

  (iii) a consent to act as a Director and to be named in the notice of meeting signed by the nominee.

 

2.8 Retirement of Directors

 

  (a) Each Director must retire from office at each annual general meeting.

 

  (b) Rule 2.8(a) does not apply to a Chief Executive Officer.

 

  (c) A Director who retires under this rule 2.8 is, subject to rule 2.2, eligible for re-election.

 

2.9 Time of retirement

A Director’s retirement under rule 2.8 takes effect at the end of the relevant annual general meeting unless the Director is re-elected at that meeting.

 

2.10 Cessation of Director’s appointment

A person automatically ceases to be a Director if the person:

 

  (a) is not permitted by the Act (or an order made under the Act) to be a director;

 

  (b) becomes disqualified from managing corporations under Part 2D.6 and is not given permission or leave to manage the Company under section 206F or 206G;

 

  (c) resigns by notice in writing to the Company;

 

  (d) is removed from office under rule 2.11;

 

  (e) ceases to be eligible to act as a Director under rule 2.2 or rule 2.4(c); or

 

  (f) is a Chief Executive Officer and ceases to hold that office.

 

 

14


2.11 Removal from office

 

  (a) Subject to section 203D:

 

  (i) a Class A Director may be removed only for cause and only by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class A Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares; and

 

  (ii) a Class B Director may be removed, with or without cause, only by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares, or the consent (delivered in writing to the Company) of the holders of a majority of all such issued Class B Shares.

 

  (b) A resolution to remove a Class A Director pursuant to section 203D does not take effect until a replacement Class A Director has been appointed by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class A Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares.

 

  (c) A resolution to remove a Class B Director pursuant to section 203D does not take effect until a replacement Class B Director has been appointed by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares.

 

  (d) On a resolution to remove a Class A Director pursuant to section 203D or otherwise, Class B Shares carry no votes.

 

  (e) On a resolution to remove a Class B Director pursuant to section 203D or otherwise, Class A Shares carry no votes.

 

2.12 Too few Directors

If the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum required by rule 2.1, the continuing Directors may act as the Board only:

 

  (a) to appoint Directors up to that minimum number;

 

  (b) to convene a meeting of members; and

 

  (c) in emergencies.

 

3. POWERS OF THE BOARD

 

 

 

3.1 Powers generally

Except as otherwise required by the Act, any other applicable law or this document,

 

  (a) the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board; and

 

  (b) the Board:

 

  (i) may appoint officers of the Company and specify their powers and duties; and

 

  (ii) may exercise every right, power or capacity of the Company to the exclusion of the Company in general meeting and the members.

 

3.2 Exercise of powers

A power of the Board can be exercised only:

 

 

15


  (a) by resolution passed at a meeting of the Board or otherwise in accordance with rule 10; or

 

  (b) in accordance with a delegation of the power under rule 5 or 6.

 

4. EXECUTING NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS

 

 

Negotiable instruments can be executed, accepted or endorsed for and on behalf of the Company by being signed by two Directors or a Director and Secretary or in such other manner (including the use of facsimile signatures if thought appropriate) as the Board may decide.

 

5. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

 

 

5.1 Appointment and power of Chief Executive Officer

The Board may appoint one or more persons to be a Chief Executive Officer either for a specified term (but not for life) or without specifying a term. Subject to this document, a Chief Executive Officer has all the duties, and can exercise all the powers and rights, of a Director.

The Board may delegate any of the powers of the Board to a Chief Executive Officer:

 

  (a) on the terms and subject to any restrictions the Board decides; and

 

  (b) so as to be concurrent with, or to the exclusion of, the powers of the Board,

and may revoke the delegation at any time.

This rule does not limit rule 6.

 

5.2 Retirement and removal of Chief Executive Officer

A Chief Executive Officer is not required to retire under rule 2.8 but (subject to any contract between the Company and that Chief Executive Officer) is otherwise subject to the same rules regarding resignation, removal and retirement from office as the other Directors.

 

5.3 Termination of appointment of Chief Executive Officer

The appointment of a Chief Executive Officer terminates if:

 

  (a) the Chief Executive Officer ceases for any reason to be a Director; or

 

  (b) the Board removes the Chief Executive Officer from the office of Chief Executive Officer (which, without affecting the rights of the Chief Executive Officer under any contract between the Company and the Chief Executive Officer, the Board has power to do),

whether or not the appointment was expressed to be for a specified term.

 

6. DELEGATION OF BOARD POWERS

 

 

 

6.1 Power to delegate

The Board may delegate any of its powers as permitted by section 198D.

 

 

16


6.2 Power to revoke delegation

The Board may revoke a delegation previously made whether or not the delegation is expressed to be for a specified period.

 

6.3 Terms of delegation

A delegation of powers under rule 6.1 may be made:

 

  (a) for a specified period or without specifying a period; and

 

  (b) on the terms (including power to further delegate) and subject to any restrictions the Board decides.

A document of delegation may contain the provisions for the protection and convenience of those who deal with the delegate that the Board thinks appropriate.

 

6.4 Committees

 

  (a) The membership of any committee of the Board other than the Nominating Committee and the Special Committee must include the number of Class B Directors proportional to their representation on the Board rounded down to the larger of the nearest whole number and one.

 

  (b) Subject to the terms on which a power of the Board is delegated to a committee, the meetings and proceedings of committees are, to the greatest extent practical, governed by the rules of this document which regulate the meetings and proceedings of the Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a majority of any committee (or the member thereof, if only one) shall constitute a quorum.

 

6.5 Audit committee

The Board shall, at the first Board meeting held after the Effective Time, establish and, for so long as the Company is required to report under the Exchange Act, maintain an audit committee, which shall:

 

  (a) comprise three Directors, all of whom shall satisfy the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect from time to time ( Rule 10A-3 ); and

 

  (b) have the authority required by Rule 10A-3, including responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the auditor of the Company, establishing procedures for addressing complaints related to accounting or audit matters and engaging necessary advisors.

 

7. DIRECTORS’ DUTIES AND INTERESTS

 

 

 

7.1 Compliance with duties under the Act and general law

Each Director must comply with his or her duties under the Act and under the general law.

 

7.2 Director can hold other offices etc

A Director may:

 

  (a) hold any office or place of profit or employment other than that of the Company’s auditor or any director or employee of the auditor;

 

  (b) be a member of any corporation (including the Company) or partnership other than the Company’s auditor;

 

 

17


  (c) be a creditor of any corporation (including the Company) or partnership; or

 

  (d) enter into any agreement with the Company.

 

7.3 Disclosure of interests

Each Director must comply with the general law in respect of disclosure of conflicts of interest or duty and with section 191 in respect of disclosure of material personal interests.

 

7.4 Director interested in a matter

Each Director must comply with section 195 in relation to being present, and voting, at a Board meeting that considers a matter in which the Director has a material personal interest. Subject to section 195:

 

  (a) a Director may be counted in a quorum at a Board meeting that considers, and may vote on, any matter in relation to which that Director has a conflict of interest or duty;

 

  (b) the Company may proceed with any transaction in relation to which a Director has an interest or conflict of duty and the Director may participate in the execution of any relevant document by or on behalf of the Company;

 

  (c) the Director may retain any benefits accruing to the Director under the transaction; and

 

  (d) the Company cannot avoid the transaction merely because of the existence of the Director’s interest or conflict of duty.

If the interest is required to be disclosed under section 191, paragraph (c) applies only if it is disclosed before the transaction is entered into.

 

7.5 Agreements with third parties

The Company cannot avoid an agreement with a third party merely because a Director:

 

  (a) fails to make a disclosure of a conflict of interest or duty; or

 

  (b) is present at, or counted in the quorum for, a Board meeting that considers or votes on that agreement.

 

7.6 Obligation of secrecy

Every Director and Secretary must keep the transactions and affairs of the Company and the state of its financial reports confidential unless required or authorised to disclose them:

 

  (a) in the course of duties as an officer of the Company;

 

  (b) by the Board or the Company in general meeting; or

 

  (c) by law.

The Company may require a Director, Secretary, auditor, trustee, committee member or other person engaged by it to sign a confidentiality undertaking consistent with this rule. A Director or Secretary must do so if required by the Company.

 

7.7 Directors acting in the best interests of a Holding Company

If the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a Holding Company, a Director is authorised to act in the best interests of the Holding Company if:

 

  (a) the Director acts in good faith in the best interests of the Holding Company; and

 

 

18


  (b) the Company is not insolvent at the time the Director acts and does not become insolvent because of the Director’s act.

 

8. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

 

 

 

8.1 Remuneration of Executive Directors

Subject to any contract with the Company, the Board may fix the remuneration of each Executive Director. That remuneration may consist of salary, bonuses, commission on profits or dividends, participation in profits or any other elements.

 

8.2 Remuneration of non-executive Directors

The Directors (other than the Executive Directors) are entitled to be paid, out of the funds of the Company, an amount of Approved Fees which:

 

  (a) does not in any year exceed in aggregate US$600,000 multiplied by the number of non-executive Directors, or any greater amount fixed by ordinary resolution;

 

  (b) is allocated among them:

 

  (i) on an equal basis having regard to the proportion of the relevant year for which each Director held office; or

 

  (ii) as otherwise decided by the Board; and

 

  (c) is provided in the manner the Board decides, which may include provision of non-cash benefits.

If the Board decides to include non-cash benefits in the Approved Fees of a Director, the Board must also decide the manner in which the value of those benefits is to be calculated for the purposes of this rule.

 

8.3 Additional Remuneration for extra services

If a Director, at the request of the Board and for the purposes of the Company, performs extra services or makes special exertions (including service on committees and going or living away from the Director’s usual residential address), the Company may pay that Director a fixed sum set by the Board for doing so. Remuneration under this rule may be either in addition to or in substitution for any remuneration to which that Director is entitled under rule 8.1 or 8.2.

 

8.4 Expenses of Directors

The Company must pay a Director (in addition to any remuneration) all reasonable expenses (including travelling and accommodation expenses) incurred by the Director:

 

  (a) in attending meetings of the Company, the Board, or a committee of the Board;

 

  (b) on the business of the Company; or

 

  (c) in carrying out duties as a Director.

 

8.5 Directors’ retirement benefits

Subject to Division 2 of Part 2D.2, the Company may:

 

  (a) agree with a Director or person about to become a Director that, when or after the person dies or otherwise ceases to be a Director, the Company will pay a pension or lump sum benefit to:

 

 

19


  (i) that person; or

 

  (ii) after that person’s death, any of the surviving spouse, dependants or legal personal representatives of that person; or

 

  (b) pay such a pension or lump sum benefit whether or not the Company has agreed to do so.

 

9. OFFICERS’ INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

 

 

9.1 Indemnity

Subject to and so far as permitted by the Act, the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) and any other applicable law:

 

  (a) the Company must indemnify every officer of the Company and its related bodies corporate and may indemnify its auditor against a Liability incurred as such an officer or auditor to a person (other than the Company or a related body corporate) including a Liability incurred as a result of appointment or nomination by the Company or subsidiary as a trustee or as an officer of another corporation, unless the Liability arises out of conduct involving a lack of good faith; and

 

  (b) the Company may make a payment (whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise) in respect of legal costs incurred by an officer or employee or auditor in defending an action for a Liability incurred as such an officer, employee or auditor or in resisting or responding to actions taken by a government agency or a liquidator.

In this rule, Liability means a liability of any kind (whether actual or contingent and whether fixed or unascertained) and includes costs, damages and expenses, including costs and expenses incurred in connection with any investigation or inquiry by a government agency or a liquidator.

 

9.2 Insurance

Subject to the Act and any other applicable law, the Company may enter into, and pay premiums on, a contract of insurance in respect of any person.

 

9.3 Former officers

The indemnity in favour of officers under rule 9.1 is a continuing indemnity. It applies in respect of all acts done by a person while an officer of the Company or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries even though the person is not an officer at the time the claim is made.

 

9.4 Deeds

Subject to the Act, the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) and any other applicable law, the Company may, without limiting a person’s rights under this rule 9, enter into an agreement with a person who is or has been an officer of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, to give effect to the rights of the person under this rule 9 on any terms and conditions that the Board thinks fit.

 

10. BOARD MEETINGS

 

 

 

10.1 Convening Board meetings

A Director or the Chief Executive Officer may at any time, and a Secretary must on request from a Director, convene a Board meeting.

 

 

20


10.2 Notice of Board meeting

 

  (a) The convenor of each Board meeting must give at least five business days written notice of the meeting (and, if it is adjourned, give reasonable notice of its resumption) individually to each Director who does not waive that requirement in accordance with rule 35.5.

 

  (b) Such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered:

 

  (i) when personally delivered to the Director;

 

  (ii) when sent by confirmed facsimile to the Director at a number previously identified by the Director and currently on record with the Company;

 

  (iii) when sent by email or electronic message to the Director at an email address or other electronic address (if any) previously identified by the Director and currently on record with the Company;

 

  (iv) three Business Days after deposit in the mail in the same country as the address previously identified by the Director and currently on record with the Company, postage prepaid, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested (by international express post, if the address is in another country), and addressed to the Director; or

 

  (v) one Business Day after deposit with a national overnight delivery service in the same country as the address previously identified by the Director and currently on record with the Company, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Director.

 

  (c) This Rule 10.2 does not apply to a Board meeting held before Closing.

 

10.3 Use of technology

A Board meeting may be held using any means of audio or audio-visual communication by which each Director participating can hear and be heard by each other Director participating or in any other way permitted by section 248D. A Board meeting held solely or partly by technology is treated as held at the place at which the greatest number of the Directors present at the meeting is located or, if an equal number of Directors is located in each of two or more places, at the place where the chairman of the meeting is located.

 

10.4 Chairing Board meetings

The Board may elect a Director to chair its meetings and decide the period for which that Director holds that office. If there is no chairman of Directors or the chairman is not present within 15 minutes after the time for which a Board meeting is called or is unwilling to act, the Directors present must elect a Director present to chair the meeting.

 

10.5 Quorum

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b):

 

  (i) unless the Board determines otherwise, the quorum for a Board meeting is a majority of the Directors; and

 

  (ii) if a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

  (b) For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent,

 

  (i)

the quorum for a Board meeting is six Directors (of whom at least one must be a Class B Director) and a quorum must be present for the whole

 

 

21


  meeting. A Director is treated as present at a meeting held by audio or audio-visual communication if the Director is able to hear and be heard by all others attending. If a meeting is held in another way permitted by section 248D, the Board must resolve the basis on which Directors are treated as present; and

 

  (ii) if a Board meeting is adjourned because no Class B Director attends, and a quorum is not achieved at the second consecutive attempt to convene the Board meeting due to the failure of any Class B Director to attend, then the requirement for a Class B Director to constitute a quorum shall not apply with respect to such meeting only, and such meeting shall be deemed a quorate meeting, provided that each Director receives at least five business days written notice of the adjourned Board meeting in accordance with rule 10.2 or waives that requirement in accordance with rule 35.5.

 

10.6 Board approval

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b), a resolution of the Board must be passed by a majority of the votes cast by Directors present and entitled to vote on the resolution.

 

  (b) For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is not less than ten percent, resolutions concerning the following matters must be passed by the affirmative vote of any six Directors (unless the holders of all Class B Shares consent otherwise):

 

  (i) the election or early termination of the chairman of the Board;

 

  (ii) the appointment or termination of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer;

 

  (iii) the delegation by the Board of any of its powers to a committee of the Board where such delegation authorizes the committee to bind the Company without further Board approval;

 

  (iv) any proposed amendment to the Company’s constitution (other than technical amendments that do not involve any material change);

 

  (v) the decision to pay any dividends on the Voting Shares;

 

  (vi) the decision to adopt a dividend reinvestment plan;

 

  (vii) the settlement of any material environmental claims in excess of US$50 million;

 

  (viii) the issue of any Voting Shares or securities convertible or exercisable into Voting Shares other than Permitted Issuances (as defined in the Shareholders Deed) where the amount to be issued when combined with any other Voting Shares or securities convertible or exercisable into Voting Shares in the previous 12 months would exceed 12% of the Company’s then-issued Voting Shares (and for the purposes of this calculation only any securities convertible or exercisable into Voting Shares shall be treated as though such conversion or exercise had occurred);

 

  (ix) any material acquisition or disposition of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ assets valued at more than US$250 million (on a consolidated basis), or representing more than 20% of the Company’s consolidated total assets, as set out in the most recent consolidated audited accounts;

 

  (x) the entry by the Company or any of its subsidiaries into any agreement or obligation under which the consideration payable has an aggregate value in excess of US$250 million or represents more than 20% of the Company’s consolidated total long-term liabilities, as set out in the most recent consolidated audited accounts;

 

 

22


  (xi) the Company’s entry into any other business area fundamentally different from its business following consummation of the transaction contemplated by the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Shareholders Deed) or the Company fundamentally changing the scope of any existing business area, including materially diversifying its business into new commodities, engaging in significant operations involving new minerals or materially engaging with other types of natural resources;

 

  (xii) the sale of all, or substantially all, of the Company’s business or assets, or the issue or sale of a simple majority (or more) of the Voting Shares to any person other than a related body corporate; and

 

  (xiii) the entry into any arrangements concerning, or in any way initiating, a proceeding for voluntary administration, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, merger or consolidation.

 

  (c) The chairman of a Board meeting does not have a casting vote. If an equal number of votes is cast for and against a resolution, the matter is decided in the negative.

 

10.7 Procedural rules

The Board may adjourn and, subject to this document, otherwise regulate its meetings as it decides.

 

10.8 Written resolution

If all the Directors entitled to receive notice of a Board meeting and to vote on the resolution sign a document containing a statement that they are in favour of the resolution set out in the document, all Directors are deemed to have received notice of the matter and a Board resolution in those terms is passed at the time when the last Director signs.

 

10.9 Additional provisions concerning written resolutions

For the purpose of rule 10.8:

 

  (a) two or more separate documents in identical terms, each of which is signed by one or more Directors, are treated as one document; and

 

  (b) a facsimile or electronic message containing the text of the document expressed to have been signed by a Director that is sent to the Company is a document signed by that Director at the time of its receipt by the Company.

10.10 Valid proceedings

Each resolution passed or thing done by, or with the participation of, a person acting as a Director or member of a committee is valid even if it is later discovered that:

 

  (a) there was a defect in the appointment of the person; or

 

  (b) the person was disqualified from continuing in office, voting on the resolution or doing the thing.

 

 

23


11. CONTROL AND SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS

 

 

 

11.1 Member approval

 

  (a) The following transactions or matters must be approved in accordance with rules 11.1(b):

 

  (i) any scheme of arrangement, statutory merger, share issue or other similar transaction (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include a takeover offer made under Chapter 6 of the Act) under which the consideration to be received by the members of the Company immediately prior to the transaction (taken as a whole) would not entitle those members to, in aggregate, at least 50% of the Voting Power in one of the Company, its holding company, or the merged/surviving entity, immediately following such transaction; and:

 

  (ii) any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,

excluding any transactions which are expressly exempted from this rule by the Shareholders Deed and any transactions expressly contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

 

  (b) Transactions or matters listed in rule 11.1(a) must be approved by:

 

  (i) the Board; and

 

  (ii) for as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least twenty percent:

 

  (A) a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class A Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares, excluding any Class A Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity; and

 

  (B) a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares, excluding any Class B Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity; and

 

  (iii) if the Class B Voting Interest is less than twenty percent, a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Voting Shares, excluding any Voting Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity.

 

11.2 Equal treatment reorganisations

Unless approval has been given by:

 

  (a) for as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least twenty percent:

 

  (i) a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class A Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares, excluding any Class A Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity; and

 

  (ii) a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares, excluding any Class B Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity; or

 

 

24


  (b) if the Class B Voting Interest is less than twenty percent, a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Voting Shares, excluding any Voting Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity,

any reorganisation or consolidation of the Company with one or more other persons, scheme of arrangement, share issue or similar transaction requiring an agreement by the Company or a statutory merger of the Company with another person in which the former holders of Class A Shares and/or Class B Shares are entitled to receive shares in another person and/or other securities or property (including cash) must provide that each holder of a Class A Share is entitled to receive, with respect to such share, the same kind and amount of shares of a person and other securities and property (including cash) receivable in such transaction by a holder of a Class B Share, and each holder of a Class B Share is entitled to receive, with respect to such share, the same kind and amount of shares of a person and other securities and property (including cash) receivable in such transaction by a holder of a Class A Share. In the event that the holders of Class A Shares (or of Class B Shares) are granted rights to elect to receive one of two or more alternative forms of consideration, this rule 11.2 shall be satisfied if holders of Class A Shares and holders of Class B Shares are granted identical election rights.

 

11.3 Prohibited acquisitions

Notwithstanding any other rule in this document, a person must not permit or enter into a transaction, or enable another person (whether a member or not) to permit or enter into a transaction, which results in:

 

  (a) the Voting Power in the Company of any person (including the first-mentioned person) increasing from (i) 20% or below to more than 20%, or (ii) a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%; or

 

  (b) breach of a restriction regarding the acquisition of Beneficial Ownership in Voting Shares contained in an agreement with the Company to which the person, or an Affiliate of the person, is a party,

unless the transaction:

 

  (c) if rule 11.1(a) applies, has been approved in accordance with 11.1(b); or

 

  (d) is expressly exempted from this rule by the Shareholders Deed or expressly contemplated by the Transaction Agreement; or

 

  (e) has been approved by:

 

  (i) a resolution passed by the holders of votes attached to at least 75% of all issued Class A Shares (excluding any Class A Shares held by the person, or an Affiliate of the person), voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares; and

 

  (ii) for as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least twenty percent, a resolution passed by the holders of votes attached to at least 75% of all issued Class B Shares (excluding any Class B Shares held by the person, or an Affiliate of the person), voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares; or

 

  (f) has been approved by the Board.

 

11.4 Action by the Board

The Board must do the following where the Board has reason to believe that rule 11.3 has been breached or the events described in rules 11.3(a) or 11.3(b) have occurred:

 

 

25


  (a) require any member to provide such information as the Board considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this rule;

 

  (b) have regard to such public filings as it considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this rule;

 

  (c) make any determinations required under this rule, either after calling for submissions from affected members or other persons or without calling for such submissions;

 

  (d) subject to applicable law and the applicable rules of any stock exchange, refuse to register any transfer of shares but only to the extent necessary so that, as far as the Board can judge the matter, the person otherwise in breach of rule 11.3 would not thereafter breach rule 11.3 or events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of rule 11.3 or their effects would be reversed or remedied;

 

  (e) determine that the voting rights (or some voting rights) attached to such number of Class A Shares or Class B Shares held by a person or persons whom the Board has resolved should not be capable of exercising their votes in accordance with this paragraph ( Excess Shares ) are from a particular time incapable of being exercised for a definite or indefinite period but only to the extent necessary so that, as far as the Board can judge the matter, the person otherwise in breach of rule 11.3 would not thereafter breach rule 11.3 or events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of rule 11.3 or their effects would be reversed or remedied;

 

  (f) determine that any Excess Shares must be sold but only to the extent necessary so that, as far as the Board can judge the matter, the person otherwise in breach of rule 11.3 would not thereafter breach rule 11.3 or events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of rule 11.3 or their effects would be reversed or remedied;

 

  (g) determine that any Excess Shares will not carry any right to any distributions from a particular time for a definite or indefinite period but only in respect of such number of shares, as far as the Board can judge the matter, as breaches rule 11.3 or as necessary to address events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of rule 11.3 or their effects;

 

  (h) take such other action for the purposes of enforcing this rule 11.3 in a timely and efficient manner including:

 

  (i) prescribing rules (not inconsistent with this rule);

 

  (ii) setting deadlines for the provision of information;

 

  (iii) drawing adverse inferences where information requested is not provided;

 

  (iv) making determinations or interim determinations;

 

  (v) executing documents on behalf of a member;

 

  (vi) paying costs and expenses out of proceeds of sale of Excess Shares; and

 

  (vii) changing any decision or determination or rule previously made.

Subject to section 199A, no Director is liable for any such act or omission where the Director acts in good faith.

 

 

26


12. PROPORTIONAL TAKEOVER APPROVAL

 

 

 

12.1 Special definitions

The following definitions apply in this rule.

Accepted Offer means an offer under a proportional takeover bid that has been accepted and from the acceptance of which a binding contract has not resulted as at the end of the Resolution Deadline.

Approving Resolution means a resolution to approve the proportional takeover bid passed in accordance with rule 12.4.

Resolution Deadline means the day that is 14 days before the last day of the bid period of the proportional takeover bid.

A reference to an associate of another person is a reference to a person who is an associate of the first person because of section 12 of the Act.

 

12.2 Limited life of rule

This rule ceases to apply by force of section 648G(1) at the end of three years starting when this rule was inserted in the constitution or starting when this rule was last renewed in accordance with that section.

 

12.3 Restriction on registration of transfers

The Company must not register a transfer giving effect to a contract resulting from the acceptance of an offer made under a proportional takeover bid until an Approving Resolution is passed.

 

12.4 Approving Resolution

If offers have been made under a proportional takeover bid for securities in a class issued by the Company:

 

  (a) an Approving Resolution must be voted on at a meeting, convened and conducted by the Company, of the persons entitled to vote on the Approving Resolution;

 

  (b) the Board must ensure that an Approving Resolution is voted on in accordance with this rule before the Resolution Deadline for the bid;

 

  (c) a person (other than the bidder or an associate of the bidder) who, as at the end of the day on which the first offer under the bid was made, held securities included in that class is entitled to vote on an Approving Resolution;

 

  (d) the bidder or an associate of the bidder is not entitled to vote on an Approving Resolution; and

 

  (e) an Approving Resolution that has been voted on is taken to have been passed if the proportion that the number of votes in favour of the resolution bears to the total number of votes on the resolution is greater than 50%, and otherwise is taken to have been rejected.

 

12.5 General meeting provisions apply

The rules in this constitution relating to general meetings apply, modified as necessary, to any meeting convened under this rule, except that the holder of a bid class security that carries no right to vote at a general meeting of the Company has one vote for each bid class security held at a meeting convened under this rule.

 

 

27


12.6 Notice of meeting outcome

If an Approving Resolution is voted on in accordance with this rule before the Resolution Deadline for the proportional takeover bid, the Company must, on or before the Resolution Deadline give a written notice stating that an Approving Resolution has been voted on and that the resolution has been passed or rejected to the bidder.

 

12.7 Failure to propose resolution

If, as at the end of the day before the Resolution Deadline for a proportional takeover bid, no Approving Resolution has been voted on in accordance with this rule, an Approving Resolution is taken to have been passed in accordance with this rule.

 

12.8 Rejected resolution

If an Approving Resolution is voted on, in accordance with this rule, before the Resolution Deadline for the proportional takeover bid and is rejected:

 

  (a) despite section 652A, all offers under the bid that have not, as at the end of the Resolution Deadline, been accepted, and all Accepted Offers are taken to be withdrawn at the end of the Resolution Deadline;

 

  (b) as soon as practical after the Resolution Deadline, the bidder must return to each person who accepted an Accepted Offer any documents that were sent by the person to the bidder with the acceptance of the offer;

 

  (c) the bidder may rescind, and must rescind, as soon as practical after the Resolution Deadline, each contract resulting from the acceptance of an offer made under the bid; and

 

  (d) a person who has accepted an offer made under the bid may rescind the contract (if any) resulting from that acceptance.

 

13. MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

 

 

13.1 Action by meeting

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph 13.1(b), unless the Company has only one member, any action required or permitted to be taken by members of the Company must be taken at a meeting of members.

 

  (b) When voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares, holders of Class B Shares may act by written consent.

 

13.2 Annual general meeting

The Company must hold an annual general meeting as required by section 250N.

 

13.3 Calling meetings of members

A meeting of members:

 

  (a) may be convened at any time by the Board, the chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer; and

 

  (b) must be convened by the Board when required by section 249D or 250N or by order made under section 249G.

 

 

28


13.4 Notice of meeting

Subject to rules 13.5 and 13.8, at least 21 days’ written notice of a meeting of members must be given individually to:

 

  (a) each member (whether or not the member is entitled to vote at the meeting);

 

  (b) each Director; and

 

  (c) the auditor.

Subject to any regulation made under section 249LA, the notice of meeting must comply with section 249L and may be given in any manner permitted by section 249J(3).

 

13.5 Short notice

Subject to sections 249H(3) and (4):

 

  (a) if the Company has elected to convene a meeting of members as the annual general meeting, if all the members entitled to attend and vote agree; or

 

  (b) otherwise, if members who together have power to cast at least 95% of the votes that may be cast at the meeting agree,

a resolution may be proposed and passed at a meeting of which less than 21 days’ notice has been given.

 

13.6 Postponement or cancellation

Subject to sections 249D(5) and 250N, the Board may:

 

  (a) postpone a meeting of members;

 

  (b) cancel a meeting of members; or

 

  (c) change the place for a general meeting

by Public Disclosure of such postponement, cancellation or change.

 

13.7 Fresh notice

If a meeting of members is postponed or adjourned for one month or more, the Company must give new notice of the resumed meeting.

 

13.8 Notice to joint holders of shares

If a share is held jointly, the Company need only give notice of a meeting of members (or of its cancellation or postponement) to the joint holder who is named first in the Register.

 

13.9 Location of meetings

Members are taken to accept, for the purposes of section 249R of the Act, that it is reasonable to hold meetings of members in any locality outside of Australia in which:

 

  (a) the Voting Shares are quoted;

 

  (b) holders of a substantial number of shares have registered addresses;

 

  (c) the executive headquarters of the Company are located; or

 

  (d) at least four directors are ordinarily resident.

 

 

29


13.10 Technology

The Company may hold a meeting of members at two or more venues using any technology that gives the members as a whole a reasonable opportunity to participate.

 

13.11 Accidental omission

The accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of notice by, any of those entitled to it does not invalidate any resolution passed at a meeting of members.

 

13.12 Class meetings

Rules 13 to 17 apply to a separate meeting of a class of members as far as they are capable of application and modified as necessary.

 

14. PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

 

 

14.1 Member present at meeting

If a member has appointed a proxy or attorney or (in the case of a member which is a body corporate) a representative to act at a meeting of members, that member is taken to be present at a meeting at which the proxy, attorney or representative is present.

 

14.2 Quorum

Except as otherwise provided in this document and subject to section 249B, the holders of a majority of all issued Voting Shares which are entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the Company.

 

14.3 Quorum not present

If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes after the time for which a meeting of members is called:

 

  (a) if called as a result of a request of members under section 249D, the meeting is dissolved; and

 

  (b) in any other case:

 

  (i) the meeting is adjourned to the day, time and place that the chairman of the Board or the Board decides and notifies to members, or if no decision is notified before then, to the same time on the same day in the next week at the same place; and

 

  (ii) if a quorum is not present at the adjourned meeting, the meeting is dissolved.

 

14.4 Chairing meetings of members

If the Board has appointed a Director to chair Board meetings, that Director may also chair meetings of members. If:

 

  (a) there is no Director who the Board has appointed to chair Board meetings for the time being; or

 

  (b) the Director appointed to chair Board meetings is not present at the time for which a meeting of members is called or is not willing to chair the meeting,

the Voting Members present must elect a member or Director present to chair the meeting.

 

 

30


14.5 Attendance at general meetings

 

  (a) Every member has the right to attend all meetings of members whether or not entitled to vote.

 

  (b) Every Director has the right to attend and speak at all meetings of members whether or not a member.

 

  (c) The auditor has the right to attend any meeting of members and to speak on any part of the business of the meeting which concerns the auditor in the capacity of auditor.

 

14.6 Adjournment

Subject to rule 13.7, the chairman of a meeting of members at which a quorum is present may adjourn it to another time and place. The Chairman is not required to adjourn the meeting following a direction to do so by members.

 

14.7 Business at adjourned meetings

The only business that may be transacted at a meeting resumed after an adjournment is the business left unfinished immediately before the adjournment.

 

15. PROXIES, ATTORNEYS AND REPRESENTATIVES

 

 

 

15.1 Appointment of proxies

Each member may appoint a proxy to attend and act for the member at a meeting of members. If the member is entitled to cast 2 or more votes at the meeting, they may appoint two proxies to attend and act for the member at a meeting of members. An appointment of proxy must be made by written notice to the Company:

 

  (a) that complies with section 250A(1); or

 

  (b) in any other form and mode that is, and is signed or otherwise authenticated by the member in a manner, satisfactory to the Board.

If a member appoints two proxies and the appointment does not specify the proportion or number of the member’s votes each proxy may exercise, each proxy may exercise half of those votes.

 

15.2 Member’s attorney

A member may appoint an attorney to act, or to appoint a proxy to act, at a meeting of members. If the appointor is an individual, the power of attorney must be signed in the presence of at least one witness.

 

15.3 Deposit of proxy appointment forms, powers of attorney and proxy appointment authorities

An appointment of a proxy or an attorney is not effective for a particular meeting of members unless:

 

  (a) in the case of a proxy, the proxy appointment form and, if it is executed or otherwise authenticated in a manner prescribed by a regulation made for the purposes of section 250A(1) by an attorney, the relevant power of attorney or other authority under which the appointment was authenticated or a certified copy of it; and

 

  (b) in the case of an attorney, the power of attorney or a certified copy of it,

 

 

31


are received by the Company in accordance with section 250B(3) at least 48 hours before the time for which the meeting was called or such reduced period specified in the notice of meeting or, if the meeting has been adjourned, before the resumption of the meeting.

 

15.4 Corporate representatives

A member that is a body corporate may appoint an individual to act as its representative at meetings of members as permitted by section 250D.

 

15.5 Appointment for particular meeting, standing appointment and revocation

A member may appoint a proxy, attorney or representative to act at a particular meeting of members or make a standing appointment and may revoke any appointment. A proxy, attorney or representative may, but need not, be a member.

 

15.6 Position of proxy or attorney if member present

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the appointment of a proxy or attorney is not revoked by the member attending and taking part in the general meeting, but if the member votes on a resolution, the proxy or attorney is not entitled to vote, and must not vote, as the member’s proxy or attorney on the resolution.

 

  (b) If a member has appointed a proxy or attorney under a document which is expressed to be irrevocable:

 

  (i) the appointment of that proxy or attorney is not revoked by the member attending or taking part in the general meeting; and

 

  (ii) a member is not entitled to vote, and must not vote, on a resolution if that member has appointed the proxy or attorney to vote on that resolution.

 

15.7 Priority of conflicting appointments of attorney or representative

If more than one attorney or representative appointed by a member is present at a meeting of members and the Company has not received notice of revocation of any of the appointments:

 

  (a) an attorney or representative appointed to act at that particular meeting may act to the exclusion of an attorney or representative appointed under a standing appointment; and

 

  (b) subject to rule 15.7(a), an attorney or representative appointed under a more recent appointment may act to the exclusion of an attorney or representative appointed earlier in time.

 

15.8 Additional current proxy appointments

An appointment of proxy by a member is revoked (or, in the case of a standing appointment, suspended for that particular meeting) if the Company receives a further appointment of proxy from that member which would result in there being more than the permitted number of proxies of that member entitled to act at a meeting. The appointment of proxy made first in time is the first to be treated as revoked or suspended by this rule.

 

15.9 Continuing authority

An act done at a meeting of members by a proxy, attorney or representative is valid even if, before the act is done, the appointing member:

 

  (a) dies or becomes mentally incapacitated;

 

  (b) becomes bankrupt or an insolvent under administration or is wound up;

 

 

32


  (c) revokes the appointment or revokes the authority under which the appointment was made by a third party; or

 

  (d) transfers the share to which the appointment relates,

unless the Company has received written notice of the matter before the start or resumption of the meeting at which the vote is cast.

 

15.10 Irrevocable proxy

Each holder of Class A Shares grants an irrevocable proxy in favour of the Company in respect of all the Class A Shares held by it to attend and vote for the holder of Class A Shares at any meeting of members until immediately after Closing.

 

16. ENTITLEMENT TO VOTE

 

 

 

16.1 Number of votes

Subject to section 250A(4), rules 15, 16.3, 16.4 and 16.5 and the terms on which shares are issued:

 

  (a) on a show of hands:

 

  (i) if a member has appointed two proxies, neither of those proxies may vote;

 

  (ii) a member who is present and entitled to vote and is also a proxy, attorney or representative of another member has one vote; and

 

  (iii) subject to paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii), every individual present who is a member, or a proxy, attorney or representative of a member, entitled to vote has one vote; and

 

  (b) on a poll, a member has one vote for every share held.

Except as otherwise provided in this document, separate meetings of the holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares are not required on any matters submitted to a general meeting.

 

16.2 Casting vote of chairman

The chairman of a meeting of members does not have a casting vote. If an equal number of votes is cast for and against a resolution the matter is decided in the negative.

 

16.3 Votes of joint holders

If there are joint holders of a share, any one of them may vote at a meeting of members, in person or by proxy, attorney or representative, as if that holder were the sole owner of the share. If more than one of the joint holders of a share (including, for the purposes of this rule, joint legal personal representatives of a dead member) are present at a meeting of members, in person or by proxy, attorney or representative, and tender a vote in respect of the share, the Company may only count the vote cast by, or on behalf of, the most senior joint holder who tenders a vote. For this purpose, seniority depends on the order in which the names of the joint holders are listed in the Register.

 

16.4 Votes of transmittees and guardians

Subject to section 1072C, if the Board is satisfied at least 48 hours before the time fixed for a meeting of members, that a person:

 

  (a) is entitled to the transmission of a share under rule 31; or

 

 

33


  (b) has power to manage a member’s property under a law relating to the management of property of the mentally incapable,

that person may vote as if registered as the holder of the share and the Company must not count the vote (if any) of the actual registered holder.

 

16.5 Voting restrictions

If:

 

  (a) the Act requires that some members are not to vote on a resolution, or that votes cast by some members be disregarded, in order for the resolution to have an intended effect; and

 

  (b) the notice of the meeting at which the resolution is proposed states that fact,

those members have no right to vote on that resolution and the Company must not count any votes purported to be cast by those members. If a proxy purports to vote in a way or in circumstances that contravene section 250A(4), on a show of hands the vote is invalid and the Company must not count it and on a poll rule 17.3(b) applies.

 

16.6 Decision on right to vote

A Voting Member or Director may challenge a person’s right to vote at a meeting of members. A challenge may only be made at the meeting. A challenge, or any other doubt as to the validity of a vote, must be decided by the chairman, whose decision is final.

 

17. HOW VOTING IS CARRIED OUT

 

 

 

17.1 Method of voting

A resolution put to the vote at a meeting of members must be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded under rule 17.2 either before or on declaration of the result of the vote on a show of hands. Unless a poll is demanded, the chairman’s declaration of a decision on a show of hands is final.

 

17.2 Demand for a poll

A poll may be demanded on any resolution (except a resolution concerning the election of the chairman of a meeting or the adjournment of the meeting) by:

 

  (a) at least five members entitled to vote on the resolution; or

 

  (b) members entitled to cast at least 5% of the votes that may be cast on the resolution on a poll (worked out as at the midnight before the poll is demanded); or

 

  (c) the chairman.

The demand for a poll does not affect the continuation of the meeting for the transaction of other business and may be withdrawn.

 

17.3 When and how polls must be taken

If a poll is demanded:

 

  (a) the poll must be taken at the time and place and, subject to rule 17.3(b), in the manner that the chairman of the meeting directs;

 

  (b) votes which section 250A(4) requires to be cast in a given way must be treated as cast in that way;

 

 

34


  (c) a person voting who has the right to cast two or more votes need not cast all those votes and may cast those votes in different ways; and

 

  (d) the result of the poll is the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

17.4 Direct votes

For any general meeting of the Company (or meeting of a class of its members), the Board may determine that a member who is entitled to attend and vote at the meeting on a resolution contemplated in the notice convening the meeting (or a duly appointed proxy of the member) may cast votes attaching to the member’s shares on the resolution by lodging a direct vote (instead of attending and voting in person or by proxy, attorney or representative) on the resolution. A “direct vote” means a vote lodged with the Company by means approved by the Board (which means may include post, fax, telephone or electronic means). The Board may prescribe regulations, rules and procedures in relation to direct voting, including regulations, rules and procedures that specify the form and method by which direct votes are to be lodged and the closing time for lodgement of direct votes. Direct votes lodged pursuant to this rule on a resolution by a member (or a member’s proxy) are to be counted on a poll demanded on the resolution as if the member who lodged the direct vote were present at the meeting (other than for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present) and cast the votes on the relevant shares as specified by the member (or proxy) lodging the direct vote.

 

17.5 Voting by beneficial owners

Subject to applicable law, for any general meeting of the Company (or meeting of a class of its members), the Board may prescribe regulations, rules and procedures to permit any person ( beneficial owner ) for whom the Board is satisfied shares are held by a member in a representative, fiduciary or custodian capacity to:

 

  (a) attend the meeting; and

 

  (b) cast the votes attaching to such shares (in person, or by proxy, attorney or representative), to the exclusion of the member concerned, on any resolution contemplated in the notice convening the meeting on which the member is entitled to cast a vote and for which a poll is demanded at the meeting.

Votes cast by a beneficial owner (whether in person, or by proxy, attorney or representative) pursuant to this rule on a resolution are to be counted on a poll demanded on the resolution as if the member were present at the meeting and cast the votes on the relevant shares.

 

18. SECRETARY

 

 

 

18.1 Appointment of Secretary

The Board:

 

  (a) must appoint at least one individual; and

 

  (b) may appoint more than one individual,

to be a Secretary either for a specified term or without specifying a term, provided that at least one Secretary must be ordinarily resident in Australia.

 

18.2 Terms and conditions of office

A Secretary holds office on the terms (including as to remuneration) that the Board decides. The Board may vary any decision previously made by it in respect of a Secretary.

 

 

35


18.3 Cessation of Secretary’s appointment

A person automatically ceases to be a Secretary if the person:

 

  (a) is not permitted by the Act (or an order made under the Act) to be a secretary of a company;

 

  (b) becomes disqualified from managing corporations under Part 2D.6 and is not given permission or leave to manage the Company under section 206F or 206G;

 

  (c) becomes of unsound mind or physically or mentally incapable of performing the functions of that office;

 

  (d) resigns by notice in writing to the Company; or

 

  (e) is removed from office under rule 18.4.

 

18.4 Removal from office

The Board may remove a Secretary from that office whether or not the appointment was expressed to be for a specified term.

 

19. MINUTES

 

 

 

19.1 Minutes must be kept

The Board must cause minutes of:

 

  (a) proceedings and resolutions of meetings of the Company’s members;

 

  (b) the names of Directors present at each Board meeting or committee meeting;

 

  (c) proceedings and resolutions of Board meetings (including meetings of a committee to which Board powers are delegated under rule 6);

 

  (d) resolutions passed by Directors without a meeting; and

 

  (e) disclosures and notices of Directors’ interests,

to be kept in accordance with sections 191, 192 and 251A.

 

19.2 Minutes as evidence

A minute recorded and signed in accordance with section 251A is evidence of the proceeding, resolution or declaration to which it relates unless the contrary is proved.

 

19.3 Inspection of minute books

The Company must allow members to inspect, and provide copies of, the minute books for the meetings of members in accordance with section 251B.

 

20. COMPANY SEALS

 

 

 

20.1 Common seal

The Board:

 

  (a) may decide whether or not the Company has a common seal; and

 

 

36


  (b) is responsible for the safe custody of that seal (if any) and any duplicate seal it decides to adopt under section 123(2).

 

20.2 Use of seals

The common seal and duplicate seal (if any) may only be used with the authority of the Board. The Board must not authorise the use of a seal that does not comply with section 123.

 

20.3 Fixing seals to documents

The fixing of the common seal, or any duplicate seal, to a document must be witnessed:

 

  (a) by two Directors;

 

  (b) by one Director and one Secretary; or

 

  (c) by any other signatories or in any other way (including the use of facsimile signatures) authorised by the Board.

 

21. FINANCIAL REPORTS AND AUDIT

 

 

 

21.1 Company must keep financial records

The Board must cause the Company to keep written financial records that:

 

  (a) correctly record and explain its transactions (including transactions undertaken as trustee) and financial position and performance; and

 

  (b) would enable true and fair financial statements to be prepared and audited,

and must allow a Director and the auditor to inspect those records at all reasonable times.

 

21.2 Financial reporting

The Board must cause the Company to prepare a financial report and a directors’ report that comply with Part 2M.3 and must report to members in accordance with section 314 no later than the deadline set by section 315.

 

21.3 Financial year end

The financial year for the Company will end on 31 December.

 

21.4 Audit

The Board must cause the Company’s financial report for each financial year to be audited and obtain an auditor’s report. The eligibility, appointment, removal, remuneration, rights and duties of the auditor are regulated by Division 3 of Part 2M.3, Divisions 1 to 6 of Part 2M.4 and sections 1280, 1289, 1299B and 1299C.

 

21.5 Conclusive reports

Audited financial reports laid before the Company in general meetings are conclusive except as regards errors notified to the Company within three months after the relevant general meeting. If the Company receives notice of an error within that period, it must immediately correct the report and the report as corrected is then conclusive.

 

 

37


21.6 Inspection of financial records and books

Subject to rule 19.3 and section 247A, a member who is not a Director does not have any right to inspect any document of the Company except as authorised by the Board or by ordinary resolution.

 

22. SHARES

 

 

 

22.1 Class A Shares and Class B Shares

Except as set out in this document, or as required by law, Class A Shares and Class B Shares carry the same rights.

 

22.2 Issue at discretion of Board

 

  (a) Subject to rules 22.2(b) and 22.2(c) and section 259C, the Board may, on behalf of the Company, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of, unissued shares to any person on the terms, with the rights, and at the times that the Board decides.

 

  (b) The Board cannot issue partly paid shares.

 

  (c) No additional Class B Shares may be issued by the Company unless:

 

  (i) a resolution approving such issue is passed by the holders of at least 80% of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares;

 

  (ii) such issue is required or permitted pursuant to the terms of an agreement with holders of Class B Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholders Deed); or

 

  (iii) pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

22.3 Preference and redeemable preference shares

The Company may issue preference shares (including preference shares that are liable to be redeemed). The rights attached to preference shares are:

 

  (a) unless other rights have been approved by Special Resolution of the Company, the rights set out in the schedule; or

 

  (b) the rights approved by Special Resolution of the Company as applicable to those shares.

 

22.4 Brokerage and commissions

The Company may pay brokerage or commissions to a person in respect of that person or another person agreeing to take up shares in the Company.

 

22.5 Surrender of shares

The Board may accept a surrender of shares:

 

  (a) to compromise a question as to whether those shares have been validly issued; or

 

  (b) if surrender is otherwise within the Company’s powers.

The Company may sell or re-issue surrendered shares in the same way as forfeited shares.

 

 

38


23. CERTIFICATES

 

 

 

23.1 Certificated shares

 

  (a) The Company must issue a certificate of title to shares if required by section 1071H that complies with section 1070C and deliver it to the holder of those shares in accordance with section 1071H. The Company must not charge any fee to issue a certificate.

 

  (b) The Company will, on request of a member, issue a certificate to that member.

 

23.2 Multiple certificates and joint holders

If a member requests the Company to issue several certificates each for a part of the shares registered in the member’s name, the Company must do so. For this purpose, joint holders of shares are a single member. The Company may issue only one certificate that relates to each share registered in the names of two or more joint holders and may deliver the certificate to any of those joint holders.

 

23.3 Lost and worn out certificates

If a certificate:

 

  (a) is lost or destroyed and the owner of the relevant securities applies in accordance with section 1070D(5), the Company must; or

 

  (b) is defaced or worn out and is produced to the Company, the Company may,

issue a new certificate in its place.

 

24. REGISTER

 

 

 

24.1 Joint holders

If the Register names two or more joint holders of a share, the Company must treat the person named first in the Register in respect of that share as the sole owner of it for all purposes (including the giving of notice) except in relation to:

 

  (a) delivery of certificates;

 

  (b) the right to vote (to which rule 16.1 applies);

 

  (c) the power to give directions as to payment of, or a receipt for, dividends (to which rules 26.6 and 26.7 apply); and

 

  (d) transfer.

 

24.2 Non-beneficial holders

Subject to sections 169(5A) and 1072E and rule 17.5, unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or required by statute, the Company:

 

  (a) may treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner of it; and

 

  (b) need not recognise any equitable or other claim to or interest in a share by any person except a registered holder.

 

 

39


25. COMPANY LIENS

 

 

 

25.1 Existence of liens

 

  (a) Unless the terms of issue provide otherwise, the Company has a first and paramount lien on each share for amounts for which the Company is indemnified under rule 25.3.

 

  (b) The lien extends to all dividends payable in respect of the share and to proceeds of sale of the share.

 

25.2 Sale under lien

If:

 

  (a) the Company has a lien on a share;

 

  (b) an amount secured by the lien is due and payable;

 

  (c) the Company has given notice to the member registered as the holder of the share:

 

  (i) requiring payment of the amount which is due and payable and secured by the lien;

 

  (ii) stating the amount due and payable at the date of the notice;

 

  (iii) specifying how to calculate the amount due when payment is made; and

 

  (iv) specifying a date (at least 14 days after the date of the notice) by which and a place at which payment of that amount must be made; and

 

  (d) the requirements of the notice given under paragraph (c) are not fulfilled,

the Company may sell the share in respect of which that notice was given (and all dividends, interest and other money payable in respect of that share and not actually paid before sale) by resolution passed before the amount due and payable is paid.

 

25.3 Indemnity for payments required to be made by the Company

If the law of any jurisdiction imposes or purports to impose any immediate, future or possible liability on the Company, or empowers or purports to empower any person to require the Company to make any payment, on account of a member or referable to a share held by that member (whether alone or jointly) or a dividend or other amount payable in respect of a share held by that member, the Company:

 

  (a) is fully indemnified by that member from that liability;

 

  (b) may recover as a debt due from the member the amount of that liability together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of payment by the Company to the date of repayment by the member; and

 

  (c) subject to rule 28.4, may refuse to register a transfer of any share by that member until the debt has been paid to the Company.

Nothing in this document in any way prejudices or affects any right or remedy which the Company has (including any right of set off) and, as between the Company and the member, any such right or remedy is enforceable by the Company.

 

 

40


26. DIVIDENDS

 

 

 

26.1 Accumulation of reserves

The Board may:

 

  (a) set aside out of profits of the Company reserves to be applied, in the Board’s discretion, for any purpose it decides and use any sum so set aside in the business of the Company or invest it in investments selected by the Board and vary and deal with those investments as it decides; or

 

  (b) carry forward any amount out of profits which the Board decides not to distribute without transferring that amount to a reserve; or

 

  (c) do both.

 

26.2 Payment of dividends

Subject to the Act, rules 26.3 and 26.8, and the terms of issue of shares, the Board may resolve to pay any dividend (including an interim dividend) it thinks appropriate, in such currency as it thinks appropriate, and fix the time for payment. The Company does not incur a debt merely by fixing the amount or time for payment of a dividend. A debt arises only when the time fixed for payment arrives. The decision to pay a dividend may be revoked by the Board at any time before then.

 

26.3 Amount of dividend

 

  (a) Class A Shares and Class B Shares carry the same rights to dividends.

 

  (b) Subject to the terms of issue of shares and paragraph (a) , the Company may pay a dividend on one class of shares to the exclusion of another class.

 

26.4 Dividends in kind

 

  (a) The Board may resolve to pay a dividend (either generally or to specific members) in cash or satisfy it by distribution of specific assets (including shares or securities of any other corporation), the issue of shares or the grant of options.

 

  (b) If the Board satisfies a dividend by distribution of specific assets, the Board may:

 

  (i) fix the value of any asset distributed;

 

  (ii) make cash payments to members on the basis of the value fixed so as to adjust the rights of members between themselves; and

 

  (iii) vest an asset in trustees.

 

  (c) If the Board satisfies a dividend by the issue of shares:

 

  (i) only Class A Shares shall be distributed to holders of Class A Shares and only Class B Shares shall be distributed to holders of Class B Shares; and

 

  (ii) the number of Class A Shares distributed for each share held and the number of Class B Shares distributed for each share held must be the same.

 

26.5 Payment of dividend by way of securities in another entity or corporation

Where the Company satisfies a dividend by way of distribution of specific assets, being shares or other securities in another entity or corporation, each member is taken to have agreed to become a member of that entity or corporation and to have agreed to be bound by the constitution of that entity or corporation. Each member also appoints each Director and each Secretary their agent and attorney to:

 

 

41


  (a) agree to the member becoming a member of that entity or corporation;

 

  (b) agree to the member being bound by the constitution of that entity or corporation; and

 

  (c) execute any transfer of shares or securities, or other document required to give effect to the distribution of shares or other securities to that member.

 

26.6 Method of payment

The Company may pay any cash dividend, interest or other money payable in respect of shares by cheque sent, and may distribute assets by sending the certificates or other evidence of title to them, through the post directed to:

 

  (a) the address of the member (or in the case of a jointly held share, the address of the joint holder named first in the Register); or

 

  (b) to any other address the member (or in the case of a jointly held share, all the joint holders) directs in writing,

or by any other method of payment or distribution the Board decides.

 

26.7 Joint holders’ receipt

Any one of the joint holders of a share may give an effective receipt for any dividend, interest or other money payable in relation to that share.

 

26.8 Retention of dividends by Company

The Company may retain the dividend payable on a share:

 

  (a) of which a person seeks to be registered as the holder under rule 31.2 or 31.3, until that person is registered as the holder of that share or transfers it; or

 

  (b) on which the Company has a lien, to satisfy the liabilities in respect of which the lien exists.

 

26.9 No interest on dividends

No member may claim, and the Company must not pay, interest on a dividend (either in money or kind).

 

27. SHARE PLANS

 

 

 

27.1 Implementing share plans

The Company in general meeting may by ordinary resolution authorise the Board to implement one or more of:

 

  (a) a re-investment plan under which any dividend or other cash payment in respect of a share or convertible security may, at the election of the person entitled to it, be:

 

  (i) retained by the Company and applied in payment for fully paid shares issued under the plan; and

 

  (ii) treated as having been paid to the person entitled and simultaneously repaid by that person to the Company to be held by it and applied in accordance with the plan;

 

 

42


  (b) any other plan under which members or security holders may elect that dividends or other cash payments in respect of shares or other securities:

 

  (i) be satisfied by the issue of shares or other securities of the Company or a related body corporate, or that issues of shares or other securities of the Company or a related body corporate be made in place of dividends or other cash payments;

 

  (ii) be paid out of a particular reserve or source; or

 

  (iii) be forgone in consideration of another form of distribution from the Company, another body corporate or a trust; or

 

  (c) a plan under which shares or other securities of the Company or a related body corporate may be issued or otherwise provided for the benefit of employees or Directors of the Company or any of its related bodies corporate.

 

27.2 Board obligations and discretions

The Board:

 

  (a) must do everything necessary or desirable to give effect to a plan implemented under rule 27.1 and the rules governing it; and

 

  (b) may:

 

  (i) vary the rules governing; or

 

  (ii) suspend or terminate the operation of,

a plan implemented under rule 27.1 as it thinks appropriate.

 

28. TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

 

 

28.1 Modes of transfer

Subject to rule 28.3, a member may transfer a share by a document the form of which is permitted by law and which is signed by or on behalf of both the transferor and the transferee. The Company must not register a transfer that does not comply with this rule.

 

28.2 Market obligations

The Company may do anything permitted by the Act that the Board thinks necessary or desirable in connection with the Company taking part in a computerised or electronic system for the purpose of facilitating dealings in shares.

 

28.3 Delivery of transfer and certificate

A document of transfer under rule 28.1 must be:

 

  (a) delivered to the registered office of the Company or the address of the Register last notified to members by the Company;

 

  (b) accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the shares to be transferred or evidence satisfactory to the Board of its loss or destruction; and

 

  (c) marked with payment of any stamp duty payable.

Property in and title to a document of transfer that is delivered to the Company (but not the shares to which it relates) passes to the Company on delivery.

 

 

43


28.4 Refusal to register transfer

 

  (a) The Board may refuse to register a transfer:

 

  (i) if the transfer arises from a breach or, if the transfer were registered, would give rise to a breach, of an agreement to which the Company is a party;

 

  (ii) in the circumstances described in rule 11.4(d); and

 

  (iii) in any other instance permitted by applicable law and the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

 

  (b) Subject to rule 28.4(a)(i), the Board must register a transfer made in compliance with the Shareholders Deed, this document and applicable law.

 

  (c) Subject to section 259C, the Board must not register a transfer to a subsidiary of the Company.

 

  (d) If the Board refuses to register a transfer, the Company must give the transferee notice of the refusal within two months after the date on which the transfer was delivered to it, or within any shorter period required by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

 

28.5 Transferor remains holder until transfer registered

The transferor of a share remains the holder of it until the transfer is registered and the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of it.

 

28.6 Powers of attorney

The Company may assume, as against a member, that a power of attorney granted by that member that is lodged with or produced or exhibited to the Company remains in force, and may rely on it, until the Company receives express notice in writing at its registered office of:

 

  (a) the revocation of the power of attorney; or

 

  (b) the death, dissolution or insolvency of the member.

 

29. TRANSFER AND CONVERSION OF CLASS B SHARES

 

 

 

29.1 Special definitions

The following definitions apply in this rule.

Class B Transferor means a holder of Class B Shares that wishes to effect a Transfer of, or Transfers, Class B Shares.

Permitted Transfer means any Transfer which is expressly exempted from rule 29.2 by an agreement with the Company regarding the acquisition or disposal of Beneficial Ownership in Voting Shares to which the person, or an Affiliate of the person, is a party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholders Deed).

Transfer of a Class B Share shall mean any direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, license, gift, creation of a security interest in or lien on, placement in trust (voting or otherwise), encumbrance or other transfer or disposition (including by way of spin-off, hedging or derivative transactions, any other transaction that hedges or transfers, in whole or in party, the economic consequences of ownership, or otherwise) of such share or any legal, beneficial or economic interest therein, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including transmission pursuant to rule 31) or by transfer of any economic or ownership

 

 

44


interest in any person, directly or indirectly, beneficially owning such Class B Shares, including without limitation, a transfer of a Class B Share to a broker or other nominee, or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of a Class B Share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the granting of a proxy to officers or directors of the Company at the request of the Board in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of members shall be deemed not to be a Transfer for purposes hereof.

 

29.2 Conversion of Class B Shares

 

  (a) Except for Permitted Transfers or a Transfer by a Class B Transferor to an Affiliate of that Class B Transferor, each Class B Share shall automatically, without any further action by any person, convert into one fully paid Class A Share upon a Transfer of such share by either a Class B Transferor or a Controlled Affiliate of the Class B Transferor or upon a Controlled Affiliate of a Class B Transferor which holds such shares ceasing to be a Controlled Affiliate of that Class B Transferor.

 

  (b) All issued Class B Shares shall automatically, without any further action by any person, convert into fully paid Class A Shares, at a conversion ratio of one Class B Share to one Class A Share, if the Class B Voting Interest falls below ten percent, with such conversion becoming effective at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the tenth day after the date on which the Class B Voting Interest falls below ten percent.

 

29.3 Powers of Board

 

  (a) The Board may request or require that holders of Class B Shares furnish affidavits or other proof to the Company as the Board may deem necessary or advisable to verify the direct or indirect ownership of such Class B Shares and to confirm that an automatic conversion of a Class B Share into a Class A Share has not occurred.

 

  (b) If the Board reasonably determines that sufficient proof has not been provided to the Board, before the time (which must be at least five business days from the date of the request) specified in a request made under paragraph (a), to enable the Board to verify the direct or indirect ownership of Class B Shares to its reasonable satisfaction then, unless the Board otherwise determines, the Class B Shares to which the request related will be deemed to automatically convert in accordance with rule 29.2(a).

 

29.4 Transfer procedure for Class B Shares

Without limiting rule 28, transfers of Class B Shares shall be subject to the following additional provisions.

 

  (a) A Class B Transferor that wishes to effect a Transfer of Class B Shares must provide written notice thereof to the Company prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the proposed date of transfer.

 

  (b) The written notice must:

 

  (i) identify the proposed transferee, broker or nominee holder, and its relationship with the transferor; and

 

  (ii) state whether or not the proposed transferee is acquiring the Class B Shares pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

 

  (c) The Class B Transferor must provide such additional supporting information, opinions and documentation as may be reasonably requested by the Board.

 

 

45


30. CONVERSION OF CLASS A SHARES

 

 

For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is less than forty-five percent, all issued Class A Shares held by the initial holders of Class B Shares or a Controlled Affiliate of such a holder shall automatically, without any further action by any person, convert into fully paid Class B Shares, at a conversion ratio of one Class A Share to one Class B Share, with such conversion becoming effective at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the fifth day after the date on which the Class A Share was acquired by such holder of Class B Shares.

 

31. TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

 

 

31.1 Death of joint holder

The Company must recognise only the surviving joint holders as being entitled to shares registered jointly in the names of a deceased member and others. The estate of the deceased joint holder is not released from any liability in respect of the shares.

 

31.2 Death of single holder

The Company must not recognise anyone except the legal personal representative of the deceased member as having any title to shares registered in the sole name of a deceased member. If the personal representative gives the Board the documents described in section 1071B(9) or 1071B(13) or other information that satisfies the Board of the representative’s entitlement to be registered as holder of the shares:

 

  (a) subject to rules 28.4, 29 and 31.4 the Company must register the personal representative as the holder of the shares as soon as practical after receipt of a written and signed notice to the Company from the representative requiring it to do so; and

 

  (b) whether or not registered as the holder of the shares, the personal representative:

 

  (i) may, subject to rule 28, transfer the shares to another person; and

 

  (ii) has the same rights as the deceased member.

 

31.3 Transmission of shares on insolvency or mental incapacity

Subject to the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or any applicable comparable legislation in a jurisdiction outside Australia, if a person entitled to shares because of the insolvency or mental incapacity of a member gives the Board the information it reasonably requires to establish the person’s entitlement to be registered as holder of the shares:

 

  (a) subject to rules 28.4, 29 and 31.4 the Company must register that person as the holder of the shares as soon as practical after receipt of a written and signed notice to the Company from that person requiring it to do so; and

 

  (b) whether or not registered as the holder of the shares, that person:

 

  (i) may, subject to rule 28, transfer the shares to another person; and

 

  (ii) has the same rights as the insolvent or incapable member.

If section 1072C applies, this rule is supplemental to it.

 

31.4 Refusal to register holder

The Company has the same right to refuse to register a personal representative or person entitled to shares on the insolvency or mental incapacity of a member as it would have if that person were the transferee named in a transfer signed by a living, solvent, competent member.

 

 

46


32. SMALL SHARE PARCELS

 

 

 

32.1 Board power of sale

 

  (a) The Board may sell a share other than a Class B Share that is part of a Small Parcel, with or without the consent of the holder of the Small Parcel, if it does so in accordance with this rule.

 

  (b) Without limiting rule 32.1(a), the Board may sell a share that is part of a Small Parcel by giving a notice to a member who holds a Small Parcel stating that it intends to sell the Small Parcel and specifying a date by which the member may give the Company written notice that the member wishes to retain the holding (in which case the Company will not sell the Small Parcel).

 

32.2 Notice of proposed sale

The Board may determine in its absolute discretion that it will give written notice to a member who holds a Small Parcel stating that it intends to sell the Small Parcel and specifying a time period during which it intends to sell the Small Parcel.

 

32.3 Terms of sale

A sale of shares under this rule includes all dividends payable on and other rights attaching to them. The Company must pay the costs of the sale. Otherwise, the Board may decide the manner, time and terms of sale.

 

32.4 Share transfers

For the purpose of giving effect to this rule, each Director and each Secretary has power to initiate, execute or otherwise effect a transfer of a share as agent and attorney for a member who holds a Small Parcel.

 

32.5 Application of proceeds

The Company must:

 

  (a) pay the proceeds of sale into a separate bank account it opens and maintains for the purpose only;

 

  (b) hold the proceeds in trust for the previous holder of the shares ( Divested Member );

 

  (c) as soon as practical give written notice to the Divested Member stating:

 

  (i) what the amount in the account is; and

 

  (ii) that it is holding that amount for the Divested Member while awaiting the Divested Member’s instructions for the shares sold; and

 

  (d) deal with the amount in the account as the Divested Member instructs.

 

32.6 Protections for transferee

The title of the new holder of a share sold under this rule is not affected by any irregularity in the sale. The sole remedy of any person previously interested in the share is damages which may be recovered only from the Company.

 

 

47


33. ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

 

33.1 Capitalisation of profits

The Company may capitalise profits, reserves or other amounts available for distribution to members. Subject to the terms of issue of shares, members are entitled to participate in a capital distribution in the same proportions in which they are entitled to participate in dividends.

 

33.2 Adjustment of capitalised amounts

The Board may settle any difficulty that arises in regard to a capitalisation of profits as it thinks appropriate and necessary to adjust the rights of members among themselves, including:

 

  (a) fix the value of specific assets;

 

  (b) issue fractional certificates;

 

  (c) make cash payments to members on the basis of the value fixed for assets or in place of fractional entitlements so as to adjust the rights of members between themselves;

 

  (d) disregard fractional entitlements; and

 

  (e) vest cash or specific assets in trustees.

 

33.3 Conversion of shares

Subject to Part 2H.1 and rules 22.3 and 33.8, the Company may convert:

 

  (a) an ordinary share into a preference share; and

 

  (b) a preference share into an ordinary share; and

 

  (c) all or any of its shares into a larger or smaller number of shares by ordinary resolution, provided however that where a class of Voting Shares is so converted, all other classes of Voting Shares are converted in the same manner and at the same time.

 

33.4 Adjustments on conversion

The Board may do anything it thinks appropriate and necessary to give effect to a resolution converting shares including, if a member becomes entitled to a fraction of a share as a result of the conversion:

 

  (a) issue fractional certificates;

 

  (b) make cash payments to members or disregard fractional entitlements so as to adjust the rights of members between themselves; or

 

  (c) vest fractional entitlements in a trustee.

 

33.5 Reduction of capital

The Company may reduce its share capital:

 

  (a) by reduction of capital in accordance with Division 1 of Part 2J.1;

 

  (b) by buying back shares in accordance with Division 2 of Part 2J.1;

 

  (c) in the ways permitted by sections 258E and 258F; or

 

 

48


  (d) in any other way for the time being permitted by the Act.

 

33.6 Payments in kind

Where the Company reduces its share capital in accordance with Division 1 of Part 2J.1, it may do so by way of payment of cash, distribution of specific assets (including shares or other securities in another corporation), or in any other manner permitted by law. If the reduction is by distribution of specific assets, the Board may:

 

  (a) fix the value of any assets distributed;

 

  (b) make cash payments to members on the basis of the value fixed so as to adjust the rights of members between themselves; and

 

  (c) vest an asset in trustees.

 

33.7 Payment in kind by way of securities in another corporation

Where the Company reduces its share capital by way of distribution of specific assets, being shares or other securities in another entity or corporation, each member is taken to have agreed to become a member of that entity or corporation and to have agreed to be bound by the constitution of that entity or corporation. Each member also appoints each Director and each Secretary their agent and attorney to:

 

  (a) agree to the member becoming a member of that entity or corporation;

 

  (b) agree to the member being bound by the constitution of that entity or corporation; and

 

  (c) execute any transfer of shares or securities, or other document required to give effect to the distribution of shares or other securities to that member.

 

33.8 Variation of rights

 

  (a) If the Company issues different classes of shares, or divides issued shares into different classes, the rights attached to shares in any class may (subject to sections 246C and 246D) be varied or cancelled only by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued shares of the class of shares proposed to be affected at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares.

 

  (b) Subject to the terms of issue of shares, the rights attached to a class of shares are not treated as varied by the issue of further shares of that class.

 

34. WINDING UP

 

 

 

34.1 Entitlement of members

 

  (a) Subject to the terms of issue of shares and this rule 34, the surplus assets of the Company remaining after payment of its debts are divisible among the members in proportion to the number of fully paid shares held by them.

 

  (b) Class A Shares and Class B Shares carry the same rights on a winding-up.

 

34.2 Distribution of assets generally

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution:

 

  (a) divide the assets of the Company among the members in kind;

 

  (b) for that purpose fix the value of assets and decide how the division is to be carried out as between the members and different classes of members; and

 

 

49


  (c) vest assets of the Company in trustees on any trusts for the benefit of the members as the liquidator thinks appropriate.

 

34.3 No distribution of liabilities

The liquidator cannot compel a member to accept marketable securities in respect of which there is a liability as part of a distribution of assets of the Company.

 

34.4 Distribution not in accordance with legal rights

If the liquidator decides on a division or vesting of assets of the Company under rule 34.2 which does not accord with the legal rights of the contributories, any contributory who would be prejudiced by it may dissent and has ancillary rights as if that decision were a Special Resolution passed under section 507.

 

35. NOTICES

 

 

 

35.1 Notices by Company

A notice is properly given by the Company to a person if it is:

 

  (a) in writing signed on behalf of the Company (by original or printed signature);

 

  (b) addressed to the person to whom it is to be given; and

 

  (c) either:

 

  (i) delivered personally;

 

  (ii) sent by prepaid mail posted in the same country as the address notified under rule 35.2, or otherwise, the addressee’s registered address (by airmail, if the address is in another country) to that person’s address; or

 

  (iii) sent by fax to the fax number (if any) nominated by that person; or

 

  (iv) sent by electronic message to the electronic address (if any) nominated by that person.

 

35.2 Overseas members

A member whose registered address is not in Australia may notify the Company in writing of an address in Australia to which notices may be sent.

 

35.3 When notice is given

A notice to a person by the Company is regarded as given and received:

 

  (a) if it is delivered personally:

 

  (i) by 5.00 pm (local time in the place of receipt) on a business day - on that day; or

 

  (ii) after 5.00 pm (local time in the place of receipt) on a business day, or on a day that is not a business day - on the next business day;

 

  (b) if it is sent by fax or electronic message or given under section 249J(3)(cb):

 

  (i) by 5.00 pm (local time in the place from which it is sent or given) on a business day – on that day; or

 

 

50


  (ii) after 5.00 pm (local time in the place from which it is sent or given) on a business day, or on a day that is not a business day – on the next business day; and

 

  (c) if it is sent by mail, one business day after posting.

A certificate in writing signed by a Director or Secretary stating that a notice was sent is conclusive evidence of service.

 

35.4 Business days

For the purposes of rule 35.3, a business day is a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the place from which the notice is dispatched.

 

35.5 Waiver of notice

 

  (a) Subject to the Act, whenever any notice is required to be given to any member or Director of the Company under any provision of the Act or this document, a waiver thereof, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

  (b) Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

  (c) Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of members, Directors or members of a committee of Directors needs to be specified in any written waiver of notice.

 

  (d) In the case of a member, such waiver of notice may be signed by such member’s attorney or proxy duly appointed in writing.

 

35.6 Notice to joint holders

Notice to joint holders of shares must be given to the joint member named first in the Register. Every person who becomes entitled to a share is bound by every notice in respect of that share that was properly given to a person registered as the holder the share before the transfer or transmission of the share was entered in the Register.

 

35.7 Counting days

If a specified period must pass after a notice is given before an action may be taken, neither the day on which the notice is given nor the day on which the action is to be taken may be counted in reckoning the period.

 

35.8 Notices to “lost” members

If:

 

  (a) on two or more consecutive occasions a notice served on a member in accordance with this rule is returned unclaimed or with an indication that the member is not known at the address to which it was sent; or

 

  (b) the Board believes on other reasonable grounds that a member is not at the address shown in the Register or notified to the Company under rule 35.2,

the Company may give effective notice to that member by exhibiting the notice at the Company’s registered office for at least 48 hours.

This rule ceases to apply if the member gives the Company notice of a new address.

 

 

51


36. UNCLAIMED MONEY

 

 

The Company must deal with unclaimed dividends and distributions and unclaimed proceeds of shares sold or reissued under this document in accordance with the law relating to unclaimed money in Western Australia, Australia.

 

37. AMENDMENT TO CONSTITUTION

 

 

Subject to the Act and this document, a Special Resolution to modify or repeal this document, or a provision of this document, other than a Special Resolution to renew rule 12, or to adopt any provision as part of this document that is inconsistent with a rule specified in paragraph (d) below, does not have any effect unless:

 

  (a) the Board has approved the proposed resolution as follows:

 

  (i) for as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent, by the affirmative vote of any six Directors; or

 

  (ii) if the Class B Voting Interest is less than ten percent, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present and voting at a quorate Board meeting;

 

  (b) a majority of the votes attached to all issued Voting Shares have been voted in favour of the Special Resolution;

 

  (c) in the case of any modification or repeal of this document or a provision of this document (including by the adoption of any provision as part of this document) that adversely affects a class of shares, a majority of votes attached to all issued shares of the class of shares proposed to be affected have been voted in favour of the modification, repeal or adoption at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares; and

 

  (d) in the case of a modification to or repeal of, or the adoption of any provision that is inconsistent with the purpose or intent of:

 

  (i) rules 9, 37(a), 37(b) or 37(c), the holders of votes attached to at least 80% of all issued Voting Shares have voted in favour of the Special Resolution;

 

  (ii) while there are Class A Shares on issue, rules 2.4, 2.5(b), 2.6(a), 2.11(a)(i), 2.11(b), 2.11(d), 11.3, 11.4, 29.1, 29.2, 30 or this rule 37(d), the holders of votes attached to at least 80% of all issued Class A Shares have approved the modification, repeal or adoption, voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares; and

 

  (iii) while there are Class B Shares on issue, rules 2.1, 2.3(b), 2.4, 2.5(a), 2.6(b), 2.11(a)(ii), 2.11(c), 2.11(e), 11.3, 11.4, 29.1, 29.2, 30 or this rule 37(d), the holders of votes attached to at least 80% of all issued Class B Shares have approved the modification, repeal or adoption, voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares.

 

 

52


Schedule

TERMS OF ISSUE OF PREFERENCE SHARES

 

1. Definitions

The following definitions apply in relation to a preference share issued under rule 22.3(a).

Dividend Amount for any Dividend Period means the amount calculated as

 

LOGO

where:

DA = Dividend Amount;

AP = amount paid on the share;

DR = Dividend Rate; and

N = number of days in the relevant Dividend Period.

Dividend Date means a date specified in the Issue Resolution on which a dividend in respect of that preference share is payable.

Dividend Period means:

 

  (a) the period that begins on and includes the Issue Date and ends on and includes the day before the first Dividend Date after the Issue Date; and

 

  (b) the period that begins on and includes each Dividend Date and ends on and includes the day before the next Dividend Date; and

 

  (c) the period that begins on and includes the last Dividend Date and ends on and includes the day before the Redemption Date.

Dividend Rate means the rate specified in the Issue Resolution for the calculation of the amount of dividend to be paid on that preference share on any Dividend Date.

franked dividend means a distribution franked in accordance with section 202-5 of the Tax Act.

Issue Date means the date on which the share is issued.

Issue Resolution means the resolution passed under clause 2 of this schedule.

redeemable preference share means a preference share which the Issue Resolution specifies is liable to be redeemed:

 

  (a) at a fixed time or on the happening of a particular event;

 

  (b) at the Company’s option; or

 

  (c) at the holder’s option.

Redemption Amount in relation to a redeemable preference share means the amount specified in the Issue Resolution to be paid on redemption of that share.

 

 

53


Redemption Date in relation to a redeemable preference share, means the date on which the Issue Resolution requires the Company to redeem that share.

Tax Act means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth), the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth), or both, as applicable.

 

2. Issue Resolution

If the Board resolves to issue a preference share, it must pass an Issue Resolution which specifies:

 

  (a) the Dividend Date;

 

  (b) the Dividend Rate;

 

  (c) whether dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative;

 

  (d) the priority with respect to payment of dividends and repayment of capital over other classes of shares;

 

  (e) whether the share is a redeemable preference share or not, and if so:

 

  (i) the Redemption Amount; and

 

  (ii) if the share is redeemable at the end of a fixed period, the Redemption Date, or otherwise the circumstances (if any) in which the share is redeemable at the option of the holder or of the Company, the way in which that option must be exercised and the way in which the resulting Redemption Date is ascertained,

and may also specify that the dividend must be a franked dividend or must not be a franked dividend.

 

3. Franked dividends

If the Issue Resolution specifies that the dividend on preference shares must be a franked dividend, it may also specify:

 

  (a) the extent to which the dividend must be franked (within the meaning of the Tax Act); and

 

  (b) the consequences of the dividend not being franked to that extent, which may include an increase of the dividend by an amount equal to the additional amount of franking credit which would have been imputed to the holder of the share under the Tax Act if the dividend had been franked in accordance with the Issue Resolution.

 

4. Dividend entitlement

The holder of a preference share is entitled to be paid on each Dividend Date or, in the case of the final dividend payable on the share, on the Redemption Date, in priority to any payment of dividend on any other class of shares over which the relevant Issue Resolution or rights conferred under rule 22.3(b) give it priority, a preferential dividend of the Dividend Amount for the Dividend Period ending on the day before that Dividend Date or the Redemption Date (as the case may be).

The dividend entitlement is cumulative if the Issue Resolution states that it is cumulative and otherwise is non-cumulative.

 

5. Priority on winding up

The holder of a preference share is entitled, on a winding up, to payment in cash of:

 

 

54


  (a) the amount then paid up on the share; and

 

  (b) if the Issue Resolution states that dividends are cumulative, any arrears of dividend,

in priority to any payment to the holders of ordinary shares and any other class of preference share over which the relevant Issue Resolution or rights conferred under rule 22.3(b) give it priority, but has no right to participate in surplus assets and profits of the Company.

 

6. Voting

The holder of a preference share has no right to vote at any meeting of members except:

 

  (a) if the Issue Resolution states that dividends are cumulative, during a period during which a dividend (or part of a dividend) on the share is in arrears;

 

  (b) on a proposal to reduce the Company’s share capital;

 

  (c) on a resolution to approve the terms of a buy-back agreement;

 

  (d) on a proposal that affects rights attached to the share;

 

  (e) on a proposal to wind up the Company;

 

  (f) on a proposal for the disposal of the whole of the Company’s property, business and undertaking; and

 

  (g) during the winding up of the Company.

 

7. Notices and financial reports

The Company must give the holder of a preference share notice of each meeting of members in accordance with rule 11 and send the holder financial reports in accordance with rule 21.2.

 

8. Redemption of redeemable preference shares

Subject to the Act, the Company must redeem a redeemable preference share on the Redemption Date by paying the Redemption Amount to the holder in cash, by cheque or in any other form that the holder agrees to in writing. If the Company sends the holder of a redeemable preference share a cheque for the Redemption Amount, the share is redeemed on the date on which rule 35.3(b)(ii) would treat the cheque as being received by the holder, whether or not the holder has presented the cheque. If the holder of a redeemable preference share does not present a cheque for the Redemption Amount within a reasonable period after it is sent, the Company must deal with the Redemption Amount in accordance with rule 36.

 

9. Equal ranking issues

Subject to the terms of issue of any particular class of preference share, the issue of further preference shares that rank equally with any issued preference shares is not taken to affect the rights of the holders of the existing preference share whether or not the Dividend Rate for the new preference share is the same as or different from that applicable to that preference share.

 

 

55

Exhibit 10.1

SHAREHOLDER’S DEED

BY AND BETWEEN

TRONOX LIMITED

THOMAS CASEY

AND

EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED

AS OF

15 June 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

1.    The Company’s Representations and Warranties      1   
2.    The Shareholder’s Representations and Warranties      2   
3.    Covenants and Agreements of the Shareholder      3   
4.    Preemptive Rights      6   
5.    Transfer Restrictions      8   
6.    Flip-in Rights      10   
7.    Other Rights      15   
8.    Legend on Certificates      16   
9.    Governance Matters      16   
10.    Registration Rights      22   
11.    Termination      29   
12.    Affiliates      30   
13.    Specific Performance      30   
14.    Responsibility for Compliance; Shareholder Capacity      30   
15.    Additional Shareholder      31   
16.    No Circumvention      31   
17.    Amendment and Modification      31   
18.    Notices      31   
19.    Severability      32   
20.    Assignment      32   
21.    Governing Law      33   
22.    Jurisdiction and Venue      33   
23.    Waiver of Jury Trial      34   
24.    Counterparts      34   
25.    Headings; Construction      34   
26.    Joint Draft      34   
27.    Entire Agreement      34   
28.    Third Parties      35   

Exhibit A – Form of Deed of Accession

 

i


SHAREHOLDER’S DEED

SHAREHOLDER’S DEED (this “ Deed ”), dated as of 15 June 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, ACN 153 348 111 (the “ Company ”), Thomas Casey (the “ Additional Shareholder ”) and Exxaro Resources Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of South Africa (“ ERL ” and together with the other Permitted Transferees (as defined below) that become parties to this Deed from time to time pursuant to Sections 5(a)(i) or 5(c)(ii), each, individually and collectively, the “ Shareholder ”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Shareholder, among others, have entered into a certain Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2012 (together with other agreements contemplated thereby, the “ Transaction Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, immediately following consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, the Shareholder will own one hundred percent (100%) of the Company’s issued Class B Shares (the “ Class B Shares ”) and Additional Shareholder will own one Class A Share;

WHEREAS, as a condition to, among other things, the Company’s and the Shareholder’s willingness to enter into and perform their respective obligations under the Transaction Agreements, the Company and the Shareholder have agreed to enter into this Deed simultaneously with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and in the Transaction Agreements and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. The Company’s Representations and Warranties .

The Company represents and warrants to the Shareholder as follows:

(a) Good Standing . The Company is a company limited by shares under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Australia) (the “ Corporations Act ”) registered under the laws of Western Australia, Australia;

(b) Authority . The Company has full legal capacity and power to enter into this Deed and carry out the transactions that this Deed contemplates;

(c) Binding Agreement . This Deed has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the accuracy of the representation and warranty of the Shareholder in Section 2(c), constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that (i) such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to certain equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought; and


(d) No Conflict . The execution and delivery of this Deed and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with, result in the breach of any of the terms or conditions of, constitute a default under or violate, accelerate or permit the acceleration of any other similar right of any other party under, the constitution of the Company, any law, rule or regulation or any agreement, lease, mortgage, note, bond, indenture, license or other instrument or undertaking, to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or its properties may be bound, nor will such execution, delivery and consummation violate any order, writ, injunction or decree of any federal, state, local or foreign court, administrative agency or governmental or regulatory authority or body (each, an “ Authority ”) to which the Company or any of its properties is subject, the effect of any of which, either individually or in the aggregate, would impair in any material respect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

2. The Shareholder’s Representations and Warranties .

The Shareholder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) Good Standing . ERL is a company limited by shares organized under the laws of South Africa;

(b) Authority . The Shareholder has full legal capacity and power to enter into this Deed and carry out the transactions that this Deed contemplates;

(c) Binding Agreement . This Deed has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Shareholder, and, assuming the accuracy of the representation and warranty of the Company in Section 1(c), constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Shareholder, enforceable against the Shareholder in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that (i) such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to certain equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought;

(d) Ownership of Voting Shares . Immediately following consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, (i) except for the Class B Shares issued to, and beneficially owned by, the Shareholder pursuant to the Transaction Agreements and the Shareholder’s rights arising under the Transaction Agreements, neither the Shareholder nor any of its Affiliates (for the purposes of this Deed, the term “ Affiliates ” shall be defined as such term is defined on the date hereof under the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), provided that for purposes of this Deed the Company and the Shareholder shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of each other), (1) beneficially owns any equity securities of the Company entitled to vote at any meeting of members of the Company, including the Company’s Class A Shares (the “ Class A Shares ”) and Class B Shares (together, “ Voting Shares ”) or (2) possesses any rights to acquire any Voting Shares or (3) has any voting power (as defined below) in the Company; and (ii) the Shareholder owns such Class B Shares free and clear of any liens, restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions under the Securities Act, the

 

2


applicable securities laws of any other jurisdiction and the provisions of this Deed and the other Transaction Agreements), options, warrants, rights, calls, commitments, proxies or other contract rights; and

(e) No Conflict . The execution and delivery of this Deed and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with, result in the breach of any of the terms or conditions of, constitute a default under or violate, accelerate or permit the acceleration of any other similar right of any other party under, constitutive documents of the Shareholder, any law, rule or regulation, or any agreement, lease, mortgage, note, bond, indenture, license or other instrument or undertaking, to which the Shareholder is a party or by which the Shareholder or its properties may be bound, nor will such execution, delivery and consummation violate any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Authority to which the Shareholder or any of its properties is subject, the effect of any of which, either individually or in the aggregate, would impair in any material respect the ability of the Shareholder to perform its obligations hereunder.

(f) For purposes of this Deed, the term “ Voting Power ” shall have the meaning specified in section 610 of the Corporations Act, except that any relevant interest or association arising by virtue of rights set out in the Company’s constitution is to be disregarded.

3. Covenants and Agreements of the Shareholder .

(a) Restriction on Acquisition of Voting Shares during the Standstill Period . For the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of the date hereof (such period, the “ Standstill Period ”), except (i) as a result of a share distribution or share split made available to holders of Voting Shares generally, or (ii) as specifically permitted by this Deed, the Shareholder will not, and will cause each of its Affiliates not to, (x) effect or seek to effect, participate in or knowingly assist (including by providing financing) any other person to effect, any acquisition or exercise any attribute of Beneficial Ownership (as defined below), directly or indirectly (including through any takeover offer), of any Voting Shares if after such acquisition or exercise, the Shareholder and its Affiliates will have Beneficial Ownership, in the aggregate, of 45% or more of the Voting Shares (the “ Standstill Limit ”), or (y) publicly disclose any intention or plan relating to any of the actions set forth in the preceding clause (x), or make any disclosure privately to the Company or another person in a form that would reasonably be expected to require the Company to make a public announcement that it has received a proposal regarding such intention or plan; provided that this Section 3(a) shall not restrict the exercise of Beneficial Ownership over any of the Class B Shares Beneficially Owned by the Shareholder, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deed. An increase of the Voting Power of the Shareholder or an Affiliate of the Shareholder which occurs in compliance with this Section 3(a) is exempted from rule 11.3 of the Company’s constitution. For purposes of this Deed, “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meaning ascribed to the term “beneficial ownership” in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act without regard to the sixty day requirement in Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) and, in addition, the term “Beneficial Ownership” shall also include any Voting Shares for which a disclosure obligation exists for the Voting Shares pursuant to Section 13(d)(1)(E) of the Exchange Act in respect of any derivative transaction or derivative securities. The term “ Beneficially Owned ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

3


(b) Restrictions on Certain Change of Control Transactions . During the Standstill Period, Shareholder will not engage in any transaction or series of transactions that would result in a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Shareholder if, as a result of such transaction(s), a Change of Control of the Company would occur, except for transactions between the Shareholder’s shareholders to which the Shareholder is not a party or participant; provided , however , that the Shareholder may cure any potential breach of this Section 3(b) by Transferring such number of Voting Shares as is necessary to avoid breaching this Section 3(b) prior to the completion of any Change of Control transaction (notwithstanding any of the transfer restrictions contained in Section 5). For purposes of this Section 3(b), a “ Change of Control ” means, with respect to any person, in one or a series of related transactions, (i) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of such person’s assets to any other person, (ii) the sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body of such person to any other person, (iii) the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of such person with or into another person or similar transaction with the effect that another person(s) (other than such person’s existing shareholders prior to such transaction) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body of the person surviving such transaction, or (iv) the liquidation or dissolution of such person. For the avoidance of doubt, when applied to the Company, the percentages referred to in the foregoing Sections 3(b)(ii) and (iii) shall be determined after taking into consideration both the Class A Shares and the Class B Shares.

(c) Restriction on Acquisition of Voting Shares after the Standstill Period. After expiration of the Standstill Period and for as long as this Deed remains in effect, the Shareholder will not, and will cause each of its Affiliates not to, acting alone or through participation with a Section 13(d) Group (as defined below), acquire or intend to acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Voting Shares (including through the acquisition of ownership or control of another member of the Company) if, following such acquisition, the Shareholder and its Affiliates will have Beneficial Ownership greater than or equal to 50% of the Voting Shares (the “ Limit ”); unless the Shareholder complies with the following procedures:

(i) The Shareholder must first bring any proposal to equal or exceed the Limit to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) on a confidential basis and in a form which would not reasonably be expected to require the Company to make a public announcement concerning such proposal. The proposal must be either for a takeover offer for all of the Voting Shares in the Company made pursuant to Chapter 6 of the Corporations Act generally (a “ Takeover Offer ”) or for a negotiated transaction with the Company (each an “ Acquisition Proposal ”). Authority for the review, negotiation and recommendation to the Board and, if applicable, the Company’s members of any such Acquisition Proposal will be delegated to the Special Committee (as defined in Section 9(e) below). An Acquisition Proposal by the Shareholder on which the Special Committee and Shareholder reach agreement pursuant to this Section 3(c) is exempted from rules 11.1 and 11.3 of the Company’s constitution.

(ii) The Shareholder and the Special Committee shall negotiate the Acquisition Proposal in good faith for 30 days in order to reach a mutually acceptable arrangement in respect of the Acquisition Proposal that is in the best interest of the Company’s members.

 

4


(iii) If the Special Committee and the Shareholder cannot reach an agreement on the Acquisition Proposal or if the Special Committee cannot recommend the Acquisition Proposal to the Board or the Company’s members at the end of such 30-day negotiating period, then the Shareholder, either acting alone or through its participation with a Section 13(d) Group, may make a takeover offer to acquire all, but not less than all, of the issued Voting Shares held by Non-affiliated Members (as defined below) (a “Unilateral Takeover Offer”); provided that it must be a condition of any such Unilateral Takeover Offer that at the time the Unilateral Takeover Offer becomes unconditional, binding acceptances have been received from at least a majority of the Voting Shares held by Non-affiliated Members and those members have no right to withdraw their acceptances, and such condition may not be waivable by the offeror for the Unilateral Takeover Offer or any other person (the “ Non-waivable Majority of Minority Condition ”). A Unilateral Takeover Offer by the Shareholder in compliance with this Section 3(c) is exempted from rule 11.3 of the Company’s constitution.

(iv) An increase of the Voting Power of the Shareholder or an Affiliate of the Shareholder which occurs in compliance with this Section 3(c) is exempted from rule 11.3 of the Company’s constitution.

(v) For purposes of this Deed, “ Non-affiliated Members ” means those holders of Voting Shares other than Shareholder, its Affiliates and members of its Section 13(d) Group, if any.

(vi) For purposes of this Deed, a “ Section 13(d) Group ” means any Person acting together with its Affiliates and any other members of a “group,” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act of which it is a part, either through a formal agreement or an informal arrangement.

(vii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Beneficial Ownership increases that cause the Shareholder to exceed the Limit which result directly from share distributions or share splits made available to holders of Voting Shares generally or a reduction in the Company’s share capital shall not be deemed to have caused the Shareholder or an Affiliate to exceed the Limit if the Shareholder or Affiliate reduces its Beneficial Ownership in the Voting Shares below the Limit within three months of such event; provided , however , that the Shareholder shall not and shall procure that its Affiliate does not vote any Voting Shares it holds in excess of the Limit during the period its Beneficial Ownership exceeds the Limit.

(d) Quorum . During the Standstill Period, the Shareholder shall be present, in person or by proxy at all meetings of members of the Company so that all Voting Shares Beneficially Owned by the Shareholder shall be counted for purposes of determining the presence of a quorum at such meetings, although the Shareholder shall not be required to vote at meetings of members of the Company. Concurrent with entry into this Deed, the Shareholder (or each Shareholder if there is more than one) will execute a standing proxy in accordance with the

 

5


Company’s constitution in favor of the Company’s chairman for the time being which provides (i) that the Shareholder’s Voting Shares will be counted for quorum purposes but will not be voted in favor of or against any proposal submitted to members at that meeting, (ii) for automatic revocation at the end of the Standstill Period, and (iii) suspension of the proxy for a meeting if (A) the Shareholder deposits a proxy for that meeting under rule 15.3 of the Company’s constitution or (B) the Shareholder attends that meeting.

(e) Restrictions on Participation in Certain Class A Shares Votes . Subject to Section 3(g), the Shareholder will not, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries or otherwise, and will cause each of its Affiliates not to, acting alone or as part of a Section 13(d) Group, (i) make, or in any way participate in, any “solicitation” of “proxies” (as such terms are defined or used in Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act) with respect to any Class A Shares (including by the execution of actions by written consent) or become a “participant” in any “election contest” (as such terms are defined or used in Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act), in each case, with respect to any Class A Director or position or (ii) seek to advise, encourage or influence (including with respect to the nomination of any nominees) any person or group with respect to the voting of any Class A Shares (including any “withhold the vote” or similar campaign with respect to the Company or the Board) with respect to any Class A Director or position, regardless of whether the Company is subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that the Shareholder shall not be prevented hereunder from being a “participant” in support of the management of the Company, by reason of the membership of the Class B Directors on the Board or exercise of the Shareholder’s Beneficial Ownership of Class B Shares in accordance with this Deed.

(f) Voting at meetings of members. Subject to Section 3(g) if, notwithstanding any provision in the Company’s constitution, the Shareholder is eligible or entitled to vote on the removal of a Class A Director (as defined below), the Shareholder undertakes that it will not exercise its right to vote on a resolution for the removal of a Class A Director.

(g) Certain restrictions cease to apply. Sections 3(e) and 3(f) cease to apply to the Shareholder if the Shareholder’s Beneficial Ownership of Voting Shares exceeds fifty percent as a result of: (i) an Acquisition Proposal on which the Shareholder and Special Committee have reached agreement pursuant to Section 3(c) (provided that in the case of an Acquisition Proposal proceeding by way of negotiated Takeover Offer, the Takeover Offer must have become wholly unconditional) or (ii) a Unilateral Takeover Offer by it in compliance with Section 3(c)(iii) containing a Non-waivable Majority of Minority Condition becoming wholly unconditional.

4. Preemptive Rights .

(a) During the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date on which the Class B Voting Interest (as defined in Section 9 (c) below) is less than 7.5%, if the Company issues any additional Voting Shares (an “ Additional Issuance ”), except for issuances pursuant to (i) any option to acquire Voting Shares, warrant, convertible security or other right to purchase shares of the Company existing at the date of this Deed, (ii) any benefit plan or other employee or director plan or arrangement or any awards granted thereunder, (iii) an employee share ownership or purchase plan, or (iv) any share split, share distribution or similar distribution

 

6


made available to holders of Voting Shares generally (including the Shareholder) (each a “ Permitted Issuance ”), then during the 30-day period following the date on which the Company has given the Shareholder written notice of the occurrence of the Additional Issuance, the Shareholder shall be entitled to subscribe for (and the Company must, subject to the Corporations Act, issue), at the then Current Market Price (as defined below) of Class A Shares, up to that number of Class B Shares obtained by calculating, on the third business day (as defined in the Company’s constitution) prior to the closing date of such issue, (1) the product of (A) the quotient of (x) the number of Class B Shares owned by the Shareholder immediately prior to the Additional Issuance divided by (y) the aggregate number of Voting Shares immediately prior to the Additional Issuance and (B) the aggregate number of Voting Shares being issued by the Company in the Additional Issuance and (2) subtracting from such product the number of Class B Shares, if any, issued to, or purchased by, the Shareholder in such Additional Issuance and the number of Voting Shares otherwise acquired by the Shareholder during the period beginning on the date of the Additional Issuance until the third business day prior to the closing date of such issue. If there is more than one registered holder of Class B Shares at the date of an Additional Issuance, the entitlement of each Shareholder to subscribe for Class B Shares under Section 4(a) will be apportioned (as nearly as practicable) among, the Shareholders in proportion to the number of Class B Shares each Shareholder holds and otherwise in accordance with Section 4(a).

(b) For purposes hereof, the “ Current Market Price ” on the date of the calculation thereof shall be deemed to be the arithmetic average of the volume weighted average price per Class A Share for each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date (x) if the Class A Shares are not listed or admitted for trading on any national, international or foreign securities exchange but trades in the Class A Shares are otherwise quoted or reported by the OTC Bulletin Board service (the “OTCBB”) or such other quotation system then in use, as reported by Bloomberg (or in the event such price is not so reported for any such Trading Day for any reason or is manifestly erroneous, as reasonably determined by an Approved Bank), or (y) if the Class A Shares are listed or admitted for trading on any national, international or foreign securities exchange, as reported by such exchange (provided that if the Class A Shares are listed on more than one national, international or foreign securities exchange, then the national, international or foreign securities exchange with the highest average trading volume for the Class A Shares during the 30 Trading Day period shall be used for such purpose; provided further that in the event such price is not so reported for any such Trading Day for any reason or is manifestly erroneous, as reasonably determined by an Approved Bank); provided , however , that in the event that the Current Market Price per share of the applicable Voting Shares is determined during a period following the announcement by the Company of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Voting Shares payable in such Voting Shares or securities convertible into such Voting Shares, or (B) any conversion, subdivision, combination, consolidation, reverse share split or reclassification of such Voting Shares, and the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such conversion, subdivision, combination, consolidation, reverse stock split or reclassification shall not have occurred prior to the commencement of the requisite 30 Trading Day period, then the Current Market Price shall be properly adjusted to take into account ex-dividend trading.

(c) If the Class A Shares are not publicly held or not so listed or traded, Current Market Price per share shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by

 

7


an Approved Bank (as defined below), whose determination shall be conclusive for all purposes. The term “ Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which the OTCBB is open for the transaction of business or, if the Class A Shares are listed or admitted to trading on the applicable national, international or foreign securities exchange, a day on which such national, international or foreign securities exchange is open for transaction of business. The term “ Approved Bank ” shall mean the highest-ranking investment bank (other than the first-ranked investment bank) as determined by reference to the Thomson Reuters League Tables (or successor thereto) for worldwide M&A for the most recently completed calendar year that is willing to perform such determination and has not otherwise worked on a material mandate for either the Company or the Shareholder during the preceding twelve-month period.

5. Transfer Restrictions .

(a) Restrictions on Transfers during the Standstill Period .

(i) During the Standstill Period and except as otherwise provided in Section 6, the Shareholder shall not Transfer (as defined below) any Voting Shares or any interest therein, except for:

(1) any Transfer to a Controlled Affiliate (as defined below) of the Shareholder;

(2) any Transfer to a person who will acquire in the relevant Transfer Class B Shares in an amount equal to or greater than 20% of the Company Voting Shares, and which Transfer has been approved by the Class A Directors (as defined below) (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(3) any Transfer to a nominee or broker of the Shareholder provided that there is no change in Beneficial Ownership of the shares so Transferred and provided further that concurrently with the Transfer the broker or nominee has executed a standing proxy of the kind referred to in Section 3(d); or

(4) any pledge of the Voting Shares to, or the creation of an encumbrance or lien on the Voting Shares by, a bank, licensed securities firm, investment bank or pension fund (a “ Permitted Financial Institution ”) to secure bona fide borrowings from such person, which pledge, encumbrance and lien will be expressly subject to the terms of this Deed; provided that (A) it is a condition precedent to enforcement of the pledge, encumbrance or lien that, prior to enforcement, the Permitted Financial Institution executes a deed of accession substantially in the form set out in Exhibit A agreeing to be bound by this Deed as if that Permitted Financial Institution were a party to the Deed, including the obligation to ensure that any subsequent Transfer occurs in accordance with this Section 5 and (B) the Shareholder has delivered notice of such arrangement to the Company within two business days after entering into a contract in respect of such arrangement;

 

8


provided that in each case of items (1) and (2), the transferee executes a deed of accession substantially in the form set out in Exhibit A agreeing to be bound by this Deed as if a party hereto and such deed of accession shall be executed by the parties hereto and in case of item (1) the assignee shall thereafter be deemed to be, jointly and severally, the “ Shareholder ” hereunder. The transfer in each of clauses (a)(i)(1), (2), (3) and (4) and (5)(c) is referred to as a “ Permitted Transfer ,” and the transferee in any Permitted Transfer is referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”). Any Class B Shares Transferred to a Permitted Transferee as a result of a Permitted Transfer shall remain so designated. No Permitted Transfer in each of clauses (a)(i)(1), (3) and (4) shall relieve the Shareholder from any of its obligations hereunder with respect to the Voting Shares so Transferred provided that in respect of a Permitted Transfer in clause (a)(i)(4), the Shareholder shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to the Voting Shares the subject of an enforcement action which are so Transferred upon the Permitted Financial Institution enforcing the pledge, encumbrance or lien the subject of the Permitted Transfer in compliance with clause (a)(i)(4), including the obligation to ensure that any subsequent Transfer occurs in accordance with this Section 5. A Permitted Transfer made in compliance with this Section 5(a) is exempted from rule 11.3 of the Company’s constitution.

The Shareholder undertakes to procure that any Class B Shares Transferred in accordance with clause (1) to a Permitted Transferee are Transferred back to the Shareholder or to a Controlled Affiliate of the Shareholder prior to that Permitted Transferee ceasing to be Controlled Affiliate of the Shareholder.

(ii) For purposes hereof, a “ Controlled Affiliate ,” with respect to the Shareholder, shall mean any person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by the Shareholder. The Shareholder shall be deemed to control another person if the Shareholder possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such other person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(iii) For purposes hereof, “ Transfer ” of a Voting Share shall mean any direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, license, gift, creation of a security interest in or lien on, placement in trust (voting or otherwise), encumbrance or other transfer or disposition (including by way of spin-off, hedging or derivative transactions, any other transaction that hedges or transfers, in whole or in party, the economic consequences of ownership, or otherwise) of such Voting Share or any legal, beneficial or economic interest therein, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law or by transfer of any economic or ownership interest in any person, directly or indirectly, beneficially owning such Voting Shares. A “ Transfer ” shall also include, without limitation, a transfer of a Voting Share to a broker or other nominee, or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such Voting Share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

 

9


(b) Takeover Offers . The restrictions and limitations on Transfers contained in this Section 5 shall not apply to acceptance of any takeover offer for all the Voting Shares in the Company where Shareholder is not a participant or a member of the offeror’s Section 13(d) Group.

(c) Transfers after the Standstill Period . For the purposes of rule 11.3 of the Company’s constitution a Transfer of Class B Shares by the Shareholder after the Standstill Period which, but for this Section 5(c), would be subject to rule 11.3 is exempted from the requirements of rule 11.3 if the following requirements are satisfied:

(i) the transferee executes a deed of accession substantially in the form set out in Exhibit A agreeing to be bound by this Deed as if a party hereto and the parties hereto shall execute such deed of accession;

(ii) no person’s Voting Power in the Company would be equal to or greater than 50% as a result of the Transfer; and

(iii) the Transfer has been approved by a resolution passed by a majority of votes attached to all issued Voting Shares, other than shares held by the transferor, transferee or any associate (as that term is defined in the Corporations Act) of either of them.

(d) Obligation to Notify . The Shareholder shall give the Company notice promptly upon the disposition hereunder of any Voting Shares. Acquisitions of Beneficial Ownership, Transfers or other distributions of Voting Shares in violation of the provisions of this Deed shall be null and void ab initio , and the Voting Shares subject to such purchase, Transfer or other disposition shall remain subject to this Deed.

(e) Constitution . For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 5 (or any other term of the Deed) shall relieve the Shareholder or any other member of the Company of an obligation in the Company’s constitution in relation to any Transfer of a Voting Share.

(f) No Conversion.  Permitted Transfers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Transfers of Class B Shares pursuant to Section 5(c)) are expressly exempt from the operation of rule 29.2 of the Company’s constitution.

6. Flip-in Rights .

(a) Put and Call Options. At any time after expiry of the Empowerment Period (as defined below) and at such other times as are permitted by the SASA and if, in the opinion of South African counsel to the Company, all requisite consents, approvals, and licenses are in place for the same to occur (including, without limitation, approval from the South African Reserve Bank and whatever approvals may be required under the mining rights and prospecting rights held by each of the Company’s South African subsidiary companies (each, a “ South African Subsidiary ”)), then, subject to Sections 6(b) to 6(e):

(i) upon five (5) business days’ notice to the Company, ERL has the right to put all (but not less than all) of the shares it holds (A) in each South African

 

10


Subsidiary as at the date of the SASA (as defined below) (the “ South African Shares ”) to the Company for purchase in exchange for the issuance to ERL of 1,449,207 fully paid Class B Shares, subject to adjustment for share splits and similar events from the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements (the “ Flip-in Shares ”), and (B) all (but not less than all) of any additional shares it holds in each South African Subsidiary to the Company (the “ Additional South African Shares ”) for purchase in exchange for the issuance to ERL of the number of fully paid Class B Shares (the “ Further Flip-in Shares ”) equal to (x) the quotient obtained by dividing the Fair Value (as defined in and determined in accordance with the SASA) by the Current Market Price (y) multiplied by the number of Additional South African Shares (the “ Put Option ”); and

(ii) upon five (5) business days’ notice to the Shareholder, the Company has the right to call all (but not less than all) of the South African Shares and Additional South African Shares upon issuance to ERL of the Flip-in Shares and the Further Flip-in Shares (the “ Call Option ”).

(iii) On the date that it acquires the Flip-in Shares, ERL also shall have the right to subscribe for such number of fully paid Class B Shares as is equal to the aggregate number of Class B Shares that ERL could have subscribed for pursuant to a complete exercise of its preemptive rights pursuant to Section 4 if it had owned the Flip-in Shares continuously since the date of this Deed (the “ Additional Flip-in Shares ”). The price at which ERL shall subscribe for the Additional Flip-in Shares shall be an aggregate amount equal to the sum of the Current Market Prices that would have applied to such Additional Flip-in Shares at the time of their respective issuances had they been issued at such time.

(iv) Where each of the Company and ERL has sent a notice exercising its option under clause (i) or (ii) above (as appropriate), the notice received second in time will be deemed to be ineffective.

(v) If there is a different notice period in the SASA with respect to the exercise of the Put Option or the Call Option, that notice period shall prevail.

(b) Limits on Exercise of the Put Option and Call Option.

(i) During the Standstill Period, the Put Option, the subscription right in Section 6(a)(iii) and the put option in Section 6(c) must not be exercised if it would cause the number of Voting Shares Beneficially Owned by the Shareholder and its Affiliates to exceed the Standstill Limit.

(ii) After the Standstill Period, if exercise of the Put Option, the subscription right in Section 6(a)(iii) or the put option in Section 6(c) would cause the number of Voting Shares Beneficially Owned by the Shareholder and its Affiliates to exceed the Limit, then the Put Option, the subscription right in Section 6(a)(iii) or the put option in Section 6(c) (as the case may be) must not be exercised until a Takeover Offer for the Company (containing a Non-waivable Majority of Minority Condition) made by the Shareholder in accordance with Section 3(c)(iii) has become wholly unconditional;

 

11


provided however , that ERL may exercise the Put Option, the subscription right in Section 6(a)(iii) or the put option in Section 6(c) (as the case may be) in such circumstances for such number of South African Shares and Additional South African Shares as would not result in the Shareholder and its Affiliates exceeding the Limit.

(iii) If exercise of the Call Option by the Company would cause the number of Voting Shares Beneficially Owned by the Shareholder and its Affiliates to exceed the Standstill Limit or the Limit, as then applicable, Section 3(a) or 3(c), as applicable, does not apply to such acquisition of Beneficial Ownership of Voting Shares as a result of exercise of the Call Option but shall apply to any acquisitions thereafter.

(iv) For the purposes of rule 11.3 of the Company’s constitution, an increase in the Voting Power of the Shareholder or an Affiliate of the Shareholder as a result of the issue of Flip-in Shares and Further Flip-in Shares as a result of exercise of the subscription right in Section 6(a)(iii), the Put Option, the Call Option, or the put option or call option in Section 6(c) in compliance with this Section 6 is exempted.

(v) If the issue of Flip-in Shares or Further Flip-in Shares as a result of exercise of the Put Option or the Call Option would result in a breach of section 606 of the Corporations Act, the Put Option and the Call Option must be exercised in respect of such number of South African Shares and Additional South African Shares as would not result in a breach and (A) the party who exercised the Put Option or the Call Option must exercise that option in respect of the balance of the South African Shares and Additional South African Shares as soon as the issue of the relevant Flip-in Shares and Further Flip-in Shares would not result in such a breach and (B) ERL must not, and must use is best efforts to ensure that its Affiliates do not, take any action which would prevent the issue of Flip-in Shares and Further Flip-in Shares pursuant to the Put Option or the Call Option occurring as soon as possible.

(vi) If only some of the South African Shares or Additional South African Shares are subject to an exercise of the Put Option or Call Option in compliance with this Section 6, then:

(1) the number of such shares will be pro rata to the total number of shares in each South African Company; and

(2) the order in which South African Shares and Additional South African Shares will be exchanged is as follows (A) first, all (or such number that is required to satisfy exercise of the Put Option or Call Option) of the South African Shares will be exchanged for Flip-in Shares, and (B) when there are no more South African Shares, all (or such number that is required to satisfy exercise of the Put Option or Call Option) of the Additional South African Shares will be exchanged for Flip-in Shares.

(c) Partial Put Option and Call Option . If at any time during the Empowerment Period there are Excess SA Shares, (i) ERL has the right to put all (but not less than all) and (ii) the Company has the right to call all (but not less than all) of the Excess SA

 

12


Shares on the terms and conditions set out in this Section 6, with the number of Flip-in Shares and Further Flip-in Shares adjusted accordingly. For the purposes of this Deed, “ Excess SA Shares ” means the number of shares obtained by subtracting the number of shares in the South African Subsidiaries that must be held by ERL to satisfy the Ownership Requirements (as that term is defined in the SASA) from the total number of South African Shares.

(d) Immediate exercise of Put Option. If a person other than ERL and its Affiliates (or any Section 13(d) Group of which any such person is a member) acquires Beneficial Ownership of greater than fifty percent of the Company, ERL may immediately exercise the Put Option.

(e) Automatic termination of Put Option and Call Option. The Put Option and the Call Option shall automatically terminate if ERL and/or its Affiliates acquire more than fifty percent of the issued share capital of the South African Subsidiaries other than in circumstances where ERL and/or its Affiliates acquire such additional shares under the SASA in order to satisfy the Ownership Requirements.

(f) South African CGT.

(i) Where the Company exercises the Call Option and, as a direct result thereof, there is a South African capital gains tax assessed on ERL in respect of the South African Shares that are the subject of the Call Option, subject to clause (ii) below, the Company shall indemnify ERL for an amount equal to the difference between (A) the amount of South African capital gains tax that was actually so assessed on and paid by ERL and (B) the amount of South African capital gains tax that would have been so assessed on ERL if ERL had exercised the Put Option on the date of this Deed.

(ii) If the Company is considering whether to exercise the Call Option, ERL must, following a written request from the Company, use its best efforts to estimate the South African capital gains tax that would be payable by the Company under the indemnity in clause (i) above if the Call Option were exercised on a date specified by the Company, including providing evidence for the basis of ERL’s calculation to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company.

(iii) If ERL receives an assessment (the “ Assessment ”) of South African capital gains tax in respect of South African Shares the subject of the Call Option (the “ Call Option CGT ”), it must provide a copy of the Assessment to the Company within five days. ERL must (at the sole expense and cost of the Company):

(1) follow the Company’s reasonable directions in relation to the Assessment, which directions may include, without limitation:

(a) disputing the Assessment and defending proceedings in relation to it (including choice of counsel);

(b) bringing proceedings to recover any money paid in respect of the Assessment (including choice of counsel);

 

13


(2) not enter into any settlement of or otherwise compromise any matter which relates to Call Option CGT without the consent of the Company, acting reasonably;

(3) keep the Company fully and timely informed with respect to all aspects of conduct of any dispute or proceedings and discussions with any revenue authority in relation to the Assessment and, where appropriate, enable representatives of the Company to participate in such discussions; and

(4) reasonably cooperate with the Company in relation to the conduct of any dispute or proceedings and make personnel, records, materials and information available to the Company for this purpose,

provided that in determining what are reasonable directions by the Company under this Section 6(f)(iii)(1), regard shall be had to the prospect of success of the proceedings or actions contemplated by such directions.

(iv) If the Company makes a payment in respect of the Call Option CGT and ERL subsequently receives a refund of tax of Call Option CGT, ERL must promptly pay the refund to the Company.

(g) For the avoidance of doubt, the preemptive rights provided in Section 4 shall not apply to the issuance of the Flip-in Shares, Further Flip-in Shares or the Additional Flip-in Shares. For a period of six months following ERL’s acquisition of the Flip-in Shares and Further Flip-in Shares, ERL shall be released from the transfer restrictions provided in Section 5 solely in respect of the Transfer of such number of Voting Shares having a value, based on the Current Market Price of the Voting Shares, equal to the amount of any taxes or other similar payments that ERL must make as a result of exchanging the South African Shares for the Flip-in Shares and Further Flip-in Shares and subscribing for the Additional Flip-in Shares (other than tax for which it is indemnified pursuant to clause (f)).

(h) In the event that either the Put Option or the Call Option, as contemplated in this Section 6 respectively, is exercised, then the exchange of the South African Shares and the Additional South African Shares for the Flip-in Shares and Further Flip-in Shares shall be effected as follows:

(i) the holder of the Put Option undertakes that immediately upon the exercise of either the Call or the Put Option (as the case may be), that it shall transfer the South African Shares and the Additional South African Shares, free and clear of any liens, restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions under the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws and the provisions of this Deed), options, warrants, rights, calls, commitments, proxies or other contract rights to the Company; and

(ii) the Company undertakes that it shall simultaneously with the transfer pursuant to Section 6(h)(i) above, allot and issue the Flip-in Shares and the Further Flip-in Shares to the holder of the Put Option, in consideration for all of the South African Shares and the Additional South African Shares referred to in Section 6(h)(i) above.

 

14


(i) In the event that ERL exercises its right to subscribe for Additional Flip-in Shares under Section 6(a)(iii), the subscription for the Additional Flip-in Shares shall be effected as follows:

(i) ERL must notify the Company in writing of its intention to subscribe for the Additional Flip-in Shares on the date that its gives notice of its intention to exercise the Put Option;

(ii) the Company must advise the aggregate subscription price calculated in accordance with Section 6(a)(iii) no later than two business days prior to the date on which the Additional Flip-in Shares are proposed to be issued;

(iii) ERL must deposit the aggregate subscription price in a bank account nominated in writing by the Company in immediately available funds; and

(iv) the Company undertakes that it shall allot and issue the Additional Flip-in Shares in consideration for payment of the aggregate subscription price referred to in Section 6(i)(iii) above.

(j) For the purposes hereof, “ ERL ” shall mean ERL or any other person who has acquired the South African Shares or the Additional South African Shares in accordance with the South African Shareholders Agreement, including by acceding to that agreement (“ ERL Successor ”); provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything else in this Deed, the Company has no obligation to issue Class B Shares to an ERL Successor unless and until the ERL Successor has agreed in a writing satisfactory in form and substance to the Company to be bound by this Deed as if a party hereto.

(k) For the purposes hereof, “ SASA ” shall mean the South African Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited ACN 154 709 332, ERL and the South African Subsidiaries.

(l) For the purposes hereof, “ Empowerment Period ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the SASA.

(m) The Company may, by giving notice in writing to ERL, require that some or all of the South African Shares or Additional South African Shares which are to be transferred to the Company pursuant to this Section 6 be transferred to Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited instead of the Company.

7. Other Rights.

(a) Matching Rights . If any other person who is or becomes a holder of 3% or more of the Voting Shares is granted rights by the Company as a shareholder of the Company (solely in such capacity) that are more favorable to such shareholder than the rights granted to the Shareholder pursuant to this Deed, the Company shall promptly cause this Deed to be amended to cause the corresponding rights to be provided to the Shareholder under this Deed. In determining whether a holder of Voting Shares is granted rights more favorable than the rights granted to the Shareholder under this Deed, no account shall be taken of any restrictions or obligations to which the Shareholder is subject under this Deed or to which such holder agrees.

 

15


(b) Dividend Reinvestment Plans . For as long as the Class B Voting Interest (as defined below) is at least 7.5%, the Company may not adopt, approve or recommend to the Company’s shareholders a dividend reinvestment plan (or any plan with similar effect) without the Shareholder’s prior written approval.

8. Legend on Certificates . The Shareholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that, during the Standstill Period, if any certificates are issued in respect of the Shareholder’s Voting Shares, each certificate shall be subject to stop transfer instructions and shall include the following legend; provided that, upon the Shareholder’s request, the Company shall remove the stop transfer instructions for any certificates representing Voting Shares that are subject to permitted liens:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD ONLY IF REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THESE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF [•], 2012, BETWEEN TRONOX LIMITED, ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER AND EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON THE SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF TRONOX LIMITED AND HAS BEEN FILED BY THE COMPANY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

Upon expiration of the Standstill Period or otherwise within one business day after receipt by the Company of a demand by the Shareholder, the Company agrees to terminate the stop transfer instructions and remove the legend in connection with Transfers in compliance with applicable law and as permitted in accordance with this Deed.

9. Governance Matters .

(a) Size of Board . For as long as this Deed is in effect, the number of directors that will comprise the full Board shall be nine.

(b) Board Nominations .

(i) The nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board (the “ Nominating Committee ”) shall consist entirely of Non-affiliated Directors (as defined in the Company’s constitution) and shall nominate for election (1) that number of directors to be elected by the class vote of the holders of the Company’s Class A Shares (the “ Class A Directors ”) as set forth in Section 9(c) and (2) that number of directors to be elected by the class vote of the holders of the Company’s Class B Shares (the “ Class B Directors ”) as set forth in Section 9(c) provided that one of the Class A Directors must ordinarily be resident in Australia.

 

16


(ii) Subject to rules 2.2(d), 2.3(a) and 2.4(a) of the Company’s Constitution, the Nominating Committee shall nominate as Class B Directors the persons identified in a written nomination signed by the holders of a majority of the Class B Shares to be Class B Directors, provided that one of the directors designated by holders of Class B Shares must ordinarily be resident in Australia.

(c) Board Representation .

(i) “ Class B Voting Interest ” means, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate number of issued Class B Shares by (ii) the aggregate number of issued Voting Shares. For as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent (10%), holders of Class A Shares shall be entitled to vote separately as a class to elect the Class A Directors to the Board, and holders of Class B Shares shall be entitled to vote separately as a class to elect a number of Class B Directors to the Board, in each case as set forth below:

(1) If the Class B Voting Interest is at or above thirty percent (30%), the Board shall consist of six Class A Directors and three Class B Directors;

(2) If the Class B Voting Interest is below thirty percent (30%) but at or above twenty percent (20%), the Board shall consist of seven Class A Directors and two Class B Directors;

(3) If the Class B Voting Interest is below twenty percent (20%) but at or above ten percent (10%), the Board shall consist of eight Class A Directors and one Class B Director; and

(4) If the Class B Voting Interest is less than ten percent (10%), the Board shall consist of Class A Directors only.

(ii) When the number of Class B Directors:

(1) is reduced as a result of the Class B Voting Interest being below a designated threshold in Section 9(c)(i)(1)to (3) on the day that is 120 days prior to the Company’s annual general meeting; or

(2) is reduced as a result of the Class B Voting Interest falling below ten percent (10%) (at any time),

(each, a “ Class B Triggering Event ”), then the number of Class B Directors shall be reduced accordingly and the number of Class B Directors necessary to achieve such reduction shall resign from the Board (such resigning Class B Director(s) to be selected by the holders of a majority of the Class B Shares within ten (10) days after the occurrence of the Class B Triggering Event). If the number of Class B

 

17


Directors has not reduced by the tenth day after the date on which the Class B Triggering Event occurs, the number of Class B Directors shall be reduced automatically to the number set forth in Section 9(c)(i), with the Class B Director(s) whose last name(s) is alphabetically closest to the letters “ZZZZ” being designated the person(s) no longer eligible to serve on the Board and who automatically cease to be a Director pursuant to rule 2.10(e) of the Company’s constitution. Such cessation does not prevent the person being eligible for election or appointment as a director in the future.

(d) Board Committee Representation . For so long as such membership is permitted by all applicable law and stock exchange listing requirements (as determined in good faith by the Board), the Board will cause the number of Class B Directors, if any, to serve as members of the various standing committees of the Board (other than the Nominating Committee and the Special Committee) proportional to their representation on the Board, rounded down to the larger of the nearest whole number and one.

(e) Special Committee . As of and following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, the Board will form a special committee (the “ Special Committee ”) that will be comprised solely of Non-affiliated Directors, whose members are determined in the Board’s discretion to address all issues and matters relating to the transactions and other issues between the Shareholder and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Company and its Affiliates, on the other hand, including under this Deed, the Transaction Agreements, the Company’s constitution, any Acquisition Proposal or any takeover, scheme of arrangement or other change of control transaction proposed by a holder of Class B Shares, or any Affiliate of a holder of Class B Shares, in relation to the Company, and under any other agreement or arrangement relating to the business and affairs of the Company involving the Shareholder and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Company and its Affiliates, on the other hand.

(f) Quorum . Meetings of the Board may be convened by the Chairman of the Board, any director, the CEO or in any other manner allowed by applicable law. As further provided in rule 10.2 of the Company’s constitution, all directors must receive written notice of any meeting of the Board at least five business days prior to such meeting, unless the notice requirement is waived by all directors. At least six directors (of whom at least one must be a Class B Director) must be present at all times for there to be a quorum at any meeting of the Board. If a Board meeting is adjourned because no Class B Director attends, and a quorum is not achieved at the second consecutive attempt to convene the Board meeting due to the failure of any Class B Director to attend, then the requirement for a Class B Director to constitute a quorum shall not apply with respect to such meeting only, and such meeting shall be deemed a quorate meeting, provided that each Director receives at least five business days written notice of the adjourned Board meeting in accordance with rule 10.2 of the Company’s constitution or waives that requirement in accordance with rule 34.5 of the Company’s constitution.

(g) Board Approval Provisions . The affirmative vote of any majority of directors present and voting at a quorate meeting is necessary to approve any matter properly submitted to the Board, except for the Board’s approval of the following matters (each, an “ Extraordinary Matter ”), each of which requires the affirmative vote of any six directors to approve such matter:

 

18


(i) the election or early termination of the chairman of the Board;

(ii) the appointment or termination of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer;

(iii) the delegation by the Board of any of its powers to a committee of the Board where such delegation authorizes the committee to bind the Company without further Board approval;

(iv) any proposed amendment to the Company’s constitution (other than technical amendments that do not involve any material change);

(v) the decision to pay any dividends on the Voting Shares;

(vi) the decision to adopt a dividend reinvestment plan;

(vii) the settlement of any material environmental claims in excess of US$50 million;

(viii) the issue of any Voting Shares or securities convertible or exercisable into Voting Shares other than Permitted Issuances where the amount to be issued when combined with any other Voting Shares or securities convertible or exercisable into Voting Shares in the previous 12 months would exceed 12% of the Company’s then-issued Voting Shares (and for the purposes of this calculation only any securities convertible or exercisable into Voting Shares shall be treated as though such conversion or exercise had occurred);

(ix) any material acquisition or disposition of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ assets valued at more than US$250 million (on a consolidated basis), or represents more than 20% of the Company’s consolidated total assets, as set out in the most recent consolidated audited accounts;

(x) the entry by the Company or any of its subsidiaries into any agreement or obligation under which the consideration payable has an aggregate value in excess of US$250 million or representing more than 20% of the Company’s consolidated total long-term liabilities, as set out in the most recent consolidated audited accounts;

(xi) the Company’s entry into any other business area fundamentally different from its business following consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements or the Company fundamentally changing the scope of any existing business area, including materially diversifying its business into new commodities, engaging in significant operations involving new minerals or materially engaging with other types of natural resources;

 

19


(xii) the sale of all, or substantially all, of the Company’s business or assets, or the issue or sale of a simple majority (or more) of the Voting Shares to any person other than a related body corporate; and

(xiii) the entry into any arrangements concerning, or in any way initiating, a proceeding for voluntary administration, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, merger or consolidation.

(h) Dividend Policy . Subject to the Board’s determination that the Company and its subsidiaries have sufficient legal reserves, the parties agree to procure that the amount of the Company’s dividends will be based on, among other things, the Company and its subsidiaries’ results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant. Approval of the exact amount and timing of any dividend declarations and payments requires the affirmative vote of any six directors.

(i) Use of Information .

(i) Subject to the requirements of applicable law, regulation and rules (including the regulations and rules of any applicable stock exchange), the Shareholder shall, and shall cause its representatives and the Class B Directors, to keep confidential all information and documents of the Company and its Affiliates obtained by a Class B Director in such Class B Director’s capacity as a director unless such information (1) is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9(h) by the Shareholder, including by way of actions taken by its representatives or such Class B Director; (2) was within the possession of the Shareholder or the Class B Director prior to it being furnished such information by or on behalf of the Company on a non-confidential basis; provided that the source of such information was not known by the Shareholder, its representatives or the Class B Director after due inquiry to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, fiduciary or legal obligation of confidentiality to, the Company with respect to such information; or (3) is or becomes available to the Shareholder or the Class B Director on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or any of its representatives; provided that such source was not known to the Shareholder or the Class B Director after due inquiry to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, fiduciary or legal obligation of confidentiality to, the Company with respect to such information. Nothing in this Section 9(i)(i) shall prevent the Class B Directors, subject to compliance with applicable fiduciary duties, from sharing information with the Shareholder, which information will continue to be covered by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 9(i)(i).

(ii) The Shareholder may, at its expense on a business day during normal business hours, with reasonable prior notice to the Company’s management, visit and inspect the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ properties, examine its books of account and records, and discuss with members of management such company’s affairs, finances, and accounts. The Company shall provide to the Shareholder copies of the Monthly Accounts within 30 days following the end of each calendar month, within 45 days following the end of each fiscal half-year and within 45 days following the end of each

 

20


fiscal year, such financial information about the Company’s operations as is necessary to permit the Shareholder to prepare the financial disclosures required to satisfy the Shareholder’s disclosure obligations. For purposes of this Section 9(i)(ii), “ Monthly Accounts ” means, to the extent prepared in the ordinary course of business, the Company’s unaudited, consolidated financial statements, including the balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows, for the relevant monthly period, prepared in accordance with AIFRS, separately identifying inter-company and related party transactions but not including footnotes.

(iii) The Shareholder hereby acknowledges that as a result of its receipt of information regarding the Company and its Affiliates it may be, or be treated as being, in possession of material non-public information (which for the purposes of this Section 9(i)(iii) includes information which could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the price or value of a company’s securities) and it is aware of and agrees to comply with (and it will procure that its Affiliates and representatives comply with) securities laws in Australia and the United States in relation to that material non-public information. In addition, the Shareholder acknowledges that other foreign securities laws may prohibit any person who has received from an issuer material, non-public information from purchasing or selling securities of such issuer or from communicating such information to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person is likely to purchase or sell such securities.

(j) Management . As of and following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, the parties hereto intend for the Chairman of the Board and the Company’s management then in office to continue in office. Any proposed candidate to replace the Company’s Chief Executive Officer shall require the Shareholder’s prior approval (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company shall notify the Shareholder whenever it seeks candidates to replace the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and the Shareholder shall be entitled to propose candidates for such position, which the Company shall consider in good faith with any other candidates submitted for such position. The appointment and termination of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and all managing directors of the Company’s primary operating subsidiaries will be subject to approval by a simple majority of the Board.

(k) Exchange Act Reporting; Listing on the Exchange . The parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Company remains current and timely in its reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and maintains its listing of the Class A Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (or other internationally recognized stock exchange agreed to by the Shareholder, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld).

(l) Subsidiary Board Representation .

(i) For as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least twenty percent (20%), the Shareholder may appoint the number of directors to serve on the board of each operating subsidiary of the Company, other than a South African Subsidiary to which the South African Broad Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the Mining Industry promulgated in terms of section 100(2) of the MPRDA, as amended, substituted

 

21


or re-promulgated from time to time, applies, equal to one-third of all directors, rounded down to the larger of the nearest whole number and one. The Company shall procure the appointment of the person or persons identified in a written nomination signed by the holders of a majority of the Class B Shares as director(s) of such subsidiaries, provided such nominees comply with applicable legal requirements.

(ii) The Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that all strategic, financial and operating decisions concerning the Company and its subsidiaries will be made by the Company and that the directors of an operating subsidiary will be deemed to be acting in the best interests of the subsidiary if they act in good faith in the best interests of the Company.

10. Registration Rights .

(a) Demand Registrations .

(i) Requests for Registration . At any time following the expiration of the Standstill Period, the Shareholder may request in writing that the Company effect the registration of all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by the Shareholder and its Affiliates (a “ Registration Request ”). Promptly after its receipt of any Registration Request, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register, in accordance with the provisions of this Deed, all Registrable Securities (as defined below) that have been requested to be registered in the Registration Request. Any registration requested by the Shareholder pursuant to Section 10(a)(i) or 10(a)(iii) is referred to in this Deed as a “ Demand Registration .” As used herein, the term “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (1) Class A Shares deliverable upon any conversion of Class B Shares; (2) any other shares or securities that the Shareholder may be entitled to receive, or will have received pursuant to the Shareholder’s ownership of the Class B Shares, in lieu of or in addition to the Class B Shares; and (3) any shares or securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the shares referred to in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) by way of conversion or exchange thereof or share distribution or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or other reorganization, in each case held by the Shareholder. As to any particular securities constituting Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) they have been effectively registered for sale under the Securities Act pursuant to a Registration Statement (as defined below) and disposed of in accordance with the Registration Statement; (B) they have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 or other exemption from registration under the Securities Act; (C) they have been bought back and cancelled by the Company; or (D) when all remaining Registrable Securities can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation.

(ii) Limitation on Demand Registrations . At any time following the expiration of the Standstill Period, the Shareholder will be entitled to initiate no more than three Demand Registrations (including Short-Form Registrations permitted pursuant to Section 10(a)(iii)). No request for registration will count for the purposes of the limitations in this Section 10(a)(ii) if (1) the Shareholder determines in good faith to

 

22


withdraw the proposed registration prior to the effectiveness of the prospectus and other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) to effect a registration under the Securities Act (“ Registration Statement ”) relating to such request due to marketing conditions (but only if the Shareholder reimburses the Company for all fees with respect thereto) or regulatory reasons relating to the Company, (2) the Registration Statement relating to such request is not declared effective within 180 days of the date such Registration Statement is first filed with the Commission (other than solely by reason of matters relating to the Shareholder) and the Shareholder withdraws its Registration Request prior to such Registration Statement being declared effective, (3) prior to the sale of at least 90% of the Registrable Securities included in the applicable registration relating to such request, such registration is adversely affected by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court for any reason and the Company fails to have such stop order, injunction or other order of requirement removed, withdrawn or resolved to the Shareholder’s reasonable satisfaction within thirty days of the date of such order, (4) more than 10% of the Registrable Securities requested by the Shareholder to be included in the registration are not so included pursuant to Section 10(a)(vi), or (v) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into in connection with the registration relating to such request are not satisfied (other than as a result of a material default or breach thereunder by the Shareholder).

(iii) Short-Form Registrations . Following the expiration of the Standstill Period, the Company will, if requested by the Shareholder and the use of such form is then available to the Company, use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement with the Commission on Form S-3 (“ Short Form Registration ”) providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415. In no event shall the Company be obligated to effect any shelf registration other than pursuant to a Short-Form Registration.

(iv) Restrictions on Demand Registrations . If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a registration statement, including a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415, with respect to a Demand Registration would (1) require the Company to make a public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure in the good faith judgment of the Company (A) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading, (B) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement and (C) would in the good faith judgment of the Company reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Company or its business if made at such time, or (2) would in the good faith and judgment of the Board reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Company or its business or on the Company’s ability to effect a planned or proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, then the Company may upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the participants in such registration (each of whom hereby agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all information disclosed to such participants) delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement, provided, that the Company shall not be permitted to do so (x) more than two times during any twelve-month period or (y) for

 

23


periods exceeding, in the aggregate, 100 days during any twelve-month period. In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, such Shareholders agree to suspend, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of any prospectus relating to such registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. If the Company so postpones the filing of a prospectus or the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, the Shareholder will be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such registration request will not count for the purposes of the limitation set forth in Section 10(a)(ii).

(v) Selection of Underwriters . If the Shareholder intends that the Registrable Securities covered by its Registration Request shall be distributed by means of an underwritten offering, the Shareholder will so advise the Company as a part of the Registration Request. In such event, the lead underwriter to administer the offering will be an Approved Bank chosen by the Shareholder.

(vi) Priority on Demand Registrations . If the managing underwriter advises the Company that in its reasonable opinion the number of Registrable Securities (and any other securities requested to be included in such offering) exceeds the number of securities that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such offering only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), which securities will be so included in the following order of priority: (1) first, Registrable Securities of the Shareholder and (2) second, any other securities of the Company that have been requested to be so included.

(b) Piggyback Registrations .

(i) Right to Piggyback . At any time following the Transfer Prohibition Period, and subject to the restrictions and limitations on Transfers contained in Section 5, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities (other than a registration statement to be filed on Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any similar form from time to time or registration of shares of securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to directors, members of management, employees, consultants, lenders or vendors of the Company or in connection with dividend reinvestment plans, each a “ Special Registration ”) and other than a registration pursuant to Section 10(a), and the registration form to be filed may be used for the registration or qualification for distribution of Registrable Securities, the Company will give prompt written notice (and in any event no later than fifteen business days prior to the filing of a Registration Statement with respect to such registration) to the Shareholder of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Section 10(b)(iii), will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received a written request from the Shareholder for inclusion therein within five business days after the date of the Company’s notice (a “ Piggyback Registration ”). The Company may terminate or withdraw any registration under this Section 10(b) prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not the Shareholder has elected to include its Registrable Securities in such registration, and the Company will have no liability to the Shareholder in connection with such termination or withdrawal.

 

24


(ii) Underwritten Registration . If the registration referred to in Section 10(b)(i) is proposed to be underwritten, the Company will so advise the Shareholder as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 10(b)(i). In such event, the right of the Shareholder to registration pursuant to this Section 10(b) will be conditioned upon Shareholder’s (together with the Company) entry into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company.

(iii) Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration relates to an underwritten offering, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such registration or prospectus only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), which securities will be so included in the following order of priority: (1) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, and (2) other securities of the Company that have been requested to be so included pro rata on the basis of the number of securities requested to be registered by the Shareholder or any other holder of securities.

(c) Registration Procedures . Subject to Section 10(a)(iv), whenever the Shareholder requests that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Sections 10(a) or 10(b) of this Deed, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities as soon as reasonably practicable in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof and pursuant thereto. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(i) prepare and file within 60 days of a request, with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities, cooperate in all required filings with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and thereafter use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable; provided that before filing a Registration Statement or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will, in the case of a Demand Registration, furnish to counsel to the Shareholder copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to review and comment by such counsel, and the Company will make such reasonable changes to the Registration Statement or any amendments or supplements thereto (including changes to, or the filing of amendments reflecting such changes to, documents incorporated by reference) as may be reasonably requested by the Shareholder subject to the Company’s obligations with respect to such Registration Statement;

 

25


(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period of either (1) not less than (A) three months, (B) if such Registration Statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer or (C) one year in the case of shelf registration statements (or in each case such shorter period ending on the date that the securities covered by such shelf registration statement cease to constitute Registrable Securities) or (2) such shorter period as will terminate when all of the securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act), and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement until such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

(iii) furnish to Shareholder such number of copies, without charge, of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, including each preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, any other prospectus (which for purposes of this Deed shall also include any prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A or Rule 430B under the Securities Act and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as such term is defined under Rule 433 promulgated under the Securities Act), all exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request including in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the Shareholder;

(iv) register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Shareholder reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary to enable the Shareholder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by the Shareholder (provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(v) notify the Shareholder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the discovery of the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and furnish to the Shareholder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made;

 

26


(vi) notify the Shareholder (1) when such Registration Statement or the prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (2) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or to amend or to supplement such prospectus or for additional information, and (3) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

(vii) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(viii) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(ix) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements and, lock-up agreements in customary form, and including provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution in customary form) and take all such other customary actions as the Shareholder or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including making members of senior management of the Company available to participate in “road show” and other customary marketing activities to the extent not unreasonably interfering with the business of the Company);

(x) make available for inspection by the Shareholder and counsel to the Shareholder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Shareholder or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and documents relating to the business of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by the Shareholder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement, provided that it shall be a condition to such inspection and receipt of such information that the inspecting person (1) enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and (2) agree to minimize the disruption to the Company’s business in connection with the foregoing;

(xi) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or ceasing trading of any securities included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(xii) obtain one or more comfort letters, addressed to the underwriters, if any, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement and the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement for such offering, signed by the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as such underwriters shall reasonably request; and

 

27


(xiii) provide customary legal opinions of the Company’s counsel, addressed to the underwriters, if any, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, with respect to the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto as the underwriter shall reasonably request in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature.

(d) Furnishing of Information . As a condition to registering Registrable Securities, the Company may require the Shareholder to furnish the Company with such information regarding the Shareholder and pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the registration and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(e) Registration Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Deed, all expenses incidental to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Deed, including all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants of the Company and other persons retained by the Company (collectively, “ Registration Expenses ”), will be borne by the Company. All underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities of the Shareholder or its Affiliates hereunder and any other expenses required by law to be paid by a selling security holder will be borne by the Shareholder.

(f) Holdback . In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Deed, the Shareholder agrees in connection with any registration of Voting Shares (whether or not the Shareholder is participating in such registration) upon the request of the Company and the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of Voting Shares, not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any public sale or distribution or other Transfer of Registrable Securities, including, but not limited to, any sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, during the Holdback Period (as defined below). For purposes of this Deed, “ Holdback Period ” means, with respect to any registered offering covered by this Deed, (i) 180 days, subject to customary “booster shot” provisions, after and during the ten days before, the effective date of the related Registration Statement or, in the case of a takedown from a shelf registration statement, 90 days after the date of the prospectus supplement filed with the Commission in connection with such takedown and during such prior period (not to exceed ten days) as the Company has given reasonable written notice to the Shareholder or (ii) such shorter period as the Company, the Shareholder and the underwriter of such offering, if any, shall agree.

(g) Registration in Foreign Jurisdictions . If the Company does not list its Voting Shares in the United States and instead lists its Voting Shares in a jurisdiction other than the United States, then the Company and the Shareholder shall negotiate in good faith to enter into such amendments to this Deed as are necessary to ensure, that the Shareholder retains registration rights substantially similar to those granted under this Deed, as and to the extent permissible under the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

28


(h) Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Shareholder the benefits of certain Commission rules and regulations that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration after such time as a public market exists for the Registrable Securities, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take the following actions:

(i) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act;

(ii) file with the Commission, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(iii) furnish to the Shareholder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements) and such other reports and documents as the Shareholder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing it to sell any Registrable Securities without registration.

11. Termination .

(a) This Deed shall take effect on the date hereof and, subject to Section 11(b), remain in effect until the earliest of:

(i) the date on which the Company and the Shareholder agree in writing to the termination of this Deed;

(ii) the date on which the number of Voting Shares Beneficially Owned by the Shareholder (or Shareholders in aggregate, if there is more than one Shareholder at the relevant time) represent less than 5% of the Company’s total issued Voting Shares; provided that any automatic conversion of the Shareholder’s Class B Shares to Class A Shares pursuant to the Company’s constitution shall in no way affect any provision under this Deed or cause a termination of this Deed if the provisions of this Section 11(a)(ii) are otherwise not applicable; and

(iii) the date on which:

(1) the Shareholder pays the consideration in respect of a Unilateral Takeover Offer made by it in compliance with Section 3(c) containing a Non-waivable Majority of Minority Condition which has become wholly unconditional; or

(2) an Acquisition Proposal made by the Shareholder in compliance with Section 3(c) and approved by the Special Committee under which the Shareholder acquires Voting Shares representing at least 50% of the Voting Shares held by Non-affiliated Members completes.

 

29


(b) Following a termination of this Deed, Section 6 (Flip-in Rights) and Sections 11 (Termination) to 28 (Third Parties) inclusive shall survive termination. In addition, if this Deed terminates pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii), 9(c)(ii) (Board representation) also shall survive termination, and if this Deed terminates pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii), Section 4 (Preemptive Rights), Section 9(k) (Maintenance of listing) and 10 (Registration Rights) also shall survive termination.

12. Affiliates . A person or entity who at any time may be an Affiliate of the Shareholder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Shareholder for purposes of this Deed while such person is an Affiliate of the Shareholder regardless of whether such person was such an Affiliate on the date hereof.

13. Specific Performance . Each of the parties hereto recognizes and acknowledges that this Deed is an integral part of the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Agreements, that the Company would not have entered into the Transaction Agreements and the Additional Shareholder would not have acquired the Voting Share unless this Deed was executed and that a breach by the Company of any covenants or agreements contained in this Deed will cause the Shareholder to sustain injury for which it would not have an adequate remedy at law for money damages, and a breach by the Shareholder of any covenants or agreements contained in this Deed will cause the Company and the Additional Shareholder to sustain injury for which they would not have an adequate remedy at law for money damages. Therefore each of the parties hereto agrees that in the event of any such breach by the Company or the Shareholder, the aggrieved party shall be entitled to the remedy of specific performance of such covenants and agreements and preliminary and permanent injunctive and other equitable relief in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled, at law or in equity, and the parties hereto further agree to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief.

14. Responsibility for Compliance; Shareholder Capacity .

(a) The Shareholder shall be responsible for ensuring that its Affiliates and representatives adhere to the terms of this Deed applicable to such persons as if such persons were original parties hereto, shall be responsible for any breach of this Deed by its Affiliates and representatives and shall take all reasonable measures to avoid any breach of this Deed by its Affiliates or representatives; provided , however , that any representative or Affiliate of the Shareholder serving as a director of the Company shall in no way be bound by the Shareholder’s obligations under this Deed in such person’s capacity as a director of the Company. The foregoing obligation shall not limit the remedies available to the Company or the Additional Shareholder for any breach of this Deed by any person.

(b) No person executing this Deed who is, or who becomes during the term hereof, a director of the Company makes any agreement or understanding herein in his capacity as a director, and the agreements set forth herein shall in no way restrict any director in the exercise of his fiduciary duties as a director. The Shareholder executes and delivers this Deed solely in its capacity as the registered holder and Beneficial Owner of shares in the Company.

 

30


15. Additional Shareholder . The Additional Shareholder is entitled to the benefit of and may enforce this Deed, but it does not incur any obligation to either the Company or the Shareholder under it.

16. No Circumvention . Shareholder agrees not to, directly or indirectly, take any actions, act in concert with any person who takes an action, or cause or allow any of its Affiliates or representatives to take any actions (including the failure to take a reasonable action) such that the resulting effect is to undermine in any material respect the effectiveness of any of the provisions of this Deed or any of the Transaction Agreements.

17. Amendment and Modification . This Deed may be amended, modified and supplemented only by written agreement of the Shareholder and the Company (and the Additional Shareholder’s approval or signature shall not be required to give effect to any such amendment, modification or supplement ).

18. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted shall be deemed duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by e-mail, telecopy or facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, (b) on the first business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the tenth business day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

 

  (a) If to the Shareholder, to:

 

     Exxaro Resources Limited
     Roger Dyason Road
     Pretoria West, 0183
     South Africa
     Attention: Riaan Koppeschaar
     Facsimile: +27 12 307 4145
     E-mail: riaan.koppeschaar@exxaro.com

 

     with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

     Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP
     51 W. 52nd Street
     New York, New York 10019-6142
     Attention: Peter O’Driscoll
     Facsimile: +1 212 506 5151
     E-mail: podriscoll@orrick.com

or to such other person or address as the Shareholder shall furnish to the Company;

 

31


  (b) If to the Company or the Additional Shareholder, to:

 

     Tronox Limited
     3301 N.W. 150th Street
     Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73134
     Attention: General Counsel
     Facsimile: +1 405 775 5155
     E-mail: michael.foster@tronox.com

 

     with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

     Kirkland & Ellis LLP
     601 Lexington Avenue
     New York, New York 10022
     Attention:   Daniel Wolf
                                    Yi (Claire) Sheng
     Facsimile: +1 212 446 4900
     E-mail: daniel.wolf@kirkland.com
                   claire.sheng@kirkland.com

or to such other person or address as the Company shall furnish to the Shareholder in writing.

For the purposes of this Section 18, a business day is a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in New York.

19. Severability . The provisions of this Deed shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Deed, or the application thereof to any person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision; and (b) the remainder of this Deed and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

20. Assignment .

(a) Subject to Section 20(b) and 20(c), this Deed and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, but except as otherwise expressly provided for or permitted herein neither this Deed nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties.

(b) Each other party acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Additional Shareholder may transfer its Class A Share or an interest in its Class A Share to any other person provided the prior written consent of the Shareholder has been obtained (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and (ii) each other party has entered into a deed on the same

 

32


terms as this Deed with the person to whom the Class A Share or interest in the Class A Share has been transferred. For the purposes of this clause, the Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that a transfer by the Additional Shareholder of its Class A Share or an interest in its Class A Share to an officer of the Company will be deemed to be reasonable.

(c) The prior written consent of the Additional Shareholder is not required for any assignment by another party in compliance with paragraph (a) provided that any assignee enters into a deed on the same terms as this Deed with the Additional Shareholder.

21. Governing Law . This Deed, and all claims, disputes, controversies or causes of action (whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Deed or any Transaction Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Deed (including any claim, dispute, controversy or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Deed or any Transaction Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Deed or any Transaction Agreement), shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Western Australia, Australia, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Western Australia, Australia or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Western Australia, Australia to apply.

22. Jurisdiction and Venue .

(a) Any and all disputes, controversies and claims between or among the parties and arising under, relating to or in connection with this Deed, in any manner whatsoever, whether in contract, in tort, or otherwise, and including any dispute or controversy regarding the negotiation, execution, existence, validity, enforceability, performance or breach of this Deed (each, a “ Dispute ”), shall be brought exclusively in a court exercising jurisdiction in Western Australia (the “ Western Australian Court ”).

(b) The Shareholder irrevocably appoints Jason Rickets, Head of Office, Freehills, QV1 Building, 250 St. Georges Terrace, Perth, Western Australia 6000, as its true and lawful agent and attorney to accept and acknowledge service of any or all process against it in any action, suit or proceeding permitted by this Section 22, with the same effect as if such party were a resident of the State of Western Australia, and had been lawfully served with such process in such jurisdiction, and waives all claims of error by reason of such service; provided that the party effecting such service shall also deliver a copy thereof on the date of such service to the other parties by facsimile or electronic mail in accordance with Section 18. Each party will enter into such agreements with such agent as may be necessary to constitute and continue the appointment of such agent hereunder. In the event that any such agent and attorney resigns or otherwise becomes incapable of acting, the affected party will appoint a successor agent and attorney in the State of Western Australia, reasonably satisfactory to the other parties, with like powers.

(c) Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Western Australian Court in connection with any Dispute.

 

33


(d) Each party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any Western Australian Court, and any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in a Western Australian Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(e) Each party hereby represents and acknowledges that it is acting solely in its commercial capacity in executing and delivering this Deed and in performing its obligations hereunder, and each party hereby irrevocably waives, with respect to all disputes, claims, controversies and all other matters of any nature whatsoever that may arise under or in connection with this Deed and any other document or instrument contemplated hereby, all immunity it may otherwise have as a sovereign, quasi-sovereign or state-owned entity (or similar entity) from any and all proceedings (whether legal, equitable, arbitral, administrative or otherwise), attachment of assets, and enforceability of judicial or arbitration awards.

23. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives its right to trial by jury in any action, suit or proceeding in connection with any Dispute.

24. Counterparts . This Deed may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

25. Headings; Construction . The headings of the Sections of this Deed are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof or affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Deed. References in this Deed to any gender include references to all genders, and references to the singular include references to the plural and vice versa. The words “include”, “includes” and “including”, when used in this Deed shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. For purposes of this Deed, “ person ” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity, group (as such term is used in Section 13 of the Exchange Act) or organization, including a governmental entity, and any permitted successors and assigns of such person.

26. Joint Draft . Each of the parties hereto participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Deed. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Deed must be construed as if it is drafted by each of the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of authorship of any of the provisions of this Deed.

27. Entire Agreement . Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, this Deed, the Company’s constitution and the Transaction Agreements will set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein, and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto.

28. Third Parties . Except as specifically set forth or referred to herein, nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors or assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Deed.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Deed to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED as a Deed by EXXARO

RESOURCES LIMITED:

        
/s/ W. A. de Klerk      /s/ Riaan Koppeschaar

 

    

 

Signature of director      Signature of director/secretary
Wim de Klerk      Riaan Koppeschaar

 

    

 

Name      Name

EXECUTED as a Deed by TRONOX

LIMITED:

        
/s/ Michael J. Foster      /s/ Matthew A. Paque

 

    

 

Signature of director      Signature of director/secretary
Michael J. Foster      Matthew A. Paque

 

    

 

Name      Name

SIGNED, SEALED and

DELIVERED by THOMAS CASEY

in the presence of:

      

/s/ Thomas Casey

     Signature of party

/s/ Matthew A. Paque

    
Signature of witness     

Matthew A. Paque

    

Name

    

 

35


EXHIBIT A – FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

Accession Deed

DATE

PARTIES

 

   [Transferor Shareholder] (“Transferor Shareholder”)

 

   [New Shareholder] (“New Shareholder” )

 

   [Continuing Shareholders] (“Continuing Shareholders”)

 

   Tronox Limited
   ACN 153 348 111 ( “Company” )

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Transferor Shareholder, the Continuing Shareholders and the Company are parties to the Deed.

 

B. The Transferor Shareholder wishes to transfer the Transfer Shares to the New Shareholder.

 

C. Under the Deed, it is a condition precedent to the Transferor Shareholder transferring its Shares that the New Shareholder executes this document under which the New Shareholder becomes bound by the Deed.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

1.1 Definitions

 

   The following definitions apply in this document.

 

   “Deed” means the Shareholder’s Deed between the Continuing Shareholders, the Transferor Shareholder and the Company dated [ insert ].

 

   “Stated Time” means 5:00pm on [ insert date of this deed ].

 

   “Transfer Shares” means any shares in the Company being transferred to the New Shareholder by the Transferor Shareholder.

 

1.2 Rules for interpreting this document

 

  (a) Headings are for convenience only, and do not affect interpretation.

 

  (b) A term (other than a term defined in clause 1.1) that is defined in the Deed has the same meaning in this document.

 

Accession deed 1


2. ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS AND ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE DEED

 

 

 

2.1 Assignment and assumption

 

  (a) With effect from the Stated Time:

 

  (i) the Transferor Shareholder assigns all its rights and interests under the Deed that relate to the Transfer Shares to the New Shareholder;

 

  (ii) the New Shareholder assumes all of the Transferor Shareholder’s obligations and liabilities under the Deed that relate to the Transfer Shares other than obligations and liabilities that arise before the Stated Time;

 

  (iii) the Continuing Shareholders release and discharge the Transferor Shareholder from all obligations under the Deed that relate to the Transfer Shares which fall due for performance after the Stated Time; and

 

  (iv) the New Shareholder is bound by and must comply with all of the Transferor Shareholder’s obligations under the Deed (other than obligations that arise before the Stated Time or which relate to shares in the Company retained by the Transferor Shareholder) as if the New Shareholder were a party to the Deed instead of the Transferor Shareholder.

 

  (b) [ To be included only where the Transfer is a Permitted Transfer under Section 5(a)(i)(1), (3) and (4) of the Deed ] [Notwithstanding the above, the Transferor Shareholder:

 

  (i) remains responsible for all of its liabilities and obligations that relate to the Transfer Shares (whether arising before or after the Stated Time); and

 

  (ii) must procure the New Shareholder to comply with all of its obligations under the Deed.]

[ To be included only where the Transfer is a Permitted Transfer under Section 5(a)(i)(4) ], provided that with respect to a Permitted Transfer under Section 5(a)(i)(4) of the Deed, the Transferor Shareholder shall be relieved of all of its obligations under the Deed with respect to the Transfer Shares the subject of an enforcement action upon the Permitted Financial Institution enforcing the pledge, encumbrance or lien the subject of the Permitted Transfer in compliance with Section 5(a)(i)(4) of the Deed, including the obligation to ensure that any subsequent Transfer occurs in accordance with Section 5 of the Deed.]

 

2.2 Effect of amendment

 

  (a) Except as expressly amended by this document, the Deed is confirmed and remains in full force and effect.

 

  (b) With effect from the Stated Time the New Shareholder is deemed to be, jointly and severally, the Shareholder (as that term is defined in the Deed) under the Deed.

 

Accession deed 2


3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

3.1 Representations and warranties by New Shareholder

The New Shareholder represents and warrants to each other party as follows:

 

  (a) (Good Standing) The New Shareholder is [a company limited by shares] organised under the laws of [insert] ;

 

  (b) (Authority) The New Shareholder has full legal capacity and power to enter into the Deed and carry out the transactions that the Deed contemplates;

 

  (c) (Binding Agreement) Assuming the accuracy of the representation and warranty of the Company in Section 1(c) of the Deed, the Deed constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the New Shareholder, enforceable against the New Shareholder in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that (i) such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to certain equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought;

 

  (d) (Ownership of Shares) The New Shareholder, together with its Affiliates, Beneficially Owns [    ] Voting Shares; possesses rights to acquire [    ] Voting Shares; and has Voting Power in the Company of [    ] percent; and

 

  (e) (No Conflict) The Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Deed will not conflict with, result in the breach of any of the terms or conditions of, constitute a default under or violate, accelerate or permit the acceleration of any other similar right of any other party under, constitutive documents of the New Shareholder, any law, rule or regulation, or any agreement, lease, mortgage, note, bond, indenture, license or other instrument or undertaking, to which the New Shareholder is a party or by which the New Shareholder or its properties may be bound, nor will such consummation violate any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Authority to which the New Shareholder or any of its properties is subject, the effect of any of which, either individually or in the aggregate, would impair in any material respect the ability of the New Shareholder to perform its obligations under the Deed.

 

4. NOTICES

 

 

For the purposes of the Notices section of the Deed, the New Shareholder’s address for service is:

 

        Name:    [ insert name ]
        Address:    [ insert address ]
        Attention    [ insert name ]
        Facsimile:    [ insert facsimile no. ]
        Email:    [ insert email address ]

 

Accession deed 3


5. ADDRESS FOR SERVICE

 

 

The New Shareholder irrevocably appoints [ agent for service located in Western Australia ], as its true and lawful agent and attorney to accept and acknowledge service of any or all process against it in any action, suit or proceeding permitted by section 22 of the Deed.

 

6. GENERAL

 

 

Sections 16 to 25 of the Deed shall apply to this document as if they were fully set out in this document.

 

Accession deed 4


EXECUTED as a deed .

Each person who executes this document on behalf of a party under a power of attorney declares that he or she is not aware of any fact or circumstance that might affect his or her authority to do so under that power of attorney.

[Insert execution clauses]

 

Accession deed 5

Exhibit 10.2

LOGO

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

between

TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED

TRONOX LIMITED

EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED

EXXARO SANDS PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

EXXARO TSA SANDS PROPRIETARY LIMITED


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART A—INTRODUCTION

     1   

1 INTERPRETATION

     1   

2 INTRODUCTION

     9   

3 DURATION

     10   

PART B—CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     10   

4 APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     10   

5 MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS

     14   

PART C—FINANCIAL MATTERS

     17   

6 FUNDING

     17   

7 DISTRIBUTIONS

     19   

8 ACCOUNTS

     20   

9 FAIR VALUE

     20   

PART D—DISPOSALS

     22   

10 RESTRICTION ON DISPOSAL AND ENCUMBRANCE OF THE SHARES

     22   

11 PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

     26   

12 COME ALONG

     34   

13 TAG ALONG

     35   

14 DEEMED OFFER

     36   

PART E—RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

     41   

15 BEE UNDERTAKINGS

     41   

16 CONFIDENTIALITY

     46   

PART F—LEGAL MATTERS

     49   

17 MOI

     49   

18 COMPLIANCE UNDERTAKINGS

     50   

19 DISPUTES

     51   

 

i


20 DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES

     52   

21 GENERAL

     55   

22 GOVERNING LAW

     56   

23 COSTS

     56   

ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE A—PROSPECTING RIGHTS AND MINING RIGHTS HELD BY EACH COMPANY

ANNEXURE B—DEED OF ACCESSION

ANNEXURE C—CALL OPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

ii


SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

between

TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED

TRONOX LIMITED

EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED

EXXARO SANDS PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

EXXARO TSA SANDS PROPRIETARY LIMITED

PART A—INTRODUCTION

 

1         INTERPRETATION

In this Agreement, clause headings are for convenience and shall not be used in its interpretation and, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention—

 

1.1 a word or an expression which denotes—

 

1.1.1 any gender includes the other genders;

 

1.1.2 a natural Person includes an artificial or juristic Person and vice versa; and

 

1.1.3 the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

1.2 the following words and expressions shall bear the meanings assigned to them below and cognate words and expressions bear corresponding meanings—

 

1.2.1 AFSA ”—the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa (or its successor in title);

 

1


1.2.2 Agreement ”—this shareholders’ agreement, as amended, novated or restated from time to time, including all of its annexures;

 

1.2.3 Auditors ”—the auditors of a Company appointed by the Board of that Company from time to time;

 

1.2.4 Australia HoldCo ”—Tronox Sands Holdings PTY Limited (registration number ACN 154 709 332), an Australian proprietary company limited by shares;

 

1.2.5 Australian Shareholders’ Agreement ”—the Shareholders’ Deed between, amongst others, Tronox, Australia HoldCo and Exxaro entered into on 15 June 2012, as amended, novated or restated from time to time;

 

1.2.6 BEE ”—Broadbased Black Economic Empowerment, as defined in the Charter;

 

1.2.7 BEE Undertakings ”—the undertakings and obligations of Exxaro set out in 15;

 

1.2.8 Board ”—the board of directors of a Company from time to time and for the time being;

 

1.2.9 Business Day ”—any calendar day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or an official public holiday in Johannesburg or New York or Perth;

 

1.2.10 Charter ”—the South African Broad Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the Mining Industry promulgated in terms of section 100(2) of the MPRDA, as amended, substituted or re-promulgated from time to time;

 

1.2.11 Clarification Statement ”—the document entitled “Clarification on the Application of the Charter and the MPRDA” issued by the DMR during the course of 2004, as amended, substituted or re-issued from time to time;

 

2


1.2.12 Commencement Date ”—the “Closing Date”, as that term is defined in the Master Agreement;

 

1.2.13 Companies ”—collectively, Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands, and “ Company ” shall mean either of them individually;

 

1.2.14 Companies Act ”—the Companies Act, 2008;

 

1.2.15 Control ”—“control” for purposes of and as described in section 2(2) (as read with section 3) of the Companies Act;

 

1.2.16 Corresponding Loan Account ”—a “Corresponding Loan Account” as that term is defined in 10.1.3;

 

1.2.17 DMR ”—the Department of Mineral Resources of South Africa (or its successor-in-title);

 

1.2.18 Delivery Documents ” in relation to any sale by a Shareholder of its Shares in and/or Loan Accounts against a Company pursuant to this Agreement—the following documents (none of which shall be revocable or conditional)—

 

1.2.18.1 the original share certificates in respect of those Shares, together with duly completed and signed transfer forms (which shall be in such form as is required by law or is customary) in respect thereof;

 

1.2.18.2 a written cession of its Corresponding Loan Account; and

 

1.2.18.3 the written resignations of all Directors of that Company who were nominated by that Shareholder, which resignations shall confirm that those Directors do not have any claims against the Company or any member of the Group;

 

1.2.19 Directors ”—the directors of a Company from time to time and for the time being and “ Director ” shall mean any one of them;

 

3


1.2.20 Dispose ”—sell, transfer, make over, cede, give, donate, exchange, dispose of, unbundle, Distribute or otherwise alienate, including any agreement, obligation or arrangement to do any of the foregoing, and “ Disposal ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

1.2.21 Distribution ”—a “distribution” as that term is defined in section 1 of the Companies Act, and “ Distribute ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

1.2.22 Encumbrance ”—includes any mortgage bond, notarial bond, pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, cession-in-securitatem debiti, deposit by way of security or any other agreement or arrangement (whether conditional or not) which has or will have the effect of giving to one Person a security interest in or preferential treatment in respect of another Person’s assets, but excludes statutory preferences, and “ Encumber ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

1.2.23 Empowerment Period ”—the period commencing on the Commencement Date and terminating on the earlier of the—

 

1.2.23.1 tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date; and

 

1.2.23.2 date that Australia HoldCo agrees with Exxaro, in writing (both parties acting reasonably), and that the DMR confirms in writing to the Parties as being the date from which the Ownership Requirements are no longer relevant to the Companies and their Subsidiaries and to the business and assets of the Companies and their Subsidiaries;

 

1.2.24 Entity ”—includes any natural or juristic person, association, business, close corporation, company, concern, enterprise, firm, partnership, joint venture, trust, undertaking, voluntary association, body corporate or any similar entity (irrespective of whether such similar entity has a separate legal personality or not);

 

1.2.25 Exxaro ”—Exxaro Resources Limited (registration number 2000/011076/06), a public company with limited liability duly incorporated in South Africa;

 

4


1.2.26 Exxaro Sands ” – Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited (registration number 1987/001627/07), a private company with limited liability duly incorporated in South Africa;

 

1.2.27 Exxaro TSA Sands ” – Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited (registration number 1998/0001039/07), a private company with limited liability duly incorporated in South Africa;

 

1.2.28 Fair Value ” – the fair market value of any Share, undertaking, company, interest, business, asset and/or the like required to be valued in terms of this Agreement as agreed in writing between the Parties or determined in accordance with 9, as the case may be;

 

1.2.29 Group ” – the Companies, their respective Subsidiaries, Holding Companies and other Subsidiaries of any of their respective Holding Companies from time to time, and a reference to a “ member of the Group ” shall mean any one of them;

 

1.2.30 Guarantee ” – includes any form of intercession, such as a guarantee or a suretyship;

 

1.2.31 HDP ” – an “historically disadvantaged person” as such term is defined in the MPRDA;

 

1.2.32 HDP Certificate of Compliance ” – a written certificate of compliance issued by a Verification Agency, certifying (at the relevant time) the extent to which Exxaro and the Companies and their respective direct and indirect shareholders are BEE compliant in terms of the Ownership Requirements;

 

1.2.33 HDSA ” – an “Historically Disadvantaged South African” as such term is defined in the Charter;

 

1.2.34 Holding Company ” – a “holding company” as that term is defined in section 1 of the Companies Act, including any Entity that would have been such a “holding company” if it had been a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;

 

5


1.2.35 Loan Account ” – any claim by a Shareholder in respect of any indebtedness of a Company to that Shareholder, including any claim for the payment of interest thereon;

 

1.2.36 Master Agreement ” – the Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement between, amongst others, Tronox and Exxaro originally dated as of April 20, 2012, as amended, novated or restated from time to time;

 

1.2.37 Minister ” – the Minister of Mineral Resources of South Africa, or any official within the DMR or any other state department to whom the Minister has lawfully and validly delegated the authority to administer any of the provisions of the MPRDA;

 

1.2.38 MOI ” – the Memorandum of Incorporation of a Company;

 

1.2.39 MPRDA ” – the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002;

 

1.2.40 Ownership Requirements ” – collectively –

 

1.2.40.1 the requirements from time to time of the MPRDA, the Charter and the Clarification Statement in respect of the ownership participation by HDPs and HDSAs in a Company and its Subsidiaries and in prospecting rights and new order mining rights held by such Company and/or its Subsidiaries which, when satisfied, have the consequence that the shareholding by HDPs and HDSAs is sufficient to enable such Company and its Subsidiaries to –

 

1.2.40.1.1 convert any old order mining rights held by any of them to new order mining rights;

 

1.2.40.1.2 enable the granting and maintenance of prospecting rights and new order mining rights to such Company and its Subsidiaries by the Minister;

 

6


1.2.40.1.3 retain the prospecting and mining rights more fully detailed in Annexure A and all other prospecting and mining rights held by such Company and its Subsidiaries; and

 

1.2.40.2 all requirements contained in mining rights and prospecting rights held by such Company and its Subsidiaries for or relating to ownership participation by HDPs and HDSAs in such Company and its Subsidiaries or in such mining rights and/or prospecting rights;

 

1.2.41 Parties ” – collectively, the Companies, Exxaro and Australia Holdco and “ Party ” shall mean any of them as the context may require;

 

1.2.42 Person ” – includes any natural or juristic person;

 

1.2.43 Pro Rata Proportion ” of any amount or value and in relation to a Shareholder (“ Relevant Shareholder ”) as at a certain date (“ Relevant Date ”)—that portion (expressed as a percentage) of that amount or value as is calculated by multiplying that amount or value by the quotient obtained by dividing the number of Shares held by the Relevant Shareholder as at the Relevant Date by the number of all Shares in issue as at the Relevant Date;

 

1.2.44 Remedial Plan ” – a “Remedial Plan” as that term is defined in 15.1;

 

1.2.45 Shares ” – ordinary shares in the capital of a Company having the preferences, rights, limitations and other terms as set out in such Company’s MOI;

 

1.2.46 Shareholder ” – a holder of any Share from time to time and for the time being bound by this Agreement;

 

1.2.47 Signature Date ” - the date upon which this Agreement is signed by the signatory who signs it last;

 

1.2.48 South Africa ” – the Republic of South Africa;

 

7


1.2.49 Specified Third Party ” –a “Specified Third Party” as that terms is defined in 11.1.2;

 

1.2.50 Subsidiary ” – a “subsidiary” as that term is defined in section 1 of the Companies Act, including any Entity that would have been such a “subsidiary” if it had been a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;

 

1.2.51 Tronox ” – Tronox Limited (registration number ACN 154 709 332), a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Western Australia;

 

1.2.52 Verification Agency ” – an independent verification agency that assesses the BEE status of any Person or Entity, which agency is accredited by the South African National Accreditation System (“ SANAS ”) or has been issued with a valid pre-assessment letter from SANAS and that has been approved by Australia HoldCo for this purpose in writing;

 

1.2.53 ZAR ” – South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa;

 

1.3 any reference to any statute, regulation or other legislation shall be a reference to that statute, regulation or other legislation as at the Signature Date, and as amended or substituted from time to time;

 

1.4 if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring a right or imposing an obligation on any party then, notwithstanding that it is only in a definition, effect shall be given to that provision as if it were a substantive provision in the body of this Agreement;

 

1.5 where any term is defined within a particular clause other than 1.2, that term shall bear the meaning ascribed to it in that clause wherever it is used in this Agreement;

 

1.6 where any number of days is to be calculated from a particular day, such number shall be calculated as excluding such particular day and commencing on the next day. If the last day of such number so calculated falls on a day which is not a Business Day, the last day shall be deemed to be the next succeeding day which is a Business Day;

 

8


1.7 any reference to days (other than a reference to Business Days), months or years shall be a reference to calendar days, calendar months or calendar years respectively;

 

1.8 any term which refers to a South African legal concept or process (for example, without limiting the foregoing, winding-up or curatorship) shall be deemed to include a reference to the equivalent or analogous concept or process in any other jurisdiction in which this Agreement may apply or to the laws of which a party may be or become subject; and

 

1.9 the use of the word “including” followed by a specific example/s shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it and the eiusdem generis rule shall not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific example/s.

The terms of this Agreement having been negotiated, the contra proferentem rule shall not be applied in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2 INTRODUCTION

 

2.1 It is recorded that, on the Commencement Date and pursuant to the implementation of the transactions described in the Master Agreement –

 

2.1.1 all the Shares in each Company’s issued share capital will be held as follows –

 

2.1.1.1 Exxaro – Shares constituting 26% of the entire issued share capital of such Company; and

 

2.1.1.2 Australia HoldCo – Shares constituting 74% of the entire issued share capital of such Company.

 

2.2 The Parties are entering into this Agreement in order to regulate the relationship between –

 

9


2.2.1 the Shareholders inter se; and

 

2.2.2 the Shareholders and the Companies.

 

3 DURATION

 

3.1 This Agreement shall become effective and binding on the Commencement Date and each provision hereof shall, unless it expressly stipulates that it applies for a shorter or longer period, continue to bind each Shareholder for so long as it is a Shareholder.

 

3.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement in any circumstances without the prior written consent of all Shareholders.

 

3.3 Any third party who becomes the holder of any Share shall become a Party to, and be bound by the terms and conditions set out in, this Agreement by executing and delivering to the other Parties a deed of accession in the form of Annexure B and a call option deed in the form attached hereto as Annexure C.

PART B – CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

4 APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

4.1 The Board of each Company shall comprise of a maximum of five Directors (excluding alternative Directors).

 

4.2 Exxaro shall –

 

4.2.1 for so long as the Shares held by it constitute –

 

4.2.1.1 10% or more, but less than 26%, of all the Shares in the issued share capital of a Company, nominate for appointment one non-executive Director to the Board of that Company, who shall be an HDP and HDSA for so long as still required by the MPRDA and the Charter;

 

10


4.2.1.2 26% or more, but less than 40%, of all the Shares in the issued share capital of such Company, nominate for appointment two non-executive Directors to the Board of that Company, one of whom shall be an HDP and HDSA for so long as still required by MPRDA and the Charter;

 

4.2.2 for so long as it is entitled to nominate any Director in terms of 4.2.1 -

 

4.2.2.1 be entitled to nominate for appointment one or more alternate non-executive Director for each non-executive Director nominated by it in terms of 4.2.1; and

 

4.2.2.2 be entitled to request the removal of any non-executive Director (or alternate non-executive Director) nominated by it and elected to serve on the relevant Board;

 

4.2.3 if –

 

4.2.3.1 there is any change in the percentage of all the Shares in the issued share capital of a Company held by it and if Australia HoldCo requires it to do so, procure the immediate resignation of the requisite number of Directors previously nominated by it and elected to serve on the relevant Board (which resignation shall confirm, in writing, that the relevant resigning Director has no claims against such Company or any member of the Group) so that the total number of Directors nominated by it and serving on such Board shall always accord with the principles set out above; or

 

4.2.3.2 the continued membership on a Board of any Director previously nominated by it and elected to serve on the Board would contravene this Agreement or the Companies Act, procure the immediate resignation of that Director (which resignation shall confirm, in writing, that the relevant resigning Director has no claims against the relevant Company or any member of the relevant Group),

and Exxaro shall indemnify the relevant Company and every member of the relevant Group against all loss, liability, damage, cost and expense which may be suffered or incurred by such Company and/or such Group as a result of any removal or resignation of each such Director.

 

11


4.3 Australia HoldCo shall –

 

4.3.1 be entitled to nominate for appointment all of the remaining Directors to the Board of each Company, each of which shall be designated as being either an executive Director or a non-executive Director;

 

4.3.2 be entitled to nominate for appointment one or more alternate non-executive Director for each non-executive Director nominated by it in terms of 4.3.1;

 

4.3.3 be entitled to request the removal of any Director (or alternate Director) nominated by it and elected to serve on the relevant Board;

 

4.3.4 if it ceases to own a majority of all the Shares in the issued share capital of a Company (other than as a result of any action taken pursuant to 15.4.1) and Exxaro requires it to do so, procure the immediate resignation of the requisite number of Directors previously nominated by it and elected to serve on the relevant Board (which resignation shall confirm, in writing, that the relevant resigning Director has no claims against such Company or any member of the Group) so that the total number of Directors nominated by it and serving on such Board corresponds to its then percentage ownership in such Company; and

 

4.3.5 if the continued membership on a Board of any non-executive Director previously nominated by it and elected to serve on the Board would contravene this Agreement or the Companies Act, procure the immediate resignation of that Director (which resignation shall confirm, in writing, that the relevant resigning Director has no claims against the relevant Company or any member of the relevant Group), and Australia HoldCo and Tronox shall jointly and severally indemnify such Company and every member of the relevant Group against all loss, liability, damage, cost and expense which may be suffered or incurred by such Company and/or such Group as a result of any removal or resignation of each such Director.

 

12


4.4 If the Shares held by Exxaro constitute more than 40% but less than a majority of all the Shares in the issued share capital of a Company, Exxaro and Australia HoldCo shall meet with one another in order to consider and discuss in good faith whether the relevant Board is to be reconstituted and, if so, how many Directors each of them may nominate for appointment to that Board and, if they reach agreement (in writing) to do so, shall implement such agreement.

 

4.5 Notwithstanding 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4, no Shareholder shall nominate any Person for election as a Director –

 

4.5.1 until after consultation with the other Shareholders on that nomination;

 

4.5.2 if that Person’s directorship will contravene this Agreement or the Companies Act.

 

4.6 Each Shareholder undertakes to co-operate with the other to procure –

 

4.6.1 the election as Director of any Person nominated by the other Shareholder in compliance with 4.2 or 4.3; and

 

4.6.2 the removal as Director of any Director previously nominated by the other Shareholder and now required by the other Shareholder to be removed as Director in compliance with 4.2 or 4.3,

and, for these purposes, shall vote in favour of or sign any resolution of Shareholders which is required to effect such election or removal.

 

4.7 The Parties shall procure that each Director and each alternate Director shall, prior to his appointment as such becoming effective (but save to the extent otherwise agreed in writing by the Company of which he is a Director), execute a written acknowledgement in which he -

 

4.7.1 acknowledges and agrees that, if he is a non-executive Director, he will not be an employee of such Company or any Subsidiary of such Company in his capacity as Director;

 

13


4.7.2 acknowledges and agrees that he will not have any claims against such Company or any Subsidiary of such Company for remuneration or compensation for services rendered to such Company or to any Subsidiary of such Company, or for reimbursement of expenses incurred in the business of the relevant Board in his capacity as Director other than such remuneration or reimbursement, if any, as may be approved by such Board; and

 

4.7.3 furnishes such Company with a postal address, facsimile number and e-mail address at which notice of meetings shall be given to him.

 

4.8 The Shareholders undertake to vote against any resolution for the removal of a Director, whether in terms of section 71 of the Companies Act or otherwise; provided that if such removal is required in terms of the foregoing provisions of this 4, then all of the Shareholders shall vote in favour of that resolution.

 

4.9 For so long as Australia HoldCo is the holder of a majority of the Shares of a Company, one of the Directors nominated by Australia HoldCo and elected to serve on the Board of such Company (the identity of whom shall be determined by Australia HoldCo) shall be the chairman of such Board.

 

4.10 The chairman of each Board shall chair and determine the procedure to be followed at all meetings of such Board and Shareholders, but shall not have a second or casting vote in addition to his deliberative vote.

 

5 MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS

 

5.1 Voting at meetings of a Board

 

5.1.1 At any meeting of a Board -

 

5.1.1.1 an alternate Director shall be entitled to attend, but shall not be entitled to speak or vote unless the Director to whom he is an alternate is absent therefrom;

 

5.1.1.2

each Director (or his alternate) shall have such number of votes at any meeting of such Board as constitutes the same percentage of

 

14


  the aggregate number of votes that could be cast by all Directors in office as is equal to the percentage of votes that could be cast at a meeting of Shareholders by the Shareholder who nominated such Director. This 5.1.1.2 shall be applied on the basis that if any Shareholder/s appointed more than one director but only one Director or alternate was present at that meeting and no alternate to any of the other such Directors was present at the meeting then that present Director or alternate shall be regarded as having been entitled to cast all such votes. If, however, more than one such Director and/or alternate to any such Director was present at such meeting then this 5.1.1.2 shall be applied on the basis that each such Director and/or alternate present at the meeting would have been entitled to cast such number of votes as is equal to the number that could have been cast if only one such Director was present divided by the number of Directors and/or alternates that were so present; and

 

5.1.1.3 subject to 5.1.2, a resolution of such Board shall be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast in the manner set out in 5.1.1.2 at a quorate meeting of such Board.

 

5.1.2 Any Director shall be entitled to refer any resolution that is pending before such Board and that the Companies Act or the relevant MOI does not specifically require such Board to consider, at any time prior to that resolution having been passed by such Board, to a meeting of the Shareholders, in which event the relevant matter shall cease to be in the domain of such Board and shall become a matter in the domain of the Shareholders.

 

5.2 Voting at meetings of Shareholders

 

5.2.1 At any meeting of Shareholders -

 

5.2.1.1 each Shareholder shall be entitled to cast one vote for every Share it holds; and

 

15


5.2.1.2 subject to the requirements of the Companies Act, a resolution of Shareholders shall be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast at a quorate meeting of Shareholders.

 

5.2.2 Notwithstanding 5.2.1.2, if either Company wishes to issue further Shares during the Empowerment Period in circumstances where the Shares held by Exxaro constitute 26% or more of all the Shares in the issued share capital of that Company, such Company shall only issue such further Shares –

 

5.2.2.1 if each of the Shareholders is offered the opportunity to subscribe for same in the same proportion in which they hold the Shares in such Company immediately prior to such issue; or

 

5.2.2.2 if done in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

5.2.3 In the event that Exxaro still qualifies as an HDP and HDPSA and fails to accept the offer referred to in clause 5.2.2 to subscribe for Shares, in writing, within five days of receiving such offer, then the relevant Company shall not be entitled to issue such further Shares to any third party, unless such Company issues such Shares to an Entity or Person that qualifies as an HDP and HDPSA in circumstances envisaged in 15.4.1.

 

5.3 Quorate meetings

 

5.3.1 Subject to 5.3.2, a quorum for a meeting of –

 

5.3.1.1 a Board shall be a Director (or his alternate) nominated by each Shareholder of the relevant Company which, at the time the resolution is called, is entitled to nominate a Director in terms of 4; or

 

5.3.1.2 the Shareholders of a Company shall be a representative of each Shareholder of such Company, present in person or by proxy, at the time the resolution is called.

 

16


5.3.2 Notwithstanding 5.3.1, if no quorum is present at any duly convened meeting of such Board or Shareholders within thirty minutes after the scheduled time for commencement of that meeting, the meeting shall be adjourned to be resumed at the same time and venue on the seventh day thereafter, or if that day is not a Business Day to the next succeeding Business Day. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within thirty minutes after the scheduled time for commencement of that meeting, the Directors or Shareholders, as the case may be, present shall, constitute a quorum. Written notice of each adjournment specifying the business to be dealt with at the adjourned meeting shall be given by the relevant Company to each of the Directors or Shareholders, as the case may be, forthwith after such adjournment. No business shall be transacted at the resumption of any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

5.4 Convening of Board meetings

Any Director may convene a meeting of a Board at any time by giving not less than seven days (or such lesser period as may be reasonable in the circumstances) written notice of such meeting to the other Directors and the relevant Company. Each such notice of a meeting of Directors shall include the proposed agenda of such meeting, provided that any such agenda may be amended on reasonable notice to the Directors. Any appointed alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of every meeting of Directors as if he was an actual Director.

 

5.5 Convening of Shareholders meetings

A Board or any Shareholder may convene a meeting of Shareholders of the relevant Company at any time by giving not less than ten Business Days written notice of such meeting to the other Shareholders and such Company.

PART C – FINANCIAL MATTERS

 

6 FUNDING

 

6.1 Funding of the Companies

 

17


6.1.1 If a Company requires funding in order to finance its capital expenditure and/or working capital requirements for purposes of conducting its business, then such Company shall either obtain such funding from third party, independent financiers, based on its own creditworthiness upon terms and conditions which are commercially acceptable in the opinion of its Board, or shall obtain such funding from Australia HoldCo upon arms’ length commercial terms and conditions that are acceptable to Australia HoldCo.

 

6.1.2 If Australia HoldCo does provide any loan funding to such Company, then (irrespective of the terms and conditions subject to which such loan funding was made available), such Company shall repay the relevant Loan Accounts where -

 

6.1.2.1 such Company becomes obliged to do so under the terms and conditions subject to which same was made available, or the Board resolves that such Company should do so;

 

6.1.2.2 a provisional or final order for the winding-up or judicial management of such Company is made by any court of competent jurisdiction or such Company is placed under supervision and business rescue proceedings (as contemplated in the Companies Act) commences in respect of such Company;

 

6.1.2.3 such Company passes a resolution for its voluntary liquidation or the commencement of business rescue proceedings (as contemplated in the Companies Act); or

such Company submits an offer of compromise or similar offer to its creditors generally (or otherwise becomes party to a compromise arrangement with its creditors generally).

 

6.2 Capitalisation of Loan Accounts

Australia HoldCo shall be entitled, by giving written notice (“ Capitalisation Notice ”) to a Company and the other Shareholders at any time after the Empowerment Period (or at any time during the Empowerment Period if doing

 

18


so will not cause that Company to no longer comply with the Ownership Requirements), to require that the amounts owing to it on any Loan Account, or any part thereof, be capitalised (the amount so capitalised being referred to as the “ Capitalised Amount ”) immediately on the basis that –

 

6.2.1 such Company shall issue to Australia HoldCo such number of Shares as shall be equal to the Adjustment Shares (as defined below) and shall deliver the Share certificates in respect of such Adjustment Shares to Australia HoldCo at an aggregate subscription price equal to the Capitalised Amount on the basis that the Capitalised Amount shall be repaid to Australia HoldCo by the issue of those Adjustment Shares, which issue shall extinguish such Company’s obligation to repay the Capitalised Amount;

 

6.2.2 the number of Shares to be issued shall be computed by dividing the Capitalised Amount by the Fair Value per Share on the date of the Capitalisation Notice (or such other date specified in the Capitalisation Notice, which results in an application of the provisions of this 6.2 (“ Adjustment Shares ”). The Fair Value per Share that is to be utilised to calculate the number of Adjustment Shares shall be determined by dividing the Fair Value of such Company on the date referred to above by the aggregate number of Shares then in issue. If the number of Adjustment Shares calculated in accordance with the provisions of this 6.2 results in a fraction of a Share, then the result shall be rounded off to the nearest whole number.

 

7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

7.1 Each Company shall (and the Shareholders shall procure that such Company does), as soon as practically possible after the finalisation of such Company’s audited financial statements for each financial year of such Company, make a Distribution to the Shareholders of such portion (but never exceeding the relevant portion determined by the Board for such purpose) of such Company’s after-tax profits for that financial year, after making provision for any tax on such Distribution and such Company’s anticipated working capital, capital expenditure and cash flow requirements, as would entitle Exxaro to a “trickle dividend” of at least ZAR260 000 from such Company.

 

19


7.2 The amount of ZAR260 000 referred to in 7.1 shall increase, on each anniversary of the Commencement Date, with the annual increase in the Consumer Price Index (all areas, all items) for the preceding twelve month period.

 

8 ACCOUNTS

It is recorded that -

 

8.1 the Auditors shall be Grant Thornton, or such other auditors as the relevant Board may from time to time determine;

 

8.2 the financial year of each Company shall end on 31 December of each year;

 

8.3 each Company shall procure that –

 

8.3.1 such Company’s books, records and accounts will be kept in compliance with the Companies Act and may be inspected by any Shareholder during normal business hours on reasonable notice to the Board; and

 

8.3.2 audited financial statements will be prepared as soon as possible after each financial year end, but in any event by not later than such date as Australia HoldCo may require.

 

9 FAIR VALUE

 

9.1 Whenever the Fair Value of any Share, undertaking, company, interest, business, asset and/or the like is required to be determined in terms of this Agreement, such Fair Value shall mean the Fair Value of such Share, undertaking, company, interest, business, asset and/or the like, agreed between the relevant Shareholders in writing, or failing such agreement after a period of thirty days after which such agreement has been called for, the Fair Value determined by a valuation expert contemplated in 9.2.

 

9.2

Any failure to agree in writing on the Fair Value as contemplated in 9.1 shall be deemed for the purposes of this Agreement to be a dispute which shall be referred for determination to such valuation expert as the Shareholders may

 

20


  agree in writing to appoint or, if no such agreement is concluded within seven days after any Shareholder requests it, such independent and adequately experienced and qualified investment bank as may be appointed at the request of any Shareholder by the President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (who may determine in his discretion whether such investment bank is independent and adequately experienced and qualified). Any such valuation expert shall be appointed on the basis that -

 

9.2.1 the valuation expert shall act as an expert and not as arbitrator, but shall call for and consider any written submissions which any such forced sale party may wish to submit;

 

9.2.2 the determination of the valuation expert shall, in the absence of manifest error, be final and binding on the Shareholders;

 

9.2.3 the valuation expert shall give written reasons for his decision;

 

9.2.4 the valuation expert shall be requested to give his decision as soon as possible and in any event within twenty-one days after he is appointed;

 

9.2.5 the Fair Value in question, as the case may be, shall be determined by the valuation expert by the use of such accepted valuation methodology as the valuation expert may deem appropriate, but the valuation expert shall not take into account whether any interest represents a majority or minority interest, as the case may be.

 

9.3 The valuation expert may determine which one or more of (and the proportions in which) the Shareholders shall bear the valuation expert’s costs and charges, but such costs and charges shall in the absence of such a determination be borne by the Shareholders in their Pro Rata Proportions; provided that for purposes of a Deemed Offer in terms of 14, such costs and charges shall be borne by the Deemed Offeror referred to in 14.1.

 

9.4 If any valuation expert’s charges and any other costs have to be paid before that expert has made his award in respect thereof, the Shareholders shall pay such charges and costs in their Pro Rata Proportions, pending any determination as to liability therefor by that expert; provided that for purposes of a Deemed Offer in terms of 14, such costs and charges shall be borne by the Deemed Offeror referred to in 14.1.

 

21


PART D – DISPOSALS

 

10 RESTRICTION ON DISPOSAL AND ENCUMBRANCE OF THE SHARES

 

10.1 Restrictions

 

10.1.1 Exxaro shall not –

 

10.1.1.1 for the duration of the Empowerment Period, Dispose of or Encumber any of its Shares or any of its rights or interest therein (or enter into any option, derivative or other transaction, the effect of which is or will be (i) to Dispose of or Encumber or (ii) to require it to Dispose of or Encumber (iii) to have the same economic effect as a Disposal or Encumbrance of any of its Shares or any of its rights or interest therein), save as is specifically otherwise agreed to in writing by all the other Shareholders or specifically permitted by this Agreement and then only to an Entity or Person that is an HDP and HDSA that (notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement) has been approved by Australia HoldCo in writing and otherwise in compliance with the remaining provisions of this 10.1; and

 

10.1.1.2 after expiry of the Empowerment Period, Dispose of or Encumber any of its Shares or any of its rights or interest therein (or enter into any option, derivative or other transaction, the effect of which is or will be (i) to Dispose of or Encumber or (ii) to require it to Dispose of or Encumber (iii) to have the same economic effect as a Disposal or Encumbrance of any of its Shares or any of its rights or interest therein), save as is specifically otherwise agreed to in writing by all the other Shareholders or specifically permitted by this Agreement and then only in compliance with the remaining provisions of this 10.1.

 

10.1.2

Australia HoldCo shall not Dispose of or Encumber any of its Shares or any of its rights or interest therein (or enter into any option, derivative or other transaction, the effect of which is or will be (i) to Dispose of or

 

22


Encumber or (ii) to require it to Dispose of or Encumber or (iii) to have the same economic effect as a Disposal or Encumbrance of any of its Shares or any of its rights or interest therein) save as is specifically otherwise agreed to in writing by all the other Shareholders or specifically permitted by this Agreement and then only in compliance with the remaining provisions of this 10.1.

 

10.1.3 A Shareholder may only Dispose of any of its Shares and/or any portion of the Loan Account with respect to the relevant Company if –

 

10.1.3.1 in one and the same transaction it also Disposes of that portion of such Loan Account, if any, (its “ Corresponding Loan Account ”) which bears the same proportion to its entire Loan Account as the number of Shares so Disposed of bear to the aggregate number of that Shareholder’s Shares in such Company; and

 

10.1.3.2 each Person acquiring the Shares and Corresponding Loan Account so Disposed of (“ Third Party Acquirer ”) has executed and delivered to each Party a deed of accession in the form of Annexure B and shall conclude and execute a call option agreement in the Form of Annexure C. Such deed of accession and call option deed shall become effective upon the Third Party Acquirer’s acquisition of the Shares and Corresponding Loan Account so disposed of, whereupon all rights and obligations of the disposing Shareholder in terms of this Agreement shall, save to the extent provided for in this Agreement in respect of rights that are personal to a Party, be assigned to the Third Party Acquirer, and all references in this Agreement to the disposing Shareholder shall, to the extent of such assignment, be deemed to be references to the Third Party Acquirer. If the disposing Shareholder did not Dispose of all of his Shares to a single Third Party Acquirer, then the assignment of the disposing Shareholder’s rights and obligations referred to above shall be to the extent of and proportional to such Disposal.

 

23


10.2 Registration of transfers

If any Shareholder (“ Disposer ”) Disposes of its Shares in a Company in accordance with this Agreement, then transfer thereof shall thereafter be registered and recorded by the relevant Directors as soon as possible, unless such Directors have not been satisfied, in such manner as they may reasonably require, that the Disposal of such Shares conforms with the requirements of this Agreement.

 

10.3 Intra-group transfers

Subject to the BEE Undertakings and subject to any such statutory, governmental or regulatory approval as may be required, any Shareholder shall be entitled, at any time, to Dispose of all of its Shares in a Company and Corresponding Loan Account to any wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Shareholder (“ Transferee ”) without first offering such Shares and Corresponding Loan Account to the other Shareholders in accordance with 11 and on the basis that the provisions of 12 shall not be applicable; provided that –

 

10.3.1 prior to such Disposal, the disposing Shareholder shall have been appointed in writing as the sole and exclusive agent and attorney in rem suam of the Transferee to perform all of the duties and exercise all of the rights of the Transferee in relation to this Agreement, the other Shareholders and such Company, to the exclusion of all other Persons (including the Transferee);

 

10.3.2 the disposing Shareholder shall be deemed to have bound itself in favour of the other Parties as surety for and co-principal debtor in solidum with the Transferee for all of the obligations of the Transferee under this Agreement (including the written undertaking referred to in 10.3.3) and, without limiting the foregoing, the disposing Shareholder further undertakes to procure compliance by the Transferee with its obligations under this Agreement;

 

10.3.3

prior to such Disposal, the disposing Shareholder delivers to the other Parties a written undertaking from the Transferee in which the Transferee

 

24


  has undertaken to accede to and agreed to be bound by the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement (on the basis and in the form required under the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement) and to -

 

10.3.3.1 be bound by and comply with all the provisions of this Agreement, and it appoints a Domicilium for the purposes of this Agreement; and

 

10.3.3.2 transfer the beneficial ownership of its Shares and Corresponding Loan Account back to the disposing Shareholder (or to any other Entity which would qualify as a Transferee to which the disposing Shareholder would be entitled to Dispose of such Shares in terms of this 10.3) in the event of the Transferee ceasing to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the disposing Shareholder for any reason whatsoever, failing which the Transferee shall be deemed to have made an offer in terms of 14.1.3.

 

10.4 Compliance

 

10.4.1 The share certificate for each Share shall have the following endorsement clearly marked on it -

“The shares represented by this certificate (and any disposal, transfer or encumbrance thereof) are subject to the provisions of a shareholders’ agreement between, inter alia, the holder of these shares and the other shareholder/s of the company.”

 

10.4.2

If any Shareholder (“ Defaulting Transferor ”) fails to deliver any Delivery Documents to any Person who purchases or acquires any Shares and the Corresponding Loan Account from that Defaulting Transferor pursuant to 11, 12 or 14 of this Agreement after payment therefor has been made or tendered by that Person, then any Director of the relevant Company shall be and hereby is irrevocably authorised and appointed as the attorney and agent of that Defaulting Transferor to sign, execute and implement all such documents as may be necessary to effect delivery, against such payment having been or being made to the Defaulting Transferor or to such Company in trust for the Defaulting Transferor, of

 

25


the Delivery Documents, transfer those Shares and Corresponding Loan Account to that Person and issue or procure the issue of new share certificates in respect of the Shares in the name of that Person.

 

11 PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

11.1 Obligation to offer

Subject to 10.1 and 11.6, if a Shareholder (“ Offeror ”) wishes to Dispose of any of its Shares in a Company and the Corresponding Loan Account, it shall not be entitled to do so unless –

 

11.1.1 such Disposal complies with 10, 11.5 and 13.3; and

 

11.1.2 the Offeror has identified a bona fide third party (“ Specified Third Party ”) who has offered in writing (“ Proposal ”) to purchase its Shares and Corresponding Loan Account for a cash price (which shall, for the purpose of the Tag Along Right in 12, be expressed and payable in South African currency, but may, subject to 11.5.2.1, provide for payment to the Offeror in a foreign currency) and the Offeror has first offered in writing (“ Offer ”), in accordance with 11.2, to sell those Shares and Corresponding Loan Account (“ Subject Interest ”) to the other Shareholders (“ Offerees ”).

Any Offeree(s) who accept the Offer are referred to herein as the “ Purchasers ” and the agreement arising from their acceptance of the Offer is referred to herein as the “ Resultant Sale ”. For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded that if a Shareholder wishes to Dispose of its Shares and Corresponding Loan Account to another Shareholder (other than in circumstances in which this Agreement allows that Disposal without the application of this 11), then this 11 shall apply and that other Shareholder shall be the Specified Third Party referred to in this 11.1.

 

26


11.2 The Offer

The Offer shall -

 

11.2.1 be in writing and be accompanied by a true and complete copy of the Proposal and shall be copied to the relevant Company;

 

11.2.2 be irrevocable and open for acceptance by the Offeree(s) –

 

11.2.2.1 for a period of sixty Business Days (“ Offer Period ”) following the date (“ Offer Date ”) stipulated for this purpose in the Offer, which shall not be earlier than the date of receipt of the Offer by such Company;

 

11.2.2.2 subject to 11.3, in their Pro Rata Proportions as at the Offer Date (or in such other proportions as may be agreed in writing by the Offerees) on the basis that each Offeree shall be entitled to purchase that proportion of the Subject Interest;

 

11.2.3 stipulate a cash price (expressed and payable in South African currency) payable for the Subject Interest at which the Offeror wishes to sell the Subject Interest to the Offerees, which shall be no higher than the price at which the Offeror wishes to sell the Subject Interest to the Specified Third Party in terms of the Proposal. The Offer shall, in accordance with the Proposal, also stipulate whether the Offeror or the Purchasers shall pay any securities transfer tax payable in respect of the Resultant Sale. The Offer shall also stipulate the details of the South African bank account into which the Offeror requires the purchase price to be paid;

 

11.2.4 stipulate the name and identity number (if a natural Person) or registration number (if a juristic Person) of the Specified Third Party and –

 

11.2.4.1 if the Specified Third Party is an agent, the name of its ultimate principal;

 

11.2.4.2 if the Specified Third Party is a juristic Person or trust, the names of all Persons who Control the Specified Third Party or have a direct or indirect proprietary interest in excess of 10% therein;

 

27


11.2.5 provide that the Resultant Sale will not be subject to any condition except the suspensive conditions -

 

11.2.5.1

that all regulatory approvals (if any) which are necessary for the implementation of the Resultant Sale, are granted unconditionally (or subject to such conditions of approval as may be consented to in writing by the Parties affected thereby) within ninety days after acceptance of the Offer; provided that if any such approval is not obtained within such ninety day period and the Purchasers have exercised all reasonable endeavours to procure such regulatory approvals, then the reference to ninety days in this 11.2.5.1 shall be deemed to be a reference to the period expiring on the earlier of (i) the 180 th day after expiry of that ninety day period, (ii) the date upon which the Purchasers exhaust all remedies available to them to obtain such approval without obtaining such regulatory approvals, and (iii) the date upon which the Purchasers cease exercising all reasonable endeavours to obtain such regulatory approvals; provided further that the Offeror and the Purchasers shall be obliged to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that all such regulatory approvals are obtained as expeditiously as possible and any Offeree who does not accept the Offer shall promptly provide the Offeror and the Purchasers with such information as they reasonably require for this purpose; and

 

11.2.5.2 if the Offeror so stipulates in the Offer and the Proposal also provides for such release as a suspensive condition, that the Offeror be released from all obligations which the Offeror may have in terms of or in connection with any Guarantee for the obligations of such Company (or any member of the Group) by no later than the last day for fulfilment of the condition in 11.2.5.1 or, if that condition is not applicable, within thirty days after acceptance of the Offer. The Purchasers shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure such release; provided that the Purchasers shall not be obliged to effect any payment, provide any security (other than, to the extent permissible in law, their own Guarantees) or to procure any variation of the terms of such Guarantee to procure any such release;

 

28


11.2.6 be capable of acceptance only by an Offeree giving written notice to that effect to the Offeror within the Offer Period. Such notice may include an Additional Acceptance referred to in 11.3.1, which Additional Acceptance will become relevant if there is any Surplus Interest referred to in 11.3.2;

 

11.2.7 oblige the Offeror to give the Purchasers a written notice informing the Purchasers of the fulfilment or failure, as the case may be, of each suspensive condition as soon as the Offeror becomes aware thereof;

 

11.2.8 include a warranty to the Purchasers that as at the Offer Date and the date of payment and delivery referred to in 11.4 and in relation to the Shares and Loan Account included in the Subject Interest -

 

11.2.8.1 the Offeror is the sole beneficial owner of those shares and Loan Account and is the registered holder of those Shares;

 

11.2.8.2 the Offeror is entitled and able to give free and unencumbered title to those Shares and Loan Account to the Purchasers; and

 

11.2.8.3 save as provided for in this Agreement, no Person has any existing or future right (including an option or right of first refusal) to acquire any of those Shares and Loan Account; and

 

11.2.9 not contain any other term.

 

11.3 Deemed acceptance

If -

 

11.3.1 any Offeree (“ Surplus Offeree ”) accepts the entire Offer to it and in such acceptance also accepts to any extent (“ Additional Acceptance ”) the Offer of Subject Interest to any other Offeree referred to in 11.3.2; and

 

11.3.2

any other Offeree does not accept the Offer in respect of certain of the Subject Interest (“ Surplus Interest ”) Offered to it in terms of 11.1,

 

29


  then the Surplus Interest shall be deemed, on the expiry of the Offer Period, to have been offered to the Surplus Offeree(s) in their Pro Rata Proportions at the time of the Offer and shall to the extent of their Additional Acceptances be deemed to have been accepted by the Surplus Offeree(s). If, after that deemed offer and acceptance, there remain any Surplus Interest in respect of which the Offer has not been deemed to be accepted, then the deemed offer and acceptance provided for in this 11.3 shall be repeated as many times as is necessary to ensure that either there are no more Surplus Interest in respect of which the Offer has not been accepted or there is no remaining Additional Acceptance which could (in terms of this 11.3) result in Surplus Interest being sold to a Surplus Offeree, whichever occurs sooner. The Offeror shall give written notice of the circumstances referred to in 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 to all the Offerees.

 

11.4 Closing of Resultant Sale

If any Resultant Sale is or becomes unconditional, then, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Offeror and the Purchasers, on the seventh day after the later of the date of expiry of the Offer Period and the date of fulfilment of the suspensive conditions to the Resultant Sale -

 

11.4.1 the purchase price payable in terms of the Resultant Sale shall be paid by the Purchasers to the Offeror against compliance by the Offeror with 11.4.2. Such purchase price shall be paid by way of electronic transfer into the Offeror’s bank account, free of set-off or other deduction. Unless otherwise provided in the Offer, the Purchasers shall also pay any securities transfer tax payable in respect of the implementation of the Resultant Sale on the due date for payment thereof;

 

11.4.2 the Offeror shall deliver the Delivery Documents to the Purchasers at the relevant Company’s registered office against receipt by the Offeror of proof that payment has been made in terms of 11.4.1.

All rights and obligations of the Purchasers in terms of this 11.4 shall be in the proportions in which they purchase the Subject Interest.

 

30


11.5 Sale to Specified Third Party

 

11.5.1 Subject to the provisions of 10 and 15, if, after the application of 11.1 and 11.3, the Subject Interest is not purchased by the Offeree(s), because -

 

11.5.1.1 the Offer is not accepted or deemed to be accepted; or

 

11.5.1.2 the Offer is accepted but the sale arising therefrom cannot be implemented because a suspensive condition thereto is not fulfilled,

then the Offeror shall, subject to 10 and 15, and provided that the Offeror first delivers to the other Shareholders a copy of all agreements between the Offeror and the Specified Third Party relating to the sale to the Specified Third Party and a certificate signed by a Director of the Offeror certifying that that sale complies with this Agreement, be entitled -

 

11.5.1.3 in the circumstances referred to in 11.5.1.1, within thirty days after the date of expiry of the Offer Period;

 

11.5.1.4 in the circumstances referred to in 11.5.1.2, within thirty days after the date of non-fulfilment of the suspensive condition referred to in 11.5.1.2,

to sell all (and not some only) of the Subject Interest to the Specified Third Party named in the Offer at a price not lower and on terms and conditions not more favourable to the Specified Third Party than those of the Offer. If the Offeror does not so sell (whether or not subject to any condition) its Subject Interest to such Specified Third Party within such thirty day period, or if the Offeror does so sell but such sale fails due to any suspensive condition of such sale, all of the foregoing provisions of this 11 shall apply again de novo.

 

11.5.2 It is agreed that –

 

11.5.2.1

for the purposes of 11.5.1, a price expressed and payable by the Specified Third Party in a foreign currency will not constitute a more

 

31


  favourable term so long as that price is not less than the spot rate equivalent as at the Offer Date (as quoted by any one of the five largest South African banks) of the South African currency price stated in the Offer; and

 

11.5.2.2

it shall be a suspensive condition to any proposed sale in terms of 11.5.1 that all regulatory approvals which are necessary for the implementation of that sale, are granted unconditionally (or subject to such conditions as may be approved in writing by the parties affected thereby) within ninety days after expiry of the applicable thirty day period referred to in respectively 11.5.1.3 or 11.5.1.4; provided that if any such approval is not obtained within such ninety day period and the Offeror and the Specified Third Party have exercised all reasonable endeavours to procure such regulatory approvals, then the reference to ninety days in this 11.5.2.2 shall be deemed to be a reference to the period expiring on the earlier of, (i) the 180 th day after expiry of that ninety day period, (ii) the date upon which the Offeror and the Specified Third Party exhaust all remedies available to them to obtain such approval without obtaining such regulatory approvals, (iii) and the date upon which the Offeror and the Specified Third Party cease exercising all reasonable endeavours to obtain such regulatory approvals; provided further that the Offeror and the Specified Third Party shall be obliged to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that all such regulatory approvals are obtained as expeditiously as possible.

 

11.6 Regulatory approvals and inappropriate Specified Third Parties

 

11.6.1 During the Empowerment Period, Exxaro shall not be entitled to Dispose of any of its Shares in terms of 11.5 to any Specified Third Party unless Exxaro believes, and confirms in writing to the Offeree(s) simultaneously with delivering the proposal referred to in 11.2.1 to the Offeree(s), that a sale of the Shares to the Specified Third Party will be in compliance with and subject to all applicable regulatory approvals, including (without limitation) the approval by the Minister (in the manner referred to in 11.6.2).

 

32


11.6.2 Without limiting the generality of 11.6.1, it shall be a suspensive condition to any proposed sale by Exxaro of any Shares in terms of 11.5 to any Specified Third Party during the Empowerment Period that –

 

11.6.2.1 the relevant Company shall have received either –

 

11.6.2.1.1 the written approval of the Minister for such sale on the basis that the Minister shall in that approval have confirmed that the identity of that Specified Third Party and the shareholding of that Specified Third Party in such Company that will result from that sale shall satisfy the Ownership Requirements, so that the ability of such Company and its Subsidiaries to retain existing prospecting rights and/or mining rights and in future obtain prospecting rights and mining rights shall not be prejudiced as a result of the proposed sale to that Specified Third Party; or

 

11.6.2.1.2 a written opinion from legal advisers appointed by such Company and approved by Australia HoldCo which confirms that, after such sale, the shareholding of that Specified Third Party in such Company shall satisfy the Ownership Requirements; and

 

11.6.2.2 if so required by written notice from Australia HoldCo, this Agreement shall have been amended in such manner as Australia HoldCo may reasonably require to ensure that the provisions of this Agreement which apply to Exxaro will have the equivalent effect on the Specified Third Party (and its direct and indirect shareholders) as they had on Exxaro (and its direct and indirect shareholders). Exxaro hereby agrees to sign such amendment as may be required to give effect to this 11.6.2.2.

 

33


12 COME ALONG

If Australia HoldCo has made an Offer of its entire Shareholding in the Company in terms of 11.1 to all of the other Shareholders and –

 

12.1 Australia HoldCo has stated in that Offer that it intends to accept the Proposal which accompanies that Offer and to invoke this 12; and

 

12.2 in terms of that Proposal –

 

12.2.1 the Specified Third Party will purchase, in one transaction, from all of the Shareholders on terms and conditions which treat the same instruments included in the Total Interest in the same way, all of the Shares of all of the Shareholders for a price payable in cash in South African Rand within seven days after fulfilment of the condition precedent referred to in 12.2.2;

 

12.2.2 the sale that will result from acceptance of the proposal is not subject to any condition other than the suspensive condition that all regulatory approvals (if any) which are necessary for the implementation of that sale are granted unconditionally (or subject to such conditions as may be approved in writing by the parties affected thereby) within ninety days after acceptance of the proposal; provided that if such approval is not obtained within such ninety day period and the Specified Third Party has exercised all reasonable endeavours to procure such regulatory approvals, then such ninety day period shall be deemed to be extended so as to expire on the earlier of -

 

12.2.2.1

the 180 th day after the expiry of that ninety day period;

 

12.2.2.2 the date upon which the Specified Third Party exhausts all remedies available to it to obtain such approval without obtaining such regulatory approvals; and

 

12.2.2.3

the date upon which the Specified Third Party ceases exercising all reasonable endeavours to obtain such regulatory approvals,

 

34


  provided further that the Parties and the Specified Third Party shall be obliged to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that all such regulatory approvals are obtained as expeditiously as possible; and

 

12.3 either -

 

12.3.1 that Offer in terms of 11.1 is not accepted in full; or

 

12.3.2 that Offer is accepted in full but the suspensive conditions thereto are not fulfilled,

then, within five Business Days thereafter, (i) Exxaro may exercise its “Put Option” (as defined in the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement) with respect to the relevant Shares and Australia Holdco (or Tronox, as the case may be) may exercise its “Call Option” (as defined in the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement) with respect to the relevant Shares, under and in accordance with the provisions of the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement, and (ii) if Exxaro has not exercised its “Put Option” and Australia HoldCo (or Tronox, as the case may be) has not exercised its “Call Option” during such five Business Day period, then, following the expiry of that period, Australia HoldCo shall have the right to accept that Proposal, whereupon the other Shareholders shall be obliged to accept and be deemed to have accepted that Proposal. Australia HoldCo and the other Shareholders shall thereafter give effect to the sale and cession arising from acceptance of that Proposal.

 

13 TAG ALONG

 

13.1 If Australia HoldCo makes an Offer of its relevant Subject Interest in terms of 11.1, and if Exxaro -

 

13.1.1 does not accept that Offer in whole in terms of 11.1; or

 

13.1.2 does accept that Offer in whole in terms of 11.1 but the suspensive conditions thereto are then not fulfilled,

then Exxaro may within five Business Days thereafter (i) exercise its “Put Option” (as defined in the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement) with respect to

 

35


the relevant Shares under and in accordance with the provisions of the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement, or (ii) give written notice to the Offeror/s within the Tag Along Period stating that Exxaro exercises its right in terms of this 13 (“ Tag Along Right ”).

 

13.2 The “ Tag Along Period ” shall mean any time within the Offer Period in terms of 11.2 and, if the Offer is accepted but the suspensive conditions thereto are not fulfilled, at any time within the period of seven days after Australia HoldCo gives the written notice of such non-fulfilment to Exxaro. Australia HoldCo shall be obliged to give Exxaro written notice of any such non-fulfilment as soon as it becomes aware thereof.

 

13.3 If Exxaro exercises its Tag Along Right, then Australia HoldCo shall, notwithstanding 11.5, not be entitled to sell the Subject Interest to the Specified Third Party unless Australia HoldCo procures that the Specified Third Party also purchases all of the relevant Shares and Loan Accounts of Exxaro at the same time and on same terms and conditions which, when compared to those on which Exxaro sells its Subject Interest to the Specified Third Party, treat the Subject Interest of Australia HoldCo and the relevant Shares and Loan Accounts of Exxaro in the same way.

 

14 DEEMED OFFER

 

14.1 A “ Trigger Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred in relation to –

 

14.1.1 any Shareholder, if that Shareholder becomes (whether voluntarily or otherwise) subject to any provisional or final order for its sequestration, curatorship, liquidation, winding-up, judicial management, business rescue or is made subject to any similar or equivalent disability in any other relevant jurisdiction or is deregistered; provided that any Shareholder that is a juristic person (“ Requesting Shareholder ”) may request the prior written approval of the other Shareholders for the Requesting Shareholder to become subject to any such liquidation, winding-up, or deregistration in solvent circumstances, and the other Shareholders may not withhold such approval unreasonably if the Requesting Shareholder is engaged in a bona fide restructuring which will not prejudice the other Shareholders;

 

36


14.1.2 any Shareholder, if that Shareholder compromises or offers to compromise with its creditors generally; or

 

14.1.3 any Shareholder, if that Shareholder breaches any material provision of this Agreement; provided that –

 

14.1.3.1 if such breach is remediable, then no Trigger Event shall be deemed to have occurred unless such breach is not remedied within thirty days after any other Party has called for such remedy in writing;

 

14.1.3.2 it is recorded for the avoidance of doubt that a failure by a Shareholder to pay or advance any loan as referred to in 6.1 shall not constitute a Trigger Event; and

 

14.1.3.3 this 14.1.3 shall not detract from the other remedies in law of the other Parties as a result of any such breach,

then that Shareholder shall be the Deemed Offeror (“ Deemed Offeror ”) referred to in 14.2. A Company shall give written notice to each Shareholder as soon as it becomes aware that any Trigger Event has occurred and each Shareholder which becomes aware that any Trigger Event has occurred shall, if such Company has not already given such a notice in respect of that Trigger Event, give such Company written notice of such Trigger Event.

 

14.2 If a Trigger Event is deemed to have occurred, then the Deemed Offeror shall be deemed, on the day (“ Offer Date ”) prior to the occurrence of such Trigger Event, to have offered (“ Deemed Offer ”) to sell its relevant Shares and the Corresponding Loan Account (“ Offered Interest ”) to the remaining Shareholders (“ Deemed Offerees ”).

 

14.3 The Deemed Offer shall be on the following terms and conditions -

 

14.3.1 the Deemed Offer shall, subject to 14.3.3, be deemed to have been made to all the Deemed Offerees in their Pro Rata Proportions as at the Offer Date (or in such other proportions as may be agreed in writing by the Deemed Offerees) on the basis that each Deemed Offeree shall be entitled to purchase that proportion of the Offered Interest;

 

37


14.3.2 the Deemed Offerees shall each be entitled (but not obliged), by giving the Deemed Offeror and such Company written notice to that effect (“ Sale Notice ”), within the Deemed Offer Period to purchase from the Deemed Offeror, any portion of the Offered Interest that has been deemed to be offered to them (the Offered Interest so purchased is herein referred to as “ Sale Interest ”). In addition, the Deemed Offerees may in the Sale Notice accept the Deemed Offer of the Offered Interest to any other Deemed Offeree. The date of receipt by such Company of the Sale Notice is referred to as the “ Sale Date ”. The “ Deemed Offer Period ” for each Deemed Offeree shall mean the period expiring sixty days after the later of -

 

14.3.2.1 the date on which it receives the notice referred to in 14.1; or

 

14.3.2.2 the date on which the Sale Price is determined as referred to in 14.4.1;

 

14.3.3 if -

 

14.3.3.1 a Deemed Offeree (“ Further Offeree ”) accepts the entire Deemed Offer to it and in such acceptance also accepts to any extent (“ Further Acceptance ”) the Deemed Offer of the Offered Interest to any other Deemed Offeree; and

 

14.3.3.2 any other Deemed Offeree does not accept the Deemed Offer to it in respect of certain of the Offered Interest (“ Available Interest ”),

then the Available Interest shall be deemed on the expiry of the Deemed Offer Period to have been offered to the Further Offerees in their Pro Rata Proportions at the time of the Deemed Offer and shall, to the extent of their Further Acceptances, be deemed to have been accepted by the Further Offerees. The Available Interest so purchased will form part of the Sale Interest. If, after that Deemed Offer and acceptance, there remains any Available Interest in respect of which the offer has not been

 

38


  deemed to be accepted, then the Deemed Offer and acceptance provided for in this 14.3.3 shall be repeated as many times as is necessary to ensure that either there is no Available Interest in respect of which the offer has not been accepted or there is no remaining Further Acceptance which could (in terms of this 14.3) result in an Available Interest being sold to a Further Offeree, whichever occurs sooner. The Company shall give written notice of the circumstances referred to in 14.3.3.1 and 14.3.3.2 to all the Deemed Offerees.

 

14.4 If the Deemed Offer is accepted by any of the Deemed Offerees (“ Acquirers ”) and (after the application of 14.3.3) the Deemed Offer of the entire relevant Offered Interest has been accepted, then the Deemed Offeror shall be deemed to have sold the Offered Interest to the Acquirers on the following terms and conditions -

 

14.4.1 the price (“ Sale Price ”) for the Sale Interest shall be the Fair Value thereof, which shall be payable in cash in South African currency. Any Shareholder may request agreement on, or an expert determination of, the Fair Value as soon as a Trigger Event occurs, as contemplated in 9 even though the Deemed Offer has not yet been accepted;

 

14.4.2

the sale of the Sale Interest shall be subject to the suspensive conditions that all regulatory approvals (if any) which are necessary for the implementation of that sale, are granted unconditionally (or subject to such conditions as may be approved in writing by the Parties affected thereby) within ninety days after acceptance of the Deemed Offer; provided that if any such approval is not obtained within such ninety day period and the Acquirers who accepted the Deemed Offer have exercised all reasonable endeavours to procure such regulatory approvals, then the reference to ninety days in this 14.4.2 shall be deemed to be a reference to the period expiring on the earlier of (i) the 180 th day after expiry of that ninety day period, (ii) the date upon which the Acquirers exhaust all remedies available to them to obtain such approval without obtaining such regulatory approvals, and (iii) the date upon which the Acquirers cease exercising all reasonable endeavours to obtain such regulatory approvals; provided further that the Deemed Offeror and the Acquirers shall be obliged to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that all such regulatory approvals are obtained as expeditiously as possible;

 

39


14.4.3 the Acquirers shall pay the Sale Price to the Deemed Offeror on the twenty-first day after the later of -

 

14.4.3.1 the Sale Date or, if applicable, the date on which the expert referred to in 9 advises the Parties in writing of its determination of the Sale Price; and

 

14.4.3.2 the date of fulfilment of the suspensive conditions referred to in 14.4.2,

(“ Delivery Date ”) against delivery of the Delivery Documents. The Acquirers shall pay any securities transfer tax payable in respect of such sale;

 

14.4.4 the Deemed Offeror shall be deemed to warrant to each Deemed Offeree who accepts the Deemed Offer that as at the Delivery Date -

 

14.4.4.1 the Deemed Offeror is the sole beneficial owner of the Offered Interest;

 

14.4.4.2 save as provided for in this Agreement, the Deemed Offeror is entitled and able to give free and unencumbered title to the Offered Interest to the Acquirers;

 

14.4.4.3 save as provided for in this Agreement, no Person has any existing or future right (including an option or right of first refusal) to acquire any of the Offered Interest; and

 

14.4.5 all rights and obligations of the Acquirers in terms of this 14.4 shall be joint (not joint and several) in the proportions in which they purchase the Sale Interest.

 

40


PART E – RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

 

15 BEE UNDERTAKINGS

 

15.1 If, during the Empowerment Period, a Company ceases to satisfy the Ownership Requirements for any reason whatsoever (other than as a direct result of the Ownership Requirements being increased after the Commencement Date by virtue of a law of general application), Exxaro shall –

 

15.1.1 forthwith on the occurrence of such event notify Australia HoldCo and all other Shareholders thereof in writing, giving full details in such notice of the event that occurred and the reasons therefor;

 

15.1.2 within fifteen days of so notifying Australia HoldCo (or, if earlier, within twenty days of the occurrence of such event) notify the DMR thereof and agree with the DMR, in writing, a grace period (“ Grace Period ”) within which the position is to be remedied;

 

15.1.3 within ninety days of the occurrence of such event (or such shorter period as the DMR may require in this regard) prepare and submit to Australia HoldCo a detailed written remedial action plan setting out the manner in which it suggests the position may be remedied and the detailed steps that it suggests be taken to remedy the position;

 

15.1.4 in the event that:

 

15.1.4.1 such remedial action plan proposes changes to the shareholding in, or structure of, (i) either Company or (ii) any of their respective Subsidiaries or would adversely affect the interests of Australia HoldCo or either Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, within fifteen days of so submitting such remedial action plan to Australia HoldCo, reach written agreement with Australia HoldCo on a final remedial action plan (both Australia HoldCo and Exxaro acting reasonably) (“ Remedial Plan ”). In the event that Australia HoldCo unreasonably fails to agree to a Remedial Plan, then Australia HoldCo and Tronox shall jointly and severally indemnify Exxaro against all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses of any nature whatsoever which Exxaro may suffer or incur in connection with the unreasonable failure by Australia HoldCo to agree to such Remedial Plan, or

 

41


15.1.4.2 the Remedial Plan relates only to changes to Exxaro itself or its shareholders then Exxaro shall be entitled to proceed to implement such Remedial Plan after consultation with Australia HoldCo and shall not require the agreement of Australia HoldCo to such Remedial Plan, and

save in the circumstances referred to in 15.1.4.1, in relation to the unreasonable failure by Australia HoldCo to agree to the Remedial Plan, Exxaro shall indemnify Tronox, Australia Holdco, each Company and their respective Subsidiaries against all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses of any nature whatsoever which Tronox, Australia HoldCo, either Company or any such Subsidiary may suffer or incur in connection with such Remedial Plan or the implementation thereof;

 

15.1.5 forthwith upon such Remedial Plan being so agreed with Australia HoldCo, submit same to the DMR for comment and consideration and (if possible) confirmation that implementing same will remedy the position;

 

15.1.6 within the time frames set out in the Remedial Plan and in any event within the first three quarters of the Grace Period, take all relevant steps set out in the Remedial Plan (all in consultation with Australia HoldCo) in order to remedy the position to the satisfaction of the DMR and Australia HoldCo.

 

15.2 If, for any reason whatsoever, Exxaro does not comply with its obligations under 15.1, or if no Remedial Plan is agreed with Australia HoldCo within fifteen days of Exxaro submitting a proposed plan to Australia HoldCo, or if Exxaro has not fully remedied the position on expiry of the first three quarters of the Grace Period, then (without prejudice and in addition to its other rights and remedies under this Agreement, any Transaction Agreement or at law) Australia HoldCo shall be entitled –

 

42


15.2.1 to remedy the position, at the cost of Exxaro, to the satisfaction of the DMR; and/or

 

15.2.2 to sell all or any part of Exxaro’s Shares in such Company to any person or entity that Australia HoldCo has approved and that qualifies as an HDP and HDSA for such price and subject to such terms and conditions as Australia HoldCo may determine in good faith after having consulted with Exxaro; provided that –

 

15.2.2.1 such terms and conditions shall not include warranties, representations or undertakings by Exxaro in addition to (i) the warranties referred to in 11.2.8, (ii) warranties relating to incorporation, capacity, authority, no conflict with constitutional documents, legality and validity of the relevant agreement and (iii) other warranties, representations or undertakings that are typical for a sale of shares comprising less than 50% of the shares in a company without Exxaro’s consent or unless Australia HoldCo agrees to accept pro rata liability with Exxaro for any such additional reasonable warranties in the proportion that the Shares held by each of them immediately prior to such sale bear to each other; and

 

15.2.2.2 where Australia HoldCo so acted in good faith Exxaro shall not be entitled to prevent the sale on the basis that the sale, for whatever reason, shall occur at a price less than the Fair Value of the Shares so sold at the time or shall occur subject to terms and conditions that Exxaro may regard as unreasonable, and

to the extent required, Exxaro hereby irrevocably authorises and empowers Australia HoldCo in rem suam (i) to conduct all negotiations in relation to such a sale of the relevant Shares, (ii) to sell, transfer and dispose of the relevant Shares in such manner and on such terms and conditions as Australia HoldCo, acting in good faith, may deem appropriate, (iii) to cede, transfer and deliver the relevant Shares to the transferee pursuant to any such sale and, for that purpose if required, to take over and register in its own name the relevant Shares in order to do so, and (iv) to sign all agreements, transfer forms or other documents on behalf of and in the name of Exxaro and to do anything else which may be necessary to give effect to such sale.

 

43


15.3 If the DMR, for any reason, does not agree a Grace Period in writing, as envisaged in 15.1 within the time frame envisaged in 15.1, or if Exxaro’s Shares are not sold and transferred under 15.2.2 within the Grace Period for any reason, then -

 

15.3.1 Australia HoldCo shall, as soon as reasonably practical, procure the establishment (and registration with the Master of the High Court of South Africa) of an inter vivos trust with the sole purpose of acquiring all of Exxaro’s Shares in the Companies and all of Exxaro’s Loan Accounts against the Companies in order to hold same in trust until such Shares and Loan Accounts can be transferred to an Entity or Person that Australia HoldCo has approved and that qualifies as an HDP and HDSA. Such trust shall, to the extent practical and possible, comply with all relevant BEE requirements;

 

15.3.2 Exxaro shall promptly (or unless otherwise specifically agreed to between the Parties in writing), transfer all of its Shares in the Companies and Loan Accounts against the Companies to the trust established under 15.3.1 (“ BEE Warehouse Trust ”) for no consideration and otherwise on such terms and conditions as Australia HoldCo may approve;

 

15.3.3 the trustees of the BEE Warehouse Trust shall be all of the Directors who are HDPs and HDSAs (or, if there are no such Directors, then appropriate persons who are HDPs and HDSAs appointed by Australia HoldCo) and the beneficiary of the BEE Warehouse Trust shall be Exxaro;

 

15.3.4 the BEE Warehouse Trust shall not (and the trustees of the BEE Warehouse Trust shall not have the power to) deal with the Shares held by the BEE Warehouse Trust other than by selling and transferring same to entities that Australia HoldCo has approved and that qualify as HDPs and HDSAs on the basis set out 15.3.5 , incur any liability other than relating to such sale and transfer, or make any distribution other than a distribution of the net proceeds of such sale to Exxaro on the basis set out in 15.3.6;

 

44


15.3.5 Australia HoldCo shall be entitled, on behalf of the BEE Warehouse Trust and Exxaro to sell all or part of the Shares held by the Trust on the basis set out in 15.2.2 mutatis mutandis; and

 

15.3.6 the trustees of the BEE Warehouse Trust shall determine the net proceeds from the sale of Shares held by the BEE Warehouse Trust, taking into account all expenses, taxes and other charges and deductions reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the BEE Warehouse Trust in connection with such sale and Exxaro shall be entitled to receive from the BEE Warehouse Trust the net proceeds so determined.

 

15.4 If, at any time during the Empowerment Period -

 

15.4.1 a Company or any of its Subsidiaries ceases to satisfy the Ownership Requirements as a direct result of the Ownership Requirements being increased after the Commencement Date by virtue of a law of general application and Exxaro still qualifies as an HDP and an HDSA at the time, or if such Company or any of its Subsidiaries no longer complies with the BEE requirements under the MPRDA, the Charter and the mining and prospecting rights held by them for reasons other than referred to in 16.1, Exxaro and Australia HoldCo shall jointly determine how best to remedy the position; and

 

15.4.2 as a result of the performance by such Company and its Subsidiaries under any of the elements of the Charter, the MPRDA, and the mining and prospecting rights other than ownership, the DMR agrees, in writing, that HDPs and HDSAs need to hold less than 26% of the Shares in order for the Company and its Subsidiaries to comply with the Ownership Requirement, Exxaro may exercise its “Put Option” (as that phrase is defined in the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement) with respect to the relevant Shares and Australia HoldCo may exercise its “Call Option” (as that phrase is defined in the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement) with respect to the relevant Shares, under and in accordance with the provisions of the Australian Shareholders’ Agreement in respect of that number of such Shares that Exxaro then holds that is in excess of the lower requirement.

 

45


15.5 During the Empowerment Period, Exxaro shall provide an HDP Certificate of Compliance to each Company annually (or more frequently if requested by the Company), and shall warrant that all information furnished to the relevant Verification Agency issuing same is and will be materially accurate in all respects.

 

16 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

16.1 Subject to 16.2, no Party shall, at any time after the Signature Date, notwithstanding any cancellation of this Agreement, directly or indirectly disclose, or directly or indirectly use, whether for its own benefit or that of any other Person -

 

16.1.1 any information -

 

16.1.1.1 regarding the contents of this Agreement (including its annexures);

 

16.1.1.2 relating to a Group, and its assets and affairs, including all communications (whether written, oral or in any other form) and all reports, statements, schedules and other data concerning any financial, technical, labour, marketing, administrative, accounting or other matter,

(collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”);

 

16.1.2 any document or other record (whether in electronic or any other medium whatsoever) containing Confidential Information which is supplied to it by any other Party as well as documents, diagrams and records which are produced by it (whether or not by copying, photocopying or otherwise reproducing documents or records supplied to it), and containing any Confidential Information (“ Confidential Records ”).

 

46


16.2 Notwithstanding 16.1, Confidential Information may be disclosed by a Party (“ Disclosing Party ”) –

 

16.2.1 to the extent to which the prior written consent for such disclosure has been obtained from the other Parties;

 

16.2.2 to the extent to which disclosure is required by law (excluding contractual obligations) or by the rules of any stock exchange by which it is bound, in which event the Disclosing Party shall, unless prohibited from doing so by any such law, obtain the other Parties’ consent, not to be withheld unreasonably, for the manner of such disclosure; provided that the Disclosing Party shall not be obliged so to obtain the consent of the other Parties if such disclosure is required before the approval can reasonably be obtained but the Disclosing Party shall in these circumstances promptly notify the other Parties of the full details of such disclosure, including the reasons why time did not permit such consent to be obtained;

 

16.2.3

to any “ Transacting Party ” (being any bona fide third party who is considering a potential transaction with or in relation to a Company or any Shareholder, for which such Confidential Information is reasonably required, including a potential acquisition of shares or any assets or the extension of any credit); provided that such Transacting Party shall first have signed a confidentiality undertaking in favour of such Company and the Shareholders (including the Disclosing Party) in terms of which such Transacting Party undertakes to use such Confidential Information only for the purpose of evaluating such transaction and not to disclose such Confidential Information to any Person other than to that Transacting Party’s directors, responsible employees and professional advisors who require such disclosure for the purpose of that potential transaction or for the purpose of complying with any law. Any conduct by any such Transacting Party, director, employee or professional advisor which would, if that Person had been party to this 16, have been a breach of this 16 shall be deemed to be a breach of this 16 by the party which disclosed or permitted disclosure to such Transacting Party; and Confidential Records may be disclosed by a Disclosing Party to directors, responsible employees and professional advisors who require such

 

47


  disclosure for the purpose of such Party implementing or enforcing this Agreement or obtaining professional advice or for the purpose of complying with any law. Any conduct by any such director, employee or professional advisor which would, if that Person had been party to this 16, have been a breach of this 16 shall be deemed to be a breach of this 16 by the Party which disclosed or permitted disclosure to such Person;

 

16.2.4 to the extent to which it -

 

16.2.4.1 is Made Public other than as a result of any breach of this Agreement or any other agreement. The expression “ Made Public ” shall, for this purpose, have the same meaning as when it is used in the insider trading provisions of the Securities Services Act, 2004, which is not limited to the circumstances referred to in section 74 of that Act;

 

16.2.4.2 corresponds in substance to information disclosed and/or made available by a third party to that Party at any time without any obligation not to disclose same, unless that Party knows that the third party from whom it received that information is prohibited from transmitting the information to that Party by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to any other Party;

 

16.2.4.3 in respect of information which was already in the possession of that Party prior to its disclosure by the other Party to that Party or is independently developed by that Party without reference to the Confidential Information.

 

16.3 This 16 shall continue to apply to each Party even after it ceases to be a direct or indirect Shareholder in the Company.

 

16.4 It is specifically agreed that any Director shall be entitled to make available to any Shareholder any information about a Group which becomes known to that Director and in that event the provisions of this clause 16.4 shall apply to that Shareholder insofar as that information is Confidential Information.

 

48


PART F – LEGAL MATTERS

 

17 MOI

 

17.1 To the extent that the provisions of the MOI of a Company and/or any Subsidiary of such Company (“ Relevant Entity ”) are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, the MOI of the Relevant Entity shall, to the extent of any such inconsistency and to the extent required by the Companies Act, take precedence over this Agreement until the MOI is amended in accordance with 17.2. If, however, the provisions of this Agreement merely supplement, but are not inconsistent with, the MOI of the Relevant Entity, or the Companies Act does not require the MOI to take precedence over that provision of this Agreement, then those provisions of this Agreement shall be given effect to by the Parties.

 

17.2 Any Shareholder shall be entitled, by giving written notice to that effect to such Company and the other Shareholders, to require the MOI of any Relevant Entity to be amended, to the extent permissible in terms of the Companies Act, so as to be consistent with this Agreement or to record the supplementary provisions of this Agreement. Upon receipt of that notice -

 

17.2.1 such Company shall procure that a general meeting of the shareholders of the Relevant Entity is called as soon as practically possible; and

 

17.2.2 the Shareholders (or such Company if the Relevant Entity is a Subsidiary of such Company) shall exercise all votes which they may have to vote in favour of or procure the adoption of all resolutions of the Relevant Entity necessary to amend the MOI of the Relevant Entity in terms of this 17.2.

 

17.3 The Shareholders record that it is their intention to amend the MOI of each Company as soon as possible after the Commencement Date to adopt such resolutions as may be necessary to give effect to 17.2 and to enable such Company to implement all provisions of this Agreement.

 

17.4 Each Shareholder hereby, to the extent permissible in terms of the Companies Act, irrevocably –

 

49


17.4.1 waives any right or claim which it might otherwise have or have had against any Director;

 

17.4.2 undertakes to procure that the relevant Company does not assert any right or claim against any Director; and

 

17.4.3 undertakes that it shall indemnify each Director against that Shareholder’s Pro Rata Proportion of all losses, liabilities, damages, costs (including legal costs on the scale as between attorney and own client and any additional legal costs) and expenses of any nature whatsoever which that Director may suffer or incur in connection with any claim by any Shareholder of such Company or by any third party against that Director,

as a result of that Director’s conduct, acting reasonably, in complying with or implementing this Agreement (“ Compliant Conduct ”) while that Shareholder was a Shareholder.

 

17.5 The provisions of 17.4 constitute a stipulatio alteri for the benefit of each Director, which shall be deemed to have been accepted by each Director upon the date of appointment of such Director.

 

18 COMPLIANCE UNDERTAKINGS

 

18.1 Subject to the BEE Undertakings, the Shareholders shall procure that each Company complies with all relevant obligations necessary for such Company to retain the mining and prospecting rights held by such Company from time to time, including –

 

18.1.1 the MPRDA;

 

18.1.2 the Charter;

 

18.1.3 the terms and conditions contained in the mining rights and the prospecting rights held by such Company from time to time; and

 

50


18.1.4 the terms and conditions of the social and labour plans relating to mining rights held by such Company, as approved by the DMR.

 

19 DISPUTES

 

19.1 Save as provided for in 9.2, any disputes arising from or in connection with this Agreement or the termination thereof shall (save as provided for in 9) be finally resolved in accordance with the rules of AFSA by an arbitrator agreed to in writing by the Parties or, failing such agreement within seven days after it is requested by any Party, appointed by AFSA. There shall be a right of appeal as provided for in article 22 of such rules.

 

19.2 The arbitrator appointed in terms of 19.1 shall, if the dispute is -

 

19.2.1 primarily an accounting matter, be an independent practising accountant of not less than twenty years’ standing as such;

 

19.2.2 primarily a legal matter, be an attorney of not less than twenty years’ standing as such or a practising senior counsel;

 

19.2.3 any other matter, be a suitably qualified independent Person.

 

19.3 Each Party to this Agreement -

 

19.3.1 expressly consents to any arbitration in terms of the aforesaid rules being conducted as a matter of urgency; and

 

19.3.2 irrevocably authorises the other to apply, on behalf of all Parties to such dispute, in writing, to the secretariat of AFSA in terms of article 23(1) of the aforesaid rules for any such arbitration to be conducted on an urgent basis.

 

19.4 If AFSA no longer exists then the arbitrator shall be appointed by the President for the time being of the Law Society of the Northern Provinces of South Africa and the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Arbitration Act No. 42 of 1965.

 

51


19.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this 19, any Party shall be entitled to apply for an interdict from any competent court having jurisdiction.

 

19.6 For the purposes of 19.5 and for the purposes of having any award made by the arbitrator being made an order of court, each of the Parties hereby submits itself to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg.

 

19.7 This 19 is severable from the rest of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

19.8 If any arbitrator’s charges and any other costs have to be paid before that arbitrator has made his award in respect thereof, the Shareholders shall pay such charges and costs in their Pro Rata Proportions, pending any determination as to liability therefor by that arbitrator.

 

20 DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES

 

20.1 The Parties choose domicilium citandi et executandi (“ Domicilium ”) for all purposes relating to this Agreement, including the giving of any notice, the payment of any sum, the serving of any process, at the physical addresses and facsimile numbers set out below -

 

20.1.1        Exxaro    physical    -   

Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West

Pretoria

0183

      facsimile    -    +27 (12) 323 3400
      e-mail    -    willem.vanniekerk@exxaro.com
            Riaan.koppeschaar@exxaro.com
      attention    -   

Willem Van Niekerk

Riaan Koppeschaar

 

52


20.1.2        Exxaro Sands        physical    -   

Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West

Pretoria

0183

      facsimile    -    +27 (12) 323 3400
      e-mail    -    willem.vanniekerk@exxaro.com
            Riaan.koppeschaar@exxaro.com
      attention    -   

Willem Van Niekerk

 

            Riaan Koppeschaar
20.1.3        Exxaro TSA Sands    physical    -   

Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West

Pretoria

0183

      facsimile    -    +27 (12) 323 3400
      e-mail    -    willem.vanniekerk@exxaro.com
            Riaan.koppeschaar@exxaro.com
      attention    -    Willem Van Niekerk
            Riaan Koppeschaar
20.1.4        Australia Holdco    physical    -   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley

Western Australia

      attention    -    Company secretary
20.1.5        Tronox    physical    -   

C/O Tronox Limited

1 Stamford Plaza

           

263 Tresser Boulevard

Suite 1100

Stamford CT 06901

USA

      facsimile    -    + 203-705-3703
      e-mail    -    Michael.foster@tronox.com
            Daniel.greenwell@tronox.com
           
 

 

53


20.2 Any Party shall be entitled from time to time, by giving written notice to the others, to vary its physical Domicilium to any other physical address (not being a post office box or poste restante) in South Africa and to vary its facsimile and/or e-mail Domicilium to any other facsimile number and/or e-mail address.

 

20.3 Any notice given or payment made by any Party to another (“ Addressee ”) which is delivered by hand between the hours of 09:00 and 17:00 on any Business Day to the Addressee’s physical Domicilium for the time being shall be deemed to have been received by the Addressee at the time of delivery. The provisions of this 20.3 shall also apply to notices given or payments made to a Director at his address appointed in terms of 4.7.3.

 

20.4 Any notice given by any Party to another which is successfully transmitted by e-mail or facsimile to the Addressee’s e-mail or facsimile Domicilium for the time being shall be deemed (unless the contrary is proved by the Addressee) to have been received by the Addressee on the Business Day immediately succeeding the date of successful transmission thereof. The provisions of this 20.4 shall also apply to notices transmitted to a Director at his facsimile number and e-mail address appointed in terms of 4.7.3.

 

20.5 This 20 shall not operate so as to invalidate the giving or receipt of any written notice which is actually received by the Addressee other than by a method referred to in this 20.

 

20.6 Any notice in terms of or in connection with this Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing and if received or deemed to be received by the Addressee.

 

20.7 Any notice received by a Company in terms of or in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to have been received by such Company only when that notice has also been given by the Party sending it to all Shareholders.

 

54


21 GENERAL

 

21.1 This Agreement, read with the relevant MOI of each Company, constitutes the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like not recorded herein. This Agreement accordingly supersedes and replaces all prior commitments, undertakings or representations, whether oral or written, between the Parties in respect of the subject matter hereof.

 

21.2 No addition to, variation, novation or agreed cancellation of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the Parties.

 

21.3 No indulgence or extension of time which any Party may grant to any other shall constitute a waiver of or, whether by estoppel or otherwise, limit any of the existing or future rights of the grantor in terms hereof, save in the event and to the extent that the grantor has signed a written document expressly waiving or limiting such right.

 

21.4 Without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement, any successor-in-title, including any executor, heir, liquidator, judicial manager, curator or trustee, of any party shall be bound by this Agreement.

 

21.5 The signature by any Party of a counterpart of this Agreement shall be as effective as if that Party had signed the same document as all of the other Parties.

 

21.6 Save as expressly provided for herein, no party shall be entitled to cede, assign, transfer, Encumber or delegate any of its rights, obligations and/or interest in, under or in terms of this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of all the other Parties.

 

21.7

Each provision of this Agreement is, notwithstanding the grammatical relationship between that provision and the other provisions of this Agreement, severable from the other provisions of this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement which is or becomes invalid, unenforceable or

 

55


  unlawful in any jurisdiction shall, in such jurisdiction only, be treated as pro non scripto to the extent that it is so invalid, unenforceable or unlawful, without invalidating or affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall remain of full force and effect. The Parties declare that it is their intention that this Agreement would be executed without such invalid, unenforceable or unlawful provision if they were aware of such invalidity, unenforceability or unlawfulness at the time of execution of this Agreement.

 

21.8 None of the Parties shall be entitled or empowered to represent or hold out to any third party that the relationship between the Parties is that of a partnership, joint venture or the like.

 

22 GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall in all respects (including its existence, validity, interpretation, implementation, termination and enforcement) be governed by the law of South Africa which is applicable to agreements executed and wholly performed within South Africa.

 

23 COSTS

Each Party shall bear its own costs in relation to the negotiation, drafting, finalisation and implementation of this Agreement.

 

56


   Signed at New York NY    on      

15 June 2012

      for      

Tronox Sands Holdings (PTY) Limited

By Michael J. Foster (Director)

            /s/ Michael J. Foster
           

 

           

who warrants that he is duly

authorised hereto

           
   Signed at New York NY    on       15 June 2012
      for      

Tronox Limited

By Michael J. Foster (Director)

            /s/ Michael J. Foster
           

 

           

who warrants that he is duly

authorised hereto

      for      

Tronox Limited

By Matthew A. Paque (Secretary)

            /s/ Matthew A. Paque
           

 

           

who warrants that he is duly

authorised hereto

 

57


Signed at New York NY    on       15 June 2012
   for      

Exxaro Resources Limited

By Riaan Koppeschaar (duly authorised)

         /s/ Riaan Koppeschaar
        

 

        

who warrants that he is duly

authorised hereto

        
Signed at New York NY    on       15 June 2012
   for      

Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited

By Riaan Kopperschaar (duly authorised)

         /s/ Riaan Koppeschaar
        

 

        

who warrants that he is duly

authorised hereto

Signed at New York NY    on       15 June 2012
   for      

Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited

By Riaan Kopperschaar (duly authorised)

         /s/ Riaan Koppeschaar
        

 

        

who warrants that he is duly

authorised hereto

 

58


ANNEXURE A—PROSPECTING RIGHTS AND MINING

RIGHTS HELD BY EACH COMPANY

MINING RIGHTS

1. Mining Rights held by Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited

1.1 KZN150MR (Braeburn);

1.2 KZN164MR (Fairbreeze C Extension);

1.3 KZN125MR (Hillendale);

1.4 KZN124 (Reserve 1010);

1.5 KZN123MR (Fairbreeze Conversion); and

1.6 KZN178MR (Braeburn Extension).

2. Mining Rights held by Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited

2.1 WC113MR (Hartebeestekom); and

2.2 WC114MR (Rietfontein Conversion).

PROSPECTING RIGHTS

3. Prospecting Rights held by Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited

3.1 KZN296PR (Waterloo); and

3.2 MTO reference KZN649/2007 (Centani).

4. Prospecting Rights held by Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited

4.1 WC13PR (Southern Anomaly);

4.2 WC19PR (MSP Plant);

4.3 WC09PR (Houtkraal); and

4.4 WC08PR (Portion 2 Houtkraal);

4.5 EC25PR (Kentani); and

4.6 NC523PR (NORTHERN ANOMALY).

 

1


ANNEXURE B – DEED OF ACCESSION

Deed of Accession [NOTE: TO BE REVIEWED]

Dated [•]

Name

Address

( Acceding Party )

Introduction

This deed of accession (this Agreement) is supplemental to the Shareholders’ Agreement dated [insert] between Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited (the “ South African Shareholders’ Agreement ”).

Unless expressly defined in this Agreement, capitalised terms used in this Agreement shall bear the meanings assigned to them in the South African Shareholders’ Agreement and shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference and form part of this Agreement.

Shareholders’ Agreement

1. The Acceding Party confirms that it has been supplied with a copy of the South African Shareholders’ Agreement and covenants and undertakes with all present parties to the South African Shareholders’ Agreement (whether original or by accession) (“ Parties ”) to observe, perform and be bound by the South African Shareholders’ Agreement so that the Acceding Party is deemed, from the date referred to in the South African Shareholders’ Agreement as being the date on which this Agreement becomes effective, to be a party to the South African Shareholders’ Agreement.

2. This Agreement is governed by the laws applicable in South Africa.

3. The Acceding Party’s address for service of notices under the South African Shareholders’ Agreement is:

 

   Name:    [insert]   
   Attention:    [insert]   
   Address:    [insert]   
   Facsimile no:    [insert]   
   Electronic mail address:    [insert]   

 

2


Signed at                                                   on the                          day of                                               .

For and on behalf of

[insert]

 

Name:
Capacity:
Who warrants authority

 

3


ANNEXURE C – CALL OPTION AGREEMENT

CALL OPTION DEED

DATE

PARTIES

Tronox Limited

ACN [number] ( Tronox )

[Name of Party] of

[address] ( Grantor )

RECITALS

The Grantor is required, under the South African Shareholders’ Agreement ( SASA ) between Tronox, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited, to enter into this deed.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

1. Interpretation

 

 

1.1 Definitions

The following definitions apply in this document.

Affiliate has the meaning given under the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 (US), as amended.

Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in New York, Johannesburg or Perth.

Class B Share means a fully paid Class B Share in Tronox.

Current Market Price shall have the meaning set out in the Shareholders Deed dated [ insert date ] between Tronox, Additional Shareholder, Exxaro Resources Limited and [Exxaro Subsidiary].

Fair Value shall have the meaning set out in the SASA.

Empowerment Period shall have the meaning set out in the SASA.

South African Subsidiary means each of Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited.

 

4


1.2 Rules for interpreting this document

Headings are for convenience only, and do not affect interpretation. The following rules also apply in interpreting this document, except where the context makes it clear that a rule is not intended to apply.

 

  (a) A reference to:

 

  (i) a legislative provision or legislation (including subordinate legislation) is to that provision or legislation as amended, re–enacted or replaced, and includes any subordinate legislation issued under it;

 

  (ii) a document (including this document) or agreement, or a provision of a document (including this document) or agreement, is to that document, agreement or provision as amended, supplemented, replaced or novated;

 

  (iii) a party to this document or to any other document or agreement includes a successor in title, permitted substitute or a permitted assign of that party;

 

  (iv) a person includes any type of entity or body of persons, whether or not it is incorporated or has a separate legal identity, and any executor, administrator or successor in law of the person; and

 

  (v) anything (including a right, obligation or concept) includes each part of it.

 

  (b) A singular word includes the plural, and vice versa.

 

  (c) A word which suggests one gender includes the other genders.

 

  (d) If a word or phrase is defined, any other grammatical form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning.

 

  (e) If an example is given of anything (including a right, obligation or concept), such as by saying it includes something else, the example does not limit the scope of that thing.

 

  (f) The word agreement includes an undertaking or other binding arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing.

 

  (g) The expression this document includes the agreement, arrangement, understanding or transaction recorded in this document.

 

  (h) A reference to US dollars or US$ is to an amount in the currency of the United States of America.

 

1.3 Non Business Days

If the day on or by which a person must do something under this document is not a Business Day:

 

  (a) if the act involves a payment that is due on demand, the person must do it on or by the next Business Day; and

 

  (b) in any other case, the person must do it on or by the previous Business Day.

 

5


1.4 Multiple parties

If a party to this document is made up of more than one person, or a term is used in this document to refer to more than one party, then unless otherwise specified in this document:

 

  (a) an obligation of those persons is joint and several;

 

  (b) a right of those persons is held by each of them severally; and

 

  (c) any other reference to that party or term is a reference to each of those persons separately, so that (for example) a representation, warranty or undertaking relates to each of them separately.

 

2. CALL OPTION

 

 

  (a) At any time after expiry of the Empowerment Period and at such other times as are permitted by the SASA and if, in the opinion of South African counsel to Tronox, all requisite consents, approvals, and licenses are in place for the same to occur (including, without limitation, approval from the South African Reserve Bank and whatever approvals may be required under the mining rights and prospecting rights held by each South African Subsidiary), then upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Grantor, Tronox has the right to call all (but not less than all) of:

 

  (i) the shares (if any) that the Grantor holds in the South African Subsidiaries that were in issue as at the date of the SASA ( South African Shares) upon issuance to the Grantor of the number of fully paid Class B Shares ( Flip-in Shares ) equal to [ insert number from Australian Shareholders Deed ] Class B Shares multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of South African Shares by (B) the total number of South African Shares in issue at the date of the SASA owned by ERL; and

 

  (ii) the shares that the Grantor holds in each South African Subsidiary less the South African Shares ( Additional South African Shares ) upon issuance to the Grantor of the number of fully paid Class B Shares ( Additional Flip-in Shares ) equal to (x) the quotient obtained by dividing the Fair Value by the Current Market Price (y) multiplied by the number of Additional South African Shares ( Call Option ).

 

  (b) If the issue of Flip-in Shares or Additional Flip-in Shares as a result of exercise of the Call Option would result in a breach of section 606 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Call Option may be exercised in respect of such number of South African Shares and Additional South African Shares as would not result in a breach and:

 

  (i) Tronox shall exercise that option in respect of the balance of the South African Shares and Additional South African Shares as soon as the issue of the relevant Flip-in Shares or Additional Flip-in Shares would not result in such a breach; and

 

  (ii) the Grantor must not, and must use is best efforts to ensure that its Affiliates do not, take any action which would prevent the issue of Flip-in Shares or Additional Flip-in Shares pursuant to the Call Option occurring as soon as possible.

 

6


  (c) The exchange of the South African Shares for the Flip-in Shares and Additional Flip-in Shares pursuant to this clause 2 shall be effected pursuant to a customary exchange agreement in a form to be agreed upon between the parties which shall contain representations and warranties that Tronox shall issue the Flip-in Shares and Additional Flip-in Shares, and the Grantor shall transfer the South African Shares and the Additional South African Shares, free and clear of any liens, restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions under any applicable securities laws), options, warrants, rights, calls, commitments, proxies or other contract rights.

 

  (d) The Call Option shall automatically terminate if a person other Tronox and/or its Affiliates ceases to directly or indirectly own 50% or more of the issued share capital of the South African Subsidiaries.

 

3. NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted shall be deemed duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by e-mail, telecopy or facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, (b) on the first business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the tenth business day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

 

If to the Grantor, to:

        
  

Grantor

 

Address:

Email Address:

Fax number:

Attention:

  

 

 

[address]

[email address]

[fax number]

[name]

  

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

     
  

Address:

Email Address:

Fax number:

Attention:

  

[address]

[email address]

[fax number]

[name]

  

 

or to such other person or address as the Grantor shall furnish to the Company.

  

 

If to Tronox, to:

     
  

 

[Tronox Limited]

 

  
  

3301 N.W. 150th Street

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73134

   Attention:    General Counsel   
   Facsimile:    +1 405 775 5155   
   E-mail:    michael.foster@tronox.com   

 

7


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

  

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

  
  

Attention:

 

Facsimile:

E-mail:

  

Daniel Wolf

Yi (Claire) Sheng

+1 212 446 4900

daniel.wolf@kirkland.com

claire.sheng@kirkland.com

  

or to such other person or address as Tronox shall furnish to the Grantor in writing.

 

4. AMENDMENT AND ASSIGNMENT

 

 

4.1 Amendment

 

  This document can only be amended or replaced by another document executed by the parties.

 

4.2 Assignment

A party may only assign, encumber, declare a trust over or otherwise deal with its rights under this document with the prior written consent of the other party.

 

5. GENERAL

 

 

5.1 Governing law

 

  (a) This document is governed by the laws of the State of Western Australia.

 

  (b) Each party submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of that State and of any court that may hear appeals from any of those courts, for any proceedings in connection with this document.

 

  (c) The Grantor irrevocably waives:

 

  (i) any objection to the venue of any proceedings on the ground that they have been brought in an inconvenient forum; and

 

  (ii) any immunity from set off, suits, proceedings and execution to which it or any of its property may now or in the future be entitled under any applicable law.

 

  (d) The Acceding appoints [ name of agent ] of [ insert Western Australian address for service ] as its agent to receive service of process for any proceedings in connection with this document. The Grantor will enter into such agreements with such agent as may be necessary to constitute and continue the appointment of such agent hereunder. In the event that any such agent and attorney resigns or otherwise becomes incapable of acting, the affected party will appoint a successor agent and attorney in the State of Western Australia, reasonably satisfactory to Tronox, with like powers. The Grantor agrees that any such process served on that person is taken to be served on it.

 

8


5.2 Liability for expenses

Each party must pay its own expenses incurred in negotiating, executing, stamping and registering this document.

 

5.3 Giving effect to documents

Each party must do anything (including execute any document), and must ensure that its employees and agents do anything (including execute any document), that any other party may reasonably require to give full effect to this document.

 

5.4 Operation of this document

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b), this document contains the entire agreement between the parties about its subject matter. Any previous understanding, agreement, representation or warranty relating to that subject matter is replaced by this document this document and has no further effect.

 

  (b) Any right that a person may have under this document is in addition to, and does not replace or limit, any other right that the person may have.

 

  (c) Any provision of this document which is unenforceable or partly unenforceable is, where possible, to be severed to the extent necessary to make this document enforceable, unless this would materially change the intended effect of this document.

 

5.5 Exclusion of contrary legislation

Any legislation that adversely affects an obligation of a party, or the exercise by a party of a right or remedy, under or relating to this document is excluded to the full extent permitted by law.

 

5.6 Inconsistency with other documents

If this document is inconsistent with any other document or agreement between the parties, this document prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

5.7 Counterparts

This document may be executed in counterparts.

EXECUTED as a deed.

Each person who executes this document on behalf of a party under a power of attorney declares that he or she is not aware of any fact or circumstance that might affect his or her authority to do so under that power of attorney.

 

9


EXECUTED as a deed by Tronox

Limited:

    
    
Signature of director      Signature of director/secretary
    
Name      Name

 

EXECUTED as a deed by [Grantor] :

[ insert execution clause ]

 

10

Exhibit 10.3

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

by

and

among

TRONOX LIMITED,

EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED,

and

EXXARO TSA SANDS PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

EXXARO SANDS (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

Dated as of 15 June 2012


1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     3   

2. SERVICES

     8   

3. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE; LEVEL OF SERVICES

     9   

4. RESOURCES

     11   

5. THIRD PARTIES

     11   

6. COOPERATION; AMICABLE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     12   

7. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     13   

8. EXCEPTIONS TO EXXARO’S OBLIGATION TO PERFORM

     14   

9. PAYMENT AND AUDIT RIGHTS

     16   

10. CONFIDENTIALITY

     18   

11. TERM

     20   

12. CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

     20   

13. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

     21   

14. DAMAGES

     21   

15. INDEMNIFICATION

     21   

16. SUBROGATION

     22   

17. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

     22   

18. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

     23   

19. MISCELLANEOUS

     23   

EXHIBIT A —Services Provided by Exxaro and the Exxaro Group to the Tronox Group


PARTIES

The Parties to this TS Agreement are:

Tronox Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Australia with registration number ACN153348111;

Exxaro Resources Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number 2000/011076/06;

Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number: 1998/001039/07; and

Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited, a company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa, with registration number: 1987/001627/07.

INTRODUCTION

A. Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, Exxaro has entered into the sale of its mineral sands business, including its interest in the Tiwest Joint Venture, to Tronox in exchange for newly issued Tronox common shares (the “ Transaction ”).

B. In connection with the Transaction, Tronox and the South African Acquired Companies desire to obtain from Exxaro the services described herein for a transitional period of time after the completion of the Transaction in accordance with the terms and conditions of this TS Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 For purposes of this TS Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth or as referenced below:

Acquired Companies ” means, collectively, the Australian Acquired Companies and the South African Acquired Companies.

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including the correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Australian Acquired Companies ” means (a) Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd, ABN 53 071 040 152 , (b) Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd, ABN 90 071 040 750, (c) Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd, ABN 28 009 084 851, (d) Ticor Resources Pty Ltd, ABN 27 002 376 847, (e) Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd, 58 008 659 363, (f) TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd, ABN 50 009 124 181, (g) Tific, (h) Yalgoo, (i) Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd, ABN 40 009 344 094, (j) Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd, ABN 86 009 313 062, (k) Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd, ABN 38 009 312 047, and (l) Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd, ABN 53 009 312 994.

 

3


Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday) on which banks are generally open for business in each of New York, South Africa and Perth, Australia.

Closing Date ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Contract ” means any written or oral agreement to create rights and/or obligations which are legally binding, contract, lease, sublease, indenture, mortgage, instrument, guaranty, loan or credit agreement, note, bond, customer order, purchase order, sales order, franchise, dealer and distributorship agreement, supply agreement, development agreement, joint venture agreement, promotion agreement, license agreement, contribution agreement, partnership agreement or other arrangement, understanding, permission or commitment.

End date ” means the Business Day on which the last Service provided in terms of this TS Agreement is no longer provided.

“Exhibits” means any exhibit, including Exhibit A, appended to this TS Agreement;

Exxaro ” means Exxaro Resources Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number 2000/011076/06.

Exxaro Sands ” means Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited, a company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa, with registration number: 1987/001627/07.

Exxaro Selling Entities ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Exxaro Group ” means Exxaro and its Subsidiaries (excluding the Acquired Companies).

Exxaro TSA Sands ” means Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number: 1998/001039/07.

Force Majeure Event ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.5.

General Services Agreement ” means the General Services Agreement entered into between Tronox and Exxaro.

General Services ” means the “Services”, as such term is defined in the General Services Agreement.

Governmental Entity ” means any national, supranational, provincial, municipal, regional or local governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, court, tribunal, or other governmental entity.

Group ” means either the Exxaro Group or the Tronox Group, as the context requires.

JIBAR Rate ” means, as of the date of any calculation or determination, the rate per annum appearing on the Reuters Screen SAFEY Page (or such other page as may replace SAFEY on that

 

4


service, or such other service as may be nominated by the Banking Association of South Africa as an information vendor for the purpose of displaying Banking Association of South Africa Interest Settlement Rates for Rand deposits) as the Johannesburg interbank offered rate for deposits in Rand, at approximately 11:00 a.m., Johannesburg time, two Johannesburg Business Days prior to such date of calculation or determination.

Losses ” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, diminutions, claims, judgments, awards, fines, penalties, interest, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney and accounting fees.

Parties ” means Tronox, Exxaro TSA Sands, Exxaro Resources and Exxaro Sands each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust, joint venture or any other entity or organization, including any government or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

Rand ” and “ R ” means the South African rand, the lawful currency of the Republic of South Africa.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Services ” have the meaning ascribed to them in clause 2 and Service shall bear like meaning.

Service Costs ” means, with respect to each Service provided under the terms and subject to the conditions of this TS Agreement, an amount equal to the sum of such of the following items as may apply:

 

  (a) the full cost (including actual labor costs, all associated benefits costs and employment taxes, as well as the operating and overhead costs) to Exxaro of providing such service in respect of the individual employees of Exxaro who are engaged in the provision of such Service, for the portion of their work time engaged in the provision of such Service;

 

  (b) the costs charged to Exxaro by a third party provider in connection with such Service;

 

  (c) the reasonable out-of-pocket and other expenses (other than expenses included in Transition Costs and the costs charged under item (a) above) incurred by Exxaro in connection with such Service as evidenced by relevant supporting vouchers;

 

  (d) Taxes, (other than Transfer Taxes) as set forth in Section 9.7 incurred or leviable by Exxaro in connection with such Service; and

 

  (f) any costs expressly included as Service Costs in this TS Agreement, including any costs as set forth in Exhibit A .

South African Acquired Companies ” means Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands.

 

5


Tax ” means (a) all taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments, including but not limited to all income, gross receipts, capital, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, transfer pricing, franchise, profits, inventory, capital gains, stock, license, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, premium, severance, stamp, occupation, property and estimated taxes, customs duties, fees, assessments and charges of any kind whatsoever, (b) all interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax, amounts in respect of tax or additional amounts imposed by any Taxing Authority in connection with any item described in clause (a), (c) any transferee liability in respect of any items described in clause (a) or (b), and (d) and any liability for items described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) as a result either of being a member of a combined, consolidated, unitary or affiliated group or of a contractual obligation to indemnify any Person; in each case, with the exclusion of any Transfer Taxes.

Taxing Authority ” means any Governmental Entity responsible for the administration or collection of any Tax.

Tiwest Joint Venture ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Transfer Taxes ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Transaction ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Transaction Agreement ” means the amended and restated transaction agreement entered into between inter alia Exxaro and Tronox on 20 April 2012.

Transition Costs ” means the one-time, initial set up, costs and expenses that are incurred by the Exxaro Group in order to initiate the process of obtaining the migration of any Service as contemplated by (and subject to) the terms and conditions of this TS Agreement and the costs of obtaining and, if applicable, modifying any contractual rights described in Section 5.3 of this TS Agreement, including such costs and expenses incurred prior to the date hereof by Exxaro in preparation for the provision of the Services (for the avoidance of doubt, Transition Costs shall not include any annual or recurring fees, including license fees, or any maintenance fees, support services fees, subscription fees or other costs relating to ongoing use) which will form part of normal service costs.

Tronox ” means Tronox Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Australia with registration number ACN153348111.

Tronox Group ” means Tronox and its Subsidiaries (including the Acquired Companies).

Tronox Mineral Sands ” means the South African Acquired Companies and the Mineral Sands portion of the Australian Acquired Companies

TS Agreement or TSA ” means this transitional services agreement and includes any Exhibits.

VAT ” means, in relation to the South African Acquired Companies, levied in terms of the VAT Act

 

6


VAT Act means the South African Value-Added Tax Act, 1991.

 

1.2 Unless the context of this TS Agreement otherwise requires, the following rules of interpretation shall apply to this TS Agreement:

 

  (a) a “ clause ” and a “section” shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause or a section, respectively, hereof;

 

  (b) law ” shall be construed as any law (including common or customary law), or statute, constitution, decree, judgment, treaty, regulation, directive, by-law, order or any other legislative measure of any government, supranational, local government, statutory or regulatory body or court;

 

  (c) a reference to any law, rule, ordinance enactment or regulation shall include any amendment, modification or re-enactment thereof, any regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, and any interpretations thereof from time to time by any regulatory or administrative authority, whether or not having the force of law;

 

  (d) a reference to any agreement, instrument, contract or other document shall include any amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification thereto;

 

  (e) whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” (or similar terms) are used in this TS Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

  (f) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this TS Agreement, refer to this TS Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this TS Agreement;

 

  (g) the use of “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless expressly indicated otherwise;

 

  (h) If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it is only in the definition clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of this TS Agreement.

 

  (i) Unless the context dictates otherwise, an expression which denotes:

 

  (i) any one gender includes the other genders;

 

  (ii) a natural person includes an artificial person and vice versa and shall include its successors-in-title and assigns; and

 

  (iii) the singular includes the plural and vice versa .

 

1.3

When any number of days is prescribed in this TS Agreement, same shall be reckoned exclusively of the 1 st (first) and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a day which is not a Business Day, in which case the last day shall be the immediately following Business Day.

 

7


1.4 In the event that the day for payment of any amount due in terms of this TS Agreement should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, then the relevant date for payment shall be the preceding Business Day.

 

1.5 Where any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in this TS Agreement, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to the relevant clause, shall bear the same meaning as ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of this TS Agreement, notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in this interpretation clause.

 

1.6 Any reference to an enactment in this Agreement is to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or re-enacted from time to time

 

1.7 The rule of construction that, in the event of an ambiguity, the contract shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting or preparation of the agreement, shall not apply in the interpretation of this TS Agreement.

 

1.8 The expiration or termination of this TS Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this TS Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

1.9 Save where the contrary is indicated, any reference in this TS Agreement to this TS Agreement or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this TS Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document as same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, novated or supplemented.

 

2. SERVICES

 

2.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Exxaro shall provide, or cause one or more members of its Group to provide, the Acquired Companies with each of the Services listed on Exhibit A (each service listed on Exhibit A being a “ Service ” and, collectively, the “ Services ”), which Services may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the transfer and installation of certain hardware, software, related licenses and applications, and other items as set forth on Exhibit A or pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, in each case, beginning on the “ Start Date ” set forth on Exhibit A for such Service and ending on the earlier of (a) the “ End Date ” set forth on Exhibit A for such Service, (b) the termination of this TS Agreement, or (c) the termination of such Service pursuant to Section 11 (each such duration, a “ Service Term ”). The place of rendering services by Exxaro shall (mainly) be the Republic of South Africa. Nevertheless, Tronox may from time to time request that Services be rendered by Exxaro to the Australian Acquired Companies, which request Exxaro will, using reasonable commercial endeavors, accommodate. To the extent that the Parties agree for any Services to be provided to the Australian Acquired Companies, then in such case “Services” and “Acquired Companies” shall be deemed to include Services provided to such companies hereunder, as well.

 

2.2 Subject to the provisions set forth in this Section 2.2, the Transition Costs incurred by the Exxaro Group in connection with the Services to be provided to the South African Acquired Companies shall be borne fully by Tronox, and such Transition Costs shall not be included in the calculation of Service Costs payable by Tronox for such Services;

 

8


2.3 It is understood and agreed among the Parties that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this TS Agreement, the Exxaro Group shall have no obligation whatsoever to upgrade systems, invest in product enhancements or increase staffing, capacity, functionality, reliability or any other aspect of any Service beyond the level that exists as of the date hereof with respect to any Service.

 

2.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the Term, Tronox may from time to time request that Exxaro provide special services or projects in addition to the Services, and (subject to the mutual agreement of the Parties) Exxaro shall make commercially reasonable efforts to provide such additional services or projects. If Exxaro, subject to its sole and absolute discretion, agrees to provide such additional services or projects, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to establish the terms (including price) for providing such additional services or projects and, following agreement on such terms, Exhibit A hereof shall be amended, as applicable, to include such additions.

 

3. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE: LEVEL OF SERVICES

 

3.1 With respect to any Service provided to the South African Acquired Companies, Exxaro shall, and shall cause the members of its Group to, perform such Service exercising the same degree of care, at the same general level and at the same general degree of accuracy and responsiveness, in each case as it exercises in performing the same or similar services for its own account, with priority equal to that provided to its own businesses and members of its Group where the services being provided are material to the Exxaro business (and in no event will the Services be provided in a less than diligent manner). Exxaro will ensure that all individuals performing any Services will have the education, training, knowledge, skill and capability necessary to perform the Services, in accordance with best industry practice.

 

3.2 In no event shall Tronox, with respect to any Service, be entitled to increase its use of such Service above that level of use specified in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Exxaro, which consent may be delegated to Exxaro employees from time to time, subject to internal rules applicable to the delegation of authority in terms of which Exxaro employees are permitted to determine the threshold and limitations, on written notice containing such threshold or limitation, by Exxaro to Tronox. Exxaro shall accommodate Tronox, to the extent that it is commercially reasonable to do so in relation to any requests regarding an increase in the levels of use as specified in the Exhibit A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this TS Agreement, Exxaro shall not be required to provide the South African Acquired Companies with levels of such Service above the levels that existed prior to the date hereof or with the advantage of systems, equipment, facilities, training, services or improvements procured, obtained or made after the date hereof.

 

3.3

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Exxaro may, but is not required to, make changes from time to time in the manner in which any Service is provided if (a) Exxaro is making similar changes in the manner in which such Service is provided to it and members of its own Group, (b) Exxaro furnishes to Tronox substantially the same notice (if any) that

 

9


  Exxaro provides to members of its own Group with respect to such changes, and (c) such changes shall not create a substantial risk of a material disruption of the Tronox Group’s business or of the Tronox Group’s incurring a material loss or liability.

 

3.4 Exxaro shall nominate a representative to act as the primary contact person for the provision of all of the Services and the General Services (the “ Service Coordinator ”). The initial Service Coordinator shall be Joseph Rock (General Manager, Exxaro Services). Exxaro shall notify the relevant South African Acquired Company in writing of any change in the Service Coordinator. The South African Acquired Companies agree that all communications pertaining to the provision of Services shall be directed, in writing to the Service Coordinator provided that such information pertains to:

 

  (a) additional expenditure or a potential loss estimated to equal or exceed US$10 000; or

 

  (b) conduct which may give rise to a breach of this Agreement or an agreement with a third party; or

 

  (c) a proposal to materially vary the content of the Services; or

 

  (d) a proposal to materially vary the manner in which the Services are to be provided; or

 

  (e) copies of notification provided in terms of clause 8.4 or clause 6.5 ; or

 

  (f) any fact, matter or circumstance of significance which could have a material effect on the provision of Services or on any provision or undertaking of this Agreement.

 

3.5

In order to monitor, coordinate and facilitate implementation of the terms and conditions of this TS Agreement and the General Services Agreement, the Parties shall establish (a) a “ Steering Committee ” consisting of at least one senior manager from each of the Exxaro Group and the Tronox Group and whereby each such Group is equally represented and (b) an “ Operating Committee ” consisting, as necessary, of one representative of each of the Exxaro Group and the Tronox Group from each functional area that is the subject of Exhibit A (for such time as Service Terms within such functional areas are in effect). The Steering Committee shall provide general oversight of the terms and conditions of this TS Agreement and shall work in good faith to resolve any disputes arising under this TS Agreement as set forth under Section 6. The Operating Committee shall be responsible for the day-to-day operations related to the implementation of the terms and conditions of this TS Agreement and the exhibits hereto. Exxaro shall be entitled to elect to conduct the Steering Committee meetings and/or the Operating Committee Meetings (as the case may be) within the framework of existing internal Exxaro committee structures, in order to ensure efficiency and to avoid duplication. The initial Steering Committee and Operating Committee representatives shall not be changed by either Group on less than ten days’ prior written notice to the Service Coordinator of the other Group. The Steering Committee shall at a minimum meet once a quarter, and more frequently should it so agree. The Operating Committee representatives shall meet at least once a month and more frequently should it so resolve, during the Term of this TS Agreement; provided , the members of the Steering Committee and the Operating Committee may participate in meetings of such committees by means of conference telephone, videoconferencing or other communications equipment by means of which all

 

10


  persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. The Steering Committee and Operating Committee representative for each Group shall stay reasonably apprised of the activities of the employees, agents and contractors of such Group who are providing or receiving the Services in order to maximize efficiency in the provision and receipt of the Services. The Steering Committing shall be authorized to approve any expense reasonably incurred by Exxaro pursuant to the provisions of this TS Agreement. Actions of the Steering Committee shall require the approval of Steering Committee representatives from each of the Exxaro Group and the Tronox Group, and shall be reduced to writing and recorded as an agreed minute. The Steering Committee and Operating Committee shall from time to time establish or amend a written approvals framework in terms of which the authority to inter alia amend the content of the Services or vary the manner in which the Services are to be provided, authorize the payment or a fee or incur any liability and generally manage the day to day provision of Services, subject to the thresholds and parameters contained in the approvals framework, is delegated to certain persons within Tronox or Exxaro.

 

4. RESOURCES

 

4.1 In connection with the Services, the Tronox Group shall make reasonably available for consultation with the Exxaro Group those retained employees and consultants or other service providers and employees of the Tronox Group reasonably necessary for the effective provision of such Services. Furthermore, the Tronox Group will provide the necessary access reasonably required by Exxaro to consult with the retained employees and consultants or other service providers and employees referred to above. Tronox shall also make available to Exxaro timeously all or any relevant information and do all things reasonably required by Exxaro to enable it to provide the Services.

 

4.2 The Parties confirm that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as varying the provisions of Section 7.11 of the Transaction Agreement. To the extent that any provision of this TS Agreement conflicts with the provision of Section 7.11 of the Transaction Agreement such provision shall be void.

 

5. THIRD PARTIES

 

5.1 The Exxaro Group shall make reasonably available such personnel, facilities, equipment, systems and management as are required to provide a particular Service. Subject to Section 3, Exxaro shall have the right to designate which such resources it shall assign to perform such Service and shall have the right to remove and replace any such resources at any time or designate any other members of its Group or a third party provider to perform such Service; provided , however , that (a) Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the disruption to the South African Acquired Companies business in the transition of the Service to different resources or another provider and (b) with respect to Services that are not currently outsourced by Exxaro to a third party, any substitution of a third party provider in connection with the provision of such Service shall be subject to the approval of the Steering Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Exxaro shall remain solely responsible, in accordance with the terms of this TS Agreement, for the performance of any Service it is required to provide hereunder.

 

11


5.2 With respect to Services that are currently outsourced by Exxaro to third parties, Exxaro shall reasonably assist the South African Acquired Companies in seeking to cause such third parties to provide such Services to the South African Acquired Companies. In the event Exxaro is not able to secure the agreement of any third parties to provide Services to the South African Acquired Companies, Exxaro shall reasonably assist the South African Acquired Companies in seeking to obtain substantially similar services from another source on substantially similar terms and conditions as those currently being provided.

 

5.3 If, and to the extent, required, Tronox and Exxaro shall cooperate in seeking to obtain any required transfer or assignment agreements or any other agreements necessary to transfer Contractual rights of the Exxaro Group that existed immediately prior to the Closing Date to receive services or license software, to the extent (a) such agreements or rights are necessary for the provision of Services to the South African Acquired Companies and (b) such rights were utilized by the Exxaro Group prior to the Closing Date. To the extent however that any such aforesaid Contractual rights contained in agreements between Exxaro and third parties are required to remain in place by Exxaro for its own benefit, after the Signature Date, the Parties agree to use their respective reasonable commercial endeavors to obtain a partial assignment (to the extent possible) of the required Contractual rights to ensure that any such Contractual rights reasonably required by Exxaro remain in full force and effect or to procure the conclusion of separate agreements. Such new agreements shall be in the name or for the benefit of the applicable member, or members, of the Tronox Group. The cooperation required hereunder shall be included in the Service to which it is related. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that Exxaro shall not be liable under this TS Agreement for any annual or recurring fees, including license fees, or any maintenance fees, support services fees, subscription fees or other costs relating to ongoing use by the Tronox Group stemming from a transfer to the Tronox Group pursuant to a Service hereunder.

 

5.4 Exxaro shall not, after the Closing Date, enter into any agreement or contract with any third party to provide any Services hereunder pursuant to which the Tronox Group would remain obligated to such third party upon the termination of this TS Agreement or the General Services Agreement without the Tronox Group’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

5.5 Without prejudice to Exxaro’s obligations under Section 2.2 and Exhibit A of this TS Agreement, the Tronox Group shall be solely responsible for acquiring or otherwise obtaining all assets and rights for third party services not otherwise obtained as a result of the expenditure of such Transition Costs, including hardware, software, information systems and other materials and third party services, reasonably necessary in connection with any Service as contemplated by this TS Agreement.

 

6. COOPERATION: AMICABLE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

6.1 The Parties shall cooperate in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of the Services. Such cooperation shall include exchanging information, providing access to personnel, equipment, office space, electronic systems and other property and adjustments and obtaining all consents, licenses, sublicenses or approvals necessary to permit each Party to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

12


6.2 In the event of a dispute under this TS Agreement, either Party may give written notice to the other Party requesting that the Steering Committee try to resolve (but without any obligation to resolve) such dispute. Not later than ten days after said written notice, each Party shall submit to the other a written statement setting forth such Party’s description of the dispute, such Party’s position on such dispute, such Party’s recommended resolution and the reasons why such Party feels its recommended resolution is fair and equitable in light of the terms and spirit of this TS Agreement. Such statements represent part of a good-faith effort to resolve a dispute and as such, no statements prepared by a Party pursuant to this Section 6 may be introduced as evidence or used as an admission against interest in any arbitral or judicial resolution of such dispute.

 

6.3 If the dispute continues unresolved for a period of five days (or such longer period as the Steering Committee may otherwise agree upon) after the simultaneous exchange of such written statements, then the Steering Committee shall promptly commence good-faith negotiations to resolve such dispute but without any obligation to resolve it. The initial negotiating meeting may be conducted by teleconference.

 

6.4 Not later than seven days after the commencement of negotiations under Section 6.3 above: (a) if the Steering Committee renders an agreed resolution on the matter in dispute, then both Parties shall be bound thereby; and (b) if the Steering Committee does not render an agreed resolution, then the dispute shall be submitted for resolution pursuant to Section 6.5.

 

6.5 Disputes arising under this TS Agreement and not resolved by the Steering Committee within seven days under clause (a) of Section 6.4 shall be submitted in writing to an appropriate executive officer of each Party. The executive officers shall attempt to resolve any dispute submitted to them for resolution in accordance with this Section 6.5 through consultation and negotiation, within 15 days after such submission (or such longer period as may be mutually agreed by the Parties). Absent a resolution within such 15 days period, any dispute related to, or in connection with, this TS Agreement shall be submitted by either executive officer of either Party for resolution by final and binding arbitration determined in accordance with Section 20.

 

7. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

7.1

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, all Exxaro work product, data or other materials and deliverables provided by or on behalf of Exxaro or any member of its Group to the South African Acquired Companies or any member of its Group in connection with the Services (collectively, Work Product ), in whatever form or medium, and all intellectual property rights in or to any of the foregoing owned by any member of the Exxaro Group (collectively, the “ Exxaro Intellectual Property ”) will remain the exclusive property of, as applicable, Exxaro or a member of its Group; except that Exxaro and the members of its Group will grant the South African Acquired Companies and the members of its Group a non-exclusive, non-transferable, perpetual, irrevocable royalty-free, worldwide right and license to use, disclose and otherwise exploit any Exxaro Intellectual Property to the extent that it

 

13


  relates to any Work Product that is non-severable or contained in, derived from, included or embedded in, or necessary or desirable to use, any work product, data, software or any other materials or deliverables or any other intellectual property or tangible embodiments thereof generated, developed or otherwise created by or on behalf of Exxaro or the South African Acquired Companies or any member of Exxaro s or Tronox’s Group in the course of Exxaro s provision of the Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, to the extent any Work Product is created primarily for the South African Acquired Companies or any member of its Group, or is primarily derived from any intellectual property of the South African Acquired Companies or any member of its Group, the South African Acquired Companies will own such Work Product and all intellectual property rights therein or thereto, and Exxaro, or the relevant member of the Exxaro Group shall do all things and sign all documents as may be necessary to formally assign any interest it may have in such Work Product.

 

7.2 All Work Product, data, software and any other materials or deliverables and any other intellectual property and tangible embodiments thereof generated, developed or otherwise created by or on behalf of the South African Acquired Companies (whether in the course of Exxaro’s provision of the Services or otherwise), in whatever form or medium, and all intellectual property rights in or to any of the foregoing will be owned by the South African Acquired Companies

 

7.3 The Parties acknowledge that, in agreeing on the Services to be provided by Exxaro under this TS Agreement, they may decide to allocate the ownership of intellectual property rights arising out of Exxaro s provision of the Services differently for certain Services in this TS Agreement.

 

8. EXCEPTIONS TO EXXARO S OBLIGATION TO PERFORM

 

8.1 Exxaro shall not be required to provide a Service to the extent the performance of such Service would require the Exxaro Group to violate any applicable law or would result in the breach of any software license or other Contract with a Person not a member of the Exxaro Group but only to the extent that such breach is a consequence of the South African Acquired Companies’ failure to comply with an obligation to own or otherwise possess such software license, or to enter into such other Contract, that is expressly set forth in this TS Agreement and is applicable to the Services to be provided by Exxaro or agreed by the Parties as necessary or desirable for Exxaro to be able to provide the Services.

 

8.2 If Exxaro determines that it is no longer commercially viable to provide any Service (whether absolutely or in the manner in which the Service is to be performed) in accordance with the terms hereof, the Parties shall meet as soon as may be practicable after Exxaro has made such a decision, and in good faith cooperate so as to determine the best alternative approach to procure the provision of the Services. Until such alternative approach is found or the problem is otherwise resolved to the satisfaction of the Parties, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide such Service, and Tronox shall not be precluded from invoking the dispute resolution provisions of section 6 should Exxaro fail so to do.

 

8.3

If Exxaro is objectively unable to modify its provision of such Service and no alternate approach to procure the provision of the Services is agreed, Exxaro will be excused from

 

14


  continuing to provide it without claim or penalty of any nature levied. If Exxaro is excused from providing a Service as set forth herein, then the amount payable to Exxaro for the Services will be reduced accordingly during the period in which Exxaro is not providing such Service. To the extent the Parties agree upon an alternative approach that requires payment of amounts above and beyond what Tronox is required to pay under this TS Agreement for such Service, such excess amounts shall be borne by Tronox, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. Tronox may obtain replacement services or resources for the affected Service from a third party for the duration of such delay or inability to perform, and Tronox shall be liable for the payment of such substitute Services. Exxaro shall provide reasonable assistance in identifying a suitable third party and shall assist Tronox in negotiating favourable terms of such.

 

8.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,

 

  (a) if either of the South African Acquired Companies (i) elect to decommission, replace, modify or change its information technology or communications systems or any other aspect of its business relationship relating to a Service in a manner that prevents Exxaro from providing such Service as required hereunder (in the understanding that Tronox shall provide Exxaro with five Business Days prior notice of any such election), or (ii) fail to acquire the hardware, software, information systems or other materials or third party services reasonably necessary for any Service pursuant to Section 5.5 of this TS Agreement and such failure prevents Exxaro from providing such Service as required hereunder, then, in each case, Exxaro shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to the effectiveness or quality of such Service and, following five Business Days prior written notice to Tronox, Exxaro shall be excused from the performance of such Service;

 

  (b) if Tronox is unable, despite Exxaro’s reasonable assistance in accordance with Section 5.2 of this TS Agreement and Exxaro’s cooperation in accordance with Section 6.1 of this TS Agreement, to secure the agreement of third parties with whom Exxaro has outsourced certain Services to provide such Services to the Tronox Group, Exxaro shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to the effectiveness or quality of any Service that is prevented, hindered, or delayed thereby and, following five Business Days prior written notice to Tronox, Exxaro shall be excused from the performance of such Service;

 

  (c) if Tronox is unable, despite Exxaro’s cooperation in accordance with Sections 5.3 and 6.1 of this TS Agreement, to obtain any required transfer or assignment agreements or any other equivalent agreements necessary to transfer Contractual rights of the Exxaro Group that existed immediately prior to the Closing Date, Exxaro shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to the effectiveness or quality of any Service that is prevented, hindered, or delayed thereby and, following five Business Days prior written notice to Tronox, Exxaro shall be excused from the performance of such Service; and

 

  (d)

Exxaro may suspend performance and the Tronox Group’s access to information technology or communications systems used by the Exxaro Group if, in Exxaro’s

 

15


  reasonable judgment, the integrity, security or performance of such systems, or any data stored thereon, is being or is likely to be jeopardized by the activities of any member of the Tronox Group, its employees, agents, representatives or contractors.

 

8.5 It shall not be a breach of this TS Agreement and the Parties shall not be liable for delay in performance or nonperformance of any term or condition of this TS Agreement directly or indirectly resulting from any fire, explosion, accident, disease, illness, flood, labor trouble or stoppage, civil disorder, war, terrorism (or threat thereof), atmospheric or weather condition, acts of God or any other causes beyond a party’s reasonable control (each, a “ Force Majeure Event ”). Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event, the Party so affected in the discharge of its obligation shall promptly give written notice of such event to the other Party. The affected Party shall make every reasonable effort to remove or remedy the cause of such Force Majeure Event or mitigate its effect as quickly as may be possible. If such occurrence results in the suspension of all or part of the Services for 30 days, the Parties shall meet and determine the appropriate measures to be taken. Any delay or failure in performance by either Party thereto shall not constitute default hereunder or give rise to any claims for damages or loss of anticipated profits if, and to the extent that such delay or failure is caused by a Force Majeure Event. In a Force Majeure Event, Exxaro shall not be entitled to any compensation for any part of, or all of, the Services that is suspended because of such Force Majeure Event.

 

9. PAYMENT AND AUDIT RIGHTS

 

9.1 Generally .

 

   In consideration of each Service provided hereunder, during the Term of this TS Agreement, the South African Acquired Companies shall pay to Exxaro, on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the Service Costs attributable to the Services provided by the Exxaro Group during the prior month period. Services provided by the Exxaro Group to the South African Acquired Companies under this TS Agreement will have priority over the Services provided under the General Service Agreement, and Exxaro shall not separately invoice the South African Acquired Companies under the Services Agreement, nor shall the South African Acquired Companies owe any amounts hereunder, for any Services that may be characterized as Services under the Services Agreement and the General Services Agreement. With respect to any particular Service, if any, requiring additional payment by the South African Acquired Companies, the South African Acquired Companies shall pay Exxaro in accordance with the specifications set forth on the Exhibits. To the extent that, during the Term, the Parties use their reasonable commercial efforts to mutually agree to modify, amend, delete or add to the Services, the Parties shall cooperate to determine an equitable adjustment to the amounts paid by the South African Acquired Companies to Exxaro. For the avoidance of doubt however, no amendments to any of the Services, any Service Costs or anything else relating to this TS Agreement shall become effective and binding on the Parties until reduced to writing and signed by each Party’s respective authorized representatives.

 

16


9.2 Invoices.

With respect to the Services actually provided, Exxaro shall invoice the South African Acquired Companies the South African Acquired Companies on a monthly basis for all amounts due to Exxaro hereunder with respect to such Services. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby understood that, unless mutually agreed in writing among the Parties, amounts due hereunder shall consist solely of Service Costs. Such invoices shall be accompanied by a reasonable accounting of all invoiced amounts, all third party invoices and receipts related to such invoiced amounts and such other supporting documentation as may be reasonably requested by the South African Acquired Companies.

 

9.3 Payment .

The relevant South African Acquired Company shall pay Exxaro for any properly invoiced amounts within 30 days of receipt of the invoice and other information required by Section 9.2; provided , however , that if the relevant South African Acquired Company shall have a bona fide dispute with the amount invoiced, then the relevant South African Acquired Company shall pay only the undisputed amount at such time, and the Parties shall seek to resolve such dispute in accordance with Section 6 of this TS Agreement. Unless the Parties otherwise agree, all payments hereunder shall be made by deposit of South African Rand in the requisite amount to such bank account as Exxaro may from time to time designate by notice to the South African Acquired Companies. Late payments of undisputed amounts (or payments of disputed amounts which are determined under this TS Agreement to be payable by the South African Acquired Companies) shall bear interest at the published one-month JIBAR Rate plus 2% per annum.

 

9.4 Quarterly Reconciliation .

Exxaro shall at the end of each quarter, reconcile the monthly invoices issued against the Services provided for the preceding quarter, so as to ensure the accuracy of the invoices issued in such period. To the extent that Tronox has been overcharged or undercharged for the provision of any Service, Exxaro shall reflect such sum as to Tronox’s credit or debit (as the case may be) in the following monthly invoice issued in terms of clause 9.2. Such figure shall be reflected clearly as a separate line item on the invoice as either a debit or credit with a brief explanation for the inclusion (“ adjustment amount ”). As regards credit amounts, Tronox shall pay the difference between the amount charged for Services under the monthly invoice and the amount reflected to its credit. Where an additional amount is indicated as a debit, Tronox shall pay the sum of the two figures. No interest shall be included in or levied on an adjustment amount.

 

9.5 Financial Statements and Statutory Audits

The Parties will each make their respective management teams reasonably available to assist the South African Acquired Companies from time to time to respond to requests related to the preparation, analysis and discussion of its financial statements (annual and interim as applicable). Such access and will include, without limitation: (i) preparation of pro forma financial information, (ii) preparation of projections, (iii) conforming of accounting policies, (iv) preparation of Tronox s and/or its Affiliate(s)’ SEC filings, (v) other periodic financial reporting and related analysis, (vi) issuance by Tronox’s auditor’s of “comfort letters” pursuant to SAS

 

17


72, (vii) responding to SEC comment letters (viii) any other similar or related item of information reasonably required by Tronox or its advisors and (viii) Exxaro shall only be required to provide the services referred to in items (i) to (viii) above to the extent that it relates to the South African Acquired Companies. Access to the Parties’ respective management teams for the aforementioned purposes shall be on a timely basis in order to facilitate Tronox’s and/or its Affiliate(s)’ periodic financial reporting and financing activities (to the extent that it relates to the South African Acquired Companies). In the event that the obligation to provide the services referred to in items (i) to (viii) necessitates the acquisition of additional resources, the Parties record that provided such matter will be raised with, and approved by, Tronox prior to the acquisition of such resources, the reasonable and direct costs occasioned by the acquisition of such additional resources will be borne by Tronox.

 

9.6 The Parties’ respective management teams will direct and assist Tronox’s auditors to provide all necessary reasonable assistance to Tronox and/or its Affiliate(s) and Tronox’s and/or its Affiliate(s)’ auditors in relation to: (i) the preparation of pro forma financial information, (ii) analysis of financial reporting, (iii) responding to SEC comment letters, and (iv) transitioning of auditors (including access to working papers) and such other reasonable assistance as such auditor’s may require in connection with such and other related activities; provided that such assistance will be treated and invoiced as a Service. Exxaro will only be required to provide the abovementioned services (contained in items (i) to (iv) above) to the extent that they relate to the South African Acquired Companies

 

9.7 Taxes .

 

  (a) Any Taxes assessed and levied on the provision of any Service hereunder shall be included in the Service Costs of such Services.

 

  (b) All Services are provided exclusive of VAT.

 

10. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

10.1

With respect to any Service, Tronox agrees that (a) all software, hardware or data store, procedures and materials provided to the South African Acquired Companies by or on behalf of Exxaro in connection with such Service are solely for the use of the South African Acquired Companies and members of its Group solely for purposes of using such Services during the Term (provided that benefits received by third parties in the ordinary course of business conducted with the South African Acquired Companies shall not be subject to this Section 10); (b) title to any software, hardware or data store or any other intellectual property or proprietary right of any kind used in performing such Service shall, as between the South African Acquired Companies and Exxaro, remain in Exxaro; (c) Neither Tronox nor the South African Acquired Companies shall copy, modify, reverse engineer, decompile, distribute or in any way alter or make derivative works of any software, hardware or data store used in performing such Service without Exxaro’s prior written consent; and (d) Tronox shall, and shall cause the member of the Tronox Group to, comply with any and all usage guidelines pertaining to any Service and provided by or on behalf of Exxaro, including any and all usage guidelines pertaining to software, data, or other intellectual property or proprietary rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing any software, hardware, data store, procedures or materials

 

18


purchased for Tronox pursuant to Section 2.2 of this TS Agreement in connection with a Service or the independent functionality of Tronox, and any assets acquired or purchased by Tronox for its own account, shall not be subject to this Section 10.1.

 

10.2 The Parties acknowledge that, pursuant to the mutual provision of Services or as a result of the transfer of certain business operations and assets (including information technology, software and hardware) contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, each Party shall possess or have access (intentionally or inadvertently) to information that belongs to the other Party or has commercial value in that other Party’s business, and is not in the public domain, including information relating to its customers, suppliers, finances, operations, facilities and markets (“ Confidential Information ”). Neither Party shall disclose, use, sell, assign, lease nor otherwise dispose of the other Party’s Confidential Information, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this TS Agreement or the Transaction Agreement. Exxaro shall not, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Exxaro Group and its employees, contractors and other agents do not, use the Services to access any of Tronox’s Confidential Information that is outside the scope of the Service provided. Nothing in this Section 10.2 shall be construed as obligating any Party hereto to disclose its Confidential Information to any other Party, or as granting to or conferring on another Party, expressly or by implication, any rights or license to its Confidential Information, provided that the Parties acknowledge that, in order to perform the Services, Exxaro shall have custody of and usage of certain Tronox’s Confidential Information, and Tronox hereby grants to Exxaro the right to do so in accordance with this TS Agreement.

 

10.3 Notwithstanding Section 10.2, Information is not Confidential Information to the extent that: (a) the information is or becomes publicly available through no fault of the Party which received the information from the other Party; (b) the same information is rightfully in the possession of a Party prior to receipt of that information from another Party; provided , however that Tronox information or data that is in Exxaro’s possession prior to the Closing Date and is otherwise Confidential Information of Tronox shall be Confidential Information; (c) the same information is independently developed (without the use of another Party’s Confidential Information) by the Party which received that information from such other Party; or (d) the same information becomes available to a Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than another Party hereto, which source, to the knowledge of the disclosing Party, is not prohibited from disclosing that information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary obligations to the Party about whom such information pertains.

 

10.4 Notwithstanding Section 10.2, a Party hereto shall not have violated the terms of this Section 10 for disclosing Confidential Information:

 

  (a) to third parties performing services required under this TS Agreement where (i) use of that Confidential Information by that third party is authorized under this TS Agreement; or (ii) disclosure is reasonably necessary or typically occurs in the natural course of the third party’s duties; provided , in each case, that the third party has executed a written confidentiality agreement under which the third party is obligated to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information in a manner substantially equivalent to this TS Agreement, to the extent that such party is not already bound by a confidentiality undertaking, in which case there shall be no requirement for such party to enter into a written confidentiality agreement as contemplated in this clause;

 

19


  (b) in order to comply with any applicable Laws; provided that as soon as practicable and legally permitted the disclosing Party shall notify the Party whose Confidential Information was or is to be disclosed of the disclosure or possible disclosure under this subsection; or

 

  (c) to the disclosing Party’s independent auditors.

 

11. TERM

 

11.1 The term of this TS Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Closing Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 11.2, shall continue until the End Date. This TS Agreement may only be extended by written agreement of the Parties as evidenced by the signature of authorized representatives of such Parties.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination dates of any Service shall be as may set forth in Exhibit A ;

 

11.3 With respect to any Service, Tronox may terminate the term of such Service upon 90 days notice to Exxaro; provided, further, that if the Exxaro has appointed or otherwise engaged any employee, agent or subcontractor primarily for the purpose of rendering any of the Services to Tronox, the termination provisions of the relevant agreements shall prevail over this Section 11.3 unless Exxaro elects to make payment in accordance with the provision of Section 12.3(a).

 

12. CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

 

12.1 Termination or expiration of this TS Agreement for any reason shall be without prejudice to any rights that shall have accrued to the benefit of a Party prior to such termination or expiration. Such termination, relinquishment, or expiration shall not relieve a Party from obligations that are expressly indicated to survive the termination or expiration of this TS Agreement.

 

12.2 Upon termination or expiration of this TS Agreement, each Party, at the request of the other, shall return all relevant records and materials in its possession or control containing or comprising the other Party’s information and to which the returning Party does not retain rights hereunder (except one copy of which may be retained in such files for archival purposes)

 

12.3 If, as a consequence of termination of a particular Service, or as a result of termination or expiry of this TS Agreement and in addition and subject to the provisions of Section 11.3 of this TS Agreement and Section 7.11 of the Transaction Agreement:

 

  (a)

To the extent that Exxaro, appoints a new employee, agent or subcontractor for the specific purpose of rendering a service to Tronox, such appointment having been approved by Tronox, Exxaro shall, in the first instance, using its reasonable

 

20


  endeavors, attempt to redeploy such a person within Exxaro. If, and for whatever reason, such person exits the employment of Exxaro, Tronox shall pay the reasonable and direct costs incurred by Exxaro arising out of such person’s exit. Nothing in the clause shall relieve Exxaro of its obligations to any employee or contractor incurred in terms of South African labour laws. For the avoidance of doubt, based on the current circumstances anticipated with regards to the Transitional Services detailed in Exhibit A of this TS Agreement, Exxaro does not expect to require additional employees, agents or subcontractors to deliver these services.

 

13. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, THE SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS TS AGREEMENT ARE FURNISHED AS IS, WHERE IS, AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, ADEQUACY, OR COMPLIANCE WITH ANY LAW, DOMESTIC OR FOREIGN.

 

14. DAMAGES

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, NO PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY (INCLUDING ITS RESPECTIVE HEIRS, LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS, AS THE CASE MAY BE, HEREUNDER) FOR ANY LOSSES THAT ARE NOT REASONABLY FORESEEABLE OR ANY DAMAGES FOR THE LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS, ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, GOODWILL, OR THE LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO DATA OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS TS AGREEMENT OR ITS TERMINATION OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY THIS TS AGREEMENT, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OR COVENANT OR OTHER AGREEMENT OR ANY OBLIGATION ARISING THEREFROM OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER LIABILITY IS ASSERTED IN CONTRACT OR DELICT (INCLUDING, NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY) AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIMS THAT THESE EXCLUSIONS DEPRIVE SUCH PARTY OF AN ADEQUATE REMEDY.

 

15. INDEMNIFICATION

 

15.1

Exxaro hereby does and will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tronox and each member of the Tronox Group and their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents and representatives in respect of all Losses related to or arising from, (i) any breach by Exxaro or any member of the Exxaro Group of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation of this TS Agreement; (ii) any violation of law; (iii) any third party claim that the Services provided breach or infringe, misappropriate or otherwise conflict with any intellectual property rights of any Person (such claim, a “ Third Party IP Claim ”); (iv) any third party claim that the Services provided breach any license or other Contract (such claim,

 

21


  a “ Third Party Contract Claim ”) where any member of the Exxaro Group is a party to such license or other Contract; and (v) any Third Party Contract Claim where any member of the Tronox Group is a party to such license or other Contract but only to the extent that a Loss is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Exxaro; except in the case of items (ii)-(iv), to the extent a Loss is proximately caused by (A) the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Tronox and/or the Acquired Companies (as the case may be)or (B) Tronox’s failure to arrange for appropriate intellectual property licenses or consents under Contracts which it (or any member of its Group) is a party and with respect to which Tronox and/or the South African Acquired Companies (as the case may be)knew, or reasonably should have known, that such licenses or consents would be required in order for Exxaro to perform any Service and had an obligation to obtain such licenses or consents under the TS Agreement (provided that neither Exxaro nor any member of its Group provided any such Services if Exxaro or any member of its Group knew, or reasonably should have known, that any required license(s) or consent(s) were not yet obtained).

 

15.2 Tronox and the South African Acquired Companies will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Exxaro and each member of the Exxaro Group and their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents and representatives in respect of all Losses related to or arising from, (i) any breach by Tronox and/or the South African Acquired Companies (as the case may be)or any member of the Tronox Group of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation of the Transition Services Agreement; (ii) any violation of Law that is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Tronox ; (iii) a Third Party IP Claim that is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Tronox and/or the Acquired Companies (as the case may be) or the failure of Tronox and/or the South African Acquired Companies (as the case may be) to arrange for appropriate intellectual property licenses for which Tronox and/or the South African Acquired Companies (as the case may be) knew, or reasonably should have known, that such licenses would be required in order for Exxaro to perform the Services and had an obligation to obtain such licenses under the TS Agreement (provided that neither Exxaro nor any member of its Group provided any such Services if Exxaro or any member of its Group knew, or reasonably should have known, that any required license(s) were not yet obtained); (iv) any Third Party Contract Claim where any member of the Tronox Group is a party, except to the extent a Loss is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Exxaro; and (v) any Third Party Contract Claim where any member of the Exxaro Group is a party but only to the extent that a Loss is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Tronox.

 

16. SUBROGATION

If any liability arises from the performance of any Service hereunder by a third party contractor, the South African Acquired Companies shall be subrogated to such rights, if any, as Exxaro may have against such third party contractor.

 

17. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

At all times during the term of this TS Agreement, Exxaro shall be an independent contractor in providing the Services hereunder with the sole right to supervise, manage, operate, control

 

22


and direct the performance of the Services and the sole obligation to employ, compensate and manage its employees and business affairs, provided that Exxaro will remain solely liable to Tronox for the acts and omissions of its subcontractors. Nothing contained in this TS Agreement shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture, to create the relationships of employee/employer or principal/agent, or otherwise create any liability whatsoever of any member of the Exxaro Group with respect to the indebtedness, Losses, obligations or actions of the other party or any of its respective officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents or representatives, or any other person or entity.

 

18. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

Each Party will comply with all applicable laws, rules, ordinances and regulations of any Governmental Entity or regulatory agency governing the Services to be provided hereunder. No Party will take any action in violation of any applicable law, rule, ordinance or regulation that could result in liability being imposed on the other Party.

 

19. MISCELLANEOUS

 

19.1 Notices .

 

  (a) Postal Address

 

  (i) Each Party chooses the address set out opposite its name below as its address to which any written notice in connection with this TS Agreement may be addressed.

 

  (A) Tronox: 3301 NW 150th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 , United States

Telefax No.: +1 405 775 5155

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: michael.foster@tronox.com

 

  (A) Exxaro: Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West, 0183 , South Africa

Telefax No.: +27 12 307 4860

Attention: The Company Secretary

E-mail: Carina.Wessels@exxaro.com

 

  (a) Any notice of communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this TS Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice of telefax.

 

23


  (b)

Any Party may by written notice to the other Party change its chosen address and/or telefax number for the purposes of clause 19.1 to another postal address and/or telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective on the 14 th (fourteenth) day after the receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  (i) any notice to a Party contained in a correctly addressed envelope;

 

  (A) and sent by pre-paid registered post to it at its chosen address in terms of clause 19.1 or

 

  (B) delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at its chosen address in terms of clause 19.1(a), shall be deemed to have been received in the case of clause 19.1(a)(c)(i), on the seventh Business Day after posting (unless the contrary is proved) and, in the case of clause 19.1(a)(c)(ii) on the day of delivery.

 

  (ii)

Any notice by telefax to a Party at its telefax number shall be deemed, unless the contrary is proved, to have been received on the 1 st (first) Business Day after the date of transmission.

 

  (c) Address for Service of Legal Documents

 

  (i) The Parties hereto choose domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes of and in connection with this TS Agreement as follows:

 

  (A) Tronox:

1 Stamford Plaza

Suite 1100, 263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: The General Counsel

 

  (A) The Company:

Exxaro: Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West, 0183 , South Africa

Attention: The Company Secretary

 

19.2 Either Party hereto shall be entitled to change its domicilium from time to time, provided that any new domicilium selected by it shall be an address (other than a box number) in the Republic of South Africa, and any such change shall only be effective upon receipt of notice in writing by the other Party of such change.

 

19.3 All notices, demands, communications in respect of legal proceedings intended for a Party shall be made or given at its domicilium for the time being.

 

24


19.4 A notice sent by one Party to another Party shall be deemed to have been received on the same day if delivered by hand or sent by telefacsimile.

 

19.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this clause 19, a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it, notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address.

 

19.6 Entire Agreement . This TS Agreement, together with the exhibits referred to herein, and the documents and instruments to be executed and delivered pursuant hereto, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement by and among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements and understandings among such Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

19.7 Amendments and Waivers . This TS Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by all of the Parties. The observance of any term of this TS Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing and signed by the Party against whom such amendment or waiver is sought to be enforced. The waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of this TS Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by any Party, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

19.8 Successors and Assigns . Neither this TS Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be ceded nor may any obligations be delegated by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties. This TS Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

19.9 Governing Law . This TS Agreement and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with this TS Agreement, or for the breach or alleged breach thereof (whether in contract, in tort or otherwise) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Republic of South Africa, without giving effect to any conflicts of laws or other principles thereof that would result in the application of the laws of another jurisdiction, either as to substance or procedure.

 

19.10 Severability . If any provisions of this TS Agreement as applied to any part or to any circumstance shall be adjudged by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall in no way affect any other provision of this TS Agreement, the application of such provision in any other circumstances or the validity or enforceability of this TS Agreement.

 

19.11 Counterparts . This TS Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Such counterpart executions may be transmitted to the Parties by facsimile or electronic transmission, which shall have the full force and effect of an original signature.

 

25


19.12 Cooperation ; Commercially Reasonable Efforts. The Parties shall cooperate in connection with all actions to be taken to consummate the transactions contemplated by this TS Agreement.

 

19.13 Further Acts and Documents. Each Party hereby agrees to execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this TS Agreement.

 

19.14 Interpretation. This TS Agreement shall be construed reasonably to carry out its intent without presumption against or in favor of either Party.

 

20. Arbitration .

 

20.1 Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 6, and except in respect of those provisions of this TS Agreement which provide for their own remedies that would be incompatible with arbitration, or if either Party institutes an urgent action against the other in any court of competent jurisdiction, any dispute arising from or in connection with this TS Agreement will be finally resolved in accordance with the Rules of the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa (the “Foundation”) by an arbitrator appointed by the Foundation.

 

20.2 The arbitrator shall be selected based on the subject matter under dispute in accordance with the following procedure:

 

  (a) if the subject in dispute is primarily an accounting matter, then the Arbitrator shall be an independent accountant agreed upon between the Parties;

 

  (b) if the subject in dispute is primarily a legal matter, then the Arbitrator shall be a practicing senior counsel with no less than 10 years standing agreed upon between the Parties; and

 

  (c) if the subject in dispute is any other matter, then the Arbitrator shall be an independent person agreed upon between the Parties.

 

20.3 If the Parties cannot agree upon a particular arbitrator in accordance with Section 20.2 above within seven Business Days after the arbitration has been demanded, the arbitration shall be selected by the President of the General Council of the Bar of South Africa or his/her successors in title, within seven Business Days after the Parties have failed to agree.

 

20.4 An aggrieved Party may appeal against the arbitration award within 10 Business Days after receipt of the arbitration award by lodging a notice of appeal with the other Party.

 

20.5 Three practicing senior counsel of at least 15 years standing shall be appointed as chairpersons of the appeal. If the Parties are unable to agree on the chairpersons for the appeal, then Section 20.3) shall apply mutatis mutandis with the changes required by the context. The chairpersons shall meet the Parties within seven days after their appointment to determine the procedure for the appeal.

 

20.6 The Parties irrevocably agree the arbitration proceedings will be conducted in South Africa.

 

26


20.7 The Parties irrevocably agree that the decision in these arbitration proceedings shall be binding on them and shall be carried into effect as if adopted by an order of any Court of competent jurisdiction.

 

20.8 This clause 20 will be severable from the rest of this TS Agreement so that it will operate and continue to operate notwithstanding any actual or alleged voidness, voidability, unenforceability, termination, cancellation, expiry, or accepted repudiation, of this TS Agreement.

 

20.9 Neither Party shall be entitled to withhold performance of any of their obligations in terms of this TS Agreement pending the settlement of, or decision in, any dispute arising between the Parties, and each Party shall in such circumstances continue to comply with their obligations in terms of this TS Agreement.

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this TS Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

TRONOX     TRONOX LIMITED
    By:   /s/ Michael J. Foster        
      Name: Michael J. Foster
      Title: Director
    By:   /s/ Matthew A. Paque      
      Name: Matthew A. Paque
      Title: Secretary

[Transition Services Agreement]


EXXARO RESOURCES   EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED    
 

By:

 

/s/ Riaan Koppeschaar

 
    Name: Riaan Koppeschaar  
    Title: General Manager  

 

EXXARO TSA SANDS   EXXARO TSA SANDS (PTY) LTD    
 

By:

 

/s/ Riaan Koppeschaar

 
    Name: Riaan Koppeschaar  
    Title: General Manager  

 

EXXARO SANDS   EXXARO SANDS (PTY) LTD    
 

By:

 

/s/ Riaan Koppeschaar

 
    Name: Riaan Koppeschaar  
    Title: General Manager  

[Transition Services Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Services Provided by Exxaro and the Exxaro Group to the Tronox Group

WORK IN PROGRESS

 

1 Payroll / Employee Benefits

 

1.1 Start Date . Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the South African Acquired Companies with respect to general accounting services with respect to payroll, employee benefits matters and associated Pay As You Earn (PAYE) tax compliance.

 

1.2 End Date . Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section shall continue until 31 December 2012, unless extended in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement.

 

1.3 Services . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section shall include the following:

 

  i. Exxaro shall share with the South African Acquired Companies systems implemented and in production for the South African Acquired Companies as of the Closing Date.

 

  ii. Payroll administration.

 

  iii. Benefits administration.

 

  iv. Preparation of monthly PAYE returns and associated reconciliations.

 

2 General Accounting

 

2.1 Start Date . Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the South African Acquired Companies with respect to general accounting services.

 

2.2 End Date . Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section shall continue until 31 December 2012, unless extended in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement.

 

2.3 Services . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section shall include the following:

 

  i. Making reasonably available its general accounting personnel for consultation on matters relating to or affecting the South African Acquired Companies where such personnel have relevant familiarity or expertise

 

  ii. Providing Hyperion maintenance, support and assistance for Tronox Mineral Sands

 

  iii. Providing monthly consolidated management reports for the Tronox Mineral Sands management team.

 

  iv. Support and assistance with IFRS and other general accounting matters.

 

A-1


  v. Necessary accounting information that may be require for the Rehabilitation Trust.

 

3 Tax Services

 

3.1 Start Date . Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall cooperate with the South African Acquired Companies in meeting certain tax compliance obligations of the South African Acquired Companies.

 

3.2 End Date . Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section shall continue until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, unless extended in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement.

 

3.3 Services . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Exxaro shall provide the following services and assistance to the South African Acquired Companies:

 

  a. Income Tax

 

  i. Completion and submission of IT14 returns for the 2012 year of assessment.

 

  ii. Completion and submission of IRP6 returns for the 2012 year of assessment.

 

  b. Mineral Resource Royalty

 

  i. Completion and submission of MPR2 returns for the 2012 year of assessment.

 

  ii. Completion and submission of MPR3 returns for the 2012 year of assessment.

 

  iii. Completion and submission of MPR report to National Treasury for the 2012 year of assessment.

 

  c. Tax Reporting

 

  i. Quarterly reporting on the tax liability for the 2012 year of assessment.

 

  ii. Year end reporting for the financial year ending 31 December 2012.

 

  d. Liaison with the South African Revenue Services (SARS)

 

  i. Responding to queries from SARS relating to VAT, Income Tax, PAYE and Mineral Resource Royalty.

 

  ii. Provision of information to SARS as required.

 

4 Access to Accounts, Bank Systems and Funds

 

4.1 Start Date . Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the South African Acquired Companies with respect to the coordination of transferred accounts and bank systems.

 

A-2


4.2 End Date . Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section shall continue until first anniversary of the Closing Date, unless extended in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement.

 

4.3 Services . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section shall include the following:

 

  i. Exxaro shall cooperate with the South African Acquired Companies in facilitating access to information and transactions involving bank accounts and bank systems transferred, or intended to be transferred, to Tronox pursuant to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement or containing or receiving funds so transferred to the South African Acquired Companies or otherwise belonging to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

  ii. Exxaro shall permit the South African Acquired Companies access to information regarding accounts of Exxaro limited to transactions therein which involve funds relating to the South African Acquired Companies whether prior to, or after, the Closing.

 

  iii. Prior to the Closing, Exxaro shall facilitate the preparation of appropriate account or bank system transfer documentation, such transfers to be effective as of the Closing Date or as soon as practicable thereafter. Subsequent to the Closing Date, Exxaro shall make its personnel available for consultation and shall execute documents or assign authority to the South African Acquired Companies where necessary to allow the South African Acquired Companies to complete any account or bank system transfers.

 

5 Stray Funds

 

5.1 Start Date . Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the South African Acquired Companies in the directing of funds intended to be remitted to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

5.2 Services . In the event that remittances received into Exxaro bank accounts relate to sales or services provided by the South African Acquired Companies (or otherwise intended for the South African Acquired Companies), Exxaro shall promptly segregate such remittance amounts and whenever the balance of such amounts exceeds R100,000 or once a week, whichever occurs first, Exxaro shall remit by wire transfer the balance collected on behalf of the South African Acquired Companies to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

6 Migration of Travel Charge Cards and Travel Service

 

6.1 Start Date . Beginning on the date hereof, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (or assist, as applicable) migration to the South African Acquired Companies of the Travel Charge Card services and travel services (together, the “ Travel Services ”) to be remitted to the South African Acquired.

 

6.2 End Date . Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Services set forth in this Section within 180 days after the Closing Date; provided Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section 1.11 shall continue until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, unless extended in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement.

 

A-3


6.3 Services . Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section shall include the following:

 

  i. Establishment of a separate account, or accounts, for the South African Acquired Companies with respect to the Travel Services.

 

7 Information Management & Technology

 

7.1 For purposes hereof, the following provisions shall be known, collectively, as the “ IT Migration Standards ”.

 

7.2 Start Date . On or prior to the Closing Date, Exxaro shall commence commercially reasonable efforts to segregate, install, implement and provide consulting services for transferred software and applications (including hardware, enterprise software and required applications, each an “ IT System ”).

 

7.3 End Date . Exxaro’s obligation pursuant to Section 2 of this Exhibit A shall end on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, unless extended in accordance with Section 10 of the Agreement. Personnel . In connection with the Services to be provided pursuant to Section 2 of this Exhibit A , beginning on the Closing Date, each Group shall make reasonably available for consultation with the other Group those retained employees and consultants or other service providers of such Group as are reasonably necessary for the provision of such Services.

 

7.4 Elements of IT System Migration and Replicating . Subject to the terms and conditions of this TS Agreement, Exxaro shall take the following steps in connection with the migration and replication of each IT System:

 

  i Hardware. Certain servers, terminals, network equipment, data storage systems and additional hardware related to each IT System shall be segregated for the exclusive use of the South African Acquired Companies and each IT System shall be installed, developed and tested thereon. Such segregated hardware shall be integrated into the other information technology systems that Exxaro has migrated and replicated for the South African Acquired Companies in accordance with this TS Agreement. All hardware equipment for the segregation of the IT System will be purchased by the Exxaro Group and the cost thereof will be recouped from the Tronox Group.

 

  ii Software. All necessary software shall be installed on the segregated hardware for the complete and independent operation of each IT System. If software licenses are required for the establishment of the Tronox replicated systems environment, the cost of such software licenses shall be the responsibility of Exxaro.

 

  iii Data. All data, reasonably required, subject to Exxaro Group’s records retention policy, for the operation of each IT System by the South African Acquired Companies , including existing information with respect to historic operations of the South African Acquired Companies (including historic data and records of all businesses, including prior businesses, and their transaction details).

 

A-4


  iv System Integration. Exxaro shall assist the South African Acquired Companies in integrating each IT System with the other IT Systems that Exxaro migrates and replicates for the South African Acquired Companies in accordance with this TS Agreement.

 

  v System Modules and Applications. System modules and applications implemented by Exxaro for the benefit of the South African Acquired Companies shall be migrated to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

8 Information Technology Systems Migration Services . Exxaro shall provide the following services in accordance with the IT Migration Standards:

 

  i Deliver (as necessary), configure and install IT System components as required for migration pursuant to this Exhibit A . The IT Systems delivered by Exxaro shall be consistent in scope, version and functionality as implemented in the Exxaro Siyaya program carved out for the South African Acquired Companies.

 

  ii Jointly with the South African Acquired Companies, appoint qualified project managers to manage the transition and migration projects.

 

  iii Jointly with the South African Acquired Companies, develop detailed transition plans for infrastructure, applications and business processes.

 

  iv Load pertinent shared applications, databases and data onto Tronox Group hardware and prior to loading, conduct appropriate tests jointly with Tronox Group personnel to check whether such shared applications and data are fully operational in connection with the comparable hardware and software as used in Tronox systems and applications that Exxaro migrates and replicates for Tronox in accordance with this TS Agreement.

 

  v Extract appropriate data out of Exxaro’s enterprise systems and other applications in a mutually agreed format for normalization, testing and loading into Tronox Group systems and applications that Exxaro migrates and replicates for Tronox in accordance with this TS Agreement.

 

  vi Establish WAN, LAN, and other information technology systems elements to move the South African Acquired Companies from Exxaro network to Tronox network, retaining access to necessary applications.

 

  vii Transition Tronox Group master data, open balances and transactional data based upon a mutually agreed plan.

 

  viii Provide documentation and any other necessary information related to the information technology systems (including telephone and networking equipment), networks and applications.

 

A-5


  ix Continue current services, including relevant third-party services, pertaining to cellphone and calling card programs and shall present to the South African Acquired Companies an accounting of any charges for payment made on behalf of the South African Acquired Companies in connection with such programs after the Closing Date until migration for reimbursement thereof.

 

  x Use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer to the South African Acquired Companies all the required software and application necessary for stand-alone operations.

 

  xi Use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer information and technology assets required by the South African Companies.

 

  xii Use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer licenses to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

9 Information Technology Systems Services

 

9.1 Services : Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall provide the following Services in accordance with the IT Migration Standards for a period of no less than twelve months which could, by mutual agreement, be extended. Individual line-item services and billing identified in this section can be discontinued or extended with mutual agreement:

 

  i. Hosting and support of the South African Acquired Companies SAP Operations Environment at the Exxaro Data Centre in Pretoria. Exxaro shall charge for this service, which includes backup tapes and related ancillary costs. Hosting and support of the South African Acquired Companies SAP HRMS Environment at the Exxaro Data Center in Pretoria. Exxaro will charge for this service.

 

  ii. Hosting, support and email forwarding for the South African Acquired Companies E-mail Services. A fixed cost will be charged for this service. Tronox will purchase required Exchange servers and migrate to their own email system and Tronox will be responsible for the costs associated with email migration.

 

  iii. SAP Application Support while the SAP and related applications are running in the Exxaro data center. This service shall include SAP technical troubleshooting, SAP functional knowledge and transaction support. This support will be billed to the Tronox Group on a time and materials basis.

 

  iv. Hosting and support of all other Enterprise Applications required by the South African Acquired Companies at the Exxaro Data Centre in Pretoria. Exxaro will charge for this service.

 

  v. Exxaro will provide WAN connectivity to the South African Acquired Companies. Exxaro will charge for this service.

 

A-6


  vi. Exxaro will continue, as it currently is, to support the infrastructure environment at KZN Sands. Exxaro will charge for this service. Namakwa Sands will continue to support its own infrastructure and applications environment as it is currently doing.

 

  vii. A Governance document will be compiled and mutually agreed upon by both the Exxaro Group and the South African Acquired Companies that will detail the principles and manner in which changes will be managed, continuous improvements are approved and implemented and billing arrangements within the South African Acquired Companies enterprise architecture that is hosted and or supported by the Exxaro Group.

 

  viii. Cost of IT Transition Services Costs. Tronox shall not be responsible for the following transition services costs:

 

  ix. The cost and effort for Exxaro to separate SAP and associated applications to run on Tronox stand-alone hardware.

 

  x. The transfer of any and all software licenses which are in Exxaro’s name to the South African Acquired Companies or to a Tronox legal entity.

 

  xi. The transfer of any and all telecommunication service accounts which are in Exxaro’s name to to the South African Acquired Companies or to a Tronox legal entity. Exxaro will work with any and all service providers jointly with Tronox to insure transition of accounts, billing information, and contracts are made without disruption of service.

 

  xii. Infrastructure (hardware, software, networks, etc.).

 

  xiii. Access to data, including databases, data warehouse, reporting system, processing and networking.

 

  xiv. Consultation, maintenance, support and systems administration.

 

  xv. IT System support including call-center and help-desk user.

 

  xvi. Monitoring, managing, operating and maintaining: (i) Data center, including all servers for data processing and other supporting equipment, (ii) wide area network (WAN), (iii) local area network (LAN), (iv) telephony infrastructure, (v) web sites, (vi) business-to-business connections, including existing EDI and XML partners, (viii) legacy application systems, (ix) all other interfaces between internal and external applications and systems, and (xi) chemical data warehouse and associated databases.

 

  xvii. Reasonable access to, or reasonable access to data from, the legacy systems, networks and applications for data collection and analysis.

 

  xviii. In a manner consistent with its records retention policy, retain electronic data in its enterprise, accounting and other principal systems and applications relating to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

A-7


10 Information Technology Security

 

10.1 Services . Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall provide the following services in accordance with the IT Migration Standards:

 

  i. Firewall monitoring, administration, configuration and reporting.

 

  ii. VPN and remote-access monitoring, administration, configuration management and support.

 

  iii. E-mail virus protection, spam filtering and attack monitoring, prevention and reporting.

 

  iv. Real-time monitoring and updating of virus definitions on all hosts and clients (including laptops).

 

  v. Host intrusion detection, protection, configuration, maintenance and support.

 

  vi. Network intrusion detection, protection, configuration, maintenance and support.

 

  vii. Establishment of systems access protocols.

 

  viii. Computer incident response.

 

11 Human Resources

 

11.1 Start Date . Beginning as of the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to separate the personnel and resources applicable to human resources administration in connection with the South African Acquired Companies such that such separate personnel and resources may independently conduct such human resource administration.

 

11.2 End Date . Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section shall continue until 31 December 2012, unless extended in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement.

 

11.3 Services . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Exxaro’s services provided shall include the following:

 

  i. Migration of personnel, systems, records, applications and data related to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

  ii. Assistance in the integration of human resource activities and resources into the information technology system of the South African Acquired Companies.

 

  iii. Provision of human resource administration services, including payroll and benefits matters, (through personnel, systems, service providers, or otherwise) to the extent required to maintain such services, on behalf of the South African Acquired Companies, to the extent and at the level provided to the South African Acquired Companies as of the Closing Date.

 

11.4 Personnel . In connection with the Services to be provided pursuant to this Section, beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro Group and Tronox Group, as the case may be, shall

 

A-8


make reasonably available for consultation with Tronox and Exxaro Group, as the case may be, those retained employees and consultants or other service providers of Exxaro Group or the South African Acquired Companies, as the case may be, reasonably necessary for the provision of such Services.

 

12 Supply Chain Management

 

12.1 Start Date . Beginning as of the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the South African Acquired Companies in establishing separate contracts with suppliers similar to those which exist within the Exxaro Group and of which the South African Acquired Companies were previously a part.

 

12.2 End Date . Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section shall end on the first anniversary of the closing date , unless extended in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement.

 

12.3 Services . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section shall include the following:

 

  i. Provision of support with regards to the establishment of commercial contracts for the South African Acquired Companies with suppliers which previously were managed on an Exxaro Group-wide basis.

 

  ii. Assistance in the transferring of supplier contracts to the South African Acquired Companies, as required.

 

  iii. Continue current services, including relevant third-party services, pertaining to cellphone and calling card programs and shall present to the South African Acquired Companies an accounting of any charges for payment made on behalf of the South African Acquired Companies in connection with such programs after the Closing Date until migration for reimbursement thereof.

 

  iv. The transfer of any and all telecommunication service accounts which are in Exxaro’s name to the South African Acquired Companies or to a Tronox legal entity. Exxaro will work with any and all service providers jointly with Tronox to insure transition of accounts, billing information, and contracts are made without disruption of service.

 

13 Risk Management

 

13.1 Start Date . Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide risk management advice and consultation, including, in particular, assistance with respect to administration of claims existing as of the Closing Date and claims which are not separable from claims of Exxaro.

 

13.2 End Date . Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section shall continue for one hundred and eighty (180) days following the Closing Date, unless extended in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement.

 

A-9


13.3 Services . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section shall include

 

  i. Providing access to its records and personnel (including third party consultants and service providers) for purposes of claims administration and consulting with respect to claims relating to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

  ii. Continuing with the embedment of the Exxaro Board approved enterprise risk management process at KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands which included continuous training and assistance with facilitation of enterprise risk management workshops. However, Tronox may decide to not implement the electronic enabler, namely SAP GRC RM version 10. The deliverables from the enterprise risk management process, namely an enterprise risk register updated every six months and supporting enterprise risk intelligence reports, will be made available to Tronox and will not be included in reporting within Exxaro unless permission is specifically granted by Tronox. Should Tronox wish to implement the same enterprise risk managemnt process at Exxaro Australia Sands and/or the implementation of SAP GRC RM as an electronic enabler, such request will be contracted separately.

 

13.4 Personnel . In connection with the Services to be provided pursuant to this Section 3.8, beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro Group and Tronox Group, as the case may be, shall make reasonably available for consultation with Tronox and Exxaro Group, as the case may be, those retained employees and consultants or other service providers of Exxaro or the South African Acquired Companies, as the case may be, reasonably necessary for the provision of such Services.

 

14 Treasury Services

 

14.1 Start Date . Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide certain treasury services to the South African acquired companies.

 

14.2 End Date . Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section shall continue for one hundred and eighty (180) days following the Closing Date, unless extended in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement.

 

14.3 Services . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section shall include

 

  i. Risk management: monitoring and managing foreign exchange and interest rate risk – hedging currency risk, commodity prices and interest rate exposure as required for the South African Acquired Companies and approved by Tronox.

 

  ii. Cash management: manage daily cash receipts and disbursements, bank account administration and intercompany transfers for the South African Acquired Companies including cash settlement of liabilities to banks in respect of money market transaction, loan settlements and foreign payments.

 

A-10


  iii. Liquidity management: Ensuring that sufficient funding is in place for daily cash requirements and depositing of excess cash in money markets for the South African Acquired Companies.

 

  iv. Loan administration: ensure covenant compliance for the South African Acquired Companies as required by external credit facility. In addition, manage and administer all inter-company loans of the South African Acquired Companies.

Miscellaneous Matters

 

15 Records Retention

 

15.1 Start Date . Beginning as of the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to retain, organize and store, records relating to the South African Acquired Companies and not transferred to the South African Acquired Companies in a manner consistent with its current document retention policy or practice. For purposes of this Section the term “records” shall include all formats (electronic, film, paper, and otherwise) of such records and shall include shared records not pertaining exclusively to the South African Acquired Companies the South African Acquired Companies.

 

15.2 Services . If and to the extent in existence as of the date hereof and in possession and control of Exxaro as of the date hereof and without imposing any obligation on Exxaro to create any of the documents or records described below and subject to Exxaro Group’s document retention policy, Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section shall include the following:

 

  i. Exxaro shall provide the South African Acquired Companies with documentation of records retained by Exxaro and shall provide the South African Acquired Companies with access to records storage facilities maintained by Exxaro.

 

  ii. Exxaro shall assist the South African Acquired Companies in the separation of historic records relating to the legacy businesses of the South African Acquired Companies from the common records of Exxaro and its affiliates as of the Closing Date, including with respect to the generation of new records documentation specific to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

  iii. Exxaro shall assist the South African Acquired Companies in the identification, documentation, removal and duplication of records pertaining to the South African Acquired Companies.

 

  iv. Exxaro shall retain records relating to the following matters for the term of the Agreement at which time such records which remain shall be delivered to the South African Acquired Companies, or, if such records are to be discarded or destroyed pursuant to the practices of Exxaro, shall deliver such records to the South African Acquired Companies:

 

  a. Property;

 

A-11


  b. Tax;

 

  c. Environmental reports and remediation matters;

 

  d. Employee matters; and

 

  e. Relevant business documents.

 

15.3 Personnel . In connection with the Services to be provided pursuant to this Section, beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro Group and Tronox Group, as the case may be, shall make reasonably available for consultation with Tronox and Exxaro Group, as the case may be, those retained employees and consultants or other service providers of Exxaro or the South African Acquired Companies, as the case may be, reasonably necessary for the provision of such Services.

 

16 Emergency Response Services and Disaster Recovery Services

 

16.1 Start Date . Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide assistance with, and use of, disaster recovery services and personnel (including with respect to process, systems and communications issues).

 

16.2 End Date . Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section shall continue until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, unless extended in accordance with Section 10 of the Agreement.

 

16.3 Services . Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section shall include, the provision of disaster recovery services available as of the Closing Date.

 

A-12

Exhibit 10.4

GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

by

and

among

TRONOX LIMITED,

EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED,

and

EXXARO TSA SANDS PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

EXXARO SANDS PROPRIETARY LIMITED

Dated as of 15 June 2012


1.

  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      2   
2.   SERVICES      7   
3.   STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE: LEVEL OF SERVICES      8   
4.   RESOURCES      9   
5.   COOPERATION; AMICABLE DISPUTE RESOLUTION      10   
6.   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY      11   
7.   EXCEPTIONS TO EXXARO’S OBLIGATION TO PERFORM      11   
9.   PAYMENT AND AUDIT RIGHTS      13   
10.   CONFIDENTIALITY      14   
11.   TERM      16   
12.   STAFFING      17   
13.   CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION      17   
14.   DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES      17   
15.   DAMAGES      17   
16.   INDEMNIFICATION      18   
17.   SUBROGATION      19   
18.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR      19   
19.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS      19   
20.   MISCELLANEOUS      19   

EXHIBIT A —Services Provided by Exxaro and the Exxaro Group to the Tronox Group

 

1


PARTIES

The Parties to this GS Agreement are:

Tronox Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Australia with registration number ACN153348111;

Exxaro Resources Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number 2000/011076/06;

Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number: 1998/001039/07; and

Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited, a company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa, with registration number: 1987/001627/07.

INTRODUCTION

A. Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, Exxaro has sold its mineral sands business, including its interest in the Tiwest Joint Venture, to Tronox in exchange for newly issued Tronox common shares (the “ Transaction ”).

B. In connection with the Transaction, Tronox and the South African Acquired Companies desire to obtain from Exxaro the services described herein, after the completion of the Transaction in accordance with the terms and conditions of this GS Agreement, save for project services, which are to be provided by Exxaro to the South African Acquired Companies in accordance with the provisions of the Project Services Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 For purposes of this GS Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth or as referenced below:

Acquired Companies ” means, collectively, the Australian Acquired Companies and the South African Acquired Companies.

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including the correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Australian Acquired Companies ” means (a) Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd, ABN 53 071 040 152 , (b) Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd, ABN 90 071 040 750, (c) Exxaro Australia

 

2


Sands Pty Ltd, ABN 28 009 084 851, (d) Ticor Resources Pty Ltd, ABN 27 002 376 847, (e) Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd, 58 008 659 363, (f) TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd, ABN 50 009 124 181, (g) Tific, (h) Yalgoo, (i) Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd, ABN 40 009 344 094, (j) Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd, ABN 86 009 313 062, (k) Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd, ABN 38 009 312 047, and (l) Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd, ABN 53 009 312 994.

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday) on which banks are generally open for business in each of New York, South Africa and Perth, Australia.

Closing Date ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Contract ” means any written or oral agreement to create rights and/or obligations which are legally binding, contract, lease, sublease, indenture, mortgage, instrument, guaranty, loan or credit agreement, note, bond, customer order, purchase order, sales order, franchise, dealer and distributorship agreement, supply agreement, development agreement, joint venture agreement, promotion agreement, license agreement, contribution agreement, partnership agreement or other arrangement, understanding, permission or commitment.

End date ” means the Business Day on which the last Service provided in terms of this GS Agreement is no longer provided .

Exxaro ” means Exxaro Resources Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number 2000/011076/06.

Exxaro Sands ” means Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited, a company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa, with registration number: 1987/001627/07.

Exxaro Selling Entities ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Exxaro Group ” means Exxaro and its Subsidiaries (excluding the Acquired Companies).

Exxaro TSA Sands ” means Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number: 1998/001039/07.

Force Majeure Event ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.

GS Agreement ” means this General Services Agreement and includes any exhibits and annexures.

General Services ” means the “Services” as such term is defined in this GS Agreement.

Governmental Entity ” means any national, supranational, provincial, municipal, regional or local governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, court, tribunal, or other governmental entity.

Group ” means either the Exxaro Group or the Tronox Group, as the context requires.

JIBAR Rate ” means, as of the date of any calculation or determination, the rate per annum appearing on the Reuters Screen SAFEY Page (or such other page as may replace SAFEY on that

 

3


service, or such other service as may be nominated by the Banking Association of South Africa as an information vendor for the purpose of displaying Banking Association of South Africa Interest Settlement Rates for Rand deposits) as the Johannesburg interbank offered rate for deposits in Rand, at approximately 11:00 a.m., Johannesburg time, two Johannesburg Business Days prior to such date of calculation or determination.

Losses ” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, diminutions, claims, judgments, awards, fines, penalties, interest, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and accounting fees. .

Parties ” means Tronox, Exxaro TSA Sands, Exxaro Resources and Exxaro Sands each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust, joint venture or any other entity or organization, including any government or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

Project Services Agreement means the agreement to be entered into between Exxaro and the South African Acquired Companies in terms of which Exxaro will provide project services to certain projects undertaken by the South African Acquired Companies, after completion of the Transaction.

Rand ” and “ R ” means the South African rand, the lawful currency of the Republic of South Africa.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Services ” have the meaning ascribed to them in clause 2 and Service shall bear like meaning.

Service Costs ” means, with respect to each Service provided under the terms and subject to the conditions of this GS Agreement, an amount equal to the sum of such of the following items as may apply:

Service Costs ” means, with respect to each Service provided under the terms and subject to the conditions of this GS Agreement, an amount equal to the sum of such of the following items as may apply:

 

  (a) the full cost (including actual labor costs, all associated benefits costs and employment taxes, as well as the operating and overhead costs) to Exxaro of providing such service in respect of the individual employees of Exxaro who are engaged in the provision of such Service, for the portion of their work time engaged in the provision of such Service;

 

  (b) the costs charged to Exxaro by a third party provider in connection with such Service;

 

4


  (c) the reasonable out-of-pocket and other expenses (other than the costs charged under item (a) above) incurred by Exxaro in connection with such Service as evidenced by relevant supporting vouchers;

 

  (d) Taxes, (other than Transfer Taxes) incurred or leviable by Exxaro in connection with such Service; and

 

  (f) any costs expressly included as Service Costs in this GS Agreement, including any costs as set forth in Exhibit A .

South African Acquired Companies ” means Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands.

Tax ” means (a) all taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments, including but not limited to all income, gross receipts, capital, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, transfer pricing, franchise, profits, inventory, capital stock, license, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, premium, severance, stamp, occupation, property and estimated taxes, customs duties, fees, assessments and charges of any kind whatsoever, (b) all interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax, amounts in respect of tax or additional amounts imposed by any Taxing Authority in connection with any item described in clause (a), (c) any transferee liability in respect of any items described in clause (a) or (b), and (d) and any liability for items described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) as a result either of being a member of a combined, consolidated, unitary or affiliated group or of a contractual obligation to indemnify any Person; in each case, with the exclusion of any Transfer Taxes.

Taxing Authority ” means any Governmental Entity responsible for the administration or collection of any Tax.

Tiwest Joint Venture ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Transfer Taxes ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Transaction ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Transaction Agreement ” means the amended and restated transaction agreement entered into between inter alia Exxaro and Tronox on 20 April 2012.

Tronox ” means Tronox Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Australia with registration number ACN153348111.

Tronox Group ” means Tronox and its Subsidiaries (including the Acquired Companies).

TS Agreement ” means the transition services agreement entered into between inter alia Exxaro and Tronox.

 

1.2 Unless the context of this GS Agreement otherwise requires, the following rules of interpretation shall apply to this GS Agreement:

 

  (a) a “ clause ” and a “section” shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause or a section, respectively, hereof;

 

5


  (b) law ” shall be construed as any law (including common or customary law), or statute, constitution, decree, judgment, treaty, regulation, directive, by-law, order or any other legislative measure of any government, supranational, local government, statutory or regulatory body or court;

 

  (c) a reference to any law, rule, ordinance enactment or regulation shall include any amendment, modification or re-enactment thereof, any regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, and any interpretations thereof from time to time by any regulatory or administrative authority, whether or not having the force of law;

 

  (d) a reference to any agreement, instrument, contract or other document shall include any amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification thereto;

 

  (e) whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” (or similar terms) are used in this GS Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

  (f) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this GS Agreement, refer to this GS Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this GS Agreement;

 

  (g) the use of “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless expressly indicated otherwise;

 

  (h) If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it is only in the definition clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of this GS Agreement.

 

  (i) Unless the context dictates otherwise, an expression which denotes:

 

  (i) any one gender includes the other genders;

 

  (ii) a natural person includes an artificial person and vice versa and shall include its successors-in-title and assigns; and

 

  (iii) the singular includes the plural and vice versa .

 

1.3

When any number of days is prescribed in this GS Agreement, same shall be reckoned exclusively of the 1 st (first) and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a day which is not a Business Day, in which case the last day shall be the immediately following Business Day.

 

1.4 In the event that the day for payment of any amount due in terms of this GS Agreement should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, then the relevant date for payment shall be the preceding Business Day.

 

1.5 Where any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in this GS Agreement, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to the relevant clause, shall bear the same meaning as ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of this GS Agreement, notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in this interpretation clause.

 

6


1.6 Any reference to an enactment in this Agreement is to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or re-enacted from time to time

 

1.7 The rule of construction that, in the event of an ambiguity, the contract shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting or preparation of the agreement, shall not apply in the interpretation of this GS Agreement.

 

1.8 The expiration or termination of this GS Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this GS Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

1.9 Save where the contrary is indicated, any reference in this GS Agreement to this GS Agreement or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this GS Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document as same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, novated or supplemented.

 

2. SERVICES

 

2.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Exxaro using reasonable commercial endeavors provide, or cause one or more members of its Group to provide, the Acquired Companies with each of the Services listed on Exhibit A (each service listed on Exhibit A being a “ Service ” and, collectively, the “ Services ”) in each case, beginning on the “ Start Date ” set forth on Exhibit A for such Service and ending on the earlier of (a) the “ End Date ” set forth on Exhibit A for such Service, (b) the termination of this GS Agreement, or (c) the termination of such Service pursuant to Section 10.2 (each such duration, a “ Service Term ”).

 

2.2 The place of rendering services by Exxaro shall (mainly) be the Republic of South Africa. Nevertheless, Tronox may from time to time request that Services be rendered by Exxaro to the Australian Acquired Companies, which request Exxaro will accommodate, using reasonable commercial endeavors. To the extent that the Parties agree for any Services to be provided to the Australian Acquired Companies, then in such case Services and Acquired Companies shall be deemed to include Services provided to such companies hereunder, as well.

 

2.3 It is understood and agreed among the Parties that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this GS Agreement, the Exxaro Group shall have no obligation whatsoever to upgrade systems, invest in product enhancements or increase staffing, capacity, functionality, reliability or any other aspect of any Service beyond the level that exists as of the date hereof with respect to any Service.

 

2.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the Term, Tronox may from time to time request that Exxaro provide special services or projects in addition to the Services, and (subject to the mutual agreement of the Parties) Exxaro shall in its sole and absolute discretion provide such agreed special services or projects. If Exxaro, subject to its sole and absolute discretion, agrees to provide such additional services or projects, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to establish the terms (including price) for providing such additional services or projects and, following agreement on such terms, Exhibit A hereof shall be amended, as applicable, to include such additions.

 

7


3. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE: LEVEL OF SERVICES

 

3.1 With respect to any Service provided to the South African Acquired Companies, Exxaro shall, and shall cause the members of its Group to, perform such Service exercising the same degree of care, at the same general level and at the same general degree of accuracy and responsiveness, in each case as it exercises in performing the same or similar services for its own account, with priority equal to that provided to its own businesses and members of its Group where the services being provided are material to the Exxaro business (and in no event will the Services be provided in a less than diligent manner). Exxaro will ensure that all individuals performing any Services will have the education, training, knowledge, skill and capability necessary to perform the Services, in accordance with best industry practice.

 

3.2 In no event shall Tronox, with respect to any Service, be entitled to increase its use of such Service above that level of use specified in Exhibit A ( increase ) without the Steering Committee approving such increase. The increase shall be recorded in the approved minutes of the Steering Committee. Exxaro shall accommodate Tronox, to the extent that it is commercially reasonable to do so in relation to any requests regarding an increase in the levels of use as specified in Exhibit A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this GS Agreement, Exxaro shall not be required to provide the South African Acquired Companies with levels of Services above the levels that existed prior to the date hereof or with the advantage of systems, equipment, facilities, training, services or improvements procured, obtained or made after the date hereof.

 

3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Exxaro may, but is not required to, make changes from time to time in the manner in which any Service is provided if (a) Exxaro is making similar changes in the manner in which such Service is provided to it and members of its own Group, (b) Exxaro furnishes to Tronox substantially the same notice (if any) that Exxaro provides to members of its own Group with respect to such changes, and (c) such changes shall not create a substantial risk of a material disruption of the Tronox Group’s business or of the Tronox Group’s incurring a material loss or liability.

 

3.4 Exxaro shall nominate a representative to act as the primary contact person for the provision of all of the Services and the General Services (the “ Service Coordinator ”). The initial Service Coordinator shall be Joseph Rock (General Manager, Exxaro Services). Exxaro shall notify the relevant South African Acquired Company in writing of any change in the Service Coordinator. The South African Acquired Companies agree that all communications which relate to the provision of the Services and pertains to the following issues shall be directed, in writing, to the Service Coordinator:

 

  (a) additional expenditure or a potential loss estimated to equal or exceed US$10 000; or

 

  (b) conduct which may give rise to a breach of this Agreement or an agreement with a third party; or

 

  (c) a proposal to materially vary the provision of Services; or

 

8


  (d) a proposal to materially vary the manner in which the Services are to be provided; or

 

  (e) copies of notification provided in terms of clause 7 or clause 5.5; or

 

  (f) any fact, matter or circumstance of significance which could have a material effect on the provision of Services or on any provision or undertaking of this Agreement.

 

3.5 In order to monitor, coordinate and facilitate implementation of the terms and conditions of this GS Agreement, the Parties shall establish (a) a “ Steering Committee ” consisting of at least one senior manager from each of the Exxaro Group and the Tronox Group and whereby each such Group is equally represented and (b) an “ Operating Committee ” consisting, as necessary, of one representative of each of the Exxaro Group and the Tronox Group from each functional area that is the subject of Exhibit A (for such time as Service Terms within such functional areas are in effect). The Steering Committee shall provide general oversight of the terms and conditions of this GS Agreement and shall work in good faith to resolve any disputes arising under this GS Agreement as set forth under Section 6. The Operating Committee shall be responsible for the day-to-day operations related to the implementation of the terms and conditions of this GS Agreement and the exhibits hereto. Exxaro shall be entitled to elect to conduct the Steering Committee meetings and/or the Operating Committee Meetings (as the case may be) within the framework of existing internal Exxaro committee structures, in order to ensure efficiency and to avoid duplication. The initial Steering Committee and Operating Committee representatives shall not be changed by either Group on less than ten days’ prior written notice to the Service Coordinator of the other Group. The Steering Committee shall at a minimum meet once a quarter, and more frequently should it so agree. The Operating Committee representatives shall meet at least once a month and more frequently should it so resolve, during the Term of this GS Agreement; provided , the members of the Steering Committee and the Operating Committee may participate in meetings of such committees by means of conference telephone, videoconferencing or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. The Steering Committee and Operating Committee representative for each Group shall stay reasonably apprised of the activities of the employees, agents and contractors of such Group who are providing or receiving the Services in order to maximize efficiency in the provision and receipt of the Services The Steering Committing shall be authorized to approve the any expense reasonably incurred by Exxaro pursuant to the provisions of this GS Agreement. Actions of the Steering Committee shall require the approval of Steering Committee representatives from each of the Exxaro Group and the Tronox Group.

 

4. RESOURCES

In connection with the Services, the Tronox Group shall make reasonably available for consultation with the Exxaro Group those retained employees and consultants or other service providers and employees of the Tronox Group reasonably necessary for the effective provision of such Services. Furthermore, the Tronox Group will provide the necessary access reasonably required by Exxaro to consult with the retained employees and consultants or other service providers and employees referred to above. Tronox shall also make available to Exxaro timeously all or any relevant information and do all things reasonably required by Exxaro to enable it to provide the Services.

 

9


4.1 The Parties confirm nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as varying the provisions of Section 7.11 of the Transaction Agreement. To the extent that any provision of this TS Agreement conflicts with the provision of Section 7.11 of the Transaction Agreement such provision shall be void.

 

5. COOPERATION: AMICABLE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

5.1 The Parties shall cooperate in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of the Services. Such cooperation shall include exchanging information, providing access to personnel, equipment, office space, electronic systems and other property and adjustments and obtaining all consents, licenses, sublicenses or approvals necessary to permit each Party to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

5.2 In the event of a dispute under this GS Agreement, either Party may give written notice to the other Party requesting that the Steering Committee try to resolve (but without any obligation to resolve) such dispute. Not later than ten days after said written notice, each Party shall submit to the other a written statement setting forth such Party’s description of the dispute, such Party’s position on such dispute, such Party’s recommended resolution and the reasons why such Party feels its recommended resolution is fair and equitable in light of the terms and spirit of this GS Agreement. Such statements represent part of a good-faith effort to resolve a dispute and as such, no statements prepared by a Party pursuant to this Section 6 may be introduced as evidence or used as an admission against interest in any arbitral or judicial resolution of such dispute.

 

5.3 If the dispute continues unresolved for a period of five days (or such longer period as the Steering Committee may otherwise agree upon) after the simultaneous exchange of such written statements, then the Steering Committee shall promptly commence good-faith negotiations to resolve such dispute but without any obligation to resolve it. The initial negotiating meeting may be conducted by teleconference.

 

5.4 Not later than seven days after the commencement of negotiations under Section 5.3 above: (a) if the Steering Committee renders an agreed resolution on the matter in dispute, then both Parties shall be bound thereby; and (b) if the Steering Committee does not render an agreed resolution, then the dispute shall be submitted for resolution pursuant to Section 5.5.

 

5.5 Disputes arising under this GS Agreement and not resolved by the Steering Committee within seven days under clause (a) of Section 5.4 shall be submitted in writing to an appropriate executive officer of each Party. The executive officers shall attempt to resolve any dispute submitted to them for resolution in accordance with this Section 6.5 through consultation and negotiation, within 15 days after such submission (or such longer period as may be mutually agreed by the Parties). Absent a resolution within such 15 days period, any dispute related to, or in connection with, this GS Agreement shall be submitted by any executive officer of either Party for resolution by final and binding arbitration determined in accordance with clause 20.

 

10


6. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

6.1 Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, all Exxaro work product, data or other materials and deliverables provided by or on behalf of Exxaro or any member of its Group to the South African Acquired Companies or any member of its Group in connection with the Services (collectively, Work Product ), in whatever form or medium, and all intellectual property rights in or to any of the foregoing owned by any member of the Exxaro Group (collectively, the “ Exxaro Intellectual Property ”) will remain the exclusive property of, as applicable, Exxaro or a member of its Group.

 

6.2 All Work Product, data, software and any other materials or deliverables and any other intellectual property and tangible embodiments thereof generated, developed or otherwise created by or on behalf of the South African Acquired Companies (whether in the course of Exxaro’s provision of the Services or otherwise), in whatever form or medium, and all intellectual property rights in or to any of the foregoing will be owned by the South African Acquired Companies.

 

6.3 The Parties acknowledge that, in agreeing upon the Services to be provided by Exxaro under this GS Agreement, they may decide to allocate the ownership of intellectual property rights arising out of Exxaro’s provision of the Services differently for certain Services in this GS Agreement.

 

7. EXCEPTIONS TO EXXARO’S OBLIGATION TO PERFORM

 

7.1 Exxaro shall not be required to provide a Service to the extent the performance of such Service would require the Exxaro Group to violate any applicable law or would result in the breach of any software license or other Contract with a Person not a member of the Exxaro Group but only to the extent that such breach is a consequence of the South African Acquired Companies’ failure to comply with an obligation to own or otherwise possess such software license, or to enter into such other Contract, that is expressly set forth in this GS Agreement and is applicable to the Services to be provided by Exxaro or agreed by the Parties as necessary or desirable for Exxaro to be able to provide the Services.

 

7.2 If Exxaro determines that it is no longer commercially viable to provide any Service (whether absolutely or in the manner in which the Service is to be performed) in accordance with the terms hereof, the Parties shall meet as soon as may be practicable after Exxaro has made such a decision, and in good faith cooperate so as to determine the best alternative approach to procure the provision of the Services. Until such alternative approach is found or the problem is otherwise resolved to the satisfaction of the Parties, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide such Service.

 

7.3

If Exxaro is objectively unable to modify its provision of such Service and no alternate approach to procure the provision of the Services is agreed, Exxaro will be excused from continuing to provide it without claim or penalty of any nature levied. If Exxaro is excused from providing a Service as set forth herein, then the amount payable to Exxaro for the Services will be reduced accordingly during the period in which Exxaro is not providing such Service. To the extent the Parties agree upon an alternative approach that requires payment

 

11


  of amounts above and beyond what Tronox is required to pay under this GS Agreement for such Service, such excess amounts shall be borne by Tronox, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. Tronox may obtain replacement services or resources for the affected Service from a third party for the duration of such delay or inability to perform, and Tronox shall be liable for the payment of such substitute Services.

 

7.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,

 

  (a) if either of the South African Acquired Companies (i) elect to decommission, replace, modify or change its information technology or communications systems or any other aspect of its business relationship relating to a Service in a manner that prevents Exxaro from providing such Service as required hereunder (in the understanding that Tronox shall provide Exxaro with five Business Days prior notice of any such election), or (ii) fail to acquire the hardware, software, information systems or other materials or third party services reasonably necessary for any Service and such failure prevents Exxaro from providing such Service as required hereunder, then, in each case, Exxaro shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to the effectiveness or quality of such Service and, following five Business Days prior written notice to Tronox, Exxaro shall be excused from the performance of such Service;

 

  (b) if Tronox is unable, despite Exxaro’s reasonable assistance and cooperation in accordance with Section 5.1 of this GS Agreement, to secure the agreement of third parties with whom Exxaro has outsourced certain Services to provide such Services to the Tronox Group, Exxaro shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to the effectiveness or quality of any Service that is prevented, hindered, or delayed thereby and, following five Business Days prior written notice to Tronox, Exxaro shall be excused from the performance of such Service;

 

  (c) if Tronox is unable, despite Exxaro’s cooperation to obtain any required transfer or assignment agreements or any other equivalent agreements necessary to transfer Contractual rights of the Exxaro Group that existed immediately prior to the Closing Date, Exxaro shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to the effectiveness or quality of any Service that is prevented, hindered, or delayed thereby and, following five Business Days prior written notice to Tronox, Exxaro shall be excused from the performance of such Service; and

 

  (d) Exxaro may suspend performance and the Tronox Group’s access to information technology or communications systems used by the Exxaro Group if, in Exxaro’s reasonable judgment, the integrity, security or performance of such systems, or any data stored thereon, is being or is likely to be jeopardized by the activities of any member of the Tronox Group, its employees, agents, representatives or contractors.

 

8. Force Majeure

It shall not be a breach of this GS Agreement and the Parties shall not be liable for delay in performance or nonperformance of any term or condition of this GS Agreement directly or indirectly resulting from any fire, explosion, accident, disease, illness, flood, labor trouble or

 

12


stoppage, civil disorder, war, terrorism (or threat thereof), atmospheric or weather condition, acts of God or any other causes beyond a party’s reasonable control (each, a “ Force Majeure Event ”). Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event, the Party so affected in the discharge of its obligation shall promptly give written notice of such event to the other Party. The affected Party shall make every reasonable effort to remove or remedy the cause of such Force Majeure Event or mitigate its effect as quickly as may be possible. If such occurrence results in the suspension of all or part of the Services for 30 days, the Parties shall meet and determine the appropriate measures to be taken. Any delay or failure in performance by either Party thereto shall not constitute default hereunder or give rise to any claims for damages or loss of anticipated profits if, and to the extent that such delay or failure is caused by a Force Majeure Event. In a Force Majeure Event, Exxaro shall not be entitled to any compensation for any part of, or all of, the Services that is suspended because of such Force Majeure Event.

 

9. PAYMENT AND AUDIT RIGHTS

 

9.1 Generally .

In consideration of each Service provided hereunder, during the Term of this GS Agreement, the South African Acquired Companies shall pay to Exxaro, on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the Service Costs attributable to the Services provided by the Exxaro Group during the prior month period. Services provided by the Exxaro Group to the South African Acquired Companies under this GS Agreement will have priority over the Services provided under the General Service Agreement, and Exxaro shall not separately invoice the South African Acquired Companies under the Services Agreement, nor shall the South African Acquired Companies owe any amounts hereunder, for any Services that may be characterized as Services under the Services Agreement and the General Services Agreement. With respect to any particular Service, if any, requiring additional payment by the South African Acquired Companies, the South African Acquired Companies shall pay Exxaro in accordance with the specifications set forth on the Exhibits. To the extent that, during the Term, the Parties use their reasonable commercial efforts to mutually agree to modify, amend, delete or add to the Services, the Parties shall cooperate to determine an equitable adjustment to the amounts paid by the South African Acquired Companies to Exxaro. For the avoidance of doubt however, no amendments to any of the Services, any Service Costs or anything else relating to this GS Agreement ( Change ) shall become effective and binding on the Parties without the Steering Committee approving such Change. The Change shall be operative once recorded in writing in the approved minutes of the Steering Committee.

 

9.2 Invoices.

With respect to the Services actually provided, Exxaro shall invoice the South African Acquired Companies the South African Acquired Companies on a monthly basis for all amounts due to Exxaro hereunder with respect to such Services. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby understood that, unless mutually agreed in writing among the Parties, amounts due hereunder shall consist solely of Service Costs. Such invoices shall be accompanied by a reasonable accounting of all invoiced amounts, all third party invoices and receipts related to such invoiced amounts and such other supporting documentation as may be reasonably requested by the South African Acquired Companies.

 

13


9.3 Payment .

The relevant South African Acquired Company [Note: If the Australian companies may be subject, all references throughout should just be “Acquired Companies and not “South African Acquired Company” NRSA Comment: Exxaro to confirm. If this is the case question applicability of JIBAR and payment in Rand] shall pay Exxaro for any properly invoiced amounts within 30 days of receipt of the invoice and other information required by Section 9.2; provided , however , that if the relevant South African Acquired Company shall have a bona fide dispute with the amount invoiced, then the relevant South African Acquired Company shall pay only the undisputed amount at such time, and the Parties shall seek to resolve such dispute in accordance with Section 5 of this GS Agreement. Unless the Parties otherwise agree, all payments hereunder shall be made by deposit of South African Rand in the requisite amount to such bank account as Exxaro may from time to time designate by notice to the South African Acquired Companies. Late payments of undisputed amounts (or payments of disputed amounts which are determined under this GS Agreement to be payable by the South African Acquired Companies) shall bear interest at the published one-month JIBAR Rate plus 2% per annum.

 

9.4 Quarterly Reconciliation .

Exxaro shall at the end of each quarter, reconcile the monthly invoices issued against the Services provided for the preceding quarter, so as to ensure the accuracy of the invoices issued in such period. To the extent that Tronox has been overcharged or undercharged for the provision of any Service, Exxaro shall reflect such sum as to Tronox’s credit or debit (as the case may be) in the following monthly invoice issued in terms of clause 9.2. Such figure shall be reflected clearly as a separate line item on the invoice as either a debit or credit with a brief explanation for the inclusion (“ adjustment amount ”). As regards credit amounts, Tronox shall pay the difference between the amount charged for Services under the monthly invoice and the amount reflected to its credit. Where an additional amount is indicated as a debit, Tronox shall pay the sum of the two figures. No interest shall be included in or levied on an adjustment amount.

 

9.5 Taxes .

 

  (a) Any Taxes assessed and levied on the provision of any Service hereunder shall be included in the Service Costs of such Services.

 

  (b) All Services are provided exclusive of VAT.

 

10. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

10.1

With respect to any Service, Tronox agrees that (a) all software, hardware or data store, procedures and materials provided to the South African Acquired Companies by or on behalf of Exxaro in connection with such Service are solely for the use of the South African Acquired Companies and members of its Group solely for purposes of using such Services during the

 

14


  Term (provided that benefits received by third parties in the ordinary course of business conducted with the South African Acquired Companies shall not be subject to this Section 10); (b) title to any software, hardware or data store or any other intellectual property or proprietary right of any kind used in performing such Service shall, as between the South African Acquired Companies and Exxaro, remain in Exxaro; (c) Neither Tronox nor the South African Acquired Companies shall copy, modify, reverse engineer, decompile, distribute or in any way alter or make derivative works of any software, hardware or data store used in performing such Service without Exxaro’s prior written consent; and (d) Tronox shall, and shall cause the member of the Tronox Group to, comply with any and all usage guidelines pertaining to any Service and provided by or on behalf of Exxaro, including any and all usage guidelines pertaining to software, data, or other intellectual property or proprietary rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing any software, hardware, data store, procedures or materials purchased for Tronox in connection with a Service or the independent functionality of Tronox, and any assets acquired or purchased by Tronox for its own account, shall not be subject to this Section 10.1.

 

10.2 The Parties acknowledge that, pursuant to the mutual provision of Services or as a result of the transfer of certain business operations and assets (including information technology, software and hardware) contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, each Party shall possess or have access (intentionally or inadvertently) to information that belongs to the other Party or has commercial value in that other Party’s business, and is not in the public domain, including information relating to its customers, suppliers, finances, operations, facilities and markets (“ Confidential Information ”). Neither Party shall disclose, use, sell, assign, lease nor otherwise dispose of the other Party’s Confidential Information, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this GS Agreement or the Transaction Agreement. Exxaro shall not, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Exxaro Group and its employees, contractors and other agents do not, use the Services to access any of Tronox’s Confidential Information that is outside the scope of the Service provided. Nothing in this Section 10.2 shall be construed as obligating any Party hereto to disclose its Confidential Information to any other Party, or as granting to or conferring on another Party, expressly or by implication, any rights or license to its Confidential Information, provided that the Parties acknowledge that, in order to perform the Services, Exxaro shall have custody of and usage of certain Tronox’s Confidential Information, and Tronox hereby grants to Exxaro the right to do so in accordance with this GS Agreement.

 

10.3 Notwithstanding Section 10.2, Information is not Confidential Information to the extent that: (a) the information is or becomes publicly available through no fault of the Party which received the information from the other Party; (b) the same information is rightfully in the possession of a Party prior to receipt of that information from another Party; provided , however that Tronox information or data that is in Exxaro’s possession prior to the Closing Date and is otherwise Confidential Information of Tronox shall be Confidential Information; (c) the same information is independently developed (without the use of another Party’s Confidential Information) by the Party which received that information from such other Party; or (d) the same information becomes available to a Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than another Party hereto, which source, to the knowledge of the disclosing Party, is not prohibited from disclosing that information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary obligations to the Party about whom such information pertains.

 

15


10.4 Notwithstanding Section 10.2, a Party hereto shall not have violated the terms of this Section 9 for disclosing Confidential Information:

 

  (a) to third parties performing services required under this GS Agreement where (i) use of that Confidential Information by that third party is authorized under this GS Agreement; or (ii) disclosure is reasonably necessary or typically occurs in the natural course of the third party’s duties; provided , in each case, that the third party has executed a written confidentiality agreement under which the third party is obligated to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information in a manner substantially equivalent to this GS Agreement, to the extent that such party is not already bound by a confidentiality undertaking, in which case there shall be no requirement for such party to enter into a written confidentiality agreement as contemplated in this clause;

 

  (b) in order to comply with any applicable Laws; provided that as soon as practicable and legally permitted the disclosing Party shall notify the Party whose Confidential Information was or is to be disclosed of the disclosure or possible disclosure under this subsection; or

 

  (c) to the disclosing Party’s independent auditors.

 

11. TERM

 

11.1 The term of this GS Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Closing Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 11.2, shall continue until the End Date. This GS Agreement may only be extended by written agreement of the Parties as evidenced by the signature of authorized representatives of such Parties.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination dates of any Service shall be as may set forth in Exhibit A ;

 

11.3 With respect to any Service, Tronox may terminate the term of such Service upon 90 business days notice to Exxaro; provided, further, that if the Exxaro has appointed or otherwise engaged any employee, agent or subcontractor primarily for the purpose of rendering any of the Services to Tronox, the termination provisions of the relevant agreements shall prevail over this Section 11.3.

 

11.4 If, as a consequence of termination of a particular Service, or as a result of termination or expiry of this TS Agreement and in addition and subject to the provisions of Section 11.3 of this GS Agreement and Section 7.11 of the Transaction Agreement:

 

  (a)

To the extent that Exxaro, appoints a new employee, agent or subcontractor for the specific purpose of rendering a service to Tronox, such appointment having been approved by Tronox, Exxaro shall, in the first instance, using its reasonable endeavors, attempt to redeploy such a person within Exxaro. If, and for whatever reason, such person exits the employment of Exxaro, Tronox shall pay the

 

16


  reasonable and direct costs incurred by Exxaro arising out of such person’s exit. Nothing in the clause shall relieve Exxaro of its obligations to any employee or contractor incurred in terms of South African labour laws. For the avoidance of doubt, based on the current circumstances anticipated with regards to the Transitional Services detailed in Exhibit A of this TS Agreement, Exxaro does not expect to require additional employees, agents or subcontractors to deliver these Services.

 

12. STAFFING

 

12.1 Notwithstanding the provisions of section 6.2(i) of the Transaction Agreement, the South African Acquired Entities, may, at their sole and absolute discretion, offer full time employment to Exxaro employees who provide Services in terms of this GS Agreement, save for the provision of Services under Section 1 of Article A.

 

13. CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

 

13.1 Termination or expiration of this GS Agreement for any reason shall be without prejudice to any rights that shall have accrued to the benefit of a Party prior to such termination or expiration. Such termination, relinquishment, or expiration shall not relieve a Party from obligations that are expressly indicated to survive the termination or expiration of this GS Agreement.

 

13.2 Upon termination or expiration of this GS Agreement each Party, at the request of the other, shall return all relevant records and materials in its possession or control containing or comprising the other Party’s information and to which the returning Party does not retain rights hereunder (except one copy of which may be retained in such files for archival purposes)

 

14. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, THE SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS GS AGREEMENT ARE FURNISHED AS IS, WHERE IS, AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, ADEQUACY, OR COMPLIANCE WITH ANY LAW, DOMESTIC OR FOREIGN.

 

15. DAMAGES

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, NO PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY (INCLUDING ITS RESPECTIVE HEIRS, LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS, AS THE CASE MAY BE, HEREUNDER) FOR ANY LOSSES THAT ARE NOT REASONABLY FORESEEABLE OR ANY DAMAGES FOR THE LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS, ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, GOODWILL, OR THE LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO DATA OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS GS AGREEMENT OR ITS TERMINATION OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY THIS GS AGREEMENT, WHETHER FOR

 

17


BREACH OF REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OR COVENANT OR OTHER AGREEMENT OR ANY OBLIGATION ARISING THEREFROM OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER LIABILITY IS ASSERTED IN CONTRACT OR DELICT (INCLUDING, NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY) AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIMS THAT THESE EXCLUSIONS DEPRIVE SUCH PARTY OF AN ADEQUATE REMEDY.

 

16. INDEMNIFICATION

 

16.1 Exxaro hereby does and will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tronox and each member of the Tronox Group and their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents and representatives in respect of all Losses related to or arising from, (i) any breach by Exxaro or any member of the Exxaro Group of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation of this GS Agreement; (ii) any violation of law; (iii) any third party claim that the Services provided breach or infringe, misappropriate or otherwise conflict with any intellectual property rights of any Person (such claim, a “ Third Party IP Claim ”); (iv) any third party claim that the Services provided breach any license or other Contract (such claim, a “ Third Party Contract Claim ”) where any member of the Exxaro Group is a party to such license or other Contract; and (v) any Third Party Contract Claim where any member of the Tronox Group is a party to such license or other Contract but only to the extent that a Loss is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Exxaro; except in the case of items (ii)-(iv), to the extent a Loss is proximately caused by (A) the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Tronox and/or the Acquired Companies (as the case may be)or (B) Tronox’s failure to arrange for appropriate intellectual property licenses or consents under Contracts which it (or any member of its Group) is a party and with respect to which Tronox and/or the South African Acquired Companies (as the case may be)knew, or reasonably should have known, that such licenses or consents would be required in order for Exxaro to perform any Service and had an obligation to obtain such licenses or consents under the GS Agreement (provided that neither Exxaro nor any member of its Group provided any such Services if Exxaro or any member of its Group knew, or reasonably should have known, that any required license(s) or consent(s) were not yet obtained).

 

16.2

Tronox and the South African Acquired Companies will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Exxaro and each member of the Exxaro Group and their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents and representatives in respect of all Losses related to or arising from, (i) any breach by Tronox and/or the South African Acquired Companies (as the case may be)or any member of the Tronox Group of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation of the Transition Services Agreement; (ii) any violation of Law that is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Tronox; (iii) a Third Party IP Claim that is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Tronox and/or the Acquired Companies (as the case may be) or the failure of Tronox and/or the South African Acquired Companies (as the case may be) to arrange for appropriate intellectual property licenses for which Tronox and/or the South African Acquired Companies (as the case may be) knew, or reasonably should have known, that such licenses would be required in order for Exxaro to perform the Services and had an obligation to obtain such licenses under the GS Agreement (provided that neither Exxaro nor

 

18


  any member of its Group provided any such Services if Exxaro or any member of its Group knew, or reasonably should have known, that any required license(s) were not yet obtained); (iv) any Third Party Contract Claim where any member of the Tronox Group is a party, except to the extent a Loss is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Exxaro; and (v) any Third Party Contract Claim where any member of the Exxaro Group is a party but only to the extent that a Loss is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Tronox.

 

17. SUBROGATION

If any liability arises from the performance of any Service hereunder by a third party contractor, the South African Acquired Companies shall be subrogated to such rights, if any, as Exxaro may have against such third party contractor.

 

18. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

At all times during the term of this GS Agreement, Exxaro shall be an independent contractor in providing the Services hereunder with the sole right to supervise, manage, operate, control and direct the performance of the Services and the sole obligation to employ, compensate and manage its employees and business affairs, provided that Exxaro will remain solely liable to Tronox for the acts and omissions of its subcontractors. Nothing contained in this GS Agreement shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture, to create the relationships of employee/employer or principal/agent, or otherwise create any liability whatsoever of any member of the Exxaro Group with respect to the indebtedness, Losses, obligations or actions of the other party or any of its respective officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents or representatives, or any other person or entity.

 

19. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

Each Party will comply with all applicable laws, rules, ordinances and regulations of any Governmental Entity or regulatory agency governing the Services to be provided hereunder. No Party will take any action in violation of any applicable law, rule, ordinance or regulation that could result in liability being imposed on the other Party.

 

20. MISCELLANEOUS

 

20.1 Notices.

 

  (a) Postal Address

 

  (i) Each Party chooses the address set out opposite its name below as its address to which any written notice in connection with this GS Agreement may be addressed.

 

  (A) Tronox: 3301 NW 150th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 , United States

Telefax No.: +1 405 775 5155

Attention: The General Counsel

E-mail: michael.foster@tronox.com

 

19


  (A) Exxaro: Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West, 0183 , South Africa

Telefax No.: +27 12 307 4860

Attention: The Company Secretary

E-mail: Carina.Wessels@exxaro.com

 

  (a) Any notice of communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this GS Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice of telefax.

 

  (b)

Any Party may by written notice to the other Party change its chosen address and/or telefax number for the purposes of clause 19.1 to another postal address and/or telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective on the 14 th (fourteenth) day after the receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  (i) any notice to a Party contained in a correctly addressed envelope;

 

  (A) and sent by pre-paid registered post to it at its chosen address in terms of clause 19.1 or

 

  (B) delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at its chosen address in terms of clause 19.1(a), shall be deemed to have been received in the case of clause 19.1(a)(c)(i), on the seventh Business Day after posting (unless the contrary is proved) and, in the case of clause 19.1(a)(c)(ii) on the day of delivery.

 

  (ii)

Any notice by telefax to a Party at its telefax number shall be deemed, unless the contrary is proved, to have been received on the 1 st (first) Business Day after the date of transmission.

 

  (c) Address for Service of Legal Documents

 

  (i) The Parties hereto choose domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes of and in connection with this GS Agreement as follows:

 

  (A) Tronox:

1 Stamford Plaza

Suite 1100, 263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: The General Counsel

 

20


  (A) The Company:

Exxaro: Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West, 0183, South Africa

Attention: The Company Secretary

 

1.2 Either Party hereto shall be entitled to change its domicilium from time to time, provided that any new domicilium selected by it shall be an address (other than a box number) in the Republic of South Africa, and any such change shall only be effective upon receipt of notice in writing by the other Party of such change.

 

1.3 All notices, demands, communications in respect of legal proceedings intended for a Party shall be made or given at its domicilium for the time being.

 

1.4 A notice sent by one Party to another Party shall be deemed to have been received on the same day if delivered by hand or sent by telefacsimile.

 

1.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this clause 19, a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it, notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address.

 

1.6 Entire Agreement . This GS Agreement, together with the exhibits referred to herein, and the documents and instruments to be executed and delivered pursuant hereto, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement by and among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements and understandings among such Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

1.7 Amendments and Waivers . This GS Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by all of the Parties. The observance of any term of this GS Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing and signed by the Party against whom such amendment or waiver is sought to be enforced. The waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of this GS Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by any Party, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

1.8 Successors and Assigns . Neither this GS Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be ceded nor may any obligations be delegated by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties. This GS Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

1.9

Governing Law . This GS Agreement and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with this GS Agreement, or for the breach or alleged breach

 

21


  thereof (whether in contract, in tort or otherwise) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Republic of South Africa, without giving effect to any conflicts of laws or other principles thereof that would result in the application of the laws of another jurisdiction, either as to substance or procedure.

 

1.10 Severability . If any provisions of this GS Agreement as applied to any part or to any circumstance shall be adjudged by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall in no way affect any other provision of this GS Agreement, the application of such provision in any other circumstances or the validity or enforceability of this GS Agreement.

 

1.11 Arbitration .

 

  (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of clause 5, and except in respect of those provisions of this GS Agreement which provide for their own remedies that would be incompatible with arbitration, or if either Party institutes an urgent action against the other in any court of competent jurisdiction, any dispute arising from or in connection with this GS Agreement will be finally resolved in accordance with the Rules of the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa (the “ Foundation ”) by an arbitrator appointed by the Foundation.

 

  (b) The arbitrator shall be selected based on the subject matter under dispute in accordance with the following procedure:

 

  (i) if the subject in dispute is primarily an accounting matter, then the Arbitrator shall be an independent accountant agreed upon between the Parties;

 

  (ii) if the subject in dispute is primarily a legal matter, then the Arbitrator shall be a practicing senior counsel with no less than 10 years standing agreed upon between the Parties; and

 

  (iii) if the subject in dispute is any other matter, then the Arbitrator shall be an independent person agreed upon between the Parties.

 

  (c) If the Parties cannot agree upon a particular arbitrator in accordance with Section 18.7(c) above within seven Business Days after the arbitration has been demanded, the arbitration shall be selected by the President of the General Council of the Bar of South Africa or his/her successors in title, within seven Business Days after the Parties have failed to agree.

 

  (d) An aggrieved Party may appeal against the arbitration award within 10 Business Days after receipt of the arbitration award by lodging a notice of appeal with the other Party.

 

  (e) Three practicing senior counsel of at least 15 years standing shall be appointed as chairpersons of the appeal. If the Parties are unable to agree on the chairpersons for the appeal, then Section 18.7(d) shall apply mutatis mutandis with the changes required by the context. The chairpersons shall meet the Parties within seven days after their appointment to determine the procedure for the appeal.

 

22


  (f) The Parties irrevocably agree the arbitration proceedings will be conducted in South Africa.

 

  (g) The Parties irrevocably agree that the decision in these arbitration proceedings shall be binding on them and shall be carried into effect as if adopted by an order of any Court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  (h) This clause 18.7 will be severable from the rest of this GS Agreement so that it will operate and continue to operate notwithstanding any actual or alleged voidness, voidability, unenforceability, termination, cancellation, expiry, or accepted repudiation, of this GS Agreement.

 

  (i) Neither Party shall be entitled to withhold performance of any of their obligations in terms of this GS Agreement pending the settlement of, or decision in, any dispute arising between the Parties, and each Party shall in such circumstances continue to comply with their obligations in terms of this GS Agreement.

 

1.12 Counterparts . This GS Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Such counterpart executions may be transmitted to the Parties by facsimile or electronic transmission, which shall have the full force and effect of an original signature.

 

1.13 Cooperation; Commercially Reasonable Efforts . The Parties shall cooperate in connection with all actions to be taken to consummate the transactions contemplated by this GS Agreement.

 

1.14 Further Acts and Documents . Each Party hereby agrees to execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this GS Agreement.

 

1.15 Interpretation . This GS Agreement shall be construed reasonably to carry out its intent without presumption against or in favor of either Party.

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this GS Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

TRONOX     TRONOX LIMITED
      By:   /s/ Michael J. Foster
        Name: Michael J. Foster
        Title: Director

 

By:   /s/ Matthew A Paque
  Name: Matthew A. Paque
  Title: Secretary

[General Services Agreement]


EXXARO RESOURCES     EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED
      By:   /s/ Riaan Koppeschaar
        Name: Riaan Koppeschaar
        Title: General Manager

 

EXXARO TSA SANDS     EXXARO TSA SANDS (PTY) LTD
      By:   /s/ Riaan Koppeschaar
        Name: Riaan Koppeschaar
        Title: General Manager

 

EXXARO SANDS     EXXARO SANDS (PTY) LTD
      By:   /s/ Riaan Koppeschaar
        Name: Riaan Koppeschaar
        Title: General Manager

[General Services Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Services Provided by Exxaro and the Exxaro Group to the Tronox Group

Section 1

 

1. Metallurgical Services

 

  1.1 Start Date. Beginning on the Closing Date, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the South African Acquired Companies with respect to certain metallurgical services, which are to be provided by a division of Exxaro, Exxaro Metallurgical Services, or such divisions nominees.

 

  1.2 End Date. Exxaro’s obligations pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall continue for three years unless extended in accordance with Section 10 of the Agreement. Either Party may, on a full years written notice to the other, cancel the provision of this Service.

 

  1.3 Services. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Exxaro’s services provided pursuant to this Section 1 shall include the following:

 

  1.3.1 Pilot and laboratory testing of physical beneficiation type.

 

  1.3.2 Mineralogy services.

 

  1.3.3 Value-in-use studies.

 

  1.3.4 Process engineering

 

  1.4 Specific Provisions pertaining to Projects Budgetary Process and Planning

 

  1.4.1 The South African Acquired Company being provided the Services (“ the Service Receiving Party ”) will submit as soon as possible after the Commencement Date and thereafter for each contract year, in writing an estimate to Exxaro Metallurgy in respect of the Services it is expected to require from Exxaro Metallurgy. The estimate shall detail, inter alia :

 

  1.4.1.1   the nature and scope of the Services to be rendered;

 

  1.4.1.2   the expected timeline within which the Services are to be rendered;

 

  1.4.1.3   priorities of services to be rendered.

 

  1.4.2 Exxaro Metallurgy shall, upon receipt of the indication, prepare a estimate of the anticipated timeframe required to render the Services and an estimate of the cost.

 

A-1


  1.4.3 The Service Receiving Party shall, however, be entitled to on reasonable notice (but at least 1 (one) month prior written notice in writing) inform Exxaro Metallurgy of any changes in its expected annual services requirements set out in clause 6.1.1 above. In the event where the Service Receiving Party fails to utilise the Services indicated in this Exhibit, Exxaro Metallurgy shall be entitled to utilise its available resources for other purposes.

 

  1.5 Specific Services

 

  1.5.1 The Parties agree to apply the following procedures in order to ensure that a request for a quotation (RFQ) process be followed insofar as the costing, scope and timeline for specific projects contained in the Budget concerned:

 

  1.5.2 The Service Receiving Party will submit a RFQ to Exxaro Metallurgy in respect of the Services it is expected to require from Exxaro Metallurgy. The indication shall detail, inter alia :

 

  1.5.2.1 the precise nature and scope of the Services to be rendered, including the deliverables;

 

  1.5.2.2 the expected timeline within which the Services are to be rendered;

 

  1.5.2.3 the standards, service levels and other performance criteria to which the Services are to be rendered;

 

  1.5.2.4 such further conditions and information that may be relevant to the rendering of the specific Services;

 

  1.5.2.5 specifications concerning invoice requirements and payment dates at specified milestone dates.

 

  1.5.3 Exxaro Metallurgy will submit a project charter to the Service Receiving Party in response to the RFQ in respect of the cost, scope and timeline of the specific request. The project charter shall detail, inter alia :

 

  1.5.3.1 the scope of technical work to be conducted, including the test program if applicable to the specific service;

 

  1.5.3.2 the detail timeline of the project with milestones;

 

  1.5.3.3 the resources utilized, including external parties and contractors;

 

  1.5.3.4 the cost of the specific project, including invoicing dates and direct procurements

 

A-2


  1.5.4 The Service Receiving Party shall approve the project charter provided in terms of 1.5.3 in writing.

 

  1.5.5 Commencement of the Service will start on receipt of the approved project charter.

 

  1.5.6 Changes to the project charter needs to be agreed and approved by Exxaro Metallurgical and the Service Receiving Party. A Scope Change Form will be submitted by Exxaro Metallurgy to the Service Receiving Party for approval. The Scope Change Form shall detail, inter alia :

 

  1.5.6.1 reason for scope change;

 

  1.5.6.2 impact of changes on either the project timeline, project cost or deliverables.

 

  1.5.6 Exxaro Metallurgy shall, upon receipt of the RFQ, prepare a quote detailing the anticipated number of hours required to render the Services and specifying the rate applicable to the rendering of the Services, it being agreed and understood that the rates to be charged by Exxaro Metallurgy shall be fixed for 2012 specified in Addendum “B” and thereafter increase by an agreed amount for each contract year.

 

  1.5.7 Exxaro Metallurgy shall furthermore submit monthly written progress reports to the Service Receiving Party in respect of the Services rendered at such intervals as may be reasonably required by the Service Receiving Party on written request from the Service Receiving Party.

 

  1.5.8 Notwithstanding the general provisions of clause 12, clause 6.2 (i) of the Transaction Agreement shall not apply to Services provided in terms of this Section 1.

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.5

TEMPLATE PROJECT SERVICES AGREEMENT

by

and

among

TRONOX LIMITED

and

EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED

Dated as of 15 June 2012


1.

  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      3   

2.

  PROJECT SERVICES      8   

3.

  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE: LEVEL OF SERVICES      8   

4.

  STEERING COMMITTEE      9   

5.

  RESOURCES      10   

6.

  PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES ON THE SITE      11   

7.

  PAYMENT TO CONTRACTORS, VENDORS, SUPPLIERS      11   

8.

  PERSONNEL AND SUBCONTRACTORS      11   

9.

  TIME      11   

10.

  PAYMENT      11   

11.

  TAXES      11   

12.

  COOPERATION; AMICABLE DISPUTE RESOLUTION      11   

13.

  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY      12   

14.

  EXCEPTIONS TO EXXARO'S OBLIGATION TO PERFORM      13   

16.

  CONFIDENTIALITY      14   

17.

  TERM      16   

18.

  TERMINATION      16   

19.

  CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION      16   

20.

  MEDIA RELEASES      17   

21.

  BOOKS AND RECORDS      17   

22.

  DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES      17   

23.

  DAMAGES      17   

24.

  INDEMNIFICATION      18   

25.

  SUBROGATION      18   

26.

  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR      19   

27.

  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS      19   

28.

  MISCELLANEOUS      19   

 

1


Schedule 1—

Annexure 1— Additional Conditions.

Annexure 2—Scope of Work and Project Services

Annexure 3—Drawings and Specifications.

Annexure 4 —Timetable/Delivery Dates.

Annexure 5—Price and Payment Terms.

Annexure 6—Service Recipient Supplied Amenities, Facilities and Services.

Annexure 7—Project Budget.

Annexure 8—Personnel and Project team.

Annexure 9—Composition of the Steering Committee and Process.

Annexure 10—Proof of Insurance.

Annexure 11—Governance Framework

 

2


PARTIES

The Parties to this Agreement are:

Tronox Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Australia with registration number ACN153348111; and

Exxaro Resources Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number 2000/011076/06;

THE PARTIES RECORD AND AGREE

A. Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, Exxaro has sold its mineral sands business, including its interest in the Tiwest Joint Venture, to Tronox in exchange for newly issued Tronox common shares (the Transaction ).

B. In connection with the Transaction, the Service Recipient, being a South African Acquired Entity, desires to obtain from Exxaro the Project Services described herein after the completion of the Transaction in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Project Services Agreement

C. This Agreement forms a template to be used by the Parties in respect of Project Services. As Exxaro and the Service Recipient agree the nature of the Project Services to be provided by Exxaro in respect of each Project, the Parties, using their best endeavors, will agree the content and populate the Annexure and Schedules in respect of the specific project requirement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Template Project Services Agreement, signature by the Parties of this Template Project Services Agreement records this obligation only.

D The projects which are envisaged as being subject to an Agreement of this nature are:

 

  1. The Fairbreeze Project, which is to provide ilmenite feed for the smelter operation located at KZN Sands central processing plant at Empangeni, producing titanium slag; and

 

  2. The co-generation of power at the Namakwa Sands operation, in terms of which furnace off-gas is combusted to produce electrical power; and

 

  3. Any additional project the Parties agree from time to time as being subject to this template form of Agreement.

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth or as referenced below:

 

3


Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including the correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” shall include the terms and conditions set out in this agreement, any purchase order placed or contract awarded subsequent to the award of the Agreement by the Service Provider and the annexures, appendices and documents attached to this Agreement;

Annexure ” means any Annexure attached to Schedule 1 and is to be regarded as part of this Agreement

.” Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday) on which banks are generally open for business in each South Africa.

Closing Date ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Contract ” means any written or oral agreement to create rights and/or obligations which are legally binding, contract, lease, sublease, indenture, mortgage, instrument, guaranty, loan or credit agreement, note, bond, customer order, purchase order, sales order, franchise, dealer and distributorship agreement, supply agreement, development agreement, joint venture agreement, promotion agreement, license agreement, contribution agreement, partnership agreement or other arrangement, understanding, permission or commitment.

Exxaro ” means Exxaro Resources Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number 2000/011076/06.

Exxaro’s Representative ” means the representative appointed by Exxaro or any replacement thereof appointed in accordance with Schedule 1, Annexure 9.

Exxaro Sands ” means Exxaro Sands Proprietary Limited, a company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa, with registration number: 1987/001627/07.

Exxaro TSA Sands ” means Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number: 1998/001039/07.

Fee ” means the amount set out in Annexure 5 to Schedule 1 (Price and Payment Terms) and Reimbursable Expenses as varied from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Force Majeure Event ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.

Governmental Entity ” means any national, supranational, provincial, municipal, regional or local governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, court, tribunal, or other governmental entity.

 

4


Losses ” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, diminutions, claims, judgments, awards, fines, penalties, interest, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and accounting fees. .

Parties ” means the Service Recipient, Tronox and Exxaro each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties” .

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust, joint venture or any other entity or organization, including any government or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

Program ” means the work program referred to in Schedule 1, Annexure 2;

Project ” means the project identified in Annexure 1;

Project Services ” are the services required by the Service Recipient in terms of this Agreement and further detailed in Schedule 1 Annexure 2.

Project Budget ” means the agreed to budget which incorporates the estimated time and expenditures expected to be incurred by Exxaro in the execution of the Services. The Project Budget represents estimated amounts and will only become definitive on acquisition of definitive prices and final approval by Exxaro Sands in writing as set out in Annexure 1.

Rand ” and “ R ” means the South African rand, the lawful currency of the Republic of South Africa.

“Reimbursable Expenses” are the expenses (if any) payable by the Service Recipient to Exxaro in accordance with this Agreement as may be detailed in Schedule 1, Annexure 5.

Schedule ” means any schedule attached to this Agreement and is to be regarded as part of this Agreement

Service Recipient ” means either:

Exxaro TSA Sands; or

Exxaro Sands.

as further identified in Schedule 1.

Service Recipient Representative ” means the representative appointed by the Service Recipient or any replacement thereof appointed in accordance with Annexure 1, Annexure 9

Signature Date ” means the date of the last Party signing this in time.

Site ” means the site at which the Services are to be rendered by Exxaro as identified in Annexure 1;

South African Acquired Companies ” means Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands.

 

5


Tax ” means (a) all taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments, including but not limited to all income, gross receipts, capital, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, transfer pricing, franchise, profits, inventory, capital stock, license, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, premium, severance, stamp, occupation, property and estimated taxes, customs duties, fees, assessments and charges of any kind whatsoever, (b) all interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax, amounts in respect of tax or additional amounts imposed by any Taxing Authority in connection with any item described in clause (a), (c) any transferee liability in respect of any items described in clause (a) or (b), and (d) and any liability for items described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) as a result either of being a member of a combined, consolidated, unitary or affiliated group or of a contractual obligation to indemnify any Person; in each case, with the exclusion of any Transfer Taxes.

Taxing Authority ” means any Governmental Entity responsible for the administration or collection of any Tax.

Tiwest Joint Venture ” has the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Term means the anticipated duration in which Exxaro is to provide Project Services to the Project, as set out in Schedule 1, Annexure 4.

Transaction ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Transaction Agreement ” means the amended and restated transaction agreement entered into between inter alia Exxaro and Tronox on 20 April 2012.

Tronox ” means Tronox Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Australia with registration number ACN153348111.

Variation ” means –

A material increase, decrease or omission of any part of the Work.

A material changes to the character of quality of the Services.

Any other material changes to the scope of the Services.

Any material change to Exxaro’s documents.

Variation Order means a direction issued by the Service Recipient to Exxaro in terms of this Agreement to carry out a Variation.

VAT means the Value-Added Tax which is levied in respect of goods and services in terms of the VAT Act;

VAT Act means the Value-Added Tax Act 89 of 1991 ;

 

6


1.2 Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, the following rules of interpretation shall apply to this Agreement:

 

  (a) a “ clause ” and a “section” shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference to a clause or a section, respectively, hereof;

 

  (b) law ” shall be construed as any law (including common or customary law), or statute, constitution, decree, judgment, treaty, regulation, directive, by-law, order or any other legislative measure of any government, supranational, local government, statutory or regulatory body or court;

 

  (c) a reference to any law, rule, ordinance enactment or regulation shall include any amendment, modification or re-enactment thereof, any regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, and any interpretations thereof from time to time by any regulatory or administrative authority, whether or not having the force of law;

 

  (d) a reference to any agreement, instrument, contract or other document shall include any amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification thereto;

 

  (e) whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” (or similar terms) are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

  (f) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;

 

  (g) the use of “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless expressly indicated otherwise;

 

  (h) If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it is only in the definition clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of this Agreement.

 

  (i) Unless the context dictates otherwise, an expression which denotes:

 

  (i) any one gender includes the other genders;

 

  (ii) a natural person includes an artificial person and vice versa and shall include its successors-in-title and assigns; and

 

  (iii) the singular includes the plural and vice versa .

 

1.3

When any number of days is prescribed in this Agreement, same shall be reckoned exclusively of the 1 st (first) and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a day which is not a Business Day, in which case the last day shall be the immediately following Business Day.

 

1.4 In the event that the day for payment of any amount due in terms of this Agreement should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, then the relevant date for payment shall be the preceding Business Day.

 

7


1.5 Where any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in this Agreement, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to the relevant clause, shall bear the same meaning as ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of this Agreement, notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in this interpretation clause.

 

1.6 Any reference to an enactment in this Agreement is to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or re-enacted from time to time

 

1.7 The rule of construction that, in the event of an ambiguity, the contract shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting or preparation of the agreement, shall not apply in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.8 The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

1.9 Save where the contrary is indicated, any reference in this Agreement to this Agreement or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document as same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, novated or supplemented

 

1.10 In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement, Schedule or an Annexure, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of a Schedule and an Annexure, the provisions of the Schedule shall prevail.

 

2. PROJECT SERVICES

The Project Recipient hereby appoints Exxaro to provide the Project Services, which appointment Exxaro hereby accepts subject to the provisions of this Agreement and as more specifically set out in Schedule 1, Annex 2.

 

3. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE: LEVEL OF SERVICES

 

3.1 Exxaro shall perform the Project Services by exercising the same degree of care, at the same general level and at the same general degree of accuracy and responsiveness, as it exercises in performing the same or similar services for its own account, with priority equal to that provided to its own businesses where the services being provided are material to the Exxaro business (and in no event will the Services be provided in a less than diligent manner). Exxaro will ensure that all individuals performing any Project Services will have the education, training, knowledge, skill and capability necessary to perform the Project Services, in accordance with best industry practice.

 

3.2

In no event shall the Service Recipient, with respect to the Project Services, be entitled to increase its use of such Project Services above that level of use specified in Schedule 1, Annexure 2 without the Steering Committee unanimously approving such increase. The increase shall be recorded in the approved minutes of the Steering Committee. Exxaro shall

 

8


  accommodate the Service Recipient, to the extent that it is commercially reasonable to do so in relation to any requests regarding an increase in the levels of use as specified in Schedule 1, Annexure 2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Exxaro shall not be required to provide the Service Recipient with levels of Services above the levels that existed prior to the date hereof or with the advantage of systems, equipment, facilities, training, services or improvements procured, obtained or made after the date hereof.

 

3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Exxaro may, but is not required to, make changes from time to time in the manner in which any Project Service is provided if (a) Exxaro is making similar changes in the manner in which the Project Services are provided to it, (b) Exxaro furnishes a notice to the Service Recipient with respect to such changes, and (c) such changes shall not create a substantial risk of a material disruption of the Service Recipient’s business or the Service Recipient incurring a material loss or liability.

 

4. STEERING COMMITTEE

 

4.1 With effect from the Signature Date the affairs of the Parties in connection with this Agreement shall be supervised on behalf of the Parties by a Steering Committee, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this clause 4.

 

4.2 The role of the Steering Committee shall, inter alia, be to:

 

  (a) monitor, coordinate and facilitate implementation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

  (b) consider and approve, from time to time, the Project Services which shall, inter alia , include:

 

  (i) considering and approving the work plan for the Project, taking into account the matters provided for in this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) providing for a suitable and efficient administrative process to facilitate payments in accordance with the Project Budget.

 

  (c) facilitate communication on and address issues arising from the execution of the Project;

 

  (d) receive and consider periodical reports compiled by Exxaro advising on the progress of the Project;

 

  (e) monitor the achievement of the objectives related to the periodical reports referred to in 4.2(d) as contemplated in this Agreement including the Schedule of Services; and

 

  (f) discuss the projected budgetary requirements for the Project on an ongoing basis.

 

4.3 Without derogating from the generality of clause 4.2, the Steering Committee shall facilitate communication and monitor progress, as applicable, with regard to matters contemplated in this Agreement and the Project Services specifically.

 

9


4.4 The Steering Committee shall provide general oversight of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and shall work in good faith to resolve any disputes arising under this Agreement as set forth under clause 12.

 

4.5 The Steering Committee shall stay reasonably apprised of the activities of the employees, agents and contractors of the Parties who are providing or receiving the Project Services in order to maximize efficiency in the provision and receipt of the Project Services.

 

4.6 The Steering Committee shall be authorized to approve any expense reasonably incurred by Exxaro pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.7 The Steering Committee may develop a Governance Framework and authorize members’ approval authority accordingly.

 

4.8 Without derogating from the generality of the above clauses, all communications which relate to the provision of the Project Services and pertain to the following issues shall be directed, in writing, to the Steering Committee for approval::

 

  (a) additional expenditure or a potential loss estimated to equal or exceed R80 000; or

 

  (b) conduct which may give rise to a breach of this Agreement or an agreement with a third party; or

 

  (c) any Variation in content of the Project Services; or

 

  (d) any Variation in manner in which the Project Services are to be provided; or

 

  (e) any fact, matter or circumstance of significance which could have a material effect on the provision of Project Services or on any provision or undertaking of this Agreement.

 

4.9 The composition of the Steering Committee and process to be followed shall be as set out in Schedule 1, Annexure 9.

 

5. RESOURCES

 

5.1 In connection with the Project Services, the Service Recipient shall make reasonably available for consultation with the Exxaro those retained employees and consultants or other service providers and employees of the Service Recipient reasonably necessary for the effective provision of such Services. Furthermore, the Service Recipient will provide the necessary access reasonably required by Exxaro to consult with the retained employees and consultants or other service providers and employees referred to above. The Service Recipient shall also make available to Exxaro timeously all or any relevant information and do all things reasonably required by Exxaro to enable it to provide the Project Services.

 

5.2 The Parties confirm nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as varying the provisions of Section 7.11 of the Transaction Agreement. To the extent that any provision of this TS Agreement conflicts with the provision of Section 7.11 of the Transaction Agreement such provision shall be void.

 

10


The resources to be provided by the Service Recipient as associated with the Project are as set out in Schedule 1, Annexure 6.

 

6. PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES ON THE SITE

Exxaro shall comply with the Service Recipient’s reasonable directions, procedures and policies relating to occupational health, safety and security when performing any part of the Services on the Service recipient’s premises to the extent Project Services are performed on the Site.

 

7. PAYMENT TO CONTRACTORS, VENDORS, SUPPLIERS

Payment to contractors, vendors and suppliers (if any) are to be performed as set out in Schedule 1, Annexure 5.

 

8. PERSONNEL AND SUBCONTRACTORS

Personnel and subcontractors (if any) are as set out in Schedule 1, Annexure 8. .

 

9. TIME

 

9.1 Performance of Project Services

 

  (a) Exxaro shall perform the Project Services:

 

  (i) within the Term; and

 

  (ii) in accordance with the approved Program.

 

10. PAYMENT

The Service Recipient shall pay to Exxaro the amounts due to Exxaro, as calculated in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 1, Annexure 5, within the period detailed therein.

 

11. TAXES

 

11.1 Any Taxes assessed and levied on the provision of any Service hereunder shall be included in the costs of such Project Services.

 

11.2 All Project Services are provided exclusive of VAT.

 

12. COOPERATION; AMICABLE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

12.1 The Parties shall cooperate in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of the Services. Such cooperation shall include exchanging information, providing access to personnel, equipment, office space, electronic systems and other property and adjustments and obtaining all consents, licenses, sublicenses or approvals necessary to permit each Party to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

11


12.2 In the event of a dispute under this Agreement, either Party may give written notice to the other Party requesting that the Steering Committee try to resolve (but without any obligation to resolve) such dispute. Not later than 10 (ten) days after said written notice, each Party shall submit to the other a written statement setting forth such Party’s description of the dispute, such Party’s position on such dispute, such Party’s recommended resolution and the reasons why such Party feels its recommended resolution is fair and equitable in light of the terms and spirit of this Agreement. Such statements represent part of a good-faith effort to resolve a dispute and as such, no statements prepared by a Party pursuant to this clause 12 may be introduced as evidence or used as an admission against interest in any arbitral or judicial resolution of such dispute.

 

12.3 If the dispute continues unresolved for a period of 5 (five day) (or such longer period as the Steering Committee may otherwise agree upon) after the simultaneous exchange of such written statements, then the Steering Committee shall promptly commence good-faith negotiations to resolve such dispute but without any obligation to resolve it. The initial negotiating meeting may be conducted by teleconference.

 

12.4 Not later than 7 (seven) days after the commencement of negotiations under Section 12.3 above: (a) if the Steering Committee renders an agreed resolution on the matter in dispute, then both Parties shall be bound thereby; and (b) if the Steering Committee does not render an agreed resolution, then the dispute shall be submitted for resolution pursuant to Section 12.5..

 

12.5 Disputes arising under this Agreement and not resolved by the Steering Committee within 7 (seven) days under clause (a) of Section 12.4 or if no Steering Committee has been established, it shall be submitted in writing to an appropriate executive officer of each Party. The executive officers shall attempt to resolve any dispute submitted to them for resolution in accordance with this clause 12.5 through consultation and negotiation, within 15 (fifteen) days after such submission (or such longer period as may be mutually agreed by the Parties). Absent a resolution within such 15 (fifteen) day period, any dispute related to, or in connection with, this Agreement shall be submitted by any executive officer of either Party for resolution by final and binding arbitration determined in accordance with Section 28.11.

 

13. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

13.1 Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, all Exxaro work product, data or other materials and deliverables provided by or on behalf of Exxaro to Exxaro Sands in connection with the Project Services (collectively, Work Product ), in whatever form or medium, and all intellectual property rights in or to any of the foregoing owned by Exxaro will remain the exclusive property of Exxaro.
13.2 All Work Product, data, software and any other materials or deliverables and any other intellectual property and tangible embodiments thereof generated, developed or otherwise created by or on behalf of the Service Recipient (whether in the course of Exxaro’s provision of the Services or otherwise), in whatever form or medium, and all intellectual property rights in or to any of the foregoing will be owned by the Service Recipient.

 

12


13.3 The Parties acknowledge that, in agreeing upon the Services to be provided by Exxaro under this Agreement, they may decide to allocate the ownership of intellectual property rights arising out of Exxaro’s provision of the Services differently for certain Services in this Agreement.

 

14. EXCEPTIONS TO EXXARO’S OBLIGATION TO PERFORM

 

14.1 Exxaro shall not be required to provide the Project Services to the extent that the performance of such Project Services would require Exxaro to violate any applicable law or would result in the breach of any software license or other Contract with a Person but only to the extent that such breach is a consequence of the Service Recipient’ failure to comply with an obligation to own or otherwise possess such software license, or to enter into such other Contract, that is expressly set forth in this Agreement and is applicable to the Project Services to be provided by Exxaro or agreed by the Parties as necessary or desirable for Exxaro to be able to provide the Services.

 

14.2 If Exxaro determines that it is no longer commercially viable to provide the Project Services (whether absolutely or in the manner in which the Project Services are to be performed) in accordance with the terms hereof, the Parties shall meet as soon as may be practicable after Exxaro has made such a decision, and in good faith cooperate so as to determine the best alternative approach to procure the provision of the Services. Until such alternative approach is found or the problem is otherwise resolved to the satisfaction of the Parties, Exxaro shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide such Project Services.

 

14.3 If Exxaro is objectively unable to modify its provision of such Project Services and no alternate approach to procure the provision of the Services is agreed, Exxaro will be excused from continuing to provide the Project Services without claim or penalty of any nature levied. If Exxaro is excused from providing the Project Services as set forth herein, then the amount payable to Exxaro for the Project Services will be reduced accordingly during the period in which Exxaro is not providing such Project Services. To the extent the Parties agree upon an alternative approach that requires payment of amounts above and beyond what Service Recipient is required to pay under this Agreement for such Project Services, such excess amounts shall be borne by the Service Recipient, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. The Service Recipient may obtain replacement Project Services or resources for the affected Project Services from a third party for the duration of such delay or inability to perform, and the Service Recipient shall be liable for the payment of such substitute Project Services.

 

14.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,

 

  (a)

if the Service Recipient (i) elects to decommission, replace, modify or change its information technology or communications systems or any other aspect of its business relationship relating to the Project Services in a manner that prevents Exxaro from providing such Project Services as required hereunder (in the understanding that Service Recipient shall provide Exxaro with 5 (five) Business Days prior notice of any such election), or (ii) fail to acquire the hardware, software, information systems or other materials or third party Project Services reasonably necessary for the Project Services and such failure prevents Exxaro from providing

 

13


  such Project Services as required hereunder, then, in each case, Exxaro shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to the effectiveness or quality of such Project Services and, following 5 (five) Business Days prior written notice to the Service Recipient, Exxaro shall be excused from the performance of such Project Services;

 

  (b) if the Service recipient is unable, despite Exxaro’s reasonable assistance and cooperation , to secure the agreement of third parties with whom Exxaro has outsourced certain Project Services to provide such Project Services to the Service Recipient, Exxaro shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to the effectiveness or quality of any Service that is prevented, hindered, or delayed thereby and, following 5 (five) Business Days prior written notice to Service Recipient, Exxaro shall be excused from the performance of such Project Services;

 

15. FORCE MAJEURE

It shall not be a breach of this Agreement and the Parties shall not be liable for delay in performance or nonperformance of any term or condition of this Agreement directly or indirectly resulting from any fire, explosion, accident, disease, illness, flood, labor trouble or stoppage, civil disorder, war, terrorism (or threat thereof), atmospheric or weather condition, acts of God or any other causes beyond a party’s reasonable control (each, a “ Force Majeure Event ”). Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event, the Party so affected in the discharge of its obligation shall promptly give written notice of such event to the other Party. The affected Party shall make every reasonable effort to remove or remedy the cause of such Force Majeure Event or mitigate its effect as quickly as may be possible. If such occurrence results in the suspension of all or part of the Project Services for 30 days, the Parties shall meet and determine the appropriate measures to be taken. Any delay or failure in performance by either Party thereto shall not constitute default hereunder or give rise to any claims for damages or loss of anticipated profits if, and to the extent that such delay or failure is caused by a Force Majeure Event. In a Force Majeure Event, Exxaro shall not be entitled to any compensation for any part of, or all of, the Project Services that is suspended because of such Force Majeure Event.

 

16. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

16.1

With respect to the Project Services, the Service Recipient agrees that (a) all software, hardware or data store, procedures and materials provided to the Service Recipient by or on behalf of Exxaro in connection with such Project Services are solely for the use of the Service Recipient solely for purposes of using such Project Services during the Term (provided that benefits received by third parties in the ordinary course of business conducted with the Service Recipient shall not be subject to this Section 16); (b) title to any software, hardware or data store or any other intellectual property or proprietary right of any kind used in performing such Project Services shall, as between the Service recipient and Exxaro, remain in Exxaro; (c) the Service Recipient shall not copy, modify, reverse engineer, decompile, distribute or in any way alter or make derivative works of any software, hardware or data store used in performing such Service without Exxaro’s prior written consent; and (d) the Service Recipient shall, comply with any and all usage guidelines pertaining to the Project Services and provided by or on behalf of Exxaro, including any and all usage guidelines pertaining to

 

14


  software, data, or other intellectual property or proprietary rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing any software, hardware, data store, procedures or materials purchased for the Service recipient in terms of this Agreement in connection with the Project Services or the independent functionality of the Service Recipient, and any assets acquired or purchased by the Service Recipient for its own account, shall not be subject to this Section 16.1.

 

16.2 The Parties acknowledge that, pursuant to the mutual provision of Project Services or as a result of the transfer of certain business operations and assets (including information technology, software and hardware) contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, each Party shall possess or have access (intentionally or inadvertently) to information that belongs to the other Party or has commercial value in that other Party’s business, and is not in the public domain, including information relating to its customers, suppliers, finances, operations, facilities and markets (“ Confidential Information ”). Neither Party shall disclose, use, sell, assign, lease nor otherwise dispose of the other Party’s Confidential Information, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or the Transaction Agreement. Exxaro shall not, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its employees, contractors and other agents do not, use the Project Services to access any of the Service Recipient’s Confidential Information that is outside the scope of the Service provided. Nothing in this Section 16.2 shall be construed as obligating any Party hereto to disclose its Confidential Information to any other Party, or as granting to or conferring on another Party, expressly or by implication, any rights or license to its Confidential Information, provided that the Parties acknowledge that, in order to perform the Project Services, Exxaro shall have custody of and usage of certain the Service Recipient’s Confidential Information, and the Service Recipient hereby grants to Exxaro the right to do so in accordance with this Agreement.

 

16.3 Notwithstanding Section 16.2, Information is not Confidential Information to the extent that: (a) the information is or becomes publicly available through no fault of the Party which received the information from the other Party; (b) the same information is rightfully in the possession of a Party prior to receipt of that information from another Party; provided , however that the Service Recipient’s information or data that is in Exxaro’s possession prior to the Closing Date and is otherwise Confidential Information of the Service Recipient’s shall be Confidential Information; (c) the same information is independently developed (without the use of another Party’s Confidential Information) by the Party which received that information from such other Party; or (d) the same information becomes available to a Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than another Party hereto, which source, to the knowledge of the disclosing Party, is not prohibited from disclosing that information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary obligations to the Party about whom such information pertains.

 

16.4 Notwithstanding Section 16.2, a Party hereto shall not have violated the terms of this clause 16 for disclosing Confidential Information:

 

  (a)

to third parties performing Project Services required under this Agreement where (i) use of that Confidential Information by that third party is authorized under this Agreement; or (ii) disclosure is reasonably necessary or typically occurs in the natural course of the third party’s duties; provided , in each case, that the third party has executed a written confidentiality agreement under which the third party is obligated

 

15


  to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information in a manner substantially equivalent to this Agreement, to the extent that such party is not already bound by a confidentiality undertaking, in which case there shall be no requirement for such party to enter into a written confidentiality agreement as contemplated in this clause;

 

  (b) in order to comply with any applicable Laws; provided that as soon as practicable and legally permitted the disclosing Party shall notify the Party whose Confidential Information was or is to be disclosed of the disclosure or possible disclosure under this subsection; or

 

  (c) to the disclosing Party’s independent auditors.

 

17. TERM

The term is detailed in Schedule 1.

 

18. TERMINATION

 

18.1 In addition to the rights of termination set out above, either Party may at its sole convenience terminate the Agreement by giving 30 (thirty) days written notice to the other Party. Such notice will not constitute any form of breach or repudiation of the Agreement by the Party giving the notice.

 

19. CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

 

19.1 Termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason shall be without prejudice to any rights that shall have accrued to the benefit of a Party prior to such termination or expiration. Such termination, relinquishment, or expiration shall not relieve a Party from obligations that are expressly indicated to survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

19.2 Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement each Party, at the request of the other, shall return all relevant records and materials in its possession or control containing or comprising the other Party’s information and to which the returning Party does not retain rights hereunder (except one copy of which may be retained in such files for archival purposes).

 

19.3 If, as a consequence of termination, or as a result of termination or expiry of this Agreement and in addition and subject to the provisions of Section 7.11 of the Transaction Agreement:

 

  (a) To the extent that Exxaro, appoints a new employee, agent or subcontractor for the specific purpose of rendering a service to the Service Recipient, such appointment having been approved by the Service Recipient, Exxaro shall, in the first instance, using its reasonable endeavors, attempt to redeploy such a person within Exxaro. If, and for whatever reason, such person exits the employment of Exxaro, the Service Recipient shall pay the reasonable and direct costs incurred by Exxaro arising out of such person’s exit. Nothing in the clause shall relieve Exxaro of its obligations to any employee or contractor incurred in terms of South African labour laws. For the avoidance of doubt, based on the current circumstances anticipated with regards to the Project Services detailed in Schedule 1 of this Agreement, Exxaro does not expect to require additional employees, agents or subcontractors in addition to those identified therein, to deliver these services.

 

16


20. MEDIA RELEASES

 

20.1 Neither Party may advertise or issue any information, publication, document or article for publication or media releases or other publicity relating to the Project Services, this Agreement, the Project or the other Party’s business and activities without the prior written approval of the Steering Committee.

 

21. BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

10.1 Both Parties shall maintain for at least two (2) years following the termination or expiration of the Agreement or arrangement, and make available to the other Party for inspection at any time during normal business hours, books, records and accounts prepared in accordance with accepted accounting principles which adequately and completely reflect the nature of every transaction related to the Project Services and that Party’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

22. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, THE PROJECT SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ARE FURNISHED AS IS, WHERE IS, AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, ADEQUACY, OR COMPLIANCE WITH ANY LAW, DOMESTIC OR FOREIGN.

 

23. DAMAGES

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, NO PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY (INCLUDING ITS RESPECTIVE HEIRS, LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS, AS THE CASE MAY BE, HEREUNDER) FOR ANY LOSSES THAT ARE NOT REASONABLY FORESEEABLE OR ANY DAMAGES FOR THE LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS, ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, GOODWILL, OR THE LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO DATA OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ITS TERMINATION OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OR COVENANT OR OTHER AGREEMENT OR ANY OBLIGATION ARISING THEREFROM OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER LIABILITY IS ASSERTED IN CONTRACT OR DELICT (INCLUDING, NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY) AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIMS THAT THESE EXCLUSIONS DEPRIVE SUCH PARTY OF AN ADEQUATE REMEDY.

 

17


24. INDEMNIFICATION

 

24.1 Exxaro hereby does and will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Service Recipient and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents and representatives in respect of all Losses related to or arising from, (i) any breach by Exxaro of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation of this Agreement; (ii) any violation of law; (iii) any third party claim that the Project Services provided breach or infringe, misappropriate or otherwise conflict with any intellectual property rights of any Person (such claim, a “ Third Party IP Claim ”); (iv) any third party claim that the Project Services provided breach any license or other Contract (such claim, a “ Third Party Contract Claim ”) where Exxaro is a party to such license or other Contract; (v) any application of s197 of the Labour Relations Act and (vi) any Third Party Contract Claim where the Service Recipient is a party to such license or other Contract but only to the extent that a Loss is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Exxaro; except in the case of items (ii)-(iv), to the extent a Loss is proximately caused by (A) the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of the Service Recipient (as the case may be)or (B) the Service Recipient’s failure to arrange for appropriate intellectual property licenses or consents under Contracts which it is a party and with respect to which the Service Recipient knew, or reasonably should have known, that such licenses or consents would be required in order for Exxaro to perform any Service and had an obligation to obtain such licenses or consents under the Agreement (provided that Exxaro did not provide any such Project Services if Exxaro knew, or reasonably should have known, that any required license(s) or consent(s) were not yet obtained).

 

24.2 the Service Recipient will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Exxaro and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents and representatives in respect of all Losses related to or arising from, (i) any breach by the Service Recipient of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation of the Agreement; (ii) any violation of Law that is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of the Service Recipient; (iii) a Third Party IP Claim that is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of the Service Recipient or the failure of the Service Recipient to arrange for appropriate intellectual property licenses for which the Service Recipient knew, or reasonably should have known, that such licenses would be required in order for Exxaro to perform the Project Services and had an obligation to obtain such licenses under the Agreement (provided that Exxaro did not provide any such Project Services if Exxaro knew, or reasonably should have known, that any required license(s) were not yet obtained); (iv) any Third Party Contract Claim to which the Service Recipient is a party, except to the extent a Loss is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Exxaro; and (v) any Third Party Contract Claim where Exxaro party but only to the extent that a Loss is proximately caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of the Service Recipient.

 

25. SUBROGATION

If any liability arises from the performance of any Service hereunder by a third party contractor, the Service Recipient shall be subrogated to such rights, if any, as Exxaro may have against such third party contractor.

 

18


26. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

At all times during the term of this Agreement, Exxaro shall be an independent contractor in providing the Project Services hereunder with the sole right to supervise, manage, operate, control and direct the performance of the Project Services and the sole obligation to employ, compensate and manage its employees and business affairs, provided that Exxaro will remain solely liable to the Service Recipient for the acts and omissions of its subcontractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture, to create the relationships of employee/employer or principal/agent, or otherwise create any liability whatsoever of Exxaro with respect to the indebtedness, Losses, obligations or actions of the other party or any of its respective officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents or representatives, or any other person or entity.

 

27. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

27.1 Each Party will comply with all applicable laws, rules, ordinances and regulations of any Governmental Entity or regulatory agency governing the Project Services to be provided hereunder. No Party will take any action in violation of any applicable law, rule, ordinance or regulation that could result in liability being imposed on the other Party.

 

27.2 The Parties unconditionally consent and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the North Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement.

 

28. MISCELLANEOUS

 

28.1 Notices .

 

  (a) Postal Address

 

  (i) Each Party chooses the address set out opposite its name below as its address to which any written notice in connection with this Agreement may be addressed.

 

  (A) the Service Recipient:

 

  (B) Tronox: 3301 NW 150th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 , United States

Telefax No.: +1 405 775 5155

Attention: The General Counsel

 

  (A) Exxaro: Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West, 0183 , South Africa

Telefax No.: +27 12 307 4860

Attention: The Company Secretary

E-mail: Carina.Wessels@exxaro.com

 

19


  (b) Any notice of communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice of telefax.

 

  (c)

Any Party may by written notice to the other Party change its chosen address and/or telefax number for the purposes of clause 19.1 to another postal address and/or telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective on the 14 th (fourteenth) day after the receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  (i) any notice to a Party contained in a correctly addressed envelope;

 

  (A) and sent by pre-paid registered post to it at its chosen address in terms of clause 19.1 or

 

  (B) delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at its chosen address in terms of clause 19.1(a), shall be deemed to have been received in the case of clause 19.1(a)(c)(i), on the seventh Business Day after posting (unless the contrary is proved) and, in the case of clause 19.1(a)(c)(ii) on the day of delivery.

 

  (ii)

Any notice by telefax to a Party at its telefax number shall be deemed, unless the contrary is proved, to have been received on the 1 st (first) Business Day after the date of transmission.

 

  (d) Address for Service of Legal Documents

 

  (i) The Parties hereto choose domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes of and in connection with this Agreement as follows:

 

  (A) the Service Recipient:

1 Stamford Plaza

Suite 1100, 263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: The General Counsel

 

  (A) Exxaro: Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West, 0183, South Africa

Telefax No.: +27 12 307 4860

Attention: The Company Secretary

 

28.2 Either Party hereto shall be entitled to change its domicilium from time to time, provided that any new domicilium selected by it shall be an address (other than a box number) in the Republic of South Africa, and any such change shall only be effective upon receipt of notice in writing by the other Party of such change.

 

20


28.3 All notices, demands, communications in respect of legal proceedings intended for a Party shall be made or given at its domicilium for the time being.

 

28.4 A notice sent by one Party to another Party shall be deemed to have been received on the same day if delivered by hand or sent by telefacsimile.

 

28.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this clause 19, a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it, notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address.

 

28.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the exhibits referred to herein, and the documents and instruments to be executed and delivered pursuant hereto, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement by and among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements and understandings among such Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

28.7 Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by all of the Parties. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing and signed by the Party against whom such amendment or waiver is sought to be enforced. The waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by any Party, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

28.8 Successors and Assigns . Neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be ceded nor may any obligations be delegated by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

28.9 Governing Law . This Agreement and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, or for the breach or alleged breach thereof (whether in contract, in tort or otherwise) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Republic of South Africa, without giving effect to any conflicts of laws or other principles thereof that would result in the application of the laws of another jurisdiction, either as to substance or procedure.

 

28.10 Severability . If any provisions of this Agreement as applied to any part or to any circumstance shall be adjudged by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall in no way affect any other provision of this Agreement, the application of such provision in any other circumstances or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

 

21


28.11 Arbitration .

 

  (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 12, and except in respect of those provisions of this Agreement which provide for their own remedies that would be incompatible with arbitration, or if either Party institutes an urgent action against the other in any court of competent jurisdiction, any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement will be finally resolved in accordance with the Rules of the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa (the “ Foundation ”) by an arbitrator appointed by the Foundation.

 

  (b) The arbitrator shall be selected based on the subject matter under dispute in accordance with the following procedure:

 

  (i) if the subject in dispute is primarily an accounting matter, then the Arbitrator shall be an independent accountant agreed upon between the Parties;

 

  (ii) if the subject in dispute is primarily a legal matter, then the Arbitrator shall be a practicing senior counsel with no less than 10 years standing agreed upon between the Parties; and

 

  (iii) if the subject in dispute is any other matter, then the Arbitrator shall be an independent person agreed upon between the Parties.

 

  (c) If the Parties cannot agree upon a particular arbitrator in accordance with Section 28 11 (b) above within seven Business Days after the arbitration has been demanded, the arbitration shall be selected by the President of the General Council of the Bar of South Africa or his/her successors in title, within seven Business Days after the Parties have failed to agree.

 

  (d) An aggrieved Party may appeal against the arbitration award within 10 Business Days after receipt of the arbitration award by lodging a notice of appeal with the other Party.

 

  (e) Three practicing senior counsel of at least 15 years standing shall be appointed as chairpersons of the appeal. If the Parties are unable to agree on the chairpersons for the appeal, then Section 28.11(c) shall apply mutatis mutandis with the changes required by the context. The chairpersons shall meet the Parties within seven days after their appointment to determine the procedure for the appeal.

 

  (f) The Parties irrevocably agree the arbitration proceedings will be conducted in South Africa.

 

  (g) The Parties irrevocably agree that the decision in these arbitration proceedings shall be binding on them and shall be carried into effect as if adopted by an order of any Court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  (h) This Section 28.11 will be severable from the rest of this Agreement so that it will operate and continue to operate notwithstanding any actual or alleged voidness, voidability, unenforceability, termination, cancellation, expiry, or accepted repudiation, of this Agreement.

 

22


  (i) Neither Party shall be entitled to withhold performance of any of their obligations in terms of this Agreement pending the settlement of, or decision in, any dispute arising between the Parties, and each Party shall in such circumstances continue to comply with their obligations in terms of this Agreement.

 

28.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Such counterpart executions may be transmitted to the Parties by facsimile or electronic transmission, which shall have the full force and effect of an original signature.

 

28.13 Cooperation; Commercially Reasonable Efforts . The Parties shall cooperate in connection with all actions to be taken to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

28.14 Further Acts and Documents . Each Party hereby agrees to execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

28.15 Interpretation . This Agreement shall be construed reasonably to carry out its intent without presumption against or in favor of either Party.

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.

 

TRONOX

    TRONOX LIMITED
    By:   /s/ Michael J. Foster
      Name: Michael J. Foster
      Title: Director
    By:   /s/ Matthew A. Paque
      Name: Matthew A. Paque
      Title: Secretary

[Project Services Agreement]


EXXARO RESOURCES   EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED
    By:   /s/ Riaan Koppeschaar
    Name: Riaan Koppeschaar
    Title: General Manager

[Project Services Agreement]


Specimen Schedule 1 – Project Management Specific Provisions

The Project: [•]

The Service Recipient: [•]

The Service Recipient site [•]

Annexure 1 consists of Additional Conditions.

Annexure 2 consists of Scope of Work

Annexure 3 consists of Drawings and Specifications.

Annexure 4 consists of Timetable/Delivery Dates.

Annexure 5 consists of Price and Payment Terms.

Annexure 6 consists of Exxaro Sands-Supplied Amenities, Facilities and Services.

Annexure 7 consists of the Project Budget.

Annexure 8 consists of Personnel and Project team.

Annexure 9 consists of the Composition of the Steering Committee and Process.

Annexure 10 consists of Proof of Insurance.

Annexure 11 consists of the Governance Framework.

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

TRONOX LIMITED AND TRONOX INCORPORATED

AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 15, 2012

Warrants to Purchase Class A Ordinary Shares in Tronox Limited and cash

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     2   

Section 1.1 Definitions

     2   

ARTICLE 2 ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS; WARRANT CERTIFICATES; BOOK-ENTRY WARRANTS

     6   

Section 2.1 Issuance of the Warrants

     6   

Section 2.2 Form of Warrant; Execution of Warrant Certificates and Warrant Statements

     6   

Section 2.3 Issuance of Warrant Certificates and Book-Entry Warrants

     7   

ARTICLE 3 EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

     8   

Section 3.1 Duration of Warrants

     8   

Section 3.2 Exercise of Warrants

     8   

Section 3.3 Reservation of Shares For Warrant Consideration

     12   

ARTICLE 4 OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF WARRANTS

     13   

Section 4.1 No Rights as Stockholder Conferred by Warrants, Book-Entry Warrants or Warrant Certificates

     13   

Section 4.2 Lost, Mutilated, Stolen or Destroyed Warrant Certificates

     13   

Section 4.3 Cancellation of Warrants

     13   

ARTICLE 5 EXCHANGE AND TRANSFER

     14   

Section 5.1 Exchange and Transfer

     14   

Section 5.2 Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Warrants

     16   

Section 5.3 Restrictions on Transfers

     17   

Section 5.4 Treatment of Holders of Warrant Certificates

     17   

Section 5.5 Fractional Warrants

     17   

ARTICLE 6 ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF WARRANT SHARES

     17   

Section 6.1 Adjustments Generally

     17   

Section 6.2 Certain Mechanical Adjustments

     17   

Section 6.3 Dividends and Other Distributions

     18   

Section 6.4 Adjustments in Exercise Price

     18   

Section 6.5 Reclassification or Reorganization Event

     19   

Section 6.6 Notices of Changes in Warrant and Other Events

     20   

Section 6.7 No Fractional Shares

     21   

Section 6.8 Form of Warrant

     21   

Section 6.9 De Minimis Adjustments

     21   

ARTICLE 7 CONCERNING THE WARRANT AGENT

     21   

Section 7.1 Warrant Agent

     21   

Section 7.2 Conditions of Warrant Agent’s Obligations

     21   

 

i


     Page  

Section 7.3 Resignation and Appointment of Successor

     23   

ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS

     25   

Section 8.1 Amendment

     25   

Section 8.2 Notices and Demands to the Company and Warrant Agent

     25   

Section 8.3 Applicable Law; Waiver of Jury Trial

     26   

Section 8.4 Headings

     26   

Section 8.5 Counterparts

     26   

Section 8.6 Inspection of Agreement

     26   

Section 8.7 Benefits of This Agreement

     27   

Section 8.8 Termination

     27   

Section 8.9 Confidentiality

     27   

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

WARRANT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of June 15, 2012, is entered into by and among TRONOX LIMITED, a public limited company registered under the laws of Western Australia, Australia (the “Company”), Tronox Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Tronox Inc.”), and Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered, limited purpose trust company (collectively, the “Warrant Agent” or individually, “Computershare” and the “Trust Company,” respectively). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in Section 1.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, on May 15, 2009, Tronox Inc. and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries filed a voluntary petition in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”) initiating cases under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code §§ 101-1330 (as amended, the “Bankruptcy Code”) and continued in the possession of their assets and in the management of their businesses pursuant to sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code;

WHEREAS, in accordance with the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization approved by the Bankruptcy Court (the “Plan”), upon consummation of the Plan, Tronox Inc. issued to the holders of Equity Interests (collectively, the “Initial Holders”) Series A Warrants of Tronox Inc. and Series B Warrants of Tronox Inc. (the “Original Warrants”) entitling the registered holders thereof to purchase shares of common stock of Tronox Inc., pursuant to a warrant agreement dated February 14, 2011 by and between Tronox Inc. and the Warrant Agent (the “Original Warrant Agreement”);

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Tronox Inc. and the Company completed a transaction (the “Transaction”) pursuant to which Tronox Inc. participated in two mergers and became a subsidiary of the Company, and each share of Tronox Inc. common stock outstanding immediately before the mergers (other than dissenting shares and any shares owned by Tronox Inc. or any of its subsidiaries) has been converted into one Class A ordinary share in the Company (a “Class A Share”) and an amount in cash equal to $12.50 without interest.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Transaction, each Original Warrant has been converted into a warrant to receive one Class A Share and an amount in cash equal to $12.50 without interest, issued or issuable upon exercise of the warrant, including any other securities (including any securities of any Successor Person) purchasable upon exercise of the warrant as provided in Article 6 hereof (the “Warrant Consideration”) (each such new warrant, a “Warrant”).

For purposes of this Agreement, a Warrant Share shall be deemed to be “outstanding” from and after the Exercise Date thereof until the redemption, repurchase or cancellation of such Warrant Share by the Company for the Warrant Consideration as provided in this Agreement.


WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company in connection with the issuance, transfer, exchange, exercise and replacement of the Warrants and the Warrant Certificates, and pursuant to clauses 8.1 and 6.5 of the Original Warrant Agreement the parties desire to amend and restate the Original Warrant Agreement as set forth herein to provide, among other things, the assumption by the Company of the obligations of Tronox, Inc. under clause 8.5 of the Original Warrant Agreement, the form and provisions of the Warrants and the Warrant Certificates, the terms and conditions on which they may be issued, transferred, exchanged, exercised and replaced; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used herein:

“Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

“Average Daily Trading Price” for any day shall mean the average of the highest and lowest sale prices of the applicable security on such day on the applicable quotation system (it being understood that if only one sale occurred on such day, then the Average Daily Trading Price for such day shall be the price at which such sale occurred).

“Bankruptcy Code” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

“Bankruptcy Court” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

“Beneficial Holder” shall mean any person or entity that holds beneficial interests in a Warrant.

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board.

“Book-Entry Warrants” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which the New York Stock Exchange is authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

2


“Cash Dividend” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3(b).

“Cashless Exercise” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.2(d).

“Class A Share” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

“Company” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

“Corporations Act” means Corporations Act 2001 (Commonwealth of Australia) (subject to any applicable declaration, modification or exemption made or granted by the Australian Securities & Investment Commission under such Act).

“Current Market Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3(c).

“Depositary” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.2(b).

“Effective Date” means February 14, 2011.

“Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Plan.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which Class A Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question.

“Exercise Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.2(c).

“Exercise Date” means any date on which a Warrant is exercised in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

“Exercise Form” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.2(b).

“Exercise Period” means the period commencing on February 14, 2011, and expiring at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on February 14, 2018 (such time being referred to as the “Expiration Date”).

“Exercise Price” means, in the case of the Series A Warrants, a price per Class A Share and $12.50 in cash of $62.13 and, in the case of the Series B Warrants, a price per Class A Share and $12.50 in cash of $68.56, in each case, as adjusted pursuant to Article 6.

“Generally Occurred” shall mean a minimum of 7,500 Class A Shares are traded and such sales are reported on the applicable over-the-counter market.

“Holder” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.2(a).

“Initial Holders” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

3


“Listing Date” means the date on which the Class A Shares are first listed on a United States national securities exchange (including NASDAQ).

“NASDAQ” means The NASDAQ Stock Market (including any of its subdivisions such as the NASDAQ Global Select Market) or any successor thereto.

“Non-Adjusted Cash Dividend” means any Cash Dividend for which a reduction in the Exercise Price has not been previously made pursuant to Section 6.3(b).

“Non-Cash Dividend” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3(a).

“Original Warrants” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

“Per Share Dividend Amount” means, with respect to any Cash Dividend, the amount by which (x) the sum of (i) the amount of cash to be paid in such Cash Dividend per Class A Share and (ii) the aggregate amount of cash paid or to be paid per Class A Share for any Non-Adjusted Cash Dividends that were declared in the same fiscal quarter, would exceed (y) a two percent (2%) annualized dividend yield based on the Current Market Price per Class A Share on the date of declaration for such Cash Dividend.

“Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a company, a voluntary association, a general partnership, a limited partnership, a joint venture, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

“Plan” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

“Quoted Price” of the Class A Share (or other Warrant Share security, as applicable) on any date means (i) if the Class A Share (or other Warrant Share security, as applicable) is then listed and actively traded on a national securities exchange, the last reported closing price of such security on such date (or if such date is not a trading day, on the immediately preceding trading day) on the principal national securities exchange on which such security is listed or traded, or (ii) if the Class A Share (or other Warrant Share security, as applicable) is not then listed on a national securities exchange, the Average Daily Trading Price of such security on the principal over-the-counter quotation system on which such security trades (if such security trades on more than one such system, then such principal system shall be as reasonably identified by the Company based on relative volumes traded on all such systems), measured over the immediately preceding ten (10) Business Days (which need not be consecutive) in which trading in such security Generally Occurred (or, if no such trading shall have Generally Occurred in at least ten (10) of the last thirty (30) Business Days prior to the date in question, then the Quoted Price shall be the price reflected in the most recent third party valuation provided to the Company by an investment or valuation firm retained by the Company for purposes of valuing stock awards, which valuation shall be available upon written request upon written proof of ownership in a Warrant, provided that the Company may request that the Holder requesting such valuation execute a confidentiality agreement with respect to such valuation (if such valuation has not already been made public) satisfactory to the Company, and provided further that if such valuation is more than six months old or no such valuation has been provided, the Board of Directors shall determine the Quoted Price in good faith based on the basis of such factors as it reasonably determines to be appropriate).

 

4


“Reorganization Event” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.5.

“Registered Holder” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.3(d).

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Series A Warrant” means an outstanding Series A Warrant issued in accordance with Section 2.1 of this Agreement, whether issued as Book-Entry Warrant or evidenced by a Warrant Certificate, and any Series A Warrant issued upon transfer thereof, upon partial exercise thereof or in substitution therefor.

“Series B Warrant” means an outstanding Series B Warrant issued in accordance with Section 2.1 of this Agreement, whether issued as Book-Entry Warrant or evidenced by a Warrant Certificate, and any Series B Warrant issued upon transfer thereof, upon partial exercise thereof or in substitution therefor.

“Successor Person” means the successor to the Company or the Person acquiring the Company in connection with a Reorganization Event where the Company is not the surviving Person.

“Transfer Agent” means Computershare, in its capacity as transfer agent for the Company and Tronox Inc.

“Warrants” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement and shall be deemed to refer to either a Series A Warrant or a Series B Warrant, either individually or collectively as the context requires.

“Warrant Agent” means Computershare, in its capacity as the initial Warrant Agent hereunder, but only for so long as it serves in such capacity, and any successor Warrant Agent appointed pursuant to this Agreement.

“Warrant Agent Office” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.1.

“Warrant Certificates” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.2(a).

“Warrant Consideration” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

“Warrant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.3(c).

“Warrant Share” the Class A Shares underlying the Warrants which are deliverable to the holders of Warrants pursuant to the terms of this agreement

“Warrant Statements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1.

 

5


ARTICLE 2

ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS; WARRANT CERTIFICATES; BOOK-ENTRY

WARRANTS

Section 2.1 Issuance of the Warrants . In accordance with the terms of the Transaction and this Agreement, effective upon the consummation of the Transaction on the date hereof, (i) each Series A Warrant in Tronox Inc. has been converted into a Series A Warrant to acquire the Warrant Consideration, and (ii) each Series B Warrant in Tronox Inc. has been converted into a Series B Warrant to acquire the Warrant Consideration. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, and the Original Warrants, each Original Warrant has been converted on a one for one basis, entitling such holders to collectively purchase, in the aggregate, up to 841,302 Class A Shares (in addition to the cash portion of the Warrant Consideration) as such amounts may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 2.2 Form of Warrant; Execution of Warrant Certificates and Warrant Statements .

(a) Subject to Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this Agreement, the Series A Warrants and the Series B Warrants shall be evidenced (i) by book-entry registration on the books and records of the Warrant Agent and evidenced by the Warrant Statements, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2, respectively, hereto, and/or (ii) by one or more certificates (the “Warrant Certificates”), with the forms of election to exercise and of assignment printed on the reverse thereof, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-3 and A-4, respectively, hereto. The Warrant Statements and the Warrant Certificates shall be dated and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as the officers of the Company executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law, including applicable rules and regulations made pursuant to any such law. The Warrant Certificates and the Warrant Statements shall be signed on behalf of the Company by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief financial officer, the president, any vice president, any assistant vice president, the treasurer or any assistant treasurer of the Company, and each Warrant Certificate and Warrant Statement may but need not be attested by the Company’s secretary or one of its assistant secretaries. Such signatures may be manual or facsimile signatures of such authorized officers and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Warrant Certificates and Warrant Statements.

(b) The Warrant Certificates shall be deposited with the Warrant Agent and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of The Depositary Trust Company (the “Depositary”). Each Warrant Certificate shall represent such number of the outstanding Warrants as specified therein, and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Warrants from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Warrants represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) No Warrant Certificate shall be valid for any purpose, and no Warrant evidenced thereby shall be exercisable, until such Warrant Certificate has been countersigned by

 

6


the Warrant Agent. Such signature by the Warrant Agent upon any Warrant Certificate executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that the Warrant Certificate so countersigned has been duly issued hereunder, and such signatures may be manual or facsimile signatures of an authorized representative of the Warrant Agent and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Warrant Certificates.

(d) In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Warrant Certificates or Warrant Statements (either manually or by facsimile signature) shall cease to hold such officer position before the Warrant Certificates so signed shall have been countersigned and delivered by the Warrant Agent as provided herein, or before the Warrant Statements so signed shall have been delivered to the Registered Holders thereof, as the case may be, such Warrant Certificates or Warrant Statements may be countersigned (either manually or by facsimile signature, in the case of the Warrant Certificates) and delivered by the Warrant Agent notwithstanding that the person who signed such Warrant Certificates or Warrant Statements has ceased to hold such officer position with the Company, and any Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Warrant Certificate or Warrant Statement, hold such officer positions with the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such person did not hold such officer position.

Section 2.3 Issuance of Warrant Certificates and Book-Entry Warrants .

(a) Warrant Certificates evidencing Warrants shall be executed by the Company in the manner set forth in Section 2.2 and delivered to the Warrant Agent. Upon written order of the Company, the Warrant Agent shall (i) register in the Warrant Register the Book-Entry Warrants and (ii) upon receipt of Warrant Certificates duly executed on behalf of the Company, countersign (either manually or by facsimile signature) each such Warrant Certificate. Such written order of the Company shall specifically state the number of Warrants that are to be issued as Book-Entry Warrants and the number of Warrants that are to be issued as Warrant Certificates. A Warrant Certificate shall be, and shall remain, subject to the provisions of this Agreement until such time as all of the Warrants evidenced thereby shall have been duly exercised or shall have expired or been canceled in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) Subsequent to the original issuance of Warrant Certificates to the holders of Original Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall countersign a Warrant Certificate only if the Warrant Certificate is issued in exchange or substitution for one or more previously countersigned Warrant Certificates or in connection with their transfer as hereinafter provided.

(c) The Warrant Agent shall keep, at an office designated for such purpose, books (the “Warrant Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, it shall register the Book-Entry Warrants as well as any Warrant Certificates and exchanges and transfers of outstanding Warrants in accordance with the procedures set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this Agreement, all in form satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Register shall also include such additional information as is required to be included in it by applicable law. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of the Warrants, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed on

 

7


the Registered Holder in connection with any such exchange or registration of transfer. The Warrant Agent shall have no obligation to effect an exchange or register a transfer unless and until any payments required by the immediately preceding sentence have been made.

(d) Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer or exchange of any Warrant in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Agreement, subject to applicable law, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name any Warrant is registered upon the Warrant Register (the “Registered Holder” of such Warrant) as the absolute owner of such Warrant (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on a Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, any distribution to the holder thereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Warrant Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(e) Tronox Inc. shall provide customary opinions of counsel on or prior to the Effective Date that states that:

(1) all Warrants and Class A Shares, as applicable, are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or are exempt from such registration; and

(2) any Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant will be upon issuance, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

ARTICLE 3

EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

Section 3.1 Duration of Warrants . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Warrants may be exercised on any Business Day during the Exercise Period, at the offices of the Warrant Agent at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, or such other place as the Company or Warrant Agent may notify the Holders from time to time, (the “Warrant Agent Office”). Each Warrant not exercised at or before the Expiration Date shall thereupon become void, and at such time all rights, under this Agreement and the applicable Warrant Certificate, of the Holder of any such Warrant shall automatically cease, with respect to any such Warrant.

Section 3.2 Exercise of Warrants .

(a) Each Warrant shall entitle (i) in the case of the Book-Entry Warrants, the Registered Holder thereof and (ii) in the case of Warrants held through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary or by or through persons that are direct participants in the Depositary, the Beneficial Holder thereof (the Registered Holders and the Beneficial Holders referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above, collectively, the “Holders”), subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Agreement, to purchase the Warrant Consideration specified in such Warrant, at the Exercise Price.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Warrants and this Agreement, the Holder of a Warrant may exercise such Holder’s right to purchase the Warrant Consideration, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time (i) in the case of persons who hold Book-Entry Warrants, by providing an exercise form for the election to exercise such Warrant (each, an

 

8


“Exercise Form”) substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, and (ii) in the case of Warrants held through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary or by or through persons that are direct participants in the Depositary, by providing an Exercise Form (as provided by such Holder’s broker) to its broker, in each case properly completed and executed by the Registered Holder or the Beneficial Holder thereof, as the case may be, together with payment to the Warrant Agent (for the account of the Company), in the case of an exercise for cash pursuant to Section 3.2(c), of the Exercise Amount in accordance with Section 3.2(c).

(c) The payment of the Exercise Price shall be made, at the option of the Holder, (i) in United States dollars by certified or official bank check payable to the Company, or by wire transfer to an account specified in writing by the Company or the Warrant Agent to such Holder, in either case in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for such Warrant Consideration as specified in the Exercise Form (the “Exercise Amount”) or (ii) by Cashless Exercise in accordance with Section 3.2(d)).

(d) In lieu of paying the Exercise Amount by certified or official bank check or by wire transfer, any Holder may, at any time after the date hereof and for so long as the Class A Shares continue to be listed on a national securities exchange, elect to exercise Warrants by authorizing the Company to withhold from issuance of the Warrant Consideration the entire cash portion of the Warrant Consideration issuable pursuant to the Warrant Certificate evidencing the Warrants being exercised, and such number of Class A Shares which, when multiplied by the Quoted Price for the trading day immediately prior to the exercise date and then combined with the cash portion withheld by the Company, is equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of all Warrants being exercised. The portion of the Warrant Consideration withheld pursuant to the preceding sentence shall thereupon no longer be issuable under the Warrant. Such exercise (a “Cashless Exercise”) shall be honored by the Company and the Warrant Agent without payment by the Holder of any Exercise Amount or any cash or other consideration; provided, however, that the Holder shall pay such amounts as may be required pursuant to Sections 3.2(k) and 5.2(c), or such taxes as may be payable upon issuance of Warrant Consideration to a Person other than the Holder. The formula for determining the Warrant Consideration to be issued in a Cashless Exercise is as follows:

 

X=   

((A-B+$12.50) x C

               A

where:

X = the number of Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant pursuant to this subsection (d).

A = the Quoted Price.

B = the Exercise Price.

C = the number of Class A Shares as to which a Warrant is then being exercised including the withheld Class A Shares.

 

9


If, with respect to any purported or attempted Cashless Exercise of Warrants, the foregoing calculation results in a negative number, then no Warrant Consideration shall be issuable via such purported or attempted Cashless Exercise and such Warrants shall be deemed to have not been exercised.

Upon Cashless Exercise for Class A Shares and cash, the holder will not receive the cash portion of the Warrant Consideration because such cash portion would be withheld in satisfaction of the Exercise Price payable for the exercise of the Warrants.

(e) The date on which payment in full of the Exercise Amount is received by the Warrant Agent (or deemed to be received in the case of a Cashless Exercise) shall, subject to receipt of the Exercise Form, be deemed to be the date on which the Warrant is exercised. The Warrant Agent shall promptly deposit all funds received by it in payment for the exercise of Warrants in an account of the Company maintained with it (or in such other account as may be designated by the Company) and shall advise the Company, by telephone or by facsimile transmission or other form of electronic communication available to both parties, at the end of each day on which a payment for the exercise of Warrants is received of the amount so deposited to its account. The Warrant Agent shall promptly confirm such advice to the Company in writing.

(f) Subject to Article 6, upon surrender of the Exercise Form and payment of the Exercise Amount (or the deemed payment of the Exercise Amount in connection with a Cashless Exercise) in connection with the exercise of Warrants by any Holder:

(i) the Warrant Agent shall requisition from the Transfer Agent for issuance and delivery to or upon the written order of the applicable Holder and in such name or names as the Holder may designate (provided, that the Holder shall pay any and all taxes payable as a result of such designation), a certificate or certificates for the Class A Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants evidenced by the underlying Warrant Certificate or Book-Entry Warrant, as the case may be, less any Class A Shares withheld in connection with a Cashless Exercise, if applicable,

(ii) the Company shall, as promptly as practicable and at its expense, and in any event within five (5) Business Days thereafter, cause to be issued to the Holder the aggregate number of whole Class A Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole share) issuable upon such exercise and deliver to the Holder written confirmation that such Class A Shares have been duly issued and recorded on the books of the Company as hereinafter provided and

(iii) the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder a check in the amount of cash portion of the Warrant Consideration (it being understood that no such payment in cash will be made in the case of a Cashless Exercise).

The Class A Shares so issued shall be registered in the name of the Holder or such other name as shall be designated in the order delivered by the Holder. The certificate or certificates for such Class A Shares shall be deemed to have been issued and any person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Class A Shares, as applicable, as of the date of surrender of the applicable Exercise Form at the Warrant Agent Office duly executed by the Holder thereof and upon payment of the Exercise Amount or the deemed payment of the Exercise Amount in connection with a Cashless Exercise.

 

10


(g) In the event that any Holder makes a partial exercise of the Warrants evidenced by any Warrant Certificate, the Warrant Agent shall issue and deliver a new Warrant Certificate to the applicable Holder evidencing a number of Warrants equal to the number of Warrants represented by the Warrant Certificate immediately prior to such partial exercise minus the number of Warrants exercised in such partial exercise. The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized and directed to countersign such new Certificate.

(h) Any exercise of a Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be irrevocable and shall constitute a binding agreement between the Holder and the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(i) The Warrant Agent shall:

(i) examine the Exercise Forms and all other documents delivered to it by or on behalf of Holders as contemplated hereunder to ascertain whether or not, on their face, such Exercise Forms and any such other documents have been executed and completed in accordance with their terms and the terms hereof;

(ii) where an Exercise Form or any other document appears on its face to have been improperly completed or executed or some other irregularity in connection with the exercise of the Warrants exists, the Warrant Agent shall endeavor to inform the appropriate parties (including the person submitting such instrument) of the need for fulfillment of all requirements, specifying those requirements which appear to be unfulfilled;

(iii) inform the Company of and cooperate with and assist the Company in resolving any reconciliation problems between Exercise Forms received and delivery of Warrants to the Warrant Agent’s account;

(iv) advise the Company no later than three (3) Business Days after receipt of any Exercise Form, of (a) the receipt of such Exercise Form and the number of Warrants evidenced thereby that have been exercised in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (b) the instructions with respect to delivery of the Warrant Shares deliverable upon such exercise, subject to timely receipt from the Depositary of the necessary information, and (c) such other information as the Company shall reasonably require; and

(j) subject to Warrant Shares being made available to the Warrant Agent by or on behalf of the Company for delivery to the Depositary, liaise with the Depositary and endeavor to effect such delivery to the relevant accounts at the Depositary in accordance with its customary requirements.

(k) All questions as to the validity, form and sufficiency (including time of receipt) of any exercised Warrant, Exercise Form or the Warrant Certificate evidencing any exercised Warrant will be determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion, which determination shall be final and binding absent any manifest error. The Company reserves the right to reject any and all Exercise Forms not in proper form or for which any corresponding

 

11


agreement by the Company to exchange would, in the opinion of the Company, be unlawful. Such determination by the Company shall be final and binding on the Holders, absent manifest error. Moreover, the Company reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions to the exercise of Warrants or defects in the exercise thereof with regard to any particular exercise of Warrants. Neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be under any duty to give notice to the Holders of the Warrants of any irregularities in any exercise of Warrants, nor shall it incur any liability for the failure to give such notice.

(l) Prior to the delivery of any Warrant Consideration upon the exercise of a Warrant, the Holder shall pay, or make adequate provision acceptable to the Company for the satisfaction of, the statutory minimum prescribed amount of federal and state income tax and other withholding obligations of the Company, including with respect to any Cashless Exercise permitted hereunder, by having the Company withhold from the Warrant Consideration otherwise deliverable in connection with such exercise: first, such amount of cash otherwise deliverable under the Warrants equal to the amount of such federal and state tax and other withholding obligations and, if such cash is insufficient; second, the Company will withhold from issuing such number of Class A Shares which, when multiplied by the Quoted Price of Class A Shares is equal to the amount of such federal and state tax and other withholding obligations not satisfied by the cash first withheld; or

(m) The Company acknowledges that the bank accounts maintained by Computershare in connection with the services provided under this Agreement will be in its name and that Computershare may receive investment earnings therefrom. Neither the Company nor the Holders will be entitled to receive interest on any deposits of the Exercise Price.

Section 3.3 Reservation of Shares For Warrant Consideration .

(a) For the purpose of enabling it to satisfy any obligation to issue Warrant Consideration upon exercise of Warrants, the Company will at all times through the Expiration Date, reserve and keep available out of its aggregate authorized but unissued Class A Shares, a number of shares equal to the number of Class A Shares deliverable upon the exercise of all outstanding Warrants, and the Transfer Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized and directed at all times to reserve such number of authorized and unissued Class A Shares as shall be required for such purpose. The Company will keep a copy of this Agreement on file with the Transfer Agent. The Warrant Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized to requisition from time to time from the Transfer Agent share certificates evidencing Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding Warrants, and the Company will supply the Transfer Agent with duly executed stock certificates for such purpose.

(b) The Company covenants that all Class A Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, be fully paid and nonassessable and, subject to the constitution of the Company, free from all taxes, liens, charges and security interests created by or imposed upon the Company with respect to the issuance thereof. If at any time prior to the Expiration Date the number and kind of authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s shall not be sufficient to permit exercise in full of the Warrants, the will use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares

 

12


to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. The Company agrees that its issuance of Warrants shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the issuance of Warrant Consideration to issue Warrant Consideration upon the exercise of Warrants. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will not increase the stated or par value per share, if any, of the Class A Shares above the Exercise Price per share in effect immediately prior to such increase in stated or par value.

ARTICLE 4

OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF WARRANTS

Section 4.1 No Rights as Stockholder Conferred by Warrants, Book-Entry Warrants or Warrant Certificates . No Book-Entry Warrant, Warrant Certificate or Warrant evidenced thereby shall, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to, entitle the Holder or any beneficial owner thereof to any of the rights of a registered holder or beneficial owner of Class A Shares, including, without limitation, the right to receive (as a shareholder or stockholder) any dividends or distributions paid with respect to Class A Shares, the right to vote or to consent or to receive notice as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the election of directors of the Company or any other matter with respect to which shareholders of the Company are entitled to vote or consent or receive notice, or any other rights whatsoever as shareholders of the Company.

Section 4.2 Lost, Mutilated, Stolen or Destroyed Warrant Certificates . If any of the Warrant Certificates shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue, and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver, in exchange and substitution for, and upon cancellation of the mutilated Warrant Certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the Warrant Certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and representing an equivalent number of Warrants, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Warrant Agent and the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant Certificate and an affidavit and the posting of an indemnity or bond satisfactory to the Warrant Agent and the Company. Applicants for such substitute Warrant Certificates shall also comply with such other reasonable regulations and pay such other reasonable charges as the Warrant Agent may prescribe and as required by Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

Section 4.3 Cancellation of Warrants . If the Company shall purchase or otherwise acquire Warrants, the Warrant Certificates representing such Warrants shall thereupon be delivered to the Warrant Agent, if applicable, and shall be promptly cancelled by the Warrant Agent and shall not be reissued and, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, no Warrant Certificate shall be issued hereunder in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof. The Warrant Agent shall cause all cancelled Warrant Certificates to be destroyed and shall deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company.

 

13


ARTICLE 5

EXCHANGE AND TRANSFER

Section 5.1 Exchange and Transfer .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Warrant Certificates or Beneficial Interests Therein. The Warrant Agent shall, upon receipt of all information required to be delivered hereunder, from time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Warrants in the Warrant Register, upon delivery to the Warrant Agent, at its office designated for such purpose, of a properly completed form of assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, duly signed by the Registered Holder thereof or by the duly appointed legal representative thereof or by a duly authorized attorney, such signature to be guaranteed by a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program and, in the case of a transfer of a Global Warrant Certificate, upon surrender to the Warrant Agent of such Global Warrant Certificate, duly endorsed. Upon any such registration of transfer, a new Global Warrant Certificate or a Warrant Statement, as the case may be, shall be issued to the transferee.

(b) Exchange of a Beneficial Interest in a Warrant Certificate for a Book-Entry Warrant.

(i) Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Warrant Certificate may, upon request, exchange such beneficial interest for a Book-Entry Warrant. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent from the Depositary or its nominee of written instructions or such other form of instructions as is customary for the Depositary on behalf of any person having a beneficial interest in a Warrant Certificate, the Warrant Agent shall cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and Warrant Agent, the number of Warrants represented by the Warrant Certificate to be reduced by the number of Warrants to be represented by the Book-Entry Warrants to be issued in exchange for the beneficial interest of such person in the Warrant Certificate and, following such reduction, the Warrant Agent shall register in the name of the Holder a Book-Entry Warrant and deliver to said Holder a Warrant Statement.

(ii) Book-Entry Warrants issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Warrant Certificate pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) shall be registered in such names as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall deliver the applicable Warrant Statements to the persons in whose names such Warrants are so registered.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Warrants. When Book-Entry Warrants are presented to the Warrant Agent with a written request (i) to register the transfer of the Book-Entry Warrants; or (ii) to exchange such Book-Entry Warrants for an equal number of Book-Entry Warrants of other authorized denominations, then the Warrant Agent shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its customary requirements for such transactions are met; provided, however, that the Warrant Agent has received a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, duly executed by the Registered Holder thereof or by his attorney, duly authorized in writing.

(d) Restrictions on Exchange or Transfer of a Book-Entry Warrant for a Beneficial Interest in a Warrant Certificate. A Book-Entry Warrant may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Warrant Certificate except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of appropriate instruments of transfer with respect to

 

14


a Book-Entry Warrant, in form satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, together with written instructions directing the Warrant Agent to make, or to direct the Depositary to make, an endorsement on the Warrant Certificate to reflect an increase in the number of Warrants represented by the Warrant Certificate equal to the number of Warrants represented by such Book-Entry Warrant, then the Warrant Agent shall cancel such Book-Entry Warrant on the Warrant Register and cause, or direct the Depositary to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Warrant Agent, the number of Warrants represented by the Warrant Certificate to be increased accordingly. If no Warrant Certificates are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Warrant Agent shall countersign a new Warrant Certificate representing the appropriate number of Warrants.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Warrant Certificates. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement (other than the provisions set forth in Section 5.1(f)), unless and until it is exchanged in whole for a Book-Entry Warrant, a Warrant Certificate may not be transferred except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(f) Book-Entry Warrants. If at any time:

(i) the Depositary for the Warrant Certificates notifies the Company that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Warrant Certificates and a successor Depositary for the Warrant Certificates is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days after delivery of such notice; or

(ii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Warrant Agent in writing that it elects to exclusively cause the issuance of Book-Entry Warrants under this Agreement, then the Warrant Agent, upon written instructions signed by an officer of the Company, shall register Book-Entry Warrants, in an aggregate number equal to the number of Warrants represented by the Warrant Certificates, in exchange for such Warrant Certificates.

(g) Restrictions on Transfer. No Warrants or Warrant Shares shall be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws. No Holder shall offer Warrants or Warrant Shares for sale within 12 months of their issue unless the offer does not need a disclosure document under the Corporations Act or the offer is not received in Australia (it being acknowledged that the Warrants and Warrant Shares will be issued without a disclosure document under the Corporations Act).

(h) Cancellation of Warrant Certificate. At such time as all beneficial interests in Warrant Certificates have either been exchanged for Book-Entry Warrants, or been redeemed, repurchased,cancelled or exercised, all Warrant Certificates shall be returned to, or retained and cancelled by, the Warrant Agent, upon written instructions from the Company satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, subject to applicable law.

 

15


Section 5.2 Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Warrants .

(a) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute Warrant Certificates, if applicable, and the Warrant Agent is hereby authorized, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3 and this Article 5, to countersign such Warrant Certificates, either manually or by facsimile signature, if applicable, or register Book-Entry Warrants, if applicable, as required pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5 and for the purpose of any distribution of new Warrant Certificates contemplated by Section 4.2 or additional Warrant Certificates contemplated by Article 6.

(b) All Book-Entry Warrants and Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Warrants or Warrant Certificates shall be the valid obligations of the Company, entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Book-Entry Warrants or Warrant Certificates surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(c) No service charge shall be imposed upon a Holder for any registration, transfer or exchange but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed on the Holder in connection with any such exchange or registration of transfer.

(d) So long as the Depositary, or its nominee, is the registered owner of a Warrant Certificate, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Warrants represented by such Warrant Certificate for all purposes under this Agreement. Except as provided in Section 5.1(a) and Section 5.1(f) upon the exchange of a beneficial interest in a Warrant Certificate for Book-Entry Warrants, Beneficial Holders will not be entitled to have any Warrants registered in their names, and will under no circumstances be entitled to receive physical delivery of any such Warrants and will not be considered the Registered Holder thereof under the Warrants or this Agreement. Neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent, in its capacity as registrar for such Warrants, will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to beneficial interests in a Warrant Certificate or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.

(e) Subject to Section 5.1(a), Section 5.1(c) and Section 5.1(d) and this Section 5.2, the Warrant Agent shall, upon receipt of all information required to be delivered hereunder, from time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Warrants in the Warrant Register, upon surrender of Warrant Certificates, if applicable, representing such Warrants at the Warrant Agent Office as set forth in Section 8.3, duly endorsed, and accompanied by a completed form of assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (or with respect to a Book-Entry Warrant, only such completed form of assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto), duly signed by the Registered Holder thereof or by the duly appointed legal representative thereof or by a duly authorized attorney, such signature to be guaranteed by a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program. Upon any such registration of transfer, a new Warrant Certificate or a Warrant Statement, as the case may be, shall be issued to the transferee for the Warrants so transferred (and, if any Warrants are not transferred to the transferee, to the transferor for the Warrants remaining registered in the transferor’s name).

 

16


Section 5.3 Restrictions on Transfers . The Original Warrants were issued in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Original Warrants were not and the Warrants will not be registered under the Securities Act or any state securities law, and to the extent a holder of the Warrants is an “underwriter” under the Securities Act, the Warrants may not be sold or transferred in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration thereunder.

Section 5.4 Treatment of Holders of Warrant Certificates . Each Holder of a Warrant Certificate, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company, the Warrant Agent and every subsequent Holder of such Warrant Certificate that until the transfer of such Warrant Certificate is registered on the books of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the Warrant Agent may treat the registered Holder of such Warrant Certificate as the absolute owner thereof for any purpose and as the person entitled to exercise the rights represented by the Warrants evidenced thereby, any notice to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 5.5 Fractional Warrants . The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a Warrant Certificate for a fraction of a Warrant.

ARTICLE 6

ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF WARRANT SHARES

Section 6.1 Adjustments Generally . The Exercise Price, the Warrant Consideration issuable upon exercise of each Warrant and the number of Warrants outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in this Article 6. To the extent the context so requires, all references in this Article 6 to the Class A Shares shall be deemed, as of a particular time, to include any other securities included within the “Warrant Consideration” as of such time.

Section 6.2 Certain Mechanical Adjustments . If after the Effective Date, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.7, the Company shall (i) declare a dividend or make a distribution on the Class A Shares payable in Class A Shares, (ii) subdivide, reclassify or recapitalize its outstanding Class A Shares into a greater number of shares, (iii) combine, reclassify or recapitalize its outstanding Class A Shares into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock by reclassification of its Class A Shares, the Warrant Consideration issuable upon exercise of Warrants at the time of the record date of such dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination, reclassification or recapitalization shall be adjusted so that the Holders shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares which, if their Warrants had been exercised in full immediately prior to such event, the Holders would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination, reclassification or recapitalization. Any adjustment required by this Section shall be made successively immediately after the distribution date, in the case of a dividend or distribution, or the effective date, in the case of a subdivision, combination, reclassification or recapitalization, to allow the purchase of such aggregate number and kind of shares.

 

17


Section 6.3 Dividends and Other Distributions .

(a) If at any time prior to the exercise in full of the Warrants, the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance or making of a distribution to all holders of the Class A Shares (including any such distribution to be made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is to be the continuing corporation and any such distribution taking the form of a pro rata repurchase of Class A Shares) of evidences of its indebtedness, any other securities or any cash, property or other assets (excluding a combination, reclassification or recapitalization referred to in Section 6.2, and excluding any dividends payable solely in cash) or of subscription rights, options or warrants to purchase or acquire any capital stock of the Company (excluding stock dividends and stock reclassifications referred to in Section 6.2) (any such event being herein called a “Non-Cash Dividend”), the Exercise Price shall be decreased immediately after the record date for such Non-Cash Dividend to a price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price then in effect by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then Current Market Price of the Class A Shares on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Non-Cash Dividend less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors based on the written advice of an independent financial advisory firm of national reputation, without regard to any illiquidity or minority discounts) of the evidences of indebtedness, securities, property or other assets issued or distributed in such Non-Cash Dividend applicable to one Class A Share or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one Class A Share, and the denominator of which shall be such then Current Market Price per Class A Share on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Non-Cash Dividend.

(b) If at any time prior to the exercise in full of the Warrants, the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance or making of a distribution to all holders of the Class A Shares of any dividend payable solely in cash (any such dividend being referred to as a “Cash Dividend”), the Exercise Price shall be decreased immediately after the record date for such Cash Dividend to a price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price then in effect by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then Current Market Price of the Class A Shares on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Cash Dividend less the Per Share Dividend Amount, and the denominator of which shall be such then Current Market Price per share of Class A Shares on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Cash Dividend.

(c) Any adjustment required by this Section 6.3 shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price shall again be adjusted to be the Exercise Price that was in effect immediately prior to such record date. For purposes of this Section 6.3, “Current Market Price” per Class A Share at any date shall mean, (i) if the Class A Shares are then listed on a national securities exchange, the average of the daily Quoted Prices for ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately prior to such date, or (ii) if the Class A Shares is not then so listed, the Quoted Price immediately prior to such date.

Section 6.4 Adjustments in Exercise Price . Whenever the Warrant Consideration issuable upon the exercise of Warrants is adjusted pursuant to Section 6.2, the Exercise Price

 

18


shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying the Exercise Price applicable immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant immediately after such adjustment. Subject to Section 6.7, whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to Section 6.3, the Warrant Consideration issuable upon exercise of the Warrants shall simultaneously be adjusted by multiplying the number of Class A Shares initially issuable upon exercise of each Warrant by the Exercise Price in effect on the date thereof and dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

Section 6.5 Reclassification or Reorganization Event . In the case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Class A Shares or other Warrant Consideration (other than a change covered by Section 6.2 or that solely affects the par value of such Class A Shares), each Holder shall thereafter have the right to exercise its Warrants and in lieu of the Warrant Consideration that would otherwise be issuable upon such exercise, receive the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) that such Holder would have received pursuant to such reclassification or reorganization if such Holder had exercised such Warrants immediately prior to such event. The immediately preceding sentence shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications and reorganizations. If a Reorganization Event shall occur, the certificate or articles of incorporation of the continuing or surviving or acquiring or resulting entity, or any contract or agreement providing for such Reorganization Event, shall provide that, so long as any Warrant remains outstanding, each Warrant, upon the exercise thereof at any time after the consummation of such Reorganization Event, shall be exercisable into (at an initial Exercise Price equal to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such Reorganization Event, but subject to any adjustment pursuant to the terms hereof), in lieu of the Warrant Consideration issuable upon such exercise prior to such consummation, the amount of cash, securities or other property receivable pursuant to such Reorganization Event by a holder of the number of Class A Shares for which a Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of such Reorganization Event plus an amount in cash equal to $12.50. The provisions set forth herein providing for adjustments and otherwise for the protection of the holders of Warrants shall thereafter continue to be applicable on an as nearly equivalent basis as may be practicable and any such continuing, surviving, acquiring or resulting entity shall expressly assume all of the obligations of the Company set forth herein to the extent applicable. It is acknowledged and agreed that if, in connection with any Reorganization Event, the Warrants become exercisable solely for cash, and the Exercise Price is higher than the amount of cash for which such Warrant is exercisable, then, upon consummation of such reorganization, all Warrants then outstanding with such higher Exercise Price shall automatically be terminated and cancelled without payment, and the Company may unilaterally terminate this Warrant Agreement by giving written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent. For purposes hereof, a “Reorganization Event” shall mean (i) a consolidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, sale of all or substantially all assets or similar transaction of the Company with or into another Person pursuant to which the Class A Shares are changed into, converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property (whether of the Company or another Person) other than in circumstances covered by Section 6.2; (ii) a reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction in which the Class A Shares are exchanged for securities other than Class A Shares (other than in circumstances covered by Section 6.2); or (iii) a statutory exchange of the outstanding Class A Shares for securities of another Person. The provisions of this Section 6.5 shall apply similarly to all successive reclassifications, reorganizations and events constituting Reorganization Events.

 

19


Section 6.6 Notices of Changes in Warrant and Other Events . Upon every adjustment of the Exercise Price or the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the Warrant Consideration purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 6.2, 6.3 or 6.5, then, in any such event, the Company shall give or cause to be given written notice to each Holder, by press release or at the last address set forth for such Holder in the register books of the Warrant Agent, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event. To the extent not covered (on or before the time period required below) by any statement or other notice delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto, and excluding any events specified in Sections 6.2, 6.3 or 6.5, the Company shall give notice to each Registered Holder and other Holder by press release or by mail if at any time, prior to the expiration or exercise in full of the Warrants, any of the following events shall occur:

(a) the Company shall authorize the payment of any dividend payable in any securities (other than Class A Shares in a dividend to which the adjustments set forth in this Agreement apply) or authorize the making of any dividend or distribution (other than cash dividends to which the adjustments set forth in this Agreement apply) to all holders of Class A Shares or any other class or series of stock then forming part of the Warrant Consideration; or

(b) the Company shall authorize the issuance to all holders of Class A Shares (or other class or series of shares then forming part of the Warrant Consideration) of any additional securities (other than a stock dividend to which the adjustments set forth in this Agreement apply) or of rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any securities; or

(c) the Company shall authorize a capital reorganization or reclassification of any class or series of stock then forming part of the Warrant Consideration (other than a reorganization or reclassification for which the adjustments set forth in this Agreement apply), or any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

Such giving of notice shall be initiated at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date fixed as a record date or effective date or the date of closing of the Company’s register of members for the determination of the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution or issuance or for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on the proposed event set forth in paragraph (c) above. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of closing of the register of members, as the case may be. Failure to provide such notice shall not affect the validity of any action taken in connection with such dividend, distribution, issuance or other proposed transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, no such notice shall supersede or limit any adjustment otherwise called for hereby by reason of any event as to which notice is required by this Section 6.6.

 

20


Section 6.7 No Fractional Shares . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exercise of Warrants. If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Article 6, any Holder would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a Class A Share, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A Shares to be issued to the Holder.

Section 6.8 Form of Warrant . The form of Warrant or Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Article 6, and Warrant Certificates issued after such adjustment may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of shares as is stated in the Warrant Certificates initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. However, the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant or Warrant Certificate that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant Certificates thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

Section 6.9 De Minimis Adjustments . No adjustment in Warrant Consideration purchasable hereunder shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in the number of Class A Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 6.9 are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations shall be made to the nearest cent and to the nearest one-hundredth of a Class A Share, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 7

CONCERNING THE WARRANT AGENT

Section 7.1 Warrant Agent . The Warrant Agent shall serve as the agent of the Company in respect of the Warrants and the Warrant Certificates, upon the terms of, and subject to the conditions set forth in, this Agreement and the Warrant Certificates. The Warrant Agent shall have the powers and authority granted to and conferred upon it hereunder and in the Warrant Certificates, and such further powers and authority as the Company may hereafter grant to or confer upon it. All of the terms and provisions with respect to such powers and authority contained in the Warrant Certificates are subject to and governed by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Section 7.2 Conditions of Warrant Agent’s Obligations .

(a) The Warrant Agent accepts its obligations herein set forth upon the terms and conditions hereof, including the following, to all of which the Company agrees and to all of which the rights hereunder of the Holders from time to time of the Warrant Certificates shall be subject:

(i) Compensation and Indemnification. The Company agrees promptly to pay the Warrant Agent the compensation to be agreed upon between the Company and the Warrant Agent for all services rendered by the Warrant Agent and to reimburse the

 

21


Warrant Agent for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Warrant Agent without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement on its part in connection with the services rendered hereunder by the Warrant Agent. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Warrant Agent, arising out of or in connection with its acting as the Warrant Agent hereunder, as well as the reasonable costs and expenses of defending against any claim of such liability. In addition, from time to time, Company may provide the Warrant Agent with instructions concerning the services performed by the Warrant Agent hereunder. In addition, at any time Warrant Agent may apply to any officer of Company for instruction, and may consult with legal counsel for Company with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Warrant Agent under this Agreement. The Warrant Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by Company for any action taken or omitted by the Warrant Agent in reliance upon any Company instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel. The Warrant Agent shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from Company.

(ii) Agent for the Company. In acting under this Agreement and in connection with the Warrants and the Warrant Certificates, the Warrant Agent is acting solely as agent of the Company and does not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the Holders of Warrant Certificates or beneficial owners of Warrants.

(iii) Counsel. The Warrant Agent may consult with counsel satisfactory to it in its reasonable judgment (who may be counsel for the Company), and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

(iv) Documents. Subject to Section 3.2(j), the Warrant Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken or thing suffered by it in reliance upon any Warrant Certificate, Exercise Form, notice, direction, consent, certificate, affidavit, statement or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been presented or signed by the proper parties. The Company shall perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and/or delivered all such further acts, instruments and documents as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out of the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Certain Transactions. The Warrant Agent, and its officers, directors and employees, may become the owner of, or acquire any interest in, Warrants, with the same rights that it or they would have if it were not the Warrant Agent hereunder, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, it or they may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Company and may act on, or as depositary, trustee or agent for, any committee or body of holders of Warrant Shares or other obligations of the Company as freely as if it were not the Warrant Agent hereunder.

 

22


(i) No Liability for Interest. The Warrant Agent shall have no liability for interest on any monies at any time received by it pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Warrant Certificates.

(ii) No Liability for Invalidity. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any responsibility with respect to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due authorization to execute this Agreement and the due execution and delivery hereof by the Warrant Agent) or, subject to Section 3.2(j), with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant Certificates (except its countersignature thereof).

(iii) No Liability for Recitals. The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Warrant Agent assumes no liability for the correctness of the same.

(iv) No Implied Obligations. The Warrant Agent shall be obligated to perform only such duties as are herein and in the Warrant Certificates specifically set forth and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates against the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action hereunder which may tend to involve it in any expense or liability, the payment of which within a reasonable time is not, in its reasonable opinion, assured to it. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable or under any duty or responsibility for the use by the Company of any of the Warrant Certificates countersigned by the Warrant Agent and delivered by it to the Company pursuant to this Agreement or for the application by the Company of the proceeds of the Warrant Certificates. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or responsibility in case of any default by the Company in the performance of its covenants or agreements contained herein or in the Warrant Certificates or in the case of the receipt of any written demand from a Holder of a Warrant Certificate with respect to such default.

(c) Aggregate Liability. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Warrant Agent’s aggregate liability during any term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with this Agreement, or from all services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, other than in the case of the Warrant Agent’s bad faith or willful misconduct, the amounts paid hereunder by the Company to Warrant Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses,

(i) Damages. Neither party to this agreement shall be liable to the other party for any consequential, indirect, special or incidental damages under any provisions of this agreement or for any consequential, indirect, penal, special or incidental damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder even if that party has been advised of or has foreseen the possibility of such damages.

Section 7.3 Resignation and Appointment of Successor .

(a) The Company agrees, for the benefit of the Holders from time to time, that there shall at all times be a Warrant Agent hereunder until all the Warrants have been exercised or are no longer exercisable. The initial Warrant Agent and any successor Warrant Agent

 

23


hereunder shall be the Company or a bank or trust company in good standing, and shall be authorized under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to examination by federal or state authority.

(b) The Warrant Agent may at any time resign as such by giving written notice of its resignation to the Company, specifying the desired date on which its resignation shall become effective; provided, however, that such date shall be not less than ninety (90) days after the date on which such notice is given unless the Company agrees to accept shorter notice. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Warrant Agent (which shall be the Company or a bank or trust company in good standing, authorized under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to examination by federal or state authority) by written instrument in duplicate signed on behalf of the Company, one copy of which shall be delivered to the resigning Warrant Agent and one copy to the successor Warrant Agent. The Company may, at any time and for any reason at no cost to the Holders, remove the Warrant Agent and appoint a successor Warrant Agent (qualified as aforesaid) by written instrument in duplicate signed on behalf of the Company and specifying such removal and the date when it is intended to become effective, one copy of which shall be delivered to the Warrant Agent being removed and one copy to the successor Warrant Agent. Any resignation or removal of the Warrant Agent and any appointment of a successor Warrant Agent shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor Warrant Agent as provided in this subsection (b). In the event a successor Warrant Agent has not been appointed and accepted its duties within ninety (90) days of the Warrant Agent’s notice of resignation, the Warrant Agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the designation of a successor Warrant Agent. Upon its resignation or removal, the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to the payment by the Company of the compensation and to the reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it hereunder as agreed to in Section 7.2(a).

(c) The Company shall remove the Warrant Agent and appoint a successor Warrant Agent if the Warrant Agent (i) shall become incapable of acting, (ii) shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, (iii) shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, (iv) shall consent to, or shall have had entered against it a court order for, any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in any involuntary case or other proceedings commenced against it, (v) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due. Upon the appointment as aforesaid of a successor Warrant Agent and acceptance by it of such appointment, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall, if not previously disqualified by operation of law, cease to be Warrant Agent hereunder.

(d) Any successor Warrant Agent appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor and the Company an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor Warrant Agent, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the authority, rights, powers, immunities, duties and obligations of such predecessor with like effect as if originally named as Warrant

 

24


Agent hereunder, and such predecessor shall thereupon become obligated to transfer, deliver and pay over, and such successor Warrant Agent shall be entitled to receive, all monies, securities and other property on deposit with or held by such predecessor as Warrant Agent hereunder.

(e) Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent hereunder may be merged or converted or any corporation with which the Warrant Agent may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party, or any corporation to which the Warrant Agent shall sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all the assets and business of the Warrant Agent, provided that it shall be qualified as aforesaid, shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. No costs and expenses associated with any replacement or appointment of a successor Warrant Agent shall be paid by the Holders.

(f) In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall (i) give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Warrant Consideration not later than the effective date of any such appointment, and (ii) cause written notice thereof to be delivered to each Registered Holder at such holder’s address appearing on the Warrant Register. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the removal of the Warrant Agent or the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Amendment . The terms of the Warrants may be amended by the Company, provided, that the affirmative vote or consent of the Holders of Warrants exercisable for a majority of the Warrant Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Warrants then outstanding shall be required if the rights of the Holders are adversely affected by such amendment; provided, however, that the consent of each Holder of a Warrant affected shall be required for any amendment of this Agreement that would (i) increase the Exercise Price or decrease the number of Class A Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, or alter the Company’s obligation to issue Class A Shares upon exercise of the underlying Warrant (other than adjustments made pursuant to Section 6 hereof), (ii) change the Expiration Date to an earlier date, or (iii) treat such Holder differently in an adverse way from any other Holder of Warrants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the delivery of a certificate from a Company executive officer which states that the proposed amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and, provided such supplement or amendment does not change the Warrant Agent’s rights, duties, liabilities or obligations hereunder, the Warrant Agent shall execute such amendment. Any amendment effected pursuant to and in accordance with this Section will be binding upon all Holders and upon each future Holder, the Company and the Warrant Agent. In the event of any amendment, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to all Registered Holders and, if appropriate, notation thereof will be made on all Warrant Certificates thereafter surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.

Section 8.2 Notices and Demands to the Company and Warrant Agent . If the Warrant Agent shall receive any notice or demand addressed to the Company by the Holder of a Warrant Certificate pursuant to the provisions of the Warrant Certificates, the Warrant Agent shall promptly forward such notice or demand to the Company.

 

25


(a) Any notice or communication from the Warrant Agent to the Company with respect to this Agreement shall be addressed to Tronox Limited, One Stamford Plaza, 263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, Attention: President, and any notice or communication from the Company to the Warrant Agent with respect to this Agreement shall be addressed to such address as shall be specified in writing by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time (or such other address as shall be specified in writing by the Warrant Agent or by the Company). Any notice or communication that is given to any Holder pursuant to this Agreement or with respect to any Warrant, Book-Entry Warrant or Warrant Certificate shall be addressed to such Holder’s address as it appears on the books of the Warrant Agent.

(b) All notices and communications made to the Company, the Warrant Agent or any Holder pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant Certificate shall be in writing and shall be conclusively deemed to have been duly given (i) when hand delivered to the receiving party; (ii) three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail with first class or certified mail receipt requested postage prepaid; or (iii) the next Business Day after deposit with a national overnight delivery service, postage prepaid, with next Business Day delivery guaranteed, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from the delivery service provider.

Section 8.3 Applicable Law; Waiver of Jury Trial . The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement and each Warrant Certificate issued hereunder and of the respective terms and provisions hereof and thereof shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any conflicts of law provision that would require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction. Nothing herein is intended to circumvent any duties owed by the parties to one another (including without limitation any duties owed to the Holders as express third-party beneficiaries), or to limit any implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing as applicable hereto, under the governing law of this Warrant Agreement. THE COMPANY, THE WARRANT AGENT, AND EACH HOLDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY WARRANT CERTIFICATE OR WARRANT ISSUED HEREUNDER.

Section 8.4 Headings . The descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

Section 8.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, any of which may be delivered via facsimile, PDF, or other forms of electronic delivery, each of which as so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

26


Section 8.6 Inspection of Agreement . A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent for inspection by the Holder of any Book-Entry Warrant or Warrant Certificate. The Warrant Agent may require such Holder of a Warrant Certificate to submit such Warrant Certificate for inspection by it.

Section 8.7 Benefits of This Agreement . This Agreement is otherwise intended solely for the benefit of the Company, the Warrant Agent and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and this Agreement shall not confer any rights upon any other Person.

Section 8.8 Termination . This Agreement shall terminate at the earliest to occur of (a) the exercise of all Warrants, (b) the expiration of the Exercise Period, and (c) the Company’s termination hereof pursuant to Section 6.5; provided, however, that Section 7.2 and this Article 8 shall survive any termination or expiration hereof.

Section 8.9 Confidentiality . The Warrant Agent and the Company agree that all books, records, information and data pertaining to the business of the other party, including inter alia, personal, non-public warrant holder information, which are exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement including the fees for services set forth in the attached schedule shall remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed to any other person, except as may be required by law.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

TRONOX LIMITED
By:   /s/ Daniel D. Greenwell
Name:   Daniel D. Greenwell

Title:

  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

TRONOX INCORPORATED
By:   /s/ Michael J. Foster
Name:   Michael J. Foster

Title:

  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
By:   /s/ Thomas Borbely
Name:   Thomas Borbely

Title:

  Manager, Corporate Actions

 

COMPUTERSHARE INC.
By:   /s/ Thomas Borbely
Name:   Thomas Borbely

Title:

  Manager, Corporate Actions

 

28


Exhibit A-1

FORM OF WARRANT STATEMENT

FOR SERIES A WARRANTS

[As provided by the Warrant Agent]


Exhibit A-2

FORM OF WARRANT STATEMENT

FOR SERIES B WARRANTS

[As provided by the Warrant Agent]


EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF FACE OF

GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

FOR SERIES A WARRANTS

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON FEBRUARY 14, 2018

This Global Warrant Certificate is held by The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”) or its nominee in custody for the benefit of the beneficial owners hereof, and is not transferable to any person under any circumstances except that (i) this Global Warrant Certificate may be exchanged in whole but not in part pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Warrant Agreement dated as of •, 2012 (the “Warrant Agreement”), (ii) this Global Warrant Certificate may be delivered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation pursuant to Section 5.1(h) of the Warrant Agreement and (iii) this Global Warrant Certificate may be transferred to a successor Depositary with the prior written consent of the Company.

Unless this Global Warrant Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depositary to the Company or the Warrant Agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment and any certificate issued is registered in the name of • or such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary (and any payment hereon is made to • or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary), any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any person is wrongful because the registered owner hereof, •, has an interest herein.

Transfers of this Global Warrant Certificate shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to nominees of the Depositary or to a successor thereof or such successor’s nominee, and transfers of portions of this Global Warrant Certificate shall be limited to transfers made in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 5 of the Warrant Agreement.

No registration or transfer of the securities issuable pursuant to the Series A Warrant will be recorded on the books of the Company until such provisions have been complied with.


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE (INCLUDING THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THE SERIES A WARRANT) ARE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF •, 2012, BY AND BETWEEN TRONOX LIMITED, TRONOX INCORPORATED AND THE WARRANT AGENT (THE “WARRANT AGREEMENT”).

THIS SERIES A WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON FEBRUARY 14, 2018

SERIES A WARRANT TO PURCHASE, AT THE ELECTION OF THE HOLDER, EITHER                      CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES IN TRONOX LIMITED PLUS $                         

CUSIP # •

ISSUE DATE: •, 2012

No. A-1

This certifies that, for value received,                              , and its registered assigns (collectively, the “Registered Holder”), is entitled to purchase from Tronox Limited, a public limited company registered under the laws of Western Australia, Australia (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York time, on •, 2018, at the election of the Registered Holder the number of Class A ordinary shares of the Company plus the amount in cash, each as set forth above at the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) applicable to Series A Warrants. The Exercise Price and the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Article 6 of the Warrant Agreement. The initial Exercise Price shall be $62.13.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Series A Warrant has been duly executed by the Company under its corporate seal as of the              day of                              , 2012.

 

TRONOX LIMITED
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Attest:    
  Secretary

 

•,
as Warrant Agent
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Page 2 of Exhibit A-3


Address of Registered Holder for Notices (until changed in accordance with this Series A Warrant):

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. SUCH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS THOUGH FULLY SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.

 

Page 3 of Exhibit A-3


FORM OF REVERSE OF SERIES A WARRANT

The Series A Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate is a part of a duly authorized issue of Series A Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 544,041 Class A ordinary shares of Tronox Limited and an amount in cash equal to $6,800,512.50, each issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, a copy of which may be inspected at the Warrant Agent’s office. The Warrant Agreement hereby is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the Registered Holders of the Series A Warrants. All capitalized terms used on the face of this Series A Warrant herein but not defined that are defined in the Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them therein.

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Series A Warrant at the office of the Warrant Agent, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Series A Warrants shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any applicable tax or other governmental charge.

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares or any certificates that evidence fractional Warrant Shares.

No Series A Warrants may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

This Series A Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or stockholder of Tronox Incorporated.

The Company and Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder hereof as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone) for the purpose of any exercise hereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Page 4 of Exhibit A-3


EXHIBIT A-4

FORM OF FACE OF

GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

FOR SERIES B WARRANTS

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON •, 2018

This Global Warrant Certificate is held by The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”) or its nominee in custody for the benefit of the beneficial owners hereof, and is not transferable to any person under any circumstances except that (i) this Global Warrant Certificate may be exchanged in whole but not in part pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Warrant Agreement dated as of •, 2012 (the “Warrant Agreement”), (ii) this Global Warrant Certificate may be delivered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation pursuant to Section 5.1(h) of the Warrant Agreement and (iii) this Global Warrant Certificate may be transferred to a successor Depositary with the prior written consent of the Company.

Unless this Global Warrant Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depositary to the Company or the Warrant Agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment and any certificate issued is registered in the name of • or such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary (and any payment hereon is made to • or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary), any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any person is wrongful because the registered owner hereof, •, has an interest herein.

Transfers of this Global Warrant Certificate shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to nominees of the Depositary or to a successor thereof or such successor’s nominee, and transfers of portions of this Global Warrant Certificate shall be limited to transfers made in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 5 of the Warrant Agreement.

No registration or transfer of the securities issuable pursuant to the Series B Warrant will be recorded on the books of the Company until such provisions have been complied with.


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE (INCLUDING THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THE SERIES B WARRANT) ARE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF •, 2012, BY AND BETWEEN TRONOX LIMITED, TRONOX INCORPORATED AND THE WARRANT AGENT (THE “WARRANT AGREEMENT”).

THIS SERIES B WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON FEBRUARY 14, 2018

SERIES B WARRANT TO PURCHASE, AT THE ELECTION OF THE HOLDER, EITHER                              CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES IN TRONOX LIMITED PLUS $                             

CUSIP # •

ISSUE DATE: •, 2011

No. B-1

This certifies that, for value received,                                               , and its registered assigns (collectively, the “Registered Holder”), is entitled to purchase from Tronox Limited, a public limited company registered under the laws of Western Australia, Australia (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York time, on •, 2018, at the election of the Registered Holder the number of Class A ordinary shares of the Company plus the amount in cash, each as set forth above at the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) applicable to Series B Warrants. The Exercise Price and the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Article 6 of the Warrant Agreement. The initial Exercise Price shall be $68.56.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Series B Warrant has been duly executed by the Company under its corporate seal as of the              day of                                                           , 2012.

 

TRONOX LIMITED
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Attest:    
  Secretary

 

•,
as Warrant Agent
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Page 2 of Exhibit A-4


Address of Registered Holder for Notices (until changed in accordance with this Series B Warrant):

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. SUCH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS THOUGH FULLY SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.

 

Page 3 of Exhibit A-4


FORM OF REVERSE OF SERIES B WARRANT

The Series B Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate is a part of a duly authorized issue of Series B Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 672,175 Class A ordinary shares of Tronox Limited and an amount in cash equal to $8,402,187.50, each issued pursuant to that the Warrant Agreement, a copy of which may be inspected at the Warrant Agent’s office. The Warrant Agreement hereby is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the Registered Holders of the Series B Warrants. All capitalized terms used on the face of this Series B Warrant herein but not defined that are defined in the Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them therein.

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Series B Warrant at the office of the Warrant Agent, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Series B Warrants shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any applicable tax or other governmental charge.

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares or any certificates that evidence fractional Warrant Shares.

No Series B Warrants may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

This Series B Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or stockholder of Tronox Incorporated.

The Company and Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder hereof as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone) for the purpose of any exercise hereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Page 4 of Exhibit A-4


EXHIBIT B

EXERCISE FORM FOR REGISTERED HOLDERS

HOLDING BOOK-ENTRY SERIES [A][/][B] WARRANTS

(To be executed upon exercise of Series [A][/][B] Warrant)

In this election form, “Warrant Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement dated June 15, 2012 between Tronox Limited, Tronox Incorporated, Computershare Inc., and Computershare Trust Company N.A., and capitalized terms defined therein have the same meaning in this election form.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by the Book-Entry Warrants, to purchase Warrant Shares and (check one and fill in the appropriate information under ):

 

¨ herewith tenders payment for exercise of              Warrants in accordance with the elections specified below to the order of Tronox Limited in the amount of $              in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement and this Series [A][/][B] Warrant;

•                                          Warrants are exercised for Class A Shares and cash; and

 

or

 

¨ herewith tenders this Series [A][/][B] Warrant pursuant to the net issuance exercise provisions of Section 3.2(d) of the Warrant Agreement in accordance with the elections specified below. This exercise and election shall be immediately effective or o shall be effective as of 5:00 p.m., New York time, on [insert date].

•                                          Warrants are exercised for Class A Shares and cash; and

The undersigned agrees to become a member of Tronox Limited and to be bound by its constitution.

The undersigned requests that [a statement representing] the Warrant Shares be delivered as follows:

 

Name    
Address    
Delivery Address (if different)
   
   


If said number of shares shall not be all the shares purchasable under the within Book-Entry Warrants, the undersigned requests that a new Book-Entry Warrant representing the balance of such Series [A][/][B] Warrants shall be registered, with the appropriate Warrant Statement delivered as follows:

 

         Name     
         Address     
         Delivery Address (if different)
             
             
                              Signature:                                                                                       

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer

Identification Number of Holder

           
         Note: If the statement representing the Warrant Shares or any Book-Entry Warrants representing Warrants not exercised is to be registered in a name other than that in which the Book-Entry Warrants are registered, the signature of the holder hereof must be guaranteed.
        

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY:

        

 

         Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program.
         Countersigned:
        

Dated:                                           , 20                                         

        

•,

         as Warrant Agent
        

By:                                                                                        

        

        Name:

        

        Title:

 

Page 2 of Exhibit B


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed only upon assignment of Warrant)

For value received,                               hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee(s) named below the rights represented by such Series [A][/][B] Warrants listed opposite the respective name(s) of the Assignee(s) named below and all other rights of the Registered Holder under the within Series [A][/][B] Warrants, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                    attorney, to transfer said Series [A][/][B] Warrants on the books of the within-named Company with respect to the number of Warrants set forth below, with full power of substitution in the premises:

Name(s) of Assignee(s)                                                      

Address                                                                               

No. of Warrants                                                                  

And if said number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants represented by the Series [A][/][B] Warrants owned by the Assignor, new Series [A][/][B] Warrants are to be issued in the name of said undersigned for the balance remaining of the Warrants registered by said Series [A][/][B] Warrants.

Dated:                               , 20                             

 

Signature    
Note:   The above signature should correspond exactly with the name on the face of this Series [A][/][B] Warrant

Exhibit 10.7

Execution Version

 

 

 

$300.0 million

REVOLVING SYNDICATED FACILITY AGREEMENT

dated as of June 18, 2012,

among

TRONOX INCORPORATED

and certain of its Subsidiaries,

as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors,

TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111) and certain of its Subsidiaries,

as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors,

and

THE OTHER GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,

as Guarantors,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Arranger, Bookmanager, Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,

as Swingline Lender

and

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Australian Security Trustee

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section        Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   
Section 1.01  

Defined Terms

     2   
Section 1.02  

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     58   
Section 1.03  

Terms Generally

     58   
Section 1.04  

Accounting Terms; GAAP

     58   
Section 1.05  

Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities

     59   
Section 1.06  

UCC/PPSA Australia

     59   
Section 1.07  

Currency Matters

     59   
Section 1.08  

Timing of Payment and Performance

     59   
ARTICLE II   
THE CREDITS   
Section 2.01  

Commitments

     60   
Section 2.02  

Loans

     61   
Section 2.03  

Borrowing Procedure

     62   
Section 2.04  

Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans

     63   
Section 2.05  

Fees

     64   
Section 2.06  

Interest on Loans

     65   
Section 2.07  

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     66   
Section 2.08  

Interest Elections

     66   
Section 2.09  

[Reserved]

     67   
Section 2.10  

Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Loans

     68   
Section 2.11  

Alternate Rate of Interest

     70   
Section 2.12  

Yield Protection

     70   
Section 2.13  

Breakage Payments

     71   
Section 2.14  

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs

     72   
Section 2.15  

Taxes

     74   
Section 2.16  

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     77   
Section 2.17  

Swingline Loans

     78   
Section 2.18  

Letters of Credit

     80   
Section 2.19  

Defaulting Lenders

     86   
Section 2.20  

Increase in Commitments

     88   
Section 2.21  

Determination of Borrowing Bases

     89   
Section 2.22  

Accounts; Cash Management

     106   
Section 2.23  

Australian Public Offer

     108   
Section 2.24  

Australian Tax Matters

     109   
Section 2.25  

Dutch Tax Matters

     112   
Section 2.26  

Nature and Extent of Each Borrower’s Liability

     114   

 

-i-


ARTICLE III   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   
Section 3.01  

Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification

     115   
Section 3.02  

Equity Interests and Ownership

     116   
Section 3.03  

Due Authorization; Binding Obligation

     116   
Section 3.04  

No Conflict; Governmental Consents

     116   
Section 3.05  

Financial Statements; Projections

     117   
Section 3.06  

No Material Adverse Effect

     117   
Section 3.07  

Adverse Proceedings, Etc.

     117   
Section 3.08  

Taxes

     118   
Section 3.09  

Properties

     118   
Section 3.10  

Environmental Matters

     118   
Section 3.11  

No Defaults

     120   
Section 3.12  

Material Contracts

     120   
Section 3.13  

Government Regulations

     120   
Section 3.14  

Federal Reserve Regulations; Exchange Act

     120   
Section 3.15  

Employee Matters

     120   
Section 3.16  

Employee Benefit Plans

     121   
Section 3.17  

Certain Fees

     122   
Section 3.18  

Solvency

     122   
Section 3.19  

Compliance with Statutes, Etc.

     122   
Section 3.20  

Disclosure

     122   
Section 3.21  

Patriot Act

     122   
Section 3.22  

Foreign Assets Control Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering

     123   
Section 3.23  

Senior Indebtedness

     123   
Section 3.24  

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

     123   
Section 3.25  

Security Matters

     123   
Section 3.26  

Certain Dutch Law Matters

     125   
Section 3.27  

Certain Australian Law Matters

     125   
Section 3.28  

Use of Proceeds

     125   
Section 3.29  

Insurance

     126   
Section 3.30  

Location of Material Inventory

     126   
Section 3.31  

Accuracy of Borrowing Bases

     126   
Section 3.32  

Not a Trustee

     126   
Section 3.33  

No Immunity

     126   
Section 3.34  

Excluded Entities

     126   
ARTICLE IV   
CONDITIONS TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS   
Section 4.01  

Conditions to Initial Credit Extension

     126   
Section 4.02  

Conditions to All Credit Extensions

     131   
Section 4.03  

Conditions to Initial Credit Extension to an Eligible Subsidiary

     131   

 

-ii-


ARTICLE V   
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS   
Section 5.01  

Financial Statements, Reports, etc.

     132   
Section 5.02  

Existence

     137   
Section 5.03  

Payment of Obligations, Taxes and Claims

     137   
Section 5.04  

Maintenance of Properties

     138   
Section 5.05  

Insurance

     138   
Section 5.06  

Books and Records; Inspections

     138   
Section 5.07  

Lenders Meetings

     139   
Section 5.08  

Compliance with Laws

     139   
Section 5.09  

Environmental

     139   
Section 5.10  

Subsidiaries

     140   
Section 5.11  

Additional Material Real Estate Assets

     142   
Section 5.12  

Further Assurances

     142   
Section 5.13  

Cash Management

     143   
Section 5.14  

Post-Closing Matters

     143   
Section 5.15  

Maintenance of Ratings

     145   
Section 5.16  

Centre of Main Interests

     145   
Section 5.17  

Use of Proceeds

     145   
Section 5.18  

Borrowing Base-Related Reports

     145   
Section 5.19  

Borrowing Base Verification; Inventory Appraisals

     146   
ARTICLE VI   
NEGATIVE COVENANTS   
Section 6.01  

Indebtedness

     147   
Section 6.02  

Liens

     151   
Section 6.03  

No Further Negative Pledges

     154   
Section 6.04  

Restricted Junior Payments

     155   
Section 6.05  

Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions

     156   
Section 6.06  

Investments

     156   
Section 6.07  

Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

     158   
Section 6.08  

Fundamental Changes; Dispositions of Assets; Permitted Acquisitions

     158   
Section 6.09  

Disposal of Subsidiary Interests

     159   
Section 6.10  

Sales and Lease Backs

     159   
Section 6.11  

Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates

     159   
Section 6.12  

Conduct of Business

     160   
Section 6.13  

Permitted Activities of Holdings, the Dutch Opco, Tronox Bahamas, UK Joint Venture Entities and the Excluded Entities

     160   
Section 6.14  

Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents and Other Documents

     162   
Section 6.15  

Fiscal Year

     162   
Section 6.16  

Australian GST Group

     162   
Section 6.17  

Limitation on Issuance of Capital Stock

     163   
Section 6.18  

Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries

     163   
Section 6.19  

Reorganization

     163   
Section 6.20  

Relationship to Term Loan

     164   

 

-iii-


ARTICLE VII   
GUARANTEE   
Section 7.01  

The Guarantee

     164   
Section 7.02  

Obligations Unconditional

     164   
Section 7.03  

Reinstatement

     165   
Section 7.04  

Subrogation; Subordination

     166   
Section 7.05  

Remedies

     166   
Section 7.06  

Instrument for the Payment of Money

     166   
Section 7.07  

Continuing Guarantee

     166   
Section 7.08  

General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations

     166   
Section 7.09  

Release of Guarantors

     166   
Section 7.10  

Right of Contribution

     167   
ARTICLE VIII   
EVENTS OF DEFAULT   
Section 8.01  

Events of Default

     167   
Section 8.02  

Application of Proceeds

     170   
ARTICLE IX   
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT   
Section 9.01  

Appointment and Authority

     171   
Section 9.02  

Rights as a Lender

     171   
Section 9.03  

Exculpatory Provisions

     171   
Section 9.04  

Reliance by Agent

     172   
Section 9.05  

Delegation of Duties

     173   
Section 9.06  

Resignation of Agent

     173   
Section 9.07  

Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders

     174   
Section 9.08  

Withholding Tax

     174   
Section 9.09  

No Other Duties, etc.

     175   
Section 9.10  

Enforcement

     175   
Section 9.11  

Lien Releases

     175   
Section 9.12  

Australian Security Trustee

     175   
Section 9.13  

Collateral Agent Acting as Security Trustee

     177   
ARTICLE X   
MISCELLANEOUS   
Section 10.01  

Notices

     181   
Section 10.02  

Waivers; Amendment

     184   
Section 10.03  

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     188   
Section 10.04  

Successors and Assigns

     190   
Section 10.05  

Survival of Agreement

     193   

 

-iv-


Section 10.06  

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     193   
Section 10.07  

Severability

     194   
Section 10.08  

Right of Setoff

     194   
Section 10.09  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     194   
Section 10.10  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     195   
Section 10.11  

Headings

     195   
Section 10.12  

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality

     195   
Section 10.13  

USA PATRIOT Act Notice and Customer Verification

     196   
Section 10.14  

Interest Rate Limitation

     196   
Section 10.15  

Lender Addendum

     197   
Section 10.16  

Obligations Absolute

     197   
Section 10.17  

Dollar Equivalent Calculations

     197   
Section 10.18  

Judgment Currency

     198   
Section 10.19  

Special Provisions Relating to Currencies Other Than Dollars

     198   
Section 10.20  

Australian Code of Banking Practice

     199   
Section 10.21  

Contracting out of PPSA Australia Provisions

     199   
Section 10.22  

Parallel Debt

     199   
Section 10.23  

Intercompany Indebtedness

     200   
Section 10.24  

Certain Undertakings with Respect to Securitization Subsidiaries

     201   
Section 10.25  

Designation of Guarantors

     201   

 

-v-


ANNEXES

 

Annex I

   Applicable Margin

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(a)    [Intentionally Omitted]
Schedule 1.01(b)    Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule 1.01(c)    Products
Schedule 1.01(d)    [Intentionally Omitted]
Schedule 1.01(e)    Direct Competitors
Schedule 1.01(f)    Freight Forwarders
Schedule 1.01(g)    Transaction Summary
Schedule 1.01(h)    Eligible Multinational Account Debtors
Schedule 2.22(b)    Accounts and Lockboxes
Schedule 2.22(c)    Accounts Covered by Control Agreements
Schedule 3.02    Equity Interests, Ownership and Jurisdictions
Schedule 3.09    Real Estate Assets
Schedule 3.10    Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.12(a)    Material Contracts
Schedule 3.12(b)    Exceptions to Material Contracts Being in Full Force; Material Defaults under Material Contracts
Schedule 3.17    Certain Fees
Schedule 3.24    Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts
Schedule 3.25    Mortgage Recording Offices
Schedule 3.29    Insurance
Schedule 3.30    Location of Material Inventory
Schedule 4.01(g)    Local Counsel
Schedule 4.01(n)(vi)    Landlord Access Agreements
Schedule 5.14    Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 6.01(i)    Certain Indebtedness
Schedule 6.01(q)    Certain Letters of Credit
Schedule 6.02(l)    Certain Liens
Schedule 6.03    Certain Negative Pledges
Schedule 6.05    Certain Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions
Schedule 6.06(i)    Certain Investments as of the Closing Date
Schedule 6.08    Certain Asset Sales
Schedule 6.11    Certain Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 6.19    Post-Reorganization Loan Parties

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit B    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit C    Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit D    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E    Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit F    Form of Joinder Agreement

 

-vi-


Exhibit G    Form of Landlord Access Agreement
Exhibit H    Form of LC Request
Exhibit I    Form of Lender Addendum
Exhibit K-1    Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit K-2    Form of Swingline Note
Exhibit L-1    Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit L-2    Form of Perfection Certificate Supplement
Exhibit M-1    Form of U.S. Security Agreement
Exhibit M-2    Form of Australian General Security Deed
Exhibit M-3    Form of Australian Specific Security Deed
Exhibit M-4    Form of U.K. Debenture
Exhibit N    [Intentionally Omitted]
Exhibit O    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit P    Form of Intercompany Note
Exhibit Q    Form of Non-Bank Certificate
Exhibit R    Form of Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit S    Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit T    UK Borrower Terms and Conditions

 

-vii-


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This REVOLVING SYNDICATED FACILITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 18, 2012, among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party hereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party hereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party hereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given to it in Article I ), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested the Lenders to extend credit in the form of Revolving Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $300.0 million.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans, at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $30.0 million.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested the Issuing Bank to issue letters of credit, in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $35.0 million.

WHEREAS, the Guarantors have agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder subject to the terms hereof and as set forth in the other Loan Documents and each of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors have agreed to secure all of their respective Obligations by granting to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, (a) first priority liens on all Revolving Loan Priority Collateral and (b) second priority liens in the Term Loan Priority Collateral, in each case subject to exceptions as permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents.

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Loans are to be used in accordance with Section 3.28 .

NOW, THEREFORE, the Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Borrowers and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue letters of credit for the account of the Borrowers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Defined Terms .

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

ABR Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

ABR Loan ” shall mean any ABR Revolving Loan or U.S. Swingline Loan.

ABR Revolving Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II .

Account Debtor ” shall mean any Person who may become obligated to another Person under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account.

Accounts ” shall mean all “accounts,” as such term is defined in the UCC as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, as applicable, and includes registered claims ( vorderingen op naam ) within the meaning of the Dutch Civil Code, in each case, in which any Person now or hereafter has rights.

Acquired Business ” shall mean (a) the business currently conducted by the South African Acquired Companies of (i) the exploration for and mining of heavy minerals used to produce titanium dioxide and other products, such as ilmenite, natural rutile and zirconium; (ii) the beneficiation of (through mineral separation, smelting and other methods) of such minerals to produce slag and pig iron; and (iii) the storage, sales, marketing, transport and distribution of the minerals and products described in clauses (i)  and (ii) , in each case, including all of the assets, liabilities, rights and obligations of such business and business operations; and (b) the business currently conducted by the Acquired Companies.

Acquired Companies ” shall mean, collectively, the Australian Acquired Companies and the South African Acquired Companies.

Activation Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22 .

Additional Co-Borrower ” shall mean any Eligible Subsidiary (including an Eligible Subsidiary formed or acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition), which (a) has satisfied each of the each of the conditions precedent set forth Section 4.03 ; (b) is able to prepare all collateral reports in a comparable manner to the Borrowers’ reporting procedures on the date such subsidiary becomes an Additional Co-Borrower and to the extent required to establish a borrowing base in its jurisdiction; (c) is not party to a Permitted Securitization; (d) to the extent not already a Loan Party, has executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a Perfection Certificate Supplement and such joinder agreements to this Agreement, contribution and set-off agreements and other Security Documents consistent with the Security Documents delivered by existing Borrowers as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (and the Australian Security Trustee, if applicable) have reasonably requested and so long as each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (and the

 

2


Australian Security Trustee, if applicable) have received all UCC (or its foreign equivalent) search results necessary to confirm the Collateral Agent’s First Priority Lien on all of such Additional Co-Borrower’s personal property, subject to Permitted Liens; and (e) has delivered all information required under Section 10.13 and as to which the Administrative Agent has completed all vetting and similar procedures pursuant to Requirements of Law and bank policy; provided that, prior to permitting such Subsidiary to initially borrow any Revolving Loans or obtain the initial issuance of any Letters of Credit hereunder (i) such Additional Co-Borrower shall have delivered a Borrowing Base Certificate dated no earlier than twenty-five (25) days prior to the date such assets are first included in the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, shall have the right prior to the date such assets are first included in the Borrowing Base to conduct Collateral field audits and Inventory Appraisals with respect to such Subsidiary, including, without limitation, of (x) such Subsidiary’s practices in the computation of its Borrowing Base and (y) the assets included in such Subsidiary’s Borrowing Base and related financial information such as, but not limited to, sales, gross margins, payables, accruals and reserves, in each case, prepared on a basis reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and at the sole expense of such Subsidiary; provided , further , that prior to the Dutch Opco becoming an Additional Co-Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the unconditional positive advice received by the Dutch Opco from its works council in respect of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to the extent within the scope of such works council’s right to advise under Dutch law.

Adjusted LIBOR Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing for any Interest Period, (a) an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the LIBOR Rate for such Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing in effect for such Interest Period; divided by (b) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing for such Interest Period.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto and includes each other Person appointed as the successor pursuant to Article X .

Administrative Agent Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b) .

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit A .

Administrative Borrower ” shall mean Holdings, or any successor entity serving in that role pursuant to Section 2.03(b) .

Adverse Proceeding ” shall mean any action, suit, proceeding, hearing (in each case, whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign (including any Environmental Claims), whether pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or any Borrower, threatened against or affecting Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

Affiliate ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote 10% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person ( provided that (x) solely for purposes of the first proviso in the definition of

 

3


“Eligible Assignee”, the foregoing 10% shall be increased to 15% and (y) this clause (a)  shall not apply for purposes of the definition of “Change in Control”) or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

Agents ” shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; and “ Agent ” shall mean any of them.

Aggregate Borrowing Base ” shall mean the sum of (a) the Australian Borrowing Base; plus (b) the Dutch Borrowing Base; plus (c) the U.S. Borrowing Base.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Base Rate in effect on such day; (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%; and (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for an Interest Period of one-month beginning on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b)  of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” shall mean any Requirement of Law related to terrorism financing or money laundering including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (“ USA PATRIOT Act ”) of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56), The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act (also known as the “Bank Secrecy Act”, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-5330 and 12 U.S.C. §§ 1818(s), 1820(b) and 1951-1959), the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended), Executive Order 13224 (effective September 24, 2001) and the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cwlth).

Applicable Fee ” shall mean (a) 0.375% at any time when the Revolving Exposure is less than or equal to 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments; and (b) 0.25% at any time when the Revolving Exposure is greater than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments.

Applicable Margin ” shall mean, for any day, with respect to any Revolving Loan the applicable percentage set forth in Annex I under the appropriate caption.

Applicable Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Loans and Commitments represented by such Lender’s Loans and Commitments.

Appointee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13(c) .

Approved Currency ” shall mean each of dollars and euros.

 

4


Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arranger ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Asset Sale ” shall mean a sale, lease or sub lease (as lessor or sublessor), Sale and Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, exclusive license (as licensor or sublicensor), transfer or other disposition to, or any exchange of property with, or any issuance or sale of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Holdings to, any Person (other than (a) among Borrowers, (b) any Borrower and any Guarantor, (c) among Guarantors, (d) by a non-Loan Party to a Loan Party or (e) among non-Loan Parties), in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of Holdings’ or any of its Subsidiaries’ businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, created, leased or licensed, including the Equity Interests of any of Holdings’ Subsidiaries, other than (i) inventory (or other assets) sold, conveyed, transferred, assigned, disposed of, leased or licensed out in the ordinary course of business (excluding any sales, conveyances, transfers, assignments, dispositions, leases or licenses out by operations or divisions discontinued or being discontinued); (ii) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business; (iii) the disposition of cash and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business; (iv) except for purposes of Section 6.03 , sales, leases, sub-leases, Sale and Leaseback Transactions, assignments, conveyances, exclusive licenses, transfers or other dispositions for consideration of less than $1.0 million with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions and less than $5.0 million in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year; (v) the Permitted TSL Disposition; (vi) the sales of Accounts arising in the ordinary course of business to the Bahamas Receivables Purchaser pursuant to the Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement; and (vii) issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings to the extent permitted by Section 6.17 . For the avoidance of doubt, a grant or pledge of a security interest or a collateral assignment shall not constitute an Asset Sale.

Assignment and Assumption ” shall mean an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.04(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B , or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Associate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in section 128F(9) of the Australian Tax Act.

Attributable Indebtedness ” shall mean, when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the Borrowers’ then-current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

Australia ” shall mean the Commonwealth of Australia.

Australian Acquired Companies ” shall mean (a) Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd, ABN 53 071 040 152; (b) Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd, ABN 90 071 040 750; (c) Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd, ABN 28 009 084 851; (d) Ticor Resources Pty Ltd, ABN 27 002 376 847; (e) Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd, 58 008 659 363; (f) TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd, ABN 50 009 124 181; (g) Tific; (h) Yalgoo; (i) Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd, ABN 40 009 344 094; (j) Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd, ABN 86 009 313 062; (k) Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd, ABN 38 009 312 047; and (l) Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd, ABN 53 009 312 994.

 

5


Australian Blocked Accounts ” shall mean all Blocked Accounts maintained by an Australian Borrower.

Australian Borrowers ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Initial Australian Borrowers; and (b) any Additional Co-Borrower incorporated or organized under the laws of Australia that becomes a party hereto after the date hereof.

Australian Borrowing Base ” shall mean at any time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.21 , an amount equal to the sum (expressed in dollars, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof) of, without duplication, the lesser of:

(a) (i) the book value of the Australian Eligible Accounts multiplied by the advance rate of 85%; plus

(ii) the lesser of, (A) the advance rate of 75% multiplied by the Cost of the Australian Eligible Inventory and (B) the advance rate of 85% multiplied by the Net Recovery Cost Percentage multiplied by the Cost of the Australian Eligible Inventory; minus

(iii) any Australian Reserves then in effect established from time to time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion; and

(b) the lesser of, (i) the Maximum Australian Borrowing Base Amount and (ii) 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time.

The Australian Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent with such adjustments as the Administrative Agent deems appropriate, in its Permitted Discretion to correct errors, to implement Reserves or to adjust for fluctuations in the currency exchange rate relating to assets comprising the Australian Borrowing Base.

Australian Dollars ” shall mean the lawful currency of Australia.

Australian Eligible Accounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a) .

Australian Eligible Inventory ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(d) .

Australian General Security Deed ” shall mean collectively, (a) the General Security Deed substantially in the form of Exhibit M-2 ; and (b) one or more other Australian General Security Deeds among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee that secure obligations under the Loan Documents, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with their respective terms.

Australian GST Act ” shall mean the Australian A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth).

 

6


Australian GST Group ” shall mean a GST Group as defined in Australian GST Act.

Australian Loan Party ” shall mean a Loan Party incorporated, organized or otherwise formed in Australia.

Australian Pension Plan ” shall mean any regulated superannuation fund (within the meaning of the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 (Cth)) contributed to by, or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute by, any Loan Party in respect of its Australian employees or former employees.

Australian Priority Payables Reserve ” shall mean on any date of determination, a reserve in an amount as the Administrative Agent may determine in its Permitted Discretion up to the amounts secured by any rights (whether imposed under a statute of Australia or any state or territory of Australia), Liens, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the Collateral Agent’s, Australian Security Trustee’s and/or the Secured Parties’ Liens and/or for amounts which may represent costs relating to the enforcement of the Administrative Agent’s or the Australian Security Trustee’s Liens including, without limitation, to the extent applicable by operation of law, any such amounts due and not paid for wages, long service leave or vacation pay (including amounts protected by the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth)), any preferential claims as set out in the Corporations Act, amounts due and not paid under any legislation relating to workers’ compensation or to employment insurance, all amounts deducted or withheld and not paid and remitted when due under the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (Cth) (but excluding Pay as You Go income withholding tax) and amounts currently or past due from a Loan Party and not contributed, remitted or paid in respect of any Australian Pension Plan.

Australian Reserves ” shall mean the sum (without duplication) of the Australian Priority Payables Reserve and such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as the Administrative Agent may establish from time to time in its Permitted Discretion; provided , that the initial Australian Reserves, if any, shall be as set forth on the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered for purposes of the Closing Date.

Australian Revolving Loan ” shall mean a Loan made by the Lenders to an Australian Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) . Each Australian Revolving Loan shall either be an ABR Revolving Loan or a Eurodollar Revolving Loan.

Australian Security Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Australian Security Trust Deed; (b) each Australian General Security Deed; (c) each Australian Specific Security Deed; and each pledge or security agreement between or among any Loan Party incorporated or organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia or any province or territory thereof and the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee, in each case that secure obligations under the Loan Documents.

Australian Security Trust ” shall mean the trust established under the Australian Security Trust Deed.

Australian Security Trust Deed ” shall mean the security trust deed dated on or about the date of this Agreement executed as a deed poll by the Australian Security Trustee.

Australian Security Trustee ” shall mean UBS AG, Stamford Branch or any successor security trustee appointed in accordance with this Agreement.

 

7


Australian Specific Security Deed ” shall mean collectively, (a) the Specific Security Deed substantially in the form of Exhibit M-3 ; and (b) one or more Australian Specific Security Deeds among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Australian Security Trustee that secure obligations under the Loan Documents, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with their respective terms.

Australian Tax Act ” shall mean the Australian Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) or the Australian Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) (as applicable).

Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.18(c)(ii) .

Available Cash ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents included in the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (excluding any Securitization Subsidiary) as of such date that, in each case, are free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens in favor of Collateral Agent, the Term Loan Agent or any Senior Representative and Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02(b) , (c) , (d) , (i) , (j) , (q)  and (s) ).

Average Daily Borrowing Availability ” shall mean, for any period, the average of the respective Borrowing Availability amounts as at the end of each day during such period.

Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement ” shall mean a receivables purchase agreement or similar form of agreement between Tronox Bahamas, as seller, and the Bahamas Receivables Purchaser, in such form as may be acceptable to the parties thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Bahamas Receivables Purchaser ” shall mean the purchaser under the Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement, which shall be a U.S. Borrower, an Australian Borrower or, from and after this Agreement is amended to add a Borrower organized under the laws of the UK in accordance with Exhibit T , a UK Borrower.

Bahamian Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which the Bahamian Receivables Conditions are satisfied and the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent certifying as to such satisfaction.

Bahamian Receivables Conditions ” shall mean the following conditions:

(a) execution and delivery of the Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement and related documentation, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(b) delivery of (i) legal opinions with respect to the Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement (which shall provide an opinion that the sale of the receivables, having been made for good and valuable consideration, will be absolute and creditors, trustees, receivers, administrators or any other similar person under any Debtor Relief Law would not have any claim to such receivables or the Proceeds thereof in any insolvency or similar proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law involving the seller, subject to any fraudulent preference or fraudulent disposition); (ii) evidence that there are no stamp taxes payable in connection with the transactions contemplated as part of the Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement (which evidence may be in the form of a legal opinion) or evidence that if there are stamp taxes payable in connection with the transactions contemplated as part of the Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement), such stamp taxes have been paid or arrangements for payment satisfactory to the Administrative Agent have been made; and (iii) all Security Documents executed by the Bahamas Receivables Purchaser and certificates, consistent with the documents delivered on the Closing Date;

 

8


(c) (i) all Accounts relating to the sale of Inventory produced or owned by an Australian Loan Party (including any Accounts arising from “flash sales” or other on-selling arrangements with third party customers) are owned by an Australian Borrower, a U.S. Borrower or, from and after this Agreement is amended to add a Borrower organized under the laws of the UK in accordance with Exhibit T , a UK Borrower (other than Accounts owned by Tronox Bahamas) and are subject to a perfected, First Priority Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee pursuant to documents in form and substance substantially consistent with the Security Documents entered into by the Borrowers and Guarantors on the Closing Date; and (ii) the Account Debtors with respect to such Accounts make all payments on such Accounts to a bank account owned by an Australian Borrower, a U.S. Borrower or, from and after this Agreement is amended to add a Borrower organized under the laws of the UK in accordance with Exhibit T , a UK Borrower and subject to a perfected, First Priority Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee pursuant to documents (including Control Agreements) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(d) (i) all Account Debtors with respect to Accounts originally owned by Tronox Bahamas (and sold to the Bahamas Receivables Purchaser) relating to the sale of Inventory acquired directly or indirectly from any Australian Loan Party make all payments on such Accounts to an account owned by Tronox Bahamas in its capacity as servicer; and (ii) all Proceeds in such accounts are swept on a daily basis to a bank account owned by the Bahamas Receivables Purchaser and subject to a perfected security interest and continuing agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee pursuant to documents (including Control Agreements) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents; and

(e) the Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement or a notice filing in respect thereof shall be filed with such Governmental Authority or at such filing office in the Bahamas as is necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent.

Bahamian Security Agreements ” shall mean any and all instruments, documents and agreements, including, without limitation, share charges and debentures, governed by the laws of the Bahamas delivered by or on behalf or at the request of any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in order to grant to, or perfect in favor of, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of that Loan Party as security for the Obligations.

Bailee Letter ” shall mean a bailee letter of any bailee in possession of any assets of any Loan Party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent from time to time; each change in the Base Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to its customers.

Blocked Accounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22 .

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

9


Board of Directors ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person; (b) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such Person and, in respect of a Person organized under the laws of the Netherlands, the managing board ( bestuur ) and/or the supervisory board ( raad van commissarissen ), as applicable; (c) in the case of any partnership (other than any limited liability partnership), the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person; and (d) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the preamble hereto.

Borrowing ” shall mean (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Revolving Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

Borrowing Availability ” shall mean at any time the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Borrowing Base at such time; and (b) the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments at such time, in each case, less the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

Borrowing Base ” shall mean, as the context may require, the Aggregate Borrowing Base, the U.S. Borrowing Base, the Australian Borrowing Base and/or the Dutch Borrowing Base.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” shall mean a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Administrative Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of, and containing the information prescribed by Exhibit S , setting forth the Borrowers’ calculation of the Australian Borrowing Base, the Dutch Borrowing Base, the U.S. Borrowing Base and the Aggregate Borrowing Base.

Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by the Administrative Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C , or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , that when used in connection with (a) a Eurodollar Revolving Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market, (b) a Euro Denominated Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which the Trans-European Real-time Gross Settlement Operating System (or any successor operating system) is not operating (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent).

Canadian Dollars ” shall mean the lawful currency of Canada.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person shall mean the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Dominion Period ” shall mean,

 

10


(a) with respect to the Australian Borrowers and the Australian Blocked Accounts, any period (i) commencing on the date that (A) a Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (B) unless solely due to a fluctuation in the currency exchange rates, the Borrowing Availability shall be less than the greater of (x) $52.5 million and (y) 17.5% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time; or (C) solely due to a fluctuation in the currency exchange rates, the Borrowing Availability for five (5) consecutive Business Days shall be less than the greater of (x) $52.5 million and (y) 17.5% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time; and (ii) continuing until, during the preceding sixty (60) consecutive days, no Specified Event of Default has existed on any day and the Borrowing Availability has at all times been greater than the greater of (A) $52.5 million and (B) 17.5% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time; and

(b) with respect to the other Borrowers, and the other Blocked Accounts, any period (i) commencing on the date that (A) a Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (B) unless solely due to a fluctuation in the currency exchange rates, the Borrowing Availability shall be less than the greater of (x) $45.0 million and (y) 15% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time; or (C) solely due to a fluctuation in the currency exchange rates, the Borrowing Availability for five (5) consecutive Business Days shall be less than the greater of (x) $45.0 million and (y) 15% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time; and (ii) continuing until, during the preceding sixty (60) consecutive days, no Specified Event of Default has existed on any day and the Borrowing Availability has at all times been greater than the greater of (A) $45.0 million and (B) 15% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, any of the following: (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States Government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such date; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A 1 from S&P or at least P 1 from Moody’s; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than six months from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A 1 from S&P or at least P 1 from Moody’s; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances (or, in the case of Non-U.S. Entities, the foreign equivalent thereof) maturing within six months after such date and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $500.0 million (or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Entity that is incorporated in Australia, issued or accepted by any Lender or commercial bank incorporated in Australia and which has a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s); and (e) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a)  and (b)  above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $3.0 billion, and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; provided , that, in the case of any Investment by a Non-U.S. Entity, “Cash Equivalents” shall also include: (x) direct obligations of the sovereign nation (or any agency thereof) in which such Non-U.S. Entity is organized and is conducting business or in obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by such sovereign nation (or any agency thereof) and (y) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a)  through (e)  above of obligors that are Non-U.S. Entities, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies.

 

11


Cash Management System ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22 .

Casualty Event ” shall mean any involuntary loss of title, any involuntary loss of, damage to or any destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking (including by any Governmental Authority) of, any material property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. “Casualty Event” shall include but not be limited to any taking of all or any part of any Real Property of any Person or any part thereof, in or by condemnation or other eminent domain proceedings pursuant to any Requirement of Law, or by reason of the temporary requisition of the use or occupancy of all or any part of any Real Property of any Person or any part thereof by any Governmental Authority, civil or military, or any settlement in lieu thereof.

A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) other than the Exxaro Sellers and their Affiliates (i) shall have acquired beneficial ownership or control of 40% or more on a fully diluted basis of the voting and/or economic interest in the Equity Interests of Holdings or (ii) shall have obtained the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings;

(b) Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Equity Interests of the Borrowers;

(c) the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings cease to be occupied by Persons who either (i) were members of the Board of Directors of Holdings on the Closing Date or (ii) were nominated for election by the Board of Directors of Holdings, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors; or

(d) any “change of control” or similar event under the Term Loan Agreement or under any Permitted Unsecured Notes shall occur;

provided , however that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of the Reorganization as set forth in the Transaction Summary.

Change in Law ” shall mean the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking into effect of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

12


Charges ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.14 .

Chattel Paper ” shall mean all “chattel paper,” as such term is defined in the PPSA Australia or the UCC as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, as applicable, in which any Person now or hereafter has rights.

Class ,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment or Swingline Commitment, in each case, under this Agreement as originally in effect or pursuant to Section 2.20 , of which such Loan, Borrowing or Commitment shall be a part.

Closing Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions set forth in Article IV of this Agreement are satisfied and the agreement becomes effective pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.06 , such date being June 18, 2012.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, all of the Security Agreement Collateral, the Mortgaged Property and all other property of whatever kind and nature subject or purported to be subject from time to time to a Lien under any Security Document.

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Collection Account ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22 .

Commercial Letter of Credit ” shall mean any letter of credit or similar instrument issued for the purpose of providing credit support in connection with the purchase of materials, goods or services by the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their businesses.

Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Commitment or Swingline Commitment, and any adjustment to such Lender’s Revolving Commitment pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 2.20 .

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a) .

Companies ” shall mean Holdings and its Subsidiaries; and “ Company ” shall mean any one of them.

Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a certificate of a Financial Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

Confidential Information Memorandum ” shall mean that certain confidential information memorandum used in the primary syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, an amount determined for Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to:

(a) Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

13


(b) to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income, the sum , without duplication, of amounts for (i) consolidated interest expense; (ii) provisions for Taxes based on income; (iii) total depreciation expense; (iv) total accretion and amortization expense; (v) any unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses in an amount not to exceed for any four-Fiscal Quarter period 1.0% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such four-Fiscal Quarter period; (vi) non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any additions to bad debt reserves or bad debt expense and any such non cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash charge in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge that was paid in a prior period, but including for such period (A) write-downs of property, plant and equipment and other assets; (B) impairment of intangible assets; (C) loss resulting from cumulative effect of change in accounting principle; (D) compensation charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity incentive programs, and any pension, post-retirement medical and other retirement related expenses; (E) net foreign currency reevaluation of intercompany indebtedness and remeasurement losses or gains related to the balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; (F) loss on sale of accounts receivable under asset securitization programs (to the extent comparable to interest expense); (G) provisions for asset retirement obligations; (H) provisions for environmental restoration and Remedial Action (net of reimbursements received) to the extent representing an accrual for future cash expenses; (I) net non-cash mark-to-market charges relating to hedging contracts; and (J) unrealized losses from Hedging Agreements and unrealized losses from foreign currency translation costs); (vii) Transaction Costs; (viii) reasonable fees and expenses (including but not limited to underwriting discounts) incurred in connection with any actual or proposed Permitted Acquisitions, permitted Investments, issuance or refinancing of Indebtedness or issuance of Equity Interests or Asset Sale or other disposition and all fees and costs associated with the actual or proposed registration or issuance of any debt or equity securities, in each case, whether or not consummated or issued, as the case may be; and (ix) net cash expenditures in respect of discontinued operations, excluding Remedial Actions, in an aggregate amount not to exceed for any four-Fiscal Quarter period 1.0% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such four-Fiscal Quarter period; minus

without duplication and to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (i) interest income (except to the extent deducted in determining consolidated interest expense); (ii) other non cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential cash gain in any prior period); provided that any cash received with respect to any non-cash items of income (other than any extraordinary gains) for any prior period shall be added in computing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period in which such cash is received; (iii) any unusual or non-recurring income or gains (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, gains on the sale of assets outside of the ordinary course of business); (iv) any other non-cash income arising from the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle and income tax benefit; and (v) provision for environmental restoration and Remedial Actions for continuing operations added back pursuant to clause (vi)(H) of this definition to the extent actually paid in cash.

With respect to any period during which a Permitted Acquisition or an Asset Sale has occurred (each, a “ Subject Transaction ”), for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.07 or the Maximum Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated with respect to such period on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to a specific transaction, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC, which would include cost savings resulting from head count reduction, closure of facilities and similar restructuring charges, which pro forma adjustments shall be certified by the chief financial officer, if any

 

14


(or alternatively chief executive officer) of Holdings) using the historical financial statements of any business so acquired or to be acquired or sold or to be sold and the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated as if such Subject Transaction, and any Indebtedness incurred or repaid in connection therewith, had been consummated or incurred or repaid at the beginning of such period (and assuming that such Indebtedness bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the interest rates applicable to outstanding Loans incurred during such period).

Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis that, in accordance with GAAP, are included in “purchase of property and equipment” or similar items, or which should otherwise be capitalized, reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided that Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) any expenditures for replacements and substitutions for fixed assets, capital assets or equipment to the extent made with the net proceeds from casualty insurance or condemnation to the extent invested as permitted under the Term Loan Agreement or with the net proceeds from asset sales of fixed assets, capital assets or equipment to the extent invested as permitted under the Term Loan Agreement; (ii) any expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures of such Person and that actually are paid for by a third party (excluding Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries) and for which neither Holdings nor any Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period); (iii) the purchase price of any Permitted Acquisition or the Exxaro Acquisition; and (iv) any expenditures which are made with the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds received by Holdings from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock and in connection with an initial public offering of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries); provided that, at the time of such capital expenditure using the net cash proceeds from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests, Holdings shall deliver a certificate of an Responsible Officer stating that all or a portion of such capital expenditure is being made from the proceeds of such sale or issuances.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such Test Period minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such period (other than financed with the incurrence of Indebtedness (other than Loans hereunder or under the Term Loan Agreement)) to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such Test Period.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” shall mean, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) consolidated interest expense for such period of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (calculated in accordance with GAAP) paid or payable in cash, minus , the total consolidated interest income of the Companies for such period, minus , any one-time financing fees to the extent included in consolidated interest expense for such period ( provided the foregoing shall be calculated after giving effect to net payments, if any, made and received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Agreements with to respect to Indebtedness);

(b) all cash payments in respect of income taxes made during such period (net of any cash refund in respect of income taxes actually received during such period);

(c) the principal amount of all scheduled amortization payments on all Indebtedness paid or payable in cash (including the principal component of all Capital Lease Obligations, but excluding (i)

 

15


such amortization payments on Indebtedness incurred to finance Capital Expenditures included in clause (a)  of the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” in such period or any prior period) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period (as determined on the first day of the respective period and after giving effect to any reduction thereof due to mandatory or permitted prepayments on such Indebtedness) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, any principal payments at final maturity made with identifiable proceeds of Indebtedness or equity to the extent such Indebtedness or equity was incurred to refinance, replace or refund the entire outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness;

(d) the product of (i) all cash dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than dividend payments to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, expressed as a decimal;

(e) the product of (i) all cash dividend payments on any Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than dividend payments to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, expressed as a decimal; and

(f) the aggregate amount of Restricted Junior Payments made in cash pursuant to Section  6.04(b) and (c)  hereof during such period (but excluding Restricted Junior Payments to the extent funded by an issuance by the Borrowers of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 hereof, the issuance of Equity Interests or capital contributions to the Borrowers).

Consolidated Net Debt ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness (excluding undrawn letters of credit (to the extent included in such balance sheet amount) and guaranties (to the extent a demand for payment has not been made) and Indebtedness of the type described in clause (k)  of the definition of “Indebtedness” unless such Indebtedness is in respect of a Hedging Obligations which has been terminated and related guaranties, in each case, to the extent permitted by this Agreement) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (excluding the principal amount of any outstanding Indebtedness of all Securitization Subsidiaries to the extent non-recourse to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries other than the applicable Securitization Subsidiary) (or, if higher, the par value or stated face amount of all such Indebtedness (other than zero coupon Indebtedness) determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, minus the lesser of (a) all Available Cash and (b) $150,000,000.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, (a) the net income (or loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP; minus (b) (i) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Holdings) in which any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Holdings or any of the Loan Parties by such Person during such period; (ii) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) the income of any Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary; (iv) any after tax gains or losses attributable to Asset Sales or returned surplus assets of any Pension Plan; and (v) (to the extent not included in clauses (i)  through (iv)  above) any net extraordinary gains or net extraordinary losses.

 

16


Contractual Obligation ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any provision of any security or other Equity Interest issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

Control Agreement ” shall mean a power of attorney, or signing rights “control agreement” or other agreement, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and containing terms regarding the waiver of any set-off rights by the depositary bank and the treatment of all cash and other amounts on deposit in (or credited to) the respective Blocked Account governed by such Control Agreement consistent with the requirements of Section 2.22 .

Control Agreement Effective Date ” shall mean the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date (as may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its discretion up to two times for additional thirty (30) day periods)).

Corporations Act ” shall mean the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

Cost ” shall mean, as determined by the Agents in good faith consistent with customary industry practice for asset-based financings in the chemical industry, with respect to Inventory, the lower of (a) landed cost computed on a first-in first-out or weighted average cost basis (as elected by the Administrative Borrower) in accordance with GAAP (or such other GAAP compliant costing method so long as the Administrative Borrower shall have provided ninety (90) days notice to the Administrative Agent) or (b) market value; provided, that for purposes of the calculation of any Borrowing Base, (i) the Cost of the Inventory shall not include: (A) the portion of the cost of Inventory equal to the profit earned by any Affiliate on the sale thereof to a Borrower or (B) write-ups or write-downs in cost with respect to currency exchange rates (it being understood that the Cost of Inventory included in any Borrowing Base Certificate shall be determined using the currency exchange rate as of the month-end to which such Borrowing Base Certificate relates); and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the cost of the Inventory shall be computed in the same manner and consistent with the most recent Inventory Appraisal which has been received and approved by the Agents in their reasonable discretion consistent with customary industry practice for asset-based financings in the chemical industry.

Covenant Testing Period ” shall mean any period (a) commencing on the date that Borrowing Availability shall be less than the greater of (A) $20.0 million and (B) 10% of the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time and (y) the Aggregate Borrowing Base at such time; and (b) continuing until, during the preceding sixty (60) consecutive days, Borrowing Availability has at all times been greater than the greater of (i) $20.0 million and (ii) 10% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time.

Credit Extension ” shall mean, as the context may require, (i) the making of a Loan by a Lender or (ii) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or the amendment, extension or renewal of any existing Letter of Credit, by the Issuing Bank.

Debtor Relief Law ” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, and all other liquidation, administration, company voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the U.S. or other applicable jurisdictions (whether state,

 

17


provincial, federal or foreign) from time to time in effect, including the Dutch Bankruptcy Code ( Fallissementswet ), Chapter 3.5.5 of the Dutch Financial Markets Supervisions Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht ), the Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cth) or the Corporations Act.

Default ” shall mean any event, occurrence or condition which is, or upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute, an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(c) .

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean any Lender, as determined by the Administrative Agent, that (a) has failed to fund any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied; (b) has notified the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender, any Lender and/or the Borrowers in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied); (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c)  upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers); (d) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three (3) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute; or (e) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a)  through (e)  above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.19 ) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrowers, the Issuing Bank, each Swingline Lender and each Lender.

Direct Competitor ” shall mean any producer or miner of titanium dioxide pigment set forth on Schedule 1.01(e) , as such schedule may be updated from time to time by Holdings by delivery of an updated Schedule 1.01(e) to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders (it being understood and agreed that (a) any Person that is listed on such schedule that is not a producer or miner of titanium dioxide pigment shall in no event be deemed a Direct Competitor; and (b) any updates to such schedule shall not take effect until the Business Day that is five (5) Business Days after the date such updated schedule is distributed to the Lenders).

 

18


Disqualified Capital Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Capital Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Capital Stock), in whole or in part; (c) provides for the scheduled payments or dividends in cash; or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Capital Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Revolving Maturity Date, except, in the case of clauses (a)  and (b) , if as a result of a change of control or asset sale, so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of such a change of control or asset sale event are subject to the prior payment in full of all Obligations.

Documentation Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Dollar Denominated Loan ” shall mean each Loan denominated in dollars at the time of the incurrence thereof, including from and after the date of any conversion of a Loan into Dollar Denominated Loans pursuant to Section 2.09 .

Dollar Equivalent ” shall mean, (a) as to any amount denominated in euros as of any date of determination, the amount of dollars that would be required to purchase the amount of euros based upon the spot selling rate at which the Administrative Agent offers to sell euros for dollars in the London foreign exchange market at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such date for delivery two (2) Business Days later; and (b) as to any amount denominated in any currency other than dollars or euros, the amount of dollars that would be required to purchase the amount of such other currency based upon the spot selling rate at which the Administrative Agent offers to sell such other currency for dollars in the London foreign exchange market at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such date for delivery two (2) Business Days later.

dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Dutch Borrowers ” shall mean any Additional Co-Borrower organized under the laws of the Netherlands that may become a party hereto after the date hereof.

Dutch Borrowing Base ” shall mean at any time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.21 , an amount equal to the sum (expressed in dollars, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof) of, without duplication, the lesser of:

(a) (i) the book value of the Dutch Eligible Accounts multiplied by the advance rate of 85%; plus

 

19


(ii) the lesser of, (A) the advance rate of 75% multiplied by the Cost of the Dutch Eligible Inventory of the, and (B) the advance rate of 85% multiplied by the Net Recovery Cost Percentage multiplied by the Cost of the Dutch Eligible Inventory; minus

(iii) any Dutch Reserves then in effect established from time to time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion; and

(b) the lesser of (i) $35.0 million and (ii) 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time.

The Dutch Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent with such adjustments as the Administrative Agent deem appropriate, in its Permitted Discretion to correct errors, to implement Reserves or to adjust for fluctuations in the currency exchange rate relating to assets comprising the Dutch Borrowing Base; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the Dutch Borrowing Base shall be $0 at all times prior to the date that a Dutch Borrower is party to this Agreement as a Borrower.

Dutch Civil Code ” shall mean the civil code of the Netherlands ( Burgerlijk Wetboek ).

Dutch Eligible Accounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(b) .

Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory ” shall mean Inventory owned by a Dutch Borrower that otherwise satisfies the criteria for Dutch Eligible Inventory set forth herein but is located outside of the Netherlands and which is (i) in transit from a third party, or (ii) in transit from a Loan Party from a location in the United States of America or Australia to either the premises of a Freight Forwarder in the Netherlands, or the premises of such Dutch Borrower in the Netherlands which are either owned and controlled by such Dutch Borrower or leased by such Dutch Borrower; provided , that no Inventory shall be Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory unless:

(a) the Collateral Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, has a perfected, First Priority Lien upon such Inventory and all documents of title with respect thereto;

(b) such Inventory either (i) is the subject of a negotiable bill of lading (A) in which the Collateral Agent is named as the consignee (either directly or by means of endorsements); (B) that was issued by the carrier respecting such Inventory that is subject to such bill of lading; and (C) that is in the possession of the Collateral Agent or the Freight Forwarder handling the importing, shipping and delivery of such Inventory, in all cases acting on the Collateral Agent’s behalf subject to a Freight Forwarder Letter, duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Freight Forwarder; or (ii) is the subject of a negotiable forwarder’s cargo receipt and such cargo receipt on its face indicates the name of the Freight Forwarder as a carrier or multi-modal transport operator and has been signed or otherwise authenticated by it in such capacity or as a named agent for or on behalf of the carrier or multi-modal transport operator, in any case respecting such Inventory and either (A) names the Collateral Agent as the consignee (either directly or by means of endorsements); or (B) is in the possession of the Collateral Agent or the Freight Forwarder handling the importing, shipping and delivery of such Inventory, in all cases acting on Agent’s behalf subject to a Freight Forwarder Letter, duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Freight Forwarder;

 

20


(c) such Dutch Borrower has title to such Inventory and such Inventory is not subject to any title reservation right or provision;

(d) the Collateral Agent shall have received a Freight Forwarder Letter, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Freight Forwarder located in the Netherlands handling the importing, shipping and delivery of such Inventory;

(e) such Inventory is insured against types of loss, damage, hazards, and risks, and in amounts, required by the Loan Documents, and the Collateral Agent shall have received a copy of the certificate of marine cargo insurance in connection therewith in which it has been named as an additional insured and loss payee in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent;

(f) such Inventory is not subject to a Letter of Credit;

(g) such Inventory shall not have been in transit for more than forty-five (45) days; and

(h) if such Inventory is being transported pursuant to an agreement of sale and purchase or another agreement which provides for the transfer of title to such Inventory or for the creation of security rights in respect thereof, such agreement of sale and purchase or other agreement is governed by the laws of the Netherlands, the United States, the UK or Australia, or the laws of such other jurisdictions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.

Notwithstanding the above, (x) Dutch Eligible Inventory in transit from a third party shall not be excluded from the definition of Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory by virtue of clause (b)  or (d)  of the proviso above for the first thirty (30) days following the Closing Date up to an aggregate amount of $10.0 million for all Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory and U.S. In-Transit Inventory, in each case, in transit from a third party, in the aggregate and (y) Dutch Eligible Inventory in transit from a Loan Party to another Loan Party shall not be excluded from the definition of Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory by virtue of clause (b)  or (d)  of the proviso above for the first thirty (30) days following the Closing Date.

Dutch Eligible Inventory ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e) .

Dutch law ” shall mean the laws directly applicable in the Netherlands and “ Netherlands law ” and “ the laws of the Netherlands ” shall be construed accordingly.

Dutch Loan Party ” shall mean a Loan Party incorporated, organized or otherwise formed under the laws of the Netherlands.

Dutch Opco ” shall mean Tronox Pigments (Holland) BV (as such entity’s name may change) and its successors and assigns.

Dutch Priority Payables Reserve :” shall mean on any date of determination, a reserve in an amount as the Administrative Agent may determine in its Permitted Discretion not to exceed the amounts secured by any Liens, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the Collateral Agent’s Liens and/or for amounts which may represent costs relating to the enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s Liens.

Dutch Reserves ” shall mean the sum (without duplication) of the Dutch Priority Payable Reserves and such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as the Administrative Agent may establish from time to time in its Permitted Discretion; provided , that the initial Dutch Reserves shall be $0 on the Closing Date and at all times prior to a Dutch Borrower becoming party to this Agreement.

 

21


Dutch Revolving Loan ” shall mean a Loan made by the Lenders to a Dutch Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) . Each Dutch Revolving Loan shall either be an ABR Revolving Loan or a Eurodollar Revolving Loan.

Dutch Security Agreements ” shall mean each pledge, mortgage, or security agreement, in each case, expressed to be governed by the laws of the Netherlands, and entered into between or among any Loan Party and the Collateral Agent, including but not limited to a Dutch law deed of pledge of insurance claims, if any, a Dutch law disclosed deed of pledge of intercompany receivables, if any, a Dutch law disclosed deed of pledge of bank accounts, if any, a Dutch law undisclosed deed of pledge of trade receivables, if any, a Dutch law deed of pledge of inventory, if any, a Dutch law deed of pledge of movable assets, a Dutch law deed of pledge of shares in the capital of each Dutch Loan Party (other than a Dutch Loan Party which is a limited partnership or a cooperative), a Dutch law deed of pledge of membership interests in each Dutch Loan Party which is a cooperative, a Dutch law deed of pledge of partnership interests in each Dutch Loan Party which is a limited partnership and a Dutch law deed of mortgage of real property and in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Dutch Subsidiaries ” shall mean the Dutch Opco and each other Subsidiary of Holdings incorporated, organized or otherwise formed under the laws of the Netherlands.

Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdictions ” shall mean Australia, the Netherlands, the United States, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, New Zealand, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, in each case together with any state or province thereof (as applicable); provided , however , that the Borrowers shall satisfy any requirements to notify Account Debtors in a manner deemed necessary or desirable by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

Eligible Accounts ” shall mean collectively, the Australian Eligible Accounts, the Dutch Eligible Accounts and the U.S. Eligible Accounts.

Eligible In-Transit Inventory ” shall mean collectively, the Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory and the U.S. Eligible In-Transit Inventory.

Eligible Inventory ” shall mean collectively, the Australian Eligible Inventory, the Dutch Eligible Inventory and the U.S. Eligible Inventory.

Eligible Multinational Account Debtors ” shall mean the Account Debtors set forth on Schedule 1.01(h) .

Eligible Assignee ” shall mean any Person to whom it is permitted to assign Loans and Commitments pursuant to Section 10.04(b)(i) ; provided that “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any natural Person; provided , further that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing definition, in no event shall any Person that is a Direct Competitor as of the applicable “trade date” with respect to any assignment hereunder be an Eligible Assignee.

 

22


Eligible Subsidiary ” shall mean any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings that is organized or incorporated under the laws of Australia, the United States or, after the date that the Dutch Opco has become a party to this Agreement as a Borrower, the Netherlands; provided that the Dutch Opco shall only be an Eligible Subsidiary if prior to the date that is one (1) year after the Closing Date the Dutch Opco (a) receives unconditional positive advice of the works council of the Dutch Opco in respect of (i) it becoming a Dutch Borrower and Guarantor and (ii) any Dutch Security Agreement falling within the scope of such works council’s right to advise under Dutch law; and (b) becomes an Additional Co-Borrower hereunder.

Employee Benefit Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether subject to the Requirements of Law of the United States or otherwise, (a) which is or, within the last six (6) years, was sponsored, maintained or contributed to, or required to be contributed to, by any Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates or (b) which any Company could have any liability, whether absolute or contingent.

Environment ” shall mean ambient air, indoor air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata, natural resources or as otherwise defined in any Environmental Law.

Environmental Claim ” shall mean any written notice of violation, claim, action, suit, adjudicatory or proceeding, demand, abatement order or other legally binding order or directive (conditional or otherwise) by any Governmental Authority or any other Person arising (i) pursuant to or in connection with any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law; (ii) in connection with any actual or alleged Environmental Liability; or (iii) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to human health and safety, natural resources or the Environment arising from any Hazardous Material or related to any Environmental Law.

Environmental Law ” shall mean any and all foreign, domestic, federal, state or local laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, decrees, directives, legally binding judicial and administrative orders, common law, or any other requirements of Governmental Authorities, in each case having the force or effect of law, imposing liability or standards of conduct relating to (a) environmental matters, including pollution, preservation, remediation or the protection of the Environment or natural resources, or the emission of greenhouse gases; (b) the generation, use, treatment, storage, transportation or disposal of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials; or (c) occupational safety and health or the protection of human, plant or animal health or welfare from environmental hazards.

Environmental Legacy Liabilities ” shall mean any and all Environmental Claims or Environmental Liabilities, whether now existing or hereinafter arising, in each case, related to (a) any actual or alleged exposure to Hazardous Materials (including asbestos, benzene or creosote) that occurred on or prior to January 12, 2009 or otherwise related to products manufactured, or environmental contamination caused, on or prior to January 12, 2009 other than in connection with the operation of the Real Property owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates, or (b) the presence or Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any real property other than the Real Property owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates, including any Environmental Legacy Property, on or prior to January 12, 2009.

Environmental Legacy Property ” shall mean any real property, other than the Real Property owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates, that (a) was owned, operated or leased, or to which Hazardous Materials were sent for disposal, on or prior to January 12, 2009 by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors or

 

23


Affiliates, or (b) was owned, operated or leased by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors or Affiliates prior to the creation and formation of Tronox Worldwide LLC as a spin-off from Kerr-McGee Corporation.

Environmental Liabilities ” shall mean any liability, claim, loss, damage, punitive damage, consequential damage, criminal liability, fine, penalty, interest, cost, expense, deficiency, obligation or responsibility, whether known or unknown, arising under or relating to any Environmental Laws, or Remedial Actions, or any Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, including costs and liabilities for any Remedial Action, personal injury, property damage, natural resource damages, court costs, and fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts and consultants and costs of investigations and feasibility studies.

Equity Interest ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting), of equity of such Person, including, if such Person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, whether outstanding on the date hereof or issued after the Closing Date, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time and any successor thereto.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such Person, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to any Pension Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived by regulation); (b) with respect to any Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under ERISA or Section 412 of the Code; (c) the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA (or after the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Section 412(c) of the Code and Section 302(c) of ERISA) of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard, or an extension of any amortization period is sought, with respect to any Pension Plan; (e) the incurrence by any Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan; (f) the receipt by any Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Pension Plan or Pension Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Benefit Plan; (g) the incurrence by any Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by any Company or its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (i) the “substantial cessation of operations” within the meaning of Section 4062(e) of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan; (j) the making of any amendment to any Employee Benefit Plan, or the existence of any other condition, circumstance or occurrence relating to any Employee Benefit Plan, which could reasonably be expected to result in the

 

24


imposition of a lien or security interest or the posting of a bond or other security pursuant to the Code or ERISA; (k) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could reasonably be expected to result in liability to any Company; or (l) any Foreign Benefit Event.

euro ” or “ ” shall mean the single currency of the Participating Member States.

Euro Denominated Loan ” shall mean each Loan denominated in euros at the time of the incurrence thereof, unless and until converted into Dollar Denominated Loans pursuant to Section 2.09 .

Euro Letter of Credit ” shall mean any Letter of Credit to the extent denominated in euros.

Euro Equivalent ” shall mean, as to any amount denominated in dollars as of any date of determination, the amount of euros that could be purchased with such amount of dollars based upon the Spot Selling Rate.

Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Revolving Loans.

Eurodollar Revolving Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II .

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.01 .

Excess Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c) .

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Account ” shall mean any deposit account or securities account (a) specifically and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of any Loan Party’s employees; (b) funded solely to pay sales and use taxes or value added or similar taxes payable by any Loan Party; (c) of any Loan Party which has an overnight balance of less than $7.5 million in the aggregate for all such deposit accounts under this clause (c) ; (d) that are fiduciary trust accounts established in good faith and not with a view to avoiding the requirements contained in any Loan Document; (e) that is a disbursement account of a Loan Party so long as such disbursement accounts are not permitted to contain any balances estimated in good faith by the Administrative Borrower to be greater than necessary to fund checks presented for payments on that date; and (f) that is owned by Tronox Bahamas to the extent that granting a security interest in such deposit account or securities account would result in a stamp tax being assessed or becoming due in the Bahamas.

Excluded Entities ” shall mean Tronox (Luxembourg) Holdings S.a.r.l., Tronox (Switzerland) Holding GmbH, Tronox Luxembourg S.a.r.l., Tronox Pigments International GmbH, Tronox GmbH, Tronox Pigments GmbH and, prior to July 31, 2012 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), Exxaro Sands Holdings BV.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its net income or profits and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), however denominated, by a jurisdiction as a result of any

 

25


present or former connection (other than any connection resulting from or relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) between the Administrative Agent, such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other recipient and such jurisdiction (or political subdivision); (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any other Lender is located; (c) any tax that is imposed pursuant to any Requirements of Law that are in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto, except to the extent that such Foreign Lender’s assignor, if any, was entitled, immediately prior to such assignment, to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments from the Borrowers with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.15 ; (d) in the case of a Lender who designates a new lending office, any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on interest payments pursuant to any Requirements of Law that are in effect at the time of such change in lending office, except to the extent that such Lender was entitled, immediately prior to such change in lending office, to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments from any Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.15 ; (e) any tax that is attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.15(e) ; and (f) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Executive Order ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.22 .

Exempt Entity ” shall mean (a) the South African Subsidiaries; (b) the Excluded Entities; (c) any Dutch Subsidiary in existence on the Closing Date, until the date that (i) the Dutch Opco receives unconditional positive advice of the works council of the Dutch Opco in respect of (1) it becoming an Additional Co-Borrower and a Guarantor hereunder and (2) any Dutch Security Agreement or this Agreement falling within the scope of such works council’s right to advise under Dutch law and (ii) the Board of Directors of such Dutch Subsidiary shall have approved the entry into any applicable Dutch Security Agreements and this Agreement; (d) the Australian Acquired Companies until the earlier of (x) the date that is seven (7) Business Days after the Closing Date and (y) the date upon which any of the Australian Acquired Companies become an Additional Co-Borrower or Guarantor hereunder; (e) with respect to any Dutch Subsidiary formed or acquired after the date hereof, from and after the date of formation or acquisition until the date that (i) if applicable such subsidiary receives unconditional positive advice of the works council of the such subsidiary in respect of (1) it becoming an Additional Co-Borrower and a Guarantor hereunder and (2) any Dutch Security Agreement or this Agreement falling within the scope of such works council’s right to advise under Dutch law and (ii) the Board of Directors of such subsidiary shall have approved the entry into any applicable Dutch Security Agreements and this Agreement; (f) any Subsidiary precluded from providing any Guaranty as described in subclauses (ii)  and (iii)  in the proviso of Section 5.10(a) solely during such time as the circumstances preventing a Subsidiary from becoming a Guarantor pursuant to such subclauses (ii)  and (iii)  are in existence; and (g) any Securitization Subsidiary.

Exxaro Acquisition ” shall mean the acquisition by Holdings and certain of its Subsidiaries of the Acquired Business from Exxaro Resources Limited in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

Exxaro Acquisition Date ” shall mean the date on which the Exxaro Acquisition is consummated.

Exxaro Sellers ” shall mean Exxaro Resources Limited, a company organized under the laws of the Republic of South Africa, Exxaro Holdings Sands (Proprietary) Limited, a company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa, and Exxaro International BV, a company incorporated in The Netherlands.

 

26


FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, including any regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System of the United States arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ” shall mean the confidential fee letter, dated as of June 11, 2012, among Tronox Inc, the Arranger and certain of its Affiliates.

Fees ” shall mean the Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent Fees, the LC Participation Fees and the Fronting Fees.

Financial Officer ” of any Person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.

Financial Officer Certification ” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer, chief executive officer or treasurer of Holdings (or, if the senior executive officers or senior financial officers of Holdings and its Subsidiaries are at Tronox Inc, of Tronox Inc) that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year end adjustments.

Financial Plan ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(i)

FIRREA ” shall mean the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended.

First Priority ” shall mean with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Security Document, that such Lien is senior to all other Liens with respect to all Collateral other than, (w) at any time a Loan Party is party to the Term Loan Agreement, the Lien of the Term Loan Agent in the Term Loan Priority Collateral (only to the extent and on the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement), (x) at any time a Loan Party is party to any definitive agreement governing Permitted Secured Indebtedness, the Lien of the Senior Representative in the Term Loan Priority Collateral (only to the extent and on the terms set forth in the Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement), (y) Permitted Liens that are statutory Liens or Liens that arise by operation of Requirements of Law in the Collateral and (z) those Permitted Liens set forth in Sections 6.02(g) , (h) , (i) , (j) , (l) , (m) , (p) , (q) , (s) , (t)  or (x) .

Fiscal Quarter ” shall mean a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean the fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

 

27


Flood Certificate ” shall mean a “Standard Flood Hazard Determination Form” of the Federal Emergency Management Agency and any successor Governmental Authority performing a similar function.

Flood Hazard Property ” means any Real Estate Asset subject to a mortgage in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, and located in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards.

Flood Program ” shall mean the National Flood Insurance Program created by the U.S. Congress pursuant to the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, in each case as amended from time to time, and any successor statutes.

Flood Zone ” shall mean areas having special flood hazards as described in the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Foreign Benefit Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable Requirements of Law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority or Governmental Entity (or, with respect to a Foreign Plan in Australia, such Foreign Plan being in an unsatisfactory financial position or technically insolvent (as defined under applicable Requirements of Law)); (b) the failure of any Company to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable Requirements of Law or any other legal instrument, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments (or the incurrence by any Company of a superannuation guarantee charge pursuant to applicable Requirements of Law); (c) the provision of a notice by any Company to terminate contributions to the Foreign Plan; (d) the receipt by the Foreign Plan (or any Company) of a notice by a Governmental Authority, Governmental Entity or any other entity relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Plan; (e) the incurrence of any liability, whether absolute or contingent, by any Company under applicable Requirements of Law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (f) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable Requirements of Law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any material liability by any Company, or the imposition on any Company of any material fine, excise tax, Lien or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable Requirements of Law.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Taxes imposed by a non-U.S. jurisdiction, a Lender that is treated as a foreign lender by such jurisdiction for purposes of such Tax; and (b) with respect to any Taxes imposed by the United States or a state or locality thereof, a Lender that is not a “U.S. Person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Plan ” shall mean the Australian Pension Plan and any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by any Company with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

Foreign Security Agreement ” shall mean, as the context may require, any Australian Security Agreement, any Dutch Security Agreement, any UK Security Agreement and/or any Bahamian Security Agreement.

 

28


Freight Forwarder Letter ” shall mean an acknowledgement agreement of any Freight Forwarder in possession of, having a Lien upon, or having rights or interests in Holding’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records or Inventory in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Freight Forwarders ” shall mean the persons listed on Schedule 1.01(f) or such other person or persons as may be selected by the Administrative Borrower after the date hereof after written notice by the Administrative Borrower to the Collateral Agent who handle the receipt of Inventory within the United States of America or the Netherlands, as applicable, and/or clear Inventory through the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection (formerly the Customs Service) or other domestic or foreign export control authorities or otherwise perform port of entry services to process Inventory imported by a U.S. Borrower from outside the United States of America or by a Dutch Borrower from outside the Netherlands (such persons sometimes being referred to herein individually as a “ Freight Forwarder ”).

Fronting Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c) .

Fund ” shall mean any Person that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any foreign, federal, state, provincial, local, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity, officer or examiner exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a non-United States entity or government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Governmental Authorization ” shall mean any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, certification, registration, approval, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Entity ” shall mean any federal, state, national, supranational, provincial, regional or local governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, minister, bureau, court, tribunal, arbitrator, self-regulatory organization, or other governmental entity.

Group Liability ” shall mean a tax-related liability set out in Section 721-10(2) of the Australian Tax Act.

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01 .

Guarantees ” shall mean the guarantees issued pursuant to Article VII by Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings, the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors; provided , however , notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, in no event shall any Exempt Entity be required to become a Guarantor.

 

29


Hazardous Materials ” shall mean the following: hazardous substances; hazardous wastes; polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) or any substance or compound containing PCBs; asbestos or any asbestos-containing materials in any form or condition; radon or any other radioactive materials including any source, special nuclear or by-product material; petroleum, crude oil or any fraction thereof; and any other pollutant or contaminant or chemicals, wastes, materials, compounds, constituents or substances, subject to regulation or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Laws.

Head Company ” shall mean the head company (as defined in the Australian Tax Act) of the Tax Consolidated Group of which the Australian Loan Parties are or become members.

Hedging Agreement ” shall mean any swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreements or arrangements dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, either generally or under specific contingencies.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean obligations under or with respect to Hedging Agreements.

Historical Financial Statements ” shall mean, as of the Closing Date, (a) the audited consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (without giving effect to the Exxaro Acquisition) for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2012; (b) the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (without giving effect to the Exxaro Acquisition) for the Fiscal Quarter ended March 31, 2012; and (c) the audited consolidated financial statements of Exxaro Resources Limited for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2011 and the pro forma financial statements of Exxaro Resources Limited included in the S-1 filed on June 1, 2012.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any date of determination, each Subsidiary of Holdings that has been designated as an “Immaterial Entity” from time to time in writing by Holdings to the Administrative Agent; provided that at no time shall (a) the book value of the consolidated tangible assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries in the aggregate as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year for which financial statements are available equal or exceed 4% of the consolidated tangible assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of such date; or (b) the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA attributable to or generated by all Immaterial Subsidiaries in the aggregate for the most recently ended four-Fiscal Quarter period equal or exceed 4% of the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period.

Increase Effective Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a) .

Increase Joinder ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c) .

Indebtedness ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) Capital Lease Obligations; (c) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; (d) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services, including any earn-out obligations (excluding any such obligations incurred under ERISA), which purchase price is (1) due more than six (6) months from the date of incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (2) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument; (e) all indebtedness of the type referred to in any of clauses (a)  – (d)  or (f)  – (k)  of this definition that is secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned

 

30


or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person; (f) the face amount of any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings; (g) Disqualified Capital Stock, (h) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another; (i) any obligation of such Person the primary purpose or intent of which is to provide assurance to an obligee that the indebtedness of the obligor thereof will be paid or discharged, or any agreement relating thereto will be complied with, or the holders thereof will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof; (j) any liability of such Person for an obligation of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (A) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (B) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (A)  or (B)  of this clause (j) , the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in clause (i)  above; and (k) all obligations of such Person in respect of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, including under any Hedging Agreement, in each case, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes or otherwise; provided , in no event shall obligations under any Hedging Agreement be deemed “Indebtedness” for calculating the Leverage Ratio or Secured Leverage Ratio unless such obligations relate to such Hedging Agreement which has been terminated.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.03(b) .

Information ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.12 .

Initial Australian Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Initial U.S. Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Instruments ” shall mean all “instruments,” as such term is defined in the UCC as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, in which any Person now or hereafter has rights, and shall include (amongst others) any instruments referred to in Titles 6 and 7 of the Dutch Commercial Code ( Wetboek van Koophandel ).

Insurance Policies ” shall mean the insurance policies and coverages required to be maintained by each Loan Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property with respect to the applicable Mortgaged Property pursuant to Section 5.05 and all renewals and extensions thereof.

Insurance Requirements ” shall mean, collectively, all provisions of the Insurance Policies, all requirements of the issuer of any of the Insurance Policies and all orders, rules, regulations and any other requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters (or any other body exercising similar functions) binding upon each Loan Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property and applicable to the Mortgaged Property or any use or condition thereof.

Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the U.S. Security Agreement.

 

31


Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the U.S. Security Agreement.

Intercompany Note ” shall mean a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit P .

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among, the Collateral Agent and the Term Loan Agent, and acknowledged and agreed to by each Loan Party substantially in the form of Exhibit R as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Interest Election Request ” shall mean a request by the Administrative Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08(b) , substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including Swingline Loans), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur during any period in which such Loan is outstanding; (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Revolving Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Loan with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period; and (c) the Revolving Maturity Date or such earlier date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated, as the case may be.

Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (or nine or twelve months if agreed to by all affected Lenders) thereafter, as the Borrowers may elect; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day; and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing; provided , however , that an Interest Period shall be limited to the extent required under Section 2.03(a)(v) .

Inventory ” shall mean all “inventory,” as such term is defined in the UCC as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, as applicable, and includes moveable not registered assets ( roerende zaken niet registergoederen ) within the meaning of the Dutch Civil Code, in each case, wherever located, in which any Person now or hereafter has rights.

Inventory Appraisal ” shall mean (a) on the Closing Date, the appraisal prepared by Hilco Appraisal Services, LLC, dated May 29, 2012; and (b) thereafter, the most recent inventory appraisal conducted by an independent appraisal firm selected by the Administrative Agent and delivered pursuant to Section 5.19 (and, if applicable, in the case of an Additional Co-Borrower, pursuant to the proviso in the definition of “Additional Co-Borrower”).

 

32


Investments ” shall mean (a) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by any Company of, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Securities of any other Person (other than a Borrower or a Guarantor); (b) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition for value, by any Subsidiary of Holdings from any Person (other than Holdings, any Borrower or any Guarantor), of any Equity Interests of such Person; (c) any direct or indirect loan, guarantee, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions by any Company to any other Person (other than Holdings, any Borrower or any Guarantor), including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business; and (d) all investments consisting of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, including any Hedging Agreement, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes or otherwise. The amount of any Investment of the type described in clauses (i) , (ii)  and (iii)  shall be the original cost of such Investment (without taking into account any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write ups, write downs or write offs with respect to such Investment) plus the cost of all additions thereto less any returns on any such Investment (including any dividends paid or capital returned). Whenever the term “outstanding” is used in this Agreement with reference to an Investment, it shall take into account the matters referred to in the immediately preceding sentence.

IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

Issuing Bank ” shall mean, as the context may require, (a) UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit issued by it; (b) any other Lender that may become an Issuing Bank pursuant to Sections 2.18(j) and (k)  in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit issued by such Lender; or (c) collectively, all of the foregoing.

ITSA ” shall mean an agreement between the members of an Australian GST Group which takes effect as an indirect tax sharing agreement under section 444-90 of Schedule 2 of the Australian Taxation Administration Act 1953 (Cth) and complies with the Australian Taxation Administration Act 1953 (Cth) and the Australian GST Act as well as any applicable law, official directive, request, guideline or policy (whether or not having the force of law) issued in connection with the Australian Taxation Administration Act 1953 (Cth), any such agreement to be in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

Judgment Currency ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.18(a) .

Judgment Currency Conversion Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.18(a) .

Krone ” shall mean the lawful currency of Denmark.

Kronor ” shall mean the lawful currency of Sweden.

Landlord Access Agreement ” shall mean a Landlord Access Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , or such other form as may reasonably be acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

33


Landlord Consent and Estoppel ” shall mean, with respect to any Leasehold Property, a letter, certificate or other instrument in writing from the lessor under the related Lease, pursuant to which, among other things, the landlord consents to the granting of a Mortgage on such Leasehold Property by the Loan Party tenant, such Landlord Consent and Estoppel to be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion, but in any event sufficient for the Collateral Agent to obtain a Title Policy with respect to such Mortgage.

LC Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.18 . The amount of the LC Commitment shall initially be $35.0 million, but in no event exceed the Revolving Commitment.

LC Disbursement ” shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a drawing under a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure ” shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all Reimbursement Obligations outstanding at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall mean its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate LC Exposure at such time.

LC Participation Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c) .

LC Request ” shall mean a request by a Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.18(b) and substantially in the form of Exhibit H , or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Leasehold Property ” shall mean any leasehold interest of any Loan Party as lessee under any Lease of Real Property, other than any such leasehold interest designated from time to time by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion as not being required to be included in the Collateral.

Leases ” shall mean any and all leases, subleases, tenancies, options, concession agreements, rental agreements, occupancy agreements, franchise agreements, access agreements and any other agreements (including all amendments, extensions, replacements, renewals, modifications and/or guarantees thereof), whether or not of record and whether now in existence or hereafter entered into, affecting the use or occupancy of all or any portion of any Real Property.

Legal Reservations ” shall mean (a) the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court, the principle of reasonableness, the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and secured creditors; (b) the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws and defenses of set-off or counterclaim (including the limitation acts) and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or to indemnify a person against non-payment of U.K. stamp duty may be void; (c) the principle that in certain circumstances security granted by way of fixed charge may be recharacterized as a floating charge or that security purported to be constituted as an assignment may be recharacterized as a charge; and (d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations (however described) regarding a matter of law contained in any legal opinion delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document.

 

34


Lender Addendum ” shall mean with respect to any Lender on the Closing Date, a lender addendum in the form of Exhibit I , to be executed and delivered by such Lender on the Closing Date as provided in Section 10.15 .

Lenders ” shall mean (a) the financial institutions that have become a party hereto pursuant to a Lender Addendum; (b) the financial institutions that have become a party hereto pursuant to an Increase Joinder; and (c) any financial institution that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than, in each case, any such financial institution that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term “Lenders” shall include the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit ” shall mean any (a) Standby Letter of Credit; and (b) Commercial Letter of Credit, in each case, issued or to be issued by an Issuing Bank for the account of a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18 .

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” shall mean the date which is five (5) days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date.

Leverage Ratio ” shall mean the ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter of (a) Consolidated Net Debt as of such day to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the four Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date.

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the second full London Business Day preceding the first day of such Interest Period; provided , however , that (i) if no comparable term for an Interest Period is available, the LIBOR Rate shall be determined using the weighted average of the offered rates for the two terms most nearly corresponding to such Interest Period; and (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBOR Rate” shall mean, with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate per annum equal to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered deposits in dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m., London, England time, two (2) London Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period in the London interbank market for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to its portion of the amount of such Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing to be outstanding during such Interest Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of clause (c)  of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate,” the rates referred to above shall be the rates as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the date of determination (rather than the second London Business Day preceding the date of determination).

Lien ” shall mean, (a) (x) any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, charge, tax privileges ( bodemrecht ) or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease or license in the nature thereof) and (y) any option, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the items listed in clause (x) ; and (b) in the case of Securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Securities.

 

35


Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes (if any), and the Security Documents and, solely for purposes of clause (d)  of Section 8.01 , the confidential Fee Letter.

Loan Parties ” shall mean Holdings, the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Loans ” shall mean, as the context may require, a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan.

London Business Day ” shall mean any day on which banks are generally open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Market Disruption Loans ” shall mean Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Market Disruption Rate, and the Applicable Margin with respect thereto shall be the same as the Applicable Margin then applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans; provided that, other than with respect to the rate of interest and Applicable Margin applicable thereto, Market Disruption Loans shall for all purposes hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be treated as ABR Loans.

Market Disruption Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent in good faith pursuant to its reasonable judgment, either (i) the Alternate Base Rate for such day or (ii) the rate for such day reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be the cost of funds of representative participating members in the interbank eurodollar market selected by the Administrative Agent (which may include Lenders) for maintaining loans similar to the relevant Market Disruption Loans. Any change in the Market Disruption Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of any change in the relevant component of the Market Disruption Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the “Market Disruption Rate” as determined in accordance with the immediately preceding sentences is less than the percentage specified in the proviso of the definition of “Adjusted LIBOR Rate,” then for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the “Market Disruption Rate” shall be deemed equal to such percentage for such Interest Period.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on and/or material adverse developments with respect to (a) the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (but excluding any event and their effects to the extent disclosed in Holdings’ filings with the SEC prior to January 15, 2012 other than any material adverse development in the events or the effects thereof disclosed in such filing); (b) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to fully and timely perform their Obligations; (c) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against a Loan Party that is a Material Entity of a Loan Document to which it is a party; (d) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, any Agent and any Lender or any Secured Party under any Loan Document; or (e) the Collateral or the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent (for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

Material Contract ” shall mean any contract or other arrangement to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Loan Documents) for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

36


Material Entity ” shall mean (a) each of the Borrowers; (b) Holdings; and (c) any subsidiary of Holdings that is not an Immaterial Entity.

Material Real Estate Asset ” shall mean (a) any fee owned Real Estate Asset having a fair market value in excess of $7.0 million as of the date of the acquisition thereof; and (b) any Leasehold Property with respect to which the aggregate payments under the term of the lease are in excess of $10.0 million per annum; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, a Material Real Estate Asset shall not include any Real Estate Asset that the Collateral Agent acting reasonably has determined (and has advised Holdings of such determination) (x) is not material to the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof, including any Borrower or (y) that the cost to realize upon the security interest thereon substantially outweighs the benefit of obtaining a security interest thereon.

Maximum Australian Borrowing Base Amount ” shall mean (a) $75.0 million from the Closing Date until the date that is the earlier of the Bahamian Effective Date and 90 days after the Closing Date (as such date may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its discretion) (for the purposes of this definition, the “ Extended Date ”); (b) if the Bahamian Effective Date has not occurred on or prior to the Extended Date, $20.0 million from the date that is the day following the Extended Date until the Bahamian Effective Date; (c) $125.0 million on and after the Bahamian Effective Date; provided , however , that if at any time after the Bahamian Effective Date, the conditions in clause (d)  of the definition of “Bahamian Receivables Conditions” shall cease to be satisfied, the Maximum Australian Borrowing Base Amount shall be $0 unless and until such time as such conditions shall again be satisfied.

Maximum Leverage Ratio ” shall mean as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter set forth below, the Leverage Ratio opposite such date:

 

Fiscal Quarter(s) Ending

   Leverage Ratio

June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012, December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013 and each Fiscal Quarter thereafter through and including December 31, 2015

   3.00:1.00

March 31, 2016 and thereafter

   2.75:1.00

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.14 .

MNPI ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(d) .

Mortgage ” shall mean any deed of trust, leasehold deed of trust, mortgage, leasehold mortgage, deed to secure debt, leasehold deed to secure debt, debenture or other document creating a Lien on any Real Estate Asset or any interest in any Real Estate Asset, in each case (a) as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and (b) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean (a) each Real Property identified as a Mortgaged Property on Schedule 2(e) to the Perfection Certificate dated the Closing Date; and (b) each Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.11(c) .

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) or Section 3(37) of ERISA (a) to which any Company or any ERISA Affiliate is then making

 

37


or accruing an obligation to make contributions; (b) to which any Company or any ERISA Affiliate has within the preceding five (5) plan years made, or had any obligation to make, contributions; or (c) with respect to which any Company could incur liability, whether absolute or contingent.

Narrative Report ” shall mean with respect to the financial statements for which such narrative report is required, a narrative report describing the operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the form prepared for presentation to senior management thereof for the applicable month, Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such period to which such financial statements relate.

Net Mark-to-Market Exposure ” of a Person shall mean, as of any date of determination, the excess (if any) of all unrealized losses over all unrealized profits of such Person arising from Hedging Agreements or other Indebtedness of the type described in clause (k)  of the definition thereof. As used in this definition, “unrealized losses” means the fair market value of the cost to such Person of replacing such Hedging Agreement or such other Indebtedness as of the date of determination (assuming the Hedging Agreement or such other Indebtedness were to be terminated as of that date), and “unrealized profits” means the fair market value of the gain to such Person of replacing such Hedging Agreement or such other Indebtedness as of the date of determination (assuming such Hedging Agreement or such other Indebtedness were to be terminated as of that date).

Net Recovery Cost Percentage ” shall mean the fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the amount equal to the recovery on the aggregate amount of the Inventory at such time on a “net orderly liquidation value” basis as set forth in the most recent Inventory Appraisal received by the Administrative Agent, net of operating expenses, liquidation expenses and commissions reasonably anticipated in the disposition of such assets; and (b) the denominator of which is the original Cost of the aggregate amount of the Inventory, subject to appraisal.

New Zealand Dollars ” shall mean the lawful currency of New Zealand.

Non-Eligible Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not organized or incorporated under the laws of Australia, the Netherlands or the United States.

Non-U.S. Entity ” shall mean any Person that is not a U.S. Entity.

Notes ” shall mean any notes evidencing the Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans issued pursuant to this Agreement, if any, substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 or K-2 .

Obligation Currency ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.18(a) .

Obligations ” shall mean (a) obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding (or which would have been secured but for pendency of any such proceeding), regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise; (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of Reimbursement Obligations, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral; and (iii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct,

 

38


contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and (b) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Officers’ Certificate ” shall mean a certificate executed by the chairman of the Board of Directors (if an officer), the chief executive officer or the president and one of the Financial Officers of the Administrative Borrower, each in his or her official (and not individual) capacity.

Offshore Associate ” shall mean an Associate:

(a) which is a non-resident of Australia and does not acquire, or would not acquire, the participations as Lender under this Agreement in carrying on a business in Australia at or through a permanent establishment of the Associate in Australia; or

(b) which is a resident of Australia and which acquires, or would acquire, the participations as Lender under this Agreement in carrying on a business in a country outside Australia at or through a permanent establishment of the Associate in the country, and

which, in either case, is not acquiring the participations as Lender under this Agreement or receiving payment in the capacity of a clearing house, custodian, funds manager or responsible entity of a registered managed investment scheme.

Organizational Documents ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) in the case of any corporation, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or similar documents) of such Person; (b) in the case of any limited liability company, the certificate of formation and operating agreement, deed of incorporation and articles of association (or similar documents) of such Person; (c) in the case of any limited partnership, the certificate of formation and limited partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such Person; (d) in the case of any limited liability partnership, the certificate of formation and partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such Person; (e) in the case of any general partnership, the partnership agreement (or similar document) of such Person; (f) in the case of any trust, the trust deed (or similar document of such Person); and (g) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing. In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (and any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto, but excluding Excluded Taxes).

Overadvance ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(c) .

Participant ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(d) .

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(d) .

 

39


Participating Member State ” shall mean the member states of the European Union that adopt or have adopted the euro as their lawful currency in accordance with the legislation of the European Union relating to the Economic and Monetary Union.

Payment Conditions ” shall mean, with respect to the applicable specified activity, on any date of determination, (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (b) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, for the Test Period ended immediately prior to the date of determination for which financial statements are then available or are required to be delivered under Section 5.01(b) or (c)  shall be at least 1.10 to 1.00; (c) the Borrowing Availability on the date of such determination, before and after giving effect to such specified activity, is no less than the greater of (A) $50.0 million and (B) 17.5% of the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time and (y) the Aggregate Borrowing Base at such time; (d) average daily amount of the Borrowing Availability for the 30-day period immediately preceding such specified activity shall have been no less than the greater of (A) $50.0 million and (B) 17.5% of the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time and (y) the Aggregate Borrowing Base at such time, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming the specified activity occurred on the first day of such 30-day period; and (e) the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent certifying as to clauses (a)  through (d)  above.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Pension Plan ” shall mean any Employee Benefit Plan that is a an employee pension benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any of the Companies or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or to which any of the Companies or their respective ERISA Affiliates contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions (or has had an obligation to make contributions) at any time during the preceding five plan years.

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean a certificate in the form of Exhibit L-1 or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.

Perfection Certificate Supplement ” shall mean a certificate supplement in the form of Exhibit L-2 or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean any transaction for the (a) acquisition of all or substantially all of the property of any Person, or of any business or division of any Person; or (b) acquisition (including by merger or consolidation) of the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after giving effect such transaction; provided that each of the following conditions shall be met:

(i) no Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom;

(ii) the Person or business to be acquired shall be, or shall be engaged in, a business of the type that Holdings and its Subsidiaries are permitted to be engaged in under Section 6.12 and the property acquired in connection with any such transaction shall be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents and shall be free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens;

 

40


(iii) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law;

(iv) if such acquisition is for an aggregate cash purchase price amount in excess of $75,000,000, Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (A) at least five (5) Business Days prior to such proposed acquisition (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), a certification setting forth the aggregate consideration for such acquisition and certifying that such transaction complies with this definition (which shall have attached thereto reasonably detailed backup data and calculations showing such compliance and (B) promptly upon request by Administrative Agent, (i) a copy of the purchase agreement related to the proposed Permitted Acquisition (and any related documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent to the extent available) provided such documents and information may not be permitted to be provided in light of any applicable confidentiality requirements (it being understood that Holdings shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any applicable consents to permit delivery to the Administrative Agent) and (ii) quarterly and annual financial statements of the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are being acquired for the twelve month period immediately prior to such proposed Permitted Acquisition, including any audited financial statements, in each case to the extent available;

(v) if the assets acquired in such Permitted Acquisition are intended to be included in the Borrowing Base, prior to the inclusion of such assets in the Borrowing Base, the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, shall have the right prior to the date such assets are first included in the Borrowing Base to conduct Collateral field audits and Inventory Appraisals with respect to such Subsidiary at the sole expense of the Borrowers; and

(vi) the Payment Conditions are satisfied at the time such acquisition is consummated.

Permitted Collateral Liens ” shall mean (a) in the case of Collateral other than Mortgaged Property, Permitted Liens; and (b) in the case of Mortgaged Property, “Permitted Collateral Liens” shall mean the Liens described in clauses (a) , (b) , (c) , (e) , and (j)  of Section 6.02 .

Permitted Discretion ” shall mean a determination made in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) business judgment by the Administrative Agent in accordance with customary business practices for comparable asset-based transactions. In exercising its Permitted Discretion, the Administrative Agent shall not establish or increase any Reserve except upon three (3) Business Days’ prior notice (which may be by e-mail) to the Administrative Borrower following good faith discussions with the Administrative Borrower; provided further that prior notice and discussions with the Administrative Borrower shall not be required for Reserves for (a) Hedging Obligations and obligations under Treasury Services Agreements, in each case to the extent included in Secured Obligations; (b) rent at locations leased by any Loan Party; (c) consignee’s, warehousemen’s and bailee’s charges; and (d) if in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent, failure to implement such Reserve immediately could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or adversely affect the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral or the rights of the Lenders hereunder.

Permitted Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01 .

 

41


Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02 .

Permitted Secured Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(p) .

Permitted Securitization ” shall mean a Securitization that complies with the following criteria: (a) the cash portion of the initial purchase price paid by the Securitization Subsidiary to Holdings and its Subsidiaries at closing for the Securitization Assets is at least 70% of the Fair Market Value of the Securitization Assets at such time; (b) the aggregate Investment by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the Securitization Subsidiary does not exceed the customary investment required in the securitization market; and (c) the Seller’s Retained Interest and all proceeds thereof shall constitute Collateral (unless the Securitization Subsidiary is a South African Subsidiary, is not owned by a Loan Party, the granting of a Lien in the Seller’s Retained Interest would result in a violation of applicable Requirements of Law or the Administrative Agent determines in its reasonable discretion that the benefit to the Secured Parties of the granting of a Lien in Seller’s Retained Interest is substantially outweighed by the burden of granting such a Lien) and, subject to the foregoing, all necessary steps to perfect a security interest in such Seller’s Retained Interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties are taken by Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Permitted Securitization Agent ” shall mean any collateral agent or similar representative of the secured parties under any Permitted Securitization or, if no such representative exists, the provider or providers of such Permitted Securitization.

Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(p) .

Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(l) .

Permitted Seller Notes ” shall mean any promissory note issued by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to a seller in any Permitted Acquisition constituting part of the purchase price thereof (or to a third party lender in connection with any Permitted Acquisition); provided that such Indebtedness (a) is on market terms (taking into account, among other things, Holdings’ corporate structure and the market in which the relevant Person operates); (b) is unsecured; (c) is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of Obligations on customary terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (d) has a scheduled maturity of at least six (6) months beyond the Revolving Maturity Date.

Permitted TSL Disposition ” shall mean the cashless disposition of up to 26% of the Equity Interests of TSL by its direct members to affiliates of the Exxaro Group.

Permitted Unsecured Notes ” shall mean unsecured senior or subordinated (or any combination thereof) Indebtedness incurred from time to time by any Loan Party (or any Person that will, upon issuance of such notes, become a Loan Party) and issued under an indenture or similar governing instrument in a registered public offering or a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction or other transaction not subject to registration under the Securities Act in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured or unsecured subordinated notes; provided that such Indebtedness (a) is on market terms taking into account, among other things, Holdings’ corporate structure and the markets into which such Indebtedness is sold; (b) is unsecured; (c) does not mature or have scheduled amortization or other required payments of principal prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days beyond the latest Revolving Maturity Date of any Loans hereunder at the time such Permitted Unsecured Notes are incurred (other

 

42


than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or condemnation event and customary acceleration rights after an event of default); (d) is not guaranteed by any Person other than the Loan Parties (or any Person that will, upon issuance of such notes, become a Loan Party); (e) does not contain any financial maintenance covenants; (f) without limiting the foregoing limitations, does not contain covenants, events of default or other terms and conditions that, when taken as a whole, are more restrictive to the Loan Parties than the terms of this Agreement (it being understood that (i) interest rates, redemption and prepayment premiums and restrictions on prepayment or redemption shall not be taken into account in determining whether terms are more restrictive taken as a whole; and (ii) as a condition to the incurrence of any Permitted Unsecured Notes, Holdings shall have delivered a certificate of one of its Responsible Officers to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Permitted Unsecured Notes, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Permitted Unsecured Notes or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that Holdings has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, which shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies Holdings in writing within three (3) Business Days after receipt of such certificate that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonably detailed description of specific provisions or terms of such notes as to which it has determined do not satisfy the foregoing (it being agreed that upon modifying such notes to change the relevant provisions identified in the Administrative Agent’s writing, Holdings shall not be required to provide a further notice or waiting period)).

Person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Post-Increase Revolving Lenders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(d) .

PPSA Australia ” shall mean the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth), (or any successor statute) and the regulations thereunder.

Preferred Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all preferred or preference Equity Interests (however designated) of such Person whether now outstanding or issued after the Closing Date.

Premises ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the applicable Mortgage.

Products ” shall mean the products developed, researched, manufactured (including mining and exploring for raw materials for manufacture), distributed, marketed or sold by Holdings and its Subsidiaries, including those set forth on Schedule 1.01(c) .

Private Side Communications ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(d) .

Private Siders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(d) .

Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean on a basis in accordance with GAAP and Regulation S-X and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

43


Pro Rata Percentage ” of any Revolving Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that for purposes of Section 2.19(b) and (c) , “ Pro Rata Percentage ” shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding the Revolving Commitment of any Defaulting Lender to the extent its Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure is reallocated to the non-Defaulting Lenders) represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Pro Rata Percentage shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, after giving effect to any assignments.

Projections ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05(c) .

property ” shall mean any right, title or interest in or to property or assets of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible and including Equity Interests or other ownership interests of any Person and whether now in existence or owned or hereafter entered into or acquired, including all Real Property.

Property Material Adverse Effect ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Mortgage.

Public Siders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(d) .

Purchase Money Obligation ” shall mean, for any Person, the obligations of such Person in respect of Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of any property (including Equity Interests of any Person) or the cost of installation, construction or improvement of any property and any refinancing thereof; provided , however , that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred within one year after such acquisition, installation, construction or improvement of such property by such Person; and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed 100% of the cost of such acquisition, installation, construction or improvement, as the case may be.

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any Person shall mean any Equity Interests of such Person that are not Disqualified Capital Stock.

Real Estate Asset ” shall mean, at any time of determination, any interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) then owned by any Loan Party in any Real Property.

Real Property ” shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Record Document ” shall mean, with respect to any Leasehold Property, (i) the Lease evidencing such Leasehold Property or a memorandum thereof, executed and acknowledged by the owner of the affected Real Property, as lessor, or (ii) if such Leasehold Property was acquired or subleased from the holder of a Recorded Leasehold Interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

44


Recorded Leasehold Interest ” shall mean a Leasehold Property with respect to which a Record Document has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in Collateral Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice of such Leasehold Property to third party purchasers and encumbrances of the affected Real Property.

Refinancing ” shall mean the repayment in full and the termination of any commitment to make extensions of credit under all of the outstanding indebtedness under that certain credit agreement dated as of February 14, 2011 by and among Tronox LLC, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as agent.

Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(c) .

Regulation D ” shall mean Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation S-X ” shall mean Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Reimbursement Obligations ” shall mean each applicable Borrower’s obligations under Section 2.18(e) to reimburse LC Disbursements.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the Environment including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material and including the migration of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

Relevant Currency Equivalent ” shall mean the Dollar Equivalent or the Euro Equivalent, as applicable.

Remedial Action ” shall mean (a) “response” as such term is defined in CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(24); and (b) all other actions required pursuant to any Environmental Law or by any Governmental Authority, voluntarily undertaken or otherwise reasonably necessary to (i) clean up, investigate, sample, evaluate, monitor, remediate, remove, correct, contain, treat, abate or in any other way address any Release of Hazardous Material; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release, or minimize the further Release or migration, of any Hazardous Material; or (iii) perform studies and investigations in connection with, or as a precondition to, or to determine the necessity of the activities described in, clause (i)  or (ii)  above.

 

45


Reorganization ” shall mean the reorganization of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (including the formation of new Subsidiaries and dissolution of certain Subsidiaries) as set forth in the Transaction Summary (without any changes thereto that are adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereunder (except to the extent consented to in writing by the Administrative Agent).

Required Lenders ” shall mean Lenders having more than 50% of all Revolving Commitments or, after the Revolving Commitments have terminated, more than 50% of all Revolving Exposure; provided that the Revolving Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Requirements of Law ” shall mean, collectively, any and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority including any and all laws, judgments, orders, executive orders, decrees, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes or case law.

Reserves ” shall mean the Australian Reserves, the Dutch Reserves and the U.S. Reserves, as the context may require.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof with responsibility for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement.

Restricted Junior Payment ” shall mean (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Equity Interests of any Company now or hereafter outstanding, except a non-cash dividend payable solely in shares of that class of stock to the holders of that class or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such stock; (b) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Equity Interests of any Company (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) now or hereafter outstanding; (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Equity Interests of any Company (or any direct or indirect parent of any Borrower or Holdings) now or hereafter outstanding; (d) any management or similar fees payable to any equityholders other than a Loan Party; and (e) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, (i) the Permitted Seller Notes, (ii) the Permitted Unsecured Notes, (iii) the Term Loan Agreement, or (iv) any Indebtedness for borrowed money if the principal amount of such Indebtedness referred to in this clause (iv)  exceeds $25.0 million.

Revolving Availability Period ” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (a) the Business Day preceding the Revolving Maturity Date; and (b) the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

Revolving Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.

Revolving Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder up to the amount set forth on Schedule I to the Lender Addendum executed and delivered by such Lender or by an Increase Joinder, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.04 . The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date is $300.0 million.

 

46


Revolving Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s LC Exposure, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s Swingline Exposure.

Revolving Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Commitment.

Revolving Loan ” shall mean, as the context may require, a U.S. Revolving Loan, an Australian Revolving Loan or a Dutch Revolving Loan.

Revolving Loan Priority Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Revolving Maturity Date ” shall mean the date which is five (5) years after the Closing Date or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.10 .

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Obligations ” shall mean (a) the Obligations; (b) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under each Hedging Agreement entered into with any counterparty that is a Secured Party; and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties (including overdrafts and related liabilities) under each Treasury Services Agreement entered into with any counterparty that is a Secured Party; provided that the Administrative Agent may establish from time to time in its Permitted Discretion a Reserve for the amount of obligations under Hedging Agreements or Treasury Services Agreements that constitute Secured Obligations.

Secured Parties ” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each other Agent, the Lenders and each counterparty to a Hedging Agreement or Treasury Services Agreement if at the date of entering into such Hedging Agreement or Treasury Services Agreement such Person was an Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or a Lender and such Person executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter agreement, acknowledged and agreed to by the Administrative Borrower, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which such Person (a) appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent under the applicable Loan Documents; (b) agrees to be bound by the provisions of Sections 9.03 , 10.03 and 10.09 as if it were a Lender; and (c) setting forth the maximum amount to be secured by the Collateral and the methodology to be used in calculating such amount.

Securities ” shall mean any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

 

47


Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933.

Securities Collateral ” shall mean the Pledged Equity Interests (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement), the Intercompany Notes and any dividends, interest or distributions in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Equity Interests or Intercompany Notes.

Securitization ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions entered into by a Non-Eligible Subsidiary pursuant to which such Non-Eligible Subsidiary sells, conveys, assigns, grants an interest in or otherwise transfers to a Securitization Subsidiary, Securitization Assets (and/or grants a security interest in such Securitization Assets transferred or purported to be transferred to such Securitization Subsidiary), and which Securitization Subsidiary finances the acquisition of such Securitization Assets with the cash proceeds of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by such Securitization Subsidiary or the realization of proceeds from the Securitization Assets in the ordinary course of business, or any similar arrangement with respect to the monetization of receivables reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, it being understood that a Securitization may involve periodic transfers or pledges of accounts receivable in which new Securitization Assets, or interests therein, are transferred or pledged upon collection of previously transferred or pledged Securitization Assets, or interests therein; provided that any such transactions shall otherwise comply with the requirements of this Agreement relating to Securitizations.

Securitization Assets ” shall mean any accounts receivable owed to an Non-Eligible Subsidiary (whether now existing or arising or acquired or formed in the future), arising in the ordinary course of business from the sale of goods or services, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets (including contract rights) which are of the type customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitizations of accounts receivable and which are sold, transferred or otherwise conveyed by such Non-Eligible Subsidiary to a Securitization Subsidiary.

Securitization Subsidiary ” shall mean a Non-Eligible Subsidiary of Holdings that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable (and activities incidental thereto) and that is designated by the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and: (a) has no Indebtedness or other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) that: (i) are guaranteed by Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries; (ii) are recourse to or obligate Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries in any way or create a Lien on, or otherwise encumber or restrict, the Collateral in any way; or (iii) subjects any property or assets of Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof; (b) has no contract, agreement, arrangement or undertaking (except in connection with a Permitted Securitization) with Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries other than on terms no less favorable to Holdings, such Borrower or such Subsidiaries than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of a Borrower, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivables; (c) neither Holdings, nor any Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve the Securitization Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause the Securitization Subsidiaries to achieve certain levels of operating results; and (d) does not commingle its funds or assets with those of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, in each case, other than Standard Securitization Undertakings. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings will be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by filing with the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying, to such officer’s knowledge and belief, that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

48


Security Agreement Collateral ” shall mean all property pledged or granted as collateral pursuant to any Security Agreement (a) on the Closing Date or (b) thereafter pursuant to Section 5.10 or 5.11 .

Security Documents ” shall mean the U.S. Security Agreement, the Australian Security Agreements, the Dutch Security Agreements, the UK Security Agreements, the Bahamian Security Agreements, the Mortgages, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Bailee Letters (if any), the Landlord Access Agreements (if any) and each other security document or pledge agreement delivered in accordance with applicable local or foreign law to grant a valid, perfected security interest in any property as collateral for the Secured Obligations, and all UCC or other financing statements or instruments of perfection required by this Agreement, the U.S. Security Agreement, any Foreign Security Agreement, any Mortgage or any other such security document or pledge agreement to be filed with respect to the security interests in property and fixtures created pursuant to the U.S. Security Agreement, any Foreign Security Agreement or any Mortgage and any other document or instrument utilized to pledge or grant or purport to pledge or grant a security interest or lien on any property as collateral for the Secured Obligations.

Security Trustee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13(c) .

Seller’s Retained Interest ” shall mean the debt or equity interests held by Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings in a Securitization Subsidiary to which Securitization Assets have been transferred, including any such debt or equity received as consideration for or as a portion of the purchase price for the Securitization Assets transferred, or any other instrument through which Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings has rights to or receives distributions in respect of any residual or excess interest in the Securitization Assets.

Secured Leverage Ratio ” shall mean the ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter of (a) Consolidated Net Debt as of such day (other than any portion of Consolidated Net Debt that is unsecured) to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the four Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date.

Senior Representative ” shall mean, with respect to any series of notes or term loans permitted under Section 6.01(p) , the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Solvent ” shall mean:

(a) with respect to a Person (other than a Person incorporated or organized under the laws of Australia or any state or territory of Australia), that as of the date of determination, both (i) (A) the sum of such Person’s debt and liabilities (subordinated, contingent or otherwise) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Person’s present assets; (B) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person’s debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (C) such Person’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date and reflected in the Projections; (D) such Persons will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (E) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts and liabilities (subordinated, contingent or otherwise) as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise);

 

49


and (ii) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable Debtor Relief Laws and Requirements of Law relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances;

(b) as to any other Person incorporated, registered or organized under the laws of Australia or any state or territory thereof (i) does not become, does not admit in writing that it is, is not declared to be, or is not deemed under any applicable Requirements of Law to be, insolvent under Australian law; (ii) is able to pay its debts (as and when they become due and payable) and does not stop payments of its debts generally; (iii) is not found or declared by a court to be insolvent under Australian law, is not insolvent within the meaning of sections 95A(1) and (2) of the Corporations Act or otherwise found or deemed to be insolvent by law or a court; (iv) complies with a statutory demand that has not been stayed or overturned within the meaning of section 459F(1) of the Corporations Act; (v) is not the subject of an event described in section 459C(2)(b) or section 585 of the Corporations Act; (vi) is not insolvent under administration (as defined in the Corporations Act; (vii) is not in liquidation, is not in provisional liquidation, is not under administration or wound up or has had a Controller (as defined in the Corporations Act) appointed to its property; (viii) is not subject to any arrangement, assignment, moratorium or composition, protected from creditors under any statute or dissolved (in each case, other than to carry out a reconstruction or amalgamation while solvent on terms approved by the Administrative Agent); and

(c) as to any other Person incorporated in the UK, is not or has not admitted its inability to pay its debts as they fall due, has not suspended or threatened to suspend making payments on any of its debt, has not by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commenced negotiations with its creditors with a view of rescheduling its indebtedness and no moratorium has been declared in respect of its indebtedness.

For purposes of clause (a)  of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

South African Acquired Companies ” shall mean Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd and Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd.

South African Subsidiaries ” shall mean any Subsidiary formed under the laws of the Republic of South Africa or any Subsidiary if, as a result of providing a Guaranty of the Obligations or providing any Collateral or being a party to any of the Loan Documents, such Subsidiary would violate any applicable South African “Black Empowerment” laws, any South African exchange control regulations or any other similar South African laws and regulations applicable to it.

Specified Event of Default ” shall mean an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.01(a) , (b)  (but only with respect to a breach of Section 6.07 or Section 5.18 (after giving effect to the grace period contained in Section 8.01 )), (f) , (g)  or (m) .

Spot Selling Rate ” shall mean the spot selling rate at which the Administrative Agent offers to sell any currency (other than dollars) for dollars in the London foreign exchange market at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such date for delivery two (2) Business Days later.

 

50


Standard Securitization Undertakings ” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants, repurchase obligations and indemnities entered into by Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries which are customary for a seller or servicer of assets transferred in connection with a Securitization.

Standby Letter of Credit ” shall mean any standby letter of credit or similar instrument issued for the purpose of supporting (a) workers’ compensation liabilities of the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (b) the obligations of third-party insurers of the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries arising by virtue of the laws of any jurisdiction requiring third-party insurers to obtain such letters of credit; (c) performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations of the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries if required by a Requirement of Law or in accordance with custom and practice in the industry; or (d) Indebtedness of the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01 .

Statutory Reserves ” shall mean (a) for any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion dollars against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D); or (b) for any Interest Period for any portion of a Borrowing in euros, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves), if any, are in effect on such day for funding in euros maintained by commercial banks which lend in euros. Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings shall be deemed to constitute Eurodollar liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.

Sterling ” shall mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person at any date, (a) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of all Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided that (1) in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding, (2) for purposes of the representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 4.01 of this Agreement on the Closing Date, “Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” shall be deemed to include (x) all Subsidiaries of Holdings other than as set forth in the succeeding clause (y)  and (y) South African Subsidiaries only with respect to those representations and warranties that constitute Specified Transaction Agreement Representations or Specified Representations (each as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and (3) the Excluded Entities shall not be considered Subsidiaries of Holdings for any purpose under the Loan Documents. Unless the context requires otherwise, “ Subsidiary ” refers to a Subsidiary of Holdings subject to the proviso in the preceding sentence.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01(b) , and each other Subsidiary that is or becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.10 and executes a Joinder Agreement in connection therewith.

 

51


Successful Syndication ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Fee Letter.

Supermajority Lenders ” shall mean Lenders having more than 66 2/3% of all Revolving Commitments or, after the Revolving Commitments have terminated, more than 66 2/3% of all Revolving Exposure; provided that the Revolving Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Supermajority Lenders.

Swingline Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make loans pursuant to Section 2.17 , as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 or Section 2.17 . The amount of the Swingline Commitment shall initially be $30.0 million, but shall in no event exceed the Revolving Commitment.

Swingline Exposure ” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Swingline Loan ” shall mean any loan made by the Swingline Lender to a U.S. Borrower pursuant to Section 2.17 .

Syndication Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Tax Consolidated Group ” shall mean a “consolidated group” or an “MEC group” each as defined in the Australian Tax Act.

Tax Credit ” shall mean a credit against, relief or remission for, or refund or repayment of, any Taxes.

Tax Payment ” shall mean either the increase in a payment (or the payment of an additional amount) made by a Relevant Borrower under Section 2.24 (as defined in such Section) or a payment under Section 2.24(c) , or (d)  or Section 2.25(a) .

Tax Return ” shall mean all returns, statements, filings, attachments and other documents or certifications filed or required to be filed in respect of Taxes.

Taxes ” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan ” shall mean any “Loan” as defined in the Term Loan Agreement

Term Loan Agent ” shall mean the agent under the Term Loan Agreement and related collateral documents, and any successor or new collateral agent thereunder. As of the Closing Date, Goldman Sachs Bank USA is the Term Loan Agent.

Term Loan Agreement ” shall mean the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2012, by and among Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Inc, certain subsidiaries of Holdings as Guarantors, the Term Loan Agent and the other parties thereto, and any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement thereof permitted by the terms of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

52


Term Loan Blocked Reinvestment Account ” shall mean a deposit account maintained by Holdings solely for the direct deposit therein of identifiable proceeds of the disposition, or resulting from the disposition of, Term Loan Priority Collateral and subject to a perfected second priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent.

Term Loan Documents ” shall mean the Term Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as defined in the Term Loan Agreement, including each mortgage and other security documents, guaranties and the notes issued thereunder.

Term Loan Priority Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Test Period ” at any time shall mean the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of Holdings ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period).

TFA ” shall mean a tax funding agreement between the members of a Tax Consolidated Group which includes (a) reasonably appropriate arrangements for the funding of tax payments by the Head Company having regard to the position of each member of the Tax Consolidated Group; (b) an undertaking from the Head Company of the Tax Consolidated Group to compensate each other member adequately for loss of tax attributes (including tax losses and tax offsets) as a result of being a member of the Tax Consolidated Group; and (c) an undertaking from the Head Company to pay all Group Liabilities of the Tax Consolidated Group before the members of the Tax Consolidated Group make any payments to the Head Company under the agreement, any such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

the Netherlands ” means the part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands located in Europe.

Title Company ” shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by the Borrowers and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Title Policy ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.14(a)(iv) .

Transaction Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2012, by and among Tronox Inc, Tronox Limited, Concordia Acquisition Corporation, Concordia Merger Corporation, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Holdings Sands (Proprietary) Limited and Exxaro International BV, as such Transaction Agreement was filed as Annex A to the Form S-4 Registration Statement of Holdings and Tronox Inc filed with the SEC on April 20, 2012 and without any amendment, modification or waiver which is materially adverse to the Lenders unless approved by the Administrative Agent.

Transaction Costs ” shall mean the fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdings, any Borrower or any of Holdings’ Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Exxaro Acquisition, the Transaction Summary, the Transaction Agreement (including filings with the SEC relating thereto), the initial registration statement in Australia, the Loan Documents or the Term Loan Documents.

 

53


Transaction Documents ” shall mean the Transaction Agreement and the Loan Documents.

Transaction Summary ” shall mean the summary of the Reorganization as set forth in Schedule 1.01(g) .

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, the transactions to occur on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the Transaction Documents, including (a) the consummation of the Exxaro Acquisition; (b) the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the initial borrowings hereunder; (c) the Refinancing; and (d) the payment of all fees and expenses to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date and owing in connection with the foregoing.

Transferred Guarantor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.09 .

Treasury Services Agreement ” shall mean any agreement relating to treasury, depositary and cash management services or automated clearinghouse transfer of funds.

Tronox Bahamas ” shall mean Tronox Pigments Limited, a Bahamian entity.

Tronox Exchangeable Share Election ” means an election to receive Tronox Exchangeable Shares in connection with the merger of Concordia Acquisition Corporation with and into Holdings pursuant to Section 3.1(e)(i)(B) of the Transaction Agreement.

Tronox Exchangeable Election Shares ” shall mean all shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share of Tronox Inc with respect to which a Tronox Exchangeable Share Election has been made as contemplated by the terms of the Transaction Agreement, and not revoked.

Tronox Exchangeable Shares ” shall mean exchangeable shares of Tronox Inc, par value $0.01 per share, with the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit VI to the Transaction Agreement.

Tronox Inc ” shall mean Tronox Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

TSA ” shall mean an agreement between the members of a Tax Consolidated Group which takes effect as a tax sharing agreement under section 721-25 of the Australian Tax Act and complies with the Australian Tax Act and any applicable Requirements of Law, official directive, request, guideline or policy (whether or not having the force of law) issued in connection with the Australian Tax Act, any such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

TSL ” shall mean Tronox Sands LLP, a limited liability partnership organized in England and Wales.

Type ,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time (except as otherwise specified) in any applicable state or jurisdiction.

UK ” shall mean England and Wales.

 

54


UK Financing Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary of Holdings organized under the laws of England or Wales which is designated by the Administrative Borrower as a finance subsidiary in a notice to the Administrative Agent. The principal purpose of the finance subsidiary shall be to facilitate financing of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a global basis and it shall not conduct any operations other than financing activities and activities reasonably incidental thereto.

UK Finance Reserve ” shall mean a reserve against the Borrowing Base established by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion on account of the funding of bank accounts owned by a UK Financing Subsidiary, which reserve shall not exceed an amount equal to one year’s payroll expense of the applicable UK Financing Subsidiary.

UK Joint Venture Entities ” means any one or more entities organized under the laws of the UK that is (a) TSL (both before and after giving effect to the Permitted TSL Disposition); and (b) any wholly-owned Subsidiary of TSL or such Subsidiary’s wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

UK Security Agreements ” shall mean collectively, (a) the UK Debenture substantially in the form of Exhibit M-4 ; and (b) each other pledge or security agreement, including, without limitation, share charges and debentures, governed by the laws of England and Wales between or among any Loan Party incorporated or organized under the laws of England and Wales or any province or territory thereof and the Collateral Agent.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” shall mean the United States of America.

U.S. Borrowers ” shall mean (a) the Initial U.S. Borrower; and (b) any Additional Co-Borrower organized under the laws of the United States that may become a party hereto after the date hereof.

U.S. Borrowing Availability ” shall mean at any time the lesser of (a) the U.S. Borrowing Base at such time; and (b) the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments at such time, in each case, less the aggregate U.S. Revolving Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

U.S. Borrowing Base ” shall mean at any time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.21 , an amount equal to the sum of, without duplication:

(a) the book value of the U.S. Eligible Accounts multiplied by the advance rate of 85%; plus

(b) the lesser of, (i) the advance rate of 75% multiplied by the Cost of the U.S. Eligible Inventory, and (ii) the advance rate multiplied by 85% of the Net Recovery Cost Percentage multiplied by the Cost of the U.S. Eligible Inventory; minus

(c) any U.S. Reserves then in effect established from time to time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion.

The U.S. Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent with such adjustments as the Administrative Agent deem appropriate, in its Permitted Discretion to correct errors, to implement Reserves or to adjust for fluctuations in the currency exchange rate relating to assets comprising the U.S. Borrowing Base.

 

55


U.S. Eligible Accounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(c) .

U.S. Eligible In-Transit Inventory ” shall mean Inventory owned by a U.S. Borrower that otherwise satisfies the criteria for U.S. Eligible Inventory set forth herein but is located outside of the United States of America and which is in transit to either the premises of a Freight Forwarder in the United States of America or the premises of such U.S. Borrower in the United States of America which are either owned and controlled by such U.S. Borrower or leased by such U.S. Borrower; provided , that no Inventory shall be U.S. Eligible In-Transit Inventory unless:

(a) the Collateral Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, has a perfected, First Priority Lien upon such Inventory and all documents of title with respect thereto;

(b) such Inventory either (i) is the subject of a negotiable bill of lading (A) in which the Collateral Agent is named as the consignee (either directly or by means of endorsements); (B) that was issued by the carrier respecting such Inventory that is subject to such bill of lading; and (C) that is in the possession of the Collateral Agent or the Freight Forwarder handling the importing, shipping and delivery of such Inventory, in all cases acting on the Collateral Agent’s behalf subject to a Freight Forwarder Letter, duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Freight Forwarder; or (ii) is the subject of a negotiable forwarder’s cargo receipt and such cargo receipt on its face indicates the name of the freight forwarder as a carrier or multi-modal transport operator and has been signed or otherwise authenticated by it in such capacity or as a named agent for or on behalf of the carrier or multi-modal transport operator, in any case respecting such Inventory and either (A) names the Collateral Agent as the consignee (either directly or by means of endorsements); or (B) is in the possession of the Collateral Agent or the Freight Forwarder handling the importing, shipping and delivery of such Inventory, in all cases acting on Agent’s behalf subject to a Freight Forwarder Letter, duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Freight Forwarder;

(c) such Borrower has title to such Inventory;

(d) the Collateral Agent shall have received a Freight Forwarder Letter, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Freight Forwarder located in the United States of America handling the importing, shipping and delivery of such Inventory;

(e) such Inventory is insured against types of loss, damage, hazards, and risks, and in amounts, required by the Loan Documents, and the Collateral Agent shall have received a copy of the certificate of marine cargo insurance in connection therewith in which it has been named as an additional insured and loss payee in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent;

(f) such Inventory is not subject to a Letter of Credit; and

(g) such Inventory shall not have been in transit for more than forty-five (45) days.

Notwithstanding the above, (x) U.S. Eligible Inventory in transit from a third party shall not be excluded from the definition of U.S. Eligible In-Transit Inventory by virtue of clause (b)  or (d)  of the proviso above for the first thirty (30) days following the Closing Date up to an aggregate amount of $10.0 million for all Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory and U.S. In-Transit Inventory in the aggregate and (y) U.S. Eligible Inventory in transit from a Loan Party to another Loan Party shall not be excluded from the definition of U.S. Eligible In-Transit Inventory by virtue of clause (b)  or (d)  of the proviso above for the first thirty (30) days following the Closing Date.

 

56


U.S. Eligible Inventory ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(f) .

U.S. Entity ” shall mean any Person organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

U.S. Reserves ” shall mean the sum (without duplication) of all reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as the Administrative Agent may establish from time to time in its Permitted Discretion; provided , that the initial U.S. Reserves, if any, shall be as set forth on the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered for purposes of the Closing Date.

U.S. Revolving Loan ” shall mean a Loan made by the Lenders to a U.S. Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) . Each U.S. Revolving Loan shall either be an ABR Revolving Loan or a Eurodollar Revolving Loan.

U.S. Security Agreement ” shall mean a Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M-1 among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

USA PATRIOT Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Anti-Terrorism Laws .”

VAT ” shall mean

(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 or the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

(b) any other tax of a similar nature, that is either (i) imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in clause (a)  above; or (ii) imposed elsewhere.

Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing : (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Indebtedness that is being amended or refinanced, the affects of any amortization of or prepayments on such indebtedness prior to the date of the applicable amendment or refinancing shall be disregarded.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, (a) any corporation 100% of whose capital stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is at the time owned by such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person; and (b) any partnership, association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity in which such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person have a 100% equity interest at such time.

 

57


Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Yen ” shall mean the lawful currency of Japan.

Section 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g ., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type ( e.g ., a “Swingline Loan”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g ., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type ( e.g ., a “Swingline Borrowing”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

Section 1.03 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any Loan Document, agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein); (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns; (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof; (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement; (e) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time; (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights; and (g) “on,” when used with respect to the Mortgaged Property or any property adjacent to the Mortgaged Property, means “on, in, under, above or about.”

Section 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all financial statements to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation and all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the date hereof unless otherwise agreed to by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders.

(b) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in this Agreement and either the Administrative Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP, as applicable, prior to such change therein; and (ii) the Borrowers shall provide the reconciliation statements required by Section 5.01(e) . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (x) any change in GAAP that would require operating leases to be treated similarly to Capital Leases shall not be given effect in the definition of Indebtedness or any related definitions or in the computation of any financial ratio or requirement hereunder; and (y) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all

 

58


computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Loan Party at “fair value”, as defined therein.

Section 1.05 Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities . Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and thereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof or thereof.

Section 1.06 UCC/PPSA Australia . As used herein, (a) the following terms are defined in accordance with the UCC in effect in the State of New York from time to time: “Chattel Paper”, “Commercial Tort Claim”, “Equipment”, “Instrument”, “Investment Property” and “Proceeds”; and (b) as such terms relate to any such Property located in Australia, “Chattel Paper” and “Proceeds” shall refer to chattel paper and proceeds as those terms are defined in the PPSA Australia, “Equipment” shall refer to goods (other than goods that are consumer property or inventory) as those terms are defined in the PPSA Australia, “Instrument” shall refer to negotiable instrument as that term is defined in the PPSA Australia and “Investment Property” shall refer to investment instrument and intermediated security as those terms are defined in the PPSA Australia to the extent applicable.

Section 1.07 Currency Matters . All references in the Loan Documents to Loans, Letters of Credit, Obligations and other amounts shall be denominated in dollars, unless expressly provided otherwise. The Dollar Equivalent of any amounts denominated or reported under a Loan Document in a currency other than dollars shall be determined by the Administrative Agent on a daily basis based on the Spot Selling Rate. No Default or Event of Default shall arise as a result of any limitation of threshold in Article VI set forth in dollars being exceeded solely as a result of changes in currency exchange rates after the date of the relevant action, event or condition. Each Borrower shall report Cost and other Borrowing Base components to Agent in the currency shown in such Borrower’s financial records, and unless expressly provided otherwise, Holdings shall deliver consolidated financial statements and calculate financial covenants in dollars; provided that all Borrowing Base Certificates shall report the Borrowing Bases in dollars and any Borrowing Base component payable by the applicable Account Debtor in a currency other than dollars shall be valued at the Dollar Equivalent of such amount as of the month-end to which such Borrowing Base Certificate relates and the Administrative Agent may from time to time in its discretion update such Dollar Equivalent based upon changes in the currency exchange rate. For purposes of determining the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and other financial tests in this Agreement, amounts denominated in a currency other than dollars shall be converted to dollars at the currency exchange rate used in preparing the Borrowers’ financial statements corresponding to the test period with respect to the applicable date of determination. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as otherwise expressly required in this Agreement, if any Obligation is funded and expressly denominated in a currency other than dollars, Borrowers shall repay such Obligation in such other currency.

Section 1.08 Timing of Payment and Performance . When the payment of any obligations or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as describe din the definition of “Interest Period” herein) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

59


ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

Section 2.01 Commitments .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly to make (x) Australian Revolving Loans in dollars to any Australian Borrower, (y) Dutch Revolving Loans, at the applicable Borrower’s option, in dollars or euros to any Dutch Borrower and (z) U.S. Revolving Loans, at the applicable Borrower’s option, in dollars or euros to any U.S. Borrower, in each case at any time and from time to time on or after the Closing Date until the earlier of one Business Day prior to the Revolving Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in:

(i) such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; or

(ii) the sum of the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the lesser of (A) the total Revolving Commitments and (B) the Aggregate Borrowing Base then in effect.

(b) Within the limits set forth in clause (a)  above and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall not, without the prior consent of all Lenders, make (and shall use its reasonable best efforts to prohibit the Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, as applicable, from making) any Revolving Loans or provide any Letters of Credit to the Borrowers on behalf of Lenders intentionally and with actual knowledge that such Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, or Letters of Credit would either (i) cause the aggregate amount of the Revolving Exposure to exceed the Aggregate Borrowing Base or (ii) be made when one or more of the other conditions precedent to the making of Loans hereunder cannot be satisfied except, that, Administrative Agent may make (or cause to be made) such additional Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans or provide such additional Letters of Credit on behalf of the Lenders (each an “ Overadvance ” and collectively, the “ Overadvances ”), intentionally and with actual knowledge that such Loans or Letters of Credit will be made without the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent, if the Administrative Agent deems it necessary or advisable in its discretion to do so to (1) pay the premiums in respect of all required insurance policies of the Loan Parties, (2) pay property taxes and other taxes, assessments and special assessments, levies, fees and all governmental charges imposed upon or assessed against, and all claims (including, without limitation, landlords’, carriers’, mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and warehousemen’s Liens and other claims arising by operation of law) against, all or any portion of the Collateral, (3) make repairs, (4) discharge Liens, (5) pay or perform any obligations of any Loan Party under any Collateral or (6) take any other action to protect or preserve the value of any Collateral, provided , that: (x) the total principal amount outstanding at any time of the Overadvances to the Borrowers which the Administrative Agent may make or provide (or cause to be made or provided) after obtaining such actual knowledge that the conditions precedent have not been satisfied, shall not exceed the amount equal to 10% of the Revolving Commitments and shall not cause the total Revolving Exposure to exceed the Revolving Commitments of all of the Lenders; (y) without the consent of all Lenders, (i) no Overadvance shall be outstanding for more than sixty (60) days and (ii) after all Overadvances have been repaid, the Administrative Agent shall not make any additional Overadvance unless sixty (60) days or more have elapsed since the last date on which any Overadvance was

 

60


outstanding; and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such funds, on demand from the Borrowers together with interest thereon for each day from the date such payment was due until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent at the interest rate provided for in Section 2.06(c) . Each Lender shall be obligated to pay the Administrative Agent the amount of its Pro Rata Percentage of any such Overadvance provided, that the Administrative Agent is acting in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.01(c) .

Section 2.02 Loans .

(a) Each Loan (other than Swingline Loans) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Commitments; provided that the failure of any Lender to make its Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans made pursuant to Section 2.17 and Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(i) and (ii) , (x) ABR Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than $5.0 million or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments and (y) Eurodollar Revolving Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than $5.0 million or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.

(b) Subject to Sections 2.11 and 2.12 , (i) each Borrowing of Dollar Denominated Loans shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Loans as the Borrowers may request pursuant to Section 2.03 ; and (ii) each Borrowing of Euro Denominated Loans shall be comprised entirely of Eurodollar Revolving Loans. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Revolving Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than twelve (12) Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any one time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

(c) Except with respect to Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(ii) , each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to a U.S. account of the applicable Borrower as directed by the Administrative Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request maintained with the Administrative Agent or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date (in the case of any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing), and at least 2 hours prior to the time (in the case of any ABR Borrowing), of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent at the time of such Borrowing in accordance with clause (c)  above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such

 

61


portion available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing; and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement, and the Borrowers’ obligation to repay the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.02(d) shall cease.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Maturity Date, as applicable.

Section 2.03 Borrowing Procedure .

(a) To request Loans, the Administrative Borrower shall deliver, by hand delivery or telecopier (or e-mail), a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent (i) in the case of Eurodollar Revolving Loans, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing; (ii) in the case of Euro Denominated Loans, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, four (4) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing; or (iii) in the case of ABR Loans, not later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed borrowing. Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

(i) whether the requested borrowing is to be a borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans, Australian Revolving Loans or Dutch Revolving Loans;

(ii) the aggregate amount of such borrowing;

(iii) the date of such borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv) in the case of Dollar Denominated Loans, whether such borrowing is to be for ABR Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Loans; provided that all borrowings on the Closing Date shall be for ABR Loans;

(v) in the case of Eurodollar Revolving Loans, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; provided that until the earlier of (A) the date on which the Arranger shall have notified the Borrowers that a Successful Syndication has been achieved and (B) the date that is ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, the Interest Period shall be one month, the Interest Period shall be one month;

(vi) the Borrower requesting such borrowing and the location and number of such Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.02(c) ;

(vii) that the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02(b)-(d)  have been satisfied as of the proposed date of the borrowing; and

 

62


(viii) the Approved Currency for such borrowing.

If no election as to the Type of Loans is specified, then the requested borrowing shall be for ABR Loans in dollars. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Loan, then the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03 , the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

(b) Appointment of Administrative Borrower . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and constitutes the Administrative Borrower as its agent to request and receive Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to this Agreement in the name or on behalf of such Borrower. The Administrative Agent and Lenders may disburse the Loans to such bank account of the Administrative Borrower or a Borrower or otherwise make such Loans to a Borrower and provide such Letters of Credit to a Borrower, in each case, as the Administrative Borrower may designate or direct, without notice to any other Borrower or Guarantor. The Administrative Borrower hereby accepts the appointment by the Borrowers to act as the agent of the Borrowers and agrees to ensure that the disbursement of any Loans to a Borrower requested by or paid to or for the account of such Borrower, or the issuance of any Letter of Credit for a Borrower hereunder, shall be paid to or for the account of such Borrower. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and constitutes the Administrative Borrower as its agent to receive statements on account and all other notices from the Administrative Agent and Lenders with respect to the Obligations or otherwise under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Any notice, election, representation, warranty, agreement or undertaking by or on behalf of any other Borrower by the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Borrower, as the case may be, and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Borrower to the same extent as if made directly by such Borrower. No purported termination of the appointment of the Administrative Borrower as agent as aforesaid shall be effective, except after five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.04 Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans .

(a) Promise to Repay . Each of the Borrowers hereby unconditionally promises, jointly and severally, to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Revolving Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date; and (ii) to the Swingline Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two (2) Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrowers shall repay all Swingline Loans that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested. All payments or repayments of Loans made pursuant to this Section 2.04(a) shall be made in the Approved Currency in which such Loan is denominated.

(b) Lender and Administrative Agent Records . Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall maintain records including (i) the amount and Approved Currency of each Loan made hereunder, the Type and Class thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder; and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder

 

63


for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof. The entries made in the records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender pursuant to this clause (b)  shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such records or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms. In the event of any conflict between the records maintained by any Lender and the records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Promissory Notes . Any Lender by reasonable prior written notice to the Administrative Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrowers shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) in the form of Exhibit K-1 or K-2 , as the case may be. Thereafter, to the extent the applicable Lender shall so request, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.04 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

Section 2.05 Fees .

(a) Commitment Fee . The Borrowers agree, jointly and severally, to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee (a “ Commitment Fee ”) equal to the Applicable Fee per annum on the average daily unused amount of each Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the date hereof to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates. Accrued Commitment Fees shall be payable in arrears (A) on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof; and (B) on the date on which such Commitment terminates (pro rated for the number of days elapsed in such month). Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing Commitment Fees with respect to Revolving Commitments, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

(b) Administrative Agent Fees . The Borrowers agree, jointly and severally, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees set forth in the Fee Letter (the “ Administrative Agent Fees ”).

(c) LC and Fronting Fees . The Borrowers agree, jointly and severally, to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee (“LC Participation Fee”) with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at a rate equal to the Applicable Margin from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.06 on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Reimbursement Obligations) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure; and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee (“Fronting Fee”), which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Reimbursement Obligations) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date

 

64


of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s reasonable and customary fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Accrued LC Participation Fees and Fronting Fees shall be payable in arrears (x) on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date; and (y) on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate. Any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this clause (c)  shall be payable within thirty (30) days after demand therefor. All LC Participation Fees and Fronting Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(d) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds in dollars, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that the Borrowers shall pay the Fronting Fees directly to the Issuing Bank. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

Section 2.06 Interest on Loans.

(a) ABR Loans . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(c) , the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, including each Swingline Loan, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

(b) Eurodollar Revolving Loans . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(c) , the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

(c) Default Rate . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is an Event of Default that is continuing, the Obligations payable by the Borrowers that are past due shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue amounts constituting principal on any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.06 ; or (ii) in the case of any other outstanding and overdue amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in Section 2.06(a) (in either case, the “ Default Rate ”).

(d) Interest Payment Dates . Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued at the Default Rate pursuant to Section 2.06(c) shall be payable on demand; (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan without a permanent reduction in Revolving Commitments), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment; and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) Interest Calculation . All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

65


(f) Currency for Payment of Interest . All interest paid or payable pursuant to this Section 2.06 shall be paid in the Approved Currency in which the Loan giving rise to such interest is denominated.

Section 2.07 Termination and Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Termination of Commitments . The Revolving Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the LC Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date.

(b) Optional Terminations and Reductions . At their option, the Borrowers may at any time terminate, or from time to time permanently reduce, without premiums or penalty, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each partial reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than $5.0 million; and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall not be terminated or reduced if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.10 , the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments.

(c) Borrower Notice . The Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under Section 2.07(b) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Administrative Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.07 shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Administrative Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of another debt issuance or the closing of a securities offering or other transaction, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Administrative Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

Section 2.08 Interest Elections .

(a) Generally . Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrowers may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.08 . Borrowings consisting of Euro Denominated Loans may not be converted to a different Type. The Borrowers may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any conversion or continuation that, if made, would result in more than twelve (12) Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any one time. This Section 2.08 shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

 

66


(b) Interest Election Notice . To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.08 , the Administrative Borrower shall deliver, by hand delivery or telecopier (or e-mail), a duly completed and executed Interest Election Request to the Administrative Agent not later than the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrowers were requesting Loans of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable. Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, or if outstanding Borrowings are being combined, allocation to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii)  and (iv)  below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing;

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; provided that until the earlier of (A) the date on which the Arranger shall have notified the Borrowers that a Successful Syndication has been achieved and (B) the date that is ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, the Interest Period shall be one month; and

(v) the Approved Currency of such Borrowing.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(c) Automatic Conversion to ABR Borrowing . If an Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing is not timely delivered prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require, by prior written notice to the Borrowers, that (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto; and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.09 [Reserved] .

 

67


Section 2.10 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Loans .

(a) Optional Prepayments . The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, subject to the requirements of this Section 2.10 ; provided that each partial optional prepayment under this Section 2.10(a) shall be (i) in the case of a partial optional prepayment of ABR Borrowings, in an amount that is an integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $1.0 million or, if less, the outstanding principal amount of such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a partial optional prepayment of Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings, in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than $5.0 million or, if less, the outstanding principal amount of such Borrowing.

(b) Revolving Loan Prepayments .

(i) In the event of the termination of all the Revolving Commitments, the Borrowers shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all of their outstanding Revolving Borrowings and all outstanding Swingline Loans and replace all outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize all outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) .

(ii) In the event of any partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments, then (x) at or prior to the effective date of such reduction, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Revolving Lenders of the sum of the Revolving Exposures after giving effect thereto and (y) if the sum of the Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments after giving effect to such reduction, then the Borrowers shall, on the date of such reduction, first , repay or prepay Swingline Loans, second , repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings and third , replace outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) , in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(iii) In the event that the sum of all Lenders’ Revolving Exposures exceeds the Revolving Commitments then in effect (including on any date on which Dollar Equivalents are determined pursuant to Section 10.17 ), the Borrowers shall, without notice or demand, immediately first , repay or prepay Swingline Loans, second , repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings, and third , replace outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) , in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(iv) In the event that the sum of all Lenders’ Revolving Exposures exceeds the Borrowing Base then in effect, (including on any date on which Dollar Equivalents are determined pursuant to Section 10.17 ), the Borrowers shall, without notice or demand, immediately first , repay or prepay Swingline Loans, second , repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings, and third , replace outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) , in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess; provided that to the extent such excess results solely by reason of a change in exchange rates, no repayment, replacement or cash collateralization shall be required until such excess remains outstanding for five (5) consecutive Business Days.

(v) In the event that the aggregate LC Exposure exceeds the LC Commitment then in effect (including on any date on which Dollar Equivalents are determined pursuant to Section 10.17 ), the Borrowers shall, without notice or demand,

 

68


immediately replace outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) , in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(vi) In the event that the aggregate Swingline Exposure exceeds the Swingline Commitment then in effect (including on any date on which Dollar Equivalents are determined pursuant to Section 10.17 ), the Borrowers shall, without notice or demand, immediately repay or prepay Swingline Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(vii) In the event that Holdings or its Subsidiaries receive net cash proceeds in connection with an Asset Sale or an insurance or condemnation award and such net cash proceeds constitute proceeds of Revolving Loan Priority Collateral, then within three (3) Business Days following receipt of such proceeds, the Borrowers shall prepay the Revolving Loans (without a corresponding reduction of the Revolving Commitments) in an amount equal to such net cash proceeds.

(c) Application of Prepayments . Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment hereunder, the Administrative Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(d) , subject to the provisions of this Section 2.10(c) . Amounts to be applied pursuant to this Section 2.10 to the prepayment of Revolving Loans shall be applied, as applicable, first to reduce outstanding ABR Revolving Loans. Any amounts remaining after each such application shall be applied to prepay Eurodollar Revolving Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount of any prepayment of Loans required under this Section 2.10 shall be in excess of the amount of the ABR Loans at the time outstanding (an “ Excess Amount ”), only the portion of the amount of such prepayment as is equal to the amount of such outstanding ABR Loans shall be immediately prepaid and, at the election of the Borrowers, the Excess Amount shall be either (A) deposited in an escrow account on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and applied to the prepayment of Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the last day of the then next-expiring Interest Period for Eurodollar Revolving Loans; provided that (i) interest in respect of such Excess Amount shall continue to accrue thereon at the rate provided hereunder for the Loans which such Excess Amount is intended to repay until such Excess Amount shall have been used in full to repay such Loans; and (ii) at any time while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and upon written direction from the Required Lenders shall, apply any or all proceeds then on deposit to the payment of such Loans in an amount equal to such Excess Amount or (B) prepaid immediately, together with any amounts owing to the Lenders under Section 2.13 . Any mandatory prepayment shall be made without reduction to the Revolving Commitments.

(d) Notice of Prepayment . The Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by written notice of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment; (ii) in the case of prepayment of a Borrowing consisting of Euro Denominated Loans, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, four (4) Business Days before the date of prepayment; (iii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the date of prepayment; and (iv) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of prepayment delivered by the Administrative Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of another debt issuance or the closing of a securities offering or other transaction, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Administrative Borrower (by notice to

 

69


the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified prepayment date) if such condition is not satisfied. Each such notice shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing and otherwise in accordance with this Section 2.10 . Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.06 .

Section 2.11 Alternate Rate of Interest . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (which determination shall be prima facie evidence of the facts so determined) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period or that euros are not available to the Lenders in sufficient amounts to fund any Borrowing consisting of Euro Denominated Loans; or

(b) the Administrative Agent reasonably determines or is advised in writing by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as a Market Disruption Loan; (ii) any Borrowing that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall be continued as a Market Disruption Loan; (iii) any outstanding Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to a Market Disruption Loan; and (iv) Borrowing Requests for Euro Denominated Loans shall not be effective; provided that in each of the foregoing, except to the extent the Borrowers in their sole discretion elect to have any such Borrowing be made as, or converted into, an ABR Loan.

Section 2.12 Yield Protection .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.15 (which shall be controlling with respect to Indemnified Taxes addressed therein), if any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in, by any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBOR Rate) or the Issuing Bank;

(ii) subject any Lender or the Issuing Bank to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the Issuing Bank in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, to the extent such Taxes are indemnifiable under Section 2.15 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank); or

 

70


(iii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Revolving Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Revolving Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, upon request of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines (in good faith, but in its sole absolute discretion) that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the Issuing Bank or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, regarding capital, liquidity or leverage requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clause (a)  or (b)  of this Section 2.12 and delivered to the Borrowers shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.12 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

Section 2.13 Breakage Payments . In the event of (a) the payment or prepayment, whether optional or mandatory, of any principal of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan earlier than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default); (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan earlier than the last day of the Interest Period applicable

 

71


thereto; (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Revolving Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto; or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan or earlier than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.16(b) , then, in any such event, the Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount reasonably determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan); over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the applicable interbank market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be delivered to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five (5) days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.14 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs .

(a) Payments Generally . The Borrowers shall make each payment required to be made by them hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or Reimbursement Obligations, or of amounts payable under Section 2.12 , 2.13 , 2.15 or 10.03 , or otherwise) on or before the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without setoff, deduction or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Stamford, Connecticut (or such other account/office as the Administrative Agent may specify to the Borrowers from time to time), except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.12 , 2.13 , 2.15 and 10.03 shall be made directly to the persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, unless specified otherwise, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars, except for payments with respect to any Euro Denominated Loan or Euro Letter of Credit (which payments shall be made in euros) or except as expressly specified otherwise. Unless payment is otherwise timely made by the Borrowers, the becoming due of any Obligations (whether principal, interest, fees or other charges) shall be deemed to be a request for ABR Loans on the due date, in the amount of such Obligations. The proceeds of such Loans shall be disbursed as direct payment of the relevant Obligation.

 

72


(b) Pro Rata Treatment .

(i) Each payment by the Borrowers of interest in respect of the Loans shall be applied to the amounts of such obligations owing to the Lenders pro rata according to the respective amounts then due and owing to the Lenders.

(ii) Each payment by the Borrowers on account of principal of the Revolving Borrowings shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders, except as expressly provided in Section 2.20(d) .

(c) Insufficient Funds . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, Reimbursement Obligations, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties; and (ii)  second , toward payment of principal and Reimbursement Obligations then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and Reimbursement Obligations then due to such parties. It is understood that the foregoing does not apply to any adequate protection payments under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding, and that the Administrative Agent may, subject to any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar orders, distribute any adequate protection payments it receives on behalf of the Lenders to the Lenders in its sole discretion ( i.e ., whether to pay the earliest accrued interest, all accrued interest on a pro rata basis or otherwise).

(d) Sharing of Set-Off . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding), if any Lender (and/or the Issuing Bank, which shall be deemed a “Lender” for purposes of this Section 2.14(d) ) shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other Obligations resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other Obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact; and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

(i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by any Loan Parties pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).

(e) Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Requirements of Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the

 

73


foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation. If under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or any similar law any Secured Party receives a secured claim in lieu of a setoff or counterclaim to which this Section 2.14(e) applies, such Secured Party shall to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights to which the Secured Party is entitled under this Section 2.14(e ) to share in the benefits of the recovery of such secured claim.

(f) Borrower Default . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrowers prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

Section 2.15 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable withholding agent) to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased by the Loan Parties as necessary so that after all required deductions have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.15 ) the Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made; (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions; and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers . Without limiting the provisions of clause (a)  above, the Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.

(c) Indemnification by the Borrowers . The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate in reasonable detail as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall not be required to compensate any Lender or the Administrative Agent

 

74


pursuant to this Section 2.15(c) for penalties, interest or other additions with respect to any Tax paid more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers, in writing, of the Tax, and of such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrowers to a Governmental Authority, the Administrative Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Status of Lenders .

(i) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of any withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Administrative Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the above two sentences, in the case of any taxes that are not U.S. federal withholding taxes, the completion, execution and submission of non-U.S. federal forms shall not be required if in the Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense or would be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material respect.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that any Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America, any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party,

(B) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a

 

75


certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit Q , or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent, to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and that no payments in connection with the Loan Documents are effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms),

(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a typical participation), an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit Q , Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more beneficial owners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit Q, on behalf of such beneficial owner(s), or

(E) any other form prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law to permit the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

(iii) Each Foreign Lender shall, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Foreign Lender of the forms described above, whenever a lapse in time or change in such Foreign Lender’s circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence so delivered obsolete or inaccurate, promptly (1) deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) renewals, amendments or additional or successor forms, properly completed and duly executed by such Foreign Lender, together with any other certificate or statement of exemption required in order to confirm or establish such Foreign Lender’s status or that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax or (2) notify Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence.

(iv) Any Lender that is not a Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter as prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law or upon the request of the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly executed and properly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that it is not subject to backup withholding.

(f) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable

 

76


reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Borrower, such documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Borrower as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers to comply with their respective obligations (including any applicable reporting requirements) under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by a Loan Party or with respect to which a Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.15 , it shall pay to the applicable Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Loan Party under this Section 2.15 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that such Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Loan Party ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender or in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This clause (f)  shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrowers or any other Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event will the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to a Loan Party the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or such Lender in a less favorable net after-tax position than the Administrative Agent or such Lender would have been in if the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund had never been imposed in the first instance.

(h) Payments . For purposes of this Section 2.15 , any payments by the Administrative Agent to a Lender of any amounts received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers on behalf of such Lender shall be treated as a payment from the Borrowers to such Lender.

(i) Issuing Bank . For all purposes of this Section 2.15 , the term Lender shall include the Issuing Bank.

Section 2.16 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12 , or requires the Borrowers to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.15 , as the case may be, in the future; and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. A certificate setting forth such costs and expenses in reasonable detail submitted by such Lender to the Borrowers shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

77


(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12 , or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or if the Borrowers exercise their replacement rights under Section 10.02(d) , then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.04 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:

(i) the Borrowers shall have paid (or shall have caused to be paid) to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 10.04(b) ;

(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts due and payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 2.13 ), from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts;

(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.12 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Requirements of Law.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Each Lender agrees that, if the Borrowers elect to replace such Lender in accordance with this Section 2.16(b) , it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence the assignment and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if Notes have been issued in respect of such Lender’s Loans) subject to such Assignment and Assumption; provided that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register.

Section 2.17 Swingline Loans .

(a) Swingline Commitment . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.17 and in its discretion, to make Swingline Loans in dollars to the Borrowers from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding 10% of the Revolving Commitments; or (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the lesser of (A) the total Revolving Commitments and (B) the Aggregate Borrowing Base; provided that the Borrowers shall

 

78


not use the proceeds of any Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b) Swingline Loans . To request a Swingline Loan, the Administrative Borrower shall deliver, by hand delivery or telecopier, a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and the amount of the requested Swingline Loan. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the applicable Borrower to an account as directed by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request maintained with the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.18(e) , by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan. The Borrowers shall not request a Swingline Loan if at the time of or immediately after giving effect to the Extension of Credit contemplated by such request a Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom. Swingline Loans shall be made in minimum amounts of $1.0 million and integral multiples of $100,000 above such amount.

(c) Prepayment . The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to repay any Swingline Loan, in whole or in part, upon giving written notice to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent before 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the proposed date of prepayment.

(d) Participations . The Swingline Lender may at any time in its discretion by written notice given to the Administrative Agent ( provided such notice requirement shall not apply if the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent are the same entity) not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day following such notice require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans then outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section 2.17(d) is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever (so long as such payment shall not cause such Lender’s Revolving Exposure to exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment). Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this clause (d)  by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.02 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Administrative Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired by the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.17(d) , and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrowers (or other party on behalf of any Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly

 

79


remitted to the Administrative Agent. Any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this Section 2.17(d) , as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this Section 2.17(d) shall not relieve the Borrowers of any default in the payment thereof.

Section 2.18 Letters of Credit .

(a) General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, any Borrower may request the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank agrees, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in any Approved Currency for its own account or the account of another Borrower or a Subsidiary of a Borrower in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period ( provided that such Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and be jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of a Subsidiary). The Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue, and the Administrative Borrower shall not request the issuance of, any Letter of Credit at any time if after giving effect to such issuance, the total Revolving Exposure would exceed the lesser of (i) the total Revolving Commitments and (ii) the Aggregate Borrowing Base. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by a Borrower to, or entered into by a Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Request for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions and Notices . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Borrower shall deliver, by hand or telecopier (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank), an LC Request to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the third Business Day preceding the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (or such later date and time as is acceptable to the Issuing Bank).

A request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:

(i) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day);

(ii) the amount and the currency thereof (which shall be any Approved Currency);

(iii) the expiry date thereof (which shall not be later than the close of business on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date);

(iv) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof;

(v) whether the Letter of Credit is to be issued for its own account or for the account of one of its Subsidiaries ( provided that such Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and therefore jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of a Subsidiary);

 

80


(vi) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in connection with any drawing thereunder;

(vii) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in connection with any drawing thereunder; and

(viii) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require.

A request for an amendment, renewal or extension of any outstanding Letter of Credit shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:

(i) the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended;

(ii) the proposed date of amendment, renewal or extension thereof (which shall be a Business Day);

(iii) the nature of the proposed amendment, renewal or extension; and

(iv) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require.

If requested by the Issuing Bank, the applicable Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and, upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed the LC Commitment; (ii) the total Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the total Revolving Commitments; and (iii) the conditions set forth in Article IV in respect of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension shall have been satisfied. Unless the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall agree otherwise, no Letter of Credit shall be in an initial amount less than $100,000, in the case of a Commercial Letter of Credit, or $500,000, in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit.

Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment, renewal, extension or modification to a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, who shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender, thereof, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment, renewal, extension or modification to a Letter of Credit and the amount of such Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.18(d) . If the Issuing Bank is not the same Person as the Administrative Agent, on the first Business Day of each calendar month, the Issuing Bank shall provide to the Administrative Agent a report listing all outstanding Letters of Credit and the amounts and beneficiaries thereof and the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide such report to each Revolving Lender.

(c) Expiration Date .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (A) in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit, (x) the date which is one year after the date of the issuance of such Standby Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (y) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and (B) in the case of a Commercial Letter of Credit, (x) the date that is 180 days after the date of issuance of such Commercial Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, 180 days after such renewal or extension) and (y) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date.

 

81


(ii) If any Borrower so requests in any Letter of Credit Request, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the Issuing Bank to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than sixty (60) days prior to the then current expiry date. The Borrowers shall not be required to make a specific request to the Issuing Bank for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Issuing Bank to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the earlier of (A) one (1) year from the date of such renewal and (B) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the Issuing Bank shall not permit any such renewal if (x) the Issuing Bank has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.18(l) or otherwise), or (y) it has received notice on or before the day that is two (2) Business Days before the date which has been agreed upon pursuant to the proviso of the first sentence of this clause(ii) , (1) from the Administrative Agent that any Revolving Lender directly affected thereby has elected not to permit such renewal or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 are not then satisfied.

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrowers on the date due as provided in Section 2.18(e) , or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrowers for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this Section 2.18(d) in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, or expiration, termination or cash collateralization of any Letter of Credit and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement .

(i) If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Issuing Bank an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made if the Administrative Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the

 

82


Administrative Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Administrative Borrower receives such notice; provided that the Borrowers may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with ABR Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrowers’ obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.

(ii) If the Borrowers fail to make such payment when due, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrowers in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Each Revolving Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Revolving Lender shall have received such notice later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on any day, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the unreimbursed LC Disbursement in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Revolving Lender, and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(i) prior to the time that any Revolving Lender makes any payment pursuant to the preceding sentence and any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as appropriate.

(iii) If any Revolving Lender shall not have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such LC Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, each of such Revolving Lender and the Administrative Borrower severally agrees to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with the foregoing to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of the Administrative Borrower, the rate per annum set forth in Section 2.18(h) ; and (ii) in the case of such Lender, at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules or practices on interbank compensation.

(iv) All payments made pursuant to this Section 2.18(e) shall be in the Approved Currency in which the LC Disbursement giving rise to such payment is denominated.

(f) Obligations Absolute . The Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers as provided in Section 2.18(e) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid and performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein; (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit being proved to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation

 

83


of a draft or other document that fails to comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.18 , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder; (v) the fact that a Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or (vi) any material adverse change in the business, property, results of operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries. None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or any of their Affiliates shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law) suffered by the Borrowers that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures . The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly give written notice to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve such Borrower of its Reimbursement Obligation to the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement (other than with respect to the timing of such Reimbursement Obligation set forth in Section 2.18(e) ).

(h) Interim Interest . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement pursuant to clause (e)(i) above in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest payable on demand, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to and including the date that such Borrower is required to reimburse such LC Disbursement under Section 2.18(e)(i) , at the interest rate then in effect for ABR Loans, and thereafter, at the rate per annum determined pursuant to Section 2.06(c) until (but excluding) the date that such Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement pursuant to clause (e)(i) above. Interest accrued pursuant to this clause (h)  shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(e) to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

84


(i) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Administrative Borrower receives written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this clause (i) , the Borrowers shall deposit on terms and in accounts satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in the name of the Collateral Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders, an amount in cash equal to 103% of the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to any Borrower described in Section 8.01(g) or (h) . Funds so deposited shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of outstanding Reimbursement Obligations or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other Obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement. If the Borrowers are required to provide an amount of cash collateral under this Section 2.18(i) as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount plus any accrued interest or realized profits with respect to such amounts (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Administrative Borrower within three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(j) Additional Issuing Banks . The Administrative Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate one or more additional Revolving Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Issuing Bank and such Revolving Lender(s). Any Revolving Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this clause (j)  shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under the Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by it, and all references in the Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Bank” shall, with respect to such Letters of Credit, be deemed to refer to such Revolving Lender in its capacity as the Issuing Bank, as the context shall require. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such additional Issuing Bank. If at any time there is more than one Issuing Bank hereunder, the Borrowers may, in their discretion, select which Issuing Bank is to issue any particular Letter of Credit.

(k) Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank . The Issuing Bank may resign as Issuing Bank hereunder at any time upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Administrative Borrower, each Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such resignation or replacement of the Issuing Bank shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the retiring or replaced Issuing Bank, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.05(c) . From and after the effective date of any such resignation or replacement, as applicable, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued by it thereafter; and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or replacement of an Issuing Bank, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

85


(l) Other . The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if

(i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it; or

(ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Issuing Bank.

The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(m) Euro Letters of Credit . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any Euro Letter of Credit, the related LC Exposure, the related Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers, any reimbursement obligation of any Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(e) , any other obligation owed by or to any Revolving Lender, and any LC Participation Fee or Fronting Fee owed pursuant to Section 2.05(c) shall be calculated and due solely in dollars. The exchange rate for conversion into dollars utilized shall be the Dollar Equivalent of euros as reasonably determined by the Issuing Bank in consultation with the Administrative Agent based on the rate at which the Issuing Bank could convert or has converted any euros into dollars taking into account all transaction costs. Any such exchange rate shall be updated at intervals reasonably determined by the Issuing Bank after consultation with the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.19 Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) the Commitment Fee shall cease to accrue on the Commitment of such Lender so long as it is a Defaulting Lender (except to the extent it is payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to clause (c)(v) below);

(b) if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of such Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages but only to the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Commitments;

 

86


(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i)  above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i)  above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

(iii) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized pursuant to clause (ii)  above, the Borrowers shall not be required to pay the LC Participation Fee with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure so long as it is cash collateralized;

(iv) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is reallocated to the non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (i)  above, then the LC Participation Fee with respect to such portion shall be allocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages; or

(v) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.19(b) , then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, the Commitment Fee that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and the LC Participation Fee payable with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until such LC Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated;

(c) so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateralized in accordance with Section 2.19(b) , and participations in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein); and

(d) any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.14(d) but excluding Section 2.16(b) ) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirements of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i)  first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; (ii)  second , pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder; (iii)  third , to the funding of any Loan or the funding or cash collateralization of any participation in any Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; (iv)  fourth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement; (v)  fifth , pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and (vi)  sixth , to such

 

87


Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or Reimbursement Obligations in respect of LC Disbursements which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations; and (y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Borrower, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Percentage. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.19 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the non-Defaulting Lenders may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 2.19 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

Section 2.20 Increase in Commitments .

(a) Borrower Request . The Borrowers may by written notice from the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent elect to request prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, an increase to the existing Revolving Commitments by an amount not in excess of $200.0 million in the aggregate and in an integral multiple of $5.0 million and not less than $15.0 million individually. Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, an “ Increase Effective Date ”) on which the Borrowers propose that the increased or new Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than five (5) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent; and (ii) the identity of each Eligible Assignee to whom the Borrowers propose any portion of such increased or new Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any existing Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the increased or new Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such increased or new Commitment.

(b) Conditions . The increased Commitments shall become effective, as of such Increase Effective Date; provided that:

(i) each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall be satisfied on the Increase Effective Date;

(ii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the borrowings to be made on the Increase Effective Date;

(iii) the Borrowers shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.13 in connection with any adjustment of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.20(d) ;

(iv) the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other customary documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction; and

 

88


(v) if the Administrative Agent determines in its reasonable discretion upon the advice of counsel that the same is required by, or advisable under, applicable Requirements of Law, the Borrowers and Guarantors shall enter into any security documents, amendments, confirmations, reaffirmations or other agreements to maintain the Collateral Agent’s fully perfected First Priority Lien on the Collateral, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding).

(c) Terms of New Loans and Commitments . The terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to the new Commitments shall be identical to the Revolving Loans (it being understood and agreed that the Borrowers may, at their option, pay customary arrangement and upfront fees (or similar fees) in connection with the increased Commitments). The increased or new Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the “ Increase Joinder ”) executed by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each Lender making such increased or new Commitment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of them. The Increase Joinder may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.20 . In addition, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in Loan Documents to Revolving Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include references to Revolving Loans made pursuant to new Commitments made pursuant to this Agreement.

(d) Adjustment of Revolving Loans . To the extent the Commitments being increased on the relevant Increase Effective Date are Revolving Commitments, then each Revolving Lender that is acquiring a new or additional Revolving Commitment on the Increase Effective Date shall make a Revolving Loan, the proceeds of which will be used to prepay the Revolving Loans of the other Revolving Lenders immediately prior to such Increase Effective Date, so that, after giving effect thereto, the Revolving Loans outstanding are held by the Revolving Lenders pro rata based on their Revolving Commitments after giving effect to such Increase Effective Date. If there is a new borrowing of Revolving Loans on such Increase Effective Date, the Revolving Lenders after giving effect to such Increase Effective Date shall make such Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.01(b) .

(e) Equal and Ratable Benefit . The Loans and Commitments established pursuant to this Section 2.20 shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Security Documents. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such new Commitments.

Section 2.21 Determination of Borrowing Bases .

(a) Australian Eligible Accounts . On any date of determination of the Australian Borrowing Base, all of the Accounts owned by the Australian Borrowers and reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Australian Borrowers to the Administrative Agent shall be “Australian Eligible Accounts” for the purposes of this Agreement, except any Account to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time in its Permitted Discretion to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves against Australian Eligible Accounts. Australian Eligible Accounts shall not include any of the following Accounts:

(i) any Account in which the Collateral Agent (or the Australian Security Trustee), on behalf of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected, first priority Lien (including under the relevant laws of the Account Debtor’s jurisdiction of organization) (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that have priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion);

 

89


(ii) any Account that is subject to any Lien (including Permitted Liens) other than (A) a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent (or the Australian Security Trustee), on behalf of the Secured Parties; (B) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee; and (C) a Lien permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that has priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion;

(iii) any Account that is not owned by an Australian Borrower;

(iv) any Account due from an Account Debtor that is either (x) not domiciled in an Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdiction or (y) (if not a natural Person) organized or incorporated under the laws of an Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdiction unless (A) such Account is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or other credit support, in each case, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and which is in the possession of, and is directly drawable by, the Administrative Agent; (B) the Account is covered by credit insurance in form, substance, and amount, and by an insurer, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; or (C) (1) such Account Debtor is an Eligible Multinational Account Debtor and (2) such Account Debtor’s securities are rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moody’s; provided that the sum of all Australian Eligible Accounts, Dutch Eligible Accounts and U.S. Eligible Accounts, in the aggregate, due from all Eligible Multinational Account Debtors shall not exceed $20.0 million;

(v) any Account that is payable in any currency other than dollars, Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, euros, Krone, Kronor, New Zealand Dollars, Sterling or Yen;

(vi) any Account that does not arise from the sale of goods or the performance of services by the Australian Borrowers in the ordinary course of their business unless such Account (A) arises from the sale of goods or the performance of services by Tronox Bahamas in the ordinary course of business; (B) has been purchased by an Australian Borrower; and (C) otherwise qualifies as an Australian Eligible Account in accordance with this Section 2.21(a) ;

(vii) any Account that does not comply in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements, including, without limitation, all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority;

(viii) any Account (A) to the extent that the applicable Australian Borrower’s right to receive payment is not absolute or is contingent upon the fulfillment of any

 

90


condition whatsoever unless such condition is satisfied (for so long as such condition remains unsatisfied); (B) as to which the applicable Australian Borrower is not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial or administrative process or otherwise; or (C) to the extent that it represents a progress billing consisting of an invoice for goods sold or used or services rendered pursuant to a contract under which the Account Debtor’s obligation to pay that invoice is subject to the applicable Australian Borrower’s completion of further performance under such contract or is subject to the equitable lien of a surety bond issuer;

(ix) to the extent that any defense, counterclaim, setoff or dispute is or has been asserted as to such Account, it being understood that the remaining balance of the Account shall be eligible;

(x) any Account that is not a true and correct statement of bona fide indebtedness incurred in the amount of the Account for merchandise sold to or services rendered and accepted by the applicable Account Debtor;

(xi) any Account with respect to which an invoice or other electronic transmission constituting a request for payment, acceptable to the Administrative Agent in form and substance (it being agreed that forms or transmissions substantially similar to those used in Accounts included in the Australian Borrowing Base as of the Closing Date are deemed to be acceptable) and which complies in all material respects, if applicable, with the Australian GST Act requirements, has not been sent on a timely basis to, and received by, the applicable Account Debtor, in each case, according to the normal invoicing and timing procedures of the applicable Australian Borrower;

(xii) any Account that arises from a sale to any director, officer, other employee or Affiliate of any Loan Party;

(xiii) to the extent any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary is liable for goods sold or services rendered by the applicable Account Debtor to any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary or for which a Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary is liable for a rebate or has accrued a reserve for such Account but only to the extent of the potential offset, rebate or reserve;

(xiv) any Account that arises with respect to goods that are delivered on a bill-and-hold, cash-on-delivery basis or placed on consignment, guaranteed sale or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor is or may be conditional;

(xv) any Account as to which any of the following applies:

(A) any Account not paid within 120 days following its original invoice date or that is more than 60 days past due according to its original terms of sale; or

(B) to the extent known or reasonably knowable by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, the Account Debtor obligated upon such Account suspends its business (taken as a whole), makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails to pay its debts generally as they come due; or

 

91


(C) to the extent known or reasonably knowable by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, a petition is filed by or against any Account Debtor obligated upon such Account under any Debtor Relief Law or any other federal, state or foreign (including any provincial) receivership, insolvency relief or other law or laws for the relief of debtors;

(xvi) any Account that is the obligation of an Account Debtor if 50% or more of the dollar amount of all Accounts owing by that Account Debtor are ineligible under the other criteria set forth in Section 2.21(a)(xv) ;

(xvii) any Account as to which any of the representations or warranties in the Loan Documents are untrue;

(xviii) to the extent such Account is evidenced by a judgment;

(xix) any Account that is the obligation of an Account Debtor whose total obligations owing to all of the Borrowers exceed (A) with respect to Sherwin Williams, forty (40%) percent of all Eligible Accounts, (B) with respect to each of AKZO Nobel, Benjamin Moore and PPG Industries, individually, twenty-five (25%) percent of all Eligible Accounts, or (C) with respect to all other Account Debtors, individually, fifteen (15%) percent of all Eligible Accounts, in each case to the extent of the obligations owing by such Account Debtor in excess of such percentage; provided , however , that in each case, the amount of Eligible Accounts that are excluded because they exceed the foregoing percentage shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based on all of the otherwise Eligible Accounts prior to giving effect to any eliminations based upon the foregoing concentration limit;

(xx) any Account on which the Account Debtor is a Governmental Authority (other than a Governmental Authority representing the Crown in Australia), unless (A) if the Account Debtor is the United States of America, any State or political subdivision thereof or any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or any State or political subdivision thereof, the applicable Australian Borrower has assigned its rights to payment of such Account to the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, in the case of any such federal Governmental Authority, and pursuant to any requirements of applicable Requirements of Law, if any, in the case of any such other Governmental Authority; and (B) if the Account Debtor is any other Governmental Authority, the applicable Australian Borrower has, if required by any applicable Requirements of Law, assigned its rights to payment of such Account to the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee pursuant to applicable Requirements of Law, if any, and, in each such case where such acceptance and acknowledgment is required by applicable Requirements of Law, such assignment has been accepted and acknowledged by the appropriate government officers to the extent so required;

(xxi) any Account that is owed by an Account Debtor located in any jurisdiction that requires, as a condition to access to the courts of such jurisdiction, that a creditor qualify to transact business, file a business activities report or other report or form, or take one or more other actions, unless the applicable Australian Borrower has so qualified, filed such reports or forms, or taken such actions (and, in each case, paid any required fees or other charges), except to the extent the applicable Australian Borrower

 

92


may qualify subsequently as a foreign entity authorized to transact business in such jurisdiction and gain access to such courts, without incurring any cost or penalty reasonably viewed by the Administrative Agent to be material in amount, and such later qualification cures any access to such courts to enforce payment of such Account;

(xxii) any Account that is not freely assignable by the applicable Australian Borrower without consent of the Account Debtor (unless such irrevocable and unconditional consent has been obtained from the relevant Account Debtor);

(xxiii) any Account that arises under a contract governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than any Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdiction; or

(xxiv) any Account that the Administrative Agent determine in its Permitted Discretion may not be paid by reason of the Account Debtor’s inability to pay or which the Administrative Agent otherwise determine in its Permitted Discretion is unacceptable for any reason whatsoever (in which event the Administrative Agent shall provide notice and be available to discuss in accordance with the procedures set forth in the definition of “Permitted Discretion”).

(b) Dutch Eligible Accounts . On any date of determination of the Dutch Borrowing Base, all of the Accounts owned by the Dutch Borrowers and reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Dutch Borrowers to the Administrative Agent shall be “Dutch Eligible Accounts” for the purposes of this Agreement, except any Account to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time in its Permitted Discretion to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves against Dutch Eligible Accounts. Dutch Eligible Accounts shall not include any of the following Accounts:

(i) any Account in which the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected, first priority Lien (including under the relevant laws of the Account Debtor’s jurisdiction of organization) (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that have priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion);

(ii) any Account that is subject to any Lien (including Permitted Liens) other than (A) a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties; (B) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent; and (C) a Lien permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that has priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion;

(iii) any Account that is not owned by a Dutch Borrower;

(iv) any Account due from an Account Debtor that is either (x) not domiciled in an Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdiction or (y) (if not a natural Person) organized or incorporated under the laws of an Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdiction unless (A) such Account is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or other credit support, in each case, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and which is in the possession of, and is directly drawable by, the Administrative Agent; (B) the Account is covered by credit insurance in form, substance, and amount, and by an insurer, satisfactory to the

 

93


Administrative Agent; or (C) (1) such Account Debtor is an Eligible Multinational Account Debtor and (2) such Account Debtor’s securities are rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moody’s; provided that the sum of all Australian Eligible Accounts, Dutch Eligible Accounts and U.S. Eligible Accounts, in the aggregate, due from all Eligible Multinational Account Debtors shall not exceed $20.0 million;

(v) any Account that is payable in any currency other than dollars, Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, euros, Krone, Kronor, New Zealand Dollars, Sterling or Yen;

(vi) any Account that does not arise from the sale of goods or the performance of services by the Dutch Borrowers in the ordinary course of their business;

(vii) any Account that does not comply in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements, including, without limitation, all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority;

(viii) any Account (A) to the extent that the applicable Dutch Borrower’s right to receive payment is not absolute or is contingent upon the fulfillment of any condition whatsoever unless such condition is satisfied (for so long as such condition remains unsatisfied); (B) as to which the applicable Dutch Borrower is not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial or administrative process or otherwise; or (C) that represents a progress billing consisting of an invoice for goods sold or used or services rendered pursuant to a contract under which the Account Debtor’s obligation to pay that invoice is subject to the applicable Dutch Borrower’s completion of further performance under such contract or is subject to the equitable lien of a surety bond issuer;

(ix) to the extent that any defense, counterclaim, setoff or dispute is or has been asserted as to such Account, it being understood that the remaining balance of the Account shall be eligible;

(x) any Account that is not a true and correct statement of bona fide indebtedness incurred in the amount of the Account for merchandise sold to or services rendered and accepted by the applicable Account Debtor;

(xi) any Account with respect to which an invoice or other electronic transmission constituting a request for payment, acceptable to the Administrative Agent in form and substance (it being agreed that forms or transmissions substantially similar to those used in Accounts included in the Dutch Borrowing Base as of the Closing Date are deemed to be acceptable) and which complies with the relevant VAT requirements and shows the amounts and percentage of VAT applied, if any, has not been sent on a timely basis to, and received by, the applicable Account Debtor, in each case, according to the normal invoicing and timing procedures of the applicable Dutch Borrower;

(xii) any Account that arises from a sale to any director, officer, other employee or Affiliate of any Loan Party;

(xiii) to the extent any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary is liable for goods sold or services rendered by the applicable Account Debtor to any Borrower, Guarantor

 

94


or Subsidiary or for which a Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary is liable for a rebate or has accrued a reserve for such Account but only to the extent of the potential offset, rebate or reserve;

(xiv) any Account that arises with respect to goods that are delivered on a bill-and-hold, cash-on-delivery basis or placed on consignment, guaranteed sale or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor is or may be conditional;

(xv) any Account as to which any of the following applies:

(A) any Account not paid within 120 days following its original invoice date or that is more than 60 days past due according to its original terms of sale; or

(B) to the extent known or reasonably knowable by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, the Account Debtor obligated upon such Account suspends its business (taken as a whole), makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails to pay its debts generally as they come due; or

(C) to the extent known or reasonably knowable by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, a petition is filed by or against any Account Debtor obligated upon such Account under any Debtor Relief Law or any other federal, state or foreign (including any provincial) receivership, insolvency relief or other law or laws for the relief of debtors;

(xvi) any Account that is the obligation of an Account Debtor if 50% or more of the dollar amount of all Accounts owing by that Account Debtor are ineligible under the other criteria set forth in Section 2.21(b)(xv) ;

(xvii) any Account as to which any of the representations or warranties in the Loan Documents are untrue;

(xviii) to the extent such Account is evidenced by a judgment, Instrument or Chattel Paper;

(xix) any Account that is the obligation of an Account Debtor whose total obligations owing to the Borrowers exceed (A) with respect to Sherwin Williams, forty (40%) percent of all Eligible Accounts, (B) with respect to each of AKZO Nobel, Benjamin Moore and PPG Industries, individually, twenty-five (25%) percent of all Eligible Accounts, or (C) with respect to all other Account Debtors, individually, fifteen (15%) percent of all Eligible Accounts, in each case to the extent of the obligations owing by such Account Debtor in excess of such percentage; provided , however , that in each case, the amount of Eligible Accounts that are excluded because they exceed the foregoing percentage shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based on all of the otherwise Eligible Accounts prior to giving effect to any eliminations based upon the foregoing concentration limit;

(xx) any Account on which the Account Debtor is a Governmental Authority, unless if the Account Debtor is the United States of America, any State or political subdivision thereof or any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States of

 

95


America or any State or political subdivision thereof, the applicable Dutch Borrower has assigned its rights to payment of such Account to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, in the case of any such federal Governmental Authority, and pursuant to any applicable Requirements of Law, if any, in the case of any such other Governmental Authority;

(xxi) any Account that is owed by an Account Debtor located in any jurisdiction that requires, as a condition to access to the courts of such jurisdiction, that a creditor qualify to transact business, file a business activities report or other report or form, or take one or more other actions, unless the applicable Dutch Borrower has so qualified, filed such reports or forms, or taken such actions (and, in each case, paid any required fees or other charges), except to the extent the applicable Dutch Borrower may qualify subsequently as a foreign entity authorized to transact business in such jurisdiction and gain access to such courts, without incurring any cost or penalty reasonably viewed by the Administrative Agent to be material in amount, and such later qualification cures any access to such courts to enforce payment of such Account;

(xxii) any Account that arises under a contract which is subject to consumer protection laws;

(xxiii) any Account that cannot be easily segregated and identified for ownership purposes and for purposes of the Dutch Security Agreements;

(xxiv) any Account that is not freely assignable by the applicable Dutch Borrower without consent of the Account Debtor (unless such irrevocable and unconditional consent has been obtained from the relevant Account Debtor);

(xxv) any Account which, alone, or together with the agreement from which it arises, contravenes in any material respect any applicable Requirements of Law, including the Dutch 1977 Sanctions Act ( Sanctiewet 1977 ) and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto;

(xxvi) any Account that arises under a contract governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than any Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdiction; or

(xxvii) any Account that the Administrative Agent determine in its Permitted Discretion may not be paid by reason of the Account Debtor’s inability to pay or which the Administrative Agent otherwise determine in its Permitted Discretion is unacceptable for any reason whatsoever (in which event the Administrative Agent shall provide notice and be available to discuss in accordance with the procedures set forth in the definition of “Permitted Discretion”).

(c) U.S. Eligible Accounts . On any date of determination of the U.S. Borrowing Base, all of the Accounts owned by the U.S. Borrowers and reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the U.S. Borrowers to the Administrative Agent shall be “U.S. Eligible Accounts” for the purposes of this Agreement, except any Account to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time in its Permitted Discretion to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves against U.S. Eligible Accounts. Eligible Accounts shall not include any of the following Accounts:

(i) any Account in which the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected, first priority Lien (including under the relevant laws of the Account Debtor’s jurisdiction of organization) (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that have priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion);

 

96


(ii) any Account that is subject to any Lien (including Permitted Liens) other than (A) a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties; (B) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent; and (C) a Lien permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that has priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion;

(iii) any Account that is not owned by a U.S. Borrower;

(iv) any Account due from an Account Debtor that is either (x) not domiciled in an Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdiction or (y) (if not a natural Person) organized or incorporated under the laws of an Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdiction unless (A) such Account is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or other credit support, in each case, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and which is in the possession of, and is directly drawable by, the Administrative Agent; (B) the Account is covered by credit insurance in form, substance, and amount, and by an insurer, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; or (C) (1) such Account Debtor is an Eligible Multinational Account Debtor and (2) such Account Debtor’s securities are rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moody’s; provided that the sum of all Australian Eligible Accounts, Dutch Eligible Accounts and U.S. Eligible Accounts, in the aggregate, due from all Eligible Multinational Account Debtors shall not exceed $20.0 million;

(v) any Account that is payable in any currency other than dollars, Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, euros, Krone, Kronor, New Zealand Dollars, Sterling or Yen;

(vi) any Account that does not arise from the sale of goods or the performance of services by the U.S. Borrowers in the ordinary course of their business unless such Account (A) arises from the sale of goods or the performance of services by Tronox Bahamas in the ordinary course of business; (B) has been purchased by a U.S. Borrower; and (C) otherwise qualifies as a U.S. Eligible Account in accordance with this Section 2.21(c) ;

(vii) any Account that does not comply in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements, including, without limitation, all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority;

(viii) any Account (A) to the extent that the applicable U.S. Borrower’s right to receive payment is not absolute or is contingent upon the fulfillment of any condition whatsoever unless such condition is satisfied (for so long as such condition remains unsatisfied); (B) as to which the applicable Australian Borrower is not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial or administrative process or otherwise; or (C) that represents a progress billing consisting of

 

97


an invoice for goods sold or used or services rendered pursuant to a contract under which the Account Debtor’s obligation to pay that invoice is subject to the applicable U.S. Borrower’s completion of further performance under such contract or is subject to the equitable lien of a surety bond issuer;

(ix) to the extent that any defense, counterclaim, setoff or dispute is or has been asserted as to such Account, it being understood that the remaining balance of the Account shall be eligible;

(x) any Account that is not a true and correct statement of bona fide indebtedness incurred in the amount of the Account for merchandise sold to or services rendered and accepted by the applicable Account Debtor;

(xi) any Account with respect to which an invoice or other electronic transmission constituting a request for payment, acceptable to the Administrative Agent in form and substance (it being agreed that forms or transmissions substantially similar to those used in Accounts included in the U.S. Borrowing Base as of the Closing Date are deemed to be acceptable) has not been sent on a timely basis to, and received by, the applicable Account Debtor according to the normal invoicing and timing procedures of the applicable U.S. Borrower;

(xii) any Account that arises from a sale to any director, officer, other employee or Affiliate of any Loan Party;

(xiii) to the extent any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary is liable for goods sold or services rendered by the applicable Account Debtor to any Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary or for which a Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary is liable for a rebate or has accrued a reserve for such Account but only to the extent of the potential offset, rebate or reserve;

(xiv) any Account that arises with respect to goods that are delivered on a bill-and-hold, cash-on-delivery basis or placed on consignment, guaranteed sale or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor is or may be conditional;

(xv) any Account as to which any of the following applies:

(A) any Account not paid within 120 days following its original invoice date or that is more than 60 days past due according to its original terms of sale; or

(B) to the extent known or reasonably knowable by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, the Account Debtor obligated upon such Account suspends its business (taken as a whole), makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails to pay its debts generally as they come due; or

(C) to the extent known or reasonably knowable by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, a petition is filed by or against any Account Debtor obligated upon such Account under any Debtor Relief Law or any other federal, state or foreign (including any provincial) receivership, insolvency relief or other law or laws for the relief of debtors;

 

98


(xvi) any Account that is the obligation of an Account Debtor if 50% or more of the dollar amount of all Accounts owing by that Account Debtor are ineligible under the other criteria set forth in Section 2.21(c)(xv) ;

(xvii) any Account as to which any of the representations or warranties in the Loan Documents are untrue;

(xviii) to the extent such Account is evidenced by a judgment, Instrument or Chattel Paper;

(xix) any Account that is the obligation of an Account Debtor whose total obligations owing to the Borrowers exceed (A) with respect to Sherwin Williams, forty (40%) percent of all Eligible Accounts, (B) with respect to each of AKZO Nobel, Benjamin Moore and PPG Industries, individually, twenty-five (25%) percent of all Eligible Accounts, or (C) with respect to all other Account Debtors, individually, fifteen (15%) percent of all Eligible Accounts, in each case to the extent of the obligations owing by such Account Debtor in excess of such percentage; provided , however , that in each case, the amount of Eligible Accounts that are excluded because they exceed the foregoing percentage shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based on all of the otherwise Eligible Accounts prior to giving effect to any eliminations based upon the foregoing concentration limit;

(xx) any Account on which the Account Debtor is a Governmental Authority, unless (A) if the Account Debtor is the United States of America, any State or political subdivision thereof or any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or any State or political subdivision thereof, the applicable U.S. Borrower has assigned its rights to payment of such Account to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, in the case of any such federal Governmental Authority, and pursuant to any applicable Requirements of Law, if any, in the case of any such other Governmental Authority; and (B) if the Account Debtor is any other Governmental Authority, the applicable U.S. Borrower has, if required by any applicable Requirements of Law, assigned its rights to payment of such Account to the Collateral Agent pursuant to applicable Requirements of Law, if any, and, in each such case where such acceptance and acknowledgment is required by applicable Requirements of Law, such assignment has been accepted and acknowledged by the appropriate government officers to the extent so required;

(xxi) any Account that is owed by an Account Debtor located in any jurisdiction that requires, as a condition to access to the courts of such jurisdiction, that a creditor qualify to transact business, file a business activities report or other report or form, or take one or more other actions, unless the applicable U.S. Borrower has so qualified, filed such reports or forms, or taken such actions (and, in each case, paid any required fees or other charges), except to the extent the applicable U.S. Borrower may qualify subsequently as a foreign entity authorized to transact business in such jurisdiction and gain access to such courts, without incurring any cost or penalty reasonably viewed by the Administrative Agent to be material in amount, and such later qualification cures any access to such courts to enforce payment of such Account;

 

99


(xxii) any Account that is not freely assignable by the applicable U.S. Borrower without consent of the Account Debtor (unless such irrevocable and unconditional consent has been obtained from the relevant Account Debtor)

(xxiii) any Account that arises under a contract governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than any Eligible Account Debtor Jurisdiction; or

(xxiv) any Account that the Administrative Agent determine in its Permitted Discretion may not be paid by reason of the Account Debtor’s inability to pay or which the Administrative Agent otherwise determine in its Permitted Discretion is unacceptable for any reason whatsoever (in which event the Administrative Agent shall provide notice and be available to discuss in accordance with the procedures set forth in the definition of “Permitted Discretion”).

(d) Australian Eligible Inventory . On any date of determination of the Australian Borrowing Base, all of the Inventory owned by the Australian Borrowers and reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent shall be “Australian Eligible Inventory” for the purposes of this Agreement, except any Inventory to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time in its Permitted Discretion to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves against Australian Eligible Inventory. Australian Eligible Inventory shall not include any Inventory that:

(i) the Collateral Agent (or the Australian Security Trustee), on behalf of Secured Parties, does not have a perfected, first priority Lien upon (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(c) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that have priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion);

(ii) is subject to any Lien (including Permitted Liens) other than (A) a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent (or the Australian Security Trustee), on behalf of the Secured Parties; (B) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee; and (C) a Lien permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(c) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that has priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion;

(iii) (A) is stored at a leased location where the aggregate value of Inventory exceeds $500,000 unless either (x) a reasonably satisfactory Landlord Access Agreement has been delivered to the Administrative Agent, or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed three (3) months of periodic rent and, if a default under the applicable lease or other agreement by the Loan Parties exists, an amount equal to the amounts due and payable thereunder) have been established with respect thereto; or (B) is stored with a bailee or warehouseman where the aggregate value of Inventory exceeds $500,000 unless either (x) a reasonably satisfactory, acknowledged Bailee Letter has been received by the Administrative Agent or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent have been established with respect thereto; or (C) is stored at a location where the aggregate book value of Inventory is less than $100,000; provided that the requirement for Reserves set forth in clauses (A)(y) and (B)(y) above shall be waived for the first sixty (60) days following the Closing Date and Inventory stored at a leased location or with a bailee or warehouseman shall not be excluded from the definition of Australian Eligible Inventory by virtue of this clause (iii)(A) or (B)  during such period;

 

100


(iv) is placed on consignment, unless both (x) an effective first ranking Lien under the PPSA Australia in respect of the relevant Inventory in favor of the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee has been established and all relevant financing statements have been properly filed against the consignee (as assigned to the Collateral Agent or the Australian Security Trustee); and (y) there is a written agreement acknowledging that such Inventory is held on consignment, that the applicable Australian Borrower retains title to such Inventory, that no Lien arising by, through or under such consignment has attached or will attach to such Inventory (and proceeds thereof) and requiring consignee to segregate the consigned Inventory from the consignee’s other personal or movable property; provided that the sum of all Australian Eligible Inventory, Dutch Eligible Inventory and U.S. Eligible Inventory, in the aggregate, consisting of Inventory placed on consignment shall not exceed $20.0 million; provided , further that the requirement to deliver a written agreement pursuant to clause (y)  above shall be waived for the first sixty (60) days following the Closing Date;

(v) is not located in Australia or is in transit;

(vi) is covered by a negotiable document of title, unless such document has been delivered to the Administrative Agent with all necessary endorsements, free and clear of all Liens except those in favor of the Collateral Agent and landlords, carriers, bailees and warehousemen if clause (iii)  above has been complied with;

(vii) is to be returned to suppliers or consists of goods returned or rejected by a Borrower’s customers;

(viii) is obsolete, unsalable, shopworn, damaged or unfit for sale;

(ix) consists of display items or packing or shipping materials, manufacturing supplies, work-in-process Inventory (except to the extent it is a work-in-process which could reasonably be expected to be converted into finished goods within three (3) Business Days following such time) or replacement parts; provided that the sum of all Australian Eligible Inventory, Dutch Eligible Inventory and U.S. Eligible Inventory, in the aggregate, consisting of work-in-process Inventory which could reasonably be expected to be converted into finished goods within three (3) Business Days following such time shall not exceed $10.0 million;

(x) is not of a type held for sale in the ordinary course of the Australian Borrowers’ business;

(xi) breaches any of the representations or warranties pertaining to Inventory set forth in the Loan Documents;

(xii) consists of Hazardous Material or goods that can be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily available unless the applicable Australian Borrower has obtained all of the necessary licenses and is in material compliance with Environmental Law, including with respect to handling and disposal of all such Hazardous Material;

 

101


(xiii) is subject to any licensing arrangement the effect of which would be to limit the ability of Administrative Agent, or any Person selling the Inventory on behalf of Administrative Agent, to sell such Inventory in enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s Liens, without further consent or payment to the licensor or other Person, unless such consent has been obtained;

(xiv) is not covered by casualty insurance maintained as required by Section 5.05 ;

(xv) is purchased pursuant to an agreement that includes a retention of title provision until the Inventory has been indefeasibly paid for in full;

(xvi) after the Bahamian Effective Date, is held for sale, or intended to be sold, through Tronox Bahamas or another Bahamian entity unless the Bahamian Receivables Conditions are satisfied; or

(xvii) is not either otherwise acceptable to, or subject to a Reserve acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion.

(e) Dutch Eligible Inventory . On any date of determination of the Dutch Borrowing Base, all of the Inventory owned by the Dutch Borrowers and reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent shall be “Dutch Eligible Inventory” for the purposes of this Agreement, except any Inventory to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time in its Permitted Discretion to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves against Dutch Eligible Inventory. Dutch Eligible Inventory shall not include any Inventory that:

(i) the Collateral Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, does not have a perfected, first priority Lien upon (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(c) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that have priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion);

(ii) in respect whereof the applicable Borrower does not hold free legal title or which is subject to any Lien (including Permitted Liens) other than (A) a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties; (B) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent; and (C) a Lien permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(c) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that has priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion;

(iii) (A) is stored at a leased location where the aggregate value of Inventory exceeds $500,000 unless either (x) a reasonably satisfactory Landlord Access Agreement has been delivered to the Administrative Agent, or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed three (3) months of periodic rent and, if a default under the applicable lease or other agreement by the Loan Parties exists, an amount equal to the amounts due and payable thereunder) have been established with respect thereto; or (B) is stored with a bailee or warehouseman where the aggregate value of Inventory exceeds $500,000 unless either (x) a reasonably satisfactory, acknowledged Bailee Letter has been received by the Administrative Agent or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to

 

102


the Administrative Agent have been established with respect thereto; or (C) is stored at a location where the aggregate book value of Inventory is less than $100,000; provided that the requirement for Reserves set forth in clauses (A)(y) and (B)(y) above shall be waived for the first sixty (60) days following the Closing Date and Inventory stored at a leased location or with a bailee or warehouseman shall not be excluded from the definition of Dutch Eligible Inventory by virtue of this clause (iii)(A) or (B)  during such period;

(iv) is placed on consignment, unless a valid consignment agreement which is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent is in place with respect to such Inventory and the Borrowers have taken all steps necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent’s interest in the Inventory (including the filing of financing statements, if applicable); provided that the sum of all Australian Eligible Inventory, Dutch Eligible Inventory and U.S. Eligible Inventory, in the aggregate, consisting of Inventory placed on consignment shall not exceed $20.0 million; provided , further that the requirement to deliver a written agreement pursuant to clause (y)  above shall be waived for the first sixty (60) days following the Closing Date;

(v) is not located in the Netherlands or is in transit (unless it is Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory); provided that the sum of all Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory and U.S. Eligible In-Transit Inventory, in each case, in transit from a third party, in the aggregate, shall not exceed $25.0 million;

(vi) is covered by a negotiable document of title, unless such document has been delivered to the Administrative Agent with all necessary endorsements, free and clear of all Liens except those in favor of the Collateral Agent and landlords, carriers, bailees and warehousemen if clause (iii)  above has been complied with;

(vii) is to be returned to suppliers or consists of goods returned or rejected by a Borrower’s customers;

(viii) is obsolete, unsalable, shopworn, damaged or unfit for sale;

(ix) consists of display items or packing or shipping materials, manufacturing supplies, work-in-process Inventory (except to the extent it is a work-in-process which could reasonably be expected to be converted into finished goods within three (3) Business Days following such time) or replacement parts; provided that the sum of all Australian Eligible Inventory, Dutch Eligible Inventory and U.S. Eligible Inventory, in the aggregate, consisting of work-in-process Inventory which could reasonably be expected to be converted into finished goods within three (3) Business Days following such time shall not exceed $10.0 million;

(x) is not of a type held for sale in the ordinary course of the Dutch Borrowers’ business;

(xi) breaches any of the representations or warranties pertaining to Inventory set forth in the Loan Documents;

(xii) consists of Hazardous Material or goods that can be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily available unless the applicable Dutch Borrower has obtained all of the necessary licenses and is in material compliance with Environmental Law, including with respect to handling and disposal of all such Hazardous Material;

 

103


(xiii) is subject to any licensing arrangement the effect of which would be to limit the ability of Administrative Agent, or any Person selling the Inventory on behalf of Administrative Agent, to sell such Inventory in enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s Liens, without further consent or payment to the licensor or other Person, unless such consent has been unconditionally and irrevocably obtained;

(xiv) is not covered by casualty insurance maintained as required by Section 5.05 ;

(xv) is purchased pursuant to an agreement that includes a retention of title provision until the Inventory has been indefeasibly paid for in full; or

(xvi) is not either otherwise acceptable to, or subject to a Reserve acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion.

(f) U.S. Eligible Inventory . On any date of determination of the U.S. Borrowing Base, all of the Inventory owned by the U.S. Borrowers and reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent shall be “U.S. Eligible Inventory” for the purposes of this Agreement, except any Inventory to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time in its Permitted Discretion to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves against U.S. Eligible Inventory. U.S. Eligible Inventory shall not include any Inventory that:

(i) the Collateral Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, does not have a perfected, first priority Lien upon (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(c) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that have priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion);

(ii) is subject to any Lien (including Permitted Liens) other than (A) a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties; (B) a Permitted Lien which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent; and (C) a Lien permitted under Section 6.02(b) , Section 6.02(c) , Section 6.02(d)(i) or Section 6.02(i) that has priority as a matter of law and, in each case, as to which the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve in its Permitted Discretion;

(iii) (A) is stored at a leased location where the aggregate value of Inventory exceeds $500,000 unless either (x) a reasonably satisfactory Landlord Access Agreement has been delivered to the Administrative Agent, or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed three (3) months of periodic rent and, if a default under the applicable lease or other agreement by the Loan Parties exists, an amount equal to the amounts due and payable thereunder) have been established with respect thereto; or (B) is stored with a bailee or warehouseman where the aggregate value of Inventory exceeds $500,000 unless either (x) a reasonably satisfactory, acknowledged Bailee Letter has been received by the Administrative Agent or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent have been established with respect thereto; or (C) is stored at a location where the aggregate book value of Inventory is less than $100,000; provided that

 

104


the requirement for Reserves set forth in clauses (A)(y) and (B)(y) above shall be waived for the first sixty (60) days following the Closing Date and Inventory stored at a leased location or with a bailee or warehouseman shall not be excluded from the definition of U.S. Eligible Inventory by virtue of this clause (iii)(A) or (B)  during such period;

(iv) is placed on consignment, unless a valid consignment agreement which is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent is in place with respect to such Inventory and the Borrowers have taken all steps necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent’s interest in the Inventory (including the filing of financing statements, if applicable); provided that the sum of all Australian Eligible Inventory, Dutch Eligible Inventory and U.S. Eligible Inventory, in the aggregate, consisting of Inventory placed on consignment shall not exceed $20.0 million; provided , further that the requirement to deliver a written agreement pursuant to clause (y)  above shall be waived for the first sixty (60) days following the Closing Date;

(v) is not located in the United States or is in transit (unless it is U.S. Eligible In-Transit Inventory); provided that the sum of all Dutch Eligible In-Transit Inventory and U.S. Eligible In-Transit Inventory, in each case, in transit from a third party, in the aggregate, shall not exceed $25.0 million;

(vi) is covered by a negotiable document of title, unless such document has been delivered to the Administrative Agent with all necessary endorsements, free and clear of all Liens except those in favor of the Collateral Agent and landlords, carriers, bailees and warehousemen if clause (iii)  above has been complied with;

(vii) is to be returned to suppliers or consists of goods returned or rejected by a Borrower’s customers;

(viii) is obsolete, unsalable, shopworn, damaged or unfit for sale;

(ix) consists of display items or packing or shipping materials, manufacturing supplies, work-in-process Inventory (except to the extent it is a work-in-process which could reasonably be expected to be converted into finished goods within three (3) Business Days following such time) or replacement parts; provided that the sum of all Australian Eligible Inventory, Dutch Eligible Inventory and U.S. Eligible Inventory, in the aggregate, consisting of work-in-process Inventory which could reasonably be expected to be converted into finished goods within three (3) Business Days following such time shall not exceed $10.0 million;

(x) is not of a type held for sale in the ordinary course of the U.S. Borrowers’ business;

(xi) breaches any of the representations or warranties pertaining to Inventory set forth in the Loan Documents;

(xii) consists of Hazardous Material or goods that can be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily available unless the applicable U.S. Borrower has obtained all of the necessary licenses and is in material compliance with Environmental Law, including with respect to handling and disposal of all such Hazardous Material;

 

105


(xiii) is subject to any licensing arrangement the effect of which would be to limit the ability of Administrative Agent, or any Person selling the Inventory on behalf of Administrative Agent, to sell such Inventory in enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s Liens, without further consent or payment to the licensor or other Person, unless such consent has been obtained;

(xiv) is not covered by casualty insurance maintained as required by Section 5.05 ; or

(xv) is not either otherwise acceptable to, or subject to a Reserve acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion.

Section 2.22 Accounts; Cash Management .

(a) Each Borrower and each Guarantor shall maintain a cash management system which is acceptable to the Collateral Agent (the “ Cash Management System ”), which shall operate as provided in this Section 2.22 .

(b) All proceeds of Collateral held by the Borrowers or any other Loan Party (other than funds being collected pursuant to the provisions stated below or identifiable Proceeds of Term Loan Priority Collateral) shall be deposited in one or more bank accounts or securities investment accounts, as set forth on Schedule 2.22(b) or other accounts in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in each case, subject to the terms of the applicable Security Agreement and, from and after the Control Agreement Effective Date, applicable Control Agreements.

(c) The Borrowers shall establish and maintain, and shall cause each Guarantor to establish and maintain, at its sole expense deposit accounts subject to a first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent and a Control Agreement over such account maintained by the financial institutions as described on Schedule 2.22(b) hereto or with such other banks as are acceptable to the Collateral Agent (in each case, “ Blocked Accounts ”) and which shall not be subject to cash pooling or other similar arrangements with any entity that is not a Loan Party and shall not be subject to cash pooling or other similar arrangements with any entity organized in a jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction of the United States (with respect to Blocked Accounts of any Loan Party that is a U.S. Entity), Australia (with respect to Blocked Accounts of any Australian Loan Party) or the Netherlands (with respect to Blocked Accounts of any Dutch Loan Party), into which the Borrowers and Guarantors shall promptly deposit and direct their respective Account Debtors to directly remit all payments on Accounts and all payments constituting proceeds of Inventory or other Revolving Loan Priority Collateral in the identical form in which such payments are made, whether by cash, check or other manner and shall be identified and segregated from all other funds of the Loan Parties; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all payments on Accounts owned by any Dutch Loan Party and all payments constituting proceeds of Inventory or other Revolving Loan Priority Collateral owned by any Dutch Loan Party shall be deposited into accounts and related lockboxes maintained by the Collateral Agent or another bank acceptable to the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall be permitted to fund deposit accounts owned by a UK Financing Subsidiary which are subject to a first priority security interest and, after the Control Agreement Effective Date, Control Agreements in favor of the Collateral Agent in such amounts as the Administrative Borrower reasonably deems necessary; provided that the aggregate amount of funds on deposit in deposit accounts owned by a UK Financing Subsidiary shall not exceed amounts payable by such UK Financing Subsidiary in the (ten) 10 Business Day (or longer with the consent of the Administrative Agent) period following the date of such funding. If the Loan Parties elect to fund such accounts for a period longer than ten (10) Business Days with the consent of the Administrative Agent,

 

106


the Administrative Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the estimated amount of such funding and the Administrative Agent may establish a UK Finance Reserve. From and after the Control Agreement Effective Date, the Borrowers and Guarantors shall cause (i) all of the accounts set forth on Schedule 2.22(c) (and each account in substitution or replacement therefor) and (ii) each other bank account, deposit account, security account or other investment account of any Loan Party (other than, in the case of this clause (ii) , Excluded Accounts) to be subject to Control Agreements and shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Collateral Agent a Control Agreement duly authorized, executed and delivered by each bank where such account is maintained. The Borrowers shall further execute and deliver, and shall cause each Guarantor to execute and deliver, such agreements and documents as the Collateral Agent may require in connection with such accounts and such Control Agreements. The Borrowers and Guarantors shall not establish any deposit accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) after the Closing Date into which proceeds of Collateral are deposited, unless such Borrower or such Guarantor has complied in full with the provisions of this Section 2.22(c) with respect to such deposit accounts. The Borrowers agree that, from and after the delivery of an Activation Notice and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding), all payments made to such Blocked Accounts or other funds received and collected by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, whether in respect of the Accounts or as proceeds of Inventory shall be treated as payments to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and Lenders in respect of the Obligations and therefore shall constitute the property of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and Lenders to the extent of the then outstanding applicable Obligations.

(d) The applicable bank at which any Blocked Accounts are maintained shall agree, from and after the receipt of a notice (an “ Activation Notice ”) from the Collateral Agent (which Activation Notice may, or upon instruction of the Required Lenders, shall, be given by the Collateral Agent at any time during a Cash Dominion Period) pursuant to the applicable Control Agreement, to forward, daily, all amounts in each Blocked Account to the account with the Collateral Agent (or a financial institution acceptable to the Collateral Agent) designated as the collection account (the “ Collection Account ”) which shall be under the exclusive dominion and control of the Collateral Agent and which shall not be subject to cash pooling or other similar arrangements.

(e) From and after the delivery of an Activation Notice, with respect to all affected Blocked Accounts, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding), the Collateral Agent shall apply all such funds in the Collection Account on a daily basis to the repayment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 . Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, after payment in full has been made of the amounts required under Section 8.02 , upon the Administrative Borrower’s request and as long as no Default has occurred and is continuing and, so long as the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders is greater than zero, all other conditions precedent to a Borrowing have been satisfied, any additional funds deposited in the Collection Account shall be released to the Borrowers.

(f) The Borrowers, Guarantors and their respective directors, employees, agents and other Affiliates shall promptly deposit (or cause the same to be deposited) any monies, checks, notes, drafts or any other payment relating to and/or proceeds of Accounts or Inventory of the Loan Parties which come into their possession or under their control in the applicable Blocked Accounts, or remit the same (or

 

107


cause the same to be remitted), in kind, to the Collateral Agent. The Borrowers agree to reimburse the Collateral Agent on demand for any amounts owed or paid to any bank at which a Blocked Account is established or any other bank or Person involved in the transfer of funds to or from the Blocked Accounts arising out of the Collateral Agent’s payments to or indemnification of such bank or Person.

(g) The Borrowers or the Administrative Borrower shall set up deposit accounts in the United States, in each case, subject to Control Agreements within the time periods specified in Section 2.22(b) , into which proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be disbursed by the Administrative Agent.

(h) Concurrent with obtaining a Control Agreement in favor of the Term Loan Agent over the Term Loan Blocked Reinvestment Account, the Borrowers and Guarantors shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Collateral Agent, as “second lien agent”, a Control Agreement duly authorized, executed and delivered by the bank where the Term Loan Blocked Reinvestment Account for the benefit of Holdings is maintained.

Section 2.23 Australian Public Offer .

(a) The Arranger represents and warrants to the Australian Borrowers that it has made, or, if it has not done so, undertakes that it will make, no later than thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement:

(i) invitations to become a Lender under this Agreement to at least ten (10) invitees, and:

(A) its officers involved in the day-to-day syndication process reasonably believed (or will reasonably believe), at the time of making the invitations, that each invitee was carrying on a business of providing finance, or investing or dealing in securities, in the course of operating in financial markets; and

(B) its officers involved in the day-to-day syndication process did not (or will not) know or suspect at the time of making the invitations that any invitee was an Associate of any of the other invitees or an Offshore Associate of any Australian Borrower; or

(ii) invitations to become a Lender under this Agreement publicly in an electronic form, or in another form, that is used by financial markets for dealing in debentures or debt interests, such as on either the Bloomberg or Reuters screen.

(b) The Australian Borrowers irrevocably authorise the Arranger to make the invitations referred to in this Section 2.23 .

(c) Each Australian Borrower represents and warrants that:

(i) it does not know, or have reasonable grounds to suspect, that an Offshore Associate of any Australian Borrower will become a Lender under this Agreement and agrees to notify the Administrative Agent immediately if any proposed Lender disclosed to it is known or suspected by it to be an Offshore Associate of any Australian Borrower; and

 

108


(ii) each Borrower under this agreement is:

(A) a member of the same “wholly-owned group” (as defined in the Australian Tax Act); or

(B) an Associate of each other Borrower under this agreement.

(d) Each Lender that became a Lender as a result of an invitation under Section 2.23(a)(i) represents and warrants that:

(i) an invitation to become Lender was made to it by the Arranger under this Section 2.23 ;

(ii) it was, at the time of the invitation, carrying on a business of providing finance, or investing or dealing in securities, in the course of operating in financial markets; and

(iii) except as disclosed to the Arranger, it is not, so far as it has actual knowledge, an Associate of any other invitee referred to in Section 2.23(a) or an Offshore Associate of any Australian Borrower.

(e) At the cost of the relevant Australian Borrower, each Lender and the Arranger agree, so far as it is reasonably able to do so, to do or provide the things (including information) which the Australian Borrowers request it to do or provide in connection with the invitation made to (or by) it to become a “Lender” under this agreement, if the Australian Borrowers consider them practicable and necessary to ensure that the requirements of section 128F of the Australian Tax Act are satisfied or to demonstrate that they are satisfied.

Section 2.24 Australian Tax Matters . With respect to any advance under any Loan Document to any Australian Borrower or any other Borrower required to withhold tax in accordance with Australian law (each a “ Relevant Borrower ” for purposes of this Section 2.24 ), this Section 2.24 shall apply instead of the provisions of Section 2.15(a) , (c)  and (e) .

(a) Definitions . Solely for purposes of this Section 2.24 , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

GST ” has the meaning given to it in the Australian GST Act, as shall any other term used in Section 2.24 which is defined for purposes of the Australian GST Act.

(b) Tax Gross-up . Save to the extent required under any applicable Requirements of Law, all payments to be made by a Relevant Borrower to any Lender hereunder or under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of Taxes. If a Relevant Borrower is required to deduct or withhold any Taxes, or an amount for or on account of any Taxes from any payment made hereunder or under the Loan Documents to any Lender, the Relevant Borrower (in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to be made) shall be required to pay an additional amount to the extent necessary to ensure that such Lender receives a sum equal to the sum that such Lender would have received if no such deduction or withholding (including deductions or withholdings applicable to any additional amounts paid under this Section 2.24(b) ) had been made; provided , that this Section 2.24 shall not apply in relation to withholding or deduction from payments:

(i) on account of Taxes on the overall net income of a Lender;

 

109


(ii) to, or to a third party on behalf of, a Lender who is liable to such Taxes by reason of the Lender having some connection with the Commonwealth of Australia other than the mere participation in this agreement;

(iii) to, or to a third party on behalf of, a Lender who is liable to such Taxes by reason of the Lender being an Offshore Associate of the Relevant Borrower; or

(iv) to, or a third party on behalf of, a Lender if the relevant Australian Borrower has not received written notice of that Person’s tax file number or Australian business number or evidence of any exemption that person may have from the need to advise its tax file number or Australian business number.

(c) Tax Indemnity .

(i) The Relevant Borrowers shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Administrative Agent) pay to a Lender an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Taxes by that Lender in respect of a Loan Document; provided that this subclause (i)  shall not apply:

(A) with respect to any Taxes assessed on a Lender:

(I) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which such Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

(II) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such Lender’s lending office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in such jurisdiction,

if such Taxes are imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by such Lender; or

(B) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

(I) is compensated for by the payment of an additional amount under Section 2.24(b) ; or

(II) would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Section 2.24(b) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in Section 2.24(b) applied.

(ii) A Lender making, or intending to make a claim under Section 2.24(c)(i) above shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

(iii) A Lender shall, on receiving a payment from the Relevant Borrowers under this Section 2.24(c) , notify the Administrative Agent.

 

110


(d) Tax Credit . If a Relevant Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Lender determines that:

(i) a Tax Credit is attributable either to the payment of an additional amount of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

(ii) that Lender has obtained, utilized and retained that Tax Credit.

the Lender shall as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of such Tax Credit pay an amount to the Relevant Borrower which that Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Relevant Borrower.

(e) Notification of Requirement to Deduct Tax . If, at any time, a Relevant Borrower is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any sum payable by it hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at which or the manner in which such deductions or withholdings are calculated), such Relevant Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent.

(f) Evidence of Payment of Tax . If a Relevant Borrower makes any payment hereunder or under the other Loan Documents in respect of which it is required to make any deduction or withholding, it shall pay the full amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation or other authority within the time allowed for such payment under applicable Requirements of Law and shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, deliver to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders to which such payment was made evidence of payment as is reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

(g) Goods and Services Tax .

(i) All amounts set out or expressed in a Loan Document to be payable by any party to any Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a taxable supply or taxable supplies for GST purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of GST and the party liable to make that payment shall pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the GST payable on that supply, subject to receiving a valid tax invoice from the supplier of that supply.

(ii) Where a Loan Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify a Lender for any cost or expense the reimbursement or indemnity (as the case may be) shall be reduced by the amount of any input tax credit that the Lender (or representative member of the Australian GST Group of which the Lender is a member) is entitled to.

(h) Stamp Taxes . The Borrowers shall:

(i) pay all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Loan Document or in respect of any assignment by a Lender of its rights under a Loan Document; and

(ii) within thirty (30) days of demand, indemnify each Lender against any reasonable cost, any loss or any liability that the Lender incurs in relation to any stamp duty, registration or other similar Tax paid or payable in respect of any Loan Document

 

111


or in respect of any assignment by a Lender of its rights under a Loan Document, including for the avoidance of doubt, any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Section 2.25 Dutch Tax Matters With respect to any advance under any Loan Document to any Dutch Borrower or any other Borrower that is required to make a Tax Deduction in accordance with the relevant provisions of Dutch law (each a “ Relevant Borrower ” for the purposes of this Section 2.25 ), this Section 2.25 shall apply instead of the provisions of Section 2.15(c) and (f) .

(a) Tax Indemnity .

(i) The Relevant Borrowers shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Administrative Agent) pay to a Lender an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Taxes by that Lender in respect of a Loan Document; provided that this subclause (i)  shall not apply:

(A) with respect to any Taxes assessed on a Lender:

(I) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which such Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

(II) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such Lender’s lending office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in such jurisdiction,

if such Taxes are imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by such Lender; or

(B) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Section 2.15(a) .

(ii) A Lender making, or intending to make a claim under Section 2.25(a)(i) above shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

(iii) A Lender shall, on receiving a payment from the Relevant Borrowers under this Section 2.25(a) , notify the Administrative Agent.

(b) Tax Credit . If a Relevant Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Lender determines that:

(i) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

(ii) that Lender has obtained, utilized and retained that Tax Credit,

 

112


the Lender shall promptly following receipt of such Tax Credit pay an amount to the Relevant Borrower which that Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Relevant Borrower.

(c) Value Added Tax .

(i) All amounts set out or expressed in a Loan Document to be payable by any party to any Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to clause (ii)  below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Lender to any party under a Loan Document, that party shall pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Lender shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party).

(ii) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Lender (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Lender (the “ Recipient ”) under a Loan Document, and any party other than the Recipient (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Loan Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration),

(A) (1) (where the Supplier is the Person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT), the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of VAT; and (2) the Recipient must (where this subsection (ii)(A) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(B) (1) (where the Recipient is the Person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT), the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and (2) the Recipient must (where this subsection (ii)(B) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply.

(iii) Where a Loan Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify a Lender for any cost or expense incurred in connection with such Loan Document, the reimbursement or indemnity (as the case may be) shall be for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(iv) Any reference in this Section 2.25 to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to each relevant member of such group at such time.

 

113


(v) In relation to any supply made by a Lender to any party under a Loan Document, if reasonably requested by such Lender, that party must as promptly as reasonably practicable provide such Lender with details of that party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Lender’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

(vi) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.25 , a reference to “determines” or “determined” in connection with tax provisions contained in this Section 2.25 means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the Person making the determination, acting reasonably.

Section 2.26 Nature and Extent of Each Borrower’s Liability .

(a) Joint and Several Liability . All obligations, liabilities, indemnities, representations, warranties and covenants of the Borrowers hereunder are joint and several obligations of the Borrowers and may be enforced against any Borrower individually, one or more Borrowers collectively or all of the Borrowers collectively.

(b) Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of each Borrower hereunder are, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or a Loan Party (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Borrower hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above (in each case, subject to the terms of the applicable Loan Documents):

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to such Borrower, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the maturity of any of the Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or

(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, Issuing Bank or any Lender or Agent as security for any of the Obligations shall fail to be perfected.

Each Borrower hereby expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever (other than the ones expressly provided for or set forth in the applicable Loan Documents), and any

 

114


requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any other Loan Party under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Obligations. Each Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, any and all notices of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon the joint and several liability of the Borrowers, and the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon the joint and several liability of the Borrowers, in each case, subject to the terms of the applicable Loan Documents.

(c) Subrogation; Subordination . Each Borrower hereby agrees that until the indefeasible payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Obligations and the expiration and termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its joint and several liability hereunder, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against any other Borrower of any of the Obligations or any security for any of the Obligations. Any Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(d) shall be subordinated to such Loan Party’s Secured Obligations in the manner set forth in the Intercompany Note evidencing such Indebtedness.

(d) General Limitation on Obligations . In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Borrower under Section 2.26(a) would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 2.26(a) , then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Borrower, any Loan Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 2.26(e) ) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

(e) Right of Contribution . Each Borrower hereby agrees that to the extent that another Borrower shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Borrower shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Borrower hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this clause (c)  shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders, and each Borrower shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders for the full amount of the Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders (with references to the Companies being references thereto after giving effect to the Transactions unless otherwise expressly stated) that:

Section 3.01 Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification . Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and (with respect to any Persons organized, formed or incorporated in any state of the United States, and to the extent applicable in the

 

115


relevant jurisdiction for any Non-U.S. Entities) in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or incorporation; (b) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby; and (c) is qualified to do business and (with respect to any Persons organized, formed or incorporated in any state of the United States, and to the extent applicable in the relevant jurisdiction for any Non-U.S. Entities) in good standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had, and could not be reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.02 Equity Interests and Ownership . The Equity Interests of each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.02 , as of the date hereof, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any additional membership interests or other Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or other Securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Tronox Exchangeable Election Shares). Schedule 3.02 correctly sets forth the ownership interest and jurisdiction of organization or incorporation (as appropriate) of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions).

Section 3.03 Due Authorization; Binding Obligation .

(a) Due Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Loan Party that is a party thereto.

(b) Binding Obligation . Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

Section 3.04 No Conflict; Governmental Consents .

(a) No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Parties are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such Loan Documents do not and will not (i) except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, violate (A) any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) any Requirement of Law applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, in respect of the Australian Borrowers, Section 260A of the Corporations Act (Cth) (2001)); (ii) except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) violate any of the Organizational Documents of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Liens created under any of the Loan Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties and Permitted Liens); or (v) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or

 

116


any approval or consent of any Person under any material Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or consents which have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

(b) Governmental Consents . The execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents entered into on such date and to which such Loan Parties are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such Loan Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority except (i) as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect; (ii) for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents; and (iii) as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.05 Financial Statements; Projections .

(a) Historical Financial Statements . The Historical Financial Statements (other than clause (c) of the definition thereof) and all financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) , (b)  and (c)  have been prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the entities described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year end adjustments.

(b) Liabilities . Except as set forth in the financial statements referred to in Section 3.05(a) , there are no liabilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries of any kind, whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and there is no existing condition, situation or set of circumstances which could reasonably be expected to result in such a liability, other than liabilities under the Loan Documents and the Term Loan Agreement.

(c) Financial Projections . On and as of the Closing Date, the projections of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (both with and without giving effect to the Transactions) for the period commencing with the Closing Date through December 31, 2017 (the “ Projections ”) are based on good faith estimates and assumptions made by the management of Holdings; provided , the Projections are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the Projections may differ from such Projections and that the differences may be material; provided , further, as of the Closing Date, management of Holdings believed that the Projections were reasonable and attainable.

Section 3.06 No Material Adverse Effect . Since December 31, 2011, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, or could reasonably be expected to result in, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.07 Adverse Proceedings, Etc .

(a) There are no Adverse Proceedings that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is in violation of any Requirement of Law that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

117


Section 3.08 Taxes . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.03 (i) all Tax returns and reports of Holdings and its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed; (ii) all Taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable have been timely paid; and (iii) all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Holdings and its Subsidiaries and upon their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries knows of any proposed Tax assessment against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries which is not being actively contested by Holdings or such Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided , such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made or provided therefor. As of the Closing Date, each Australian Loan Party is not, nor has it ever been, a member of an Australian GST Group.

Section 3.09 Properties .

(a) Generally; Title . Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries has (i) good and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in Real Property); (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property); (iii) valid licensed or other rights in (in the case of licensed or other interests in Intellectual Property); and (iv) good title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective properties and assets reflected in the Historical Financial Statements and in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 , in each case except where the failure to have good and legal title, a valid leasehold interest, a valid license or other rights or good title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted under Section 6.08 . Except as permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) Real Estate . As of the Closing Date, Schedule 3.09 contains a true, accurate and complete list of (i) all Real Estate Assets, and (ii) all leases, subleases or assignments of leases (together with all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals or extensions of any thereof) affecting each Real Estate Asset of any Loan Party, regardless of whether such Loan Party is the landlord or tenant (whether directly or as an assignee or successor in interest) under such lease, sublease or assignment. Each agreement listed in clause (ii)  of the immediately preceding sentence is in full force and effect and, except as could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither Holdings nor any Borrower has knowledge of any default that has occurred and is continuing thereunder, and each such agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation of each applicable Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles.

Section 3.10 Environmental Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 :

(a) Other than exceptions that could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) Holdings and its Subsidiaries (A) are and have been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and (B) have obtained, and maintained in full force and effect, all Governmental Authorizations arising under Environmental Laws that are required for the conduct of their businesses, operations and Real Property in compliance with Environmental Laws;

 

118


(ii) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries have received any unresolved written notice, report or other written communication regarding any actual or alleged material violation of Environmental Laws or any unresolved Environmental Liabilities relating to their businesses, operations and Real Property;

(iii) no Release at any Real Property or facility owned, leased or operated by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is occurring that requires notice by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to any Governmental Authority, any form of Remedial Action under applicable Environmental Law by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or that could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(iv) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has by law or contract agreed to, assumed or retained any material Environmental Liability or responsibility for any Environmental Claim, including under any lease, purchase agreement, sale agreement, joint venture agreement or other binding corporate or real estate document or agreement; and

(v) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or any Borrower, threatened Environmental Claims and there are no violations of Environmental Laws or Releases that could reasonably be expected to form the basis of any such Environmental Claim; and

(vi) the Products are being, or have been, pre-registered and registered within the meaning of the Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006 concerning the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals of the European Union and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and do and will comply with all Environmental Laws relating to the Products or to the sale of the Products in the European Union.

(b) Holdings has provided the Administrative Agent, or its agents or consultants, with access to all significant environmental reports, data (including in relation to energy consumption, energy generation and emissions of greenhouse gases to the extent such data exists), documents, studies, analyses, investigations, audits and reviews in the possession or control of, or otherwise reasonably available to, Holdings or its Subsidiaries as necessary to reasonably disclose any material Environmental Liabilities with respect to any Real Property or facility owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates set forth in such documents, studies, analyses, investigations, audits or reviews.

(c) No material Lien has been recorded or, to the knowledge of Holdings or any Borrower, threatened by any Governmental Authority under any Environmental Law with respect to any Real Property or facility owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates.

(d) Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to, or has taken any action so as to exacerbate, any Environmental Legacy Liabilities which Environmental Legacy Liabilities, or which exacerbation, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

119


This Section 3.10 contains the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Holdings with respect to any environmental, health or safety matters, including without limitation any arising under any Environmental Laws.

Section 3.11 No Defaults . To the actual knowledge of Holdings or any Borrower, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its material Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, could constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.12 Material Contracts . Schedule 3.12(a) contains a true, correct and complete list of all the Material Contracts in effect on the Closing Date (other than leases of Real Property set forth on Schedule 3.09(b) ), and, except as described on Schedule 3.12(b) , all such Material Contracts are in full force and effect and, to the actual knowledge of Holdings or any Borrower, no material defaults by Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings (or, on the Closing Date, any other Person) currently exist thereunder.

Section 3.13 Government Regulations . Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other applicable statute or regulation of any Governmental Authority which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable except as expressly set forth herein. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.14 Federal Reserve Regulations; Exchange Act .

(a) Federal Reserve Regulations . None of Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) Exchange Act . No portion of the proceeds of any Loans or any Letters of Credit shall be used in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, that causes or could reasonably be expected to cause, such the extension of such Loans or issuances of such Letters of Credit or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Section 3.15 Employee Matters . Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is (a) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the best knowledge of Holdings and each Borrower, threatened against any of them before the National Labor Relations Board or any similar Governmental Authority or Governmental Entity outside of the United States and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement that is so pending against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of Holdings and each Borrower, threatened against any of them; (b) no strike or work stoppage in existence or threatened involving Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; and (c) to the best knowledge of Holdings and each any Borrower, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the best knowledge of Holdings and each Borrower, no union organization activity that is taking place, except (with respect to any matter specified in clause (a) , (b)  or

 

120


(c) above, either individually or in the aggregate) such as is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from any Loan Party, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such Loan Party except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is bound.

Section 3.16 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Pension Plans . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Company and, with respect to a Pension Plan, each of their respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA, the Code and other Requirements of Law (including Requirements of Law applicable outside of the United States) and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each Employee Benefit Plan. Each Employee Benefit Plan (i) which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code (or be registered or qualify under similar Requirements of Law applicable outside of the United States) has either received a favorable determination letter from the IRS (or similar documentation from a Governmental Authority or Governmental Entity outside of the United States) indicating that such Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified or registered or may rely on a favorable opinion letter issued by the IRS (or similar documentation issued by a Governmental Authority or Governmental Entity outside the United States), and, to the knowledge of Holdings and each Borrower, nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of such determination or opinion letter (or such similar documentation issue by a Governmental Authority or Governmental Entity outside of the United States) which would cause such Employee Benefit Plan to lose its qualified or registered status. There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings and each Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority or Governmental Entity, with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no non-exempt prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No material liability to the PBGC (other than required premium payments and required minimum funding contributions) or the IRS (or similar Governmental Authority or Governmental Entity, whether in the United States or outside of the United States), to or under any Employee Benefit Plan or under any trust established under Title IV of ERISA (or similar Requirements of Law applicable outside of the United States) has been or is expected to be incurred by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries. No fact or circumstance exists that reasonably could be expected to result in the imposition of a lien or security interest against the assets of any of the Borrowers pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of 436 of the Code or ERISA resulting in material liability to the Borrowers and, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.

(b) Foreign Plans . With respect to each Foreign Plan and except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents has engaged in a transaction which would subject Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to any tax or civil liability, Lien or penalty; (ii) all pension contributions (including, without limitation, employer and employee contributions) required by applicable Requirements of Law, by the terms of such Foreign Plan or by any other instrument to have been made by Holdings or its Subsidiaries have been timely made by Holdings or its Subsidiaries on or before the due date thereof; and (iii) (A) reserves have been established in the financial statements of

 

121


Holdings and its Subsidiaries furnished to Lenders in respect of any and all unfunded liabilities (and other financial obligations which have not yet been fulfilled) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with applicable Law or, where required, in accordance with ordinary accounting practices in the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Plan is maintained; and (B) Holdings and its Subsidiaries have no liabilities or financial obligations other than those for which such reserves have been established. Except with respect to any pension schemes applied by the Dutch Subsidiaries, the present value of the aggregate accumulated benefit liabilities of each Foreign Plans (based on those assumptions used to fund such Foreign Plan) did not, as of the last valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Foreign Plan in an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.17 Certain Fees . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17 , no broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, except as payable to the Agents and Lenders.

Section 3.18 Solvency . (a) Each of the Borrowers and each other Australian Subsidiary that is a Material Entity (after giving effect to rights of contribution) is; and (b) Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are, and, in each case, upon the incurrence of any Obligation by any Loan Party on any date on which this representation and warranty is made, will be Solvent.

Section 3.19 Compliance with Statutes, Etc . Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries is in material compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property, except such non-compliance that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.20 Disclosure . No representation or warranty of any Loan Party contained in any Loan Document, the Confidential Information Memorandum (if any) or in any other documents, certificates or written statements furnished to any Agent or Lender by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact (known to Holdings or any Borrower, in the case of any document not furnished by any of them) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made. Any projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Holdings or any Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.

Section 3.21 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto; (b) the Patriot Act; and (c) other applicable federal, state or foreign laws relating to “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

122


Section 3.22 Foreign Assets Control Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering .

(a) Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of each Loan Party is and will remain in compliance in all material respects with all applicable United States, Bahamian, Dutch and Australian economic sanctions laws, Decrees and implementing regulations as promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, and all applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism laws including (i) financing provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act; and (ii) Part 4 of the Australian Charter of the United Nations Act 1945 (Cth), and all regulations issued pursuant to any of the foregoing.

(b) No Loan Party and no Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Loan Party (i) is a Person designated by the United States government on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “ SDN List ”) with which a United States Person cannot deal with in business transactions, (ii) is a Person who is otherwise the target of United States, Bahamian, Dutch or Australian economic sanctions laws such that a United States Person, Bahamian Person, Dutch Person or Australian Person cannot deal in business transactions with such Person or (iii) is controlled by (including without limitation by virtue of such Person being a director or owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any Person or entity on the SDN List or a foreign government that is the target of United States, Bahamian or Australian economic sanctions prohibitions such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be prohibited under United States, Bahamian, Dutch or Australian law. Further, each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of each Loan Party is and will remain in compliance in all material respects with all Dutch economic sanction laws and regulations and all applicable Dutch anti-money laundering and Dutch counter-terrorism laws, including, but not limited to, the law for the prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing ( Wet ter voorkoming van witwassen en financieren van terrorisme ) and the rules and regulations promulgated therefrom, in each case, to the extent applicable to it.

Section 3.23 Senior Indebtedness . To the extent any Indebtedness that, by its terms is contractually subordinated to the Obligations, is outstanding, the Loans and other Obligations will constitute “senior indebtedness,” “designated senior indebtedness” or other comparable term for all purposes of such subordinated indebtedness.

Section 3.24 Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts . As of the Closing Date, all of the Loan Parties’ material deposit accounts and securities accounts (and the bank or securities intermediary at which such accounts are maintained) are listed on Schedule 3.24 .

Section 3.25 Security Matters .

(a) U.S. Security Agreement . The U.S. Security Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement) of the Loan Parties party thereto as of the Closing Date and (i) when the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement) is delivered to the Collateral Agent (to the extent delivery is required by the U.S. Security Agreement) together with stock, membership interest powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer duly executed in blank, the Lien created under the U.S. Security Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected First Priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Pledged Collateral; and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the jurisdiction of organization of each U.S. Entity (and in the District of Columbia with respect to any Non-U.S. Entity that is a signatory to the U.S. Security Agreement), the Lien created under the U.S. Security Agreement will constitute a fully perfected First Priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral (other than Intellectual Property (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement)) on which a Lien may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement.

 

123


(b) PTO Filing; Copyright Office Filing . Upon the recordation of the U.S. Security Agreement (or a short-form security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Holdings and the Collateral Agent) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office (and, with respect to any equivalent rights outside of the United States, the taking of appropriate actions under the laws of such jurisdictions as required pursuant to the terms of the U.S. Security Agreement, including filing in other appropriate foreign or international offices or registrars), together with the financing statements or such other filings in appropriate form are filed in the jurisdiction of organization of each U.S. Entity (and in the District of Columbia with respect to any Non-U.S. Entity that is a signatory to the U.S. Security Agreement), the Lien created under the U.S. Security Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected First Priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement) (it being understood that (i) subsequent filings and recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and equivalent offices outside the United States may be necessary with respect to registered trademarks and patents, trademark and patent applications and registered copyrights acquired or created by the Loan Parties after the date hereof; and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, in no event shall any of the Loan Parties be required to make any filings or recordings with intellectual property offices in Asia).

(c) Mortgages . The Mortgages are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable First Priority Lien on all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.25 (or, in the case of any Mortgage executed and delivered after the date thereof in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.11 and 5.12 , when such Mortgage is filed in the offices specified in the local counsel opinion delivered with respect thereto in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.11 and 5.12 ) and all related recording fees paid, the Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected First Priority Lien on, and, subject to the exceptions set forth in the applicable Mortgage, security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in each such Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof.

(d) UK Security Agreements . Subject to the Legal Reservations, the UK Security Documents, if any, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid, enforceable and perfected First Priority Lien in the “Collateral” (as defined in the relevant UK Security Document) of the Loan Parties party to such documents to the extent set forth therein.

(e) Australian Security Agreements . The Australian Security Agreements, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent (or the Australian Security Trustee), for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid, enforceable and perfected First Priority Lien in the “Collateral” (as defined in the relevant Australian Security Agreements) of the Loan Parties party to such documents to the extent set forth therein.

(f) Dutch Security Agreements . The Dutch Security Agreements, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid, enforceable and perfected First Priority Lien in the “Collateral” (as defined in the relevant Dutch Security Agreements) of the Loan Parties party to such documents to the extent set forth therein.

 

124


(g) Other Foreign Security Documents . Any Security Document governed by a law other than applicable Australian laws, Dutch laws, U.S. laws or UK laws creates, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, an effective First Priority Lien over the assets purported to be secured by it.

(h) Valid Liens . Each Security Document delivered pursuant to Sections 5.11 and 5.12 will, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, be effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Collateral thereunder, and (i) when all appropriate filings or recordings are made in the appropriate offices as may be required under applicable Requirements of Law; and (ii) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding), upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by any Security Document), such Security Document will constitute fully perfected First Priority Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral.

Section 3.26 Certain Dutch Law Matters .

(a) Guarantee . No Dutch Loan Party guarantees or has guaranteed the obligations of any other Person in accordance with Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code (or similar arrangements in other jurisdictions).

(b) Dutch Security . Any security interest or guarantee granted by a Dutch Loan Party is in its corporate interest, is not prejudicial to the rights of other creditors and does not violate section 2:98c or 2:207c of the Dutch Civil Code.

(c) Centre of Main Interests and Establishments . Each Dutch Loan Party (i) has its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “ Regulation ”) in The Netherlands; and (ii) does not have an “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any jurisdiction.

Section 3.27 Certain Australian Law Matters .

(a) Tax Consolidated Group . No Australian Loan Party is a member of a Tax Consolidated Group unless (i) a TSA and a TFA are in full force and effect; and (ii) each member of the Tax Consolidated Group to which the Australian Loan Party is a member is party to the TSA and TFA.

(b) Australian GST Group . Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is a member of an Australian GST Group unless an ITSA is in full force and effect.

(c) Australian Loan Parties . If such Loan Party is an Australian Loan Party, (i) the entering into and performance by it of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is expressed to be a party are for its commercial benefit and are in its commercial interests; and (ii) the entry into and performance by it of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not contravene the Corporations Act.

Section 3.28 Use of Proceeds . The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans on and after the Closing Date (a) to effect the Refinancing; (b) to pay all fees

 

125


and expenses owing in connection with the Transactions (other than the Exxaro Acquisition); and (c) for general corporate purposes (including to effect Permitted Acquisitions other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Exxaro Acquisition)). Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, ensure that no Proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans shall be used in violation of law or result in any guarantee or grant of security by any Loan Party being in violation of law.

Section 3.29 Insurance . Schedule 3.29 (to the extent available to the Administrative Borrower on the Closing Date, and after the Closing Date, as modified pursuant to Section 5.14(c) ) sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all insurance maintained by Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. All insurance maintained by Holdings and its Subsidiaries is in full force and effect, all premiums have been duly paid, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of violation or cancellation thereof, the Premises, and the use, occupancy and operation thereof, comply in all material respects with all Insurance Requirements, and there exists no default under any Insurance Requirement. Holdings and its Subsidiaries have insurance required under Section 5.05 .

Section 3.30 Location of Material Inventory . Schedule 3.30 (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time on the same terms and conditions as required under Section 6.5(c) of the U.S. Security Agreement to amend Schedule 5.5 to the U.S. Security Agreement) sets forth all locations in the United States, the Netherlands and Australia where the aggregate value of Inventory at any such location owned by the Loan Parties exceeds $500,000.

Section 3.31 Accuracy of Borrowing Bases . At the time any Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered pursuant to this Agreement, each Account and each item of Inventory included in the calculation of each of the Borrowing Bases satisfies all of the criteria stated herein (or of which the Administrative Borrower has hereafter been notified by the Administrative Agent under Section 2.21 ) to be an Eligible Account and an item of Eligible Inventory, respectively.

Section 3.32 Not a Trustee . Except as set out in this document, no Australian Loan Party enters into any Loan Document as trustee of any trust or settlement.

Section 3.33 No Immunity . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their assets have immunity from the jurisdiction of a court or from legal process, except to the extent it concerns assets located in the Netherlands which qualify as goods intended for public use ( goederen bestemd voor de openbare dienst ) as referred to in the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure ( Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering ).

Section 3.34 Excluded Entities . No Excluded Entity holds any material assets or properties or conducts any business, and no material liability is reasonably expected to result from the dissolution of any of the Excluded Entities.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

Section 4.01 Conditions to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender and, if applicable, each Issuing Bank to fund the initial Credit Extension requested to be made by it shall be subject to the prior or concurrent satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.01 .

 

126


(a) Loan Documents . There shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent an executed counterpart of each of the Loan Documents and the Perfection Certificate.

(b) Corporate Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) a certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of each Loan Party (or, in the case of an Australian Loan Party, of a director or in the case of a limited liability partnership, a designated member) dated the Closing Date, certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of each Organizational Document of such Loan Party certified (to the extent applicable) as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization; (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors (or any other corporate body of such Loan Party which is authorized under such Loan Party’s Organizational Documents or by any applicable Requirements of Law to resolve on the following matters) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect; and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party (together with a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the secretary or assistant secretary executing the certificate in this clause (i) );

(ii) with respect to any Persons organized, formed or incorporated in any state of the United States, and to the extent applicable in the relevant jurisdiction for any Non-U.S. Entities, a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party (in so-called “long-form” if available) as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State (or other applicable Governmental Authority) and a “bring-down” good standing dated on or about the Closing Date; and

(iii) such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(c) Officers’ Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of Holdings, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.01 and Sections 4.02(b) and (c) .

(d) Financings and Other Transactions, etc.

(i) The Exxaro Acquisition Date shall have occurred.

(ii) The organizational structure and capital structure of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be as set forth on Schedule 3.02 .

(iii) The Refinancing shall have been consummated in full to the satisfaction of the Lenders with all liens in favor of the existing lenders being unconditionally released; the Administrative Agent shall have received a “pay-off” letter or “deed of release” (as applicable) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to all debt being refinanced in the Refinancing; and

 

127


the Administrative Agent shall have received from any Person holding any Lien securing any such debt, such UCC termination statements, mortgage releases, releases of assignments of leases and rents, releases of security interests in Intellectual Property, undertakings to register financing statements in relation to the PPSA Australia to remove security interests and other instruments, in each case in proper form for recording, as the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested to release and terminate of record the Liens securing such debt.

(e) Financial Statements; Pro Forma Balance Sheet; Projections . The Lenders shall have received and shall be satisfied with the form and substance of the financial statements described in Section 3.05 and with the forecasts of each of the Borrowing Bases (other than the Dutch Borrowing Base) and financial performance of Holdings, the Borrowers, the Acquired Business and their respective Subsidiaries.

(f) Indebtedness and Minority Interests . After giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, no Company shall have outstanding any Indebtedness or preferred stock other than (i) the Loans and Credit Extensions hereunder; (ii) Indebtedness incurred under the Term Loan Agreement; (iii) the Indebtedness listed on Schedule 6.01(i) ; and (iv) Indebtedness owed to any Borrower or Guarantor.

(g) Opinions of Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the other Agents, the Arranger, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of (i) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties; and (ii) each local and foreign counsel for the Loan Parties (or the Administrative Agent, to the extent consistent with finance opinion practice in such Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization) listed on Schedule 4.01(g) , in each case (A) dated the Closing Date, (B) addressed to the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and (C) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h) Solvency Certificate and Other Reports . The Administrative Agent shall have received appraisals of the Borrowers’ Inventory and a field examination of the Collateral, in each case satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, it being agreed that the appraisals and field examinations delivered to the Administrative on or prior to June 11, 2012 are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate in the form of Exhibit O , dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief financial officer of Holdings.

(i) Requirements of Law . The Lenders shall be satisfied that the Holdings, its Subsidiaries and the Transactions shall be in full compliance with all material Requirements of Law, including Regulations T, U and X of the Board, and shall have received satisfactory evidence of such compliance reasonably requested by them.

(j) Consents . Each Loan Party shall have obtained all material Governmental Authorizations and all material consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary or advisable in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or the financing thereof and no action, request for stay, petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired.

 

128


(k) Litigation . There shall be no litigation, public or private, or administrative proceedings, governmental investigation or other legal or regulatory developments, actual or threatened, that, singly or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or could materially and adversely affect the ability of Holdings, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries to fully and timely perform their respective obligations under the Transaction Documents, or the ability of the parties to consummate the financings contemplated hereby or the other Transactions.

(l) Fees . The Arranger and Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including the legal fees and expenses of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel to the Agents, King & Wood Mallesons, foreign counsel to the Agents and the Australian Security Trustee, De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V., foreign counsel to the Agents, and the fees and expenses of any other local counsel, foreign counsel, appraisers, consultants and other advisors) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(m) Confirmation of Perfected Security Interest . The Security Documents required hereunder on the Closing Date shall have been executed and delivered in form, scope and substance customary for financings of this type and the Collateral Agent shall have a First Priority perfected security interest in the Collateral of the Borrowers and Guarantors; it being understood that other than to the extent such perfection may be achieved through (i) the execution of the Loan Documents, (ii) the filing of a UCC financing statement (or jurisdictional equivalent) or other document with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office or (iii) the possession of stock certificates or other certificates representing Equity Interests, to the extent any Collateral or the grant of a security interest or perfection of such security interest in any Collateral is not provided on the Closing Date after the use by the Loan Parties of commercially reasonable efforts to do so or without undue burden or expense, the delivery of such Collateral shall not constitute a condition precedent to the Closing Date but may instead be required to be delivered within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree).

(n) Personal Property Requirements . The Collateral Agent shall have received:

(i) satisfactory evidence that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral accompanied by instruments of transfer and stock powers undated and endorsed in blank have been delivered to the Term Loan Agent (which shall act as bailee for the Collateral Agent (or the Australian Security Trustee));

(ii) satisfactory evidence that the Intercompany Note executed by and among Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries, accompanied by instruments of transfer undated and endorsed in blank have been delivered to the Term Loan Agent (which shall act as bailee for the Collateral Agent (or the Australian Security Trustee));

(iii) satisfactory evidence that all other certificates, agreements, including instruments necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in all Chattel Paper, all Instruments and all Investment Property of each Loan Party (as each such term is defined in the U.S. Security Agreement or any Australian Security Agreement and to the extent required by the U.S. Security Agreement or any Australian Security Agreement) have been delivered to the Term Agent (which shall act as bailee for the Collateral Agent (or the Australian Security Trustee)) ] ;

 

129


(iv) UCC financing statements in appropriate form for filing under the UCC, financing statements in appropriate for filing under the PPSA Australia, Intellectual Property Security Agreements for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office and such other documents under applicable Requirements of Law in each jurisdiction as may be necessary or appropriate or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the Liens created, or purported to be created, by the Security Documents;

(v) certified copies of UCC, Australian PPSA, United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name any Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any Loan Party is organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that are required by the Perfection Certificate or that the Collateral Agent deems necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Security Documents (other than Permitted Collateral Liens or any other Liens acceptable to the Collateral Agent);

(vi) with respect to each location set forth on Schedule 4.01(n)(vi) , a Landlord Access Agreement or Bailee Letter, as applicable; provided that no such Landlord Access Agreement or Bailee Letter shall be required with respect to any Real Property that could not be obtained after the Loan Party that is the lessee of such Real Property or owner of the inventory or other personal property Collateral stored with the bailee thereof, as applicable, shall have used all commercially reasonable efforts to do so; and

(vii) evidence acceptable to the Collateral Agent of payment or arrangements for payment by the Loan Parties of all applicable recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Security Documents.

(o) Anti-Terrorism Laws . At least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received the information required under Section 10.13 .

(p) Borrowing Base Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate evidencing Borrowing Availability on the Closing Date of at least $200.0 million.

(q) Intercreditor Agreement . The Loan Parties and the Term Loan Agent shall have executed the Intercreditor Agreement, which agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(r) Exxaro Indebtedness . Consideration in the form of cash to be utilized for the payment in full of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(x) shall be held by a Borrower or an Affiliate of a Borrower in a separate account pursuant to the Transaction Agreement on terms consistent with the Transaction Agreement for the purpose of paying such Indebtedness in full.

(s) Term Loan Evidence . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the Term Loan Documents do not prohibit the grant of a security interest to the Collateral Agent in the Equity Interests of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as contemplated hereby.

 

130


Section 4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions .

The obligation of each Lender and each Issuing Bank to make any Credit Extension (including the initial Credit Extension) shall be subject to, and to the satisfaction of, each of the conditions precedent set forth below.

(a) Notice . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.03 ) if Loans are being requested or, in the case of the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received an LC Request as required by Section 2.18(b) or, in the case of the Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.17(b) .

(b) No Default . At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Extension and the application of the proceeds thereof, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date.

(c) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party set forth in Article III hereof or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; provided , however , that this condition shall not apply to any request for the amendment of a Letter of Credit for purposes of decreasing its face value.

(d) Anti-Terrorism Laws . With respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of a Subsidiary only, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have timely received the information required under Section 10.13 .

Each of the delivery of a Borrowing Request or an LC Request and the acceptance by the Borrowers of the proceeds of such Credit Extension shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers and each other Loan Party that on the date of such Credit Extension (both immediately before and after giving effect to such Credit Extension and the application of the proceeds thereof) the conditions contained in Sections 4.02(b) and (c)  have been satisfied.

Section 4.03 Conditions to Initial Credit Extension to an Eligible Subsidiary .

The obligation of each Lender and each Issuing Bank to make the initial Credit Extension to an Eligible Subsidiary shall be subject to, and to the satisfaction of, each of the conditions precedent set forth below.

(a) Opinion of Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the other Agents, the Arranger, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of special counsel for such Eligible Subsidiary (or the Administrative Agent, to the extent consistent with finance opinion practice in such Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization), (A) dated the date of the proposed initial Credit Extension to such Eligible Subsidiary (each, an “ Initial Borrowing Date ”), (B) addressed to the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and (C) in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

131


(b) Corporate Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) a certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary (or director if such Eligible Subsidiary is incorporated or organized under the laws of Australia or the laws of the Netherlands) of such Eligible Subsidiary dated the Initial Borrowing Date (or such earlier date acceptable to the Administrative Agent) certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of each Organizational Document of such Eligible Subsidiary certified (to the extent applicable) as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Eligible Subsidiary authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Eligible Subsidiary (together with a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the secretary or assistant secretary executing the certificate in this clause (i) );

(ii) (other than in respect of any Eligible Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of Australia) a certificate as to the good standing of such Eligible Subsidiary (in so-called “long-form” if available) as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State (or other applicable Governmental Authority); and

(iii) such other documents as the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and consistent with the requirements of Section 4.01 , including but not limited to, applicable Security Documents.

(c) Anti-Terrorism Laws . The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have timely received the information required under Section 10.13 .

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party warrants, covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than any contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled, cash collateralized in a manner and in an amount consistent with the requirements of Section 2.18(i) or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each Loan Party shall perform, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Article V .

Section 5.01 Financial Statements, Reports, etc . Holdings will deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) [Intentionally omitted] ;

(b) Quarterly Reports . As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year (or, with respect to the first Fiscal Quarter following the Exxaro Acquisition Date, if such Fiscal Quarter is one of the first three Fiscal Quarters of the relevant Fiscal Year, 60 days), commencing with the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing

 

132


Date occurs, (i) the consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, together with a Narrative Report with respect thereto (it being understood that all of the foregoing information may be furnished in the form of a Form 10-Q and only the information required as of the date hereof by such Form 10-Q shall be required by this Section 5.01(b)(i) so long as such financial information includes the financial information described in this Section 5.01(b)(i) )and (ii) a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto;

(c) Annual Reports . As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year (or, with respect to the first Fiscal Year in which the Exxaro Acquisition Date occurs, 120 days), commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2012, (1) (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, together with a Narrative Report with respect thereto (it being understood that all of the foregoing information may be furnished in the form of a Form 10-K and only the information required as of the date hereof by such Form 10-K shall be required by this Section 5.1(c)(1)(i) so long as such financial information includes the financial information described in this Section 5.01(c)(1)(i) ) and (ii) a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto and (2) with respect to such audited consolidated financial statements, a report thereon of Grant Thornton LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national or regional standing selected by Holdings, and reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent (the firm delivering such report, the “ Accounting Firm ”) (which report and/or the accompanying financial statements shall be unqualified as to going concern and scope of audit, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards). Furthermore, Holdings and Tronox US shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Accounting Firm to deliver concurrently with its report delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(c)(2) a written statement by such independent certified public accountants stating (i) that their audit examination has included a review of the terms of Section 6.07 of this Agreement and the related definitions, (ii) to the extent the accountants agree to so provide, whether, in connection therewith, any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.07 has come to their attention and, if such a condition or event has come to their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, and (iii) that nothing has come to their attention that causes them to believe that the information contained in any Compliance Certificate is not correct or that the matters set forth in such Compliance Certificate are not stated in accordance with the terms hereof;

(d) Financial Officer’s Certificate . Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01(b) or (c) , a Compliance Certificate (A) certifying that no Default has occurred or, if such a Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (B) beginning with the first Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date, setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (whether or not a Covenant Testing Period exists) and (C) showing a reconciliation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to the net income set forth on the statement of income;

 

133


(e) Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles . If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements, the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) or (c)  will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(f) Notice of Default . Promptly upon an officer of Holdings or any Borrower obtaining actual knowledge (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days thereof) (i) of any occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 8.01(m) ; or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences or could reasonably be expected to result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of a Responsible Officer specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, Default, default, event or condition, and what action the Borrowers have taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(g) Notice of Litigation . Promptly upon any officer of Holdings or any Borrower obtaining actual knowledge of (A) (i) any Adverse Proceeding not previously disclosed in writing to Lenders or (ii) any development in any Adverse Proceeding that, in the case of either clause (i)  or (ii)  could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (B) any proceeding with respect to any Loan Document; (C) any proceeding that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (D) any proceeding that seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the Transactions contemplated hereby, written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to the Companies to enable Administrative Agent and its counsel to evaluate such matters;

(h) Employee Benefit Plans, Multiemployer Plans . (i) Promptly upon any Company becoming aware (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days thereof) of the occurrence of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the IRS, the Department of Labor, the PBGC or any other Governmental Authority or Governmental Entity with respect thereto; and (ii) with reasonable promptness upon the request of the Administrative Agent, copies of (1) each Schedule SB (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with the IRS with respect to each Pension Plan (and any similar reports filed by any Company with any Governmental Authority, Governmental Entity or pension provider with respect to each Foreign Plan); (2) all notices received by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event; and (3) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Employee Benefit Plan; provided that if any Company or its ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, the applicable Company or ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof;

 

134


(i) Financial Plan . (i) As soon as practicable and in any event no later than forty-five (45) days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, commencing for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2013, (A) a consolidated plan and financial forecast for each Fiscal Quarter of such Fiscal Year, including a forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each such Fiscal Quarter of such Fiscal Year, and an explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based; and (B) a consolidated plan and financial forecast for each of the two (2) subsequent Fiscal Years, including a forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each such Fiscal Year, an explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based and accompanied by the statement of a Financial Officer of Holdings to the effect that the Financial Plan is a reasonable estimate for the periods covered thereby (each plan delivered pursuant to clause (A)  or (B)  above, a “ Financial Plan ”); and (iii) promptly when available, any significant revisions of such Financial Plan;

(j) Insurance Report . As soon as practicable and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a certificate from the Companies’ insurance broker(s) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent outlining all material insurance coverage maintained as of the date of such certificate by Holdings and its Subsidiaries and promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent whenever any separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under Section 5.05 is taken out by any Company; and promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies;

(k) Notice Regarding Material Contracts . Promptly, and in any event within ten (10) Business Days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree) (i) after any Material Contract of any Company is terminated (other than pursuant to its terms) or amended in a manner that is materially adverse to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (ii) any new Material Contract (other than any contract in the ordinary course of business) is entered into, a written statement describing such event, with copies of such material amendments or new contracts, delivered to the Administrative Agent (to the extent such delivery is permitted by the terms of any such Material Contract; provided , no such prohibition on delivery shall be effective if it were bargained for by such Company with the intent of avoiding compliance with this Section 5.1(k) ), and an explanation of any actions being taken with respect thereto;

(l) Information Regarding Collateral .

(i) Holdings will furnish to the Collateral Agent prompt written notice of any change (A) in Loan Party’s corporate name; (B) in the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office; (C) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure; (D) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization; or (E) if applicable, in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or state organizational identification number. Each Loan Party agrees to promptly provide the Collateral Agent with certified Organizational Documents reflecting any of the changes described in the preceding sentence;

(ii) Other than in connection with the Reorganization ( provided that it is acknowledged and agreed that any transfers of Collateral in connection with the Reorganization shall be made subject to the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the

 

135


benefit of the Secured Parties), Holdings agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding subclause (ii)  unless (A) it shall have given the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent prompt (and in any event within ten (10) days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree) notice following any such change, clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; (B) it shall have taken all action reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral, if applicable (including, without limitation, filings under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral as contemplated in the Security Documents);

(iii) Each Loan Party agrees to promptly notify the Collateral Agent of any change in the location of any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Revolving Loan Priority Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Revolving Loan Priority Collateral in excess of $1,000,000 is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility), other than changes in location to a Mortgaged Property or a leased property subject to a Landlord Access Agreement; provided that the Loan Parties shall not be required to notify the Collateral Agent under this clause (iii)  with respect to (A) mobile goods; (B) Inventory or Equipment in transit or being handled by freight forwarders; (C) property at other locations in connection with the repair or refurbishment thereof; and (D) collateral in the possession of employees in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) Holdings also agrees promptly after it becomes aware to notify the Collateral Agent (A) if any material portion of the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral is damaged or destroyed or otherwise materially adversely affected; (B) the incurrence of any material Lien (other than Permitted Collateral Liens) on, or material claim asserted against any of the Collateral; (C) the occurrence of a Casualty Event; or (D) the occurrence of any other event which could materially affect the value of the Collateral;

(m) Annual Collateral Verification . Within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2012, Holdings shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer (i) either confirming that there has been no change in the information set forth in the Perfection Certificate or the latest Perfection Certificate Supplement and/or identifying such changes by setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate Supplement; and (ii) certifying that all UCC financing statements (including fixtures filings, as applicable) and all supplemental Intellectual Property Security Agreements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations, have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (n)  above (or in the latest Perfection Certificate Supplement delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01(m) ) to the extent necessary to effect, protect and perfect the security interests under the Security Documents (to the extent perfection may be achieved by the foregoing filings) for a period of not less than 18 months after the date of such certificate (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation statements to be filed within such period);

(n) Other Information . Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (i) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made available generally by any Loan Party to its security holders or bondholders acting in such capacity; (ii) all regular and periodic reports and all

 

136


registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by any Loan Party with any securities exchange or with the SEC, ASIC or any other Governmental Authority; (iii) all press releases and other statements made available generally by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to the public concerning material developments in the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) such other information and data with respect to the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Company as from time to time may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; and

(o) Term Loan Agreement . Concurrently with the delivery thereof, Holdings shall deliver copies of all reports and other information provided to the agents and lenders under the Term Loan Agreement and shall provide notice of all conference calls and meetings of the Loan Parties (as defined therein) and the lenders under such Term Loan Agreement to the extent not prohibited by the Term Loan Agent or any such lenders, in each case for informational purposes only.

Section 5.02 Existence . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.08 or (other than with respect to Holdings or any Borrower) to the extent that the failure to remain in existence could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights and franchises, licenses and permits material to its business; provided , no Loan Party (other than a Borrower with respect to existence) or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise, licenses and permits if such Person’s Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of such Person, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to such Person or to Lenders.

Section 5.03 Payment of Obligations, Taxes and Claims .

(a) Payment of Obligations . Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine accrues thereon, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided , that such payment shall not be required with respect to any Tax if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (i)(A) adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor and (B) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim; and (ii) the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, file or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries).

(b) Australian Tax Consolidation . With respect to each Australian Loan Party, each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, ensure that (i) so long as it is a member of a Tax Consolidated Group (A) there is at all times a TSA for that Tax Consolidated Group (of which each Australian Loan Party is party to) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (B) each member of the Tax Consolidated Group (of which each Australian Loan Party is a member) is party to a TFA; and (C) it complies with the TSA and TFA (ii) the TSA is amended or replaced to the extent necessary to ensure that it remains a valid TSA (having regard to changes in the composition or activities of the Tax Consolidated Group); (iii) it is not at any time liable for any Group Liability other than in respect of its own assets and activities (including as a result of being a member of a Tax Consolidated Group or a party to a TSA); (iv) the Head Company of the Tax Consolidated Group to which each

 

137


Australian Loan Party is a member gives the Australian Taxation Office a copy of the TSA within the period required by section 721-25(3)(b) of the Australian Tax Act if the Australian Taxation Office gives a notice requiring it to do so.

(c) Australian GST Group . With respect to each Australian Loan Party, each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, ensure that it will not become a member of an Australian GST Group unless the Australian GST Group of which the Australian Loan Party becomes a member has at all times while the Australian Loan Party is a member a valid ITSA for that Australian GST Group in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.04 Maintenance of Properties . Except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty or operational failure excepted, all material tangible properties used or useful in the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof.

Section 5.05 Insurance . Holdings will maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdings will maintain or cause to be maintained (a) flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the Flood Program, in each case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and (b) replacement value casualty insurance on the Collateral under such policies of insurance, with such insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are at all times carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses. From and after the tenth (10th) Business Day (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall agree), each such policy of insurance shall (i) name the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear, (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement, satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent, that names the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the loss payee thereunder. Holdings shall provide or shall cause to be provided at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Agent of any modification adverse to the interests of the Lenders hereunder or cancellation of such policy.

Section 5.06 Books and Records; Inspections . Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in conformity in all material respects with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Each Company will permit any authorized representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of the properties of such Company and any of its respective Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and advisors (including independent public accountants), all upon reasonable prior written notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be requested; provided , however , that Holdings shall only be responsible for the expenses relating to the foregoing (a) for one visit per Fiscal Year if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (b) during the continuation of an Event of Default.

 

138


Section 5.07 Lenders Meetings . Holdings will, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, participate in a meeting of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders once each Fiscal Year to be held at Holdings’ offices in the United States (or at such other location as may be agreed to by Holdings and Administrative Agent or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, by conference call) at such time as may be agreed to by Holdings and the Administrative Agent.

Section 5.08 Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party will comply, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all other Persons, if any, on or occupying any Real Property presently or formerly owned, leased, operated or used by any Company to comply, with the requirements of all applicable Requirements of Law, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (except with respect to Environmental Laws which are covered in Section 5.09 ), noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.09 Environmental .

(a) Environmental Disclosure . Holdings will deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

(i) promptly upon the occurrence thereof, written notice describing in reasonable detail (1) any Release of Hazardous Materials that could reasonably be expected to require a Remedial Action or give rise to Environmental Liabilities or Environmental Claims that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (2) any Environmental Claim brought against any Company that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or (3) any Company’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Real Property owned, operated or leased by any Company that could cause such Real Property or any part thereof to be subject to any material restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use thereof under any Environmental Laws that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) as soon as practicable following the sending or receipt thereof by any Company, a copy of any and all written communications with any Governmental Authority or other Person with respect to (1) any Environmental Claims that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; (2) any Release of Hazardous Materials that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (3) any request for information from any Governmental Authority that suggests such Governmental Authority is investigating whether any Company may be potentially responsible for any Release of Hazardous Materials that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) prompt written notice describing in reasonable detail (1) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or property by any Company that could reasonably be expected to expose Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to, or result in, Environmental

 

139


Liability or Environmental Claims that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (2) any proposed action to be taken the Companies to modify current operations in a manner that could reasonably be expected to subject the Companies to any additional material Environmental Liabilities or other material obligations or requirements under any Environmental Laws which in either case could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(iv) with reasonable promptness, such other documents and information as from time to time may be reasonably requested in writing by the Administrative Agent in relation to any matters disclosed pursuant to this Section 5.09(a) .

(b) Remedial Action . Each Loan Party shall promptly take, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to promptly take, any and all actions necessary to (i) cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by such Company that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) conduct any Remedial Action that may be required pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws by such Company that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) make an appropriate response to any Environmental Claim against such Company and discharge any obligations it may have to any Person thereunder where failure to do so could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Environmental Compliance . Each Loan Party shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries all lessees to comply, with all Environmental Laws, obtain and maintain in full force and effect all necessary Governmental Authorizations required pursuant to Environmental Laws, and conduct all Remedial Actions required by, and in accordance with, applicable Environmental Laws except for any failures to comply, obtain, maintain or conduct which would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.10 Subsidiaries .

(a) In the event that any Person becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Exempt Entity) or any Subsidiary that was an Exempt Entity but has ceased to be an Exempt Entity, Holdings shall within seven (7) Business Days after any Dutch Subsidiary or any Australian Acquired Company ceases to be an Exempt Entity (as such date may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its discretion) or promptly (in the case of any other Subsidiary), but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or ceases to be an Exempt Entity unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), cause such Subsidiary (other than any Exempt Entity) to become a Guarantor hereunder (unless such Subsidiary becomes an Additional Co-Borrower hereunder) by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a Joinder Agreement or such comparable documentation (in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) each additional Guaranty shall be limited (or not required) as necessary to reflect limitations or prohibitions under applicable Requirements of Law with respect to maintenance of share capital, financial assistance and other such similar legal restrictions affecting such Subsidiary; (ii) Holdings shall not be obligated to cause such Subsidiary to provide a Guaranty of the Obligations to the extent that such Guaranty would result in a violation of applicable Requirements of Law or any liability for individuals that are officers or directors of such Subsidiary which, in any case, cannot be prevented or otherwise avoided through the reasonable commercial efforts of Holdings or such Subsidiary; (iii) if such Subsidiary is not directly or indirectly wholly-owned by Holdings, another Loan Party or a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of any of the foregoing, if the consent of the

 

140


co-owner of such Subsidiary is necessary or desirable and such consent is not obtained following the use of commercially reasonable efforts, then such Subsidiary shall not be required to provide a Guaranty pursuant to this Section 5.10(a) ; (iv) Holdings shall not be obligated to cause such Subsidiary to provide a Guaranty of the Obligations if such Guaranty would result in an adverse tax consequences on account of application of Section 956 of the Code; and (v) if the Administrative Agent determines in its sole discretion that the benefit to the Secured Parties of such Subsidiary providing a Guaranty of the Obligations is substantially outweighed by the expense or burden of such Subsidiary providing such Guaranty, the Administrative Agent may advise Holdings that certain actions otherwise required by this Section 5.10(a) shall not be required (in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to take such actions).

(b) With respect to any Person who provides a Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.10(a) or becomes an Additional Co-Borrower, Holdings shall seven (7) Business Days after any Dutch Subsidiary or any Australian Acquired Company ceases to be an Exempt Entity (as such date may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its discretion) or promptly (in the case of any other Subsidiary), but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion): (i) cause such Subsidiary to become a Grantor under the relevant Security Documents, and additional Security Documents (including those compatible with the laws of any non-U.S. Entity’s jurisdiction) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent (it being understood and agreed that the Secured Parties by their acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and the Security Documents authorize the Collateral Agent to negotiate and execute such additional Security Documents on their behalf); (ii) cause Holdings or the relevant Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdings that hold the ownership interests in such Person to take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent in respect of the pledge of the Equity Interests in such Person together with undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the holder(s) of such Equity Interests, in each case, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding); and (iii) cause such Subsidiary to take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, including but not limited to those which are similar to those described in Sections 4.01(b) , (g)  (such opinions, if any, to be delivered by such counsel as is customary in the relevant jurisdiction), (h) , (m)  and (n)  and Section 5.14(a) ; provided however that if the Administrative Agent determines in its reasonable discretion that the benefit to the Secured Parties of the granting of a Lien on certain assets of such Subsidiary by such Subsidiary is outweighed by the burden of granting a Lien on such assets of such Subsidiary by such Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent may advise such Subsidiary that certain actions otherwise required by this Section 5.10(b) shall not be required (in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to take such actions). With respect to each such Subsidiary, Holdings shall promptly send to Administrative Agent written notice setting forth with respect to such Person (x) the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary of a Borrower; and (y) to the extent applicable, all of the data required to be set forth in Schedules 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.09(b) , 3.12(a) and 3.25 with respect to such Subsidiary; and such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedules 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.09(b) , 3.12(a) and 3.25 for all purposes hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, (A) no Loan Party shall be required to grant a security interest in respect of Equity Interests in any South African Subsidiaries; (B) in no event shall any of the Loan Parties be required to make any filings or recordings with intellectual property offices in Asia; and (C) no Lien shall be required to be created pursuant to the operation of this Section 5.10(b) to the extent that the granting of such Lien would result in a violation of applicable Requirements of Law.

 

141


Section 5.11 Additional Material Real Estate Assets . In the event that (a) any Material Real Estate Asset acquired by any Loan Party after the Closing Date or (b) any Real Estate Asset owned or leased on the Closing Date becomes a Material Real Estate Asset, other than the Mortgaged Properties, and such interest has not otherwise been made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, then such Loan Party shall promptly take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such mortgages, documents, instruments, agreements, opinions and certificates, including those which are similar to those described in Section 5.14(a) with respect to each such Material Real Estate Asset that the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid and, subject to any filing and/or recording referred to herein, perfected First Priority security interest in such Material Real Estate Assets; provided that (x) the Collateral Agent and the Borrowers agree to exclude such Material Real Estate Asset from the Collateral and the Borrowers shall not be required to deliver any additional Security Documents if in each case, as reasonably determined by the Collateral Agent in writing, the cost of obtaining or perfecting a security interest is excessive in relation to the benefit afforded to the Lenders thereby or the Term Loan Agent or the Senior Representative determines not to include such Real Estate Assets in the Collateral or to not require delivery of any Mortgages, opinions of counsel, Title Policies or Surveys and (y) solely in respect of Leasehold Properties that are Material Real Estate Assets, the applicable Loan Party shall only be obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to meet its obligations under this Section 5.11 and only to the extent such efforts are similarly required by the Term Loan Agent or Senior Representative. In addition to the foregoing, the Borrowers shall, at the request of the Collateral Agent, deliver, from time to time, to the Collateral Agent, such appraisals as are required by any Requirement of Law of Real Estate Assets with respect to which the Collateral Agent has been granted a Lien. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Real Estate Asset acquired or leased after the Closing Date, unless required pursuant to this Section 5.11 , no Loan Party shall be required to take any actions to grant a Lien or perfect a Lien in a Real Estate Asset that is not a Material Real Estate Asset.

Section 5.12 Further Assurances .

(a) At any time or from time to time upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Loan Party will, at the Borrowers’ expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of, and thereafter register, file or record, or cause to be registered, filed or recorded, in an appropriate governmental office, any document or instrument supplemental to or confirmatory of the Security Documents or any document or instrument creating any additional security interest to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, and do such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Loan Documents, at all times subject to the express limitations, exceptions and time limitations included in the Loan Documents. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Loan Party shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guarantied by the Guarantors and are secured by the Collateral and all other assets of the same asset class as those asset classes constituting Collateral (in each case, and perfected with a First Priority Lien) including all of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries of Holdings. If the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders determine that they are required by a Requirement of Law to have appraisals prepared in respect of the Real Property of any Loan Party constituting Collateral, the Borrowers shall provide to the Administrative Agent appraisals that satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of FIRREA and are otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

142


(b) Each Loan Party (other than Tronox Bahamas) hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file any financing or continuation statements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its reasonable discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect or otherwise protect the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein. Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its reasonable discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent in the Security Documents, including, without limitation, describing such property as “all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, developed or created” or words of similar effect.

Section 5.13 Cash Management . Holdings shall maintain the Cash Management System pursuant to Section 2.22 and keep Proceeds of the Term Loan Priority Collateral separate (which Proceeds shall not be intentionally commingled with proceeds of the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral, or, if commingled, shall remain identifiable and, as promptly as practicable (but in no event later than five (5) Business Days after such commingling unless extended by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion), segregated and maintained in separate accounts.

Section 5.14 Post-Closing Matters .

(a) Real Property Requirements . Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, or such extended time as Administrative Agent shall permit, in its sole discretion, the Collateral Agent shall have received, with respect to each Mortgaged Property, each of the following, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent:

(i) a fully executed and notarized Mortgage, in proper form for recording in all appropriate places in all applicable jurisdictions, encumbering the Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, together with all related title documents (if any);

(ii) an opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent) in each state or jurisdiction in which a Mortgaged Property is located with respect to the enforceability of the Mortgage to be recorded in such state or jurisdiction and such other matters as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request (such opinions to be delivered by such counsel as is customary in the relevant jurisdiction);

(iii) in the case of each Leasehold Property that is a Mortgaged Property located in the United States, then to the extent available after the use of commercially reasonable efforts by the Loan Parties, (A) a Landlord Consent and Estoppel and (B) evidence that such Leasehold Property is a Recorded Leasehold Interest;

(iv) (A) with respect to each Mortgaged Property located in the United States, an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy dated as of the date of the Mortgage with all endorsements requested by Collateral Agent or an unconditional commitment therefor issued by the Title Company (“ Title Policy ”) in an amount not less than the fair market value of the Mortgaged Property, together with a title report issued by the Title Company

 

143


with respect thereto, dated not more than thirty days prior to the Closing Date and copies of all recorded documents listed as exceptions to title or otherwise referred to therein, and (B) evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that the applicable Loan Party has paid to the Title Company or to the appropriate governmental authorities all expenses and premiums of the Title Company and all other sums required in connection with the issuance of the Title Policy and all recording and stamp taxes (including mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with recording the Mortgages for each Mortgaged Property in the appropriate real estate records;

(v) (A) a completed Flood Certificate with respect to each Mortgaged Property located in the United States, which Flood Certificate shall (x) be addressed to the Collateral Agent and (y) otherwise comply with the Flood Program; (B) if the Flood Certificate states that such Mortgaged Property is located in a Flood Zone, the Borrower’s written acknowledgment of receipt of written notification from the Collateral Agent (x) as to the existence of such Mortgaged Property and (y) as to whether the community in which each Mortgaged Property is located is participating in the Flood Program; and (C) if such Mortgaged Property is located in a Flood Zone and is located in a community that participates in the Flood Program, evidence that the Borrower has obtained a policy of flood insurance that is in compliance with all applicable requirements of the Flood Program;

(vi) with respect to each Mortgaged Property located in the United States that is not a Leasehold Property, an ALTA survey, provided that, if the applicable Borrower is able to obtain a “no change” affidavit acceptable to the Title Company and does deliver such certificate to the Title Company to enable it to issue a Title Policy (A) removing all exceptions which would otherwise have been raised by the title company as a result of the absence of a new survey for such real property and (B) including all endorsements that would otherwise have been included had a new ALTA survey been obtained, then a new ALTA survey shall not be required;

(vii) a fully executed and notarized mortgage release, in proper form for recording in all appropriate places in the applicable jurisdiction and otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Title Company in order to remove the existing lien in favor of Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC;

Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 5.14(a) , the Collateral Agent and the Borrowers agree to exclude Real Estate Assets from the Collateral and/or the Borrowers shall not be required to deliver any Mortgages, opinions of counsel, Title Polices and Surveys, if, in each case, (x) as reasonably determined by the Collateral Agent in writing, the cost of obtaining or perfecting a security interest is excessive in relation to the benefit afforded to the Lenders thereby or (y) the Term Loan Agent or Senior Representative determines not to include such Real Estate Assets in the Collateral or not to obtain a mortgage over such Real Estate Assets, as applicable.

(b) Within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, or such extended time as the Administrative Agent shall permit, in its sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a multi-jurisdictional mortgage statement signed on behalf of Holdings and each other Australian Loan Party who provides a security where any of the relevant Collateral is situated, or taken under the Duties Act 1997 (NSW) to be situated, in New South Wales or (ii) a certification or a statutory declaration by a Responsible Officer of Holdings and each other Australian Loan Party that no relevant Collateral is situated, or taken under the Duties Act 1997 (NSW) to be situated, in New South Wales.

 

144


(c) Within ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date, or such extended time as Administrative Agent shall permit, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) one or more certificates from Holdings’ insurance broker or other evidence satisfactory to it that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.05 is in full force and effect, together with endorsements naming the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee thereunder to the extent required under Section 5.05 and (ii) an updated Schedule 3.29 setting forth a true, complete and correct description of all insurance maintained by Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

(d) Each of the Loan Parties shall execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth on Schedule 5.14 on or before the date specified for such requirement or such later date to be determined by the Administrative Agent.

Section 5.15 Maintenance of Ratings . At all times on and after the Closing Date, Holdings shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (a) a public corporate family rating from Moody’s; and (b) a public corporate credit rating from S&P.

Section 5.16 Centre of Main Interests . Each Loan Party incorporated or organised within the European Union shall, for the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “ Regulation ”), except as contemplated by the Transaction Summary, have and maintain its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation, as applicable, and it shall have no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

Section 5.17 Use of Proceeds . The Loan Parties shall use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes set forth in Section 3.28 and request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes set forth in the definition of Commercial Letter of Credit or Standby Letter of Credit, as the case may be.

Section 5.18 Borrowing Base-Related Reports . The Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered (at the expense of the Borrowers) to the Administrative Agent the following:

(a) in no event less frequently than twenty (20) days after the end of each month for the month most recently ended (or more frequently as the Borrowers may elect, so long as the same frequency of delivery is maintained for the immediately following ninety (90) day period), a Borrowing Base Certificate from the Borrowers covering the Aggregate Borrowing Base, the Australian Borrowing Base, the Dutch Borrowing Base (to the extent that a Dutch Borrower is party to this Agreement) and the U.S. Borrowing Base, accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion; provided that if a Cash Dominion Period exists, the Administrative Borrower shall deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate within five (5) Business Days after the end of each calendar week;

(b) upon request by the Administrative Agent, and in no event less frequently than thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter (i) a monthly trial balance for the last month in such Fiscal Quarter showing Accounts outstanding aged from statement date as follows: 1 to 30 days, 31 to 60 days, 61 to 90 days and 91 days or more, accompanied by a comparison to the prior month’s trial balance and such supporting detail and documentation as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion; and (ii) a summary of Inventory by location and type accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion (in each case, together with a copy of all or any part of such delivery requested by any Lender in writing after the Closing Date);

 

145


(c) at the time of delivery of each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(b) and (c) , a reconciliation of the Accounts trial balance and quarter-end Inventory reports of the Borrowers to the general ledger of the Borrowers, accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion;

(d) until the Bahamian Effective Date, upon request by the Administrative Agent, and in no event less frequently than bi-weekly, a summary of Inventory owned by the Australian Borrowers; and

(e) such other reports, statements and reconciliations with respect to the Borrowing Bases or Collateral of any or all Loan Parties as the Administrative Agent shall from time to time request in its Permitted Discretion.

(f) The delivery of each certificate and report or any other information delivered pursuant to this Section 5.18 shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers that the statements and information contained therein are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date.

Section 5.19 Borrowing Base Verification; Inventory Appraisals . Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any of the Administrative Agents’ officers, designated employees or agents, at any reasonable time on reasonable prior notice to the Borrowers, in the name of such Agent, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to Accounts or Inventory by mail, telephone, electronic communication, personal inspection or otherwise and to conduct field audits of the financial affairs and Collateral of the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall cooperate fully with the Administrative Agent in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process. The Loan Parties shall cooperate fully with the Administrative Agent and its agents during all (x) Collateral field audits, which shall be at the Borrowers’ expense and shall be conducted, at the request of the Administrative Agent, not more than (i) two (2) times during the first year after the Closing Date; (ii) once per year any twelve month period thereafter, absent an Event of Default; and (iii) two (2) times during the twelve month period after that the date that the Borrowing Availability shall be less than the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time; and (y) Inventory Appraisals, which shall be at the Borrowers’ expense and shall be conducted, at the request of the Administrative Agent, not more than (i) once per year during the first year after the Closing Date; (ii) two (2) times, during any twelve month period thereafter, absent an Event of Default; and (iii) two (2) times during the twelve month period after that the date that the Borrowing Availability shall be less than the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time; or (z) in the case of both Collateral field audits and Inventory Appraisals, following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, more frequently at the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request.

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party warrants, covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full (other than any contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled, cash collateralized in a manner and in an amount consistent with the requirements of Section 2.18(i) or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, such Loan Party shall perform, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Article VI .

 

146


Section 6.01 Indebtedness . No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except the following (collectively, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”):

(a) Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness in respect of Investments permitted under Sections 6.06(b) , (d)  and (e) ; provided , that, for Indebtedness in respect of Investments permitted under Sections 6.06(b) , (d)(A) and (e) , (i) all such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note, and, if owed to a Loan Party, shall be subject to a First Priority Lien pursuant to the Security Documents; (ii) all such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to the terms of an Intercompany Note; and (iii) any payment by any such Subsidiary Guarantor under any guaranty of the Obligations shall result in a pro tanto reduction of the amount of any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to any Borrower or to any of its Subsidiaries for whose benefit such payment is made;

(c) [Intentionally omitted];

(d) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of Holdings or any such Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or permitted dispositions of any business, assets or Subsidiary of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guaranties, performance, surety, statutory, appeal or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness (including intraday cash management lines relating thereto) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to over-draft or similar lines of credit (including treasury management arrangements, depository or other cash management services and commercial credit card and merchant card services), netting services and other services customarily provided in connection with depository account services;

(g) guaranties in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(h) (i) guaranties by Holdings of Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor; (ii) guaranties by a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Borrower of Indebtedness of another Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor; or (iii) guaranties by a Person that is not a Loan Party of Indebtedness of another Person that is not a Loan Party, in each case, with respect to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01 ; provided , that if the Indebtedness that is being guarantied is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the guaranty shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations;

(i) Indebtedness described in Schedule 6.01(i) and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of such Indebtedness and any further extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of such extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced Indebtedness; provided that in respect of any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of any such Indebtedness (or any further extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of such extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced Indebtedness), (i) the terms and conditions thereof shall not be materially less favorable to the obligor(s) thereon or to the

 

147


Lenders than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced; (ii) the average life to maturity thereof is greater than or equal to that of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced; (iii) if the direct or contingent obligors thereon are not the same as the direct or contingent obligors on the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced, then the direct or contingent obligors thereon shall be non-Loan Parties if the direct or contingent obligors on the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced are non-Loan Parties; and (iv) the principal amount thereof shall not exceed the then outstanding amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced ( plus capitalized interest thereon, OID and related fees);

(j) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of Holdings in respect of Capital Lease Obligations (including but not limited to obligations in connection with the leasing of rail cars constituting Capital Lease Obligations and letter of credit reimbursement obligations in connection therewith) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $85.0 million at any time outstanding;

(k) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of Holdings in respect of Purchase Money Obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $60.0 million outstanding at any time; provided , any such Indebtedness (i) shall be secured only by the asset acquired in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness; and (ii) shall constitute not less than 50% of the aggregate consideration paid with respect to such asset;

(l) Indebtedness of any Securitization Subsidiary under any Permitted Securitization (i) that is without recourse to any Company (other than such Securitization Entity) or any of their respective assets (other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; and (ii) that are negotiated in good faith at arm’s length; provided that (w) any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (l)  shall not be incurred, created or assumed if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom; (x) the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness of all Securitization Entities under all Permitted Securitizations may not exceed $150,000,000; (y) the Securitization Subsidiary, the Collateral Agent and the Permitted Securitization Agent shall, if required by the Permitted Securitization Agent for the Permitted Securitization to grant in favor of the Collateral Agent a First Priority Lien in the Seller’s Retained Interest, enter into either an amendment, supplement or amendment and restatement of the Intercreditor Agreement with the Term Loan Agent and the Administrative Agent to effectuate such security interest or enter into one or more intercreditor agreements with the Administrative Agent to effectuate such security interest (each such intercreditor agreement, a “ Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement ”), and such amended, supplemented or amended and restated Intercreditor Agreement or such Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement shall be in full force and effect so long as any such Permitted Securitization remains outstanding ( provided that, if Seller’s Retained Interest in the relevant Securitization Subsidiary is not required to be Collateral pursuant to the terms of the definition of “Permitted Securitization”, then this clause (l)  shall not be applicable to such Seller’s Retained Interest); and (z) after giving effect thereto, the entire amount of the Commitments then in effect plus the amount of any increase in Commitments available to the Borrowers under Section 2.20 is available to be utilized hereunder without violating Section 6.1 of the Term Loan Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement;

(m) Indebtedness of one or more Loan Parties in respect of the Term Loan Agreement and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of any such Indebtedness, including any replacements thereof following repayment in full thereof (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the repayment in full of all obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) under such agreement and the termination of all commitments to lend thereunder) to the extent permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement; provided , that (i) any such extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements (x) shall not have direct or contingent obligors that are not also Loan Parties, (y) shall not be secured by assets that do not constitute Collateral, and (z) shall at all times be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement; and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness may not exceed $900.0 million outstanding at any time;

 

148


(n) the financing of insurance premiums in customary amounts in the ordinary course of business;

(o) debt facilities established, incurred, or guaranteed by South African Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $160.0 million so long as such facilities are non-recourse to the Loan Parties;

(p) secured term loans provided under one or more credit agreements or one or more series of secured notes issued pursuant to one or more indentures, in each case, not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.01 (such Indebtedness, “ Permitted Secured Indebtedness ”); provided , that (i) such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) beyond the latest Revolving Maturity Date of any Loans hereunder at the time such Indebtedness is incurred; (ii) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is no earlier than ninety-one (91) days after the Revolving Maturity Date; (iii) no Default or Event of Default is then continuing or would result therefrom; (iv) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Person other than the Loan Parties (or any Person that will, upon the incurrence of such Indebtedness, become a Loan Party); (v) the terms of such Indebtedness do not require any amortization, mandatory prepayment or redemption or repurchase at the option of the holder thereof (other than, with respect to any term loans, customary mandatory prepayments upon a change of control or asset sale or, with respect to any secured notes, customary asset sale or change of control provisions, which asset sale provisions may require the application of proceeds of asset sales and casualty events to make mandatory prepayments or prepayment offers out of such proceeds except to the extent such asset sale proceeds are Revolving Loan Priority Collateral) earlier than ninety-one (91) days after the Revolving Maturity Date; (vi) such Indebtedness does not contain covenants, events of default or other terms and conditions that, when taken as a whole, are more restrictive to the Loan Parties than the terms of the Term Loan Documents (or, if the Term Loan Documents are no longer in effect, than the Term Loan Documents as in effect immediately prior to their termination) (it being understood that subordination provisions, interest rates, redemption and prepayment premiums and restrictions on prepayment or redemption shall not be taken into account in determining whether terms are more restrictive taken as a whole); (vii) such Indebtedness and the holders thereof or the Senior Representative thereunder shall enter into either an amendment, supplement or amendment and restatement of the Intercreditor Agreement with the Term Loan Agent and the Administrative Agent to join such Indebtedness to the Intercreditor Agreement or enter into one or more intercreditor agreements with the Administrative Agent the terms of which are substantially similar to the Intercreditor Agreement or are not less favorable in any material respect to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement ( provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the entering into of such intercreditor agreement (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) stating that Holdings has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirements unless the Administrative Agent notifies Holdings within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination and includes a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) (each such intercreditor agreement, a “ Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement ”), and such amended, supplemented or amended and restated Intercreditor Agreement or such Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement shall be in full force and effect so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding; and (viii) after giving pro forma effect to (x) the incurrence of such Indebtedness, (y) any increases in the principal amount under the Term Loan Agreement and (z) the repayment or

 

149


prepayment of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness or the Term Loans, in each case, after the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year for which financial statements are then available or are required to be delivered under Section 5.01(b) or (c) , the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year does not exceed 2.00 to 1.00; provided , further that as a condition to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, Holdings shall have delivered a certificate of one of its Responsible Officers to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that Holdings has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, which shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements unless the Administrative Agent notifies Holdings in writing within three (3) Business Days after receipt of such certificate that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonably detailed description of specific provisions or terms of such Indebtedness as to which it has determined do not satisfy the foregoing (it being agreed that upon modifying such Indebtedness to change the relevant provisions identified in the Administrative Agent’s writing, Holdings shall not be required to provide a further notice or waiting period));

(q) letters of credit issued for the account of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that are outstanding on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.01(q) ; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, renewals, extensions and replacements of such letters of credit are not permitted under this clause (q)  unless such renewals, extensions and replacements are made in the form of a Letter of Credit issued under this Agreement or in reliance on subclause (ii)  of this clause (q) ; and (ii) other letters of credit issued for the account of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal face amount not to exceed $35,000,000 outstanding at any time; provided that no such letter of credit may be issued if an Issuing Bank is able to issue the requested letter(s) of credit as a Letter of Credit under this Agreement;

(r) other Indebtedness (excluding Permitted Unsecured Notes) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $125.0 million outstanding at any time;

(s) [Intentionally omitted];

(t) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations with respect to interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates or commodity prices, in each case not entered into for speculative purposes; provided that if such Hedging Obligations relate to interest rates, (i) such Hedging Obligations relate to payment obligations on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by the Loan Documents; and (ii) the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligations relate; provided further that if such Hedging Obligations relate to interest rates or currency exchange rates, such Hedging Obligations shall be unsecured unless they constitute Secured Obligations under this Agreement;

(u) Permitted Seller Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $125.0 million outstanding at any time;

(v) Indebtedness of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings, or is merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in a transaction otherwise permitted under this Agreement, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100.0 million outstanding at any time, and outstanding for all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (v) , and extensions, renewals, refinancing, refunding and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (other than any such increase not exceeding the amount of any fees, OID, if any, premium, if any, and financing costs relating to such refinancing); provided that

 

150


(i) such Indebtedness (other than any such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement) exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of such event; (ii) other than guaranties permitted by Section 6.01(h) , neither Holdings, any Borrower nor any Subsidiaries (other than the Person that is the obligor on such Indebtedness at the time it becomes a Subsidiary) shall be liable for such Indebtedness; and (iii) Holdings is in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, with the covenant contained in Section 6.07 ; and

(w) Permitted Unsecured Notes, so long as both before and after giving pro forma effect to (1) the incurrence of such Permitted Unsecured Notes, (2) the incurrence of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(p) , (3) any increases in the principal amount under the Term Loan Agreement and (4) and the repayment or prepayment of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness, Permitted Unsecured Notes or the Term Loans, in each case, after the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year for which financial statements are then available or are required to be delivered under Section 5.01(b) or (c) , (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom and (ii) the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year does not exceed 2.50:1.00; and

(x) Indebtedness of Persons comprising the Acquired Business in existence on the Exxaro Acquisition Date; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is paid in full, any commitments to lend thereunder are terminated, and any Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02(z) hereof are released in full no later than seven (7) Business Days after the Exxaro Acquisition Date; (ii) the only consideration for the repayment in full of such Indebtedness shall be consideration received from the Exxaro Sellers (it being understood and agreed that such consideration shall be in addition to the consideration otherwise contemplated by the Transaction Agreement as of the Closing Date); (iii) on or prior to the Exxaro Acquisition Date, consideration in the form of cash to be utilized for the payment in full of such Indebtedness shall be held by a Borrower or an Affiliate of a Borrower on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent or its designee for the purpose of paying such Indebtedness in full; (iv) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any way by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than those Persons comprising the Acquired Business) and is not recourse to, or otherwise obligate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than those Persons comprising the Acquired Business) in any way to make payment on such Indebtedness; and (v) the Administrative Agent shall have received a “pay-off” letter or “deed of release” (as applicable) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Indebtedness and all related UCC termination statements, mortgage releases, releases of assignments of leases and rents, releases of security interests in Intellectual Property, undertakings to register financing statements in relation to the PPSA Australia to remove security interests and other instruments, in each case in proper form for recording, as the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested to release and terminate of record the Liens securing such debt.

Section 6.02 Liens . No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or any asset of any kind (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) now owned or hereafter acquired, created or licensed by it or on any income, profits or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof or file or permit the filing of, or permit to remain in effect, any financing statement or other similar notice of any Lien with respect to any such property, asset, income, profits or royalties under the UCC of any State or under any similar recording or notice statute in any jurisdiction in or outside of the United States or under any applicable intellectual property laws, rules or procedure, except the following (collectively, the “ Permitted Liens ”):

(a) Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties granted pursuant to any Security Document to secure the Secured Obligations;

 

151


(b) Liens for Taxes not yet due or, if due, if obligations with respect to such Taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in accordance with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the consolidated books of Holdings;

(c) statutory Liens of landlords, banks (and rights of set off), of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed by Requirements of Law (other than any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code, ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code or analogous provisions under applicable Requirements of Law in jurisdictions outside of the United States), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (i) (x) for amounts not yet overdue or (y) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of forty-five (45) days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts, which proceedings (or orders entered in connection with such proceedings) have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to any such Lien; and (ii) which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Companies, taken as a whole, and do not materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the Companies, taken as a whole;

(d) Liens incurred (i) in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security and analogous provisions under Requirements of Laws in jurisdictions outside of the United States, or (ii) to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of Indebtedness for borrowed money), so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

(e) easements, rights of way, restrictions, encroachments, and other minor defects or irregularities in title on or with respect to any Real Property, in each case which do not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Companies at such Real Property;

(f) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate permitted hereunder;

(g) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(h) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property and analogous filings under applicable Requirements of Law outside of the United States;

(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any Real Property;

(k) non-exclusive outbound licenses of patents, copyrights, trademarks and other Intellectual Property rights granted by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

152


(l) Liens described in Schedule 6.02(l) and any replacements, renewals or extensions thereof at any time and from time to time so long as such replacement, renewed or extended Liens (i) except as permitted by clause (iv)  in the proviso to Section 6.01(i) do not secure an aggregate amount of Indebtedness, if any, greater than that secured on the Closing Date; and (ii) do not extend to any property other than the property covered by the Liens described in Schedule 6.02(l) ;

(m) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 6.01(j) and (k) ; provided , any such Lien shall encumber only the asset acquired with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(n) (i) Liens granted in connection with Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(l) that are limited in each case to the Securitization Assets transferred or assigned pursuant to the related Permitted Securitization; (ii) Liens on assets of Holdings, the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates securing obligations under the Term Loan Agreement, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding); and (iii) Liens granted in connection with Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(p) ; provided that Liens permitted under this clause (n)(iii) shall be permitted only so long as such Liens are subject to either the Intercreditor Agreement (if amended to join such Indebtedness to the Intercreditor Agreement) or a Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be;

(o) Liens on assets of South African Subsidiaries securing indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(o) ; provided that in no event shall the Lien permitted hereby extend to the assets (other than Equity Interests held in such South African Subsidiaries) of any Person other than such South African Subsidiaries;

(p) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof and unearned premiums securing the financing of premiums with respect thereto as provided in Section 6.01(n) ;

(q) Liens consisting of customary rights of set-off for bankers liens on amounts on deposit at banks or other financial institutions, to the extent arising by operation of law or otherwise, incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that, unless such Liens are non-consensual and arise by operation of law, or arise under or pursuant to the Dutch General Banking Conditions, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness;

(r) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) hereof and in respect of which such Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review in respect of which there shall be secured a subsisting stay of execution pending such appeal or proceedings;

(s) Liens of a collection bank arising in the ordinary course of business under §4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction and any analogous right of a collection bank arising by Requirements of Law in jurisdictions outside of the United States;

(t) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents arising in connection with the cash collateralization of letters of credit in an amount not to exceed 105% of the aggregate face amount of the letters of credit permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(q) ;

 

153


(u) (i) other Liens on assets other than the Collateral; and (ii) other Liens subordinated to the Liens of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement and any liens in favor of the Term Loan Agent or any Senior Representative, in the case of clause (i)  and (ii)  together, securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $85.0 million at any time outstanding;

(v) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of Persons that are not Loan Parties;

(w) Liens securing not more than 80% of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(r) ; provided that if the aggregate principal amount of any individual item of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to such section is equal to or greater than $25.0 million and such Liens are in respect of any Collateral, such Lien must be subordinated to the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to, at the option of the Administrative Agent, either an amendment, supplement or amendment and restatement of the Intercreditor Agreement with the Term Loan Agent and the Administrative Agent to join such secured Indebtedness to the Intercreditor Agreement or an intercreditor agreement or subordination agreement with the Administrative Agent and the relevant creditor; provided , further , that no such Liens shall attach to any Accounts, Inventory or other Revolving Credit Priority Collateral, in each case, owned by a Loan Party;

(x) title retention arrangements relating to goods or raw materials purchased by a Loan Party in the ordinary course of business, which secures only the unpaid purchase price of those goods or raw materials and is scheduled to be, and is, discharged within ninety (90) days of its creation;

(y) an interest that is a Lien by virtue only of the operation of section 12(3) of the PPSA Australia; and

(z) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(x) of Persons comprising the Acquired Business; provided that (i) such Liens are released no later than seven (7) Business Days after the Exxaro Acquisition Date, (ii) such Liens only encumber the assets of those Persons acquired with in connection with the Exxaro Acquisition, (iii) such Liens do not subject any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (other than in respect of those Persons comprising the Acquired Business), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof; and (iv) such Liens do not in any way adversely affect the ability of the Collateral Agent to obtain Liens for the benefit of itself and the other Secured Parties as contemplated by, and within the time frames set forth in, Section 5.10 and Section 6.08(l) hereof.

Section 6.03 No Further Negative Pledges . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease which prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of their respective properties or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations, except the following: (a) covenants with respect to specific property encumbered to secure payment of particular Indebtedness or to be sold pursuant to an executed agreement with respect to an Asset Sale permitted under Section 6.08 pending the consummation of such sale; (b) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business ( provided that such restrictions are limited to the property or assets secured by such Liens or the property or assets subject to such leases, licenses or similar agreements, as the case may be); (c) Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(m) and Section 6.01(p) so long as such restrictions are no more restrictive than the restrictions in the Term Loan Documents as in effect on the Closing Date; (d) Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(v) and Section 6.01(x) so long as

 

154


such restrictions were in place at the time such Indebtedness was assumed or acquired and such restrictions are limited to the assets secured thereby (and to no other assets of the entities or businesses being acquired); (e) restrictions identified on Schedule 6.03 ; and (f) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 6.04 Restricted Junior Payments . No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries through any manner or means or through any other Person to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or set apart, or agree to declare, order, pay, make or set apart, any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment, except the following:

(a) any Company may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions ratably to its equity holders ( provided that, other than in respect of Restricted Junior Payments made with amounts received directly or indirectly from South African Subsidiaries, no Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends pursuant to this Section 6.04(a) to any Person that is not a Loan Party);

(b) any Subsidiary of Holdings may make Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings to the extent necessary to permit Holdings (i) to pay general administrative costs and expenses, legal and accounting fees and other general corporate and overhead expenses incurred by Holdings in the ordinary course of business; (ii) (A) pay franchise taxes and other Tax obligations or fees required in each case to maintain its corporate existence and (B) pay Taxes which are due and payable by Holdings as part of a consolidated group or due to ownership of any interests in Subsidiaries that are not treated as corporations for applicable Tax purposes, in each case, to the extent such Taxes are attributable to Holdings and Subsidiaries of Holdings; (iii) pay auditing fees and expenses; (iv) pay directors fees, expenses and indemnities owing to directors of Holdings; and (v) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with an initial public offering; provided however that other than due to Requirements of Law prohibiting the payment by one or more Subsidiaries of their proportionate share of Holdings’ liabilities noted in this Section 6.04(b) (or if any such payment would render one or more Subsidiaries insolvent or reasonably likely to become insolvent), each Subsidiary of Holdings may not pay more than its proportionate share of Holdings’ liabilities noted in this Section 6.04(b) );

(c) Holdings or any Subsidiary may make regularly scheduled payments of interest in respect of any Indebtedness for borrowed money in accordance with the terms of, and only to the extent required by, the agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued;

(d) Holdings or any Subsidiary may make (i) regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest and mandatory prepayments of principal in respect of any Indebtedness for borrowed money, in accordance with the terms of, and only to the extent required by, the agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued; and (ii) so long as the Payment Conditions are satisfied at the time of such payment, voluntary payments of principal and interest in respect of any Permitted Indebtedness;

(e) Tronox Inc may make payments in connection with the repurchase of the Tronox Exchangeable Election Shares in an amount equal to the per share purchase price set forth in the Transaction Agreement (without giving effect to any amendments thereto that are prohibited hereunder) so long as no Event of Default is then continuing or would result therefrom, but in no event shall the Restricted Junior Payments made pursuant to this Section 6.04(e) exceed the difference between the Merger Consideration Amount and the actual Merger Consideration Payment (each as defined in the Term Loan Agreement);

(f) (i) any Restricted Junior Payments made in connection with the Reorganization to Exxaro Sellers and their Affiliates or Holdings and its Subsidiaries that are referenced in the Transaction

 

155


Summary and permitted under Section 6.19 but not to exceed the amounts set forth in the Transaction Summary in respect thereof; and (ii) the non-Cash distributions in connection with the Exxaro Acquisition to Exxaro Sellers and their Affiliates in accordance with the Transaction Agreement; and

(g) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Holdings may make Restricted Junior Payments permitted under Section 6.4(g), (h), (i) and (j) of the Term Loan Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date) so long as the Payment Conditions are satisfied at the time of such payment;

Section 6.05 Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions . Except as provided herein, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary of Holdings to: (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests owned by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings; (b) repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings; (c) make loans or advances to Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings; or (d) transfer, lease or license any of its property or assets to Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, except for such encumbrances or restrictions (i) in agreements evidencing Indebtedness permitted by (x)  Section 6.01(j) and Section 6.01(x) that impose restrictions on the property with respect to such Indebtedness, (y)  Section 6.01(k) and Section 6.01(x) that impose restrictions on the property so acquired and (z)  Sections 6.01(m) and 6.01(w) ; (ii) by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (iii) that are or were created by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer or option or right with respect to any property, assets or Equity Interests not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement; (iv) described on Schedule 6.05 ; or (v) in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 6.06 Investments . No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any joint venture, except:

(a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) Investments owned as of the Closing Date (and any renewals, replacements, refinancing, refundings and reinvestments thereof that do not increase the principal amount of such Investment) in any Subsidiary of Holdings; provided , that any renewal, replacement, refinancing or refunding of Investments in the form of intercompany loans in existence as of the Closing Date (other than among non-Loan Parties) shall be evidenced by the Intercompany Note and in the case of a loan or advance by a Loan Party, shall be subject to a perfected First Priority Lien pursuant to the Security Documents;

(c) Investments (i) in any Securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors or on account of an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 6.08 ; and (ii) deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business;

(d) (A) Investments made (x) by any Loan Party to any other Loan Party and (y) by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any Loan Party, and (B) Investments made by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to or in any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; provided (i) any Investment by or in a Loan Party in the form of a loan or advance shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note; and (ii) any such Investment in the form of a loan or advance by or in a Loan Party in the form of a loan or advance that is renewed, replaced, refinanced or refunded shall continue to be evidenced by the Intercompany Note;

 

156


(e) other Investments (which may consist of intercompany loans, equity contributions, guarantees or other Investments) made by a Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding; provided , that (x) any such Investments in the form of intercompany loans shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note, and shall be subject to a perfected First Priority Lien to the extent required under and pursuant to the Security Documents and (y) any such Investments in the form of intercompany loan shall be renewed, replaced, refinanced or refunded so long as such intercompany loan continues to be evidenced by the Intercompany Note;

(f) [Intentionally omitted];

(g) loans and advances to employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business in connection with Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ credit card program as in effect on the Closing Date and as may be revised from time to time in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any time outstanding; provided that no payments shall be made on any such loans or advances unless such payment is being made to a Loan Party;

(h) Permitted Acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 6.08 ;

(i) each Investment described in Schedule 6.06(i) as of the Closing Date, and any renewals, replacements, refinancings or refundings thereof that do not increase the amount of, or require an increase in the amount of, such Investment; provided however that, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the amount of any Investment referenced in this Section 6.06(i) (whether such increased Investment is voluntary or committed) shall not be permitted pursuant to this Section 6.06(i) (without limiting the availability of other applicable sections of this Section 6.06 to make such increased Investment);

(j) Investments by a Non-Eligible Subsidiary in a Securitization Subsidiary made in connection with a Permitted Securitization to the extent permitted under Section 6.1(l) ;

(k) Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(t) which constitute Investments;

(l) [Intentionally omitted];

(m) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and any Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable arising from the granting of trade credit in the ordinary course of business; and

(n) other Investments so long as both before and immediately after giving effect to such Investment, the Payment Conditions are satisfied at the time of such Investment; provided that any Investment involving (x) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the property of any Person, or of any business or division of any Person, in each case, other than a Person that was a Subsidiary prior to such transaction so long as such Subsidiary was not formed or acquired in connection with or for the purpose of effectuating such transaction directly or indirectly or (y) the acquisition (including by merger or consolidation) of the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after giving effect such transaction shall also be subject to the conditions set forth in the definition of “Permitted Acquisition.”

 

157


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Loan Party make any Investment which results in or facilitates in any manner any Restricted Junior Payment not otherwise permitted under the terms of Section 6.04 .

Section 6.07 Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . At any time during a Covenant Testing Period, Holdings shall not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, for the Test Period ended immediately prior to the commencement of such Covenant Testing Period and for each Test Period thereafter to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

Section 6.08 Fundamental Changes; Dispositions of Assets; Permitted Acquisitions . No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (x) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or (y) convey, sell, lease, sublease or license, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its business, assets or property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible (and including any issuances or sales of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Holdings), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, created, leased or licensed, or (z) acquire by purchase or otherwise (other than purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, materials and equipment and capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business) the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or any division or line of business or other business unit of any Person, except:

(a) (i) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than a Borrower) may be merged with and into any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or into any Person that, upon such merger, shall become a Loan Party, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property or assets may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or to any Person that, in connection with such transaction, becomes a Loan Party; provided, in the case of such a merger, (A) in no event shall the jurisdiction of organization of either the entity being merged into another entity or such surviving entity be changed (provided, that the foregoing shall not preclude Non-U.S. Entities from merging into U.S. Entities so long as the surviving entity is a U.S. Entity that is a Loan Party), (B) in any merger involving any Borrower, in no event shall a Borrower not be the continuing or surviving Person, (C) the Guarantees of the Obligations and the Collateral securing the Obligations shall not be adversely affected in any material respect and (D) any Person that becomes a Loan Party in connection herewith shall comply with Section 5.10 ; and (ii) any non-Loan Party may be merged with or into any other non-Loan Party (other than a Borrower), or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or part of its assets may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to any other non-Loan Party;

(b) sales or other dispositions of assets that do not constitute Asset Sales or that are expressly carved-out from the definition of “Asset Sale;”

(c) Asset Sales, the proceeds of which are less than $750.0 million from the Closing Date until the date of determination; provided with respect to each of the Asset Sales in this clause (c) : (1) the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings (or similar governing body)); (2) no less than 75% thereof shall be paid in cash; and (3) the Payment Conditions are satisfied at the time of such Asset Sale;

(d) the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Excluded Entities;

 

158


(e) disposals of obsolete, worn out or surplus property in the ordinary course of business;

(f) (i) any license of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business or (ii) the abandonment or other disposition of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business that is no longer material to the conduct of the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as such business is operated;

(g) the discount or sale of accounts receivables more than 270 days past due, in each case in the ordinary course of business and not included as Australian Eligible Accounts, Dutch Eligible Accounts or U.S. Eligible Accounts in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.18(a) ;

(h) Permitted Acquisitions;

(i) Investments made in accordance with Section 6.06 (excluding Section 6.06(h) );

(j) Asset Sales described in Schedule 6.08 ;

(k) the subordination of the Liens on the Term Loan Priority Collateral securing the Term Loan Agreement to the extent required by the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(l) Assets sales made in connection with the Reorganization that are referenced in the Transaction Summary and permitted under Section 6.19 but not to exceed the amounts set forth in the Transaction Summary in respect thereof.

Section 6.09 Disposal of Subsidiary Interests . Except for any sale of all of its interests in the Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.08 or with respect to any Permitted Lien, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) directly or indirectly sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of any Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries, except to qualify directors if required by applicable Requirements of Law; or (b) permit any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of any Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries, except to another Loan Party (subject to the restrictions on such disposition otherwise imposed hereunder), or to qualify directors if required by applicable Requirements of Law.

Section 6.10 Sales and Lease Backs . No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which a Loan Party (a) has sold or transferred or is to sell or to transfer to any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), or (b) intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Loan Party to any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) in connection with such lease (each, a “ Sale and Leaseback Transaction ”).

Section 6.11 Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates . No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of Holdings on terms that are less favorable to Holdings or that Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that might be obtained at the time from a Person who is not such a holder or Affiliate; provided , the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (a) any transaction between the Borrowers

 

159


or between any Borrower and any Subsidiary Guarantor; (b) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; (c) compensation arrangements for officers and other employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business; (d) transactions described in Schedule 6.11 ; (e) Restricted Junior Payments permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 ; and (f) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 6.06 . Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, no Dutch Loan Party shall guarantee the obligations of any Person (other than those of another Loan Party) in accordance with Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code (or similar arrangements in other jurisdictions).

Section 6.12 Conduct of Business . From and after the Closing Date, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than (a) the businesses engaged in by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on the Closing Date as described in the Confidential Information Memorandum and any businesses similar, related, ancillary, complementary or a reasonable expansion thereof; and (b) such other lines of business as may be consented to by the Required Lenders.

Section 6.13 Permitted Activities of Holdings, the Dutch Opco, Tronox Bahamas, UK Joint Venture Entities and the Excluded Entities .

(a) Holdings shall not (i) incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability whatsoever other than (A) the Indebtedness and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (B) the Indebtedness under Section 6.01(m) and Section 6.01(p) and any Permitted Unsecured Notes; (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, created, leased or licensed by it other than the Liens created under the Security Documents to which it is a party or permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 ; (iii) engage in any business or activity or own any assets other than (A) directly or indirectly holding (1) 100% of the Equity Interests of each of the Borrowers and (2) its other Subsidiaries, (B) performing its obligations and activities incidental thereto under the Loan Documents, and to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the Term Loan Documents or documents governing the Indebtedness under Section 6.01(m) and Section 6.01(p) and the Permitted Unsecured Notes; and (C) making Restricted Junior Payments and Investments to the extent permitted by this Agreement; (iv) consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or license all or substantially all its assets to, any Person; (v) sell or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) fail to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from all other Persons.

(b) Except as contemplated by the Transaction Summary, until the Dutch Opco becomes an Additional Co-Borrower hereunder, no Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of any Loan Party (other than the Dutch Opco) may (i) create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness for the benefit of the Dutch Opco; (ii) incur any Liens or enter into any negative pledges for the benefit of the Dutch Opco; (iii) make any Restricted Junior Payments to, or Investments in, the Dutch Opco except as permitted under Section 6.06 ; (iv) make any Asset Sales to the Dutch Opco, other than sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; or (v) merge with or into the Dutch Opco, other than Investments permitted by Section 6.02 and sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices.

(c) In respect of the Excluded Entities, no Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of any Loan Party (other than another Excluded Entity) may (i) create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness for the benefit of any Excluded Entity, (ii) incur any Liens or enter into any negative pledges for the benefit of any Excluded Entity, (iii) make any Restricted Junior Payments to, Investments in, or Asset Sales to, any Excluded Entity or (iv) merge

 

160


with or into any Excluded Entity. Further, no Excluded Entity may, for so long as such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Loan Party: (i) engage in any business from and after the Closing Date except to the extent (A) it is engaged in such business prior to the Closing Date or (B) related to any insolvency, liquidation or dissolution proceedings, (ii) hold or acquire a material amount of assets or liabilities in excess of any assets or liabilities such Excluded Entity holds as of the Closing Date, (iii) incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability whatsoever other than to the extent in existence as of the Closing Date or (iv) fail to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from all other Persons.

(d) So long as a Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement is in effect, Tronox Bahamas shall not (i) incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability whatsoever other than the Indebtedness and obligations under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Term Loan Agreement, any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(p) or as permitted under clause (iii)  below; (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, created, leased or licensed by it other than the Liens created under the Security Documents to which it is a party, Liens granted under the Term Loan Documents that secure the Term Loans and Liens granted to secure the Permitted Secured Indebtedness or Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 ; provided that Tronox Bahamas may not grant any Liens on any property or assets pursuant to this clause (ii)  to secure the Term Loans or any Permitted Secured Indebtedness unless Tronox Bahamas shall also grant a Lien on the same property and/or assets to the Collateral Agent to secure the Secured Obligations; (iii) engage in any business or activity or own any assets other than (A) purchasing assets from a Subsidiary of Holdings and, substantially contemporaneously therewith, selling such assets, resulting in the creation of a payment obligation therefor; (B) related to, arising from and incidental to the transactions in connection with Bahamas Receivable Purchase Agreements, and owning assets related thereto; and (C) making Restricted Junior Payments, dispositions and Investments to the extent permitted by this Agreement; (iv) except as permitted under Section 6.08(c) , consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or license all or substantially all its assets to, any Person; (v) sell or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) fail to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from all other Persons; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Tronox Bahamas may redomicile into the United States or Australia (or any component jurisdiction of each thereof) subject to compliance with the requirements to grant security in accordance with Section 5.10 .

(e) In respect of the UK Joint Venture Entities, no Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of any Loan Party (other than the South African Subsidiaries) may (i) create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness for the benefit of any UK Joint Venture Entity; (ii) incur any Liens or enter into any negative pledges for the benefit of any UK Joint Venture Entity; (iii) make any Restricted Junior Payments to, or Asset Sales to, any UK Joint Venture Entity; (iv) merge with or into any UK Joint Venture Entity; (v) make any Investments in any UK Joint Venture Entity other than, in the case of this clause (v) , Investments permitted pursuant to Section 6.06(d)(B) , Section 6.06(e) or Section 6.06(n) in each case solely in connection with establishing the UK Joint Venture Entities; or (vi) in the case of a UK Joint Venture Entity, make any Investments other than as set forth in the preceding clause (v)  or in the immediately succeeding sentence. Further, no UK Joint Venture Entity may: (w) engage in any business other than as expressly permitted under this Section 6.13(e) ; (x) hold or acquire any assets other than (A) an intercompany loan balance owing by the South African Subsidiaries in favor of one or more of the UK Joint Venture Entities assumed by such UK Joint Venture Entities in connection with the Exxaro Acquisition ( provided the proceeds of such intercompany loan did not originate from a Loan Party or from the proceeds of a Loan); (B) the proceeds of Restricted Junior Payments received from the South African Subsidiaries so long as such proceeds are immediately distributed to such UK Joint Venture Entities’ equity holders on a pro rata basis; and (C)

 

161


Equity Interests in another UK Joint Venture Entity; (y) incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability whatsoever other than operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business; or (z) fail to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from all other Persons.

Section 6.14 Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents and Other Documents . No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to,

(a) agree to any material amendment, restatement, supplement, termination or other modification to, or waiver of, any of its Organizational Documents (including (x) by the filing or modification of any certificate of designation and (y) any election to treat any Pledged Equity Interests (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement) as a “security” under Section 8-103 of the UCC other than concurrently with the delivery of certificates representing such Pledged Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent), in each case, that would adversely affect the Lenders or their rights in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders after the Closing Date without obtaining the prior written consent of the Required Lenders to such amendment, restatement, supplement, termination or other modification or waiver or agreement; provided that Holdings may issue such Equity Interests, so long as such issuance is not prohibited by Section 6.17 or any other provision of this Agreement, and may amend or modify its Organizational Documents to authorize any such Equity Interests;

(b) agree to any amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waiver of, or make any payment consistent with an amendment thereof or change thereto, (i) any Permitted Unsecured Notes; (ii) any Permitted Seller Notes; (iii) after the Bahamian Effective Date, the Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement; or (iv) any Term Loan Document to the extent in violation of the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case that would adversely affect the Lenders or their rights after the Closing Date in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders without obtaining the prior written consent of Required Lenders to such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification or waiver; or

(c) in respect of the Australian Loan Parties and Tronox Bahamas only, (i) waive, amend or modify any provisions regarding the direction of proceeds under any sales contract to which an Australian Loan Party or Tronox Bahamas is a party; or (ii) enter into any customer contract or similar agreement to which any Australian Loan Party or Tronox Bahamas is a party without the Administrative Agent’s prior written approval of the form thereof (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Section 6.15 Fiscal Year . Change its Fiscal Year end from December 31.

Section 6.16 Australian GST Group . If it is or becomes a member of an Australian GST Group, (a) enter into and comply with the terms of the ITSA of which it is a party; (b) provide a copy of the ITSA to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days of request; (c) ensure that the ITSA is maintained in full force and effect while such Australian GST Group is in existence; (d) not amend or vary the ITSA in a manner that could reasonably be expected to be adverse in any material respect to the Lenders without the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent (it being understood and agreed that any such amendment that does not adversely affect in any material respect a Loan Party’s cash flows or financial condition or its present or prospective indirect tax liabilities or liabilities under the ITSA shall be deemed to be not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect); (d) not cease to be a party to, or replace or terminate the ITSA, without the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent: (e) ensure that the ITSA is in the approved form as determined by the Australian Commissioner of Taxation from time to time; (f) ensure that Contribution Amounts are determined on a reasonable basis; and (g) ensure that the representative member of such Australian GST Group provides a copy of the ITSA to the Australian Commissioner of Taxation within fourteen (14) days of request or within such other time required by the Australian Commissioner of Taxation.

 

162


Section 6.17 Limitation on Issuance of Capital Stock .

(a) Holdings shall not issue any Equity Interest that is not either (i) Qualified Capital Stock or (ii) to the extent permitted by Section 6.01 , Disqualified Capital Stock.

(b) No Loan Party shall issue any Equity Interest (including by way of sales of treasury stock) or any options or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into, any Equity Interest, except (i) for stock splits, stock dividends and additional issuances of Equity Interests which do not decrease the percentage ownership of the Loan Parties in any class of the Equity Interest of such Subsidiary; (ii) Subsidiaries of the Borrowers formed after the Closing Date in accordance with Section 6.18 may issue Equity Interests to a Borrower or the Subsidiary of a Borrower which is to own such Equity Interests; and (iii) the Borrowers may issue common stock that is Qualified Capital Stock to Holdings. All Equity Interests issued in accordance with this Section 6.17(b) shall, to the extent required by Section 5.10 or any Security Agreement or if such Equity Interests are issued by a Borrower, be delivered to the Collateral Agent for pledge pursuant to the applicable Security Agreement.

Section 6.18 Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries . No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, establish, create or acquire any additional Subsidiaries without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders; provided that, without such consent, any Loan Party may (a) establish or create one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Loan Party; (b) establish, create or acquire one or more Subsidiaries in connection with an Investment made pursuant to Section 6.06 or a transaction permitted pursuant to Section 6.08 ; or (c) acquire one or more Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, so long as, in each case, Section 5.10 shall be complied with.

Section 6.19 Reorganization . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Loan Parties shall be permitted to make the Investments, Restricted Junior Payments, Asset Sales, other dispositions, mergers and other modifications, and in each case, with respect to intercompany transfers of assets from Loan Parties to non-Loan Parties in not more than the amounts that are referenced in the Transaction Summary (without any changes thereto that are adverse in any material respect to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (except to the extent consented to in writing by the Administrative Agent)) in connection with or as a result of the Reorganization; provided that (a) after giving effect to the Reorganization, the Loan Parties shall consist of those Persons set forth on Schedule 6.19 hereto, and if any of such Persons are not then Loan Parties or if any Loan Party shall have changed its jurisdiction of organization, such Persons (and/or their parent companies) shall comply with Sections 5.10 , 5.11 and 5.12 , as applicable, and take all such further actions and executed all such further documents and instruments (and delivered such opinions) as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to ensure the validity, enforceability, creation and perfection of this Agreement, the Guaranty and the Security Documents, as the case may be; and (b) the Collateral pledged (and the perfection and priority thereof) under the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent (taken as a whole) shall not be adversely affected in any material respect as the final result of the consummation and completion of the Reorganization as a whole, and, subject to the timing requirements, exceptions and other terms contained in Sections 5.10 and 6.08 , in no instance may less than 100% of the Equity Interests of any Borrower and Holdings’ other wholly owned Subsidiaries organized under the laws of any State in the United States, Australia, the United Kingdom, the Bahamas or (subject to any necessary works council and corporate approvals in respect of the Dutch Subsidiaries) the Netherlands, be pledged in favor of the Collateral Agent.

 

163


Section 6.20 Relationship to Term Loan .

(a) Notwithstanding Section 6.01 , no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness in reliance on Section 6.1 of the Term Loan Agreement (other than the Indebtedness incurred hereunder) unless after giving effect thereto, the entire amount of the Commitments then in effect plus the amount of any increase in Commitments available to the Borrowers under Section 2.20 is available to be utilized hereunder without violating Section 6.1 of the Term Loan Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) No Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to guarantee the obligations under the Term Loan Agreement or become a borrower under the Term Loan Agreement unless such Subsidiary is also a Borrower, an Additional Co-Borrower or Guarantor hereunder.

ARTICLE VII

GUARANTEE

Section 7.01 The Guarantee . Each Borrower and each of the other Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantee, as a primary obligor and not as a surety to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of the Title 11 of the United States Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under Title 11 of the United States Code) the Loans made by the Lenders to, and the Notes held by each Lender of, the Borrowers, and all other Secured Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Loan Party under any Loan Document or any Hedging Agreement or Treasury Services Agreement entered into with a counterparty that is a Secured Party, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that if any Borrower or other Guarantor(s) shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

Section 7.02 Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 7.01 shall constitute a guaranty of payment and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

164


(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, Issuing Bank or any Lender or Agent as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or

(v) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.09 .

The Guarantors hereby expressly waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever (other than the ones expressly provided for or set forth in the applicable Loan Documents), and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrowers under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between the Borrowers and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by Secured Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other Person at any time of any right or remedy against the Borrowers or against any other Person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

Section 7.03 Reinstatement . The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article VII shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower or other Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

 

165


Section 7.04 Subrogation; Subordination . Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the indefeasible payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations and the expiration and termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 7.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against any Borrower or other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Any Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(d) shall be subordinated to such Loan Party’s Secured Obligations in the manner set forth in the Intercompany Note evidencing such Indebtedness.

Section 7.05 Remedies . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding), the Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 8.01 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 8.01 ) for purposes of Section 7.01 , notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrowers and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrowers) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 7.01 .

Section 7.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money . Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Article VII constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

Section 7.07 Continuing Guarantee . The guarantee in this Article VII is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

Section 7.08 General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations . In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 7.01 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 7.01 , then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 7.10 ) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

Section 7.09 Release of Guarantors . If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred (a “ Transferred Guarantor ”) to a Person or persons, none of which is a Borrower or a Loan Party, such Transferred Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be automatically released (without any further action by any Agent or any other Person so long as the Administrative Agent has received the documents requested pursuant to this Section 7.09 ) from its

 

166


obligations under the Loan Documents (including under Section 10.03 hereof) and its obligations to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it pursuant to any Security Document and the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents shall be automatically released, and, so long as the Borrowers shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, the Collateral Agent shall take such actions as are necessary to effect or evidence each release described in this Section 7.09 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Security Documents, so long as the Borrowers shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement; provided that such Guarantor is also released from its obligations under the Term Loan Documents on the same terms.

Section 7.10 Right of Contribution . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 7.04 . The provisions of this Section 7.10 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 8.01 Events of Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

(a) Failure to Make Payments When Due . Failure by the Borrowers to pay (i) when due any installment of principal of any Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; or (ii) any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due hereunder within five (5) days after the date due; or

(b) Breach of Certain Covenants . Failure of any Loan Party to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Sections 5.01(b) , (c) , (d) , (f)  or (l)(iv) , Section 5.02 , Section 5.09 , Section 5.14 , Section 5.18(a) , Section 5.18(b) - (d)  (for a period of more than three (3) Business Days), Section 5.19 or in Article VI ; or

(c) Breach of Representations, Etc. Any representation, warranty, certification or other statement made or deemed made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or the borrowings or issuances of Letters of Credit hereunder or in any statement or certificate at any time given by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be false or misleading in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made or furnished; or;

 

167


(d) Other Defaults Under Loan Documents . Any Loan Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Loan Documents, other than any such term referred to in any other clause of this Section 8.01 , and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) an officer of Holdings becoming aware of such default; and (ii) receipt by Holdings of notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

(e) Australian Loan Party Insolvency . An Australian Loan Party that is a Material Entity is not Solvent; or

(f) Involuntary Bankruptcy, Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of any Material Entity in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Laws now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law or law in any other jurisdiction; (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against any Material Entity under any Debtor Relief Laws now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of an administrator, receiver, administrative receiver, liquidator or manager, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over any Material Entity, or over all or a substantial part of its property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim administrator, receiver, liquidator or manager, trustee or other custodian of any Material Entity for all or a substantial part of its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of any Material Entity; provided that, in relation to any Material Entity other than a Material Entity incorporated in England and Wales, any such event described in this clause (ii)  above shall continue for sixty (60) days without having been dismissed, bonded or discharged; (iii) in the case of any Material Entity incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, any legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up dissolution, administration or reorganization (whether by a scheme of arrangement or otherwise) or compromise, composition or assignment with creditors; or (iv) any analogous step or procedure shall be taken under the laws of any jurisdiction in respect of any Material Entity; or

(g) Voluntary Bankruptcy, Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) Any Material Entity shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or shall commence a voluntary case under any Debtor Relief Laws now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, manager, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or any Material Entity shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) any Material Entity shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due or suspends or threatens to suspend making payments of its debts; or the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of any Material Entity (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to herein or in Section 8.01(f) ; or (iii) any analogous step or procedure shall be taken under the laws of any jurisdiction in respect of any Material Entity; or

(h) Judgments and Attachments . Any money judgment, writ, warrant of attachment, expropriation, sequestration, distress or execution or similar process individually or in the aggregate in excess of $50.0 million (to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has not denied coverage) shall be entered or filed against any Company or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days (or in any event later than five (5) days prior to the date of any proposed sale thereunder) or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon properties of any Company to enforce any such judgment; or

 

168


(i) Dissolution . Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against any Loan Party that is a Material Entity decreeing the dissolution or split up of such Loan Party and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty (30) days; or

(j) Employee Benefit Plans . There shall occur one or more ERISA Events or similar events with respect to Foreign Plans which individually or in the aggregate results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, liability of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in an amount that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(k) Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur; or

(l) Guarantees, Security Documents and other Loan Documents . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) the Guaranty for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations and the termination of the Commitments, shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void or any Guarantor shall repudiate its obligations thereunder; (ii) this Agreement or any Security Document ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or the satisfaction in full of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void, in each case for any reason other than the failure of the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to take any action within its control; (iii) the Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Security Documents with the priority required by the relevant Security Document; or (iv) any Loan Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Loan Document to which it is a party or shall contest the validity or perfection of any Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Security Documents; or

(m) Defaults in Other Agreements . (i) Failure of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries to pay when due any principal of or interest on (or, in respect of any Indebtedness set forth in clause (k) of the definition of “Indebtedness,” any other amount), including any payment in settlement, payable in respect of one or more items of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness referred to in Section 8.01(a) ) in an aggregate principal amount (or Net Mark-to-Market Exposure) of $50.0 million or more, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor; or (ii) breach or default by any Loan Party with respect to any other material term of (x) one or more items of Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amounts (or Net Mark-to-Market Exposure) referred to in clause (i)  above or (y) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders), to cause, that Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or subject to a compulsory repurchase or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be.

THEN (1) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.01(f) or 8.01(g) , automatically, and (2) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, at the request of the Required Lenders or at the Administrative Agent’s discretion, upon notice to Holdings by the Administrative Agent (A) each of the following shall immediately become due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby

 

169


expressly waived by each Loan Party: (I) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest and premium on the Loans and (II) the Reimbursement Obligations and all other Obligations; (B) the Administrative Agent may cause the Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to Security Documents; and (C) the Commitments shall be terminated forthwith.

Section 8.02 Application of Proceeds . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding), all proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in the event that an Event of Default shall have occurred and not otherwise been waived, and the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.01 and in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its remedies shall be applied, in full or in part, together with any other sums then held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, promptly by the Collateral Agent against the Obligations in the following order of priority:

(a) First , to the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses, fees, commissions and taxes of such sale, collection or other realization including compensation to the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and all expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith and all amounts for which the Collateral Agent is entitled to indemnification pursuant to the provisions of any Loan Document (in its capacity as the Collateral Agent and not as a Lender), together with interest on each such amount at the Default Rate from and after the date such amount is due, owing or unpaid until paid in full;

(b) Second , to the payment of all other reasonable costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization including compensation to the other Secured Parties and their agents and counsel and all costs, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the other Secured Parties in connection therewith, together with interest on each such amount at the Default Rate from and after the date such amount is due, owing or unpaid until paid in full;

(c) Third , without duplication of amounts applied pursuant to clauses (a)  and (b)  above, to the indefeasible payment in full in cash, pro rata , of interest and other amounts constituting Obligations (other than principal, Reimbursement Obligations and obligations to cash collateralize Letters of Credit) including Overadvances and any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under Hedging Agreements or Treasury Services Agreements constituting Secured Obligations and any interest accrued thereon, in each case equally and ratably in accordance with the respective amounts thereof then due and owing;

(d) Fourth , to the indefeasible payment in full in cash, pro rata , of principal amount of the Obligations and any premium thereon (including Reimbursement Obligations and obligations to cash collateralize Letters of Credit) and any breakage, termination or other payments under Hedging Agreements and Treasury Services Agreements constituting Secured Obligations and any interest accrued thereon; and

(e) Fifth , the balance, if any, to the Person lawfully entitled thereto (including the applicable Loan Party or its successors or assigns) or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

170


In the event that any such proceeds are insufficient to pay in full the items described in clauses (a)  through (e)  of this Section 8.02 , the Loan Parties shall remain liable, jointly and severally, for any deficiency.

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT

Section 9.01 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints UBS AG, Stamford Branch, to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes such Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agents by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Agents to enter into this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In addition, each Lender authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Bahamas Receivables Purchase Agreement (or acknowledge and agree thereto), to the extent it deems appropriate. Each Lender agrees that any action taken by Agents, Required Lenders or Supermajority Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and the exercise by Agents, Required Lenders or Supermajority Lenders of their respective powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

Section 9.02 Rights as a Lender . Each Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 9.03 Exculpatory Provisions .

(a) No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent:

(i) shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents);

 

171


provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its judgment or the judgment of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirements of Law; and

(iii) shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (x) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.02 ) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by a Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Bank.

(c) No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Requirements of Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(d) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may use an outside service provider for the tracking of all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Loan Documents and notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that any such service provider will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider.

Section 9.04 Reliance by Agent . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may

 

172


consult with legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with such advice.

Section 9.05 Delegation of Duties . Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent, including a sub-agent which is a non-U.S. affiliate of such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article IX shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

Section 9.06 Resignation of Agent .

(a) Each Agent may at any time give written notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrowers at least thirty (30) days prior to the proposed resignation effective date. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor (subject to the Administrative Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)), which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through an Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Issuing Bank directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this clause (a) . Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this clause (a) ). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 10.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

(b) Any resignation by UBS AG, Stamford Branch as Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.06(a) shall, unless UBS AG, Stamford Branch gives notice to the Administrative Borrower otherwise, also constitute its resignation as Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender, and such resignation as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender shall become effective simultaneously with the discharge of the Administrative Agent from its duties and obligations as set forth in the immediately preceding clause (a)  (except as to already outstanding Letters of Credit and LC Obligations and Swingline Loans, as to which

 

173


the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender shall continue in such capacities until the LC Exposure relating thereto shall be reduced to zero and such Swingline Loans shall have been repaid, as applicable, or until the successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to the roles of Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender in accordance with the next sentence and perform the actions required by the next sentence). Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, unless UBS AG, Stamford Branch and such successor gives notice to Administrative Borrower otherwise, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender and (ii) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit. At the time any such resignation of the Issuing Bank shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the retiring Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.05(c) .

Section 9.07 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender further represents and warrants that it has had the opportunity to review the Confidential Information Memorandum (if any) and each other document made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Lender also acknowledges that the Lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent (and/or the Australian Security Trustee, as applicable) pursuant to the Security Documents and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent (and/or the Australian Security Trustee, as applicable) thereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding). So long as any Term Loans are outstanding or obligations under any Permitted Securitization or any Permitted Secured Indebtedness are outstanding, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

Section 9.08 Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable Requirements of Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.15(a) or (c) , each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payable in respect thereof within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not property executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective). A

 

174


certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender or the Issuing Bank by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or Issuing Bank under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.08 . The agreements in this Section 9.08 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

Section 9.09 No Other Duties, etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookmanagers, Arrangers, Syndication Agent or Documentation Agent listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder.

Section 9.10 Enforcement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent (or the Collateral Agent with the consent of the Administrative Agent), or as the Required Lenders may require or otherwise direct, for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Bank; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as the Collateral Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of this Agreement, or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any bankruptcy or insolvency law. The Collateral Agent may, and hereby does, appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent for the purpose of enforcing rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as set forth above.

Section 9.11 Lien Releases . The Secured Parties authorize the Collateral Agent to release any Lien with respect to any Collateral (a) that is the subject of a disposition or Lien that the Borrowers certify in writing is an Asset Sale permitted under Section 6.08 or a Permitted Lien entitled to priority over the Collateral Agent’s Liens (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate without further inquiry); (b) that does not constitute a material part of the Collateral; or (c) subject to Section 10.02(b) , with the consent of the Required Lenders. The Secured Parties authorize Agent to subordinate its Liens to any Lien securing Purchase Money Obligations permitted hereunder or other Lien entitled to priority hereunder.

Section 9.12 Australian Security Trustee .

(a) Each of the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably appoints the Australian Security Trustee as its security trustee, and authorizes the Australian Security Trustee to take such actions on its behalf, including execution of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Australian Security Trustee by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. All of the Secured Parties (other than the

 

175


Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to the extent provided herein) agree and acknowledge that they will take no action in respect of the Australian Security Agreements (including communicating with the Borrowers) except through the Australian Security Trustee. The express powers granted to the Australian Security Trustee are in addition to any other power or rights it has under any other law. In relation to anything the Australian Security Trustee does or omits to do, a Borrower need not enquire (i) whether the Australian Security Trustee needed to consult with or has consulted with the Lenders, (ii) whether any Lender has instructed the Australian Security Trustee, or (iii) about the terms of any instructions. As between the Australian Security Trustee and any Borrower, all action the Australian Security Trustee as security trustee for the Lenders is taken to be authorized unless such Borrower has actual notice to the contrary.

(b) The Australian Security Trustee shall promptly forward to a party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Australian Security Trustee for that party by any other party. If the Australian Security Trustee receives notice from a party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default or an Event of Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default or an Event of Default, it shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent. If the Australian Security Trustee is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to any other Secured Party under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify such other Secured Party. The Australian Security Trustee’s duties under the Loan Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. The Australian Security Trustee has no other duties except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents.

(c) The Australian Security Trustee may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Loan Party.

(d) The Australian Security Trustee may assume (unless it has received actual notice to the contrary in its capacity as security trustee for the Secured Parties) that any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any party or the Required Lenders has not been exercised.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document to the contrary, (i) the Australian Security Trustee is not obliged to do or to omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality, (ii) the Australian Security Trustee need not act (whether or not on instruction from one or more Lenders) for so long as it is unable to act due to any cause beyond its control (including war, riot, natural disaster, labor dispute or law taking effect after the date of this Agreement). The Australian Security Trustee agrees to notify each Lender, each other Agent and the Australian Borrower promptly after it determines that it is unable to act pursuant to clause (ii)  of this Section 9.11(e) . The Australian Security Trustee will have no responsibility for any liability or loss arising from, or any costs incurred in connection with, the Australian Security Trustee not acting for so long as it is unable to act pursuant to clause (ii)  of this Section 9.11(e) ).

(f) Unless a contrary indication appears in any Loan Document, the Australian Security Trustee shall: (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Australian Security Trustee in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Administrative Agent (or, if so instructed by the Administrative Agent, refrain from acting or exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Australian Security Trustee); and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with such an instruction of the Secured Parties. Unless a contrary indication appears in a Loan Document, any instructions given to the Australian Security Trustee by the Administrative Agent will be binding on all the Secured Parties. The Australian Security Trustee may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Administrative Agent (or, if appropriate, the Secured Parties) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability

 

176


(together with any associated indirect Tax) which it may incur in complying with the instructions. The Australian Security Trustee is not authorized to act on behalf of a Secured Party (without first obtaining that Secured Party’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Loan Document.

(g) Without limiting the rest of this clause (g) , the Australian Security Trustee will not be liable for any action taken by it, or for omitting to take action under or in connection with any Loan Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or willful misconduct. No party (other than the Australian Security Trustee) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Australian Security Trustee in respect of any claim it might have against the Australian Security Trustee or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Loan Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Australian Security Trustee may rely on this Article IX . The Australian Security Trustee will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Loan Documents to be paid by the Australian Security Trustee if the Australian Security Trustee has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognized clearing or settlement system used by the Australian Security Trustee for that purpose.

(h) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the aggregate Revolving Commitments at any time or, if the aggregate Revolving Commitments at such time are zero, to its share of the aggregate Revolving Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Australian Security Trustee, within three (3) Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Australian Security Trustee (otherwise than by reason of the Australian Security Trustee’s fraud, negligence or willful misconduct) in acting as Australian Security Trustee under the Loan Documents (unless the Australian Security Trustee has been reimbursed by a Borrower pursuant to a Loan Document).

(i) The Australian Security Trustee may treat the Administrative Agent as the agent entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through its facility office unless it has received not less than five (5) Business Days prior notice from the Administrative Agent to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(j) Any amount payable to the Australian Security Trustee under the Loan Documents shall include the cost of utilizing the Australian Security Trustee’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Australian Security Trustee may notify to the Borrowers and the Secured Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Australian Security Trustee under any Loan Document.

(k) If any party owes an amount to the Australian Security Trustee under any Loan Document, the Australian Security Trustee may, after giving notice to such party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payments to such party which the Australian Security Trustee would otherwise be obliged to make under such Loan Document and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Loan Document, such party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

Section 9.13 Collateral Agent Acting as Security Trustee .

(a) Appointment . The Secured Parties appoint the Collateral Agent to act as security trustee (the “ Security Trustee ”) under the UK Security Agreements for the purposes of holding (A) any Lien created by any UK Security Agreement; and (B) the covenants and undertakings of the relevant UK Security Agreements.

 

177


(b) Delegation . The Security Trustee may delegate to any Person on such terms (which may include the power to sub-delegate) and subject to such conditions as it thinks fit, all or any of the rights, powers, authorities and discretions vested in it by any of the Loan Documents.

(c) Separate Security Trustees . The Security Trustee may (whether for the purpose of complying with any law or regulation of any overseas jurisdiction, or for any other reason) appoint any Person to act jointly with the Security Trustee either as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee (each an “ Appointee ”) on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Security Trustee thinks fit and with such of the rights, powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Security Trustee by any Loan Document as may be conferred by the instrument of appointment of the Appointee. The Security Trustee may pay reasonable remuneration to any Appointee, together with any costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Appointee in connection with its appointment. All such remuneration, costs and expenses shall be treated, for the purposes of this Agreement, as paid or incurred by the Security Trustee.

(d) The UK Security Agreements . Each Secured Party confirms its approval of the relevant UK Security Agreements and of any Lien intended to be created under it, and authorizes and instructs the Security Trustee to execute and deliver the relevant UK Security Agreements. The Security Trustee may accept without enquiry the title (if any) which any Person may have to any assets over which Lien is intended to be created by the relevant UK Security Agreements, and shall not be liable to any other party for any defect in or failure of any such title. The Security Trustee shall not be (i) liable or responsible to any Secured Party for any failure to perfect, protect, register, make any filing or give notice in respect of the Lien intended to be created by the relevant UK Security Agreements, unless that failure arises directly from its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct; (ii) obliged to insure any assets over which Lien is intended to be created by the relevant UK Security Agreements, to require any other person to maintain any such insurance, or to make any enquiry or conduct any investigation into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any insurance existing over any such asset; or (iii) obliged to hold in its own possession the relevant UK Security Agreements, title deed or other document relating to any assets over which Lien is intended to be created by the relevant UK Security Agreements.

(e) Security Trustee as Proprietor . Each Secured Party confirms that it does not wish to be registered as a joint proprietor of any mortgage or charge created pursuant to the relevant UK Security Agreements and accordingly (i) authorizes the Security Trustee to hold such mortgages and charges in its sole name as trustee for the Secured Parties; and (ii) requests the Land Registry (or other relevant registry) to register the Security Trustee as a sole proprietor (or heritable creditor, as the case may be) of any such mortgage or charge.

(f) Investments. Except to the extent that a UK Security Agreement otherwise requires, any moneys received by the Security Trustee under or pursuant to a UK Security Agreement may be (a) invested in any investments which it may select and which are authorized by applicable law; or (b) placed on deposit at any bank or institution (including itself) on such terms as it may think fit, in each case in the name or under the control of the Security Trustee, and those moneys, together with any accrued income (net of any applicable Tax) shall be held by the Security Trustee to the order of the Administrative Agent, and shall be payable to the Administrative Agent on demand.

(g) Secured Parties’ Indemnity to the Security Trustee . Each Secured Party shall indemnify the Security Trustee, its delegates and sub-delegates and Appointees (for purposes of this Section 9.13 , each an “ Indemnified Party ”), within three (3) Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Security Trustee or the relevant Indemnified Party (otherwise than by reason of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Security Trustee or that Indemnified Party) in acting as

 

178


Security Trustee or its delegate, sub-delegate or Appointee under the relevant UK Security Agreements (except to the extent that the Security Trustee, or the relevant Indemnified Party has been reimbursed by any Loan Party pursuant to the relevant UK Security Agreements).

(h) Conduct of Business by the Security Trustee . No provision of this Agreement will (i) interfere with the right of the Security Trustee to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit; (ii) oblige the Security Trustee to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or (iii) oblige the Security Trustee to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of tax.

(i) Liability of Security Trustee .

(i) The Security Trustee shall not nor shall any of its officers, employees or agents from time to time be responsible for: (A) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by any Loan Party or any other person given in or in connection with the relevant UK Security Agreements; or (B) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the relevant UK Security Agreements or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with the relevant UK Security Agreements.

(ii) Without limiting subclause (i)  above, the Security Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by it or not taken by it under or in connection with the relevant UK Security Agreements, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(iii) No party (other than the Security Trustee) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Trustee in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Trustee or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to the relevant UK Security Agreements and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Trustee may rely on this Section 9.13 and the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

(iv) The Security Trustee shall not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Loan Documents to be paid by the Security Trustee, if the Security Trustee has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognized clearing or settlement system used by the Security Trustee for that purpose.

(v) Without affecting the responsibility of the Loan Parties for information supplied by them or on their behalf in connection with any Loan Document, each Secured Party confirms to the Security Trustee that it has been, and shall continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with the relevant UK Security Agreements including but not limited to: (i) the financial condition, status and nature of the Loan Parties; (ii) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the relevant UK Security Agreements and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with the relevant UK Security Agreements; (iii) whether such Secured Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of

 

179


that recourse, against any party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Loan Document, the transactions contemplated by the UK Security Agreements or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with the relevant UK Security Agreements; and (iv) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by any person under or in connection with the relevant UK Security Agreements, the transactions contemplated by the relevant UK Security Agreements or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with the relevant UK Security Agreements.

(j) UK Security Agreements . The Security Trustee shall accept without investigation, requisition or objection, such title as any person may have to the assets which are subject to the relevant UK Security Agreements and shall not (i) be bound or concerned to examine or enquire into the title of any person; (ii) be liable for any defect or failure in the title of any person, whether that defect or failure was known to the Security Trustee or might have been discovered upon examination or enquiry and whether capable of remedy or not; or (iii) be liable for any failure on its part to give notice of the relevant UK Security Agreements to any third party or otherwise perfect or register the Liens created by the relevant UK Security Agreements (unless such failure arises directly from the Security Trustee’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct). The Security Trustee shall hold the relevant UK Security Agreements and all proceeds of enforcement of them on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The relevant UK Security Agreements shall rank as continuing Lien for the discharge of the liabilities secured by it.

(k) Disposals . The Security Trustee is authorized by each of the Secured Parties to execute on behalf of itself and each such Secured Party without the need for any further referral to or authority from such Secured Party, any release of the Liens created by the relevant UK Security Agreements over that asset and, if such asset comprises all of the shares in any Loan Party, the Security Trustee is further authorized, without the need for any further referral to or authority from such Secured Party, to execute a release of any Liens granted by such Loan Party over its assets pursuant to any of the UK Security Agreements; provided that in each such case the proceeds are applied in the manner provided for in this Agreement as if they were realizations pursuant to the relevant UK Security Agreements. Each Secured Party undertakes to execute such releases and other documents as may be necessary to give effect to the releases specified in this clause (k) .

(l) Appointment and Retirement of Security Trustee . The Security Trustee (i) subject to the appointment of a successor (in consultation with the Administrative Borrower) may, and must if the Administrative Agent requires, retire at any time from its position as Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents without assigning any reason, and (ii) must give notice of its intention to retire by giving to the other Secured Parties and the Administrative Borrower not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ notice.

(m) Appointment of Successor . The Administrative Agent may, with the approval of the Administrative Borrower (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) other than during the continuation of an Event of Default, appoint a successor to the Security Trustee, during the period of notice in Section 12.2.13. If no successor is appointed by the Administrative Agent, the Security Trustee may appoint (after consultation with the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower) its successor. The Secured Parties shall promptly enter into any agreements that the successor may reasonably require to effect its appointment.

 

180


(n) Discharge of Security Trustee . From the date that the appointment of the successor is effected under clause (m)  above, the retiring Security Trustee must be discharged from any further obligations under the Loan Documents as Security Trustee, and the successor to the Security Trustee and each of the other Secured Parties have the same rights and obligations between themselves as they would have had if the successor had been a party to those Loan Documents.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.01 Notices .

(a) Generally Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in clause (b)  below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows:

(i) if to any Loan Party, to the Borrowers at:

3301 N.W. 150th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier No.: (405) 302-4706

Email: Michael.Foster@tronox.com

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Leonard Klingbaum

Telecopier No.: (212) 446-6460

Email: leonard.klingbaum@kirkland.com

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or Issuing Bank, to it at:

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: Banking Product Services

Telecopier No.: (203) 719-4176

Email: DL-UBSAgency@ubs.com

(iii) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or telecopier number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire;

 

181


(iv) if to the Swingline Lender, to it at:

UBS Loan Finance LLC

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: Banking Product Services

Telecopier No.: (203) 719-4176

Email: DL-UBSAgency@ubs.com

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in clause (b)  below, shall be effective as provided in said clause (b) . Any party hereto may change its address or telecopier number for notices and other communications hereunder by written notice to the Administrative Borrower, the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender.

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may (subject to the provisions of this Section 10.01 ) be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Borrowers may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it (including pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.01 ); provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Each Loan Party hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Document, including all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials (the “ Communications ”), by transmitting them in an electronic medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent at DL-UBSAgency@ubs.com or at such other e-mail address(es) provided to the Borrowers from time to time or in such other form as the Administrative Agent shall require. In addition, each Loan Party agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in such other form as the Administrative Agent shall require. Nothing in this Section 10.01 shall prejudice the right of the Agents, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Loan Party to give any notice or other communication pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any other manner specified in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or as any such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall require.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i)  of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

182


To the extent consented to by the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time, the Administrative Agent agrees that receipt of the Communications (other than any such Communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder) by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address(es) set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents.

(c) Platform . Each Loan Party further agrees that any Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on SyndTrak or a substantially similar secure electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”). The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agents do not warrant the accuracy or completeness of the Communications, or the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall any Agent or any of its Related Parties have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Party’s or such Agent’s transmission of communications through the Internet, except to the extent the liability of such Person is found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) Public/Private . Each Loan Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to distribute (i) to Private Siders all Communications, including any Communication that the Borrowers identify in writing is to be distributed to Private Siders only (“ Private Side Communications ”), and (ii) to Public Siders all Communications other than any Private Side Communication. Each Borrower represents and warrants that no Communication (other than Private Side Communications) contains any MNPI. Each Borrower agrees to designate as Private Side Communications only those Communications or portions thereof that it reasonably believes in good faith constitute MNPI, and agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts not to designate any Communications provided under Section 5.01(a) , (b) , (c)  and (d)  as Private Side Communications. “ Private Siders ” shall mean Lenders’ employees and representatives who have declared that they are authorized to receive MNPI. “ Public Siders ” shall mean Lenders’ employees and representatives who have not declared that they are authorized to receive MNPI; it being understood that Public Siders may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to Borrowers’ or their affiliates’ securities or loans. “ MNPI ” shall mean material non-public information (within the meaning of United States federal securities laws) with respect to the Borrowers, their affiliates and any of their respective securities.

Each Lender acknowledges that United States federal and state securities laws prohibit any Person from purchasing or selling securities on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the issuer of such securities or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other Person. Each Lender confirms that it has developed procedures designed to ensure compliance with these securities laws.

 

183


Each Lender acknowledges that circumstances may arise that require it to refer to Communications that may contain MNPI. Accordingly, each Lender agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to designate at least one individual to receive Private Side Communications on its behalf in compliance with its procedures and applicable Requirements of Law and identify such designee (including such designee’s contact information) on such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time of such Lender’s designee’s e-mail address to which notice of the availability of Private Side Communications may be sent by electronic transmission.

Each Lender that elects not to be given access to Private Side Communications does so voluntarily and, by such election, (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Agents and other Lenders may have access to Private Side Communications that such electing Lender does not have and (ii) takes sole responsibility for the consequences of, and waives any and all claims based on or arising out of, not having access to Private Side Communications.

Section 10.02 Waivers; Amendment .

(a) Generally . No failure or delay by any Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of each Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by this Section 10.02 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on the Borrowers in any case shall entitle the Borrowers to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Required Consents . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding) and to Section 10.02(c) , and (d) , neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent (in the case of any Security Document) and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are party thereto, in each case with the written consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that no amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any condition precedent, mandatory prepayment, covenant or Default shall constitute an increase in the Commitment of any Lender);

 

184


(ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon (other than interest pursuant to Section 2.06(c) ), or reduce any Fees payable hereunder, or change the form or currency of payment of any Obligation, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being understood that any amendment or modification to the financial definitions in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest for purposes of this clause (ii)  and it being further understood that, for the avoidance of doubt, only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be required to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest or any other payment due hereunder or under any other Loan Document at the Default Rate);

(iii) (A) change the scheduled final maturity of any Loan, (B) postpone the date for payment of any Reimbursement Obligation or any interest or fees payable hereunder, (C) reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment (other than waiver of any increase in the interest rate pursuant to Section 2.06(c) ), or (D) postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment or any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Maturity Date, in any case, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(iv) increase the maximum duration of Interest Periods hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(v) permit the assignment or delegation by the Borrowers of any of their respective rights or obligations under any Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender;

(vi) except pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, release Holdings or all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their Guarantee (except as expressly provided in Article VII ), or limit their liability in respect of such Guarantee, without the written consent of each Lender;

(vii) except pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, release all or a substantial portion of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents or alter the relative priorities of the Secured Obligations entitled to the Liens of the Security Documents, in each case without the written consent of each Lender (it being understood that additional Classes of Loans or increases in the Loans pursuant to Section 2.20 or consented to by the Required Lenders may be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral with the then existing Secured Obligations under the Security Documents);

(viii) change Section 2.14(b) , (c)  or (d)  in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments or setoffs required thereby or any other provision in a manner that would alter the pro rata allocation among the Lenders of Loan disbursements, including the requirements of Sections 2.02(a) , 2.17(d) and 2.18(d) , without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(ix) change any provision of this Section 10.02(b) or Section 10.02(c) or (d) , without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (except for additional restrictions on amendments or waivers for the benefit of Lenders of additional Classes of Loans or increases in the Loans pursuant to Section 2.20 or consented to by the Required Lenders);

 

185


(x) change the percentage set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders,” “Supermajority Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document (including this Section 10.02 ) specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be), other than to increase such percentage or number or to give any additional Lender or group of Lenders such right to waive, amend or modify or make any such determination or grant any such consent;

(xi) subordinate the Obligations to any other obligation, without the written consent of each Lender;

(xii) change or waive any provision of Article X as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the written consent of such Agent;

(xiii) change or waive any obligation of the Lenders relating to the issuance of or purchase of participations in Letters of Credit, without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank;

(xiv) change or waive any provision hereof relating to Swingline Loans (including the definition of “Swingline Commitment”), without the written consent of the Swingline Lender;

(xv) expressly change or waive any condition precedent in Section 4.02 to any Revolving Borrowing without the written consent of the Required Lenders; or

(xvi) change or waive any provision of the definition of “Aggregate Borrowing Base”, “Australian Borrowing Base”, “Borrowing Base”, “Dutch Borrowing Base” or “U.S. Borrowing Base” or any of the exclusionary criteria for Australian Eligible Accounts, Dutch Eligible Accounts, U.S. Eligible Accounts, Australian Eligible Inventory, Dutch Eligible Inventory and U.S. Eligible Inventory set forth in Section 2.21 if the effect of such change or waiver would be to make more credit available, without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders; or

(xvii) increase the applicable advance rates set forth in the definitions of “Australian Borrowing Base,” “Dutch Borrowing Base” or “U.S. Borrowing Base” without the written consent of each Lender;

provided, further , that any waiver, amendment or modification of the Intercreditor Agreement (or any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement or any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement) (and any related definitions) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into among the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Term Loan Agent (or any Permitted Securitization Agent or Senior Representative, as applicable) (with the consent of the Required Lenders but without the consent of any Loan Party, so long as such amendment, waiver or modification does not impose any additional duties or obligations on the Loan Parties or alter or impair any right of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents). Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Lender for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Lenders and is paid to all Lenders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

186


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein:

(I) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except to the extent the consent of such Lender would be required under clause (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 10.02(b) ;

(II) any Loan Document may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (without the consent of any Lender) solely to cure a defect or error, or to grant a new Lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties or extend an existing Lien over additional property; and

(III) at any time prior to the date which is ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, this Agreement may be amended pursuant to a written instrument or instruments executed by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Arranger (and without the consent of any other Person ( provided that the Arranger shall have consulted with the Borrowers)) in order to implement the provisions of the Fee Letter under “Market Flex” (and subject to the limitations therein). At the request of the Arranger, the Borrowers shall execute each amendment pursuant to this clause (III) , but the Borrowers’ failure or refusal to execute such amendment shall not affect the validity thereof.

(c) Collateral . Without the consent of any other Person, the applicable Loan Party or Parties and the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may (in its or their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into any amendment or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable Requirements of Law.

(d) Dissenting Lenders . If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by Section 10.02(b) , the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained, then the Borrowers shall have the right to replace all, but not less than all, of such non-consenting Lender or Lenders (so long as all non-consenting Lenders are so replaced) with one or more persons pursuant to Section 2.16(b) so long as at the time of such replacement each such new Lender consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination. Each Lender agrees that, if the Borrowers elect to replace such Lender in accordance with this Section 10.02(d) , it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence such sale and purchase and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if Notes have been issued in respect of such Lender’s Loans) subject to such Assignment and Assumption; provided that the failure of any such non-consenting Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such sale and purchase (and the corresponding assignment) invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register.

 

187


(e) Increased Commitments . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (without the consent of any Lenders) may amend this Agreement and the Loan Documents if necessary or advisable to effectuate any increase in Commitments contemplated by Section 2.20 .

(f) Schedules . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.02 to the contrary, (i) Holdings may supplement each of Schedule 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.09(b) , 3.12(a) and 3.25 (without the consent of any Lender or Agent) as set forth in clause (y)  of the penultimate sentence of Section 5.10(b) ; (ii) Holdings may supplement Schedule 3.30 from time to time (without the consent of any Lender or Agent) as set forth in Section 3.30 by delivering an updated Schedule 3.30 to the Administrative Agent; and (iii) Holdings may update Schedule 1.1(e) from time to time and such schedule shall be, on the Business Day that is five (5) Business Days after the date such updated schedule is distributed to the Lenders, deemed effective without the consent of any Loan Party, any Agent or any Lender (subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Direct Competitor”).

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agent and the Loan Parties (without the consent of any Lenders) may amend this Agreement and the Loan Documents as necessary to add a Subsidiary of Holdings, organized under the laws of the UK, as an Additional Co-Borrower to this Agreement on the terms, and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth on Exhibit T .

Section 10.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrowers shall pay, without duplication, (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and their respective Affiliates (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one (1) counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein (including the obtaining and maintaining of CUSIP numbers for the Loans), the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendment, amendment and restatement, modification or waiver of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), including in connection with post-closing searches to confirm that security filings and recordations have been properly made and including any reasonable and documented costs and expenses of the service provider referred to in Section 9.03 , (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one (1) counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and one (1) local counsel for the other Secured Parties), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 10.03 , or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit and (iv) all documentary and similar taxes and charges in respect of the Loan Documents.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrowers . The Borrowers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), the Collateral Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) each Lender and the Issuing Bank, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all

 

188


losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any party hereto or any third party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any amendment, amendment and restatement, modification or waiver of the provisions hereof or thereof, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any property owned, leased or operated by any Company at any time, or any Environmental Claim related in any way to any Company, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) result from a claim brought by any Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) result from any dispute solely among Indemnitees other than claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity as Arranger or Agent hereunder or fulfilling its role as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Arranger, as the case may be, and other than claims arising out of any act or omission on the part of the Borrowers, any Loan Party or their respective Affiliates.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that any Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under clauses (a)  or (b)  of this Section 10.03 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (such indemnity shall be effective whether or not the related losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses are incurred or asserted by any party hereto or any third party); provided that (i) the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Swingline Lender or Issuing Bank in connection with such capacity and (ii) such indemnity for the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank shall not include losses incurred by the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank due to one or more Lenders defaulting in their obligations to purchase participations of Swingline Exposure under Section 2.17(d) or LC Exposure under Section 2.18(d) or to make Revolving Loans under Section 2.18(e) (it being understood that this proviso shall not affect the Swingline Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s rights against any Defaulting Lender). The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (c)  are subject to the provisions of Section 2.14 . For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “ pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the total Revolving Exposure and unused Commitments at the time.

 

189


(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in clause (b)  above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section 10.03 shall be payable not later than thirty (30) days after written demand therefor.

Section 10.04 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.04(b) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.04(d) or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.04(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any Borrower or any Lender shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.04(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the other Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders.

(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Administrative Borrower; provided that no consent of the Administrative Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or prior to the completion of the primary syndication of the Commitments and Loans (as determined by the Arranger), any other assignee; provided , further that the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Revolving Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Revolving Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment; and

 

190


(C) the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of any assignment made in connection with the primary syndication of the Commitment and Loans by the Arranger or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5.0 million unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Borrower otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii)  shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate tranches on a non- pro rata basis; and

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.04(c) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12 , 2.13 , 2.15 and 10.03 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.04(d) .

If an assignment or transfer does not include an amount outstanding from each Borrower which is a Dutch Loan Party of at least € 100,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) (or such other amount as may be

 

191


required from time to time under the Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht ), the assignee or transferee, as the case may be, shall confirm in the relevant Assignment and Assumption to each such Borrower that it is a professional market party ( professionele marktpartij ) within the meaning of such Act.

(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Administrative Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender and any Lender (with respect to its own interest only), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. A Loan may be assigned or sold in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Loans and Obligations are registered obligations and the right, title and interest of the Lenders in and to such Obligations shall be transferable only in accordance with the terms hereof. This Section 10.04(c) shall be construed so that the Loans and Obligations are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Administrative Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person, any Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any Direct Competitor) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and Issuing Bank shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  of the first proviso to Section 10.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.03(e) , each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12 , 2.13 and 2.15 (subject to satisfying the requirements of those Sections as if it were a Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.03(b) . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.14 as though it were a Lender.

Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the

 

192


Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any participation of such Loan may be effected only by the registration of such participation on the Participant Register. The Participant Register shall be available for inspection by the Administrative Borrower from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Limitations on Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.12 , 2.13 and 2.15 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Administrative Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(f) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In the case of any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, such Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, collaterally assign or pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, including the Loans and Notes or any other instrument evidencing its rights as a Lender under this Agreement, to any holder of, trustee for, or any other representative of holders of, obligations owed or securities issued, by such fund, as security for such obligations or securities.

(g) Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Requirement of Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 10.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Agents, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.12 , 2.14 , 2.15 and Article X (other than Section 10.12 ) shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the payment of the Reimbursement Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 10.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This

 

193


Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Fee Letter constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopier or other electronic transmission (i.e. a “pdf” or “tif” document) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 10.07 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 10.08 Right of Setoff . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Term Loans are outstanding), the terms of any Permitted Securitization Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Securitization is outstanding) or the terms of any Permitted Secured Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement (so long as any Permitted Secured Indebtedness is outstanding), if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the Issuing Bank, and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of the Borrowers or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrowers or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section 10.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the Issuing Bank or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

Section 10.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

(b) Submission to Jurisdiction . Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto

 

194


hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Venue . Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in Section 10.09(b) . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Service of Process . Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, in the manner provided for notices (other than telecopier) in Section 10.01 . Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Requirements of Law.

Section 10.10 Waiver of Jury Trial . Each Loan Party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (whether based on contract, tort or any other theory). Each party hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other parties hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 10.10 .

Section 10.11 Headings .

Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 10.12 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement with the Loan Parties

 

195


containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.12 , to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrowers and their respective obligations or (iii) any rating agency for the purpose of obtaining a credit rating applicable to any Lender, (g) with the consent of the Borrowers or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.12 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrowers. For purposes of this Section 10.12 , “ Information ” means all information received from the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates relating to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 10.12 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Section 10.13 USA PATRIOT Act Notice and Customer Verification . Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the “know your customer” regulations and the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, they are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number (and other identifying information in the event this information is insufficient to complete verification) that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to verify the identity of each Loan Party. This information must be delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent no later than five (5) days prior to the Closing Date and thereafter promptly upon request. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. Each Loan Party must provide all information to the applicable Lender or Agent which they reasonably require in order to manage its anti-money laundering, counter-terrorism financing or economic and trade sanctions risk or to comply with any laws or regulations in any country binding on the applicable Lender or agent (including, without limitation, the Anti-Terrorism Laws). Each Loan Party agrees that the applicable Lender or Agent may disclose any information concerning the relevant Borrower to:

(a) any law enforcement, regulatory agency or court where required by any such law or regulation in any country binding on any applicable Lender or Agent (including, without limitation, the Anti-Terrorism Laws) where possible, on terms that such information is to be kept confidential; and

(b) any correspondent the applicable Lender uses to make the payment for the purpose of compliance with any such law or regulation on (where possible) terms that such information is to be kept confidential.

Section 10.14 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Requirements of Law (collectively, the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the

 

196


interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 10.14 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 10.15 Lender Addendum . Each Lender to become a party to this Agreement on the date hereof shall do so by delivering to the Administrative Agent a Lender Addendum duly executed by such Lender, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

Section 10.16 Obligations Absolute . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, all obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any Loan Party;

(b) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto against any Loan Party;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(d) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations;

(e) any exercise or non-exercise, or any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof or any Loan Document; or

(f) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Loan Parties.

Section 10.17 Dollar Equivalent Calculations .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the Dollar Equivalent of each Loan that is a Euro Denominated Loan shall be calculated on the date when any such Loan is made and at such other times as designated by the Administrative Agent. Such Dollar Equivalent shall remain in effect until the same is recalculated by the Administrative Agent as provided above and notice of such recalculation is received by the Administrative Borrower, it being understood that until such notice of such recalculation is received, the Dollar Equivalent shall be that Dollar Equivalent as last reported to the Administrative Borrower by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders of each such determination of the Dollar Equivalent.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of each Letter of Credit that is a Euro Letter of Credit shall be calculated on the date when such Letter of Credit is issued and at such other times as designated by the Issuing Bank in consultation with Administrative Agent. Such Dollar Equivalent shall remain in effect until the same is recalculated by the Issuing Bank as provided above and notice of such recalculation is received by the Borrowers, it being understood that until such notice of such recalculation is received, the Dollar Equivalent shall be that Dollar Equivalent as

 

197


last reported to the Administrative Borrower by the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Borrower, Administrative Agent and the Lenders of each such determination of the Dollar Equivalent.

Section 10.18 Judgment Currency .

(a) The Borrowers’ obligation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to make payments in the applicable Approved Currency (pursuant to such obligation, the “ Obligation Currency ”) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any currency other than the Obligation Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by the Administrative Agent or the respective Lender of the full amount of the Obligation Currency expressed to be payable to the Administrative Agent or such Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Borrower in any court or in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into or from any currency other than the Obligation Currency (such other currency being hereinafter referred to as the “ Judgment Currency ”) an amount due in the Obligation Currency, the conversion shall be made at the Relevant Currency Equivalent, and in the case of other currencies, the rate of exchange (as quoted by the Administrative Agent or if the Administrative Agent does not quote a rate of exchange on such currency, by a known dealer in such currency designated by the Administrative Agent) determined, in each case, as of the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which the judgment is given (such Business Day being hereinafter referred to as the “ Judgment Currency Conversion Date ”).

(b) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Currency Conversion Date and the date of actual payment of the amount due, the Borrowers, jointly and severally, covenant and agree to pay, or cause to be paid, such additional amounts, if any (but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial award at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Currency Conversion Date.

(c) For purposes of determining the Relevant Currency Equivalent or any other rate of exchange for this Section 10.18 , such amounts shall include any premium and costs payable in connection with the purchase of the Obligation Currency.

Section 10.19 Special Provisions Relating to Currencies Other Than Dollars .

(a) All funds to be made available to Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement in euros shall be made available to Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds to such account with such bank in such principal financial center in such Participating Member State (or in London) as Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall from time to time nominate for this purpose.

(b) In relation to the payment of any amount denominated in euros neither the Administrative Agent nor the Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Borrowers or any of the Lenders for any delay, or the consequences of any delay, in the crediting to any account of any amount required by this Agreement to be paid by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank if such Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank shall have taken all relevant and necessary steps to achieve, on the date required by this Agreement, the payment of such amount in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds (in euros) to the account with the bank in the principal financial center in the Participating Member State which the

 

198


Administrative Borrower or, as the case may be, any Lender shall have specified for such purpose. In this Section 10.19(b) , “ all relevant steps ” means all such steps as may be prescribed from time to time by the regulations or operating procedures of such clearing or settlement system as Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank may from time to time determine for the purpose of clearing or settling payments of euros. Furthermore, and without limiting the foregoing, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Borrowers or any of the Lenders with respect to the foregoing matters in the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision or pursuant to a binding arbitration award or as otherwise agreed in writing by the affected parties).

Section 10.20 Australian Code of Banking Practice . Each of the parties hereto agrees that the Australian Code of Banking Practice does not apply to this Agreement and the transactions in connection with it.

Section 10.21 Contracting out of PPSA Australia Provisions .

(a) PPSA Notices . Neither a Secured Party nor any receiver or manager is obliged to give any notice under the PPSA Australia (including notice of a verification statement) unless the notice is required by the PPSA Australia and cannot be excluded. The Loan Parties consent to the waiver of the requirement for notice and waive any rights they have to receive a notice under sections 95, 118, 121(4), 125, 130, 132(3)(d), 132(4), 135 and 157 of the PPSA Australia.

(b) Contracting Out . To the extent that Chapter 4 of the PPSA Australia would otherwise apply, the parties agree that the following provisions of the PPSA Australia are excluded: (a) to the extent permitted by section 115(1) of the PPSA Australia allows them to be excluded: sections 125, 132(3)(d), 132(4), 135, without limiting Section 12.3.1(a), 142 and 143 of the PPSA Australia; and (b) to the extent permitted by section 115(7) of the PPSA Australia allows them to be excluded: sections 129(2) and (3), 132, 133(1)(b) (as it relates to a Lien of a Secured Party), 134(2), 135, 136(3)(4) and (5). The Loan Parties consent to the waiver of the requirement for notice under any other provision of the PPSA Australia that a Secured Party may notify to a Loan Party after the date of this document and waives any rights it has to receive that notice.

Section 10.22 Parallel Debt .

(a) For purposes of this Section 10.22 , (i) “ Corresponding Debt ” means all Obligations which any Loan Party owes to any Secured Party and (ii) “ Parallel Debt ” means any amount which a Loan Party owes to the Collateral Agent under this Section 10.22 .

(b) Each Loan Party irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Collateral Agent amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

(c) The Parallel Debt of each Loan Party (i) shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt and (ii) is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

(d) For purposes of this Section 10.22 , the Collateral Agent: (i) is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt, (ii) acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Secured Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held in trust and (iii) shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

 

199


(e) The Parallel Debt of a Loan Party shall be (i) decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged, and (ii) increased to the extent to that its Corresponding Debt has increased, and the Corresponding Debt of a Loan Party shall be (i) decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged, and (ii) increased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has increased, in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of a Loan Party shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

(f) This Section 10.22 applies for the purpose of determining the secured obligations under the Security Documents governed by Dutch law.

Section 10.23 Intercompany Indebtedness . On behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, each Loan Party hereby agrees for the benefit of the Secured Parties that:

(a) any intercompany indebtedness among Holdings and its Subsidiaries (or among such Subsidiaries) shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner set forth in this Section 10.23 , to the Obligations, including, without limitation, where applicable, under any such intercompany borrower’s Guaranty (if any) of the Obligations hereunder;

(b) in the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, and any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceedings in connection therewith, relative to any intercompany borrower or to its creditors, as such, or to its property, and in the event of any proceedings for voluntary liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of such intercompany borrower, whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, then (i) the holders of the Obligations shall be paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Obligations before any intercompany lender is entitled to receive (whether directly or indirectly), or make any demands for, any payment on account of any intercompany indebtedness (excluding demands by the Collateral Agent exercising its rights under any collateral assignment of the rights of such intercompany lenders) and (ii) until the holders of the Obligations are paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Obligations, any payment or distribution to which such intercompany lender would otherwise be entitled under any intercompany indebtedness shall be made to the Administrative Agent;

(c) if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, and an intercompany borrower has received written notice from the Administrative Agent, then, except as required by any Requirement of Law, no payment or distribution of any kind or character shall be made by any intercompany borrower that is a Loan Party in respect of any intercompany indebtedness to any Person that is not a Loan Party or that is not the Administrative Agent;

(d) if any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, in respect of intercompany indebtedness shall (despite these subordination provisions) be received by any intercompany lender in violation of clause (b)  or (c)  above before all Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the Administrative Agent in a manner to be determined by the Administrative Agent; and

(e) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not be prejudiced in their right to enforce the subordination in this Section 10.23 by any act or failure to act on the part of any intercompany borrower, any intercompany lender, the Administrative

 

200


Agent, the Collateral Agent or by any act or failure to act on the part of any of the foregoing or any representative, trustee or agent thereof. Each Loan Party, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, agrees that the subordination of intercompany indebtedness contemplated by this Section 10.23 is for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may enforce the subordination provisions herein.

Section 10.24 Certain Undertakings with Respect to Securitization Subsidiaries . Each of the Lenders and the Agents agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all the obligations of the Securitization Subsidiary in connection with and under a Permitted Securitization, (a) the Secured Parties shall not be entitled, whether before or after the occurrence of any Event of Default, to (i) institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Subsidiary any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof; (ii) transfer and register the Equity Interests of any Securitization Subsidiary or any other instrument evidencing any Seller’s Retained Interest in the name of a Secured Party or any designee or nominee thereof; (iii) foreclose such security interest regardless of the bankruptcy or insolvency of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries: (iv) exercise any voting rights granted or appurtenant to such capital stock of any Securitization Subsidiary or any other instrument evidencing any Seller’s Retained Interest; or (v) enforce any right that the holder of any such Equity Interest of any Securitization Subsidiary or any other instrument evidencing any Seller’s Retained Interest might otherwise have to liquidate, consolidate, combine, collapse or disregard the entity status of such Securitization Subsidiary; and (b) the Secured Parties hereby waive and release any right to require (i) that any Securitization Subsidiary be in any manner merged, combined, collapsed or consolidated with or into Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including by way of substantive consolidation in a bankruptcy case; or (ii) that the status of any Securitization Subsidiary as a separate entity be in any respect disregarded. Each of the Lenders, the Agents and the Arranger agrees and acknowledges that the agent acting on behalf of the holders of securitization indebtedness of the Securitization Subsidiary is an express third party beneficiary with respect to this Section 10.24 and such agent shall have the right to enforce compliance by the Secured Parties, the Lenders, the Agents, and the Arranger with this Section 10.24 .

Section 10.25 Designation of Guarantors . Not withstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrative Borrower may, so long as a Cash Dominion Period does not exist, at any time and from time to time redesignate any Borrower hereunder as a Guarantor (any such redesignated entity, a “ Redesignated Guarantor ”) upon delivery of a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent (a) attaching an updated Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting the removal of any Accounts or Inventory of such Redesignated Guarantor from the Aggregate Borrowing Base; (b) certifying that after giving effect to the updated Borrowing Base Certificate, (i) the sum of the total Revolving Exposures does not exceed the lesser of (A) the total Revolving Commitments and (B) the Aggregate Borrowing Base then in effect; (ii) a Cash Dominion Period will not commence as a result of such redesignation; and (iii) immediately prior to such redesignation, the Borrower to be redesignated does not own any bank account, deposit account, security account or other investment account subject to, or required to be subject to, a Control Agreement.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

201


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

U.S. BORROWERS :

SOUTHWESTERN REFINING COMPANY, INC.

TRIPLE S REFINING CORPORATION

TRONOX HOLDINGS, INC.

TRONOX INCORPORATED

TRONOX LLC

TRONOX WORLDWIDE LLC

By:

 

/s/ Michael J. Foster

Name:

  Michael J. Foster

Title:

  Vice President and Secretary

TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Michael J. Foster

Name:

  Michael J. Foster

Title:

  President

 

S-1


   AUSTRALIAN BORROWERS :

SIGNED by

 

as attorney for

TRONOX AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED (ACN 155 254 274)

TRONOX AUSTRALIA PIGMENTS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED (ACN 155 120 728)

TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED (ACN 154 691 826)

TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111)

TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED (ACN 155 235 304)

TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED (ACN 155 254 336)

TRONOX PIGMENTS WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED (ACN 155 319 430)

TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED (ACN 154 709 332) under power of attorney dated

  

  )

  )

  )

  )

  )

  )

  )

  )

  )

  )

  )

  )

  )

  
in the presence of:      

/s/ Matthew A. Paque

     
Signature of witness      
     

/s/ Michael J. Foster

Matthew A. Paque

      By executing this agreement the attorney states that the attorney has received no notice of revocation of the power of attorney
Name of witness (block letters)      
     

 

S-2


SIGNED by

 

as attorney for

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (ACN 009 331 195) under power of attorney dated

 

in the presence of:

 

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

 

/s/ Matthew A. Paque

  )  

/s/ Michael J. Foster

Signature of witness   )   By executing this agreement the attorney states that the attorney has received no notice of revocation of the power of attorney
  )  

Matthew A. Paque

   
Name of witness (block letters)    

 

S-3


GUARANTORS :
TRONOX INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LLP
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Foster

Name:   Michael J. Foster
Title:   Representative Board Member
TRONOX PIGMENTS LTD
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Foster

Name:   Michael J. Foster
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

S-4


AGENTS AND LENDERS :
UBS SECURITIES LLC, as Arranger, Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent
By:  

/s/ Mary B. Evans

Name:   Mary B. Evans
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
By:  

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

Name:   Irja R. Otsa
Title:   Associate Director
UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Mary B. Evans

Name:   Mary B. Evans
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
By:  

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

Name:   Irja R. Otsa
Title:   Associate Director
UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Lender and Swingline Lender
By:  

/s/ Mary B. Evans

Name:   Mary B. Evans
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
By:  

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

Name:   Irja R. Otsa
Title:   Associate Director

 

S-5


Annex I

Applicable Margin

Revolving Loans

 

Average Daily Borrowing Availability

   Revolving Loans  
     Eurodollar     ABR  

Level I: ³ $200.0 million

     1.50     0.50

Level II : <$200.0 million but ³ $100.0 million

     1.75     0.75

Level III : <$100.0 million

     2.00     1.00

Changes in the Applicable Margin will be based on the Average Daily Borrowing Availability for the immediately preceding month and shall be calculated on the first day of each month Each change in the Applicable Margin shall be effective with respect to all Loans and Letters of Credit prospectively on the first day of each month

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Margins shall be deemed to be in Level II (i) from the Closing Date until six months after the Closing Date, and (ii) at any time during which the Borrowers have failed to deliver the Borrowing Base Certificate required by Section 5.18(a) .

In the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 is shown to be inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected would have led to a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrowers shall immediately deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period; (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined by reference to the corrected Compliance Certificate (but in no event shall the Lenders owe any amounts to the Borrowers); and (iii) the Borrowers shall immediately pay to the Administrative Agent the additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder.

 

S-1


Schedules and Exhibits

To be mutually agreed.


Schedules to the

REVOLVING SYNDICATED FACILITY AGREEMENT

dated as of June 18, 2012

among

TRONOX INCORPORATED

and certain of its Subsidiaries,

as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors,

TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111) and certain of its Subsidiaries,

as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors,

and

THE OTHER GUARANTORS PARTY THERETO,

as Guarantors,

THE LENDERS PARTY THERETO,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Arranger, Bookmanager, Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,

as Swingline Lender

and

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Australian Security Trustee


TABLE OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(b)

  

Subsidiary Guarantors

Schedule 1.01(c)

  

Products

Schedule 1.01(e)

  

Direct Competitors

Schedule 1.01(f)

  

Freight Forwarders

Schedule 1.01(g)

  

Transaction Summary

Schedule 1.01(h)

  

Eligible Multinational Account Debtors

Schedule 2.22(b)

  

Accounts and Lockboxes

Schedule 2.22(c)

  

Accounts Covered by Control Agreements

Schedule 3.02

  

Equity Interests, Ownership and Jurisdiction

Schedule 3.09

  

Real Estate Assets

Schedule 3.10

  

Environmental Matters

Schedule 3.12(a)

  

Material Contracts

Schedule 3.12(b)

  

Exceptions to Material Contracts Being in Full Force; Material Defaults under Material Contracts

Schedule 3.17

  

Certain Fees

Schedule 3.24

  

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

Schedule 3.25

  

Mortgage Recording Offices

Schedule 3.29

  

Insurance

Schedule 3.30

  

Location of Material Inventory

Schedule 4.01(g)

  

Local Counsel

Schedule 4.01(n)(vi)

  

Landlord Access Agreements

Schedule 5.14

  

Post-Closing Matters

Schedule 6.01(i)

  

Certain Indebtedness

Schedule 6.01(q)

  

Certain Letters of Credit

Schedule 6.02(l)

  

Certain Liens

Schedule 6.03

  

Certain Negative Pledges

 

i


Schedule 6.05

  

Certain Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions

Schedule 6.06(i)

  

Certain Investments as of the Closing Date

Schedule 6.08

  

Certain Asset Sales

Schedule 6.11

  

Certain Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 6.19

  

Post-Reorganization Loan Parties

 

ii


Schedule 1.01(b)

Subsidiary Guarantors

 

1. Tronox Incorporated

 

2. Tronox Worldwide LLC

 

3. Triple S Refining Corporation

 

4. Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.

 

5. Tronox LLC

 

6. Tronox Holdings, Inc.

 

7. Tronox Pigments Ltd.

 

8. Tronox US Holdings Inc.

 

9. Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited

 

10. Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited

 

11. Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited

 

12. Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited

 

13. Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited

 

14. Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited

 

15. Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited

 

16. Tronox International Finance LLP

 

17. Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

The following will be joined post-Closing in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement (the “ Exxaro Legacy Entities ”):

 

18. Tiwest Pty Ltd

 

19. Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd. f/k/a Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd

 

20. Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd f/k/a Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd

 

21. Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd f/k/a Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd

 

22. Ticor Resources Pty Ltd

 

23. Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd

 

24. TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd

 

25. Tific Pty. Ltd

 

26. Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd

 

27. Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd

 

28. Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd

 

29. Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd

 

30. Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd

 

3


Schedule 1.01(c)

Products

Electrolytic Products

 

Product

 

Available Languages

Lithium Manganese Oxide

  English (U.S.)

Manganese Dioxide

  English (U.S.)

Sodium Chlorate

  English (U.S.)

Sodium Chlorate Solution

  English (U.S.)

TRONA Boron Trichloride

  English (U.S.)

TRONA Elemental Boron

  English (U.S.)

Non-Pigmentary Products

 

Product

 

Available Languages

Cobalt Concentrate

  English (U.S.)

Gypsum

  English (U.S.)

Hydrochloric Acid

  English (U.S.)

Iron Oxide

  English (U.S.)

Spent Sulfuric Acid

  English (U.S.)

Sulfuric Acid

  English (U.S.)

Pigmentary Products

 

Product

  

Available Languages

8101

   English (U.S.)

820

   Chinese , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Français , Italiano , Portuguesa

8400

   Chinese , English (U.S.)

CR-470

   Chinese , Deutsch , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Español , Français , Français , Italiano , Italiano , Portuguesa

 

4


CR-800    Chinese , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Français , Hungarian , Italiano , Portuguesa
CR-800E    Chinese , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Français , Hungarian , Italiano , Portuguesa
CR-813    Chinese , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Français , Italiano
CR-813S    English (U.S.)
CR-822    Chinese , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Français , Hungarian , Italiano , Portuguesa
CR-826    Chinese , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Français , Hungarian , Italiano , Portuguesa
CR-826S    English (U.S.)
CR-828    Chinese , Deutsch , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Español , Français , Français , Hungarian , Italiano , Italiano , Portuguesa , Portuguesa
CR-834    Chinese , Deutsch , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Español , Français , Français , Hungarian , Italiano , Italiano , Portuguesa , Portuguesa
CR-880    Chinese , Deutsch , English (U.K.) , English (U.S.) , Español , Français , Hungarian , Italiano , Portuguesa

Tiwest Products

 

Carbon RC412

Carbon RC830

Carbon PAC200

Carbon 2050C

Carbon RC40100C

Carbon RCHD

Carbon PAC170

Ilmenite

Leucoxene 85

Leucoxene 92

Rutile Premium

Rutile PT

Staurolite

Synthetic Rutile

Zircon Feedstock

Zircon Sand

 

5


Schedule 1.01(e)

Direct Competitors

Primary Pigment Producers

 

  1. Cinkarna Celje, D.D. (dba Cinkarna Metalursko-Kemicna Industrija Celje, D.D. (Headquarters))

 

  2. Cosmo Chemical Co., Ltd.

 

  3. Crenox GmbH

 

  4. Cristal Global

 

  5. E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company

 

  6. Henan Billions Chemical Co., Ltd.

 

  7. Huntsman International LLC

 

  8. Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.

 

  9. Jinzhou Titanium Industry Co., Ltd.

 

  10. The Kerala Minerals and Metals Ltd.

 

  11. Kronos Worldwide, Inc.

 

  12. Schtleben Chemie GmbH (a Rockwood Holdings, Inc. company)

 

  13. Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

 

  14. Sichuan LOMON Corporation

 

  15. Tayca Corporation

Primary Mineral Sands Producers

 

  1. Iluka Resources Limited

 

  2. Rio Tinto PLC

 

  3. BHP Billiton (Dual listed Company (DLC) BHP Billiton Ltd and BHP Billiton Plc)

 

  4. NL Industries, Inc. (holding company with significant interest in Kronos Worldwide, Inc.)

 

  5. Ostchem Holding, AG

 

  6. Kenmare Resources PLC

 

  7. Indian Rare Earths Limited

 

  8. Cristal Australia Party Limited

 

  9. V.V. Mineral

 

  10. Sibelco Australia and New Zealand formerly Unimin (2011 Unimin Australia Ltd.and New Zealand adopt parent company name ‘Sibelco’)

 

  11. Eramet Group

 

  12. Panzhihua Iron & Steel (Group) Co., Ltd.


Schedule 1.01(f)

Freight Forwarders

 

1. Marisol International
     2424 West Kingsley, Suite C
     Springfield, Missouri 65807

 

2. VAT Logistics
     Sonstraat 8
     3199 LW Maasvlakte, The Netherlands

 

3. MariTeam Shipping Agencies
     3081 AB Rotterdam
     Harbour No. 1359, The Netherlands

 

4. Page & Jones
     52 North Jackson Street
     Mobile, Alabama 36602


Schedule 1.01(g)

Transaction Summary

Holdings will become the ultimate parent company of each of the Borrowers and each of the other Loan Parties.

 

  a) Tronox LLC (“ Tronox LLC ”), a Delaware limited liability company, will distribute shares in Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd (Western Australia) (“ TWA ”) to Tronox Worldwide LLC (“ Worldwide ”), a Delaware limited liability company, resulting in TWA becoming Worldwide’s direct Subsidiary.

 

  b) Worldwide will transfer its shares in Tronox LLC and its shares in each of its other US Subsidiaries (the “ US Subsidiaries ”) to US Holdings such that the US Subsidiaries will become directly owned Subsidiaries of US Holdings.

 

  c) Tronox Incorporated will transfer ownership of Worldwide and its non-US Subsidiaries to Australian Subsidiaries directly and indirectly owned by Tronox Incorporated, resulting in, among other things, Worldwide becoming a direct, wholly-owned Australian Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

  d) A United Kingdom financing entity will be formed that will be a wholly owned Affiliate of Tronox Incorporated.

 

  e) As a result of certain transactions, including a merger among Affiliates, Tronox Incorporated becomes a wholly-owned indirect Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

  f) In connection with the acquisition of the Australian Acquired Companies and in consideration of shares issued by Holdings, certain intercompany loans are created amongst one or more of Holdings’ indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries (such Subsidiaries to become Loan Parties subject to the requirements of Section 5.10). As a result of the acquisition of the Australian Acquired Companies, one or more of Holdings’ indirect wholly owned Subsidiaries will become the owner of a Netherlands Subsidiary and Australian Subsidiaries which hold a 50% interest in the Tiwest Joint Venture.

 

  g) In connection with the acquisition of the South African Acquired Companies, certain Subsidiaries of Holdings will be assigned the right of payment under certain intercompany loans payable from the South African Acquired Companies.

 

  h) Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. will become a direct wholly-owned Subsidiary of a Netherlands co-op.

Following implementation and completion, and as a result of, the Reorganization and the Exxaro Acquisition:

 

  1. Holdings will own, directly or indirectly, (i) 100% of the shares of each Subsidiary other than the South African Subsidiaries and (ii) more than 70% of the shares of the South African Subsidiaries;


  2. Tronox Incorporated will own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the shares of each Subsidiary existing under the laws of the US;

 

  3. Worldwide will own, directly or indirectly, (i) 100% of the shares of the Netherlands co-op, a separate legal entity, that is the direct parent of Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., (ii) 100% of the shares of the Australian company that owns 50% of the Tiwest Joint Venture (with an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Tronox Incorporated owning the remaining 50%) and (iii) 100% of the shares of Tronox Pigments Limited, the Bahamas company.

 

  4. Tronox Incorporated and Worldwide will be owned, indirectly, by Tronox Global Holdings Pty Ltd, an Australian holding company and direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

  5. Holdings’ funding entity, Tronox International Finance LLP, will hold, among other obligations, certain Indebtedness owed by the South African Subsidiaries.

 

  6. Except to the extent expressly permitted or provided in the Agreement, no Cash Investments will be made in any Subsidiary or Excluded Entity in connection with the Reorganization or Exxaro Acquisition except to the extent that such Person is a Loan Party or will become a Loan Party subject to the provisions of Section 5.10 and the terms of the Agreement.

 

11


Schedule 1.01(h)

Eligible Multinational Account Debtors

 

1. Akzo Nobel

 

2. Bang & Bonsomer

 

3. BASF

 

4. Dulux

 

5. Hempel

 

6. International Paint

 

7. Jotun

 

8. Lanco

 

9. PPG Industries, Inc.

 

10. Sherwin Williams

 

11. Sun Chemical Company ltd.

 

12. Valspar


Schedule 2.22(b)

Accounts and Lockboxes

 

Financial Institution Financial Institution Financial Institution

Owner

  

Financial Institution

   Account Number   Currency
Tronox LLC    Wells Fargo    41222150501   U.S. Dollars
   JP Morgan Chase    5907632   U.S. Dollars
   Royal Bank of Canada    1747401   Canadian Dollars
   Wells Fargo (Lockbox 101377)    147704416   U.S. Dollars
   Wells Fargo (Lockbox 774775)    147704416   U.S. Dollars
   Wells Fargo    4122150527   U.S. Dollars
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    JP Morgan Chase    77012201*   euros
   JP Morgan Chase    77012202*   Pounds Sterling
   JP Morgan Chase    77012204*   Yen
   JP Morgan Chase    77012211*   Krone
   JP Morgan Chase    77012205*   Swiss Franc
   JP Morgan Chase    77012212*   New Zealand Dollar
   JP Morgan Chase    5750547*   U.S. Dollars
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    837375437*   Australian Dollars
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    867697*   U.S. Dollars
Tiwest Sales Pty  Ltd 1    Westpac Banking Corporation    034702612445   U.S. Dollars
   Westpac Banking Corporation    034002903436   Australian Dollars
Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Australia and New Zealand Bank    837375453   Australian Dollars
   Citibank    40708724   U.S. Dollars

 

1  

Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd is not a Loan Party on the Closing Date. Therefore, the Control Agreement requirement is not required until Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd joins as a Guarantor.

* These Tronox Pigment Limited accounts will not be pledged or subject to a Control Agreement, but after the Bahamian Effective Date, the accounts into which funds in these accounts are swept will be subject to a perfected security interest and control agreement.

 

13


Schedule 2.22(c)

Accounts Covered by Control Agreements

 

Owner

 

Financial Institution

 

Account Number

 

Currency

Tronox LLC

  Wells Fargo   41222150501   U.S. Dollars
  JP Morgan Chase   5907632   U.S. Dollars
  Royal Bank of Canada   1747401   Canadian Dollars
 

Wells Fargo

(Lockbox 101377)

  147704416   U.S. Dollars
 

Wells Fargo

(Lockbox 774775)

  147704416   U.S. Dollars
  Wells Fargo   4122150527   U.S. Dollars

Tronox Pigments Ltd.

  JP Morgan Chase   77012201*   euros
  JP Morgan Chase   77012202*   Pounds Sterling
  JP Morgan Chase   77012204*   Yen
  JP Morgan Chase   77012211*   Krone
  JP Morgan Chase   77012205*   Swiss Franc
  JP Morgan Chase   77012212*   New Zealand Dollar
  JP Morgan Chase   5750547*   U.S. Dollars
  Australia and New Zealand Bank   837375437*   Australian Dollars
  Australia and New Zealand Bank   867697*   U.S. Dollars

Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd 2

  Westpac Banking Corporation   034702612445   U.S. Dollars
  Westpac Banking Corporation   034002903436   Australian Dollars

Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

  Australia and New Zealand Bank   837375453   Australian Dollars
  Citibank   40708724   U.S. Dollars

 

 

2  

Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd is not a Loan Party on the Closing Date. Therefore, the Control Agreement requirement is not required until Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd joins as a Guarantor.

* These Tronox Pigment Limited accounts will not be pledged or subject to a Control Agreement, but after the Bahamian Effective Date, the accounts into which funds in these accounts are swept will be subject to a perfected security interest and control agreement.

 

12


Schedule 3.02

Equity Interests, Ownership and Jurisdiction

 

    

Company

  

Jurisdiction of
Organization

  

Owner

   Ownership
Percentage
 
1.    Tronox Incorporated    Delaware    Tronox US Holdings Inc.      100
2.    Tronox Worldwide LLC 3   

Delaware

Australia (June 2012)

   Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Ltd      100
3.    Triple S Refining Corporation    Delaware    Tronox Incorporated      100
4.    Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.    Delaware    Triple S Refining Corporation      100
5.    Tronox LLC    Delaware    Tronox Incorporated      100
6.    Tronox Holdings, Inc.    Delaware    Tronox LLC      100
7.    Tronox Limited    Australia   

Class A Shares publically listed (or to be publically listed) on the NYSE

 

Class B Shares held by Exxaro Sellers

    

 

 

100

 

100

 

8.    Tronox Holdings Europe C.V.    The Netherlands   

Tronox Worldwide LLC

 

Tronox Limited

    

 

 

99.9

 

0.1

 

9.    Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V.    The Netherlands    Tronox Holdings Coöperatief U.A.      100
10.    Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V.    The Netherlands    Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V.      100
11.    Tronox GmbH    Germany   

Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V.

 

Tronox Holdings Europe C.V.

    

 

 

93.96

 

6.04

 

12.    Tronox Pigments GmbH    Germany    Tronox GmbH      100
13.    Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Bahamas    Tronox Worldwide LLC      100
14.    Tronox Pigments Singapore Pte Ltd.    Singapore    Tronox Worldwide LLC      100
15.    Tronox US Holdings Inc.    Delaware    Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited      100

 

3  

To be re-domiciled to Australia in June 2012.

 

13


    

Company

  

Jurisdiction of
Organization

  

Owner

   Ownership
Percentage
 
16.    Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited    Australia    Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited      100
17.    Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited    Australia    Tronox Incorporated      100
18.    Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited    Australia    Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited      100
19.    Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited    Australia    Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited      100
20.    Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited    Australia    Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited      100
21.    Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited    Australia    Tronox Limited      100
22.    Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited    Australia    Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited      100
23.    Tronox (Luxembourg) Holdings S.a.r.l.    Luxembourg    Tronox Holdings Europe CV      100
24.    Tronox (Switzerland) Holding GmbH    Switzerland    Tronox (Luxembourg) Holdings S.a.r.l.      100
25.    Tronox Luxembourg S.a.r.l.    Luxembourg    Tronox (Switzerland) Holding GmbH      100
26.    Tronox Pigments International GmbH    Switzerland    Tronox Luxembourg S.a.r.l.      100
27.    Tronox Holdings Coöperatief U.A.    The Netherlands   

Tronox Holdings Europe C.V.

 

Tronox Worldwide LLC

 

Tronox Holdings, Inc.

    

 

 

 

 

60.0

 

39.996

 

0.004

 

 

28.    Tronox International Finance LLP    United Kingdom   

Tronox Limited

 

Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited

    

 

 

1

 

99

 

29.    Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Australia    Tronox Worldwide LLC      100
30.    Tiwest Pty Ltd    Australia   

Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

 

Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd

    

 

 

50

 

50

 

 

14


    

Company

  

Jurisdiction of
Organization

  

Owner

   Ownership
Percentage
 
31.    Exxaro Sands Holdings BV 4    The Netherlands    Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Ltd      100
32.   

Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd.

 

f/k/a/ Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd (“ EHAPL ”)

   Australia   

Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited

 

Exxaro Sands Holdings BV (“ ESHBV ”) / Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Ltd (“ TPWA ”) 5

    

 

 

51

 

49

 

33.   

Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd

 

f/k/a Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd

   Australia   

Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd.

 

f/k/a/ Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd

     100
34.   

Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd

 

f/k/a Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd

   Australia   

Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd

 

f/k/a Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd

     100
35.    Ticor Resources Pty Ltd    Australia   

Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd

 

f/k/a Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd

     100
36.    Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd    Australia   

Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd

 

f/k/a Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd

     100
37.    TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd    Australia    Ticor Resources Pty Ltd      100
38.    Tific Pty. Ltd    Australia    TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd      100
39.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    Australia    TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd      100
40.    Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd    Australia    Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd      100
41.    Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd    Australia    Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd      100

 

4  

To be dissolved on or about June 20, 2012.

5  

On or about June 20th, ESHBV will distribute its shares in EHAPL to TPWA and subsequently thereafter ESHBV will be liquidated.

 

15


    

Company

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

  

Owner

   Ownership
Percentage
 
42.    Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd    Australia    Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd      100
43.    Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd    Australia    Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd      100
44.    Tronox Sands LLP    United Kingdom   

Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited

 

Exxaro Resources Limited

    

 

 

74

 

26

 

45.    Tronox Sands Investment Funding Limited    United Kingdom    Tronox Sands LLP      100
46.    Tronox UK Finance Limited    United Kingdom    Tronox Sands Investment Funding Limited      100
47.    Tronox KZN Sands Pty Ltd    South Africa   

Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited

 

Exxaro Resources Limited

    

 

 

74

 

26

 

48.    Tronox SA Mineral Sands (Proprietary) Ltd    South Africa   

Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited

 

Exxaro Resources Limited

    

 

 

74

 

26

 

 

   

Redeemable preferred shares were issued in connection with the Reorganization.

 

   

Exxaro will retain a 26.0% ownership interest in the South African operations that are part of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to comply with ownership requirements imposed by current Black Economic Empowerment legislation in South Africa. The ownership interest in the South African operations may be exchanged for Class B Shares under certain circumstances, which could result in Exxaro owning approximately 41.7% of the voting shares of Tronox Limited after such exchange (based on the total number of issued voting shares immediately after completion of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement and assuming the exchange of all Exchangeable Shares and no subsequent issuances of Tronox Limited shares).

 

16


Schedule 3.09

Real Estate Assets

(i) Owned Property

 

Property Location

  

Owner

Hamilton, Mississippi, 40401 Highway 45 (approximately 2754.09 acre site)    Tronox LLC
Hamilton, Mississippi, 40401 Highway 45 (approximately 2754.09 acre site)    Tronox LLC
3301 N.W. 150th Street Oklahoma City, OK 73134    Tronox LLC
Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 1643 Folio 532 in relation to Melbourne Location 3750 (Original) dated May 18, 1983.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 1980 Folio 817 in relation to portion of Melbourne Location 3906 (Original x 1, Duplicate x 1) dated November 11, 1993.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 1845 Folio 479 in relation to portion of Swan Location 1352 and being Lot M1261 the subject of Diagram 5326 (Original) dated October 13, 1989.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 1833 Folio 381 in relation to portion of Melbourne Location 941 and being Lot 102 the subject of Diagram 75608 (Original) dated April 6, 1989.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 2170 Folio 746 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 48 (Duplicate) dated November 23, 1999.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1894 Folio 902 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 36 (Original) dated April 30, 1991.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1891 Folio 091 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 38 (Original) dated April 30, 1991.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1891 Folio 077 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 44 (Original) dated May 7, 1991.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1891 Folio 073 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 46 (Original) dated May 7, 1991.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common

 

17


Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1891 Folio 072 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 50 (Original) dated April 30, 1991.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 2079 Folio 841 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 58 (Original) dated April 4, 1997.    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common
Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 2151 Folio 260 in relation to Cockburn Location 244, Lot 22 Mason Road    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, as tenants in common

(ii) Leased Property

 

Property Location

  

Lessee

  

Landlord

560 West Lake Mead Drive, Henderson,

NV 89015

   Tronox LLC    LE Petomane XXVII, Inc. 6
Lot 100 on Plan 22963 being the land compromised on Certificate of Title Volume 2165 Folio 606    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    The State of Western Australia acting through the Minister for Lands, a body corporate under the Land Administration Act 1997 care of Department of Regional Development and Lands (“Western Australia”)
Lot 101 on Plan 22963 being the land compromised on Certificate of Title Volume 2165 Folio 607    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia
Lot 11248 on Plan 189272, Chittering, Volume LR3121 Folio 696 dated November 17, 2000    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia
Part of Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 2151 Folio 260 in relation to Cockburn Location 244, Lot 22 Mason Road    Coogee Chlor Alkali Pty Ltd    Tiwest Pty Ltd
Part Level 2, 24 Outram Street, West Perth, WA, 6005    Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd (f/k/a Ticor Ltd)    Hossean Pourzand and Jenny Maria Pourzand

 

6  

Not individually but solely in its representative capacity as the trustee of the Nevada Environmental Response Trust.

 

18


Special Lease 3116/10319 (Crown Lease No 152/1989) in relation to Dandaragan Lot 48    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia
Special Lease 3116/10385 (Crown Lease No 134/1990) in relation to Swan Location 11248    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia
Crown Lease No 152/1989    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia
Lot 22 the subject of Diagram 88339, Part Volume 2103 Folio 147    Electricity Generation Corporation, trading as Verve    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd
Cockburn Sound Location P13, Part Volume 2054 Folio 502    Tiwest Pty Ltd    Container Handlers Pty Ltd
Cockburn Sound Location P13 and P14, Part Volume 2054 Folio 502 and Part Volume 1929 Folio 11    Tiwest Pty Ltd    Container Handlers Pty Ltd

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bently, Western Australia 6102

   Tiwest Pty Ltd    Rednall Nominees Pty Ltd

Henderson Warehouse

Russell and Rockinghame Roads

Henderson, Western Australia 6166

   Tiwest Pty Ltd    ISPT Pty Ltd

Bunbury Warehouse

Birth 8 Inner Harbor

Leschenault Road

Bunbury, Western Australia 6983

   Tiwest Pty Ltd    Bunbury Port Authority

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Blvd.

Stamford, CT 06901

USA

   Tronox LLC   

Four Stamford Plaza Owner LLC

c/o RFR Realty

263 Tresser Blvd.

Stamford, CT 06901

 

19


TENEMENTS

G = General Purpose Lease

 

Tenement ID

  

Holders

  

Encumbrances

  

Location

Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

G 70/88   

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/89   

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/90   

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/165   

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/166   

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

 

20


Tenement ID

  

Holders

  

Encumbrances

  

Location

G 70/167   

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/168   

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

 

21


Schedule 3.10

Environmental Matters

None.

 

22


Schedule 3.12(a)

Material Contracts

Raw Materials

 

1. Sales Contract No. CL-14-148 by and between Olin Corporation and Tronox LLC, dated as of July 25, 2006, as amended by the First Amendment to Sales Contract No. CL-14-148, dated as of June 1, 2008.

 

2. Sales Contract No. MA-14-135 by and between Olin Corporation and Tronox LLC, dated as of July 1, 2007, as amended by the First Amendment to Sales Contract No. MA-14-135, dated as of June 1, 2008, Second Amendment dated July 1, 2010 and Third Amendment dated June 30, 2011.

 

3. Chlorine Sales Agreement by and between PPG Industries, Inc. and Tronox LLC, dated as of January 1, 2010.

 

4. Liquid Caustic Soda Contract No. CA-14-229 by and between Olin Corporation and Tronox LLC, successor to Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC, as amended by the First Amendment to the Liquid Caustic Soda Contract No. CA-14-229, dated as of December 12, 2001, and the Second Amendment to the Liquid Caustic Soda Contract No. CA-14-299, dated as of January 17, 2006.

 

5. Supply Agreement by and between Southern Ionics Incorporated and Tronox LLC, dated as of May 5, 2008.

 

6. Product Supply Agreement by and between Orica Australia Pty. Ltd. and Tiwest Pty. Ltd., dated as of August 9, 2004.

 

7. Sodium Silicate Sales Agreement between PPG Industries, Inc. and Tronox LLC, dated April 22, 2008.

 

8. Sale Agreement between Rain CII Carbon LLC and Tronox LLC dated January 1, 2011 for Calcined Petroleum Coke.

 

9. Amended and Restated Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of Rutile by and between Kenmare Moma Processing (Mauritius) Limited, Tronox Pigment (Holland) B.V. and Tronox LLC, dated as of July 1, 2011 and related Guarantee made by Tronox Incorporated in favor of Kenmare Moma Processing (Mauritius) Limited, dated as of July 1, 2011.

 

10. Sales Agreement by and between Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd and Tronox LLC for the supply and purchase of Rutile, dated March 4, 2010.

 

11. Richards Bay Chloride Slag Sales Agreement between Richards Bay Iron and Titanium (Proprietary) Limited and Tronox LLC, dated June 1, 2011.

 

12. Amended and Restated UGS Sales Agreement by and between QIT-Fer Et Titane, Inc. and Tronox LLC dated as of March 1, 2011, but effective as of January 1, 2011.

 

23


13. Logistics and Supply Services Agreement between Kinder Morgan Amory LLC and Tronox LLC, dated July 1, 2005.

 

14. Long Term Sales Contract (Synthetic Rutile) between Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd. and Tronox LLC, dated May 29, 2009; Amended November 2, 2009.

 

15. Long Term Sales Contract (Rutile) between Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd. and Tronox LLC, dated May 29, 2009; Amended November 19, 2009.

 

16.

DSA ® Coating Lease Agreement between Eltech Systems Corporation and Tronox LLC, formerly Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC, dated October 28 2004.

 

17. Tiwest Pty Ltd contract with Air Liquide WA Pty Ltd for supply of oxygen and nitrogen to the Kwinana pigment plant.

 

18. Tiwest Pty Ltd contracts with Coogee Chlor Alkali Pty Ltd for the supply of chlorine gas, caustic, and sulphuric acid and sulphur.

 

19. Tiwest Pty Ltd contract with Redox Chemicals for supply of AlCl3 to Tiwest Kwinana plant.

 

20. Tiwest Pty Ltd contract with ConocoPhillips for the supply of calcined petroleum coke to Tiwest Kwinana plant.

 

21. Tiwest Pty Ltd contract with Premier Coal for the supply of coal to the SR plant at Chandala.

Warehouse and Logistics

 

1. Amendment 4 to Rail Transportation Contract by and between Tronox LLC (f/k/a Kerr McGee Chemical LLC) and Alabama & Gulf Coast Railway Company LLC, effective as of January 1, 2008.

 

2. Revised Rider No. 15 to Car Service Contract No. 7320 between Tronox LLC and GATX Corporation, successor by merger to GATX Financial Corporation, dated as of September 1, 2007.

 

3. Rider No. 16 to Car Service Contract No. 7320 between Tronox LLC and GATX Corporation, successor by merger to GATX Financial Corporation, dated as of October 1, 2008

 

4. Rider No. 17 to Car Service Contract No. 7320 between Tronox LLC and GATX Corporation, successor by merger to GATX Financial Corporation, dated as of October 1, 2008.

 

5. Letter Amendment to Rider No. 1 Renewal No. 1 to the Car Leasing Agreement 4899-97 by and between General Electric Railcar Services Corporation and Tronox LLC (f/k/a Kerr-McGee Chemicals LLC), dated as of April 30, 2007.

 

24


6. Tronox LLC f/k/a Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC (successor to Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation) and General Electric Railcar Services Corporation, as amended by Revised Amendment No. 1 dated August 23, 1995.

 

7. Car Leasing Agreement 4899-9 Rider No. 42 Renewal No. 1 by and between General Electric Railcar Services Corporation and Tronox LLC, dated as of June 13, 2007.

 

8. Car Leasing Agreement 4899-9 Rider No. 41 Renewal No. 1, by and between General Electric Railcar Services Corporation and Tronox LLC, dated as of May 18, 2007.

 

9. Master Service Agreement No. MSC 4-8960 between American Railcar Leasing Inc. and Tronox LLC, dated May 6, 2011.

 

10. Tiwest contract with Giacci Bros Pty Ltd for bulk product transport and handling.

 

11. Tiwest Pty Ltd contract with BIS Industrial Logistics for the road haulage of bulk raw materials and waste material.

 

12. Tiwest Pty Ltd contract with Piacentini and Sons Pty Ltd for mining services at Cooljarloo.

Power and Utilities

 

1. Gas Transportation Agreement by and between Tennessee Gas Pipeline Company and Tronox LLC f/k/a Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC (successor to Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation), dated as of July 1, 1997.

 

2. NAESB Base Contract for Sale and Purchase of Natural Gas, General Terms and Conditions Related Thereto and the Special Provisions attached thereto and the Agreement and Gas Portfolio Management Agreement, each dated January 16, 2009 between BP Energy Company and Tronox LLC, as Amended December 2, 2011 and the Asset Management Addendum, effective December 2, 2011.

 

3. Contract No. P05-70 between Colorado River Commission and Tronox LLC f/k/a Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC (successor to Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation) for the Sale of Electric Power from the Parker Davis Project, dated December 15, 1983, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Contract P-05-70, dated June 8, 1994 and Renewal Contract No. P05-70R between the Colorado River Commission of Nevada and Tronox LLC for the Sale of Electric Power from the Parker-Davis Project effective as of May 1, 2006.

 

4. Contract No. P05-50 between the Colorado River Commission of Nevada and Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation for the Sale of Electric Power from the Boulder Canyon Project effective as of January 1, 1987, as amended by Contract No. P05-50A1 between the Colorado River Commission of Nevada and Tronox LLC for the sale of Electric Power from the Bolder Canyon Project effective as of June 23, 1994;

 

5. Contract No. P05-65 between the Colorado River Commission of Nevada and Tronox LLC (f/k/a Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC) for Transmission Service effective as of August 14, 2001.

 

25


6. Operational Agreement No. P20-55R3 by and among the Colorado River Commission of Nevada, American Pacific Corporation, Basic Water Company, Chemical Lime Company of America, Southern Nevada Water Authority, Titanium Metals Corporation and Tronox LLC effective as of October 1, 2006.

 

7. Agreement to Advance Funds for Parker-Davis Project Generation Facilities, Contract No. P20-77 among the Colorado River Commission and Certain Electric Service Contractors, including Kerr-McGee Chemical, LLC, effective as of October 1, 1998. Agreement to Share Costs of Implementation of Lower Colorado River Multi-Species Conservation Program, Contract No. P20-49 among the Colorado River Commission and Certain Electric Service Contractors, including Tronox LLC (f/k/a Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC), effective as of an unspecified CRC approval date.

 

8. Contract No. P05-59 Scheduling Agreement among the Colorado River Commission and Certain Electric Service Contractors including Tronox LLC (f/k/a Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC) effective November 1, 1989.

 

9. Contract P05-62 Supplemental Electric Supply Services Agreement among the Colorado River Commission and Certain Electric Service Contractors including Tronox LLC (f/k/a Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC).

 

10. Agreement for Delivery of Water to Basic Management, Inc. between U.S. Department of Interior and Basic Management, Inc. dated September 18, 1969, as amended and assigned from time to time.

 

11. Master Work Agreement between Basic Management, Inc. and Tronox LLC dated May 17, 1994.

 

12. 911 System Maintenance Agreement between Basic Management, Inc. and Tronox LLC dated February 1, 2000.

 

13. Producing Companies Water Delivery Contract between Basic Management, Inc. and Tronox LLC dated June 4, 2002.

 

14. Amended and Restated Common Electric Facilities Agreement between Basic Management, Inc. and Tronox LLC as amended.

 

15. Agreement Regarding Permit to Discharge between Basic Management, Inc. and Tronox LLC dated July 14, 1993.

 

16. Cooljarloo Mining Joint Venture Agreement, dated as of November 3, 1988, by and among Yalgoo, Tronox Australia and the other parties thereto, as amended by that certain Amending Deed to the Cooljarloo Mining Joint Venture Agreement, dated March 26, 1991, by and among Yalgoo, Tronox Australia and the other parties thereto.

 

17.

Processing Joint Venture Agreement, dated November 3, 1988, by and among Yalgoo, Tronox Australia and the other parties thereto, as amended by that certain Amending Deed to the Processing Joint Venture Agreement, dated March 26, 1991, by and among Yalgoo,

 

26


  Tronox Australia and the other parties thereto as further amended by the Supplemental Deed to Processing Joint Venture Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2008, by and among Yalgoo, Tronox Australia, Exxaro Sands and the other parties.

 

18. Jurien Exploration Joint Venture Agreement, dated March 9, 1989, by and among Exxaro Sands, Tific, Tronox Australia and the other parties thereto.

 

19. Co-Operation Deed, dated November 3, 1988, by and among Exxaro Sands, Tronox Australia and the other parties thereto.

 

20. Operations Management Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1988, by and among Yalgoo, Tronox Australia and the other parties thereto, as amended by that certain Supplemental Deed to the Operations Management Agreement dated as of July 23, 2008 by and among Yalgoo, Tronox Australia and the other parties thereto.

 

21. Development Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and among Tronox LLC, Tronox Australia, Yalgoo, Exxaro Sands and other parties thereto as amended by that certain Supplemental Deed to the Development Agreement, dated March 24, 2010.

 

22. Mineral Sands (Cooljarloo) Mining and Processing Agreement, dated November 8, 1988 by and among the State of Western Australia, Yalgoo, Tronox Australia and other parties thereto

 

23. Bunbury Port Authority Lease of Port Facilities Bunbury, dated October 21, 2010 (commencement date of November 1, 2009), by and between Bunbury Port Authority and Tiwest;.

 

24. Russell Park, Henderson Warehouse Lease, dated December 11, 1996 and extended by a Deed of Renewal dated August 1, 2007 (effective November 3, 2007), by and between ISPT Pty Ltd and Tiwest.

 

25. Tiwest Pty Ltd contracts with Synergy for supply of natural gas for Chandala and Kwinana operations and the Kwinana Cogeneration plant.

 

26. Tiwest Pty Ltd contract with Perth Energy for the supply of electricity to Chandala and Cooljarloo operations.

 

27


Schedule 3.12(b)

Exceptions to Material Contracts Being in Full Force;

Material Defaults under Material Contracts

None.

 

28


Schedule 3.17

Certain Fees

None.

 

29


Schedule 3.24

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

Entity

  

Bank Name

  

Account Number

  

Purpose

Tronox LLC    Citibank    40008808    General
   Citibank    38558173    Controlled Disbursing
   Bank of Oklahoma    187554    General
   Bank of Oklahoma    804579201    Payroll
   JP Morgan Chase    5907632    General
   JP Morgan Chase    23850    Lockbox
   Wells Fargo    2000147704416    Lockbox
   Royal Bank of Canada    1747401    CAD Lockbox
   Cadence Bank    0801035    Local fees / Local Payroll
   Wells Fargo    0832402358    Local fees / Local Payroll
   Wells Fargo    4122150527    General
   Wells Fargo    4122150501    Lockbox
   Wells Fargo    9600148753    Controlled Disbursing
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    JP Morgan Chase    5750547    General
   JP Morgan Chase    5758424    Check Disbursement
   JP Morgan Chase    77012201    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012202    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012204    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012205    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012211    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012212    Collection
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    016263-837375437    Collection
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    016263-837375445    Local fees / Local Payroll
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    010505018489600    Local fees / Local Payroll
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    867689USD00001    Local fees / Local Payroll
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    867697USD00001    Collection
Tronox Worldwide LLC    Citibank    38726253    Controlled Disbursing
   Citibank    30815972    General
   Wells Fargo    9600148753    Controlled Disbursing

 

30


Entity

 

Bank Name

 

Account Number

 

Purpose

Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd (Yalgoo) 7 *

  Westpac Banking Corporation  

WBCA 034002 991560

WBCUS 034702 495904

  General

Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd*

  Westpac Banking Corporation  

WBCA 036037 316521

WBCA 034002 903436

WBCUS 034702 612445

  General

Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd*

  Australia and New Zealand Banking Group  

016498-835538458

236315USD00001

  General

Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd*

  Australia and New Zealand Banking Group   8318-03154   General

Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd 8 *

  National Australia Bank Limited   634494815   General

Tiwest Pty Ltd*

  Westpac Banking Corporation   WBCA 034002 903428   General
  Westpac Banking Corporation   WBCA 036106 116866   Imprest
  Westpac Banking Corporation   WBCA 036043 272473   Imprest
  Westpac Banking Corporation   WBCA 036000 907344   Imprest
  Westpac Banking Corporation   WBCUS 034702 616024   General

Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

  Australia and New Zealand Bank   016263-837375453   General
  Citibank   40708724   General

Tiwest Pty Ltd*

  Westpac Banking Corporation   034002 903428   AUD current general
  Westpac Banking Corporation   034702 616024   USD current general
  Westpac Banking Corporation   036106 116866   Mine Local fees / Local Payroll
   

036043 272473

  Chandala Local fees / Local Payroll
    034702 616024   Kwinana Local fees / Local Payroll

 

 

7  

In the name of Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd.

8  

In the name of Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd.

* To be joined post-Closing in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

31


Schedule 3.25

Mortgage Recording Offices

 

1. Oklahoma County Clerk’s Office, Oklahoma County, Oklahoma, with respect to the Oklahoma City, Oklahoma Mortgaged Property.

 

2. Monroe County Chancery Clerk’s Office, Monroe County, Mississippi, with respect to the Hamilton, Mississippi Mortgaged Properties.

 

3. Landgate Western Australia, with respect to the properties in Western Australia.

 

32


Schedule 3.29

Insurance

 

Type of Insurance

  

Carrier

  

Policy Number

   Policy Term

Property Insurance “All Risk”

  

Chartis Energy

 

Liberty Mutual Insurance Company

 

Starr Tech (ACE American)

 

XL Insurance America

 

Swiss Re

 

Scor (General Security Indemnity Co of Arizona)

  

61628337

 

3D433688007

 

 

PGL N0511360A

 

US00009678PR12A

 

31-3-74894

 

DP888312

   6/1/2012 - 6/1/2013

Property Insurance - Terrorism

   Lloyd’s of London    PX046312    6/1/2012 - 6/1/2013

Cargo Insurance

  

XL Special Insurance Company

 

Indemnity Insurance Company of North America

  

UM0002339MA12A

 

N10689181-001

   6/1/2012 - 6/1/2013

Primary General Liability Front (GL)

   National Union Fire Insurance Company (Chartis)    GL 6576466    6/1/2012 - 6/1/2013

Primary Automobile Liability (AL)

   National Union Fire Insurance Company (Chartis)    CA 5775826    6/1/2012 - 6/1/2013

International Casualty

  

AIG Worldsource

 

(includes local general liability and workers compensation/employers liability in Singapore and general liability in the Netherlands and South Africa)

  

80-0270552

 

83-55588

   6/1/2012 - 6/1/2013

Charterers Liability

   STARR Marine    MASILSE00004612    6/1/2012 - 6/1/2013

Workers Compensation and Employers Liability

   The Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania (Chartis)    WC 25889942    6/1/2012 - 6/1/2013

 

33


Crime & Fidelity

   Federal Insurance Company    8207-8117    1/1/2012 - 1/1/2013

Fiduciary Liability - Primary Layer

   Federal Insurance Company (Chubb)    8211-5275    3/30/2012 - 3/30/2013

Fiduciary Liability - Excess Layer

   Twin City Fire (Hartford)    00IA023011712    3/30/2012 - 3/30/2013

Directors & Officers Liability - Primary Layer

   Chartis Europe    QB084412    6/15/2012 - 6/15/3013

Directors & Officers Liability - 1st Excess Layer

   Zurich Insurance plc    QB084612    6/15/2012 - 6/15/3013

Directors & Officers Liability - 2nd Excess Layer

   XL Insurance Company Ltd.    QB084712    6/15/2012 - 6/15/3013

Directors & Officers Liability - 3rd Excess Layer

   Liberty Mutual Insurance Europe Ltd.    OB    6/15/2012 - 6/15/3013

Directors & Officers Liability - 4th Excess Layer

   Navigators Lloyds Syndicate NAV 1221    QB04912    6/15/2012 - 6/15/3013

Directors & Officers Liability - 5th Excess Layer

   Axis Specialty Europe plc    QB085012    6/15/2012 - 6/15/3013

Side A DIC

   CV Starr - Lloyd’s Consortium, QBE Lloyds Syndicate, Catlin-Lloyds Syndicate, Brit-Lloyds Syndicate    OB084512    6/15/2012 - 6/15/3013

Directors & Officers Liability - Run-Off

  

Chartis

 

Zurich American

 

ACE American

 

Federal

 

Navigators

 

Allied World National Assurance

 

Hudson

 

New Hampshire

  

15852242

 

DOC475580301

 

G26792034002

 

82233778

 

NY12DOL417672IV

 

3063860

 

HN03032910021512

 

16007115

   6/15/2012 - 6/15/3018

Environmental Liability (Henderson, NV)

   ACE    PPL G24540431002   

 

34


Tiwest Pty Ltd, Tronox Worldwide LLC, Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, Tronox Pigments Ltd., Tronox LLC, Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd, Ticor Resources Pty Ltd, Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd, TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd, Tific Pty. Ltd, Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd, Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd and Senbar Pty Ltd are insured under the following policies:

 

Type of Insurance

  

Carrier

  

Policy Number

   Policy Term

Industrial Special Risks

   FM Global       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Combined General Liability

   QBE Insurance (Australia) Limited       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Umbrella Liability

   QBE Insurance (Australia) Limited       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Excess Umbrella Liability

   Vero Insurance Ltd       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Directors’ & Officers’ Liability & Company Reimbursement

   Chubb Insurance Company of Australia       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Business Practice Protection

   Specialist Underwriting Agency on behalf of Axis Specialty Australia       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Motor Vehicle

   CGU Insurance Limited       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Corporate Travel

   Accident & Health International       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Excess Kidnap & Random

   Liberty International Underwriting       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Fidelity

   Chubb Insurance Company of Australia Limited       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

Workers’ Compensation WA

   Allianz Australian Insurance Limited       1/5/2012 - 1/5/2013

 

35


The Exxaro Legacy Entities are insured under the following policies:

 

Type of Insurance

  

Carrier

  

Policy Number

   Policy Term

Assets All Risk

   Exxaro Insurance Company Limited       Until 7/1/2012

SASRIA

   Exxaro Insurance Company (on behalf of South African Special Risks Insurance Association)       Until 7/1/2012

Riot Wrap Around

   Emerald Risk Transfer (on behalf of Santam)       Until 7/1/2012

General Public and Products Liability

   Exxaro Insurance Company    S01500    Until 7/1/2012

General Public and Products Liability, 1st Umbrella Policy

   Exxaro Insurance Company    B0518N110023    Until 7/1/2012

General Public and Products Liability, 2nd Umbrella Policy

   Exxaro Insurance Company    B0518N110024    Until 7/1/2012

Directors & Officers Liability

   Stalker Hutchinson Admiral (on behalf of Santam Limited)    F00441    Until 7/1/2012

Motor Liabilities

   Stalker Hutchinson Admiral (on behalf of Santam Limited)    A0119    Until 7/1/2012

Blanket Fidelity Guarantee

   Etana Insurance Company    FGA0050084    Until 7/1/2012

Aviation Liability/Hull Insurance (Rotor Wing)

   Lloyd’s of London       Until 7/1/2012

Special Accident

   APJ Asset Protection Jersey       Until 7/1/2012

Rehabilitation Trust

   Stalker Hutchinson Admiral (on behalf of Santam)    F00444    Until 7/1/2012

Chairmans & Foundation Trust

   Stalker Hutchinson Admiral (on behalf of Santam)    F02439    Until 7/1/2012

Motor Specified

   Zurich Insurance Company    SA COM 4615379    Until 7/1/2012

Group Personal Accident & Dread Disease

   Praesidio Risk Managers (on behalf of Lloyds)       Until 7/1/2012

 

36


Schedule 3.30

Location of Material Inventory

 

 

Tronox LLC

3301 NW 150th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134

 
 

Tronox LLC

560 West Lake Mead

Henderson, NV 89015

United States

 
 

Tronox LLC

40036 Tronox Road

Hamilton, MS 39746

United States

 
 

ANRO WAREHOUSE

4770 Hwy 162

Hollywood, SC 29449

USA

 
 

Springs Global U.S., Inc.

205 N. White Street

Fort Mill, SC 29715

 
 

CSX Transflow Warehouse

1 Exchange Street Extension

Albany, NY 12205

USA

 
 

Filkins Warehouse

3 Riverview Drive

Lenox Dale, MA 01242

USA

 
 

Warehouse Specialists, Inc.

2743 Thompson Creek Rd

Pomona, CA 91767

USA

 
 

Bushnell Warehouse Corp.

2950 N.W. 29th Avenue

Portland, OR 97210

USA

 
 

Warehouse

130 W. Edgerton Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53207

USA

 

 

37


 

S & J Warehouse

40935 Old Hwy 45 South

Lackey, MS 39730

USA 39730

 
 

Port City Logistics

600 Expansion Blvd.

Savannah, GA 31407

 
 

Rock Transfer & Storage, Inc.

130 W. Edgerton Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53207

 

 

Company

  

Foreign Warehouse

  

Address

  

Postal

Code

  

City

  

State

  

Country

Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Alfons greiwing gmbh    Dubliner str 2    47229    Duisburg       DE
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Greiwing kwinana    Dubliner str. 2    47229    Duisburg    DE    DE
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Alfons greiwing gmbh    Dubliner str 2    47229    Duisburg       DE
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Korea plant warehouse    303-4 sanmak-dong yang san    Na    Kyungnam       KR
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    OOCL Logistics    65 Chulia Street    49513    Singapore       SG
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Melbourne warehouse    35-37 tullamarine park road    3043    Tullamarine    VIC    AU
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    8ocl warehouse       79906    Singapore    .    SG
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Singapore plant warehouse    Port road, #06-31/33 jurong    619115    Singapore    .    SG
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    8sng warehouse    31 jurong port road    619115    Singapore       SG
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Linfox Logistics (NZ) Ltd.    PO Box 36016 Moera       Wellington       NZ
Tiwest Pty Ltd    Cooljarloo Mine    Brand Highway    6507    Cataby    WA    AU
   Chandala Processing Plant    Lot M1261, Brand Highway    6501    Muchea    WA    AU

Tiwest Pty Ltd, Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd

   Kwinana Pigment Plant    Mason Road    6167    Kwinana    WA    AU

Tiwest Pty Lrd, Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

     

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

   6102    Bentley    WA    AU

 

38


Lawrenceville Lawrenceville Lawrenceville Lawrenceville

Address

   City    State/Prov    Zip Code    Country

400 S 13th Street

   Louisville    KY    40203    US

1020 Olympic Drive

   Batavia    IL    60510    US

10800 South 13

   Oak Creek    WI    53154    US

14800 Emery Avenue

   Cleveland    OH    44135    US

3530 Lang Road

   Houston    TX    77092    US

500 Pittsburgh Avenue

   McCarran    NV    89434    US

760 Pittsburgh Drive

   Delaware    OH    43015    US

10 Plum Street

   Verona    PA    15147    US

1377 Oak Leigh Drive

   East Point    GA    30344    US

1886 Lynnbury Woods Rd

   Dover    DE    19904    US

2150 West Sandlake Road

   Orlando    FL    32809    US

2802 West Miller Road

   Garland    TX    75041    US

6595 South Main Street

   Morrow    GA    30260    US

224 Catherine Street

   Fort Erie    ON    L2A 5M9    CA

725 Raco Drive

   Lawrenceville    GA    30045    US

14 Industrial Park

   Flora    IL    62839    US

630 E 13th Street

   Andover    KS    67002    US

2325 Hollins Ferry Rd

   Baltimore    MD    21230    US

404 E Mallory Avenue

   Memphis    TN    38109    US

1025 Howard Street

   Greensboro    NC    27403    US

145 Caldwell Drive

   Cincinnati    OH    45216    US

2373 Lena Landegger Highway

   Perdue Hill    AL    36478    US

1 Buckeye Road

   Perry    FL    32348    US

27270 US Highway 80 West

   Demopolis    AL    36732    US

Highway 4, Near Rohwer

   McGehee    AR    71654    US

3131 E First Street

   Maryville    MO    64468    US

2331 Carl Drive

   Asheboro    NC    27203    US

Bldg 5, Unit 36 /1449 Middlesex St

   Lowell    MA    1851    US

Vitalisstrasse 198-226

   Koeln       50827    DE

Divisione Wood /Via Sprangaro 1

   Peseggia di
Scorze
      30030    IT

Tyne & Wear, Felling/Stonegate Lane

   Gateshead       NE10 OJY    UK

56 Rue de L’Agriculture

   Monbrison       42600    FR

Woodside Dunmow/Bishops Stortford

   Hertfordshire       CM23 5RG    UK

Instrie Stelz,Kirchberg/Beschichtungspulver

   Wil       9500    CH

Waldhaeuser Strasse 41

   Aalen       73432    DE

Ul. Wolkowyska 32

   Poznan       61-132    PL

 

39


Rubi Barcelona Rubi Barcelona Rubi Barcelona Rubi Barcelona

Address

   City    State/Prov    Zip Code    Country

Ctra.Gracia a Manresa KM 19.2

   Rubi Barcelona       8191    ES

Usine de Genlis /Zi du Layer Voie Romaine

   Genlis       2111110    FR

Strada Stalale 87 KM 16, 460 Stabilmento di Calvano

   Calvano       80023    IT

Tweemonstraat 104

   Deurne       2100    BE

Camino Romeral, S/N

   Castellon       12004    ES

Estrade Nacional No 1

   Albergaria-A-
Velha
      3850    PT

P O Box 5160

   Brendale    QLD    4500    AU

9-15 Radford Road

   Reservoir    VIC    3073    AU

Philip Highway

   Elizabeth    Adelaide    5112    AU

25 King Edward Road

   Osborne Park    WA    6017    AU

CNR Johnstone & South Pine Road

   Brendale    QLD    4500    AU

35 Alfred Road

   Chipping Norton    NSW    2170    AU

15-21 Nukuwatu Street

   Lami          Fiji

Aircorps Road

   Lae       411    PG

137 Diana Drive

   Auckland       622    NZ

25 Euston Street

   Rydalmere    NSW    2701    AU

1404 Lowell Street

   Elyria    OH    44035    US

4403 A Pasadena Freeway (Highway 225W)

   Pasadena    TX    77051    US

3100 North 35th Street

   Terra Haute    IN    47803    US

6595 South Main Street

   Morrow    GA    30260    US

11700 S. Cottage Grove

   Chicago    IL    60628    US

404 East Mallory Ave

   Memphis    TN    38109    US

224 Catherine Street

   Fort Erie    ON    L2A 5M9    Canada

All locations described on Schedule 3.09 are incorporated herein by reference.

 

40


Schedule 4.01(g)

Local Counsel

 

  1. King & Wood Mallesons, Australian counsel to the Administrative Agent.

 

  2. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (London), UK counsel to the Administrative Agent.

 

  3. Harry B. Sands, Lobosky and Co. (“HBS”), Bahamian counsel to the Administrative Agent.

 

41


Schedule 4.01(n)(vi)

Landlord Access Agreements

None.

 

42


Schedule 5.14

Post-Closing Matters

 

  1. On or before the third Business Day following the Closing Date (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its discretion), the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Administrative Agent a fully executed and assembled certificate of Tronox Pigment Ltd. in compliance with the requirements of Section 4.01(b) of the Credit Agreement (or electronic copies of same).

 

  2. On or before the third Business Day following the Closing Date (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its discretion), the Administrative Borrower shall have provided evidence to the Administrative Agent that the Term Loan Agent or its appointed designee is in possession of (1) a stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to the stock certificate #1 Issued by Tronox Incorporated to Tronox US Holdings Inc. and (2) a stock certificate and accompanying stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to the equity ownership of Triple S Refining Corporation by Tronox Incorporated.

 

43


Schedule 6.01(i)

Certain Indebtedness

 

  1. See Exhibit 6.01A (Sureties).

 

  2. Guaranty made as of March 21, 2006 by Tronox Incorporated in favor of ARI Fleet LT, in connection with that certain l Lease and Fleet Management Services Agreement dated as of March 21, 2006 between ARI Fleet LT and Automotive Rentals, Inc. and Tronox LLC for the lease of vehicles.

 

  3. To the extent constituting Indebtedness, the obligations of Tronox Pigments Ltd. (“TPL”) in favor of Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd. (“Yalgoo”) pursuant to the Amended and Restated Supply Agreement dated as of December 17, 2008 between TPL and Yalgoo.

 

  4. Deed of Cross Charge between Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd, Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd, KMCC Western Australia Pty. Ltd.*, Cooljarloo Management Services Pty Ltd and KMM Australia International Pty Ltd, dated March 26, 1991.

 

  5. Deed of Guarantee and Indemnity between Minproc Chemical Company Pty Ltd, Minproc Holdings Limited, TIO2 Corporation N.L., KMCC Western Australia Pty. Ltd.*, Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation and Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd., dated as of March 17, 1989.

 

  6. Deed of Guarantee and Indemnity between Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation, TIO2 Corporation N.L., Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and KMCC Western Australia Pty. Ltd.*, dated as of March 17, 1989.

 

  7. Cooljarloo Mining Joint Venture Deed of Cross Charge between Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd, Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd, KMCC Western Australia Pty. Ltd., Cooljarloo Management Services Pty Ltd and KMM Australia International Pty Ltd, dated November 3, 1988 as amended by Amending Deed to the Cooljarloo Mining Joint Venture Deed of Cross Charge between Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd, Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd, KMCC Western Australia Pty. Ltd.*, Cooljarloo Management Services Pty Ltd and Tiwest Pty Ltd, dated March 26, 1991.

 

  8. Processing Joint Venture Deed of Cross Charge between Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd, Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd, Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd, KMCC Western Australia Pty. Ltd.*, Cooljarloo Management Services Pty Ltd and KMM Australia International Pty Ltd, dated November 3, 1988, as amended by Amending Deed to the Processing Joint Venture Deed of Cross Charge between Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd, Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd, Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd, KMCC Western Australia Pty. Ltd., Cooljarloo Management Services Pty Ltd and Tiwest Pty. Ltd., dated March 26, 1991 and Deed of Variation of Cross Charge between Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd., Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd., Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd., Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd., and Tiwest Pty Ltd, dated July 23, 2008.

 

 

* KMCC Western Australia Pty. Ltd. is now known as Tronox Western Australia Pty. Ltd.

 

44


  9. To the extent constituting Indebtedness, the obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries under existing lease agreements.

 

  10. Indebtedness under the following lease agreements:

 

  a. DSA Coating Lease Agreement between Eltech Systems Corporation and Tronox LLC (f/k/a Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC), dated as of October 28, 2004.

 

  b. Equipment Lease executed January 17, 2008 between Pitney Bowes and Tronox LLC.

 

  c. Leases set forth on Exhibit 6.01(i)(B) (Henderson Leases).

 

  11. Capital lease obligation to Verve for the purchase of the Kwinana Cogeneration plant with outstanding balance of A$11,550,000 as of May 31, 2012.

 

  12. Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd – Redeemable Preference Shares – A$226m

 

  13. Indebtedness in connection with the letters of credit specified on Schedule 6.01(q) which is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

45


EXHIBIT 6.01A to SCHEDULE 6.01(i)

 

Bond
Number(s)

  

Principal(s)

   Individual
Surety

Liability
Amount

(USD unless
specified)
     Bond Type    Bond Description    State Of
Obligation
    

Obligee(s)

   Bond
Effective
Date
     Bond
Expiration
Date
     Accumulated
Premium for
the Term

(USD unless
specified)
     Surety(s)

110705001

   TRONOX LLC    $ 60,000.00       United States
Customs
        OK, USA       DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY UNITED STATES CUSTOMS SERVICES      8/2/2011         8/2/2012       $ 310.80       Liberty
Mutual
Insurance
Company

2971100-2457

   TRONOX LLC (as KERR-MCGEE CHEMICAL LLC)    $ 220,000.00       Self Insurer
Workers
Compensation
        CA, USA       STATE OF CALIFORNIA      5/1/2011         5/1/2012       $ 1,276.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company
of
America

2971100-2536

   TRONOX WORLDWIDE LLC (as successor to KERR-MCGEE COAL CORPORATION)    $ 3,425,000.00       Self Insurer
Workers
Compensation
        IL, USA       INDUSTRIAL COMMISSION OF ILLINOIS      10/1/2011         10/1/2012       $ 19,865.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company
of
America

2971100-2602

   TRONOX LLC (as KERR-MCGEE CHEMICAL LLC)    $ 577,886.00       Self Insurer
Workers
Compensation
        NM, USA       DIRECTOR OF THE NEW MEXICO WORKERS’ COMPENSATION ADMINISTRATION      3/10/2011         3/10/2012       $ 3,352.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company
of
America

2971100-2676

   TRONOX LLC (as KERR-MCGEE CHEMICAL LLC)    $ 38,250.00       Mine Closure/
Post Closure
   RECLAMATION      MS, USA       MISSISSIPPI DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY      3/30/2011         3/30/2012       $ 198.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company
of
America

2971100-2677

   TRONOX LLC (as KERR-MCGEE CHEMICAL LLC)    $ 50,000.00       Oil and Gas
Lease
   CRUDUP NO. 1,
MCKINLEY
FIELD,
MONROE
COUNTY; API
ID 23-095-20306
     MS, USA       MISSISSIPPI STATE OIL AND GAS BOARD      4/14/2011         4/14/2012       $ 259.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company
of
America

 

46


Bond
Number(s)

  

Principal(s)

   Individual
Surety

Liability
Amount

(USD unless
specified)
     Bond Type    Bond Description    State Of
Obligation
    

Obligee(s)

   Bond
Effective
Date
     Bond
Expiration
Date
     Accumulated
Premium for
the Term

(USD unless
specified)
     Surety(s)

2971100- 2685

   TRONOX PIGMENTS (SAVANNAH), INC. (as KERR-MCGEE PIGMENTS (SAVANNAH), INC.)    $ 270,000.00       Self Insurer
Workers
Compensation
   BOND
REQUIRED
OF
EMPLOYER
TO
OPERATE
AS SELF-
INSURER
     GA, USA       GA STATE BOARD OF WORKERS’ COMP, SELF INSUR GUARANTY TRUST FUND      3/20/2011         3/20/2012       $ 1,566.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company of
America

6375666

   TRONOX LLC    $ 406,214.94       Utility
Payment
        NV, USA       COLORADO RIVER COMMISSION - NEVADA      12/16/2010         12/16/2011       $ 2,104       SAFECO
Insurance
Company of
America

6393361

   TRONOX, LLC.    $ 500.00       Sales Tax         NV, USA       NEVADA DEPARTMENT OF TAXATION      1/13/2011         1/13/2012       $ 100.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company of
America

6393410

   TRONOX LLC    $ 110,000.00       Self Insurer
Workers
Compensation
        NV, USA       STATE OF NEVADA LABOR COMMISSIONER      2/16/2011         2/16/2012       $ 858.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company of
America

6393416-0000

   TRONOX INCORPORATED    $ 1,050,000.00       Self Insurer
Workers
Compensation
        OK, USA       STATE OF OKLAHOMA, WORKERS COMPENSATION COURT      3/2/2011         3/2/2012       $ 6,090.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company of
America

6411385-0000

   TRONOX LLC    $ 31,183.64       Utility
Payment
   ELECTRIC
POWER
AND / OR
STEAM
HEAT
     AL, USA       ALABAMA POWER COMPANY      9/16/2011         9/16/2012       $ 162.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company of
America

6411407

   TRONOX LLC    $ 15,000.00       Utility
Payment
        OK, USA       CITY OF OKLAHOMA, UTILITIES DIVISION      11/8/2011         11/8/2012       $ 100.00       SAFECO
Insurance
Company of
America

 

47


Bond
Number(s)

  

Principal(s)

   Individual
Surety
Liability
Amount

(USD unless
specified)
   Bond Type   Bond Description    State Of
Obligation
  

Obligee(s)

   Bond
Effective
Date
   Bond
Expiration
Date
   Accumulated
Premium for
the Term

(USD unless
specified)
   Surety(s)

022005428

   TRONOX LLC (CANADA)    CAD
5,000.00
   Non-Resident
Goods &
Services Tax
Bond
(Canadian)
     CN, CAN    HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA, MINISTER OF NATIONAL REVENUE OF CANADA    4/19/2011    4/19/2012    CAD
120.00
   The
Guarantee
Company
of North
America

13

   Total:    $5,852,819.64                  Total:    $34,256.80   

 

48


Exhibit 6.01(B)

Henderson Leases

HENDERSON PLANT LEASE COMMITMENTS

 

Location

  Unit Type   Lease
Company
    Manufacturer   Model
Number
  Serial
Number
  Lease
Period
  Monthly
Lease
    Annual
Costs
    Total
Commitment
 

Administration

  Copier     Lease Direct      Ricoh   5500MP   L8075500102   36 months   $ 420.91      $ 5,050.92      $ 15,152.76   

Purchasing

  Copier     Lease Direct      Ricoh   3025   K8565201818   36 months   $ 213.64      $ 2,563.63      $ 7,690.89   

Engineering

  Copier     Lease Direct      Ricoh   3260C   5960400069   36 months   $ 739.57      $ 8,874.89      $ 26,624.68   

ER

  Mailing Mach.     Pitney Bowes      Pitney Bowes   SFXF   2172272   51 months   $ 128.67      $ 1,544.00      $ 6,562.00   
  Mailing Mach.     Pitney Bowes      Pitney Bowes   F95A          

Total Henderson Plant

            $ 1,502.79      $ 18,033.44      $ 6,562.00   
             

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

49


Schedule 6.01(q)

Certain Letters of Credit

 

Entity

   Issuing Bank   

Beneficiary

   Maturity
Date
   Country     

Purpose

   USD Equivalent  

Tronox

Worldwide LLC

   JPMorgan   

Citibank NY support German Workers Union Guaranty

(€ 424,600)

   1-May-13      US       Uerdingen Severance    $ 526,673.84   

Tiwest Pty Ltd

   Westpac    Minister for Mining Act of 1978    N/A      AU       Performance    $ 14,186.00   

Tiwest Pty Ltd

   Westpac    Minister for Mining Act of 1978    N/A      AU       Performance    A$ 93,000   

Tiwest Pty Ltd

   Westpac    Independent Market Operator (IMO)    N/A      AU       Performance    A$ 150,897   

Tiwest Pty Ltd

   Westpac    Synergy    31 Mar 15       Supplier payment security    A$ 1,600,000   

Tiwest Pty Ltd

   Westpac    Synergy    31 Mar 15       Supplier payment security    A$ 1,000,000   

Tronox Worldwide LLC

   JPMorgan    Republic Insurance Company    3-Jul-12      US       Workers Comp    $ 150,000.00   

Tronox Incorporated

   Wells Fargo    Liberty Mutual Insurance Company    6-Jun-13      US       Collateral for surety    $ 5,945,659.80   

Tronox Incorporated

   Wells Fargo    ACE American Insurance Company    6-Jun-13      US       Workers Comp    $ 2,785,052.00   

Tronox LLC

   Wells Fargo    US Bank    17-Jun-13      US       Performance - freight    $ 2,500,000.00   

Tronox LLC

   Wells Fargo    Tennessee Gas Pipeline Company    16-Jun-13      US       Performance - NG    $ 378,000.00   

Tronox Incorporated

   Wells Fargo    AIU Insurance Co.    6-Jul-12      US       GL / AL / WC    $ 4,800,500.00   

Tronox LLC

   Wells Fargo    Colorado River Commission    28-Dec-12      US       Performance - Elec    $ 440,232.49   

Tronox LLC

   Wells Fargo    Tennessee Valley Authority    2-Feb-13      US       Performance - Elec    $ 8,700,000.00   

Tronox LLC

   Wells Fargo    One Stamford Plaza Owner LLC    2-Apr-13      US       Lease Security Deposit    $ 624,335.00   

Tronox Worldwide LLC

   Wells Fargo    The Royal Bank of Scotland (€2,500,000)    26-Mar-13      US       Collateral for Portugal LC    $ 3,139,750.00   

 

50


Schedule 6.02(l)

Certain Liens

None.

 

51


Schedule 6.03

Certain Negative Pledges

None.

 

52


Schedule 6.05

Certain Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions

None.

 

53


Schedule 6.06(i)

Certain Investments as of the Closing Date

 

1. To the extent constituting Investments, the Investments specified on Schedule 6.01(i) , which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

2. Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd.’s 50% interest in the Jurien (Exploration) Joint Venture.

 

3. Loan from Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd to Exxaro Resources Ltd (South Africa) of AUD 2,546,139.

 

54


Schedule 6.08

Certain Asset Sales

None.

 

55


Schedule 6.11

Certain Affiliate Transactions

 

1. Administrative, corporate and marketing costs for the operation of offices and maintenance of business activities incurred by one entity which benefit all entities and are allocated and billed based upon a transfer pricing methodology created by Ernst & Young. Such selling, generating and administrative costs (SG&A) are incurred and allocated from Tronox LLC and Tronox Incorporated to all the other Subsidiaries, primarily Tronox Pigments Ltd., Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd., Botlek and Tronox Pigments (Singapore) Pte Ltd. based upon such transfer pricing methodology. SG&A costs are also allocated from Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd. to Tronox Pigments Ltd. and from Tronox Pigments (Singapore) Pte Ltd. to Tronox Pigments Ltd.

 

2. Trademark License Agreement between Tronox Worldwide LLC and Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V.

 

3. Technology License Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009 between Tronox LLC and Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V.

 

4. Supply Agreement between Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V. and Tronox Pigments Ltd., dated April 1, 2008.

 

5. Supply Agreement between Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V. and Tronox LLC, dated April 1, 2008.

 

6. Supply Agreement between Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd. and Tronox Pigments Ltd., dated April 1, 2003.

 

7. Research and development costs with the Tiwest joint venture and reimbursed to Tronox LLC by the Tiwest joint venture.

 

8. Interest on intercompany indebtedness and cash advances permitted pursuant to Sections 6.01 and 6.06.

 

56


Schedule 6.19

Post-Acquisition Loan Parties

 

1. Tronox Incorporated

 

2. Tronox Worldwide LLC

 

3. Triple S Refining Corporation

 

4. Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.

 

5. Tronox LLC

 

6. Tronox Holdings, Inc.

 

7. Tronox Limited.

 

8. Tronox Pigments Ltd

 

9. Tronox US Holdings Inc.

 

10. Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited

 

11. Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited

 

12. Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited

 

13. Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited

 

14. Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited

 

15. Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited

 

16. Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited

 

17. Tronox International Finance LLP

 

18. Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

 

19. Tiwest Pty Ltd

 

20. Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd. f/k/a Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd

 

21. Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd

 

22. Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd

 

23. Ticor Resources Pty Ltd

 

24. Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd

 

25. TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd

 

26. Tific Pty. Ltd

 

27. Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd

 

28. Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd

 

29. Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd

 

30. Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd

 

31. Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd

 

57


EXHIBIT A

[Form of]

ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE

[BORROWER]

 

Agent Address:   

UBS AG, Stamford Branch      

677 Washington Boulevard      

Stamford, Connecticut 06901    

  

Return form to: [Daniel Goldenberg]

Telephone: [(203) 719-3000]            

Facsimile: [(203) 719-4176]        

E-mail: [daniel.goldenberg@ubs.com]

     
It is very important that all of the requested information be completed accurately and that this questionnaire be returned promptly. If your institution is sub-allocating its allocation, please fill out an administrative questionnaire for each legal entity.

Legal Name of Lender to appear in Documentation:

 

 

Signature Block Information:                                                                                                                                                           

 

    Signing Credit Agreement    ¨    Yes    ¨    No
    Coming in via Assignment    ¨    Yes    ¨    No

(Bank, Asset Manager, Broker/Dealer, CLO/CDO; Finance Company, Hedge Fund, Insurance, Mutual Fund, Pension Fund, Other Regulated Investment Fund, Special Purpose Vehicle, Other-please specify)

Lender Parent:                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

Domestic Address      Eurodollar Address

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

A-1


Contacts/Notification Methods: Borrowings, Paydowns, Interest, Fees, etc.

 

     

Primary Credit Contact

  

Secondary Credit Contact

Name:

 

 

  

 

Company:

 

 

  

 

Title:

 

 

  

 

Address:

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

Telephone:

 

 

  

 

Facsimile:

 

 

  

 

E-Mail Address:

 

 

  

 

     

Primary Credit Contact

  

Secondary Credit Contact

Name:

 

 

  

 

Company:

 

 

  

 

Title:

 

 

  

 

Address:

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

Telephone:

 

 

  

 

Facsimile:

 

 

  

 

E-Mail Address:

 

 

  

 

     

Bid Contact

  

L/C Contact

Name:

 

 

  

 

Company:

 

 

  

 

Title:

 

 

  

 

Address:

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

Telephone:

 

 

  

 

Facsimile:

 

 

  

 

E-Mail Address:

 

 

  

 

 

A-2


Lender’s Domestic Wire Instructions

 

Bank Name:

 

 

ABA/Routing No.:

 

 

Account Name:

 

 

Account No.:

 

 

FFC Account Name:

 

 

FFC Account No.:

 

 

Attention:

 

 

Reference:

 

 

Lender’s Foreign Wire Instructions  

Currency:

 

 

Bank Name:

 

 

Swift/Routing No.:

 

 

Account Name:

 

 

Account No.:

 

 

FFC Account Name:

 

 

FFC Account No.:

 

 

Attention:

 

 

Reference:

 

 

 

Agent’s Wire Instructions

 

[The Agent’s wire instructions will be disclosed at the time of closing.]

 

Bank Name:

 

 

ABA/Routing No.:

 

 

Account Name:

 

 

Account No.:

 

 

FFC Account Name:

 

 

FFC Account No.:

 

 

Attention:

 

 

Reference:

 

 

 

A-3


Tax Documents

NON-U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS:

I. Corporations :

If your institution is incorporated outside of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and is the beneficial owner of the interest and other income it receives, you must complete one of the following three tax forms, as applicable to your institution: a.) Form W-8BEN ( Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner ), b.) Form W-8ECI ( Income Effectively Connected to a U.S. Trade or Business ), or c.) Form W-8EXP ( Certificate of Foreign Government or Governmental Agency ).

A U.S. taxpayer identification number is required for any institution submitting Form W-8ECI. It is also required on Form W-8BEN for certain institutions claiming the benefits of a tax treaty with the U.S. Please refer to the instructions when completing the form applicable to your institution. In addition, please be advised that U.S. tax regulations do not permit the acceptance of faxed forms. An original tax form must be submitted.

II. Flow-Through Entities :

If your institution is organized outside the U.S., and is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as either a Partnership, Trust, Qualified or Non-Qualified Intermediary, or other non- U.S. flow-through entity, an original Form W-8IMY (Certificate of Foreign Intermediary, Foreign Flow-Through Entity, or Certain U.S. Branches for United States Tax Withholding) must be completed by the intermediary together with a withholding statement. Flow-through entities other than Qualified Intermediaries are required to include tax forms for each of the underlying beneficial owners.

Please refer to the instructions when completing this form. In addition, please be advised that U.S. tax regulations do not permit the acceptance of faxed forms. Original tax form(s) must be submitted.

U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS:

If your institution is incorporated or organized within the United States, you must complete and return Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). Please be advised that we request that you submit an original Form W-9.

Pursuant to the language contained in the tax section of the Credit Agreement, the applicable tax form for your institution must be completed and returned on or prior to the date on which your institution becomes a Lender under the Credit Agreement. Failure to provide the proper tax form when requested may subject your institution to U.S. tax withholding.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

[Form of]

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement defined below, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including participations in any Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:                                                                                                          
2.    Assignee:                                                                                                          
      [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender] 1 ]
      [and is a professional market company] 2
3.    Borrower(s):                                                                                                          

 

1  

Select as applicable.

 

2  

Select as applicable.

 

B-1


4. Administrative Agent: UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

 

5. Credit Agreement: The Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”).

 

6. Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned
     Percentage Assigned
of

Commitment/Loans 3
 

Revolving Loans

   $         $           %   

 

3  

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

 

B-2


Effective Date:                      , 20      [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.] 4

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

  Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Title:

Consented to and Accepted:

[ADMINISTRATIVE BORROWER] 5

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

4  

This date may not be fewer than 5 Business Days after the date of assignment unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees.

 

5  

To be completed to the extent consent is required under Section 10.04(b).

 

B-3


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-4


ANNEX 1 to Assignment and Assumption

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, any Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, any Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 4.01(e) or 5.01 thereof, as applicable, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based upon such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vii) if it is not already a Lender under the Credit Agreement, attached to the Assignment and Assumption an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A to the Credit Agreement, (viii) the Administrative Agent has received a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 as of the Effective Date and (ix) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.


2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts that have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts that have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile and other electronic transmission), which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be construed in accordance with and governed by, the law of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of principles of law that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

2


EXHIBIT C

[Form of]

BORROWING REQUEST

UBS AG, Stamford Branch,

as Administrative Agent for

the Lenders referred to below,

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: [            ]

Re: [Borrower]

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

C-1


The Administrative Borrower hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement that it requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the terms on which such Borrowing is requested to be made:

 

(A)   Class of Borrowing

  

[U.S. Revolving Borrowing]

[Australian Revolving Borrowing]

[Dutch Revolving Borrowing]

[Swingline Loan]

(B)   Principal amount of Borrowing 6

  

 

(C)   Date of Borrowing

         (which is a Business Day)

  

 

(D)   Type of Borrowing

   [ABR] 7 [Eurodollar]

(E)   Interest Period and the last day thereof 8

  

 

(F)    Funds are requested to be disbursed to the applicable Borrower’s account with UBS AG, Stamford Branch.

  

Applicable Borrower   ________________________________

 

Account No.  ______________________________________

(G)   Approved Currency

   [dollars] [euros]

The Administrative Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions to lending specified in Sections 4.02(b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied as of proposed date of the borrowing.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

 

6  

ABR and Eurodollar Loans must be in an amount that is at least $5,000,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000,000 or equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.

 

7  

Only available for Dollar Denominated Loans and which shall be ABR for Swingline Loans and for all Loans on the Closing Date.

 

8  

Shall be subject to the definition of “ Interest Period ” in the Credit Agreement and applicable only for Eurodollar Revolving Loans.

 

C-2


[                                                       ], as
the Administrative Borrower
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title: [Responsible Officer]

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[Form of]

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

I, [                    ], the [Financial Officer] of [                            ] (in such capacity and not in my individual capacity), hereby certify that:

A. no Default has occurred under the Credit Agreement which has not been previously disclosed, in writing, to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Compliance Certificate; 9

B. attached hereto as Schedule 1 are detailed calculations 10 setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (whether or not a Covenant Testing Period exists) [.Holdings is in compliance Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement as of the date hereof] 11 ;

 

9  

If a Default shall have occurred, an explanation specifying the nature and extent of such Default shall be provided on a separate page together with an explanation of the correction action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto (include, as applicable, information regarding actions, if any, taken since prior certificate).

 

10  

Which calculations shall be in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall include, among other things, an explanation of the methodology used in such calculations and a breakdown of the components and calculations.

 

11  

To be included during a Covenant Testing Period.

 

D-1


C. attached hereto as Schedule 2 is a reconciliation of Consolidated EBITDA to the net income set forth on the statement of income; and

[D. Attached hereto as Schedule 3 is the report of [Grant Thornton LLP.]] 12

 

12  

To accompany annual financial statements only beginning with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2012.

 

D-2


[              ] has caused this Compliance Certificate to be executed and delivered by its [Financial Officer] as of the date first written above.

 

[                                                                                          ]
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title: [Financial Officer]

 

D-3


SCHEDULE 1

Financial Covenant

 

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures (other than financed with the incurrence of Indebtedness (other than Loans or loans under the Term Loan Agreement)) to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges   
(a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the four quarter period ended [            ], 20[    ], less   

 

Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such period (other than financed with the incurrence of Indebtedness (other than Loans or loans under the Term Loan Agreement)   
(b) Consolidated Fixed Charges:   

 

consolidated interest expense for such period of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (calculated in accordance with GAAP) paid or payable in cash, minus , the total consolidated interest income of the Companies for such period, minus , any one-time financing fees to the extent included in consolidated interest expense for such period ( provided the foregoing shall be calculated after giving effect to net payments, if any, made and received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Agreements with to respect to Indebtedness);   

 

all cash payments in respect of income taxes made during such period (net of any cash refund in respect of income taxes actually received during such period);   

 

the principal amount of all scheduled amortization payments on all Indebtedness paid or payable in cash (including the principal component of all Capital Lease Obligations, but excluding (i) such amortization payments on Indebtedness incurred to finance Capital Expenditures included in clause (a)  of the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” in such period or any prior period) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period (as determined on the first day of the respective period and after giving effect to any reduction thereof due to mandatory or permitted prepayments on such Indebtedness) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, any principal payments at final maturity made with identifiable proceeds of Indebtedness or equity to the extent such Indebtedness or equity was incurred to refinance, replace or refund the entire outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness;   

 


the product of (i) all cash dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than dividend payments to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, expressed as a decimal;   

                                  

the product of (i) all cash dividend payments on any Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than dividend payments to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, expressed as a decimal; and   
the aggregate amount of Restricted Junior Payments made in cash pursuant to Section  6.04(b) and (c)  of the Credit Agreement during such period (but excluding Restricted Junior Payments to the extent funded by an issuance by the Borrowers of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the issuance of Equity Interests or capital contributions to the Borrowers).   

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to Consolidated Fixed Charges

   [    ]:1.00

Covenant Requirement

   Greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00

 

2


EXHIBIT E

[Form of]

INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST

UBS AG, Stamford Branch,

as Administrative Agent

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: [            ]

[Date]

Re: [ Borrower ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Interest Election Request is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.08(b) of the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

Administrative Borrower hereby requests that on [              ] 1 3 (the “ Interest Election Date ”),

 

1 3  

Shall be a Business Day that is (a) the date hereof in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans to the extent this Interest Election Request is delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time on the date hereof, otherwise the Business Day following the date of delivery hereof, and (b) three Business Days following the date hereof in the case of a conversion into/continuation of Eurodollar Loans to the extent this Interest Election Request is delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the date hereof, otherwise the fourth Business Day following the date of delivery hereof, in each case.

 

E-1


  1. $[              ] of the presently outstanding principal amount of the Loans originally made on [              ],

 

  2. and all presently being maintained as [ABR Loans] [Eurodollar Loans],

 

  3. be [converted into] [continued as],

 

  4.

[Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period of [one/two/three/six[/nine/twelve] 1 4 months] [ABR Loans].

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the proposed Interest Election Date, both before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(a) the foregoing [conversion] [continuation] complies with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2.08 of the Credit Agreement);

(b) no Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation].

[Signature Page Follows]

 

1 4  

If agreed to by all Lenders.

 

E-2


The Administrative Borrower has caused this Interest Election Request to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

[                                                               ], as

the Administrative Borrower

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

E-3


EXHIBIT F

[Form of]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

Reference is made to the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Guarantors have entered into the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make the Loans and the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit to or for the benefit of Borrower;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement, (i) each Subsidiary (other than an Exempt Entity) that was not in existence on the date of the Credit Agreement and (ii) each Exempt Entity that has ceased to be an Exempt Entity is required to become a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement by executing a Joinder Agreement. The undersigned Subsidiary (the “ New Guarantor ”) is executing this joinder agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) to the Credit Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Revolving Loans and the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit and as consideration for the Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and the New Guarantor hereby agree as follows:

 

F-1


1. Guarantee . In accordance with Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement, the New Guarantor by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor.

2. Representations and Warranties . The New Guarantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date hereof. Each reference to a Guarantor in the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Guarantor. The New Guarantor hereby attaches supplements to [each of] the schedules to the Credit Agreement applicable to it.

3. Severability . Any provision of this Joinder Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

4. Counterparts . This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Joinder Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

5. No Waiver . Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

6. Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the New Guarantor, any Agent or any Lender shall be governed by the terms of Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

7. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

F-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:
UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as
  Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

F-3


[Note: Schedules to be attached.]

 

F-4


EXHIBIT G

[Form of]

LANDLORD ACCESS AGREEMENT

[Provided under separate cover.]

 

G-1


EXHIBIT G

LANDLORD ACCESS AGREEMENT

THIS LANDLORD ACCESS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [            ], by and between [                    ], having an office at [                            ] (the “ Landlord ”) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

R E C I T A L S :

A. The Landlord is the record title holder and owner of the real property described in Schedule A attached hereto (the “ Real Property ”).

B. The Landlord has leased all or a portion of the Real Property (the “ Leased Premises ”) to [            ] (the “ Lessee ”) pursuant to a certain lease agreement or agreements described in Schedule B attached hereto (collectively, and as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”).

C. The Lessee and the Collateral Agent, among others, are entering into a Credit Agreement, dated as of [                    ], 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement), by and among the Lessee, the other Borrowers and Guarantors party thereto, the several lenders and financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “ Lenders ”), the Collateral Agent, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent, and [            ] as Co-Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Lenders have agreed to make certain loans to the Borrowers (collectively, the “ Loans ”).

D. Pursuant to the Security Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ,” and together with the Credit Agreement and the other documents evidencing and securing the Loans, collectively, the “ Loan Documents ”), dated as of [                    ], 2012, by the Borrowers, the Lessee and the other Grantors (as defined in the Security Agreement) party thereto in favor of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent (for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties) has a security interest in and lien upon all of the Lessee’s personal property, inventory, accounts, goods, machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures (together with all additions, substitutions, replacements and improvements to, and proceeds of, the foregoing, collectively, the “ Personal Property ”).

E. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent have requested that the Landlord execute this Agreement.

 

1


A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the Leased Premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Landlord hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees with and in favor of the Collateral Agent, as follows:

1. The Landlord certifies that (i) the Landlord is the landlord under the Lease described in Schedule B attached hereto, (ii) the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been amended, modified or supplemented except as set forth in Schedule B hereto and (iii) the Landlord is not aware of any existing default under the Lease.

2. The Landlord agrees that the Personal Property is and will remain personal property and not fixtures even though it may be affixed to or placed on the Leased Premises. The Landlord acknowledges the validity of the Collateral Agent’s lien on the Personal Property and waives any interest in the Personal Property and agrees not to levy or distrain upon any Personal Property or to claim or assert any lien, right or other claim against any Personal Property for any reason. The Landlord further agrees that the Collateral Agent has the right to remove the Personal Property from the Leased Premises at any time in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents; provided that the Collateral Agent shall repair, or reimburse the Landlord for, any physical damage actually caused by such removal (ordinary wear and tear excluded). The Landlord further agrees that it will not hinder the Collateral Agent’s actions in removing Personal Property from the Leased Premises or the Collateral Agent’s actions in otherwise enforcing its security interest in the Personal Property. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any diminution in value of the Leased Premises caused by the absence of Personal Property actually removed or by the need to replace the Personal Property after such removal or for any other matter except as specifically set forth herein. The Landlord acknowledges that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to remove or dispose of any of the Personal Property or other property of Lessee from the Leased Premises. The Landlord agrees that the Personal Property may be inspected and evaluated by the Collateral Agent or its designee, without necessity of court order, at any time without payment of any fee.

3. The Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Lessee’s granting of a security interest in the Personal Property in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall not constitute a default under the Lease nor permit the Landlord to terminate the Lease or re-enter or repossess the Leased Premises or otherwise be the basis for the exercise of any remedy by the Landlord and the Landlord hereby expressly consents to the granting of such security interest and agrees that such security interest shall be superior to any lien of the Landlord (statutory or otherwise) in the Personal Property.

4. The Landlord agrees to give notice to the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of any default by the Lessee under the Lease resulting in termination of the Lease (a “ Default N o tice ”) and agrees to permit the Collateral Agent to cure any such default within 15 days of the Collateral Agent’s receipt of such Default Notice, but neither the Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to cure any default by the Lessee under the Lease. No action by the Collateral Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to

 

2


be an assumption by the Collateral Agent or the Lenders of any obligation under the Lease, and except as expressly provided in paragraphs 2 and 5 herein, the Collateral Agent shall not have any obligation to the Landlord.

5. In the event of default by the Lessee in the payment or performance of the Obligations under the Loan Documents or if the Landlord takes possession of the Leased Premises for any reason, including because of termination of the Lease (each a “ Disposition Event ”), the Landlord agrees that, at the Collateral Agent’s option, the Personal Property may remain upon the Leased Premises for a period not to exceed 180 days (the “ Disposition Period ”) after (a) the Collateral Agent takes possession of the Leased Premises or (b) receipt by the Collateral Agent of a Default Notice; provided that the Collateral Agent pays rent on a per diem basis for the period of time the Collateral Agent remains on the Leased Premises, based upon the amount of rent set forth in the Lease. If any injunction or stay is issued (including an automatic stay due to a bankruptcy proceeding) that prohibits the Collateral Agent from removing the Personal Property, commencement of the Disposition Period shall be deferred until such injunction or stay is lifted or removed.

6. During any Disposition Period, the Collateral Agent, or its designee may, without necessity of court order, (a) enter upon the Leased Premises at any time to inspect or remove all or any Personal Property from the Leased Premises without interference by the Landlord, and the Collateral Agent or its designee may sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of that Personal Property free of all liens, claims, demands, rights and interests that the Landlord may have in that Personal Property by law or agreement, including, without limitation, by public auction or private sale (and the Collateral Agent may advertise and conduct such auction or sale at the Leased Premises, and shall use reasonable efforts to notify the Landlord of its intention to hold any such auction or sale), in each case, without interference by the Landlord and (b) shall make the Leased Premises available for inspection by the Landlord and prospective tenants and shall cooperate in the Landlord’s reasonable efforts to re-lease the Leased Premises.

7. If any order or injunction is issued or stay granted which prohibits the Collateral Agent from exercising any of its rights hereunder, then, at the option of the Collateral Agent, the Disposition Period shall be stayed during the period of such prohibition and shall continue thereafter for the greater of (a) the number of days remaining in the Disposition Period or (b) ninety (90) days.

8. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Landlord (including, without limitation, any successor owner of the Real Property) and the Collateral Agent. The Landlord will disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to any purchaser or successor to the Landlord’s interest in the Leased Premises. The person signing this Agreement on behalf of the Landlord represents to the Agent that he/she has the authority to do so on behalf of the Landlord.

9. All notices to any party hereto under this Agreement shall be in writing and sent to such party at its respective address set forth above (or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party) complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 9 by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or by overnight delivery service.

 

3


10. Without affecting the validity of this Agreement, any of the Obligations may be extended, amended, or otherwise modified without the consent of the Landlord and without giving notice thereof to the Landlord. The provisions of this Agreement shall continue in effect until the Landlord shall have received Collateral Agent’s written certification that the Loans have been paid in full and all of the Borrowers’ other Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been satisfied.

11. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA (INCLUDING THE BANKRUPTCY CODE).

12. The Landlord agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to allow for the proper recording of this Agreement (including, without limitation, a revised landlord access agreement in form and substance sufficient for recording) or to otherwise accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

13. WAIVER OF SPECIAL DAMAGES. THE LANDLORD WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT THE LANDLORD MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER FROM THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY LENDER IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

14. JURY WAIVER. THE LANDLORD AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE LANDLORD AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

                                                                                                         ,

as Landlord

By:

 

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

                                                                                                         ,

as Collateral Agent

By:

 

 

 

  Name:
  Title:


Schedule A

Description of Real Property


Schedule B

Description of Lease

 

Lessor

   Lessee    Dated    Modification    Location/
Property
Address


EXHIBIT H

[Form of]

LC REQUEST [AMENDMENT]

Dated ( 1 5 )

UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent under the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”).

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: Daniel Goldenberg

F: 203-719-4176

daniel.goldenberg@ubs.com

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We hereby request that [name of proposed Issuing Bank], as Issuing Bank under the Credit Agreement, [issue] [amend] [renew] [extend] [a] [an existing] [Standby] [Commercial]

 

1 5  

Date of LC Request.

 

H-1


Letter of Credit for the account of the undersigned( 1 6 ) on ( 17 ) (the “Date of [Issuance] [Amendment] [Renewal] [Extension]”) in the aggregate stated amount of ( 18 ). [Such Letter of Credit was originally issued on [date].] The requested Letter of Credit [shall be] [is] denominated in [dollars] [euros].

For purposes of this LC Request, unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the respective meaning provided therein.

The beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit [will be] [is] ( 19 ), and such Letter of Credit [will be] [is] in support of ( 20 ) and [will have] [has] a stated expiration date of ( 21 ). [Describe the nature of the amendment, renewal or extension.]

We hereby certify that:

(1) Each of Borrower and each other Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all the terms and provisions set forth in each Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed, and, as of today and at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the [issuance] [amendment] [renewal] [extension] of the Letter of Credit requested herein, no Default has or will have occurred and be continuing.

(2) Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party set forth in any Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” is true and correct in all respects) on and as of today’s date and with the same effect as though made on and as of today’s date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

 

1 6  

Note that if the LC Request is for the account of a Subsidiary of a Borrower, such Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and be jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account or in favor of any Subsidiary.

 

17  

Date of Issuance [Amendment] [Renewal] [Extension] which shall be at least three Business Days after the date of this LC Request, if this LC Request is delivered to the Issuing Bank by 1:00 p.m., New York City time (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Issuing Bank).

 

18  

Aggregate initial stated amount of Letter of Credit.

 

19  

Insert name and address of beneficiary.

 

20  

Insert description of the obligation to which it relates in the case of Standby Letters of Credit and a description of the commercial transaction which is being supported in the case of Commercial Letters of Credit.

 

21  

Insert last date upon which drafts may be presented which shall be at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (A) in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit, (x) the date which is one year after the date of the issuance of such Standby Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (y) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, (B) in the case of a Commercial Letter of Credit, (x) the date that is 180 days after the date of issuance of such Commercial Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, 180 days after such renewal or extension) and (y) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and (C) in the case of an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Expiration Date.

 

H-2


(3) After giving effect to the request herein, (i) the LC Exposure will not exceed the LC Commitment and (ii) the total Revolving Exposures will not exceed the the total Revolving Commitments.

Copies of (i) the documents to be presented by the beneficiary in connection with any drawing, (ii) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in connection with any drawing and (iii) all other documentation as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require with respect to the supported transaction are attached hereto.

 

[                                           ], as

the Administrative Borrower

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

H-3


EXHIBIT I

[Form of]

LENDER ADDENDUM

Reference is made to the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

Upon execution and delivery of this Lender Addendum by the parties hereto as provided in Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby becomes a Lender thereunder having the Commitment set forth in Schedule 1 hereto, effective as of the Closing Date.

THIS LENDER ADDENDUM SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

This Lender Addendum may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page hereof by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

I-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Lender Addendum to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of this day of [            ], 20[    ].

 

                                                                                        , 22
as a Lender

[Please type legal name of Lender above]

 
By:  

 

 
  Name:  
  Title:  
[If second signature is necessary:]  
By:  

 

 
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

22  

Use this form of signature page if there is a syndicate of lenders to avoid having to keep track of correct legal names.

 

I-2


Accepted and agreed:
[BORROWERS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as

Administrative Agent

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

I-3


Schedule 1

COMMITMENTS AND NOTICE ADDRESS

 

1.      Name of Lender:

 

 

 

         Notice Address:

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

         Attention:

 

 

 

         Telephone:

 

 

 

         Facsimile:

 

 

 
 

 

 

         Facsimile:

 

 

 

2.      Commitment:

 

 

 

 

I-4


EXHIBIT J

[Intentionally omitted]

 

J-1


EXHIBIT K-1

[Form of]

REVOLVING NOTE

$             

New York, New York

[Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “ Borrowers ”) hereby, jointly and severally, promise to pay to [                      ] (the “ Lender ”) on the Revolving Maturity Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below), in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of the lesser of (a)               DOLLARS ($              ) and (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans of the Lender outstanding under the Credit Agreement referred to below. The Borrowers further agree, jointly and severally, to pay interest in like money at such office specified in Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time from the date hereof at the rates, and on the dates, specified in Section 2.06 of such Credit Agreement.

The holder of this Note may endorse and attach a schedule to reflect the date, Type and amount of each Revolving Loan of the Lender outstanding under the Credit Agreement, the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal hereof, and the date of each interest rate conversion or continuation pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Credit Agreement and the principal amount subject thereto; provided that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”).

 

K-1-1


This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note may become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

K-1-2


TRONOX INCORPORATED

TRONOX WORLDWIDE LLC

TRIPLE S REFINING CORPORATION

SOUTHWESTERN REFINING COMPANY, INC.

TRONOX LLC

TRONOX HOLDINGS, INC.

TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.,

as U.S. Borrowers

By:

 

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

K-1-3


SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by

 

as attorney for

TRONOX AUSTRALIA PIGMENTS

HOLDINGS PTY LTD

TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA

HOLDINGS PTY LTD

TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA

PTY LTD

TRONOX PIGMENTS WESTERN

AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED

TRONOX LIMITED

TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS

PTY LIMITED

TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY

LIMITED

TRONOX AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS

PTY LIMITED

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA

PTY LTD

under power of attorney dated

 

in the presence of:

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

Name of witness (block letters)

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

By executing this deed the attorney states that the attorney has received no notice of revocation of the power of attorney

 

K-1-4


EXHIBIT K-2

[Form of]

SWINGLINE NOTE

 

$                 New York, New York
   [Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “ Borrowers ”) hereby, jointly and severally, promise to pay to [                      ] (the “ Lender ”) on the Revolving Maturity Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below), in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of the lesser of (a)                       ($              ) and (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by Lender to the undersigned pursuant to Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement referred to below. The Borrowers further agree, jointly and severally, to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof in like money at such office specified in Section 2.17(c) of the Credit Agreement from time to time from the date hereof at the rates and on the dates specified in Section 2.06 of the Credit Agreement.

The holder of this Note may endorse and attach a schedule to reflect the date, the amount of each Swingline Loan and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof; provided that the failure of Lender to make such recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

 

5. This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”).

 

K-2-1


This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note may become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable as provided in the Credit Agreement.

All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

K-2-2


TRONOX INCORPORATED

TRONOX WORLDWIDE LLC

TRIPLE S REFINING CORPORATION

SOUTHWESTERN REFINING

COMPANY, INC.

TRONOX LLC

TRONOX HOLDINGS, INC.

TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.,

as U.S. Borrowers

By:

 

 

Name:
Title:

 

K-2-3


SIGNED, SEALED AND       )              
DELIVERED by       )      
      )      
as attorney for       )      
TRONOX AUSTRALIA       )      
PIGMENTS HOLDINGS PTY LTD       )      
TRONOX PIGMENTS       )      
AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LTD       )      
TRONOX PIGMENTS       )      
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD       )      
TRONOX PIGMENTS       )      
WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY       )      
LIMITED       )      
TRONOX LIMITED       )      
TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS       )      
PTY LIMITED       )      
TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS       )      
PTY LIMITED       )      
TRONOX AUSTRALIA       )      
HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED       )      
TRONOX WESTERN       )      
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD       )      
under power of attorney dated       )      
      )      
in the presence of:       )      
      )      
      )      
      )      
      )      

 

      )      
Signature of witness       )   

 

  
      )    By executing this deed the attorney   

 

         states that the attorney has received   
Name of witness (block letters)          no notice of revocation of the power   
         of attorney   

 

 

K-2-4


EXHIBIT L-1

[Form of]

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

[Provided under separate cover]

 

L-1-1


E XECUTION V ERSION

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

Reference is hereby made to that certain REVOLVING SYNDICATED FACILITY AGREEMENT (the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of June      , 2012, among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

We confirm your authority to file any and all financing statements or other records naming each of the Tronox Legacy Companies and identifying all of its assets as collateral as you deem necessary or advisable in connection with the pursuit of the proposed financing.

The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent as follows, in each case on the Closing Date:

 

1. THE COMPANIES

 

a. The full and correct name of each Borrower and each Guarantor (exactly as it appears in its respective articles of incorporation or other organizational document) as of the Closing Date is:

1. Tronox Incorporated

2. Tronox Worldwide LLC

3. Triple S Refining Corporation

4. Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.

5. Tronox LLC

6. Tronox Holdings, Inc.

7. Tronox Limited

8. Tronox Pigments Ltd.

9. Tronox US Holdings Inc.


10. Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited

11. Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited

12. Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited

13. Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited

14. Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited

15. Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited

16. Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited

17. Tronox International Finance LLP

18. Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

The following will be joined post-Closing in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement:

19. Tiwest Pty Ltd

20. Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd f/k/a Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd

21. Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd f/k/a Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd

22. Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd f/k/a Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd

23. Ticor Resources Pty Ltd

24. Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd

25. TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd

26. Tific Pty. Ltd

27. Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd

28. Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd

29. Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd

30. Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd

31. Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd

;hereinafter, each individually, a “ Company ”, collectively, the “ Companies ”, Companies 1-18 (the “ Tronox Legacy Companies ”) and Companies 19-31 (the “ Exxaro Legacy Companies ”);

 

b. Since November 30, 2010, each Company has had the following corporate names:

 

Company

  

Other Corporate Name

Tronox Incorporated   

Concordia Acquisition Corp.

Concordia Merger Corp.

Tronox Worldwide LLC    N/A
Triple S Refining Corporation    N/A
Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.    N/A
Tronox LLC    Tronox Oklahoma LLC – OK
Tronox Holdings, Inc.    N/A
Tronox Limited    N/A
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    N/A
Tronox US Holdings Inc.    N/A
Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited    N/A

 

2


Company

  

Other Corporate Name

Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited    N/A
Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited    N/A
Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited    N/A
Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited    N/A
Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited    N/A
Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited    N/A
Tronox International Finance LLP    N/A
Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    N/A
Tiwest Pty Ltd    N/A
Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd    Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd
Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd    Exxaro Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd
Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd    Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd
Ticor Resources Pty Ltd    N/A
Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd    N/A
TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd    N/A
Tific Pty. Ltd    N/A
Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    N/A
Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd    N/A
Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd    N/A
Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd    N/A
Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd    N/A

 

c. During the past 5 years, each Company has used the following trade name(s) and/or trade style(s):

 

Company

  

Trade Name

  

Date Used

Tronox Incorporated    N/A    N/A
Tronox Worldwide LLC   

Tronox,

TRONA

   9/12/2005 to Present
Triple S Refining Corporation    N/A    N/A
Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.    N/A    N/A
Tronox LLC    N/A    N/A
Tronox Holdings, Inc.    N/A    N/A
Tronox Limited    N/A    N/A
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    N/A    N/A
Tronox US Holdings Inc.    N/A    N/A
Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited    N/A    N/A
Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited    N/A    N/A
Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited    N/A    N/A
Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited    N/A    N/A

 

3


Company

  

Trade Name

  

Date Used

Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited    N/A    N/A
Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited    N/A    N/A
Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited    N/A    N/A
Tronox International Finance LLP    N/A    N/A
Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Tiwest Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Ticor Resources Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Tific Pty. Ltd    N/A    N/A
Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    N/A    N/A
Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A
Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd    N/A    N/A

 

d. Each Company was incorporated or organized on the date listed below and in the jurisdiction listed below. Each Company is in good standing (or, to the extent formed in a jurisdiction outside of the U.S., to the extent applicable) under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization. Each Company has qualified to do business in the following states or other jurisdiction. Except as set forth below, no Company has changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization at any time during the past year.

 

Company

  

Type of
Organization

  

Jurisdiction of
Organization

  

Date of
Organization

  

Jurisdictions
of
Qualification

Tronox Incorporated    Corporation    Delaware    May 17, 2005    Oklahoma
Tronox Worldwide 1 LLC    Limited Liability Company    Delaware    October 1, 2002   

Louisiana

Oklahoma

   Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    June, 2012    N/A

 

1  

To be re-domiciled to Australia in June 2012.

 

4


Company

  

Type of

Organization

  

Jursidiction of

Organization

  

Date of

Organization

  

Jursidictions

of

Qualification

Triple S Refining Corporation    Corporation    Delaware    February 14, 1975   

Alabama

Arkansas

Florida

Illinois

Indiana

Iowa

Kansas

Kentucky

Louisiana

Minnesota

Mississippi

Missouri

Nebraska

New Mexico

North Dakota

Oklahoma

South Dakota

Tennessee

Texas

Virginia

Wisconsin

Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.    Corporation    Delaware    January 14, 1974    Texas

 

5


Company

  

Type of

Organization

  

Jursidiction of

Organization

  

Date of

Organization

  

Jursidictions

of

Qualification

Tronox LLC    Limited Liability Company    Delaware    November 17, 1997   

Alabama

Arkansas

California

Colorado

Florida

Georgia

Idaho

Illinois

Indiana

Kentucky

Louisiana

Mississippi

Missouri

Nevada

New Jersey

New York

N. Carolina

Ohio

Oklahoma

Oregon

Pennsylvania

Tennessee

Texas

W. Virginia

Wisconsin

Tronox Holdings, Inc.    Corporation    Delaware    May 6, 1985    N/A
Tronox Limited    Corporation    Australia    September 21,2011    N/A
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    International Business Company    Bahamas    May 16, 1991    Western Australia
Tronox US Holdings Inc.    Corporation    Delaware    December 28, 2011    N/A
Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    January 20, 2012    N/A
Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    January 20 2012    N/A
Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    January 12, 2012    N/A
Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    January 19, 2012    N/A

 

6


Company

  

Type of

Organization

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization

  

Date of

Organization

  

Jurisdictions

of

Qualification

Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    January 19, 2012    N/A
Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    December 8, 2011    N/A
Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    December 9, 2011    N/A
Tronox International Finance LLP    Limited Liability Partnership    United Kingdom    May 10, 2012    N/A
Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia       N/A
Tiwest Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    September 27, 1998    N/A
Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    September 8, 1995    N/A
Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    September 8, 1995    N/A
Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    January 31, 1984    N/A
Ticor Resources Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    March 1, 1982    N/A
Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    January 24, 1990    N/A
TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    March 6, 1985    N/A
Tific Pty. Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    February 26, 1985    N/A
Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    December 22, 1980    N/A
Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    September 30, 1988    N/A
Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    May 19, 1988    N/A

 

7


Company

  

Type of

Organization

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization

  

Date of

Organization

  

Jurisdictions

of

Qualification

Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    May 13, 1988    N/A
Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd    Proprietary Limited Company    Australia    May 19, 1988    N/A

 

e. The federal taxpayer identification number of each Company is:

 

Company

  

Federal Taxpayer Identification Number

Tronox Incorporated

   20-2868245

Tronox Worldwide LLC

   11-3663540 2

Triple S Refining Corporation

   73-0974954

Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.

   73-0960164

Tronox LLC

   41-2070700

Tronox Holdings, Inc.

   51-0284593

Tronox Limited

   98-1026700

Tronox Pigments Ltd.

   47-0934867

Tronox US Holdings Inc.

   45-4154060

Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited

   68-0682438

Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited

   72-1621945

Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited

   98-1034342

Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited

   None.

Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited

   98-1034346

Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited

   98-1034351

Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited

   98-1034353

Tronox International Finance LLP

   N/A

Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

   85 326 844

Tiwest Pty Ltd

   879 828 74

Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd

   80 635 780

Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd

   092 127 184

Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd

   82 639 862

Ticor Resources Pty Ltd

   83 105 046

Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd

   86 629 414

TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd

   82 995 246

Tific Pty. Ltd

   82 659 891

 

2  

To receive a new number in June, 2012 due to re-domiciliation.

 

8


Company

  

Federal Taxpayer Identification Number

Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    93 477 805
Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd    87 982 709
Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd    87 671 111
Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd    87 671 014
Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd    87 648 820

 

f. The organizational number of each Company is:

 

Company

  

Organizational Number

Tronox Incorporated    3970787
Tronox Worldwide LLC    3575442
Triple S Refining Corporation    0809676
Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.    0797861
Tronox LLC    2822045
Tronox Holdings, Inc.    2061208
Tronox Limited    153 348 111
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    5182
Tronox US Holdings Inc.    5087251
Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited    155 254 274
Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited    155 120 728
Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited    155 235 304
Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited    155 254 336
Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited    155 319 430
Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited    154 691 826
Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited    154 709 332
Tronox International Finance LLP    OC375032
Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    56 009 331 195
Tiwest Pty Ltd.    59 009 343 364
Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd    53 071 040 152
Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd    90 071 040 750
Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd    28 009 084 851
Ticor Resources Pty Ltd    27 002 376 847
Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd    58 008 659 363
TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd    50 009 124 181
Tific Pty. Ltd    69 009 123 451
Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    21 008 948 383
Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd    40 009 344 094
Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd    86 009 313 062
Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd    38 009 312 047
Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd    53 009 312 994

 

g. Reserved.

 

9


h. Except with respect to the Transaction Agreement or the Reorganization, during the preceding 5 year period, no Company has been a party to any merger, consolidation, stock acquisition or purchase of a substantial portion of the assets of any person or entity, except as follows (if none, so state):

Tronox Worldwide LLC purchased 6.04% of the shares in Tronox GmbH 12/10/2007

Tronox Worldwide LLC acquired 99.9% of Tronox Holdings Europe C.V. on 10/20/2010

Tronox Limited contributed 100% of its shares in Concordia Acquisition Corporation to Tronox US Holdings Inc. on 01/17/2012

Tronox Worldwide LLC sold its 6.04% ownership interest in Tronox GmbH and 100% of its shares in Tronox Luxembourg Holdings S.a.r.l. to Tronox Holdings Europe C.V. on January 17, 2012

Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd had temporary 96.1% ownership of the Kwinana Pigment Plant Expansion from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2011

 

2. LOCATIONS OF COMPANIES

 

a. The chief executive office of each Company is currently located at, and additional locations at which the Company maintains any books or records are at the following addresses (including county and ZIP code, to the extent applicable):

 

Company

  

Chief Executive Office

  

Additional Locations of Books and Records

Tronox Incorporated   

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901, USA

  

3301 N.W. 150 th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 USA

Tronox Worldwide LLC   

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901, USA

  

3301 N.W. 150 th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 USA

Triple S Refining Corporation   

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901, USA

  

3301 N.W. 150 th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 USA

Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.   

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901, USA

  

3301 N.W. 150 th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 USA

Tronox LLC   

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901, USA

  

3301 N.W. 150 th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 USA

560 West Lake Mead Drive,

Henderson, NV 89015 USA

40036 Tronox Road

Hamilton, MS 39746 USA

Tronox Holdings, Inc.   

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901, USA

  

3301 N.W. 150 th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 USA

 

10


Company

  

Chief Executive Office

  

Additional Locations of Books and Records

Tronox Limited   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

  

3301 N.W. 150 th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 USA

Tronox Pigments Ltd.   

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901, USA

  

3301 N.W. 150 th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 USA

Tronox US Holdings Inc.   

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901, USA

  

3301 N.W. 150 th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134 USA

Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tronox International Finance LLP   

7 Albemarle Street

London W1S 4HQ

United Kingdom

   None
Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tiwest Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None

 

11


Company

  

Chief Executive Office

  

Additional Locations of Books and Records

Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Ticor Resources Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tific Pty. Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None
Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd   

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Western Australia 6102

   None

 

b. During the past 5 years, the chief executive office of each Company has been located at the following additional addresses (including county and ZIP code):

All Tronox Legacy Companies:

One Leadership Square

211 N. Robinson, Suite 300

Oklahoma City, (Oklahoma County) OK 73102, USA

All Exxaro Legacy Companies

Level 2, 24 Outram Street, West Perth, Western Australia, 6005

 

12


c. The following are all of the locations where each Company maintains (or within the past four months has maintained) any equipment, inventory or other tangible personal property in excess of $100,000 (including county and ZIP code):

See attached Schedule 2(c)

 

d. The following are the names and addresses of all warehousemen, bailees, or consignees who have possession of any of the inventory in excess of $250,000 of each Company:

See attached Schedule 2(d)

 

e. The following are all the locations where each Company owns, leases or occupies any real property:

See attached Schedule 2(e)

 

3. SPECIAL TYPES OF COLLATERAL

 

a. The following are all of the registrations of and applications for patents, trademarks, servicemarks, and copyrights, owned by each Company or their subsidiaries:

See attached Schedule 3(a)

 

b. Any Company owns the following kinds of assets:

Stocks, bonds, or other securities (other than Cash Equivalents or its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries):

Yes   ¨     No   x             

Promissory notes, or other instruments or evidence of indebtedness (other than Intercompany Notes) in excess of $2,000,000 (or $5,000,000 in the aggregate) or Intercompany Notes in favor of such person:

Yes   x     No   ¨             

 

   

Master intercompany note in connection with Term Loan Agreement

 

   

Promissory Note, between Tronox Worldwide LLC and Tronox LLC as promisee in the amount of $67,326.16 maturing on Dec 31, 2013

 

   

Between Tronox Luxembourg, S.a r.l. and Tronox LLC as promisee in the amount of $293,787.37 maturing on Dec 31, 2013

 

   

Between Tronox Luxembourg S.a r.l. and Tronox LLC as promisee in the amount of $60,300,423.45 maturing on Dec 31, 2013

 

13


Leases of equipment, security agreements naming such person as secured party, or other chattel paper in excess of $2,000,000 (or $5,000,000 in the aggregate):

Yes   ¨     No   x             

If the answer is yes to any of the above, please provide a detailed description of such assets as well as copies of any recent certificates, agreements or other documents relating thereto.

 

c. The following are all banks, savings institutions, or other institutions at which each Company maintains deposit accounts or securities accounts:

See attached Schedule 3(c)

 

d. The following are all of the providers of credit card clearinghouse or credit card payment processing services to each Company.

None.

 

e. The following is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement) held by each Company, including a brief description thereof:

 

f. The following is a true and correct list of all Letters of Credit in favor of each Company, as beneficiary thereunder.

 

   

Irrevocable Standby Letter Of Credit Number IS00010420, for $400,000 issued March 7, 2012 to Ozark Materials, LLC for the benefit of Tronox, LLC

 

   

Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd operates a Letters of Credit arrangement for settlement of mineral sands debtors on an ‘as required’ basis. Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd is a beneficiary under LCs issued by third party customers to secure revenues arising from mineral sands product sales.

 

g. The following is a true and correct list of all motor vehicles (covered by certificates of title or ownership) valued at over $250,000 individually and owned by each Company, and the owner and approximate value of such motor vehicles.

 

4. OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANIES

 

a. Reserved.

 

14


b. Subject to the Transaction Summary, the following collectively own 100% of the equity interests of each Company:

 

Company

  

Owner

  

Ownership Percentage

Tronox Limited   

Class A Shares publivally listed (or to be publically listed) on the NYSE

 

Class B Shares held by Exxaro Sellers

  

100%

 

100%

Tronox Incorporated    Tronox US Holdings Inc.    100%
Tronox Worldwide LLC    Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Ltd    100%
Triple S Refining Corporation    Tronox Incorporated    100%
Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.    Triple S Refining Corporation    100%
Tronox LLC    Tronox Incorporated    100%
Tronox Holdings, Inc.    Tronox LLC    100%
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Tronox Worldwide LLC    100%
Tronox US Holdings Inc.    Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited    100%
Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited    Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited    100%
Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited    Tronox Incorporated    100%
Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited    Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited    100%
Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited    Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited    100%
Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited    Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited    100%
Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited    Tronox Limited    100%
Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited    Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited    100%
Tronox International Finance LLP   

Tronox Limited

 

Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited

  

1%

 

99%

Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Tronox Worldwide LLC    100%
Tiwest Pty Ltd   

Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

 

Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd

  

50%

 

50%

 

15


Company

  

Owner

  

Ownership Percentage

Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd (“ THAPL ”)   

Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited

 

Exxaro Sands Holdings BV (“ ESHBV ”) / Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Ltd (“ TPWA ”) 3

  

51%

    

49%

Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd    Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd.    100%
Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd    Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd    100%
Ticor Resources Pty Ltd    Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd    100%
Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd    Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd    100%
TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd    Ticor Resources Pty Ltd    100%
Tific Pty. Ltd    TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd    100%
Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd    100%
Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd    Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    100%
Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd    Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    100%
Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd    Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    100%
Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd    Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd    100%

 

3  

On or about June 20, 2012, ESHBV will distribute its shares in THAPL to TPWA and subsequently thereafter ESHBV will be liquidated.

 

16


5. OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES

 

a. The officers of each Company are as follows:

 

Company

  

Name and Title of Corporate

Officers

  

Board of Directors /

Managers

Tronox Incorporated   

Chief Executive Officer: Thomas Casey

 

Executive Vice President: John D. Romano

 

Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Chief Financial Officer: Daniel Greenwell

 

Vice President, Administration & Materials Procurement: Robert C. Gibney

 

Controller & Chief Accounting Officer: Edward G. Ritter

  

Michael J. Foster

Daniel Greenwell

John D. Romano

Tronox Worldwide LLC   

President: Robert C. Gibney

 

Vice President & Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Vice President: John D. Romano

 

Treasurer: Michael A. Smith

 

Asst. Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Robert C. Gibney

John D. Romano

Triple S Refining Corporation   

President: Robert C. Gibney

 

Vice President & Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Treasurer: Michael A. Smith

 

Asst. Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Robert C. Gibney

Michael A. Smith

 

17


Company

  

Name and Title of Corporate

Officers

  

Board of Directors /

Managers

Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.   

President: Robert C. Gibney

 

Vice President & Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Treasurer: Michael A. Smith

 

Asst. Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Robert C. Gibney

John Hatmaker

John D. Romano

Michael A. Smith

Tronox LLC   

President: Robert C. Gibney

 

Vice President & Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Vice President: John D. Romano

 

Treasurer: Michael A. Smith

 

Asst. Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Robert C. Gibney

John D. Romano

Tronox Holdings, Inc.   

President: Robert C. Gibney

 

Vice President & Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Treasurer: Michael A. Smith

 

Asst. Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Robert C. Gibney

John D. Romano

Tronox Limited   

Chief Executive Officer: Thomas Casey

 

Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer: Daniel Greenwell

 

Senior Vice President & President Pigment and Electrolytic Operations: John D. Romano

 

Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Company Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Senior Vice President Global Supply Chain & Chief Administrative Officer: Robert C. Gibney

 

Controller & Chief Accounting Officer: Edward G. Ritter

 

Senior Vice President & President

Mineral Sands: Trevor Arran

 

Senior Vice President & President Strategic Planning and Business Development: Willem van Niekerk

  

Tronox directors:

Thomas Casey

Andrew P. Hines

Wayne A. Hinman

Ilan Kaufthal

Jeffry N. Quinn

Logan Armstrong

 

Exxaro directors:

Daniel Blue

Wim de Klerk

Sipho Nkosi

 

18


Company

  

Name and Title of Corporate

Officers

  

Board of Directors /

Managers

Tronox Pigments Ltd.   

President: Robert C. Gibney

 

Vice President & Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Vice President: John D. Romano

 

Asst. Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

 

Treasurer: Michael A. Smith

  

Robert Kirton

Anthony M. Orrell

John D. Romano

Tronox US Holdings Inc.   

President: Michael J. Foster

 

Vice President: John D. Romano

 

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

   Michael J. Foster
Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited   

Secretary: Charles Baird

 

Secretary: Michael J. Foster

Public Officer: Anthony M. Orrell

Secretary: Matthew Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited   

Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Public Officer: Anthony M. Orrell

 

Secretary: Charles Baird

Secretary: Matthew Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited   

Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Public Officer: Anthony M. Orrell

 

Secretary: Charles Baird

Secretary: Matthew Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited   

Secretary: Charles Baird

 

Secretary: Michael J. Foster

Public Officer: Anthony M. Orrell

Secretary: Matthew Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited   

Secretary: Charles Baird

 

Secretary: Michael J. Foster

Public Officer: Anthony M. Orrell

Secretary: Matthew Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Tronox Global Holdings Pty    Secretary: Michael J. Foster    Michael J. Foster
Limited   

 

Public Officer: Anthony M. Orrell

 

Secretary: Charles Baird

Secretary: Matthew Paque

  

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

 

19


Company

  

Name and Title of Corporate

Officers

  

Board of Directors /

Managers

Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited   

Secretary: Michael J. Foster

 

Public Officer: Anthony M. Orrell

 

Secretary: Charles Baird

Secretary: Matthew Paque

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Tronox International Finance LLP    Designated Member: Tronox Global Holdings Pty Ltd   

Michael J. Foster

Representative of Tronox

Global Holdings Pty Ltd

   Designated Member: Tronox Limited   

Daniel D. Greenwell

Representative of Tronox Limited

Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Robert Kirton

John David Romano

Robert Charles Gibney

Tiwest Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Robert Kirton

Anthony M. Orrell

Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd.   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Ticor Resources Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Tific Pty. Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

 

20


Company

  

Name and Title of Corporate

Officers

  

Board of Directors /

Managers

Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd   

Secretary: Matthew A. Paque

Secretary: Kym Abbott

  

Michael J. Foster

Anthony M. Orrell

Daniel Davis Greenwell

 

b. The members of the Board of Directors and/or the Managers of each Company are:

See (a) above .

 

c. The individuals identified on incumbency certificates delivered to you at closing will have signatory powers as to all your transactions with each respective Company.

 

6. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

a. The Companies maintain or contribute to the listed benefit plans:

The Tronox Incorporated Retirement Plan;

Tronox Incorporated Defined Contribution Restoration Plan;

Tronox Incorporated Health and Protection Plan, which includes various medical, dental and vision plans, disability plans and life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans;

Employee Assistance Plan;

Vacation, sick, holiday pay and approved leaves of absence;

Tronox Incorporated Retiree Health and Protection Plan, which includes medical and life insurance coverage;

Tronox Incorporated Flexible Benefit Plan;

Business Travel Accident Insurance;

Tuition Assistance (suspended);

Adoption Assistance (suspended);

2005 Long Term Incentive Plan which provides stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciated rights and performance awards;

2011 Tronox Incorporated My Share Incentive Award Program; and

2010 Management Equity Plan

 

b. Reserved.

 

21


c. Reserved.

 

d. The Companies will be represented by the law firm of:

U.S. Counsel

 

Name of Firm:   Kirkland & Ellis LLP   
Address:   601 Lexington Avenue   
Phone Number:   212-446-4800   
Partner Handling Relationship:   Leonard Klingbaum   

 

e. The Certified Public Accountants for the Companies is/are the firm of:

 

Name of Firm:   Grant Thornton LLP   
Address:   211 N. Robinson Avenue, Suite 1200 Oklahoma City, OK 73102   
Phone Number:   405-415-3550   

 

f. The following firm(s) provides insurance services for the Companies:

 

Name of Firm:   Marsh USA Risk & Insurance Services Inc.   
Address:   15 West South Temple, Suite 700
Salt Lake City, UT 84101
  
Phone Number:   801-533-3643   

 

g. The Companies fiscal year end is: December 31

 

h. Schedule 6(h) provides the following information for any current indebtedness of any Company that is to be paid off at the closing of the proposed financing: each creditor’s name and the approximate amount of such indebtedness to be paid off. To the extent available, copies of all applicable documents related to such indebtedness are provided herewith.

 

i. Reserved.

 

j. Reserved.

 

22


By the execution and delivery hereof, we hereby represent and warrant to you that all of the foregoing information is true, correct, and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof.

 

Very truly yours,

SOUTHWESTERN REFINING COMPANY

TRIPLE S REFINING CORPORATION

TRONOX HOLDINGS, INC.

TRONOX INCORPORATED

TRONOX LLC

TRONOX WORLDWIDE LLC

TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Signature page to Perfection Certificate]


SIGNED by

     )         
     )         

as attorney for

     )         
TRONOX AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS      )         
PTY LIMITED (ACN 155 254 274)      )         
TRONOX AUSTRALIA PIGMENTS      )         
HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED (ACN 155      )         
120 728)      )         
TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS PTY      )         
LIMITED (ACN 154 691 826)      )         
TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348      )         
111)      )         
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA      )         
HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED (ACN 155         
235 304)         
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA         
PTY LIMITED (ACN 155 254 336)         
TRONOX PIGMENTS WESTERN         
AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED (ACN         
155 319 430)         
TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY         
LIMITED (ACN 154 709 332)         
TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA         
PTY LTD (ACN 009 331 195) under         

power of attorney dated

        

in the presence of:

        
     

 

By executing this agreement the attorney states that the attorney has received no notice of revocation of the power of attorney

  

 

Signature of witness

        

 

Name of witness (block letters)

        

[Signature page to Perfection Certificate]


TRONOX INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LLP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature page to Perfection Certificate]


TRONOX PIGMENTS LTD
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature page to Perfection Certificate]


SCHEDULE 2(c)

Locations of equipment, inventory and tangible property

 

Location

  

Grantor

Tronox LLC

3301 NW 150th Street

Oklahoma City, OK 73134

   Tronox LLC

Tronox LLC

560 West Lake Mead

Henderson, NV 89015

United States

   Tronox LLC

Tronox LLC

40036 Tronox Road

Hamilton, MS 39746

United States

   Tronox LLC

ANRO WAREHOUSE

4770 Hwy 162

Hollywood, SC 29449

USA

   Tronox LLC

Springs Global U.S., Inc.

205 N. White Street

Fort Mill, SC 29715

   Tronox LLC

CSX Transflow Warehouse

1 Exchange Street Extension

Albany, NY 12205

USA

   Tronox LLC

Filkins Warehouse

3 Riverview Drive

Lenox Dale, MA 01242

USA

   Tronox LLC

Warehouse Specialists, Inc.

2743 Thompson Creek Rd

Pomona, CA 91767

USA

   Tronox LLC

Bushnell Warehouse Corp.

2950 N.W. 29th Avenue

Portland, OR 97210

USA

   Tronox LLC

Warehouse

130 W. Edgerton Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53207

USA

   Tronox LLC

S & J Warehouse

40935 Old Hwy 45 South

Lackey, MS 39730

USA 39730

   Tronox LLC

 

27


Location

  

Grantor

Port City Logistics

600 Expansion Blvd.

Savannah, GA 31407

   Tronox LLC

Rock Transfer & Storage, Inc.

130 W. Edgerton Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53207

   Tronox LLC

All locations described in Sections 2(a) , (d)  and (e)  are incorporated herein by reference.

Foreign

 

Grantor

  

Foreign Warehouse

  

Address

   Postal
Code
  

City

   State    Country
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Alfons greiwing gmbh    Dubliner str 2    47229    Duisburg       DE
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Greiwing kwinana    Dubliner str. 2    47229    Duisburg    DE    DE
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Alfons greiwing gmbh    Dubliner str 2    47229    Duisburg       DE
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Korea plant warehouse    303-4 sanmak-dong yang san    Na    Kyungnam       KR
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    OOCL Logistics    65 Chulia Street    49513    Singapore       SG
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Melbourne warehouse    35-37 tullamarine park road    3043    Tullamarine    VIC    AU
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    8ocl warehouse       79906    Singapore       SG
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Singapore plant warehouse    Port road, #06-31/33 jurong    619115    Singapore       SG
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    8sng warehouse    31 jurong port road    619115    Singapore       SG
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Linfox Logistics (NZ) Ltd.    PO Box 36016 Moera       Wellington       NZ
Tiwest Pty Ltd    Cooljarloo Mine    Brand Highway    6507    Cataby    WA    AU
   Chandala Processing Plant    Lot M1261, Brand Highway    6501    Muchea    WA    AU
Tiwest Pty Ltd, Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd    Kwinana Pigment Plant    Mason Road    6167    Kwinana    WA    AU
Tiwest Pty Ltd    Henderson Warehouse    Russell and Rockingham Roads    6166    Henderson    WA    AU
   Bunbury Warehouse, Birth 8 Inner Harbor    Leschenault Road    6983    Bunbury    WA    AU
Tiwest Pty Ltd, Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd      

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

   6102    Bentley    WA    AU

 

28


Schedule 2(d)

Locations of Inventory on Consignment

 

Company

 

Address

  

City

  

State/Prov

  

Zip Code

  

Country

Tronox LLC   400 S 13th Street    Louisville    KY    40203    US
Tronox LLC   1020 Olympic Drive    Batavia    IL    60510    US
Tronox LLC   10800 South 13    Oak Creek    WI    53154    US
Tronox LLC   14800 Emery Avenue    Cleveland    OH    44135    US
Tronox LLC   3530 Lang Road    Houston    TX    77092    US
Tronox LLC   500 Pittsburgh Avenue    McCarran    NV    89434    US
Tronox LLC   760 Pittsburgh Drive    Delaware    OH    43015    US
Tronox LLC   10 Plum Street    Verona    PA    15147    US
Tronox LLC   1377 Oak Leigh Drive    East Point    GA    30344    US
Tronox LLC   1886 Lynnbury Woods Rd    Dover    DE    19904    US
Tronox LLC   2150 West Sandlake Road    Orlando    FL    32809    US
Tronox LLC   2802 West Miller Road    Garland    TX    75041    US
Tronox LLC   6595 South Main Street    Morrow    GA    30260    US
Tronox LLC   224 Catherine Street    Fort Erie    ON    L2A 5M9    CA
Tronox LLC   725 Raco Drive    Lawrenceville    GA    30045    US
Tronox LLC   14 Industrial Park    Flora    IL    62839    US
Tronox LLC   630 E 13th Street    Andover    KS    67002    US
Tronox LLC   2325 Hollins Ferry Rd    Baltimore    MD    21230    US
Tronox LLC   404 E Mallory Avenue    Memphis    TN    38109    US
Tronox LLC   1025 Howard Street    Greensboro    NC    27403    US
Tronox LLC   145 Caldwell Drive    Cincinnati    OH    45216    US
Tronox LLC   2373 Lena Landegger Highway    Perdue Hill    AL    36478    US
Tronox LLC   1 Buckeye Road    Perry    FL    32348    US

 

29


Company

 

Address

  

City

  

State/Prov

  

Zip Code

  

Country

Tronox LLC   27270 US Highway 80 West    Demopolis    AL    36732    US
Tronox LLC   Highway 4, Near Rohwer    McGehee    AR    71654    US
Tronox LLC   3131 E First Street    Maryville    MO    64468    US
Tronox LLC   2331 Carl Drive    Asheboro    NC    27203    US
Tronox LLC   Bldg 5, Unit 36 /1449 Middlesex St    Lowell    MA    1851    US
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Vitalisstrasse 198-226    Koeln       50827    DE
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Divisione Wood /Via Sprangaro 1    Peseggia di Scorze       30030    IT
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Tyne & Wear, Felling/Stonegate Lane    Gateshead       NE10 OJY    UK
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   56 Rue de L’Agriculture    Monbrison       42600    FR
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Woodside Dunmow/Bishops Stortford    Hertfordshire       CM23 5RG    UK
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Instrie Stelz,Kirchberg/Beschichtungspulver    Wil       9500    CH
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Waldhaeuser Strasse 41    Aalen       73432    DE
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Ul. Wolkowyska 32    Poznan       61-132    PL
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Ctra.Gracia a Manresa KM 19.2    Rubi Barcelona       8191    ES
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Usine de Genlis /Zi du Layer Voie Romaine    Genlis       2111110    FR
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Strada Stalale 87 KM 16, 460 Stabilmento di Calvano    Calvano       80023    IT
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Tweemonstraat 104    Deurne       2100    BE
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Camino Romeral, S/N    Castellon       12004    ES
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Estrade Nacional No 1    Albergaria-A-Velha       3850    PT
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   P O Box 5160    Brendale    QLD    4500    AU
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   9-15 Radford Road    Reservoir    VIC    3073    AU
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   Philip Highway    Elizabeth    Adelaide    5112    AU
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   25 King Edward Road    Osborne Park    WA    6017    AU
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   CNR Johnstone & South Pine Road    Brendale    QLD    4500    AU
Tronox Pigments Ltd.   35 Alfred Road    Chipping Norton    NSW    2170    AU

 

30


Company

  

Address

  

City

  

State/Prov

  

Zip
Code

  

Country

Tronox Pigments Ltd.    15-21 Nukuwatu Street    Lami          Fiji
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    Aircorps Road    Lae       411    PG
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    137 Diana Drive    Auckland       622    NZ
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    25 Euston Street    Rydalmere    NSW    2701    AU
Tronox LLC    1404 Lowell Street    Elyria    OH    44035    US
Tronox LLC    4403 A Pasadena Freeway (Highway 225W)    Pasadena    TX    77051    US
Tronox LLC    3100 North 35th Street    Terra Haute    IN    47803    US
Tronox LLC    6595 South Main Street    Morrow    GA    30260    US
Tronox LLC    11700 S. Cottage Grove    Chicago    IL    60628    US
Tronox LLC    404 East Mallory Ave    Memphis    TN    38109    US
Tronox LLC    224 Catherine Street    Fort Erie    ON    L2A 5M9    Canada

All warehouse names and addresses on Schedule 2(c) are incorporated herein by reference. No consignee holds inventory in excess of $10M of each Company.

 

31


Schedule 2(e)

Owned Real Property

 

1. Oklahoma City Oklahoma, 3301 NW 150th Street, approximately 83 acre site used for a Technical Centre and owned by Tronox LLC.*

 

2. Hamilton, Mississippi, 40401 Highway 45, also described as 40036 Tronox Road, approximately 2754.09 acre site used for a Pigment Plant, owned by Tronox LLC.*

 

3. Hamilton, Mississippi, 40401 Highway 45, also described as 40036 Tronox Road, approximately 47.91 acre site used for an Electrolytic Plant, owned by Tronox LLC.*

 

4. Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 1643 Folio 532 in relation to Melbourne Location 3750 (Original) dated
May, 18 1983.
 

 

5. Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 1980 Folio 817 in relation to portion of Melbourne Location 3906 (Original x 1, Duplicate x 1) dated November 11, 1993.

 

6. Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 1845 Folio 479 in relation to portion of Swan Location 1352 and being Lot M1261 the subject of Diagram 5326 (Original) dated October 13, 1989.

 

7. Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 1833 Folio 381 in relation to portion of Melbourne Location 941 and being Lot 102 the subject of Diagram 75608 (Original) dated April 6, 1989.

 

8. Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 2170 Folio 746 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 48 (Duplicate) dated November 23, 1999.  

 

9. Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1894 Folio 902 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 36 (Original) dated April 30, 1991.

 

10. Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1891 Folio 091 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 38 (Original) dated dated April 30, 1991.

 

11. Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1891 Folio 077 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 44 (Original) dated May 7, 1991.

 

12. Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1891 Folio 073 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 46 (Original) dated May 7, 1991.

 

13. Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 1891 Folio 072 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 50 (Original) dated April 30, 1991.

 

32


14. Western Australia, Crown Grant (Certificate of Title) Volume 2079 Folio 841 in relation to Dandaragan Lot 58 (Original) dated April 4, 1997.

 

15. Western Australia, Certificate of TItle Volume 2151 Folio 260 in relation to Cockburn Location 244, Lot 22 Mason Road.

 

* These locations to be covered by Mortgages pursuant to Section 5.14(a) of the Credit Agreement.

Leased Real Property

 

Property Location

  

Lessee

  

Landlord

560 West Lake Mead Drive, Henderson, NV 89015    Tronox LLC    LE Petomane XXVII, Inc. 4
Lot 100 on Plan 22963 being the land compromised on Certificate of Title Volume 2165 Folio 606    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    The State of Western Australia acting through the Minister for Lands, a body corporate under the Land Administration Act 1997 care of Department of Regional Development and Lands (“Western Australia”)
Lot 101 on Plan 22963 being the land compromised on Certificate of Title Volume 2165 Folio 607    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia
Lot 11248 on Plan 189272, Chittering, Volume LR3121 Folio 696 dated November 17, 2000    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia
Part of Western Australia, Certificate of Title Volume 2151 Folio 260 in relation to Cockburn Location 244, Lot 22 Mason Road    Coogee Chlor Alkali Pty Ltd    Tiwest Pty Ltd
Part Level 2, 24 Outram Street, West Perth, WA, 6005    Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd (f/k/a Ticor Ltd)    Hossean Pourzand and Jenny Maria Pourzand
Special Lease 3116/10319 (Crown Lease No 152/1989) in relation to Dandaragan Lot 48    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia

 

4  

Not individually but solely in its representative capacity as the trustee of the Nevada Environmental Response Trust.

 

33


Special Lease 3116/10385 (Crown Lease No 134/1990) in relation to Swan Location 11248    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia
Crown Lease No 152/1989    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd    Western Australia
Lot 22 the subject of Diagram 88339, Part Volume 2103 Folio 147    Electricity Generation Corporation, trading as Verve    Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd
Cockburn Sound Location P13, Part Volume 2054 Folio 502    Tiwest Pty Ltd    Container Handlers Pty Ltd
Cockburn Sound Location P13 and P14, Part Volume 2054 Folio 502 and Part Volume 1929 Folio 11    Tiwest Pty Ltd    Container Handlers Pty Ltd

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bently, Western Australia 6102

   Tiwest Pty Ltd    Rednall Nominees Pty Ltd

Henderson Warehouse

Russell and Rockinghame Roads

Henderson, Western Australia 6166

   Tiwest Pty Ltd    ISPT Pty Ltd

Bunbury Warehouse

Birth 8 Inner Harbor

Leschenault Road

Bunbury, Western Australia 6983

   Tiwest Pty Ltd    Bunbury Port Authority

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Blvd.

Stamford, CT 06901

USA

   Tronox LLC   

Four Stamford Plaza Owner LLC

c/o RFR Realty

263 Tresser Blvd.

Stamford, CT 06901

 

34


TENEMENTS

G = General Purpose Lease

 

Tenement ID

  

Holders

  

Encumbrances

  

Location

Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd and Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

  

G 70/88

  

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

 

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

 

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/89

  

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

 

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

 

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/90

  

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

 

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

 

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/165

  

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

 

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

 

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/166

  

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

 

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

 

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/167

  

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

 

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

 

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

G 70/168

  

YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD (48/96)

 

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (48/96)

  

Mortgage 370376 (over Tronox shares) – mortgagees: Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

 

Mortgage 370382 (over Yalgoo shares) – mortgagees: Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd; Tiwest Pty Ltd

  

Lot M1261

Brand Highway

Muchea WA 6501

Australia

 

35


Schedule 3(a)

Patents owned by each Company or their subsidiaries

 

Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
0989-B   US   08/452226   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING PRODUCTION OF TIO2   5/26/1995   5556600   9/17/1996   Issued   TRONOX LLC
940   US   07/866705   DURABLE PIGMENT   4/10/1992   5203916   4/20/1993   Issued   TRONOX LLC
955   US   08/905706   GRAFT POLYMERIZED METAL OXIDE COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS   8/4/1997   5777001   7/7/1998   Issued   TRONOX LLC
964   US   08/156743   TITANIUM DIOXIDE DISPERSIBILITY   11/24/1993   5332433   7/26/1994   Issued   TRONOX LLC
985   CN   95190048.X   ZIRCONIUM SILICATE GRINDING MEDIUM   1/24/1995   ZL95190048.X   1/9/1999   Issued   TRONOX LLC
989   AU   78955/94   METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING PRODUCTION OF TiO2   11/22/1994   678301   11/22/1994   Issued   TRONOX LLC
989   EP   94308631.4   METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING PRODUCTION OF TiO2   11/23/1994   654446   3/24/1999   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1026   US   08/540116   METHOD OF PREPARING Li1+xMn2-x04 FOR USE AS SECONDARY BATTERY ELECTRODE   10/6/1995   5702679   12/30/1997   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1041   AU   37269/97   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   7/24/1997   716808   6/22/2000   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1041   DE   97934143-5   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   7/24/1997   852568   6/7/2000   Filed   TRONOX LLC
1041   EP   97934143.5   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   7/24/1997   852568   6/7/2000   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1041   GB   9734143-5   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   7/24/1997   852568   6/7/2000   Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

36


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
1041   NL   9734143-5   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   7/24/1997   852568   6/7/2000   Filed   TRONOX LLC
1041   TW   86110624   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   7/25/1997   NI-112040   2/18/2002   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1041   US   08/687280   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   7/25/1996   5840112   11/24/1998   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1047   US   09/640598   METHODS OF EXTRACTING LIQUID HYDROCARBON CONTAMINANTS FROM UNDERGROUND   8/17/2000   6413016   7/2/2002   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1057   US   10/261617   REACTOR AND PROCESS FOR REDUCING EMISSIONS OF CO AND NOx   9/30/2002   7175821   2/13/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1060   AU   765967   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/20/1999   765967   1/21/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1060   BR   P9917004-3   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/20/1999       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1060   EP   99966482.4   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/20/1999       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1060   GE   2001004437   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/20/1999   3412   12/20/1999   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1060   JP   2000-589762   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/20/1999       Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

37


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
1060   KR   10-2001-7007776   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/20/1999   610596   8/2/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1060   TW   88122117   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/16/1999   NI-153784   4/21/2002   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1060   US   09/217168   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/21/1998   6214198   4/10/2001   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1060   VE   2517-99   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/20/1999       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1060   ZA   2001/3667   METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE   12/20/1999   2001/3667   12/20/1999   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062   AU   66088/00   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/26/2000   756041   4/17/2003   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062   BE   953679.8   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/26/2000   7/26/2000   7/26/2000   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062   CN   810857.9   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/26/2000   810857.9   3/15/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062   DE   953679.8   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/26/2000   60045599-8   2/2/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

38


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
1062   EP   953679.8   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/26/2000       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1062   GB   953679.8   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/26/2000   1228002   2/2/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062   MX   PA/a/2002/000904   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/26/2000   251655   11/21/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062   NL   953679.8   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/26/2000   1228002   2/2/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062   TW   89114920   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/26/2000   NI156462   6/1/2002   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062   US   09/361003   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   7/27/1999   6350427   2/26/2002   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062-B   US   09/822565   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID PARTICLES   3/30/2001   6835361   12/28/2004   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1064   US   09/408043   ATHODE INTERCALATION COMPOSITIONS PRODUCTION METHODS AND RECHARGEABLE LITHIUM BATTERIES CONTAININ   9/29/1999   6248477   6/19/2001   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1067   AU   2001295046   PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AND COOLING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/17/2001   2001295046   2/24/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1067   BE   1975754.1   PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AND COOLING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/17/2001   1326804   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

39


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
1067   CN   18157734   PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AND COOLING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/17/2001   ZL01815773.4   4/20/2005   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1067   DE   1975754.1   PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AND COOLING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/17/2001   60143902-3   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1067   EP   1975754.1   PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AND COOLING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/17/2001       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1067   GB   1975754.1   PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AND COOLING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/17/2001   1326804   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1067   NL   1975754.1   PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AND COOLING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/27/2001   1326804   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1067   TW   90122995   PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AND COOLING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/19/2001   NI203768   6/21/2004   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1067   US   09/664334   PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AND COOLING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/18/2000   6419893   7/16/2002   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1069   US   09/519538   PROCESS FOR REMOVING DISSOLVED URANIUM FROM WATER   3/6/2000   6419832   7/16/2002   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1076   US   09/774441   STABILIZED SPINEL BATTERY CATHODE MATERIAL   1/31/2001   6558844   5/6/2003   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1081   AU   2003297555   DENSIFICATION OF AERATED POWDERS USING POSITIVE PRESSURE   11/21/2003   2003297555   9/16/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1081 Div   AU   2010201780  

DENSIFICATION OF AERATED

POWDERS USING POSITIVE

PRESSURE

  5/5/2010       Issued   TRONOX LLC
1081   CN   200380105826.4   DENSIFICATION OF AERATED POWDERS USING POSITIVE PRESSURE   11/21/2003   200380105826.4   9/12/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1081   EP   3814633.8   DENSIFICATION OF AERATED POWDERS USING POSITIVE PRESSURE   11/21/2003       Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

40


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
1081   PC   PCT/US03/037448   DENSIFICATION OF AERATED POWDERS USING POSITIVE PRESSURE   11/21/2003       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1081   TW   92132931   DENSIFICATION OF AERATED POWDERS USING POSITIVE PRESSURE   11/24/2003   I271356   1/21/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1082   AU   2004215401   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MAKING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   2/23/2004   2004215401   4/8/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1082   CN   200480003812.6.5   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MAKING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   2/23/2004   200480003812-6   5/28/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1082   EP   4713732.8   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MAKING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   2/23/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1082-A   EP   10013090.5   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MAKING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   2/23/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1082-B   EP   10013091.3   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MAKING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   2/23/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1082   TW   93103923   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MAKING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   2/18/2004   NI255295   5/21/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1082   US   10/374266   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MAKING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   2/25/2003   7182931   2/27/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1088   AU   2003294476   CIRCUMFERENTIAL AIR KNIFE AND APPLICATIONS   11/21/2003   2003294476   1/8/2009   Filed   TRONOX LLC
1088   BE   3789961.4   CIRCUMFERENTIAL AIR KNIFE AND APPLICATIONS   11/21/2003   1569736   2/9/2011   Filed   TRONOX LLC
1088   CN   200380105444-1   CIRCUMFERENTIAL AIR KNIFE AND APPLICATIONS   11/21/2003   200380105444-1   11/21/2003   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1088   DE   3789961.4   CIRCUMFERENTIAL AIR KNIFE AND APPLICATIONS   11/21/2003   60336007-6   2/9/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1088   EP   3789961.4   CIRCUMFERENTIAL AIR KNIFE AND APPLICATIONS   11/21/2003   1569736   2/9/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1088   GB   3789961.4   CIRCUMFERENTIAL AIR KNIFE AND APPLICATIONS   11/21/2003   1569736   2/9/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1088   NL   3789961.4   CIRCUMFERENTIAL AIR KNIFE AND APPLICATIONS   11/21/2003   1569736   2/9/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1088   TW   92132910   CIRCUMFERENTIAL AIR KNIFE AND APPLICATIONS   11/24/2003   I268803   12/21/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1088   US   10/318796   CIRCUMFERENTIAL AIR KNIFE AND APPLICATIONS   12/13/2002   6752858   6/22/2004   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

41


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
1089   CN   200380110124-5   PRODUCTION OF SLURRY PRODUCT FROM MICRONIZER TAILS   11/21/2003   200380110124-5   8/13/2008   Filed   TRONOX LLC
1089   US   10/400376   PRODUCTION OF SLURRY PRODUCT FROM MICRONIZER TAILS   3/27/2003   6699317   3/2/2004   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1090   AU   2005236428   LIQUID FUEL INJECTION   3/23/2005   2005236428   10/21/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1090   CN   200580012219-2   LIQUID FUEL INJECTION   3/23/2005   200580012219-2   12/2/2009   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1090   DE   05731479-1   LIQUID FUEL INJECTION   3/23/2005   1733170   6/18/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1090   EP   5731479.1   LIQUID FUEL INJECTION   3/23/2005   1733170   6/18/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1090   GB   05731479-1   LIQUID FUEL INJECTION   3/23/2005   1733170   6/18/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1090   NL   05731479-1   LIQUID FUEL INJECTION   3/23/2005   1733170   6/18/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1090   TW   94109849   LIQUID FUEL INJECTION   3/29/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1090   US   10/821641   LIQUID FUEL INJECTION   4/9/2004   7150416   12/19/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1094   US   10/666625   FLUID BARRIERS   9/18/2003   6851896   2/8/2005   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1095   AU   2008246295   INJECTOR ASSEMBLY   3/20/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1095   CN   200880014665-0   INJECTOR ASSEMBLY   3/20/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1095   EP   8727020.3   INJECTOR ASSEMBLY   3/20/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1095   JP   2010-506190   INJECTOR ASSEMBLY   3/20/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1095   MY   PI20094596   INJECTOR ASSEMBLY   3/20/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1095   SG   200906878-4   INJECTOR ASSEMBLY   3/20/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1095   TW   97112890   INJECTOR ASSEMBLY   4/9/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1095   US   11/799875   INJECTOR ASSEMBLY   3/20/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1097   AU   2004280455   CHANGING FLUID FLOW DIRECTION   8/30/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1097   CN   200480027695-7   CHANGING FLUID FLOW DIRECTION   8/30/2004   200480027695-7   6/10/2009   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1097   DE   4782590.6   CHANGING FLUID FLOW DIRECTION   8/30/2004   602004014515-7   6/18/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1097   EP   4782590.6   CHANGING FLUID FLOW DIRECTION   8/30/2004   1668258   6/18/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1097   GB   4782590.6   CHANGING FLUID FLOW DIRECTION   8/30/2004   1668258   6/18/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1097   NL   4782590.6   CHANGING FLUID FLOW DIRECTION   8/30/2004   1668258   6/18/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1097   RU   2006113368   CHANGING FLUID FLOW DIRECTION   8/30/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

42


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
1097   TW   93127048   CHANGING FLUID FLOW DIRECTION   9/7/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1097   US   10/670981   CHANGING FLUID FLOW DIRECTION   9/25/2003       Filed   TRONOX LLC
1098   US   10/789212   GAS SEPARATION APPARATUS AND METHODS   2/27/2004   7115157   10/3/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2002   AU   2004242111   METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GAS PRODUCED BY A TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR   5/12/2004   2004242111   1/7/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2002   CN   200480013506-0   METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GAS PRODUCED BY A TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR   5/12/2004   200480013506-0   2/13/2008   Filed   TRONOX LLC
2002   DE   04752003-6   METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GAS PRODUCED BY A TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR   5/12/2004   602004004651-5   2/7/2007   Filed   TRONOX LLC
2002   EP   4752003.6   METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GAS PRODUCED BY A TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR   5/12/2004   1625351   2/7/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2002   FR   04752003-6   METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GAS PRODUCED BY A TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR   5/12/2004   1625351   2/7/2007   Filed   TRONOX LLC
2002   GB   04752003-6   METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GAS PRODUCED BY A TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR   5/12/2004   1625351   2/7/2007   Filed   TRONOX LLC
2002   NL   04752003-6   METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GAS PRODUCED BY A TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR   5/12/2004   1625351   2/7/2007   Filed   TRONOX LLC
2002   TW   93111367   METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GAS PRODUCED BY A TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR   4/23/2004   NI241403   10/11/2005   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

43


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing Date   Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2002   US   10/440702   METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GAS PRODUCED BY A TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR   5/19/2003   7183114   2/27/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2003   US   10/743077   HIGH VOLTAGE LAMINAR CATHODE MATERIALS FOR LITHIUM RECHARGEABLE BATTERIES   12/23/2003   7238450   7/3/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2007   AU   2004280456   LINER WEAR DETECTION   8/31/2004   2004280456   7/9/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2007   CN   200480027247-7   LINER WEAR DETECTION   8/31/2004   200480027247   5/14/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2007   DE   4782636.7   LINER WEAR DETECTION   8/31/2004   602004014396-0   6/11/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2007   EP   4782636.7   LINER WEAR DETECTION   8/31/2004   1676073   6/11/2008   Filed   TRONOX LLC
2007   GB   4782636.7   LINER WEAR DETECTION   8/31/2004   1676073   6/11/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2007   NL   4782636.7   LINER WEAR DETECTION   8/31/2004   1676073   6/11/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2007   TW   93127046   LINER WEAR DETECTION   9/7/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2007   US   10/670586   LINER WEAR DETECTION   9/25/2003   6962434   11/8/2005   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2010   AU   2004280457   PIPING ELBOW LINERS   8/31/2004   2004280457   7/9/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2010   CN   200480027921-1   PIPING ELBOW LINERS   8/31/2004   200480027921-1   5/7/2008   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2010   EP   4782688.8   PIPING ELBOW LINERS   8/31/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2010   TW   93127044   PIPING ELBOW LINERS   9/7/2004   NI-1328662   8/11/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2010   US   10/670653   PIPING ELBOW LINERS   9/25/2003   6994117   2/7/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2021   AU   2005245362   SCOUR MEDIA FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   4/29/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2021   CN   200580014014-8   SCOUR MEDIA FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   4/29/2005   200580014014-8   9/2/2009   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2021   EP   5779225.1   SCOUR MEDIA FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   4/29/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2021   TW   94114322   SCOUR MEDIA FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   5/3/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2022   AU   2004324174   IMPROVED METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONCENTRATING A SLURRY   10/15/2004   2004324174   7/9/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2022   CN   200480044605-5   IMPROVED METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONCENTRATING A SLURRY   10/15/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

44


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing Date   Patent
Number
  Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2022   EP   4795306.2   IMPROVED METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONCENTRATING A SLURRY   10/15/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2022   US   10/590090   IMPROVED METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONCENTRATING A SLURRY   10/15/2004   7285225   10/23/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2043   AU   2005332085   FLUID MIXING APPARATUS AND METHOD   5/20/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2043   CN   200580049785-0   FLUID MIXING APPARATUS AND METHOD   5/20/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2043   EP   5783931.8   FLUID MIXING APPARATUS AND METHOD   5/20/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2043   US   11/915010   FLUID MIXING APPARATUS AND METHOD   5/20/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2046   US   11/126941   PERCHLORATE REMOVAL FROM SODIUM CHLORATE PROCESS (Electrolytic/Hamilton)   5/11/2005   7250144   7/31/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2048   AU   2006241051   PRODUCTION OF TIITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE USING A FLUIDIZED BEST REACTOR   4/26/2006       Filed   TRONOX
WORLDWIDE
LLC
2059   AU   2005336980   METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE PARTICLE SIZE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCED BY THE CHLORIDE PROCESS   9/16/2005   2005336980   6/2/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2059   CN   200580052053-7   METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE PARTICLE SIZE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCED BY THE CHLORIDE PROCESS   9/16/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2059   BE   5796757.2   METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE PARTICLE SIZE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCED BY THE CHLORIDE PROCESS   9/16/2005   1943190   11/9/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

45


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing Date   Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2059   DE   5796757.2   METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE PARTICLE SIZE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCED BY THE CHLORIDE PROCESS   9/16/2005   602005024723-8   11/9/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2059   EP   5796757.2   METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE PARTICLE SIZE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCED BY THE CHLORIDE PROCESS   9/16/2005   1943190   11/9/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2059   HK   91202838.3   METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE PARTICLE SIZE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCED BY THE CHLORIDE PROCESS   9/16/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2059   JP   2008-531067   METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE PARTICLE SIZE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCED BY THE CHLORIDE PROCESS   9/16/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2059   NL   5796757.2   METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE PARTICLE SIZE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCED BY THE CHLORIDE PROCESS   9/16/2005   1943190   11/9/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2059   US   12/067091   METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE PARTICLE SIZE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCED BY THE CHLORIDE PROCESS   3/17/2008   7854917   12/21/2010   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2075   AU   2007243591   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/4/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2075   BE   7754900.4   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/26/2007   2010684   9/28/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

46


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2075   CN   2009-80015020.4   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/26/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2075   DE   7754900.4   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/26/2007   602007017534   9/28/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2075   EP   7754900.4   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/26/2007   2010684   9/28/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2075   NL   7754900.4   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/26/2007   2010684   9/28/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2075   HK   9106112.1   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/4/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2075   JP   2009-507695   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/4/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2075   PC   PCT/US07/008461   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/4/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2075   GB   7754900.4   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/26/2007   2010684   9/28/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2075   TW   96110816   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   3/28/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

47


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2075   US   11/412816   IMPROVED HANDLING OF WASTE SOLIDS FROM THE CHLORINATION OF TITANIUM-BEARING ORES   4/27/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2089   AU   2006295235   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/25/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2089   CN   200680034316-6   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/25/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2089   DE   06802364-7   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/25/2006   190743   4/8/2009   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2089   EP   6802364.7   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/25/2006   194073   4/8/2009   Filed   TRONOX LLC
2089   FR   06802364-7   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/25/2006   190743   4/8/2009   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2089   GB   06802364-7   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/25/2006   190743   4/8/2009   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2089   HK   914583.6   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/25/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2089   JP   2008-5322238   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/5/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2089   NL   06802364-7   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/25/2006   190743   4/8/2009   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2089   PC   PCT/US06/033319   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/25/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2089   TW   95131903   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   8/30/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

48


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2089   US   11/234996   SCOUR MEDIUM FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   9/26/2005       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2095   AU   2006351884   AN IMPROVED JET FOR USE IN A JET MILL MICRONIZER   12/14/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2095   CN   200680056641-2   AN IMPROVED JET FOR USE IN A JET MILL MICRONIZER   12/14/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2095   EP   6845418   AN IMPROVED JET FOR USE IN A JET MILL MICRONIZER   12/14/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2095   JP   2009-541277   AN IMPROVED JET FOR USE IN A JET MILL MICRONIZER   12/14/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2095   MY   PI20092366   AN IMPROVED JET FOR USE IN A JET MILL MICRONIZER   12/14/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2095   PC   PCT/US06/047707   AN IMPROVED JET FOR USE IN A JET MILL MICRONIZER   12/14/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2095   SG   200903961-1   AN IMPROVED JET FOR USE IN A JET MILL MICRONIZER   12/14/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2095   TW   96145433   AN IMPROVED JET FOR USE IN A JET MILL MICRONIZER   11/29/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2095   US   12/518867   AN IMPROVED JET FOR USE IN A JET MILL MICRONIZER   6/11/2009       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2099   AU   2007277440   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   6/28/2007   2007277440   8/25/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2099   BE   7796548.1  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING TITANIUM

DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  6/28/2007   2052036   4/13/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2099   CN   200780031490.X   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   6/28/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2099   DE   7796548.1  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING TITANIUM

DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  6/28/2007   20110622   4/13/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2099   EP   7796548.1   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   6/28/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2099   GB   7796548.1  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING TITANIUM

DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  6/28/2007   2052036   4/13/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

49


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2099   NL   7796548.1  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING TITANIUM

DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  6/28/2007   2052036   4/13/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2099   JP   2009-521749   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   6/28/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2099   PC   PCT/US07/15041   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   6/28/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2099   SG   200900526-5   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   6/28/2007   149558   11/15/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2099   TW   96124907   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   7/9/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2106   TW   96130745   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURE OF ORGANOSILICON COMPOUND-TREATED PIGMENTS   8/20/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2106   US   11/516157  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURE OF

ORGANOSILICON COMPOUNDTREATED

PIGMENTS

  9/6/2006   7250080   7/31/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2110   AU   2007320043   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2110   CN   200780042056-1   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2110   EP   7839675.1   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2110   BE   7839675.1   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007   2092024   5/25/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2110   DE   7839675.1   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007   602007014893.6   5/25/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2110   GB   7839675.1   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007   2092024   5/25/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2110   NL   7839675.1   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007   2092024   5/25/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2110   IT   7839675.1   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007   2092024   5/25/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2110   FI   7839675.1   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007   2092024   5/25/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2110   ES   7839675.1   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007   2092024   5/25/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2110   JP   2009-536233   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2110   MY   PI 20091918   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2110   PC   PCT/US2007/22255   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

50


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2110   SG   200903240-0   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   10/18/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2110   TW   96141482   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   11/2/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2110   US   11/598309   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENT   11/13/2006   7935753   5/3/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2112   AU   2007297813   PROCESS FOR MAKING PIGMENTARY TITANIUM DIOXIDE   8/20/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2112   CN   200780034626-2   PROCESS FOR MAKING PIGMENTARY TITANIUM DIOXIDE   8/20/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2112   EP   7837049.1   PROCESS FOR MAKING PIGMENTARY TITANIUM DIOXIDE   8/20/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2112   JP   2009-528229   PROCESS FOR MAKING PIGMENTARY TITANIUM DIOXIDE   8/20/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2112   PC   PCT/US07/18369   PROCESS FOR MAKING PIGMENTARY TITANIUM DIOXIDE   8/20/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2112   SG   200901781-5   PROCESS FOR MAKING PIGMENTARY TITANIUM DIOXIDE   8/20/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2112   TW   96130890   PROCESS FOR MAKING PIGMENTARY TITANIUM DIOXIDE   8/21/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2112   US   11/522702   PROCESS FOR MAKING PIGMENTARY TITANIUM DIOXIDE   9/18/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2113   AU   2007322294   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   10/15/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2113   BE   7839595.1  

PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING

ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  10/15/2007   2094791   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

51


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2113   CN   200780042447-3   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   10/15/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2113   DE   7839595.1  

PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING

ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  10/15/2007   602007012143-4   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2113   EP   7839595.1   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   10/15/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2113   ES   7839595.1  

PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING

ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  10/15/2007   2094791   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2113   FI   7839595.1  

PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING

ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  10/15/2007   2094791   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2113   GB   7839595.1  

PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING

ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  10/15/2007   2094791   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2113   IT   7839595.1  

PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING

ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  10/15/2007   2094791   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2113   JP   2009-537146   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   10/15/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

52


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2113   MY   PI20092000   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   10/15/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2113   NL   7839595.1  

PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING

ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  10/15/2007   2094791   1/19/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2113   PC   PCT/US07/22059   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   11/16/2006       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2113   SG   200903242-6   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   10/15/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2113   TW   96141871   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   11/6/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2113   US   11/600643   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZIRCONIA-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   11/16/2006   7238231   7/3/2007   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2118   AU   2008248294   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING CO-PRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDE-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   4/25/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2118   CN   200880014618.6   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING CO-PRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDE-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   4/25/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC

 

53


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
2118   EP   8743324.9   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING CO-PRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDE-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   4/25/2008   2142605   7/20/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2118   DE   8743324.9  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING COPRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDETREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  4/25/2008   602008008384.5   7/20/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2118   NL   8743324.9  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING COPRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDETREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  4/25/2008   2142605   7/20/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2118   GB   8743324.9  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING COPRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDETREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  4/25/2008   2142605   7/20/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2118   FI   8743324.9  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING COPRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDETREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  4/25/2008   2142605   7/20/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2118   ES   8743324.9  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING COPRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDETREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  4/25/2008   2142605   7/20/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2118   IT   8743324.9  

IMPROVED PROCESS FOR

MANUFACTURING COPRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDETREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS

  4/25/2008   2142605   7/20/2011   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

54


Co #

  C/J  

App No

 

Title

  Filing
Date
 

Patent Number

  Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner

2118

  JP   2010-506281   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING CO-PRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDE-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   4/25/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC

2118

  MY   PI20094359   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING CO-PRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDE-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   4/25/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC

2118

  PC   8743324.9   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING CO-PRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDE-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   4/25/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC

2118

  SG   200906865-1   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING CO-PRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDE-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   4/25/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC

2118

  TW   97116402   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING CO-PRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDE-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   4/25/2008       Filed   TRONOX LLC

2118

  US   11/799876   IMPROVED PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING CO-PRECIPITATED MIXED OXIDE-TREATED TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   5/3/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC

0941D

  US   08/451896   ATTENUTATION OF POLYMER SUBSTRATE DEGRADATION DUE TO ULTRA   5/26/1995   5571855   11/5/1996   Issued   TRONOX LLC

0985-A

  CN   95191549.5   ZIRCONIUM SILICATE GRINDING METHOD AND MEDIUM   12/8/1995   ZL 95191549.5   1/8/2003   Issued   TRONOX LLC

0985-A

  US   08/359219   ZIRCONIUM SILICATE GRINDING METHOD AND MEDIUM   12/19/1994   5544817   8/13/1996   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

55


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
  Owner
0989-A   US   08/390190   METHOD FOR ENHANCING PRODUCTION OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE   2/17/1995   5573744   11/12/1996   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1011-A   US   08/807732   PIGMENT PROCESS FOR DURABLE PIGMENTS   2/27/1997   5976237   11/2/1999   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1024A   US   08/926167   TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENTS   9/9/1997   6139617   10/31/2000   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1026-A   US   08/815558   METHOD OF PREPARING Li1+xMn2-x04 FOR USE AS SECONDARY BATTERY ELECTRODE   3/12/1997   5874058   2/23/1999   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1040-B   US   09/131259   PROCESS FOR SEPARATING RADIOACTIVE AND HAZARDOUS METAL CONTAMINANTS FROM   8/7/1998   6102053   8/15/2000   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1041-A   US   08/887649   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   7/3/1997   6207131   3/27/2001   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1041-A RE   US   10/389636   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TITANIUM DIOXIDE   3/14/2003   RE39068   4/18/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1060-A   US   09/610821   HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE AND METHODS OF   7/6/2000   6638401   10/28/2003   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1060-C   US   09/745519   HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE AND METHODS OF   12/22/2000   6527941   3/4/2003   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1060-C   TW   90126180   HIGH DISCHARGE CAPACITY ELECTROLYTIC MANGANESE DIOXIDE AND METHODS OF   10/23/2001   NI-172943   3/1/2003   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1062-B   US   09/822565   PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR REACTING GASEOUS REACTANTS CONTAINING SOLID   3/30/2001   6835361   12/28/2004   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1081-A   US   10/802244   DENSIFICATION OF AERATED POWDERS USING POSITIVE PRESSURE   3/17/2004   6843282   1/18/2005   Issued   TRONOX LLC

 

56


Co #

  C/J   App No  

Title

  Filing
Date
  Patent Number   Issue Date   Case
Status
 

Owner

1081-B   US   10/949691   DENSIFICATION OF AERATED POWDERS USING POSITIVE PRESSURE   9/23/2004   7114533   10/3/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
1089-A   US   10/614424   TITANIUM DIOXIDE SLURRIES   7/7/2003   6981666   1/3/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2021-A   US   11/187470   SCOUR MEDIA FOR TITANIUM DIOXIDE PRODUCTION   5/4/2004       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2026-A   US   10/935003   SURFACE-TREATED PIGMENTS   9/7/2004   6958091   10/25/2005   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2027-AA   US   11/166472   SURFACE-TREATED PIGMENTS   8/30/2004   7011703   3/14/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2030-A   US   10/935001   SURFACE TREATED PIGMENTS   9/7/2004   7138011   11/21/2006   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2031-A   US   10/934983   SURFACE-TREATED PIGMENTS   9/7/2004   6946028   9/20/2005   Issued   TRONOX LLC
2099-A   US   11/983345   PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENT   11/8/2007       Filed   TRONOX LLC
2120   US             Preliminary  
2129   US   13/044297   [NOT PUBLISHED]   3/9/2011       Pending  
2130   US             Preliminary  
2131   US   13/337839   [NOT PUBLISHED]   11/27/2011       Pending  
  AU   2000072404   SEPARATION OF ZIRCON FROM ALUMINOSILICATES   12/19/2000   776607   1/6/2005   Issued   K.M.C.C. Western Australia Pty Ltd; Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd
  AU   1997042830   SEPARATION OF ZIRCON FROM ALUMINOSILICATES   10/24/1997   725713   2/1/2001   Issued   K.M.C.C. Western Australia Pty Ltd; Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd

 

57


Trademarks Owned by Each Company or their subsidiaries

 

Jurisdiction

 

Mark

 

Appln. No./Date

   Registration No./Date    Registered Owner
US   TRONA   72024025
2/8/1957
   651632
9/16/1957
   Tronox LLC
US   TRONOX   72156853
11/8/1962
   769354
5/12/1964
   Tronox LLC
South Korea   KERR-MCGEE PIGMENTS   40-2001-0049155
11/8/2001
   40054436500000
4/3/2003
   Tronox LLC
South Korea  

KM

LOGO

 

  40-2001-0049158
11/8/2001
   4005532920000
7/9/2003
   Tronox LLC
South Korea   KMP   40-2001-0049157
11/8/2001
   4005443660000
4/3/2003
   Tronox LLC
South Korea   TRONOX   40-2001-0049154
11/8/2001
   4005443640000
4/3/2003
   Tronox LLC
US   TRONA      651,632
9/17/1957
   Tronox LLC
US   TRONOX      769,354
5/12/1964
   Tronox LLC

 

58


Jurisdiction

  Mark   Appln. No./Date   Registration No./Date   Registered Owner
Australia   HIPO2L Design

LOGO  

  999133
4/22/2004
  999133
4/22/2004
  Tronox Worldwide LLC
Australia   TRONOX   894021
11/2/2001
  894021
11/2/2001
  Tronox Worldwide LLC
Brazil   TRONOX   825510651
5/19/2003
  825510651
8/25/2009
  Tronox Worldwide LLC
Brazil   TRONOX   825510643
5/19/2003
  825510643
1/26/2010
  Tronox Worldwide LLC
Canada   TRONOX   112696700
1/2/2002
  TMA595603
11/24/2003
  Tronox Worldwide LLC
China   CR-828

LOGO  

  3594918
6/16/2003
  3594918
9/14/2005
  Tronox Worldwide LLC
China   CR-828

LOGO  

  3594919
6/16/2003
  3594919
4/21/2005
  Tronox Worldwide LLC
China   TENUO

LOGO  

  3594920
6/16/2003
  3594920
3/28/2005
  Tronox Worldwide LLC

 

59


Jursidiction

  

Mark

  

Appln. No./Date

  

Registration No./Date

  

Registered Owner

   LOGO         
China    TENUO
   3594921
6/16/2003
   3594921
4/21/2005
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
China    TRONOX    3594922
6/16/2003
   3594922
3/28/2005
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
China    TRONOX    3594923
6/16/2003
   3594923
4/21/2005
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
CTM   

HIPO2L Design

LOGO

   3803211
4/22/2004
   3803211
8/12/2005
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
CTM    TRONOX    256677
5/23/1996
   256677
3/2/1999
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
France    TRONOX    INPI 937076
6/27/1988
   N 1473382
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
Japan    TRONOX    2002-006321
1/30/200
   4629619
12/13/2002
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
Japan    TRONOX    2001-098486
11/2/2001
   4607924
9/27/2002
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
Mexico    HIPO2L    653009
4/22/2004
   847129
8/17/2004
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
Mexico    TRONOX    527274
1/11/2002
   751652
6/26/2002
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
New Zealand    LOGO    711353
4/22/2004
   711353
12/9/2004
   Tronox Worldwide LLC

 

60


Jursidiction

  

Mark

  

Appln. No./Date

  

Registration No./Date

  

Registered Owner

New Zealand    TRONOX    648046
11/5/2001
   648046
6/10/2002
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
Poland   

HIPO2L Design

LOGO

   279622
4/21/2004
   279622
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
South Korea    HIPO2L Design
   40-2004-0017810
4/21/2004
   4006158140000
4/26/2005
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
Switzerland    HIPO2L    1590/2004
4/30/2004
   524714
   Tronox Worldwide LLC
Switzerland    TRONOX    12/2002
1/3/2002
   P-497911
4/17/2002
   Tronox Worldwide LLC

Copyrights Owned by Each Company or their subsidiaries

 

Title

  

Registration No.

  

Registration Date

  

Registered Owner

GENIE2K/NUTRANL COMPUTER PROGRAM    TX5474632    3/19/01    Tronox Worldwide LLC
GENIE2K/NUTRANL OPERATION MANUAL    TX5361537    3/19/01    Tronox Worldwide LLC

 

61


Schedule 3(c)

Deposit and Securities Accounts

 

Grantor

  

Bank Name

  

Account Number

  

Purpose

Tronox LLC    Citibank    40008808    General
   Citibank    38558173    Controlled Disbursing
   Bank of Oklahoma    187554    General
   Bank of Oklahoma    804579201    Payroll
   JP Morgan Chase    5907632    General
   JP Morgan Chase    23850    Lockbox
   Wells Fargo    2000147704416    Lockbox
   Royal Bank of Canada    1747401    CAD Lockbox
   Cadence Bank    0801035    local fees / local payroll
   Wells Fargo    0832402358    local fees / local payroll
   Wells Fargo    4122150527    General
   Wells Fargo    4122150501    Lockbox
   Wells Fargo    9600148753    Controlled Disbursing
Tronox Pigments Ltd.    JP Morgan Chase    5750547    General
   JP Morgan Chase    5758424    Check Disbursement
   JP Morgan Chase    77012201    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012202    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012204    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012205    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012211    Collection
   JP Morgan Chase    77012212    Collection
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    016263-837375437    Collection

 

62


Grantor

  

Bank Name

  

Account Number

  

Purpose

   Australia and New Zealand Bank    016263-837375445    local fees / local payroll
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    010505018489600    local fees / local payroll
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    867689USD00001    local fees / local payroll
   Australia and New Zealand Bank    867697USD00001    Collection

Tronox Worldwide LLC

   Citibank    38726253    Controlled Disbursing
   Citibank    30815972    General
   Wells Fargo    9600148753    Controlled Disbursing

Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd (Yalgoo) 5 *

   Westpac Banking Corporation   

WBCA 034002 991560

WBCUS 034702 495904

   General

Tiwest Sales Pty Ltd*

   Westpac Banking Corporation   

WBCA 036037 316521

WBCA 034002 903436

WBCUS 034702 612445

   General

Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd*

   Australia and New Zealand Banking Group   

016498-835538458

236315USD00001

   General

Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd*

   Australia and New Zealand Banking Group    8318-03154    General

Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd 6 *

   National Australia Bank Limited    634494815    General

Tiwest Pty Ltd*

   Westpac Banking Corporation    WBCA 034002 903428    General
   Westpac Banking Corporation    WBCA 036106 116866    local fees / local payroll
   Westpac Banking Corporation    WBCA 036043 272473    local fees / local payroll
   Westpac Banking Corporation    WBCA 036000 907344    local fees / local payroll
   Westpac Banking Corporation    WBCUS 034702 616024    General

Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia and New Zealand Bank    016263-837375453    General
   Citibank    40708724    General

 

5  

In the name of Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd.

6  

In the name of Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd.

 

63


Grantor

  

Bank Name

  

Account Number

  

Purpose

Tiwest Pty Ltd*

   Westpac Banking Corporation    034002 903428    AUD current general
   Westpac Banking Corporation    034702 616024    USD current general
      036106 116866    Mine local fees / local payroll
  

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

   036043 272473    Chandala local fees / local payroll
      034702 616024    Kwinana local fees / local payroll

 

* To be joined post-Closing in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

64


Schedule 6(h)

Indebtedness to be Paid Off

Credit Agreement dated February 14, 2011 between, inter alia , Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC as lender and Tronox LLC as borrower

 


EXHIBIT L-2

[Form of]

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE SUPPLEMENT

[Provided under separate cover]

 

L-2-1


EXHIBIT L-2

TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

Form of

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE SUPPLEMENT

This Perfection Certificate Supplement, dated as of                     , 20    , is delivered pursuant to that certain Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement dated as of June [    ], 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement ”), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (“ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party hereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Bo r rowers ;” and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who became party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (together with the Borrowers, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Companies ,” and each, a “ Company ”), the Lenders, UBS Securities LLC, as Arranger, as Documentation Agent and as Syndication Agent, UBS Loan Finance LLC, as Swingline Lender, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Issuing Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders and as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Australian Security Trustee.

The undersigned hereby certifies, on behalf of itself and the other Companies, to the Administrative Agents that, as of the date hereof, there has been no change in the information described in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date [as supplemented on                     ,     20    ] (the “ Prior Perfection Certificate ”) [other than as follows].

 

1. THE COMPANIES . Except as listed on Schedule 1(a) through 1(h) attached hereto and made a part hereof:

 

a. The full and correct name of each Company (exactly as it appears in its respective articles of incorporation or other organizational document) is set forth in Schedule 1(a) to the Prior Perfection Certificate.

 

b. Set forth in Schedule 1(b) to the Prior Perfection Certificate are any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had since November 30, 2010.

 

c. Set forth in Schedule 1(c) to the Prior Perfection Certificate is a list of trade name(s) and or trade style(s) used by each Company during the past five years.

 

d. Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(d) to the Prior Perfection Certificate, was incorporated, formed or organized on the date listed thereon and under the laws of the jurisdiction disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(d) to the Prior Perfection Certificate and is in good standing (to the extent formed in a jurisdiction outside the U.S., to the extent applicable) in such jurisdiction except to the extent disclosed in Schedule 1(d) to the Prior Perfection Certificate.


e. Set forth in Schedule 1(e) to the Prior Perfection Certificate is the federal taxpayer identification number of each Company.

 

f. Set forth in Schedule 1(f) to the Prior Perfection Certificate is the organizational identification number of each Company.

 

g. [Reserved]

 

h. Set forth in Schedule 1(h) to the Prior Perfection Certificate is any Company that has been a party to any merger, consolidation, stock acquisition or purchase of a substantial portion of the assets of any person or entity.

 

2. CURRENT LOCATIONS . Except as listed on Schedule 2(a) through 2(e) , attached hereto and made a part hereof:

 

a. Set forth in Schedule 2(a) to the Prior Perfection Certificate is the current address of the chief executive office of each Company, and additional locations at which the Company maintains any books or records (including county and ZIP code, to the extent applicable).

 

b. Set forth in Schedule 2(b) to the Prior Perfection Certificate are the additional addresses at which the chief executive office of each Company has been located in the past 5 years.

 

c. Set forth in Schedule 2(c) to the Prior Perfection Certificate are all of the locations where each Company maintains (or within the past four months has maintained) any equipment, inventory or other tangible personal property in excess of $500,000 (including county and Zip code).

 

d. Set forth in Schedule 2(d) to the Prior Perfection Certificate are the names and addresses of all warehousemen, bailees, or consignees who have possession of any of the inventory in excess of $500,000 of each Company.

 

e. Set forth in Schedule 2(e) to the Prior Perfection Certificate are all of the locations where each Company owns, leases or occupies any real property.

 

3. SPECIAL TYPES OF COLLATERAL . Except as listed on Schedule 3(a) through 3(g) attached hereto and made a part hereof:

 

a. Set forth in Schedule 3(a) to the Prior Perfection Certificate are all of the registrations of and applications for patents, trademarks, servicemarks, and copyrights, owned by each Company or their subsidiaries.

 

b. Set forth in Schedule 3(b) to the Prior Perfection Certificate are any stocks, bonds, or other securities owned by any company (other than Cash Equivalents or of its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries). Set forth in Schedule 3(b) to the Prior Perfection Certificate promissory notes, or other instruments or evidence of indebtedness (other than Intercompany Notes) in excess of $2,000,000 (or $5,000,000 in aggregate) or Intercompany Notes owned by any Company in favor of such Company. Set forth in Schedule 3(b) to the Prior Perfection Certificate are any leases of equipment, security agreements naming such persons as secured party or, any other chattel paper in excess of $2,000,000 (or $5,000,000 in the aggregate) owned by any Company.

 

c. Set forth in Schedule 3(c) to the Prior Perfection Certification are all banks, savings institutions, or other institutions at which each Company maintains deposit accounts or securities accounts.

 

-2-


d. Set forth in Schedule 3(d) to the Prior Perfection Certification are all of the providers of credit card clearinghouse or credit card payment processing services to each Company.

 

e. Set forth in Schedule 3(e) to the Prior Perfection Certification is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement) held by each Company, including a brief description thereof.

 

f. Set forth in Schedule 3(f) to the Prior Perfection Certification is a true and correct list of all Letters of Credit in favor of each Company, as beneficiary thereunder.

 

g. Set forth in Schedule 3(g) to the Prior Perfection Certification is a true and correct list of all motor vehicles (covered by certificates of title or ownership) valued at over $250,000 individually and owned by each Company, and the owner and approximate value of such motor vehicles.

 

4. OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANIES . Except as listed on Schedule 4(a) through 4(b) , attached hereto and made a part hereof:

 

a. [Reserved]

 

b. Set forth in Schedule 4(b) to the Prior Perfection Certification are the persons or companies who collectively own 100% of the equity interests of each Company.

 

5. OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES . Except as listed on Schedule 5(a) through 5(b) attached hereto and made a part hereof:

 

a. Set forth in Schedule 5(a) to the Prior Perfection Certification are all of the officers of each Company.

 

b. Set forth in Schedule 5(b) to the Prior Perfection Certification are all of the members of the Board of Directors and/or the Managers of each Company.

 

c. [Reserved]

 

6. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION . Except as listed on Schedule 6(a) through 6(j) attached hereto and made a part hereof:

 

a. Set forth in Schedule 6(a) to the Prior Perfection Certification are all of the pension plans that the Companies maintains or contributes to.

 

b. [Reserved]

 

c. [Reserved]

 

d. Set forth in Schedule 6(d) is the law firm that represents the Companies in connection with the Credit Agreement.

 

e. Set forth in Schedule 6(e) to the Prior Perfection Certification are the Certified Public Accountants for the Companies.

 

f. Set forth in Schedule 6(f) to the Prior Perfection Certification are the firms that provide insurance services for the Companies.

 

-3-


g. Set forth in Schedule 6(g) to the Prior Perfection Certification is the fiscal year end of the Companies.

 

h. [Reserved]

 

i. [Reserved]

 

j. [Reserved]

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank]

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate Supplement as of the date of delivery set forth above.

 

[                    ]
By:    
 

Name:

Title: [Financial Officer]


[Attach Relevant Schedules]

 

-6-


EXHIBIT M-1

[Form of]

U.S. SECURITY AGREEMENT

[Provided under separate cover]

 

M-1-1


EXHIBIT M-2

[Form of]

AUSTRALIAN GENERAL SECURITY DEED

[Provided under separate cover]

 

M-2-1


EXHIBIT M-3

[Form of]

AUSTRALIAN SPECIFIC SECURITY DEED

[Provided under separate cover]

 

M-3-1


EXHIBIT M-4

[Form of]

U.K. DEBENTURE

[Provided under separate cover]

 

M-4-1


EXHIBIT N

[Intentionally omitted]

 

N-1


EXHIBIT O

[Form of]

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

[DATE]

I, the undersigned, [financial officer] of Tronox Limited (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited liability company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”), DO HEREBY CERTIFY on the date hereof on behalf of Holdings and its Subsidiaries that:

1. This Certificate is furnished pursuant to Section 4.01(h) of the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall be as defined in the Credit Agreement.

2. Each of the Borrowers and each other Australian Subsidiary that is a Material Entity (after giving effect to rights of contribution) is, and Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are, and immediately following the consummation of the Transactions and immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of each Loan on the date hereof, will be, Solvent.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

O-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as of the date first written above.

 

TRONOX LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title: [Financial Officer]

 

O-2


EXHIBIT P

[Form of]

INTERCOMPANY NOTE

 

mm/dd/yyyy    New York, New York

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned entities listed on the signature page 23 hereto as a Payor and any entity becoming a party hereto by executing a counterpart signature hereto, in each case to the extent a borrower from time to time (each, in such capacity, a “ Payor ”), hereby promises to pay on demand to the order of each of the undersigned entities listed on the signature page hereto as a Payee and each entity becoming a party hereto by executing a counterpart signature hereto, in each case to the extent a lender to any Payor from time to time (each, in such capacity, a “ Payee ”), as the case may be, in lawful money of the United States of America, or such other currency as may be agreed between the applicable Payor and Payee, in immediately available funds, at such location as a Payee shall from time to time designate, the unpaid principal amount of all indebtedness for borrowed money incurred by such Payor to such Payee. Each Payor promises also to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of all such indebtedness for borrowed money in like money at said location from the date of incurrence of such indebtedness until paid at such rate per annum as shall be agreed upon from time to time by such Payor and such Payee.

This note (“ Note ”) is an Intercompany Note referred to in the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

23  

Signature pages to be updated if necessary

 

P-6


Each Payee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral Agent may exercise all rights provided in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement with respect to this Note.

Anything in this Note to the contrary notwithstanding, the indebtedness for borrowed money evidenced by this Note among Holdings and its Subsidiaries or among Holdings’ Subsidiaries shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, to all Obligations of such Payor that is a Credit Party, if any, under the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, where applicable, under such Payor’s guarantee (if any) of the Obligations under the Credit Agreement (such Obligations under the Credit Agreement, including interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any proceedings referred to in clause (i) below, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in such proceeding, being hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Senior Indebtedness ”) until the repayment in full of all Senior Indebtedness and the termination of any commitments to lend thereunder:

(i) in the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, and any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceedings in connection therewith, relative to any Payor or to its creditors, as such, or to its property, and in the event of any proceedings for voluntary liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of such Payor, whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, then (x) the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Senior Indebtedness before any Payee is entitled to receive (whether directly or indirectly), or make any demands for, any payment on account of this Note (excluding demands by the Collateral Agent exercising its rights under any collateral assignment of the rights of such Payees) and (y) until the holders of Senior Indebtedness are paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Senior Indebtedness, any payment or distribution to which such Payee would otherwise be entitled under this Note shall be made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness;

(ii) if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to any Senior Indebtedness and the Payor has received written notice from the Administrative Agent, then, except as required by applicable law, no payment or distribution of any kind or character shall be made by the Payor that is a Credit Party with respect to this Note to any Person that is not a Credit Party or that is not the Administrative Agent; and

(iii) if any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, in respect of this Note shall (despite these subordination provisions) be received by any Payee in violation of clause (i) or (ii) before all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness (or their representatives) in a manner to be determined by the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, no present or future holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be prejudiced in its right to enforce the subordination of this Note by any act or failure to act on the part of any Payor or by any act or failure to act on the part of such holder or any trustee or agent for such holder. Each Payee and each Payor hereby agree that the subordination of this Note (if applicable to such Payee and Payor) is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Collateral Agent may proceed to enforce the subordination provisions herein.

 

P-2


Nothing contained in the subordination provisions set forth above is intended to or will impair, as between each Payor and each Payee, the obligations of such Payor to pay to such Payee the principal of and interest on this Note as and when due and payable in accordance with its terms, or is intended to or will affect the relative rights of such Payee and other creditors of such Payor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN THIS NOTE AND THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT WILL GOVERN.

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWER AND PAYEE HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

Each Payee is hereby authorized to record all indebtedness for borrowed money evidenced hereby and advances made by it to any Payor (all of which shall be evidenced by this Note), and all repayments or prepayments thereof, in its books and records, such books and records constituting prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information contained therein.

Each Payor hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

Additional Payors and Payees may become parties to this Note by executing a counterpart signature page to this Note. Upon delivery of such counterpart signature page, notice of which is waived by all parties hereto, such Payor or Payee, as the case may be, shall become a party hereto as fully as if it were an original signatory hereto. Each Payor agrees that its obligations under or evidenced by this Note shall not be diminished or impaired by the addition of an additional Payor. Any party executing a counterpart signature page to this Note will become both a Payor and a Payee hereunder.

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

P-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and at the place first written above.

As Payors

 

TRONOX PIGMENTS (NETHERLANDS) B.V.
TRONOX INCORPORATED
TRONOX WORLDWIDE LLC
TRIPLE S REFINING CORPORATION
SOUTHWESTERN REFINING COMPANY, INC.
TRONOX LLC
TRONOX HOLDINGS, INC.
TRONOX HOLDINGS EUROPE C.V.
TRONOX PIGMENTS LTD.
CONCORDIA ACQUISITION CORPORATION
CONCORDIA MERGER CORPORATION
TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

P-4


As Payors:            
SIGNED, SEALED AND       )              
DELIVERED by       )      
      )      
as attorney for       )      
TRONOX AUSTRALIA       )      
PIGMENTS HOLDINGS PTY       )      
LTD       )      
TRONOX PIGMENTS       )      
AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY       )      
LTD       )      
TRONOX PIGMENTS       )      
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD       )      
TRONOX PIGMENTS       )      
WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY       )      
LIMITED       )      
TRONOX LIMITED       )      
TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS       )      
PTY LIMITED       )      
TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS       )      
PTY LIMITED       )      
TRONOX AUSTRALIA       )      
HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED       )      
TRONOX WESTERN       )      
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD       )      
under power of attorney dated       )      
      )      
in the presence of:       )      
      )      
      )      

 

      )      
Signature of witness       )   

 

  
      )    By executing this deed the attorney   

 

         states that the attorney has received   
Name of witness (block letters)          no notice of revocation of the power   
         of attorney   

 

P-5


EXECUTED BY TRONOX

INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LLP:

      

 

   

 

  
Signature of Director     Signature of Director/Secretary   

 

   

 

  
Name     Name   

 

P-6


EXECUTED BY TRONOX

PIGMENTS LIMITED:

     

 

   

 

 
Signature of Director     Signature of Director/Secretary  

 

   

 

 
Name     Name  

 

P-7


As Payor:

 

Tronox Pigments Singapore Pte Ltd.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

P-8


As Payees:

 

TRONOX PIGMENTS (NETHERLANDS) B.V.

TRONOX INCORPORATED

TRONOX WORLDWIDE LLC

TRIPLE S REFINING CORPORATION

SOUTHWESTERN REFINING COMPANY, INC.

TRONOX LLC

TRONOX HOLDINGS, INC.

TRONOX HOLDINGS EUROPE C.V.

TRONOX PIGMENTS LTD.

CONCORDIA ACQUISITION CORPORATION

CONCORDIA MERGER CORPORATION

TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

P-9


As Payees:            
SIGNED, SEALED AND       )              
DELIVERED by       )      
      )      
as attorney for       )      
TRONOX AUSTRALIA       )      
PIGMENTS HOLDINGS PTY LTD       )      
TRONOX PIGMENTS       )      
AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LTD       )      
TRONOX PIGMENTS       )      
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD       )      
TRONOX PIGMENTS       )      
WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY       )      
LIMITED       )      
TRONOX LIMITED       )      
TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS       )      
PTY LIMITED       )      
TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS       )      
PTY LIMITED       )      
TRONOX AUSTRALIA       )      
HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED       )      
TRONOX WESTERN       )      
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD       )      
under power of attorney dated       )      
      )      
in the presence of:       )      
      )      
      )      
      )      
      )      

 

      )      
Signature of witness       )   

 

  
      )    By executing this deed the attorney   

 

         states that the attorney has received   
Name of witness (block letters)          no notice of revocation of the power   
         of attorney   

 

 

P-10


EXECUTED BY TRONOX

INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LLP:

      

 

   

 

  
Signature of Director     Signature of Director/Secretary   

 

   

 

  
Name     Name   

 

P-11


EXECUTED BY TRONOX

PIGMENTS LIMITED:

      

 

   

 

  
Signature of Director     Signature of Director/Secretary   

 

   

 

  
Name     Name   

 

P-12


As Payee:

 

Tronox Pigments Singapore Pte Ltd.
By:  

 

 
Name:    
Title:    

 

P-13


EXHIBIT Q

[Form of]

NON-BANK CERTIFICATE

[Date]

Reference is made to the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among TRONOX INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial U.S. Borrowers ”), TRONOX LIMITED (ACN 153 348 111), an Australian public limited company incorporated in the Commonwealth of Australia (“ Holdings ”) and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, as Australian Borrowers and Guarantors (collectively, the “ Initial Australian Borrowers ”; and together with the Initial U.S. Borrowers and any Additional Co-Borrowers who become party thereto, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as lead arranger (in such capacity, “ Arranger ”), as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”) and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Australian security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Australian Security Trustee ”).

The undersigned is not (i) a “bank” (as such term is used in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)), (ii) a “10 percent shareholder” of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and no payments in connection with the Loan Documents are effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

[signature page follows]

 

Q-1


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

 
  Name:  
  Title:  
[ADDRESS]

 

Q-2


EXHIBIT R

[Form of]

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

[Provided under separate cover]

 

R-1


EXHIBIT S

[Form of]

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

[Provided under separate cover]

 

S-1


EXHIBIT T

UK BORROWER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

At the request of the Administrative Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties shall amend the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement to add one or more Borrowers organized under the laws of the UK and incorporate the following terms:

 

1. UK Borrower : a Subsidiary of Holdings organized under the laws of the UK (the “ Proposed UK Borrower ”).

 

2. Availability Currencies : dollars and euros.

 

3. Aggregate Borrowing Base : the sum of (a) the lesser of (i) the sum of the Australian Borrowing Base plus the UK Borrowing Base; and (ii) the lesser of (x) $125.0 million and (y) 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time; plus (b) the Dutch Borrowing Base; plus (c) the U.S. Borrowing Base.

 

4. UK Borrowing Base : subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.21, an amount equal to the sum (expressed in dollars, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof) of, without duplication, the lesser of:

 

  (a) (i)       the book value of the UK Eligible Accounts multiplied by the advance rate of 85%; minus

 

  (ii) any UK Reserves then in effect established from time to time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion; and

 

  (b) the lesser of, (i) $125.0 million and (ii) 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time.

The UK Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent with such adjustments as the Administrative Agent deems appropriate, in its Permitted Discretion to correct errors, to implement Reserves or to adjust for fluctuations in the currency exchange rate relating to assets comprising the UK Borrowing Base.

 

5. UK Eligible Accounts : the eligibility criteria for the Accounts owned by the Proposed UK Borrower shall be substantially similar to the criteria for the US Eligible Accounts, Australian Eligible Accounts and the Dutch Eligible Accounts with such modifications as are necessary to reflect UK law.

 

6.

UK Priority Payable Reserves : on any date of determination, a reserve in such amount as the Administrative Agent may determine in its Permitted Discretion (but not exceeding any statutory limit on any such amounts) which reflects the full amount of any liabilities or amounts which (by virtue of any Liens, choate or inchoate, or any statutory provision) rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the Collateral Agent’s, the Security Trustee’s

 

1


  and/or the Secured Parties’ Liens and/or for amounts which may represent costs relating to the enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s Liens including, without limitation, but only to the extent prescribed pursuant to UK law and statute then in force, (a) amounts due to employees in respect of unpaid wages and holiday pay; (b) an amount equal to the maximum prescribed part of the proceeds from realising any assets covered by a floating charge which must be set aside and made available to satisfy unsecured debts (being £600,000 at the date of this Agreement); (c) the expenses of any liquidation or administration including any expenses and liabilities incurred by any administrator (or other insolvency officer) and any remuneration of such administrator (or other insolvency officer); and (d) the amount of any unpaid contributions to occupational pension schemes and state scheme premiums.

 

7. UK Reserves : the sum (without duplication) of the UK Priority Payables Reserve and such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as the Administrative Agent may establish from time to time in its Permitted Discretion.

 

8. UK Tax Gross-Up : Customary UK tax provisions (including provisions relating to gross-up, tax indemnity, VAT and documentary and registration taxes) will be added to the Agreement.

 

9. Additional Conditions . The addition of any Proposed UK Borrower shall be subject solely to satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

  (a) all of the conditions set forth in the definition of “Additional Co-Borrower” shall be satisfied;

 

  (b) if the Proposed UK Borrower is not already a Guarantor:

 

  (i) the Proposed UK Borrower shall have entered into a fully perfected UK Security Agreement, substantially in the form of the UK Security Agreement delivered on the Closing Date with such changes as reasonably necessary to reflect the fact that assets owned by a UK Borrower will be included in the UK Borrowing Base, pursuant to which it shall grant security over all of its assets (the “ UK Security Agreement ”) including a fixed charge over receivables;

 

  (ii) the UK Security Agreement shall require the Proposed UK Borrower to pay all Accounts into a bank account in the sole name of the Proposed UK Borrower (which shall be located in the UK, Australia or the United States) over which a fixed charge has been created pursuant to the terms of the UK Security Agreement, a U.S. Security Agreement or an Australian Security Agreement, as applicable and subject to a Control Agreement to the extent required 1 (the “ Receivables Account ”);

 

1   Any such Control Agreement shall contain provisions comparable to clauses (iii)(1) through (4) below.

 

2


  (iii) with respect to Receivables Accounts located in the UK or Australia, the UK Security Agreement or the Australian Security Agreement, as applicable, shall require the Proposed UK Borrower to serve notice of charge on any account bank who holds the Receivables Account pursuant to which the Account Bank shall by way of acknowledgment of the notice of charge (the “ Acknowledgment of Charge ”):

 

  (1) agree not to permit any withdrawals by, or take any furthers instructions from, the Proposed UK Borrower in relation to the Receivables Account;

 

  (2) agree not to claim or exercise any right of set-off, counter-claim or other right relating to the Receivables Account;

 

  (3) confirm it has not received notice that the Proposed UK Borrower has assigned its rights to the Receivables Account to a third party or created any other interest (whether by way of security or otherwise) over the Receivables Account in favour of a third party;

 

  (4) agree, at the end of each Business Day, to transfer all monies standing to the credit of the Receivables Account to an account designated by the Collateral Agent; and

 

  (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Security Trustee or the Australian Security Trustee, as applicable, shall have received a signed copy of the Acknowledgment of Charge in relation to the Receivables Account; and

 

  (v) counsel to the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Administrative Agent with a legal opinion (addressing the subject matters described by the legal opinions of UK counsel to the Administrative Agent delivered on the Closing Date).

 

  (c) if the Proposed UK Borrower is a already a Guarantor:

 

  (i) the existing Collateral that the Proposed UK Borrower has provided pursuant to a UK Security Agreement shall have been amended and/or supplemented in such manner and to the extent that counsel to the Administrative Agent deems necessary (acting reasonably) in order to ensure that the Security Trustee has a fixed charge over both the receivables and any Receivables Account;

 

  (ii) the terms of any amended and/or supplemented UK Security Agreement shall comply with the requirements set out in clauses (b)(iii) and (b)(iv) above; and

 

  (iii) counsel to the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Administrative Agent with a legal opinion (addressing the subject matters described by the legal opinions of UK counsel to the Administrative Agent delivered on the Closing Date).

 

3


  (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such amendment; and

 

  (e) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party set forth in Article III or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such amendment with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; and

 

  (f) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in clauses (d) and (e) above.

 

4

Exhibit 99.1

For Immediate Release

Tronox Announces Closing of Exxaro Mineral Sands Acquisition

Transaction creates largest fully integrated producer of titanium ore and titanium dioxide

STAMFORD, Conn., June 15, 2012 – Tronox Limited announced today that it has closed its acquisition of Exxaro Resources Limited’s mineral sands business. Tronox Limited, an Australian holding company, is now the world’s largest fully integrated producer of titanium ore and titanium dioxide.

“This combination empowers Tronox with unique and game-changing competitive advantages, creating a stronger and more balanced company poised to deliver even greater shareholder value,” said Tom Casey, Chairman and CEO of Tronox Limited. “We now have the ability to sell into a lucrative titanium feedstock market while assuring our titanium dioxide customers that we have the supply to deliver quality products at reasonable prices.”

Under the terms of the transaction, Exxaro received approximately 38.5 percent of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. Tronox’s operations include South Africa’s KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands as well as 100 percent of its former joint venture with Exxaro at Tiwest in Western Australia. The company employs approximately 3,500 workers in 16 locations worldwide.

Tronox Limited will list its Class A Shares on the New York Stock Exchange on June 18, 2012 under the ticker symbol TROX.

About Tronox

Tronox is a global leader in the production and marketing of titanium products. Through the integration of its pigments and mineral sands business, the company provides its customers a dependable supply of brightening solutions for a variety of end-uses. For more information, visit http://www.tronox.com .

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements in this release that are not historical are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based upon management’s current beliefs and expectations and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. The forward-looking statements involve risks that may affect the company’s operations, markets, products, services, prices and other risk factors as discussed in the company’s financial statements published on our website and in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Significant risks and uncertainties may relate to, but are not limited to, financial, economic, competitive, environmental, political, legal regulatory and technological factors. Unless otherwise required by applicable laws, the company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or future developments.

Media Contact: Bud Grebey

Direct: 203.705.3721

Investor Contact: Brennen Arndt

Direct: 203.705.3722